Key Terms

Facts:

The term “Almighty” literally means “all-powerful.” In the Bible, this term always refers to God.

The titles “the Almighty” or “the Almighty One” refer to God and reveal that he has complete power and authority over everything.
This term is also used to describe God in the titles “Almighty God” and “God Almighty” and “Lord Almighty” and “Lord God Almighty.”

Translation Suggestions:

This term could also be translated as “All-powerful” or “Completely Powerful One” or “God, who is completely powerful.”
Ways to translate the phrase “Lord God Almighty” could include “God, the Powerful Ruler” or “Powerful Sovereign God” or “Mighty God who is Master over everything.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: God, lord, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7706, G38410

Definition:

The terms “Hades” (in Greek) and “Sheol” (in Hebrew) are proper names for the place where the spirits of dead people would go after they had died.

In these ancient cultures, people thought of this as an underground dwelling place where the spirits of dead people existed in a shadowy, semi-conscious form.
Although these terms are place names, in the Bible they often mean the same thing as “death” or “the grave.”
Throughout most of biblical history, “Sheol” and “Hades” refer to a neutral place where all of the dead go to await judgment, both the righteous and the unrighteous. In the New Testament, however, “Hades” begins to be seen as a place for only the unrighteous, in contrast with “Abraham’s side” (Luke 16:22) or “paradise” (Luke 23:43), which describe the place for the righteous.

Translation Suggestions

Both “Sheol” and “Hades” can be translated in various ways, depending on the context. Some possibilities include: “place of the dead,” “place for dead spirits,” “the underworld,” “the pit,” “the grave,” or “death.”
Some translations keep the proper names “Sheol” and “Hades,” spelling them to fit the sound patterns of the language of translation. (See: How to Translate Unknowns.
A phrase could also be added to each term to explain it. Examples of doing this are, “Sheol, place where dead people are” and “Hades, place of death.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: death, heaven, hell, tomb)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7585, G00860

Facts:

The term “Hebrew” refers in a very general sense to the people group descended from Abraham through the line of Isaac and Jacob.

The specific word “Hebrew” can refer either to a individual person in the people group or to the language spoken by that people group.
The vast majority of the Old Testament was written in the language called “Hebrew.” However, in most cases in the New Testament, the specific term “Hebrew” probably refers to the Aramaic language rather than the Hebrew language.
In different places in the Bible, the Hebrews were also called “Israelites” or “Jews.” When translating, it is best to keep all three terms distinct in the text, as long as it is clear that these terms refer to the same people group.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Israel, Jew, Jewish leaders)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5680, G14440, G14450, G14460, G14470

Definition:

The term “Holy One” is a title in the Bible that almost always refers to God.

In the Old Testament, this title often occurs in the phrase “Holy One of Israel.”
In the New Testament, Jesus is also referred to as the “Holy One.”
The term “holy one” is sometimes used in the Bible to refer to an angel.

Translation Suggestions:

The literal term is “the Holy” (with “One” being implied.) Many languages (like English) will translate this with the implied noun included (such as “One” or “God”).
This term could also be translated as “God, who is holy” or “the Set Apart One.”
The phrase “the Holy One of Israel” could be translated as “the Holy God whom Israel worships” or “the Holy One who rules Israel.”
It is best to translate this term using the same word or phrase that is used to translate “holy.”

(See also: holy, God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2623, H0376, H6918, G00400, G37410

Facts:

The statement “I am Yahweh” is used to mark out a command, historical event, promise, or prophecy as something that is particularly important, as something that happened by Yahweh’s power, or as something that will happen regardless of circumstances. This certainty is based on Yahweh’s character and strength as the all-powerful ruler over all things. At the same time, the statement is used to give Yahweh’s people understanding of who he is and what his name means. By reflecting on the command, historical event, promise, or prophecy so marked, the listener will understand more of who Yahweh is. Leviticus 11:44–45 makes it clear that by adhering to the holiness laws that follow, the people will become holy like Yahweh. There are four primary ways or forms in which this statement occurs:

As “I am Yahweh” or “I am Yahweh your God”
As the statement “[someone] will know that I am Yahweh” (often followed by “when [I do something]”). This is the most common use.
Followed by an example of what he is going to do or has done that validates his character and power
Followed by an attribute

These uses can be combined, such as in Leviticus 19:2, 19:36, and 20:24.

Translation Suggestions:

As much as possible, translate this statement fairly literally. This will probably not be difficult for the second and third forms above.
Ezekiel 20:5 and Hebrews 6:13 indicate that in at least some instances (Genesis 28:13, Exodus 6:2, 6:6, 6:8, etc.), “I am Yahweh” should be viewed as an oath formula. In these instances (primarily form one above) you may need to include an explanatory comment in your translation.
- If Yahweh is making a promise, you may need to make this explicit, using an example such as: “I am Yahweh who swears to you.”
- In Leviticus especially, the statement appears connected to many commands and you may need to make this explicit with a statement, such as: “I am Yahweh who commands this.” You could also use a slightly longer statement, such as: “I am Yahweh, and I bind you to this with an oath.” However, a statement this long may be tedious, so you could consider only using it the first (and possibly the last) time that “I am Yahweh” occurs in a series.
Some languages will use “the Lord” in place of Yahweh; see Yahweh for more.

(See also: Lord, Lord Yahweh, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Exodus 6:2, 6:6, 6:8, 12:12, Leviticus 18-26 throughout, Numbers 3:13
Exodus 7:17, 8:18, 14:4, 1 Kings 20:13, 20:28, Ezekiel 6:7, 6:13, 12:15, 28:22
Exodus 6:6, 20:2, Leviticus 20:24, Ezekiel (throughout) 6:7, 6:13, 12:15, 17:24, 20:5-7, Hosea 12:10, 13:4, Zechariah 10:6, Psalm 81:11, Isaiah 44:24
Exodus 15:26, 20:5, Deuteronomy 5:9, Isaiah 43:3, 43:15, Jeremiah 9:23

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0589, H3068, H3069, H3070, H3071, H3072, H3073, H3074, G06380, G33780

Israel, Israelites

Key Terms :: Israel, Israelites

Facts:

The term “Israel” is the name that God gave to Jacob. Often it refers to the nation that is descended from him.

The name Israel probably means “He struggles with God.”
The descendants of Jacob became known as the “sons of Israel” or the “people of Israel” or the “nation of Israel” or the “Israelites.”
God formed his covenant with the people of Israel. They were his chosen people.
The nation of Israel consisted of twelve tribes.
Soon after King Solomon died, Israel was divided into two kingdoms: the southern kingdom, called “Judah,” and the northern kingdom, called “Israel.”
Often the term “Israel” can be translated as “the people of Israel” or “the nation of Israel,” depending on the context.

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:15 The descendants of the twelve sons became the twelve tribes of Israel.
9:3 The Egyptians forced the Israelites to build many buildings and even whole cities.
9:5 A certain Israelite woman gave birth to a baby boy.
10:1 They said, “This is what the God of Israel says, ‘Let my people go!’”
14:12 But despite all this, the people of __Israel __ complained and grumbled against God and against Moses.
15:9 God fought for Israel that day. He caused the Amorites to be confused and he sent large hailstones that killed many of the Amorites.
15:12 After this battle, God gave each tribe of __Israel __ its own section of the Promised Land. Then God gave Israel peace along all its borders.
16:16 So God punished __Israel __ again for worshiping idols.
43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3478, H3479, H3481, H3482, G09350, G24740, G24750

Jew, Jewish

Key Terms :: Jew, Jewish

Facts:

Jews are people who are descendants of Abraham’s grandson Jacob. The word “Jew” comes from the word “Judah.”

People began to call the Israelites “Jews” after they returned to Judah from their exile in Babylon.
Jesus the Messiah was Jewish. However, the Jewish religious leaders rejected Jesus and demanded that he be killed.

(See also: Abraham, Jacob, Israel, Babylon, Jewish leaders)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

20:11 The Israelites were now called Jews and most of them had lived their whole lives in Babylon.
20:12 So, after seventy years in exile, a small group of Jews returned to the city of Jerusalem in Judah.
37:10 Many of the Jews believed in Jesus because of this miracle.
37:11 But the religious leaders of the Jews were jealous, so they gathered together to plan how they could kill Jesus and Lazarus.
40:2 Pilate commanded that they write, “King of the Jews” on a sign and put it on the cross above Jesus’ head.
46:6 Right away, Saul began preaching to the Jews in Damascus, saying, “Jesus is the Son of God!”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3054, H3061, H3062, H3064, H3066, G24500, G24510, G24520, G24530, G24540

King of the Jews

Key Terms :: King of the Jews

Definition:

The term “King of the Jews” is a title that refers to Jesus, the Messiah.

The first time the Bible records this title is when it was used by the wise men who traveled to Bethlehem looking for the baby who was “King of the Jews.”
The angel revealed to Mary that her son, a descendant of King David, would be a king whose reign would last forever.
Before Jesus was crucified, Roman soldiers mockingly called Jesus “King of the Jews.” This title was also written on a piece of wood and nailed to the top of Jesus’ cross.
Jesus truly is the King of the Jews and the king over all creation.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “King of the Jews” could also be translated as “king over the Jews” or “king who rules over the Jews” or “supreme ruler of the Jews.”
Check to see how the phrase “king of” is translated in other places in the translation.

(See also: descendant, Jew, Jesus, king, kingdom, kingdom of God, wise men)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

23:9 Some time later, wise men from countries far to the east saw an unusual star in the sky. They realized it meant a new king of the Jews was born.
39:9 Pilate asked Jesus, “Are you the King of the Jews?”
39:12 The Roman soldiers whipped Jesus and put a royal robe and a crown made of thorns on him. Then they mocked him by saying, “Look, the King of the Jews!”
40:2 Pilate commanded that they write, “King of the Jews” on a sign and put it on the cross above Jesus’ head.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G09350, G24530

Lord Yahweh, Yahweh God

Key Terms :: Lord Yahweh, Yahweh God

Facts:

In the Old Testament, “Lord Yahweh” is frequently used to refer to the one true God.

The term “Lord” is a divine title and “Yahweh” is God’s personal name.
“Yahweh” is also often combined with the term “God” to form “Yahweh God.”

Translation Suggestions:

If some form of “Yahweh” is used for the translation of God’s personal name, the terms “Lord Yahweh” and “Yahweh God” can be translated literally. Also consider how the term “Lord” is translated in other contexts when referring to God.
Some languages put titles after the name and would translate this as “Yahweh Lord.” Consider what is natural in the project language: should the title “Lord” come before or after “Yahweh”?
“Yahweh God” could also be rendered as “God who is called Yahweh” or “God who is the Living One” or “I am, who is God.”
If the translation follows the tradition of rendering “Yahweh” as “Lord” or “LORD,” the term “Lord Yahweh” could be translated as “Lord God” or “God who is the Lord.” Other possible translations could be, “Master LORD” or “God the LORD.”
The term “Lord Yahweh” should not be rendered as “Lord LORD” because readers may not notice the difference in letter size that has traditionally been used to distinguish these two words and it would look very strange.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: God, lord, Lord, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0136, H0430, H3068, G23160, G29620

Lord’s Supper

Key Terms :: Lord’s Supper

Definition:

The term “Lord’s Supper” was used by the apostle Paul to refer to the Passover meal that Jesus ate with his disciples on the night he was arrested by the Jewish leaders.

During this meal, Jesus broke the Passover bread into pieces and called it his body, which would soon be beaten and killed.
He called the cup of wine his blood, which would soon be spilled out as he died as a sacrifice for sin.
Jesus commanded that as often as his followers shared this meal together, they should remember his death and resurrection.
In his letter to the Corinthians, the apostle Paul also further established the Lord’s Supper as a regular practice for believers in Jesus.
Churches today often use the term “communion” to refer to the Lord’s Supper. The term “Last Supper” is also sometimes used.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could also be translated as “the Lord’s meal” or “the meal of our Lord Jesus” or “the meal in memory of the Lord Jesus.”

(See also: Passover)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G11730, G29600

Most High

Key Terms :: Most High

Facts:

The term “Most High” is a title for God. It refers to his greatness or authority.

The meaning of this term is similar to the meaning of “Sovereign” or “Supreme.”
The word “high” in this title does not refer to physical height or distance. It refers to greatness.

Translation Suggestions:

This term can also be translated as “Most High God” or “Most Supreme being” or “God Most High” or “Greatest One” or “Supreme One” or “God, who is Greater than all.”
If a word like “high” is used, make sure it does not refer to being physically high or tall.

(See also: God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5945, G53100

Nazirite, Nazirite vow

Key Terms :: Nazirite, Nazirite vow

Facts:

The term “Nazirite” refers to a person who has taken a “Nazirite vow.” Mostly men took this vow, but women could also take it.

A person who took the Nazirite vow agreed to not have any food or drink made from grapes for period that had been agreed upon for the fulfillment of the vow. During this period he was also not to get his hair cut and not go near a dead body.
When the required length of time had passed, and the vow had been fulfilled, the Nazirite would go to the priest and provide an offering. This would include the cutting and burning of his hair. All other restrictions would also be removed.
Samson is a well-known man in the Old Testament who was under the Nazirite vow.
The angel announcing John the Baptist’s birth told Zechariah that his son would not drink strong drink, which may indicate that John was under the Nazirite vow.
According to a passage in the book of Acts the apostle Paul may also have at one time taken this vow, according to one passage in the book of Acts.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5139

Passover

Key Terms :: Passover

Facts:

The “Passover” is the name of a religious festival that the Jews celebrate every year, to remember how God rescued their ancestors, the Israelites, from slavery in Egypt.

The name of this festival comes from the fact that God “passed over” the houses of the Israelites and did not kill their sons when he killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians.
The Passover celebration includes a special meal of a perfect lamb that they have killed and roasted, as well as bread made without yeast. These foods remind them of the meal that the Israelites ate the night before they escaped from Egypt.
God told the Israelites to eat this meal every year in order to remember and celebrate how God “passed over” their houses and how he set them free from slavery in Egypt.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “Passover” could be translated by combining the words “pass” and “over” or another combination of words that has this meaning.
It is helpful if the name of this festival has a clear connection to the words used to explain what the angel of the Lord did in passing by the houses of the Israelites and sparing their sons.

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

12:14 God commanded the Israelites to remember his victory over the Egyptians and their deliverance from slavery by celebrating the Passover every year.
38:1 Every year, the Jews celebrated the Passover. This was a celebration of how God had saved their ancestors from slavery in Egypt many centuries earlier.
38:4 Jesus celebrated the Passover with his disciples.
48:9 When God saw the blood, he passed over their houses and did not kill their firstborn sons. This event is called the Passover.
48:10 Jesus is our Passover Lamb. He was perfect and sinless and was killed at the time of the Passover celebration.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6453, G39570

Pentecost, Festival of Weeks

Key Terms :: Pentecost, Festival of Weeks

Facts:

The “Festival of Weeks” was a Jewish festival that took place fifty days after Passover. It was later referred to as “Pentecost.”

The Feast of Weeks was seven weeks (fifty days) after the Feast of Firstfruits. In the New Testament times, this festival was called “Pentecost” which has “fifty” as part of its meaning.
The Festival of Weeks was held to celebrate the beginning of the grain harvest. It was also a time to remember when God first gave the Law to the Israelites on the tablets of stone given to Moses.
In the New Testament, the Day of Pentecost is especially significant because it was when the believers of Jesus received the Holy Spirit in a new way.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: festival, firstfruits, harvest, Holy Spirit, raise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2282, H7620, G40050

Pharisee

Key Terms :: Pharisee

Facts:

The Pharisees were an important, powerful group of Jewish religious leaders in Jesus’ time.

Many of them were middle class businessmen and some of them were also priests.
Of all the Jewish leaders, the Pharisees were the most strict in obeying the Laws of Moses and other Jewish laws and traditions.
They were very concerned about keeping the Jewish people separated from the influence of the Gentiles around them. The name “Pharisee” comes from the word to “separate.”
The Pharisees believed in life after death; they also believed in the existence of angels and other spiritual beings.
The Pharisees and Sadducees actively opposed Jesus and the early Christians.

(See also: council, Jewish leaders, law, Sadducee)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G53300

Promised Land

Key Terms :: Promised Land

Facts:

The term “Promised Land” only occurs in the Bible stories, not the Bible text. It is an alternate way of referring to the land of Canaan which God had promised to give to Abraham and his descendants.

When Abram was living in the city of Ur, God commanded him to go live in the land of Canaan. He and his descendants, the Israelites, lived there for many years.
When a severe famine caused there to be no food in Canaan, the Israelites moved to Egypt.
Four hundred years later, God rescued the Israelites from slavery in Egypt and brought them back to Canaan again, the land God had promised to give them.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “Promised Land” can be translated as the “land that God said he would give to Abraham” or “land that God promised to Abraham” or “land God promised to his people” or “land of Canaan.”
In the Bible text, this term occurs as some form of “the land God promised.”

(See also: Canaan, promise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

12:1 They (Israelites) were no longer slaves, and they were going to the Promised Land!
14:1 After God had told the Israelites the laws he wanted them to obey as part of his covenant with them, God began leading them from Mount Sinai toward the Promised Land, which was also called Canaan.
14:2 God had promised Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob that he would give the Promised Land to their descendants, but now there were many people groups living there.
14:14 Then God led the people to the edge of the Promised Land again.
15:2 The Israelites had to cross the Jordan River to enter into the Promised Land.
15:12 After this battle, God gave each tribe of Israel its own section of the Promised Land.
20:9 This period of time when God’s people were forced to leave the Promised Land is called the Exile.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0776, H3068, H3423, H5159, H5414, H7650

Rabbi

Key Terms :: Rabbi

Definition:

The term “Rabbi” literally means “my master” or “my teacher.”

It was a title of respect that was used to address a man who was a Jewish religious teacher, especially a teacher of God’s laws.
Both John the Baptist and Jesus were sometimes called “Rabbi” by their disciples.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate this term could include “My Master” or “My Teacher” or “Honorable Teacher” or “Religious Teacher.” Some languages may capitalize a greeting like this, while others may not.
The project language may also have a special way that teachers are normally addressed.
Make sure the translation of this term does not indicate that Jesus was a schoolteacher.
Also consider how “Rabbi” is translated in a Bible translation in a related language or a national language.

(See: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: teacher)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G44610

Sabbath

Key Terms :: Sabbath

Definition:

The term “Sabbath” refers to the seventh day of the week, which God commanded the Israelites to set apart as a day of rest and doing no work.

After God finished creating the world in six days, he rested on the seventh day. In the same way, God commanded the Israelites to set aside the seventh day as a special day to rest and worship him.
The command to “keep the Sabbath holy” is one of the ten commandments that God wrote on the stone tablets that he gave Moses for the Israelites.
Following the Jewish system of counting days, the Sabbath begins on Friday at sundown and lasts until Saturday at sundown.
Sometimes in the Bible the Sabbath is called “Sabbath day” rather than only the Sabbath.

Translation Suggestions:

This could also be translated as “resting day” or “day for resting” or “day of not working” or “God’s day of rest.”
Some translations capitalize this term to show that it is a special day, as in “Sabbath Day” or “Resting Day.”
Consider how this term is translated in a local or national language.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: rest)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:5 “Always be sure to keep the Sabbath day holy. That is, do all your work in six days, for the seventh day is a day for you to rest and to honor me.”
26:2 Jesus went to the town of Nazareth where he had lived during his childhood. On the Sabbath, he went to the place of worship.
41:3 The day after Jesus was buried was a Sabbath day, and the Jews were not permitted to go to the tomb on that day.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4868, H7676, H7677, G43150, G45210

Sadducee

Key Terms :: Sadducee

Definition:

The Sadducees were a political group of Jewish priests during the time of Jesus Christ. They supported Roman rule and did not believe in the resurrection.

Many Sadducees were wealthy, upper-class Jews who held powerful leadership positions such as chief priest and high priest.
The duties of the Sadducees included taking care of the temple complex and priestly tasks such as offering sacrifices.
The Sadducees and the Pharisees strongly influenced the Roman leaders to crucify Jesus.
Jesus spoke against these two religious groups because of their selfishness and hypocrisy.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G45230

Son of God, the Son

Key Terms :: Son of God, the Son

Facts:

The term “Son of God” refers to Jesus, the Word of God, who came into the world as a human being. He is also often referred to as “the Son.”

The Son of God has the same nature as God the Father, and is fully God.
God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit are all of one essence.
Unlike human sons, the Son of God has always existed.
In the beginning, the Son of God was active in creating the world, along with the Father and the Holy Spirit.

Because Jesus is God’s Son, he loves and obeys his Father, and his Father loves him.

Translation Suggestions:

For the term “Son of God,” it is best to translate “Son” with the same word the language would naturally use to refer to a human son.
Make sure the word used to translate “son” fits with the word used to translate “father” and that these words are the most natural ones used to express a true father-son relationship in the project language.
Using a capital letter to begin “Son” may help show that this is talking about God.
The phrase “the Son” is a shortened form of “the Son of God,” especially when it occurs in the same context as “the Father.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

22:5 The angel explained, “The Holy Spirit will come to you, and the power of God will overshadow you. So the baby will be holy, the Son of God.”
24:9 God had told John, “The Holy Spirit will come down and rest on someone you baptize. That person is the Son of God.”
31:8 The disciples were amazed. They worshiped Jesus, saying to him, “Truly, you are the Son of God.”
37:5 Martha answered, “Yes, Master! I believe you are the Messiah, the Son of God.”
42:10 “So go, make disciples of all people groups by baptizing them in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, and by teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you.”
46:6 Right away, Saul began preaching to the Jews in Damascus, saying, “Jesus is the Son of God!”
49:9 But God loved everyone in the world so much that he gave his only Son so that whoever believes in Jesus will not be punished for his sins, but will live with God forever.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0426, H0430, H1121, H1247, G23160, G52070

Son of Man, son of man

Key Terms :: Son of Man, son of man

Definition:

The title “Son of Man” was used by Jesus to refer to himself. He often used this term instead of saying “I” or “me.”

In the Bible, “son of man” could be a way of referring to or addressing a man. It could also mean “human being.”
Throughout the Old Testament book of Ezekiel, God frequently addressed Ezekiel as “son of man.” For example he said, “You, son of man, must prophesy.”
The prophet Daniel saw a vision of a “son of man” coming with the clouds, which is a reference to the coming Messiah.
Jesus also said that the Son of Man will be coming back someday on the clouds.
These references to the Son of Man coming on the clouds reveal that Jesus the Messiah is God.

Translation Suggestions:

When Jesus uses the term “Son of Man” it could be translated as “the One who became a human being” or “the Man from heaven.”
Some translators occasionally include “I” or “me” with this title (as in “I, the Son of Man”) to make it clear that Jesus was talking about himself.
Check to make sure that the translation of this term does not give a wrong meaning (such as referring to an illegitimate son or giving the wrong impression that Jesus was only a human being).
When used to refer to a person, “son of man” could also be translated as “you, a human being” or “you, man” or “human being” or “man.”

(See also: heaven, son, Son of God, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0120, H0606, H1121, H1247, G04440, G52070

Yahweh

Key Terms :: Yahweh

Facts:

The term “Yahweh” is God’s personal name in the Old Testament. The specific origin of this name is unknown, but it is probably derived from the Hebrew verb meaning, “to be.”

Following tradition, many Bible versions use the term “LORD” or “the LORD” to represent “Yahweh.” This tradition resulted from the fact that historically, the Jewish people became afraid of mispronouncing Yahweh’s name and started saying “Lord” every time the term “Yahweh” appeared in the text. Modern Bibles write “LORD” with all capital letters to show respect for God’s personal name and to distinguish it from “Lord” which is a different Hebrew word.
The ULT and UST texts always translate this term as, “Yahweh,” in agreement with the Hebrew text of the Old Testament.
The term “Yahweh” never occurs in the original text of the New Testament; only the Greek term for “Lord” is used, even when quoting the Old Testament.
In the Old Testament, when God spoke about himself, he would often use his name instead of a pronoun.
“Yah” is a shortened form of the name Yahweh that occurs in poetry and praise (e.g. Hallelujah = “Praise Yah”), and in some Hebrew names (e.g. Zechariah = “Yah remembers”).

Translation Suggestions:

“Yahweh” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “I am” or “existing one” or “the one who is” or “he who is present.”
This term could also be written in a way that is similar to how “Yahweh” is spelled.
Some church denominations prefer not to use the term “Yahweh” and instead use the traditional rendering, “LORD.” An important consideration is that this may be confusing when read aloud because it will sound the same as the title “Lord.” Some languages may have an affix or other grammatical marker that could be added to distinguish “LORD” as a name (Yahweh) from “Lord” as a title.
It is best if possible to keep the name Yahweh where it literally occurs in the text, but some translations may decide to use only a pronoun in some places, to make the text more natural and clear.
Introduce the quote with something like, “This is what Yahweh says.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: God, Lord)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

9:14 God said, “I AM WHO I AM. Tell them, ‘I AM has sent me to you.’ Also tell them, ‘I am Yahweh, the God of your ancestors Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. This is my name forever.’”
13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
13:5 “Do not make idols or worship them, for I, Yahweh, am a jealous God.”
16:1 The Israelites began to worship the Canaanite gods instead of Yahweh, the true God.
19:10 Then Elijah prayed, “O Yahweh, God of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, show us today that you are the God of Israel and that I am your servant.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3050, H3068, H3069

abomination, abominable

Key Terms :: abomination, abominable

Definition:

The term “abomination” is used to refer to something that causes disgust or extreme dislike.

The Egyptians considered the Hebrew people to be an “abomination.” This means that the Egyptians disliked the Hebrews and didn’t want to associate with them or be near them.
Some of the things that the Bible calls “an abomination to Yahweh” include lying, pride, sacrificing humans, worship of idols, murder, and sexual sins such as adultery and homosexual acts.
In teaching his disciples about the end times, Jesus referred to a prophecy by the prophet Daniel about an “abomination of desolation” that would be set up as a rebellion against God, defiling his place of worship.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “abomination” could also be translated by “something God hates” or “something disgusting” or “disgusting practice” or “very evil action.”
Depending on the context, ways to translate the phrase “is an abomination to” could include “is greatly hated by” or “is disgusting to” or “is totally unacceptable to” or “causes deep disgust.”
The phrase “abomination of desolation” could be translated as “defiling object that causes people to be greatly harmed” or “disgusting thing that causes great sorrow.”

(See also: adultery, desecrate, desolate, false god, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0887, H6292, H8251, H8262, H8263, H8441, G09460

adoption, adopt, adopted

Key Terms :: adoption, adopt, adopted

Definition:

The terms “adopt” and “adoption” refer to the process of someone legally becoming the child of people who are not his biological parents.

The Bible uses “adoption” and “adopt” in a figurative way to describe how God causes people to be part of his family, making them his spiritual sons and daughters.
As adopted children, God makes believers to be co-heirs with Jesus Christ, giving them all of the privileges of sons and daughters of God.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could be translated with a term that the language of translation uses to describe this special parent-child relationship. Make sure it is understood that this has a figurative or spiritual meaning.
The phrase “experience adoption as sons” could be translated as “be adopted by God as his children” or “become God’s (spiritual) children.”
To “wait for the adoption of sons” could be translated as “look forward to becoming God’s children” or “wait expectantly for God to receive as children.”
The phrase “adopt them” could be translated as “receive them as his own children” or “make them his own (spiritual) children.”

(See also: heir, inherit, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G52060

antichrist

Key Terms :: antichrist

Definition:

The term “antichrist” refers to a person or teaching that is against Jesus Christ and his work. There are many antichrists in the world.

The apostle John tells us that a person is the antichrist if he deceives people by saying that Jesus is not the Messiah or if he denies that Jesus is both God and human.
The Bible also teaches that there is a general spirit of antichrist in the world that opposes Jesus’ work.
The beast in chapter 13 of the New Testament book of Revelation is often identified as the ultimate antichrist. This person or being will attempt to destroy God’s people, but he will be defeated by Jesus.
The apostle Paul refers to this person as “the man of lawlessness” (2 Thess 2:3) and to the general spirit of antichrist in the world as “the secret power of lawlessness” (2 Thess 2:7).

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate this term could include a word or phrase that means “Christ-opposer” or “enemy of Christ” or “person who is against Christ.”
The phrase “spirit of the antichrist” could also be translated as “spirit that is against Christ” or “attitude of spreading lies about Christ” or “spirit that teaches lies about Christ.”
Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: Christ, tribulation)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G05000

ark of the covenant, ark of Yahweh, box, Box of the Testimony, Box of the Covenant of Yahweh

Key Terms :: ark of the covenant, ark of Yahweh, box, Box of the Testimony, Box of the Covenant of Yahweh

Definition:

These terms refer to a special wooden chest, overlaid with gold, that contained the two stone tablets on which the Ten Commandments were written. It also contained Aaron’s staff and a jar of manna.

The term “ark” here could be translated as “box” or “chest” or “container.”
The objects in this chest reminded the Israelites of God’s covenant with them.
The ark of the covenant was located in the “most holy place.”
God’s presence was above the ark of the covenant in the most holy place of the tabernacle, where he spoke to Moses on behalf of the Israelites.
During the time that the ark of the covenant was in the most holy place of the temple, the high priest was the only one who could approach the ark, once a year on the Day of Atonement.
Many English versions translate the term “covenant decrees” literally as “testimony.” This refers to the fact that the Ten Commandments were a testimony or witness to God’s covenant with his people. It is also translated as “covenant law.”

(See also: ark, covenant, atonement, holy place, testimony)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0727, H1285, H3068

atonement lid

Key Terms :: atonement lid

Definition:

The “atonement lid” was a slab of gold that was used to cover the top of the ark of the covenant. In many English translations, it is also referred to as an “atonement cover.”

The atonement lid was about 115 centimeters in length and 70 centimeters in width.
Above the atonement lid were two gold cherubim with their wings touching.
Yahweh said that he would meet with the Israelites above the atonement lid, under the outstretched wings of the cherubim. Only the high priest was permitted to meet with Yahweh in this way, as the representative of the people.
Sometimes this atonement lid has been referred to as a “mercy seat” because it communicates God’s mercy in coming down to redeem sinful human beings.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate this term could include “ark covering where God promises to redeem” or “place where God atones” or “lid of ark where God forgives and restores.”
Can also mean “place of propitiation.”
Compare this term with how you translated “atonement,” “propitiation,” and “redemption.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3727, G24350

atonement, atone, atoned

Key Terms :: atonement, atone, atoned

Definition:

The terms “atone” and “atonement” refer to how God provided a sacrifice to pay for people’s sins and to appease his wrath for sin.

In Old Testament times, God allowed temporary atonement to be made for the sins of the Israelites by the offering of a blood sacrifice, which involved killing an animal.
As recorded in the New Testament, Christ’s death on the cross is the only true and permanent atonement for sin.
When Jesus died, he took the punishment that people deserve because of their sin. He paid the atonement price with his sacrificial death.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “atone” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “pay for” or “provide payment for” or “cause someone’s sins to be forgiven” or “make amends for a crime.”
Ways to translate “atonement” could include “payment” or “sacrifice to pay for sin” or “providing the means of forgiveness.”
Make sure the translation of this term does not refer to payment of money.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3722, H3725, G26430

beget, begot, begat, begotten

Key Terms :: beget, begot, begat, begotten

Definition:

The term “beget” means to become the father of someone.

Translation Suggestions:

You could translate the phrase “beget” as “bring forth” and the term “begat” as “fathered” and the term “begot” as “gave life.”
The term “begotten” is the passive form of “beget” and means to “be born.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

bind, bond, bound

Key Terms :: bind, bond, bound

Definition:

The term “bind” means to tie something or fasten it securely. Something that is tied or joined together is called a “bond.” The term “bound” is the past tense of this term.

To be “bound” means to have something tied or wrapped around something else.
In a figurative sense, a person can be “bound” to a vow, which means he is “required to fulfill” what he promised to do.
The term “bonds” refers to anything that binds, confines, or imprisons someone. It usually refers to physical chains, fetters or ropes that keep a person from being free to move.
In Bible times, bonds such as ropes or chains were used to attach prisoners to the wall or floor of a stone prison.
The term “bind” can also be used to talk about wrapping cloth around a wound to help it heal.
A dead person would be “bound” with cloth in preparation for burial.
The term “bond” is used figuratively to refer to something, such as sin, that controls or enslaves someone.
A bond can also be a close relationship between people in which they support each other emotionally, spiritually and physically. This applies to the bond of marriage.
For example, a husband and wife are “bound” or tied to each other. It is a bond that God does not want broken.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “bind” could also be translated as “tie” or “tie up” or “wrap (around).”
Figuratively, it could be translated as to “restrain” or to “prevent” or to “keep from (something).”
A special use of “bind” in Matthew 16 and 18 means “forbid” or “not permit.”
The term “bonds” could be translated as “chains” or “ropes” or “shackles.”
Figuratively the term “bond” could be translated as “knot” or “connection” or “close relationship.”
The phrase “bond of peace” means “being in harmony, which brings people in closer relationship to each other” or “the tying together that peace brings.”
To “bind up” could be translated as “wrap around” or “put a bandage on.”
To “bind” oneself with a vow could be translated as “promise to fulfill a vow” or “commit to fulfill a vow.”
Depending on the context, the term “bound” could also be translated as “tied” or “tied up” or “chained” or “obligated (to fulfill)” or “required to do.”

(See also: fulfill, peace, prison, servant, vow)

Bible References:

Leviticus 8:7

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0247, H0481, H0519, H0615, H0631, H0632, H0640, H1366, H1367, H1379, H2280, H2706, H3256, H3533, H3729, H4147, H4148, H4205, H4562, H5650, H5656, H5659, H6029, H6123, H6616, H6696, H6872, H6887, H7194, H7405, H7573, H7576, H8198, H8244, H8379, G02540, G03310, G03320, G11950, G11960, G11980, G11990, G12100, G13970, G13980, G14010, G14020, G26110, G26150, G37340, G37840, G38140, G40190, G40290, G43850, G48860, G48870, G52650

birthright

Key Terms :: birthright

Definition:

The term “birthright” in the Bible refers to the honor, family name, and physical wealth that was normally given to the firstborn son in a family.

The birthright of the firstborn son included a double portion of the father’s inheritance.
A king’s firstborn son was normally given the birthright to rule after his father died.
Esau sold his birthright to his younger brother Jacob. Because of this, Jacob inherited the blessing of the firstborn instead of Esau.
The birthright also included the honor of having the family descendants traced through the firstborn son’s line.

Translation Suggestions:

Possible ways to translate “birthright” could include, “rights and wealth of the firstborn son” or “family honor” or “privilege and inheritance of the firstborn.”

(See also: firstborn, inherit, descendant)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1062, G44150

call, called

Key Terms :: call, called

Definition:

The terms “call” and “called,” in this sense, mean to name a place, person, or being. When referring to a person or thing the terms “call” and “called” can refer either to initially giving someone or something a name for the first time or to saying that thing or persons pre-existing name or title.

The Bible sometimes uses these terms in the context of naming someone. For example, “His name is called John,” means “He is named John” or “His name is John.”
To be “called by the name of” means that someone is given the name of someone else. God says that he has called his people by his name.

Translation Suggestions:

“You must call his name” can also be translated as “you must name him.”
“His name is called” could also be translated as “his name is” or “he is named.”
The expression “you are called by my name” could be translated as “I have given you my name, showing that you belong to me.”
You could translates Jesus’ words “You call me ‘Teacher’ and ‘Lord,’” as “You address me as ‘Teacher’ and ‘Lord,’” or something similar to show that the word “call” in this context means to “address” someone by a specific name or title.

(See also: call to summon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

call, called

Key Terms :: call, called

Definition:

The term “call,” in this sense, means to summon a person or being.

Often in the Bible, “call” has a meaning of “summon” or “command to come” or “request to come.”
Depending on context the phrase “call upon” can be translated as “summon” or “request help from” or “request to come.”
God calls people to come to him and be his people. This is their “calling.”
When God “calls” people, it means that God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to be his servants and proclaimers of his message of salvation through Jesus.
The expression, “I have called you by name” means that God has specifically chosen that person.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “call” could be translated by a word that means “summon,” which includes the idea of being intentional or purposeful in calling.
When the Bible says that God has “called” us to be his servants, this could be translated as “specially chose us” or “appointed us” to be his servants.
The expression “your calling” could be translated as “your purpose” or “God’s purpose for you” or “God’s special work for you.”
When God says, “I have called you by name,” this could be translated as “I know you and have chosen you.”

(See also: call to speak loudly, call name)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

centurion

Key Terms :: centurion

Definition:

A centurion was a Roman army officer who had a group of 100 soldiers under his command.

This could also be translated with a term that means “leader of a hundred men” or “army leader” or “officer in charge of a hundred.”
One Roman centurion came to Jesus to request healing for his servant.
The centurion in charge of Jesus’ crucifixion was amazed when he witnessed how Jesus died.
God sent a centurion to Peter so that Peter could explain to him the good news about Jesus.

(See also: Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G15430, G27600

circumcise, circumcised, circumcision, uncircumcised, uncircumcision

Key Terms :: circumcise, circumcised, circumcision, uncircumcised, uncircumcision

Definition:

The term “circumcise” means to cut off the foreskin of a man or male child. A circumcision ceremony may be performed in connection with this.

God commanded Abraham to circumcise every male among his family and servants as a sign of God’s covenant with them.
God also commanded Abraham’s descendants to continue to do this for every baby boy born into their households.
The phrase, “circumcision of the heart” refers figuratively to the “cutting away” or removal of sin from a person.
In a spiritual sense, “the circumcised” refers to people whom God has purified from sin through the blood of Jesus and who are his people.
The term “uncircumcised” refers to those who have not been circumcised physically. It can also refer figuratively to those who have not been circumcised spiritually, who do not have a relationship with God.

The terms “uncircumcised” and “uncircumcision” refer to a male who has not been physically circumcised. These terms are also used figuratively.

Egypt was a nation that also required circumcision. So when God talks about Egypt being defeated by the “uncircumcised,” he is referring to people whom the Egyptians despised for not being circumcised.
The Bible refers to people who have an “uncircumcised heart” or who are “uncircumcised in heart.” This a figurative way of saying that these people are not God’s people, and are stubbornly disobedient to him.
If a word for circumcision is used or known in the language, “uncircumcised” could be translated as “not circumcised.”
The expression “the uncircumcision” could be translated as “people who are not circumcised” or “people who do not belong to God,” depending on the context.
Other ways to translate figurative senses of this term could include “not God’s people” or “rebellious like those who don’t belong to God” or “people who have no sign of belonging to God.”
The expression “uncircumcised in heart” could be translated as “stubbornly rebellious” or “refusing to believe.” However, if possible it is best to keep the expression or a similar one since spiritual circumcision is an important concept.

Translation Suggestions:

If the culture of the target language performs circumcisions on males, the word used to refer to this should be used for this term.
Other ways to translate this term would be, “cut around” or “cut in a circle” or “cut off the foreskin.”
In cultures where circumcision is not known, it may be necessary to explain it in a footnote or glossary.
Make sure the term used to translate this does not refer to females. It may be necessary to translate this with a word or phrase that includes the meaning of “male.”

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: Abraham, covenant)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

5:3 “You must circumcise every male in your family.”
5:5 That day Abraham circumcised all the males in his household.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4135, H4139, H5243, H6188, H6189, H6190, G02030, G05640, G19860, G40590, G40610

consecrate, consecrated, consecration

Key Terms :: consecrate, consecrated, consecration

Definition:

To consecrate means to dedicate something or someone to serve God. The person or object that is consecrated is considered holy and set apart for God.

The meaning of this term is similar to “sanctify” or to “make holy,” but with the added meaning of formally setting apart someone for service to God.
Things that were consecrated to God included animals to be sacrificed, the altar of burnt offering, and the tabernacle.
People who were consecrated to God included the priests, the people of Israel, and the oldest male child.
Sometimes the word “consecrate” has a meaning that is similar to “purify,” especially when it pertains to preparing people or things for God’s service so that they will be cleansed and acceptable to him.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “consecrate” could include, “set apart for God’s service” or “purify for service to God.”
Also consider how the terms “holy” and “sanctify” are translated.

(See also: holy, pure, sanctify)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2763, H3027, H4390, H4394, H5144, H5145, H6942, H6944, G14570, G50480

covenant

Key Terms :: covenant

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “covenant” refers to a formal, binding agreement between two parties that one or both parties must fulfill.

This agreement can be between individuals, between groups of people, or between God and people.
When people make a covenant with each other, they promise that they will do something, and they must do it.
Examples of human covenants include marriage covenants, business agreements, and treaties between countries.
Throughout the Bible, God made several different covenants with his people.
In some of the covenants, God promised to fulfill his part without conditions. For example, when God established his covenant with mankind promising to never destroy the earth again with a worldwide flood, this promise had no conditions for people to fulfill.
In other covenants, God promised to fulfill his part only if the people obeyed him and fulfilled their part of the covenant.

The term “new covenant” refers to the commitment or agreement God made with his people through the sacrifice of his Son, Jesus.

God’s “new covenant” was explained in the part of the Bible called the “New Testament.”
This new covenant is in contrast to the “old” or “former” covenant that God had made with the Israelites in Old Testament times.
The new covenant is better than the old one because it is based on the sacrifice of Jesus, which completely atoned for people’s sins forever. The sacrifices made under the old covenant did not do this.
God writes the new covenant on the hearts those who become believers in Jesus. This causes them to want to obey God and to begin to live holy lives.
The new covenant will be completely fulfilled in the end times when God establishes his reign on earth. Everything will once again be very good, as it was when God first created the world.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include, “binding agreement” or “formal commitment” or “pledge” or “contract.”
Some languages may have different words for covenant depending on whether one party or both parties have made a promise they must keep. If the covenant is one-sided, it could be translated as “promise” or “pledge.”
Make sure the translation of this term does not sound like people proposed the covenant. In all cases of covenants between God and people, it was God who initiated the covenant.
The term “new covenant” could be translated as “new formal agreement” or “new pact” or “new contract.”
The word “new” in these expressions has the meaning of “fresh” or “new kind of” or “another.”

(See also: covenant, promise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

4:9 Then God made a covenant with Abram. A covenant is an agreement between two parties.
5:4 “I will make Ishmael a great nation, too, but my covenant will be with Isaac.”
6:4 After a long time, Abraham died and all of the promises that God had made to him in the covenant were passed on to Isaac.
7:10 “The covenant promises God had promised to Abraham and then to Isaac now passed on to Jacob.”
13:2 God said to Moses and the people of Israel, “If you will obey my voice and keep my covenant, you will be my prized possession, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation.”
13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
15:13 Then Joshua reminded the people of their obligation to obey the covenant that God had made with the Israelites at Sinai.
21:5 Through the prophet Jeremiah, God promised that he would make a New Covenant, but not like the covenant God made with Israel at Sinai. In the New Covenant, God would write his law on the people’s hearts, the people would know God personally, they would be his people, and God would forgive their sins. The Messiah would start the New Covenant.
21:14 Through the Messiah’s death and resurrection, God would accomplish his plan to save sinners and start the New Covenant.
38:5 Then Jesus took a cup and said, “Drink this. It is my blood of the New Covenant that is poured out for the forgiveness of sins. Do this to remember me every time you drink it.”
48:11 But God has now made a New Covenant that is available to everyone. Because of this New Covenant, anyone from any people group can become part of God’s people by believing in Jesus.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1285, H2319, H3772, G08020, G12420, G49340

covenant faithfulness, covenant loyalty, covenant love

Key Terms :: covenant faithfulness, covenant loyalty, covenant love

Definition:

In biblical times, the term translated as “covenant faithfulness” was used to describe the kind of faithfulness, loyalty, kindness, and love that was both expected and demonstrated between people who were closely related to one another, either by marriage or by blood. This same term is used often in the Bible to describe the way God relates to his people, especially his commitment to fulfill the promises that he made to them.

The way this term is translated can depend on how each of the individual terms “covenant” and “faithfulness” are translated.
Other ways to translate this term might include: “faithful love;” “loyal, committed love;” or “loving dependability.”

(See also: covenant, faithful, grace, Israel, people of God, promise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2617

cross

Key Terms :: cross

Definition:

In Bible times, a cross was an upright wooden post stuck into the ground, with a horizontal wooden beam attached to it near the top.

During the time of the Roman Empire, the Roman government would execute criminals by tying or nailing them to a cross and leaving them there to die.
Jesus was falsely accused of crimes he did not commit and the Romans put him to death on a cross.
Note that this is a completely different word from the verb “cross” that means to go over to the other side of something, such as a river or lake.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could be translated using a term in the target language that refers to the shape of a cross.
Consider describing the cross as something on which people were killed, using phrases such as “execution post” or “tree of death.”
Also consider how this word is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: crucify, Rome)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

40:1 After the soldiers mocked Jesus, they led him away to crucify him. They made him carry the cross on which he would die.
40:2 The soldiers brought Jesus to a place called “the Skull” and nailed his arms and feet to the cross.
40:5 The Jewish leaders and the other people in the crowd mocked Jesus. They said to him, “If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross and save yourself! Then we will believe you.”
49:10 When Jesus died on the cross, he received your punishment.
49:12 You must believe that Jesus is the Son of God, that he died on the cross instead of you, and that God raised him to life again.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G47160

crucify, crucified

Key Terms :: crucify, crucified

Definition:

The term “crucify” means to execute someone by attaching him to a cross and leaving him there to suffer and die in great pain.

The victim was either tied to the cross or nailed to it. Crucified people died from blood loss or from suffocation.
The ancient Roman Empire frequently used this method of execution to punish and kill people who were terrible criminals or who had rebelled against the authority of their government.
The Jewish religious leaders asked the Roman governor to order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. The soldiers nailed Jesus to a cross. He suffered there for six hours, and then died.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “crucify” could be translated as “kill on a cross” or “execute by nailing to a cross.”

(See also: cross, Rome)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

39:11 But the Jewish leaders and the crowd shouted, “Crucify him (Jesus)!”
39:12 Pilate became afraid that the crowd would begin to riot, so he ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus.played a major role in the crucifixion of Jesus Christ.
40:1 After the soldiers mocked Jesus, they led him away to crucify him. They made him carry the cross on which he would die.
40:4 Jesus was crucified between two robbers.
43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know. But you crucified him!”
43:9 “You crucified this man, Jesus.”
44:8 Peter answered them, “This man stands before you healed by the power of Jesus the Messiah. You crucified Jesus, but God raised him to life again!”

Word Data:

Strong’s: G03880, G43620, G47170, G49570

daughter of Zion

Key Terms :: daughter of Zion

Definition:

“Daughter of Zion” is a figurative way of referring to the people of Israel. It is usually used in prophecies.

In the Old Testament, “Zion” is often used as another name for the city of Jerusalem.
Both “Zion” and “Jerusalem” are also used to refer to Israel.
The term “Daughter” is a term of endearment or affection. It is a metaphor for the patience and care that God has for his people.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate this could include “my daughter Israel, from Zion” or “people from Zion, who are like a daughter to me” or “Zion, my dear people Israel.”
It is best to keep the term “Zion” in this expression since it is used many times in the Bible. A note could be included in the translation to explain its figurative meaning and prophetic use.
It is also better to keep the term “Daughter” in the translation of this expression, as long as it is understood correctly.

(See also: Jerusalem, prophet, Zion)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1323, H6726

day of judgment

Key Terms :: day of judgment

Definition:

The term “day of judgment” refers to a future time when God will judge every person.

God has made his Son, Jesus Christ, the judge of all people.
On the day of judgment, Christ will judge people on the basis of his righteous character.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could also be translated as “judgment time” since it could refer to more than one day.
Other ways to translate this term could include “the end time when God will judge all people.”
Some translations capitalize this term to show that it is the name of a special day or time: “Judgment Day” or “Judgment Time.”

(See also: judge, Jesus, heaven, hell)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2962, H3117, H4941, G22500, G29200, G29620

day of the Lord, day of Yahweh

Key Terms :: day of the Lord, day of Yahweh

Description:

The Old Testament term “day of Yahweh” is used to refer to a future time when God will punish people for their sin.

The Old Testament term “day of Yahweh” is an expression that many of the prophets use.
The New Testament term “day of the Lord” usually refers to the day or time when the Lord Jesus will come back to judge people at the end of time.
This final, future time of judgment and resurrection is also sometimes referred to as the “last day.” This time will begin when the Lord Jesus comes back to judge sinners and will permanently establish his rule.
The word “day” in these phrases may sometimes refer to a literal day or it may refer to a “time” or “occasion” that is longer than a day.
Sometimes the punishment is referred to as a “pouring out of God’s wrath” upon those who do not believe.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, other ways to translate “day of Yahweh” could include “time of Yahweh” or “time when Yahweh will punish his enemies” or “time of Yahweh’s wrath.”
Other ways to translate “day of the Lord” could include “time of the Lord’s judgment” or “time when the Lord Jesus will return to judge people.”

(See also: day, judgment day, Lord, resurrection, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3068, H3117, G22500, G29620

demon-possessed

Key Terms :: demon-possessed

Definition:

A person who is demon-possessed has a demon or evil spirit that controls what he does and thinks.

Often a demon-possessed person will hurt himself or other people because the demon causes him to do that.
Jesus healed demon-possessed people by commanding the demons to come out of them. This is often called “casting out” demons.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate this term could include “demon-controlled” or “controlled by an evil spirit” or “having an evil spirit living inside.”

(See also: demon)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

26:9 Many people who had demons in them were brought to Jesus.
32:2 When they reached the other side of the lake, a demon-possessed man came running up to Jesus.
32:6 The man with the demon cried out in a loud voice, “What do you want with me, Jesus, Son of the Most High God? Please do not torture me!”
32:9 The people from the town came and saw the man who used to have the demons.
47:3 Every day as they (Paul and Silas) walked there, a slave girl possessed by a demon followed them.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G11390

disciple

Key Terms :: disciple

Definition:

The term “disciple” refers to a person who spends much time with a teacher, learning from that teacher’s character and teaching.

The people who followed Jesus around, listening to his teachings and obeying them, were called his “disciples.”
John the Baptist also had disciples.
During Jesus’ ministry, there were many disciples who followed him and heard his teachings.
Jesus chose twelve disciples to be his closest followers; these men became known as his “apostles.”
Jesus’ twelve apostles continued to be known as his “disciples” or “the 12.”
Just before Jesus went up to heaven, he commanded his disciples to teach other people about how to become Jesus’ disciples, too.
Anyone who believes in Jesus and obeys his teachings is called a disciple of Jesus.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “disciple” could be translated by a word or phrase that means “follower” or “student” or “pupil” or “learner.”
Make sure that the translation of this term does not refer only to a student who learns in a classroom.
The translation of this term should also be different from the translation of “apostle.”

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

30:8 He (Jesus) gave the pieces to his disciples to give to the people. The disciples kept passing out the food, and it never ran out!
38:1 About three years after Jesus first began preaching and teaching publicly, Jesus told his disciples that he wanted to celebrate this Passover with them in Jerusalem, and that he would be killed there.
38:11 Then Jesus went with his disciples to a place called Gethsemane. Jesus told his disciples to pray that they would not enter into temptation.
42:10 Jesus said to his disciples, “All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. So go, make disciples of all people groups by baptizing them in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit, and by teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3928, G31000, G31010, G31020

divine

Key Terms :: divine

Definition:

The term “divine” refers to anything pertaining to God.

Some ways this term is used include “divine authority,” “divine judgment,” “divine nature,” “divine power,” and “divine glory.”
In one passage in the Bible, the term “divine” is used to describe something about a false deity.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate the term “divine” could include “God’s” or “from God” or “pertaining to God” or “characterized by God.”
For example, “divine authority” could be translated as “God’s authority” or “authority that comes from God.”
The phrase “divine glory” could be translated as “God’s glory” or “the glory that God has” or “glory that comes from God.”
Some translations may prefer to use a different word when describing something that pertains to a false god.

(See also: authority, false god, glory, God, judge, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G23040, G29990

dominion

Key Terms :: dominion

Definition:

The term “dominion” refers to power, control, or authority over people, animals, or land.

Jesus Christ is said to have dominion over all the earth, as prophet, priest, and king.
Satan’s dominion has been defeated forever by Jesus Christ’s death on the cross.
At creation, God said that man is to have dominion over fish, birds, and all creatures on the earth.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, other ways to translate this term could include “authority” or “power” or “control.”
The phrase “have dominion over” could be translated as “rule over” or “manage.”

(See also: authority, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1166, H4474, H4475, H4896, H4910, H4915, H7287, H7300, H7980, H7985, G26340, G29040, G29610, G29630

ephod

Key Terms :: ephod

Definition:

An ephod was an apron-like garment worn by the Israelite priests. It had two parts, front and back, that were joined together at the shoulders and tied around the waist with a cloth belt.

One kind of ephod was made of plain linen and was worn by the ordinary priests.
The ephod worn by the high priest was specially embroidered with gold, blue, purple, and red yarn.
The breastpiece of the high priest was attached to the front of the ephod. Behind the breastpiece were stored the Urim and Thummim, which were stones used for asking God what his will was in certain matters.
The judge Gideon foolishly made an ephod out of gold and it became something that the Israelites worshiped as an idol.

(See also: priest)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0641, H0642, H0646

eunuch

Key Terms :: eunuch

Definition:

Usually the term “eunuch” refers to a man who has been castrated. The term later became a general term to refer to any government official, even those without the deformity.

Jesus said that some eunuchs were born that way, perhaps because of damaged sex organs or because of not being able to function sexually. Others chose to live like eunuchs in a celibate lifestyle.
In ancient times, eunuchs were often kings’ servants who were set as guards over the women’s quarters.
Some eunuchs were important government officials, such as the Ethiopian eunuch who met the apostle Philip in the desert.

(See also: Philip)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5631, G21340, G21350

evangelist

Key Terms :: evangelist

Definition:

An “evangelist” is a person who tells other people the good news about Jesus Christ.

The literal meaning of “evangelist” is “someone who preaches the good news.”
Jesus sent his apostles out to spread the good news about how to be part of God’s kingdom through trusting in Jesus and his sacrifice for sin.
All Christians are exhorted to share this good news.
Some Christians are given a special spiritual gift to effectively tell the gospel to others. These people are said to have the gift of evangelism and are called “evangelists.”

Translation Suggestions:

The term “evangelist” could be translated as “someone who preaches the good news” or “teacher of the good news” or “person who proclaims the good news (about Jesus)” or “good news proclaimer.”

(See also: good news, spirit, gift)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G20990

faith

Key Terms :: faith

Definition:

In general, the term “faith” refers to a belief, trust or confidence in someone or something.

To “have faith” in someone is to believe that what he says and does is true and trustworthy.
To “have faith in Jesus” means to believe all of God’s teachings about Jesus. It especially means that people trust in Jesus and his sacrifice to cleanse them from their sin and to rescue them from the punishment they deserve because of their sin.
True faith or belief in Jesus will cause a person to produce good spiritual fruits or behaviors because the Holy Spirit is living in him.
Sometimes “faith” refers generally to all the teachings about Jesus, as in the expression “the truths of the faith.”
In contexts such as “keep the faith” or “abandon the faith,” the term “faith” refers to the state or condition of believing all the teachings about Jesus.

Translation Suggestions:

In some contexts, “faith” can be translated as “belief” or “conviction” or “confidence” or “trust.”
For some languages these terms will be translated using forms of the verb “believe.” (See: abstractnouns
The expression “keep the faith” could be translated by “keep believing in Jesus” or “continue to believe in Jesus.”
The sentence “they must keep hold of the deep truths of the faith” could be translated by “they must keep believing all the true things about Jesus that they have been taught.”
The expression “my true son in the faith” could be translated by something like “who is like a son to me because I taught him to believe in Jesus” or “my true spiritual son, who believes in Jesus.”

(See also: believe, faithful)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

5:6 When Isaac was a young man, God tested Abraham’s faith by saying, “Take Isaac, your only son, and kill him as a sacrifice to me.”
31:7 Then he (Jesus) said to Peter, “You man of little faith, why did you doubt?”
32:16 Jesus said to her, “Your faith has healed you. Go in peace.”
38:9 Then Jesus said to Peter, “Satan wants to have all of you, but I have prayed for you, Peter, that your faith will not fail.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0529, H0530, G16800, G36400, G41020, G60660

fellowship

Key Terms :: fellowship

Definition:

In general, the term “fellowship” refers to friendly interactions between members of a group of people who share similar interests and experiences.

In the Bible, the term “fellowship” usually refers to the unity of believers in Christ.
Christian fellowship is a shared relationship that believers have with one another through their relationship with Christ and the Holy Spirit.
The early Christians expressed their fellowship through listening to the teaching of God’s Word and praying together, through the sharing of their belongings, and through eating meals together.
Christians also have fellowship with God through their faith in Jesus and his sacrificial death on the cross which removed the barrier between God and people.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “fellowship” could include “a sharing together” or “relationship” or “companionship” or “Christian community.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2266, H8667, G28420, G28440, G33520, G47900

high priest, chief priests

Key Terms :: high priest, chief priests

Definition:

The term “high priest” refers to a special priest who was appointed to serve for one year as the leader of all of the other Israelite priests. In New Testament times, some other priests were also considered very important Jewish religious leaders, with authority over other priests and the people. These were the chief priests.

The high priest had special responsibilities. He was the only one who was permitted to go into the most holy part of the tabernacle or the temple to offer a special sacrifice once per year.
The Israelites had many priests, but only one high priest at a time.
After high priests retired, they still kept the title, along with some of the responsibilities of the office. For example, Annas was still referred to as high priest during the priesthood of Caiaphas and others.
The chief priests were responsible for everything needed for the worship services at the temple. They were also in charge of the money that was given to the temple.
The chief priests were higher in rank and power than the ordinary priests. Only the high priest had more authority.
The chief priests were some of Jesus’ main enemies and they strongly influenced the Roman leaders to arrest and kill him.

Translation Suggestions:

“High priest” could be translated as “supreme priest” or “highest ranking priest.”
The term “chief priests” could be translated as “head priests” or “leading priests” or “ruling priests.”

(See also: Annas, Caiaphas, priest, temple)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:8 No one could enter the room behind the curtain except the high priest, because God lived there.
21:7 The Messiah who would come would be the perfect high priest who would offer himself as a perfect sacrifice to God.
38:3 The Jewish leaders, led by the high priest, paid Judas thirty silver coins to betray Jesus.
39:1 The soldiers led Jesus to the house of the high priest in order for the high priest to question him.
39:3 Finally, the high priest looked directly at Jesus and said, “Tell us, are you the Messiah, the Son of the living God?”
44:7 The next day, the Jewish leaders brought Peter and John to the high priest and the other religious leaders.
45:2 So the religious leaders arrested Stephen and brought him to the high priest and the other leaders of the Jews, where more false witnesses lied about Stephen.
46:1 The high priest gave Saul permission to go to the city of Damascus to arrest Christians there and bring them back to Jerusalem.
48:6 Jesus is the Great High Priest. Unlike other priests, he offered himself as the only sacrifice that could to take away the sin of all the people in the world. Jesus was the perfect high priest because he took the punishment for every sin that anyone has ever committed.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7218, H1419, H3548, G07480, G07490

holy place

Key Terms :: holy place

Definition:

In the Bible, the terms “the holy place” and “the most holy place” refer to the two parts of the tabernacle or temple building.

The “holy place” was the first room, and it contained the altar of incense and the table with the special “bread of the presence” on it.
The “most holy place” was the second, innermost room, and it contained the ark of the covenant.
A thick, heavy curtain separated the outer room from the inner room.
The high priest was the only one who was permitted to go into the most holy place.
Sometimes “holy place” refers to both the building and courtyard areas of either the temple or tabernacle. It could also refer generally to any place that is set apart for God.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “holy place” could also be translated as “room set apart for God” or “special room for meeting God” or “place reserved for God.”
The term “most holy place” could be translated as “room that is the most set apart for God” or “most special room for meeting God.”
Depending on the context, ways to translate the general expression “a holy place” could include “a consecrated place” or “a place that God has set apart” or “a place in the temple complex, which is holy” or “a courtyard of God’s holy temple.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1964, H4720, H4725, H5116, H6918, H6944, G00400, G00400, G34850, G51170

house of God, your house, his house, Yahweh’s house, a house for my name, the house for my name, the house, a house, a house of Yahweh

Key Terms :: house of God, your house, his house, Yahweh’s house, a house for my name, the house for my name, the house, a house, a house of Yahweh

Definition:

In the Bible, the phrases “house of God” (God’s house) and “house of Yahweh (Yahweh’s house)” refer to a place where God is worshiped.

This term is also used more specifically to refer to the tabernacle or the temple.
The terms “house of God” and “house of Yahweh” refer to the tabernacle or temple. These expressions can also refer generally to a central place where Yahweh was worshipped.
The Bible often uses the phrases “your house” and “his house” to refer to the temple of Yahweh.
The phrases “the house for my name,” “a house for my name,” and “a house of Yahweh” all refer to the temple of Yahweh.
In some contexts, such as in 1 Chronicles 17:25 and 29:16, the phrase “a house” refers to the temple of Yahweh.
In some contexts, such as in 1 Kings 8:44 and 2 Chronicles 6:4, the phrase “the house” refers to the temple of Yahweh.

Translation Suggestions:

When referring to a place of worship, this term could be translated as “a house for worshiping God” or “a place for worshiping God.”
If it is referring to the temple or tabernacle, this could be translated as “the temple (or tabernacle) where God is worshiped” (or “where God is present” or “where God meets with his people”).
The word “house” may be important to use in the translation in order to communicate that God “dwells” there, that is, his spirit is in that place to meet with his people and to be worshiped by them.
The phrase “house of Yahweh” could be translated as “Yahweh’s temple” or “place where Yahweh is worshiped” or “place where Yahweh meets with his people” or “where Yahweh dwells.” The phrase “house of God” could be translated in a similar way.

(See also: people of God, tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0426, H0430, H1004, H1005, H3068, G23160, G36240

image of God, image

Key Terms :: image of God, image

Definition:

The term “image” refers to something that looks like something else or that is like someone in character or essence. The phrase “image of God” is used in different ways, depending on the context.

At the beginning of time, God created human beings “in his image,” that is, “in his likeness.” This means that people have certain characteristics that reflect the image of God, such as the ability to feel emotion, the ability to reason and communicate, and a spirit that lives eternally.
The Bible teaches that Jesus, God’s Son, is “the image of God,” that is, he is God himself. Unlike human beings, Jesus was not created. From all eternity God the Son has had all the divine characteristics because he has had the same essence with God the Father.

Translation Suggestions:

When referring to Jesus, “image of God” could be translated as “exact likeness of God” or “same essence as God” or “same being as God.”
When referring to human beings, “God created them in his image” could be translated with a phrase that means “God created them to be like him” or “God created them with characteristics like his own.”

(See also: image, Son of God, Son of God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4541, H1544, H2553, H6456, H6459, H6754, H6816, H8403, G05040, G01790

innocent

Key Terms :: innocent

Definition:

The term “innocent” means to not be guilty of a crime or other wrongdoing. It can also refer more generally to people who are not involved in evil things.

A person accused of doing something wrong is innocent if he has not committed that wrong.
Sometimes the term “innocent” is used to refer to people who have done nothing wrong to deserve the bad treatment they are receiving, as in an enemy army attacking “innocent people.”
In the Bible, “blood” can represent “killing,” so “innocent blood” refers to “killing people who did not deserve to die.”

Translation Suggestions:

In most contexts, the term “innocent” can be translated as “not guilty” or “not responsible” or “not to blame” for something.
When referring in general to innocent people, this term could be translated as “who have done nothing wrong” or “who are not involved in evil.”
“To shed innocent blood” can be translated as “to kill people who did not deserve to die.”

(See also: guilt)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:6 After two years, Joseph was still in prison, even though he was innocent.
40:4 One of them mocked Jesus, but the other said, “Do you have no fear of God? We are guilty, but this man is innocent.”
40:8 When the soldier guarding Jesus saw everything that happened, he said, “Certainly, this man was innocent. He was the Son of God.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2136, H2600, H2643, H5352, H5355, H5356, G01210

intercede, intercession

Key Terms :: intercede, intercession

Definition:

The terms “intercede” and “intercession” refer to making requests to someone on behalf of another person. In the Bible this usually refers to praying for other people.

The expressions “make intercession for” and “intercede for” mean to make requests to God for the benefit of other people.
The Bible teaches that the Holy Spirit intercedes for us, that is, he prays to God for us.
A person intercedes for other people by making requests for them to someone in authority.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate “intercede” could include “plead for” or “urge (someone) to do something (for someone else).”
The noun “intercessions” could be translated as “appeals” or “requests” or “urgent prayers.”
The phrase “make intercession for” could be translated as “make requests for the benefit of” or “make an appeal on behalf of” or “ask God to help” or “appeal to God to bless (someone).”

(See also: pray)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6293, G17830, G17930, G52410

lament, lamentation

Key Terms :: lament, lamentation

Definition:

The terms “lament” and “lamentation” refer to a strong expression of mourning, sorrow, or grief.

Sometimes this includes deep regret for sin, or compassion for people who have experienced disaster.
A lamentation could include moaning, weeping, or wailing.

Translation Suggestions:

The term to “lament” could be translated as to “deeply mourn” or to “wail in grief” or to “be sorrowful.”
A “lamentation” (or a “lament”) could be translated as “loud wailing and weeping” or “deep sorrow” or “sorrowful sobbing” or “mournful moaning.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0056, H0421, H0578, H0592, H1058, H4553, H5091, H5092, H5594, H6088, H6969, H7015, H8567, G23540, G23550, G28700, G28750

majesty

Key Terms :: majesty

Definition:

The term “majesty” or “majestic” refers to greatness and splendor, often in relation to the qualities of a king.

In the Bible, “majesty” frequently refers to the greatness of God, who is the supreme King over the universe.
“Your Majesty” is a way of addressing a king.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could be translated as “kingly greatness” or “royal splendor.”
“Your Majesty” could be translated as something like “your Highness” or “your Excellency” or using a natural way of addressing a ruler in the target language.

(See also: king)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1347, H1348, H1420, H1923, H1926, H1935, H7238, G31680, G31720

manna

Key Terms :: manna

Definition:

Manna was a white, grain-like food that God provided for the Israelites to eat during the 40 years of living in the wilderness after they left Egypt.

Manna looked like white flakes which appeared each morning on the ground under the dew. It tasted sweet, like honey.
The Israelites gathered the manna flakes every day except on the Sabbath.
On the day before the Sabbath, God told the Israelites to gather twice the amount of manna so they wouldn’t have to gather it on their day of rest.
The word “manna” means “what is it?”
In the Bible, manna is also referred to as “bread from heaven” and “grain from heaven.”

Translation Suggestions

Other ways to translate this term could include “thin white flakes of food” or “food from heaven.”
Also consider how this term is translated in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: bread, desert, grain, heaven, Sabbath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4478, G31310

miracle, wonder, sign

Key Terms :: miracle, wonder, sign

Definition:

A “miracle” is something amazing that is not possible unless God causes it to happen.

Examples of miracles that Jesus did include calming a storm and healing a blind man.
Miracles are sometimes called “wonders” because they cause people to be filled with wonder or amazement.
The term “wonder” can also refer more generally to amazing displays of God’s power, such as when he created the heavens and the earth.
Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
Some miracles were God’s acts of redemption, such as when he rescued the Israelites from being slaves in Egypt and when he protected Daniel from being hurt by lions.
Other wonders were God’s acts of judgment, such as when he sent a worldwide flood in Noah’s time and when he brought terrible plagues on the land of Egypt during the time of Moses.
Many of God’s miracles were the physical healings of sick people or bringing dead people back to life.
God’s power was shown in Jesus when he healed people, calmed storms, walked on water, and raised people from the dead. These were all miracles.
God also enabled the prophets and the apostles to perform miracles of healing and other things that were only possible through God’s power.

Translation Suggestions:

Possible translations of “miracles” or “wonders” could include “impossible things that God does” or “powerful works of God” or “amazing acts of God.”
The frequent expression “signs and wonders” could be translated as “proofs and miracles” or “miraculous works that prove God’s power” or “amazing miracles that show how great God is.”
Note that this meaning of a miraculous sign is different from a sign that gives proof or evidence for something. The two can be related.

(See also: power, prophet, apostle, sign)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

16:8 Gideon asked God for two signs so he could be sure that God would use him to save Israel.
19:14 God did many miracles through Elisha.
37:10 Many of the Jews believed in Jesus because of this miracle.
43:6 “Men of Israel, Jesus was a man who did many mighty signs and wonders by the power of God, as you have seen and already know.”
49:2 Jesus did many miracles that prove he is God. He walked on water, calmed storms, healed many sick people, drove out demons, raised the dead to life, and turned five loaves of bread and two small fish into enough food for over 5,000 people.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0226, H0852, H2368, H2858, H4150, H4159, H4864, H5251, H5824, H5953, H6381, H6382, H6383, H6395, H6725, H7560, H7583, H8047, H8074, H8539, H8540, G08800, G12130, G12290, G14110, G15690, G17180, G17700, G18390, G22850, G22960, G22970, G31670, G39020, G45910, G45920, G50590

myrrh

Key Terms :: myrrh

Definition:

Myrrh is an oil or spice that is made from the resin of a myrrh tree that grows in Africa and Asia. It is related to frankincense.

Myrrh was also used to make incense, perfume, and medicine, and to prepare dead bodies for burial.
Myrrh was one of the gifts that the learned men gave to Jesus when he was born.
Jesus was offered wine mixed with myrrh in order to ease the pain when he was crucified.

(See also: frankincense, learned men)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3910, H4753, G34640, G46660, G46690

parable

Key Terms :: parable

Definition:

The term “parable” usually refers to a short story or object lesson that is used to explain or teach a moral truth.

Jesus used parables to teach his disciples. Although he also told parables to the crowds of people, he did not always explain the parable.
A parable could be used to reveal truth to his disciples while hiding that truth from people like the Pharisees who did not believe in Jesus.
The prophet Nathan told David a parable to show the king his terrible sin.
The story of the Good Samaritan is an example of a parable that is a story. Jesus’ comparison of old and new wineskins is an example of a parable that was an object lesson to help the disciples understand Jesus’ teachings.

(See also: Samaria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1819, H4912, G38500, G39420

predestine, predestined

Key Terms :: predestine, predestined

Definition:

The terms “predestine” and “predestined” refer to deciding or planning beforehand that something will happen.

This term especially refers to God predestining people to receive eternal life.
Sometimes the word “foreordain” is used, which also means to decide beforehand.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “predestine” could also be translated as “decide before” or “decide ahead of time.”
The term “predestined” could be translated as “decided long ago” or “planned ahead of time” or “decided beforehand.”
A phrase such as “predestined us” could be translated as “decided long ago that we” or “already decided ahead of time that we.”
Note that the translation of this term should be different from the translation of the term “foreknew.”

(See also: foreknew)

Bible References:

1 Corinthians 2:6-7

Word Data:

Strong’s: G43090

propitiation

Key Terms :: propitiation

Definition:

The term “propitiation” refers to a sacrifice that is made to satisfy or fulfill the justice of God and to appease his wrath.

The offering of the sacrificial blood of Jesus Christ is the propitiation to God for mankind’s sins.
Jesus’ death on the cross appeased God’s wrath against sin. This provided a way for God to look on people with favor and offer them eternal life.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could be translated as “appeasement” or “causing God to forgive sins and grant favor to people.”
The word “atonement” is close in meaning to “propitiation.” It is important to compare how these two terms are used.

(See also: atonement, everlasting, forgive, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G24340, G24350

prostrate, bow down, worship

Key Terms :: prostrate, bow down, worship

Definition:

To “prostrate” oneself means to lie flat on the ground, usually in submission to a person of authority such as a king or some other powerful person. This same term can also mean to “worship,” referring to the actions of honoring, praising, and obeying God.

This term often means literally “bow down” or “prostrate oneself” to humbly honor someone.
We worship God when we serve and honor him, by praising him and obeying him.
When the Israelites worshiped God, it often included sacrificing an animal on an altar.
This term can be used both of people who worship Yahweh as the One True God and others who worship false gods.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “worship” could be translated as “bow down to” or “honor and serve” or “honor and obey.”
In some contexts, it could also be translated as “humbly praise” or “give honor and praise.”

(See also: bow, fear, sacrifice, praise, honor)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:4 Then God gave them the covenant and said, “I am Yahweh, your God, who saved you from slavery in Egypt. Do not worship other gods.”
14:2 The Canaanites did not worship or obey God. They worshiped false gods and did many evil things.
17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
18:12 All of the kings and most of the people of the kingdom of Israel worshiped idols.
25:7 Jesus replied, “Get away from me, Satan! In God’s word he commands his people, ‘Worship only the Lord your God and only serve him.’”
26:2 On the Sabbath, he (Jesus) went to the place of worship.
47:1 There they met a woman named Lydia who was a merchant. She loved and worshiped God.
49:18 God tells you to pray, to study his word, to worship him with other Christians, and to tell others what he has done for you.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5457, H5647, H6087, H7812, G13910, G14790, G21510, G23180, G23230, G23560, G30000, G35110, G43520, G43530, G45730, G45740, G45760

psalm

Key Terms :: psalm

Definition:

The term “psalm” refers to a sacred song, often in the form of a poem that was written to be sung.

The Old Testament Book of Psalms has a collection of these songs written by King David and other Israelites such as Moses, Solomon, and Asaph, among others.
The psalms were used by the nation of Israel in their worship of God.
Psalms can be used to express joy, faith, and reverence, as well as pain and sorrow.
In the New Testament, Christians are instructed to sing psalms to God as a way of worshiping him.

(See also: David, faith, joy, Moses, holy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2158, H2167, H4210, G55670, G55680

pure, purify, purification

Key Terms :: pure, purify, purification

Definition:

To be “pure” means to have no flaw or to have nothing mixed in that is not supposed to be there. To purify something is to cleanse it and remove anything that contaminates or pollutes it.

In regard to Old Testament laws, “purify” and “purification” refer mainly to the cleansing from things that make an object or a person ritually unclean, such as disease, body fluids, or childbirth.
The Old Testament also had laws telling people how to be purified from sin, usually by the sacrifice of an animal. This was only temporary and the sacrifices had to be repeated over and over again.
In the New Testament, to be purified often refers to being cleansed from sin.
The only way that people can be completely and permanently purified from sin is through repenting and receiving God’s forgiveness, through trusting in Jesus and his sacrifice.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “purify” could be translated as “make pure” or “cleanse” or “cleanse from all contamination” or “get rid of all sin.”
A phrase such as “when the time for their purification was over” could be translated as “when they had purified themselves by waiting the required number of days.”
The phrase “provided purification for sins” could be translated as “provided a way for people to be completely cleansed from their sin.”
Other ways to translate “purification” could include “cleansing” or “spiritual washing” or “becoming ritually clean.”

(See also: atonement, clean, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1249, H1252, H1253, H1305, H1865, H2134, H2135, H2141, H2212, H2398, H2403, H2561, H2889, H2890, H2891, H2892, H2893, H3795, H3800, H4795, H5343, H5462, H6337, H6884, H6942, H8562, G00480, G00490, G00530, G00540, G15060, G25110, G25120, G25130, G25140

ransom, ransomed

Key Terms :: ransom, ransomed

Definition:

The term “ransom” refers to a sum of money or other payment that is demanded or paid for the release of a person who is held captive.

As a verb, to “ransom” means to make a payment or to do something self-sacrificially in order to rescue someone who has been captured, enslaved or imprisoned. This meaning of “buy back” is similar to the meaning of “redeem.”
Jesus allowed himself to be killed as a ransom to free sinful people from their enslavement to sin. This act of God buying back his people through paying the penalty of their sin is also called “redemption” in the Bible.

Translation Suggestions:

The term to “ransom” could also be translated as to “pay to release” or to “pay a price to free” or to “buy back.”
The phrase to “pay a ransom” could be translated as to “pay the price (of freedom)” or to “pay the penalty (to free people)” or to “make the required payment.”
The noun “ransom” could be translated as “a buying back” or “a penalty paid” or “the price paid” (to free or buy back people or land).
The terms a “ransom” and a “redemption” have the same meaning in English but are sometimes used slightly differently. Other languages may have only one term for this concept.
Make sure this is translated differently from “atonement.”

(See also: atonement, redeem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1350, H3724, H6299, H6306, G04870, G30830

reconcile, reconciled, reconciliation

Key Terms :: reconcile, reconciled, reconciliation

Definition:

To “reconcile” and “reconciliation” refer to “make peace” between people who were formerly enemies of each other. “Reconciliation” is that act of making peace

In the Bible, this term usually refer to Gods reconciling people to himself through the sacrifice of his Son, Jesus Christ.
Because of sin, all human beings are God’s enemies. But because of his compassionate love, God provided a way for people to be reconciled to him through Jesus.
Through trusting in Jesus’ sacrifice as payment for their sin, people can be forgiven and have peace with God.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “reconcile” could be translated as “make peace” or “restore good relations” or “cause to be friends.”
The term “reconciliation” could be translated as “restoring good relations” or “making peace” or “causing peaceful relating.”

(See also: peace, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2398, H3722, G06040, G12590, G24330, G26430, G26440

remnant

Key Terms :: remnant

Definition:

The term “remnant” literally refers to people or things that are “remaining” or “left over” from a larger amount or group.

Often a “remnant” refers to people who survive a life-threatening situation or who remain faithful to God while undergoing persecution.
Isaiah referred to a group of Jews as being a remnant who would survive attacks from outsiders and live to return to the Promised Land in Canaan.
Paul talks about there being a “remnant” of people who were chosen by God to receive his grace.
The term “remnant” also implies that there were other people who did not remain or were not left over.

Translation Suggestions:

A phrase such as “the remnant of this people” could be translated as “the rest of these people” or “the people who are left.”
The “whole remnant of people” could be translated by “all the rest of the people” or “the remaining people.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3498, H3499, H5629, H6413, H7604, H7605, H7611, H8281, H8300, G26400, G30050, G30620

repent, repentance

Key Terms :: repent, repentance

Definition:

The terms “repent” and “repentance” refer to turning away from sin and turning back to God.

To “repent” literally means to “change one’s mind.”
In the Bible, “repent” usually means to turn away from a sinful, human way of thinking and acting, and to turn to God’s way of thinking and acting.
When people truly repent of their sins, God forgives them and helps them start obeying him.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “repent” can be translated with a word or phrase that means “turn back (to God)” or “turn away from sin and toward God” or “turn toward God, away from sin.”
Often the term “repentance” can be translated using the verb “repent.” For example, “God has given repentance to Israel” could be translated as “God has enabled Israel to repent.”
Other ways to translate “repentance” could include “turning away from sin” or “turning to God and away from sin.”

(See also: forgive, sin, turn)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

16:2 After many years of disobeying God and being oppressed by their enemies, the Israelites repented and asked God to rescue them.
17:13 David repented of his sin and God forgave him.
19:18 They (prophets) warned people that God would destroy them if they did not repent.
24:2 Many people came out to the wilderness to listen to John. He preached to them, saying, “Repent, for the kingdom of God is near!”
42:8 “It was also written in the scriptures that my disciples will proclaim that everyone should repent in order to receive forgiveness for their sins.”
44:5 “So now, repent and turn to God so that your sins will be washed away.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5150, H5162, H5164, G02780, G33380, G33400, G33410

restore, restoration

Key Terms :: restore, restoration

Definition:

The terms “restore” and “restoration” refer to causing something to return to its original place or condition.

When a diseased body part is restored, this means it has been “healed.”
A broken relationship that is restored has been “reconciled.” God restores sinful people and brings them back to himself.
If people have been restored to their home country, they have been “brought back” or “returned” to that country.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, ways to translate “restore” could include “renew” or “repay” or “return” or “heal” or “bring back.”
Other expressions for this term could be “make new” or “make like new again.”
When property is “restored,” it has been “repaired” or “replaced” or “given back” to its owner.
Depending on the context, “restoration” could be translated as “renewal” or “healing” or “reconciliation.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7725, H7999, H8421, G06000, G26750

sanctify, sanctification

Key Terms :: sanctify, sanctification

Definition:

To sanctify is to set apart or to make holy. Sanctification is the process of being made holy.

In the Old Testament, certain people and things were sanctified, or set apart, for service to God.
The New Testament teaches that God sanctifies people who believe in Jesus. That is, he makes them holy and sets them apart to serve him.
Believers in Jesus are also commanded to sanctify themselves to God, to be holy in everything they do.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “sanctify” can be translated as “set apart” or “make holy” or “purify.”
When people sanctify themselves, they purify themselves and dedicate themselves to God’s service. Often the word “consecrate” is used in the Bible with this meaning.
When its meaning is “consecrate,” this term could be translated as “dedicate someone (or something) to God’s service.”
Depending on the context, the phrase “your sanctification” could be translated as “making you holy” or “setting you apart (for God)” or “what makes you holy.”

(See also: consecrate, holy, set apart)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6942, G00370, G00380

sanctuary

Key Terms :: sanctuary

Definition:

The term “sanctuary” literally means “holy place” and refers to a place that God has made sacred and holy. It also can refer to a place that provides protection and safety.

In the Old Testament, the term “sanctuary” was often used to refer to the tabernacle or temple building where the “holy place” and “most holy place” were located.
God referred to the sanctuary as the place where he lived among his people, the Israelites.
He also called himself a “sanctuary” or safe place for his people where they can find protection.

Translation Suggestions:

This term has a basic meaning of “holy place” or “place that is set apart.”
Depending on the context, the term “sanctuary” could be translated as “holy place” or “sacred building” or “God’s holy dwelling place” or “holy place of protection” or “sacred place of safety.”
The phrase “shekel of the sanctuary” could be translated as “kind of shekel given for the tabernacle” or “shekel used in paying the tax to take care of the temple.”
Note: Be careful that the translation of this term does not refer to a worship room in a modern-day church.

(See also: holy, Holy Spirit, holy, set apart, tabernacle, tax, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4720, H6944, G00400

scribe

Key Terms :: scribe

Definition:

Scribes were officials who were responsible for writing or copying important government or religious documents by hand. Another name for a Jewish scribe was “expert in Jewish law.”

Scribes were responsible for copying and preserving the books of the Old Testament.
They also copied, preserved, and interpreted religious opinions and commentary on the law of God.
At times, scribes were important government officials.
Important biblical scribes include Baruch and Ezra.
In the New Testament, the term translated “scribes” was also translated as “teachers of the Law.”
In the New Testament, scribes were usually part of the religious group called the “Pharisees,” and the two groups were frequently mentioned together.

(See also: law, Pharisee)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5608, H5613, H7083, G11220

shaddai

Key Terms :: shaddai

Facts:

The term “Shaddai” is a Hebrew word used for deity. It is used in the Old Testament as a personal name for God. The specific origin (and therefore meaning) of this term is not known. Scholars have proposed different possibilites for what it means and the most probable is that “shaddai” means “mountain” or “mountain range.”

The Hebrew word “Shaddai” is often translated into English as “the Almighty.”
The Hebrew phrase “El Shaddai” is often translated into English as “God Almighty.”
If “Shaddai” means “mountain” or “mountain range” then the Hebrew phrase “El Shaddai” literally means “God, the one of the mountain.”
The ULT and UST texts always translate this term as, “Shaddai,” in agreement with the Hebrew text of the Old Testament.

Translation Suggestions:

Even though the word Shaddai is a name for a God it is often translated as a title or description, “the Almighty,” rather than as a name. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to translate the word in the same way that it does. If a translation does not exist, you may wish to use the name Shaddai.
If you choose to translate the term “Shaddai” as a name you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and you could also spell the phrase “El Shaddai” the way it sounds in your language.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: God)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

sign, proof, reminder

Key Terms :: sign, proof, reminder

Definition:

The term “sign” usually refers an object, event, or action that communicates a special meaning.

In the Bible, signs are sometimes given in connection to a promise or covenant that God has made:
- The book of Genesis describes the rainbow God created in the sky as a sign (or reminder) to himself that he has promised he will never again destroy all life with a worldwide flood.
- In the book of Genesis, God commanded the Israelites to circumcise their sons as a sign (or indicator) of the fact that he had made his covenant with them.
Signs can reveal or point to something:
- The book of Luke describes that an angel gave shepherds a sign that would help them know which baby in Bethlehem was the newborn Messiah.
- Judas kissed Jesus as a sign to the religious leaders that Jesus was the one they should arrest.
Signs can prove that something is true:
- The book of Exodus describes the plagues that destroyed Egypt as signs that showed who Yahweh was and proved that he was greater than Pharaoh and the Egyptian gods.
- The book of Acts describes the miracles performed by the prophets and apostles as signs that proved they were speaking God’s message.
- The book of John describes the miracles that Jesus performed as signs that proved he was truly the Messiah.

Translation Suggestions:

The frequent expression “signs and wonders” could be translated as “proofs and miracles” or “miraculous works that prove God’s power” or “amazing miracles that show how great God is.”
Depending on its context, “sign” could also be translated as “signal” or “symbol” or “mark” or “evidence” or “proof” or “gesture.”
To “make signs with the hands” could also be translated as “motion with the hands” or “gesture with the hands” or “make gestures.”
In some languages, there may be one word for a “sign” that proves something and a different word for a “sign” that is a miracle.

(See also: miracle, apostle, Christ, covenant, circumcise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0226, H0852, H2368, H2858, H4150, H4159, H4864, H5251, H5824, H6161, H6725, H6734, H7560, G03640, G08800, G12130, G12290, G17180, G17300, G17320, G17700, G39020, G41020, G45910, G45920, G49530, G49730, G52800

sons of God, children of God

Key Terms :: sons of God, children of God

Definition:

The term “sons of God” is a figurative expression that has several possible meanings.

In the New Testament, the term “sons of God” refers to all believers in Jesus and is often translated as “children of God” since it includes both males and females.
This use of the term speaks of a relationship with God that is like the relationship between a human son and his father, with all the privileges associated with being sons.
Some people interpret the term “sons of God” that appears in Genesis 6 to mean fallen angels—evil spirits or demons. Others think it may refer to powerful political rulers or to the descendants of Seth.
The title “Son of God” is a different term: it refers to Jesus, who is God’s only Son.

Translation Suggestions:

When “sons of God” refers to believers in Jesus, it could be translated as “children of God.”
In Genesis 6:2 and 4 ways to translate “sons of God” could include “angels,” “spirit beings,” “supernatural creatures,” or “demons.”
Also see the link for “son.”

(See also: angel, demon, son, Son of God, ruler, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0430, H1121, G52070, G50430

stone, stoning

Key Terms :: stone, stoning

Definition:

A stone is a small rock. To “stone” someone is to throw stones and larger rocks at that person with the intention of killing him. A “stoning” is an event in which someone was stoned.

In ancient times, stoning was a common method of executing people as punishment for crimes they had committed.
God commanded the Israelite leaders to stone people for certain sins, such as adultery.
In the New Testament, Jesus forgave a woman caught in adultery and stopped people from stoning her.
Stephen, who was the first person in the Bible to be killed for testifying about Jesus, was stoned to death.
In the city of Lystra, the apostle Paul was stoned, but he did not die from his wounds.

(See also: adultery, commit, crime, death, Lystra, testimony)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0068, H0069, H0810, H1382, H1496, H1530, H2106, H2672, H2687, H2789, H4676, H4678, H5553, H5601, H5619, H6344, H6443, H6697, H6864, H6872, H7275, H7671, H8068, G26420, G29910, G30340, G30350, G30360, G30370, G40740, G43480, G55860

synagogue

Key Terms :: synagogue

Definition:

A synagogue is a building where Jewish people meet together to worship God.

Since ancient times, a synagogue’s services have included times of prayer, scripture reading, and teaching about the scriptures.
The Jews originally started building synagogues as places to pray and worship God in their own cities, because many of them lived far away from the temple in Jerusalem.
Jesus often taught in synagogues and healed people there.
The word “synagogue” can be used figuratively to refer to the group of people meeting there.

(See also: heal, Jerusalem, Jew, pray, temple, word of God, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4150, G06560, G07520, G48640

tabernacle

Key Terms :: tabernacle

Definition:

The tabernacle was a special tent-like structure where the Israelites worshiped God during the 40 years they traveled around in the desert.

God had given the Israelites detailed instructions for building this large tent, which had two rooms and was surrounded by an enclosed courtyard.
Each time the Israelites moved to a different place in the desert to live, the priests would take the tabernacle apart and carry it to their next campsite. Then they would set it up again in the center of their new camp.
The tabernacle was constructed of wood frames hung with curtains made of cloth, goat hair, and animal skins. The courtyard surrounding it was enclosed with more curtains.
The two sections of the tabernacle were the Holy Place (where the altar for burning incense was located) and the Most Holy Place (where the ark of the covenant was kept).
The courtyard of the tabernacle had an altar for burning animal sacrifices and a special washbasin for ritual cleansing.
The Israelites stopped using the tabernacle when the temple was built in Jerusalem by Solomon.

Translation Suggestions:

The word “tabernacle” means “dwelling place.” Other ways to translate it could include, “sacred tent” or “tent where God was” or “God’s tent.”
Make sure that the translation of this term is different from the translation of “temple.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0168, H4908, H5520, H5521, H5522, H7900, G46330, G46340, G46360, G46380

temple, house, house of God

Key Terms :: temple, house, house of God

Facts:

The temple was a building surrounded by walled courtyards where the Israelites came to pray and to offer sacrifices to God. It was located on Mount Moriah in the city of Jerusalem.

Often the term “temple” referred to the whole temple complex, including the courtyards that surrounded the main building. Sometimes it referred only to the building.
The temple building had two rooms, the Holy Place and the Most Holy Place.
God referred to the temple as his dwelling place.
King Solomon built the Temple during his reign. It was supposed to be the permanent place of worship in Jerusalem.
In the New Testament, the term “temple of the Holy Spirit” is used to refer to believers in Jesus as a group, because the Holy Spirit lives in them.

Translation Suggestions:

Usually when the text says that people were “in the temple,” it is referring to the courtyards outside the building. This could be translated as “in the temple courtyards” or “in the temple complex.”
Where it refers specifically to the building itself, some translations translate “temple” as “temple building,” to make it the reference clear.
Ways to translate “temple” could include, “God’s holy house” or “sacred worship place.”
Often in the Bible, the temple is referred to as “the house of Yahweh” or “the house of God.”

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
18:2 In Jerusalem, Solomon built the Temple for which his father David had planned and gathered materials. Instead of at the Tent of Meeting, people now worshiped God and offered sacrifices to him at the Temple. God came and was present in the Temple, and he lived there with his people.
20:7 They (Babylonians) captured the city of Jerusalem, destroyed the Temple, and took away all the treasures.
20:13 When the people arrived in Jerusalem, they rebuilt the Temple and the wall around the city of the city and the Temple.
25:4 Then Satan took Jesus to the highest point on the Temple and said, “If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down, for it is written, ‘God will command his angels to carry you so your foot does not hit a stone.’”
40:7 When he died, there was an earthquake and the large curtain that separated the people from the presence of God in the Temple was torn in two, from the top to the bottom.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1004, H1964, H1965, G14930, G24110, G34850

tetrarch

Key Terms :: tetrarch

Definition:

The term “tetrarch” refers to a governing official who ruled over part of the Roman Empire. Each tetrarch was under the authority of the Roman emperor.

The title “tetrarch” means “one of four joint rulers.”
Starting under the Emperor Diocletian, there were four major divisions of the Roman Empire and each tetrarch ruled one division.
The kingdom of of Herod “the Great,” who was king at the time of the birth of Jesus, was divided into four sections after his death, and ruled by his sons as “tetrarchs,” or “rulers of a fourth.”
Each division had one or more smaller parts called “provinces,” such as Galilee or Samaria.
“Herod the tetrarch” is mentioned several times in the New Testament. He is also known as “Herod Antipas.”
The term “tetrarch” could also be translated as “regional governor” or “provincial ruler” or “ruler” or “governor.”

(See also: governor, Herod Antipas, province, Rome, ruler)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G50750, G50760

the twelve, the eleven

Key Terms :: the twelve, the eleven

Definition:

The term “the twelve” refers to the twelve men that Jesus chose to be his closest disciples, or apostles. After Judas killed himself, they were called “the eleven.”

Jesus had many other disciples, but the title “the twelve” distinguished those who were apparently closest to Jesus.
The names of these twelve disciples are listed in Matthew 10, Mark 3, and Luke 6.
Some time after Jesus had returned to heaven, “the eleven” chose a disciple named Matthias to take Judas’ place. Then they were called “the twelve” again.

Translation Suggestions:

For many languages it may be clearer or more natural to add the noun and say, “the twelve apostles” or “Jesus’ twelve closest disciples.”
“The eleven” could also be translated as “Jesus’ eleven remaining disciples.”
Some translations may prefer to use a capital letter to show that it was used as a title, as in “the Twelve” and “the Eleven.”

(See also: apostle, disciple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G14270, G17330

trespass

Key Terms :: trespass

Definition:

The term “trespass” means to cross a line or to violate a boundary. This term is often used figuratively, meaning to break a law or to violate the rights of another person.

This term is very similar to the word “transgression,” but is generally used more often to describe violations against other people than against God.
A trespass can be a violation of a moral law or a civil law.
A trespass can also be a sin committed against another person.
This term is related to the terms “sin” and “transgress,” especially as it relates to disobeying God. All sins are trespasses against God.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, to “trespass against” could be translated as to “sin against” or to “break the rule.”
Some languages may have an expression like “cross the line” that could be used to translate “trespass.”
Consider how this term fits with the meaning of the surrounding Bible text and compare it to other terms that have a similar meaning, such as “transgress” and “sin.”

(See also: disobey, iniquity, sin, transgress)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0816, H0817, H0819, H2398, H4603, H4604, H6586, H6588, G02640, G39000

trust, trusted, trustworthy, trustworthiness

Key Terms :: trust, trusted, trustworthy, trustworthiness

Definition:

To “trust” something or someone is to believe that the thing or person is true or dependable. That belief is also called “trust.” A “trustworthy” person is one you can trust to do and say what is right and true, and therefore one who has the quality of “trustworthiness.”

Trust is closely related to faith. If we trust someone, we have faith in that person to do what they promised to do.
Having trust in someone also means depending on that person.
To “trust in” Jesus means to believe that he is God, to believe that he died on the cross to pay for our sins, and to rely on him to save us.
A “trustworthy saying” refers to something that is said that can be counted on to be true.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “trust” could include “believe” or “have faith” or “have confidence” or “depend on.”
The phrase “put your trust in” is very similar in meaning to “trust in.”
The term “trustworthy” could be translated as “dependable” or “reliable” or “can always be trusted.”

(See also: believe, confidence, faith, faithful, true)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

12:12 When the Israelites saw that the Egyptians were dead, they trusted in God and believed that Moses was a prophet of God.
14:15 Joshua was a good leader because he trusted and obeyed God.
17:2 David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
34:6 Then Jesus told a story about people who trusted in their own good deeds and despised other people.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0539, H0982, H1556, H2620, H2622, H3176, H4009, H4268, H7365, G16790, G38720, G39820, G40060, G41000, G42760

unleavened bread

Key Terms :: unleavened bread

Definition:

The term “unleavened bread” refers to bread that is made without yeast or other leavening. This kind of bread is flat because it has no leaven to make it rise.

When God freed the Israelites from slavery in Egypt, he told them to flee Egypt quickly without waiting for their bread to rise. So they ate unleavened bread with their meal. Since then unleavened bread is used in their yearly Passover celebrations to remind them of that time.
Since leaven sometimes is used as a picture of sin, “unleavened bread” represents the removal of sin from a person’s life in order to live in a way that honors God.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate this term could include “bread with no yeast” or “flat bread that did not rise.”
Make sure the translation of this term is consistent with how you translate the term “yeast, leaven.”
In some contexts, the term “unleavened bread” refers to the “Feast of Unleavened Bread” and can be translated that way.

(See also: bread, Egypt, feast, Passover, servant, sin, yeast)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4682, G01060

woe

Key Terms :: woe

Definition:

The term “woe” refers to a feeling of great distress. It also gives a warning that someone will experience severe trouble.

The expression “woe to” is followed by a warning to people that they will experience suffering as punishment for their sins.
In several places in the Bible, the word “woe” is repeated, to emphasize an especially terrible judgment.
A person who says “woe is me” or “woe to me” is expressing sorrow about severe suffering.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “woe” could also be translated as “great sorrow” or “sadness” or “calamity” or “disaster.”
Other ways to translate the expression “Woe to (name of city)” could include, “How terrible it will be for (name of city)” or “The people in (that city) will be severely punished” or “Those people will suffer greatly.”
The expression, “Woe is me!” or “Woe to me!” could be translated as “How sad I am!” or “I am so sad!” or “How terrible this is for me!”
The expression “Woe to you” could also be translated as “You will suffer terribly” or “You will experience terrible troubles.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0188, H0190, H0337, H0480, H1929, H1945, H1958, G37590

آمن، مؤمن، إيمان، غير مؤمن، عدم الإيمان

Key Terms :: آمن، مؤمن، إيمان، غير مؤمن، عدم الإيمان

التعريف:

بشكل عامٍّ، يُشير تعبير ”الإيمان” إلى الثقة أو الاقتناع بشيء أو شخص.

1. إيمان

أن ”تؤمن” بشيء يعني أن تَقبل أنّ ذلك الشيء صحيح وحقّ، وأن ”تؤمن” بشخص يعني أن تعرف وتعترف أنَّ ما قاله ذلك الشخص صحيح.
قد يعني تعبير ”آمن” أيضًا ”وثَق بـ”، أي أن تثق أنَّ ذلك الشخص هو بالفعل ما يقول إنَّه عليه، وبأّنّه سيفعل حقًّا ما وعد أن يفعله.
عندما يؤمن الشخص ويثق بالفعل بشيء ما، فسيتصرّف بطريقة تُظهر ثقته وإيمانه.
”أن تؤمن بيسوع” يعني أن تؤمن أنَّه هو ابن الله، وأنّه هو الله نفسه وقد صار إنسانًا ومات كذبيحة ليدفع ثمن خطايانا. هذا يعني أن تثق به كمخلِّص وتعيش بطريقة تُكرّمه.

2. مؤمن

في الكتاب المقدّس، تعبير ”مؤمن” يُشير إلى الشخص الذي يؤمن بيسوع المسيح ويتّكل عليه كمخلِّص.

تعبير ”مؤمن” يعني حرفيًّا ”الشخص الذي يؤمن”.
تعبير ”مسيحيّ” صار لاحقًا اللقب الرئيسيّ للمؤمنين، لأنَّه يدلّ على أنّهم يؤمنون بالمسيح ويُطيعون تعاليمه.

3. عدم الإيمان:

تعبير ”عدم الإيمان” يعني عدم الإيمان والثقة بشيء أو بشخص.

في الكتاب المقدَّس، ”عدم الإيمان” يُشير إلى عدم الإيمان بيسوع وعدم الثقة أنَّه هو المخلِّص.
الشخص الذي لا يؤمن يُدعى ”غير مؤمن”.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

أن ”تؤمن” قد تُترجم إلى ”أن تعرف أنَّه حقٌّ” أو ”أن تعرف أنَّه صحيح”.
أن ”تؤمن” قد تُترجم إلى ”أن تثق ثقة تامَّة” أو ”أن تثق وتُطيع” أو ”أن تتّكل بالكامل وتتبع”.
قد تُفضِّل بعض الترجمات قول ”مؤمن بيسوع” أو ”مؤمن بالمسيح”.
يُمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير أيضًا بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”الشخص الذي يثق بيسوع” أو ”الشخص الذي يعرف المسيح ويعيش لأجله”.
هناك طُرق أخرى لترجمة تعبير ”مؤمن” وقد تكون ”تابع ليسوع” أو ”شخص يعرف يسوع ويُطيعه”.
تعبير ”مؤمن” هو تعبير يُستخدم للإشارة إلى أيّ شخص مؤمن بالمسيح بشكل عامٍّ، بينما تعبيرا ”تلميذ” و”رسول” اسُتخدما بالتحديد للإشارة إلى الأشخاص الذين عرفوا يسوع في أثناء حياته على الأرض. من الأفضل ترجمة هذه المصطلحات بطُرق مختلفة للتمييز ما بينها.
قد تتضمّن طُرق أخرى لترجمة ”عدم الإيمان”: ”انعدام الإيمان” أو ”قلّة الإيمان”.
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”غير مؤمن” إلى ”الشخص الذي لا يؤمن بيسوع” أو ”شخص لا يثق بيسوع كمخلّص”.

(انظر أيضًا: رسول، مسيحيّ، تلميذ، وَثِق)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

3: 4 حذَّر نوح الناس من الطوفان القادم، وطلب منهم أن يتوبوا ويؤمنوا بالله ولكنَّهم لم يؤمنوا.
4: 8 آمن إبراهيم بمواعيد الله. أعلن الله إبراهيم بارًّا لأنَّه آمن بمواعيده.
11: 2 وقدّم الله طريقة ليفدي كلَّ بكر لكلّ من يؤمن به.
11: 6 ولكن لم يؤمن شعب مصر بالله ولم يطيعوا وصاياه.
37: 5 قال لها يسوع: “أنا هو القيامة والحياة. من آمن بي ولو مات فسيحيا، وكلُّ من آمن بي فلن يموت إلى الأبد. أتؤمنين بهذا؟ “
43: 1 بعدما ارتفع يسوع إلى السماء، رجع التلاميذ إلى أورشليم كما أوصاهم يسوع. وواظب المؤمنون هناك على الاجتماع والصلاة معًا.
43: 3 وصار عندما كان المؤمنون مجتمعين معًا، ملأ البيت صوتًا كما من هبوب ريح عاصفة. وظهر لهم شيئًا كألسنة من نار واستقرّ فوق رؤوس جميع المؤمنين.
43: 13 وكلّ يوم، آمن الكثيرون.
46: 6 وحدث في ذلك اليوم اضطهاد عظيم على أتباع يسوع، فهرب المؤمنون إلى أماكن أخرى، ورغم هذا كرز التلاميذ عن يسوع أينما ذهبوا.
46: 1 كان شاول الشابّ الذي حفظ ثياب الذين قتلوا استفانوس، فهو لم يؤمن بيسوع لذا اضطهد المؤمنين.
46: 9 بعض المؤمنين الذين هربوا من جرّاء الاضطهاد والضيق الذي في أورشليم، ذهبوا إلى مكان بعيد إلى مدينة أنطاكية، وكرزوا بيسوع.
46: 9 في أنطاكية أوَّلًا، دُعي المؤمنون بيسوع “مسيحيِّين“.
47: 14 وكتبوا أيضًا رسائل كثيرة، ليشجِّعوا المؤمنين ويعلّموهم في الكنائس.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0539, H0540, G05430, G05440, G05690, G05700, G05710, G39820, G41000, G41020, G41030, G41350

آمين، حقًّا

Key Terms :: آمين، حقًّا

التعريف:

يُستخدم تعبير ”آمين” للتأكيد أو للفت الانتباه إلى ما قاله الشخص. تُستخدم عادةً في ختام الصلاة بمعنى ”ليكن هذا” أو ”استجب…”، وتُترجم أحيانًا إلى ”حقًّا”.

عندما تُستخدم في ختام الصلاة، فإنّ كلمة ”آمين” تشير إلى اتّفاق مع الصلاة أو تعبّر عن الرغبة في أن تتحقّق الطلبات وتُستجاب.
استخدم يسوع في تعاليمه كلمة ”الحقّ/حقًّا” للتأكيد على حقيقة ما قاله، وغالبًا ما يتبعها بقول عبارة ”أقول لكم” لتقديم تعليم آخر مرتبط بالتعليم السابق.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

ابحث إن كان يوجد في اللغة الهدف كلمة أو عبارة محدّدة تُستخدم للتأكيد على شيء قيل.
عندما تُستخدم في ختام الصلاة أو للتأكيد على شيء، فيُمكن ترجمة كلمة ”آمين” إلى ”فليكن ذلك” أو ”ليتمّ هذا” أو ”هذا صحيح”.
عندما يقول يسوع ”الحقّ أقول لكم…”، فيمكن ترجمة هذه العبارة أيضًا إلى ”نعم، أقول لكم بصدق” أو ”هذا صحيح، وأقول لكم أيضًا”.
عبارة ”الحقّ، الحقّ أقول لكم” يُمكن أن تُترجم إلى ”أقول لكم هذا بصدق تامّ” أو ”أقول لكم هذا بجدّيّة” أو ”ما أقوله لكم صحيح”.

(انظر أيضًا: تمّم، الحقّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0543, G02810

أحمق، جاهل، غبيّ، حماقة، غباء، جهالة

Key Terms :: أحمق، جاهل، غبيّ، حماقة، غباء، جهالة

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “أحمق” (ومرادفاته كجاهل وغبيّ وأبله) إلى الشخص الذي غالبًا ما يتّخذ خيارات خاطئة، وخاصّة اختياره لعدم الطاعة. يصف تعبير “جاهل/جهالة” شخصًا ساذجًا لا يفقه شيئًا، أو سلوكًا يتّصف بالسذاجة وعدم المعرفة وحتّى بالغباء.

في الكتاب المقدّس، يشير مصطلح “أحمق/جاهل” عادة إلى شخص لا يؤمن بالله أو يطيعه. غالبًا ما تُعقَد مقارنة لتبيان أوجه الاختلاف بين هذا الشخص الأحمق/ الجاهل وبين الشخص الحكيم الذي يؤمن بالله ويطيعه.
في سفر المزامير، يصف داود الشخص الجاهل بأنّه شخص لا يؤمن بالله، وبأنّه يتجاهل كلّ الأدلّة على أنّ الله موجود في خليقته.
يقدّم سفر الأمثال في العهد القديم أيضًا العديد من الأوصاف لِما هو عليه الشخص الجاهل أو الأحمق وماذا يُشبه.
يشير تعبير “حماقة/غباء” إلى عمل غير حكيم لأنّه ضدّ مشيئة الله. غالبًا ما تتضمّن كلمة “غباء/حماقة” أيضًا المعنى لشيء مثير للسخرية أو شيء خطير.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير “أحمق” على أنّه “شخص جاهل“ أو “غير حكيم“ أو “بلا منطق“ أو “شرّير”.
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة كلمة “أحمق” الشخص الذي “يفتقر إلى الفهم” أو “غير الحكيم” أو “الفاقد الإحساس”.

(انظر أيضًا: حكيم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0191, H0196, H0200, H1198, H1984, H2973, H3684, H3687, H3688, H3689, H3690, H5014, H5034, H5036, H5039, H5528, H5529, H5530, H5531, H6612, H8417, H8602, H8604, G04530, G04540, G07810, G08010, G08770, G08780, G27570, G31500, G31540, G34710, G34720, G34730, G34740, G39120

أمانة، أمين، وفاء، إخلاص، مُخلِص

Key Terms :: أمانة، أمين، وفاء، إخلاص، مُخلِص

التعريف:

أن يكون الإنسان «أمينًا» أو «مُخلِصًا» للّه يعني أن يعيش باستمرار تبعًا لتعاليم الله.

إن كان شخصٌ أمينًا، فيُمكن الوثوق به للوفاء بوعوده دائمًا ولأداء واجباته تجاه الآخرين.
الشخص الأمين يثابر على أداء مهامِّه حتَّى وإن كانت طويلةً وصعبةً.
الأمانة (والإخلاص، والوفاء) للّه هي الثبات على القيام بما يطلبه الله منَّا.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

في سياقات عديدة، يُمكن أن تُترجم كلمة «أَمِينٌ» (أو «مُخلِص») إلى «مُكرَّس» أو «موثوق به».
في سياقات أخرى، يُمكن ترجمة كلمة «أَمِينٌ» (أو «مُخلِص») بكلمة أو عبارة تعني «ثابت على الإيمان» أو «مثابر على الإيمان بالله وطاعته».
قد تُترجم كلمة «أمانة» (أو «الإخلاص»، أو «الوفاء») بكلمة أو عبارة تعني «المثابرة على الإيمان» أو «الإيمان بالله وطاعته».

(انظر أيضًا: آمن)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

8: 5 وحتّى في السجن، ظلَّ يوسف مُخلِصًا للّه، والله باركَهُ.
14: 12 ولكن الله كان لا يزال أمينًا لوعوده لإبراهيم وإسحاق ويعقوب.
15: 13 ووَعَدَ الشعب أن يبقى مُخلصًا للّه ويتبع شرائعه.
17: 9 وحكمَ داود بالعدل والإخلاص لسنين عديدة، والله باركه. ومع ذلك، في نهاية حياته أخطأ بشكل فظيع أمام الله.
35: 12 وقال، «هَا أَنَا أَخْدِمُكَ بوفاء كلّ هذه السِنِينَ!»
49: 17 ولكن الله يقول إذا اعترفت بخطاياك، فهو أمين وسيغفر لك…
50: 4 ابقوا أمناء إلى النهاية، فتخلصون.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ

H0529, H0530, H0539, H0540, H0571, H0898, H2181, H4603, H4604, H4820, G05690, G05710, G41030

أمميٌّ، أمم، الأمم

Key Terms :: أمميٌّ، أمم، الأمم

الحقائق:

تشير كلمة «أمميٌّ» إلى أيِّ الشخص غير اليهوديّ. الأمم هم أناس ليسوا من نسل يعقوب.

في الكتاب المُقدَّس تُستخدم كلمة «أغلف» (غير مختون) أيضًا بشكلٍ مجازيٍّ بمعنى «رَجُل وثنيٌّ»، لأنّ الكثيرين من الوثنيِّين لم يكن يختنون أولادهم الذكور كما فعل بنو إسرائيل.
ولأنَّ الله اختار اليهود ليكونوا خاصّته، فقد اعتبروا الأمم الأخرى غرباء لا يمكن أن يكونوا أبدًا شعب الله.
كان يُطلق على اليهود أيضًا اسم «بني إسرائيل» أو «العبرانيِّين» في أوقات مختلفة من التاريخ. كانوا يسمُّون أيَّ شخص آخر «أمميًّا».
ويمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة «الأمميّ» إلى «ليس يهوديًّا» أو «غير يهوديٍّ» أو «ليس من نسل بني إسرائيل» (في العهد القديم) أو «غير إسرائيليّ الجنس».
بحسب التقاليد، لم يكن اليهود يأكلون مع الوثنيِّين ولم يكونوا يخالطونهم، الأمر الذي سبَّب في البداية مشاكل داخل الكنيسة الأولى.

(أنْظُرْ أيضًا: إسرائيل، يعقوب، يهوديٌّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1471, G14820, G14840, G16720

إبليس، الشيطان، الشرّير

Key Terms :: إبليس، الشيطان، الشرّير

حقائق:

على الرغم من أنّ إبليس روح خلقهُ الله، ولكنّه تمرَّدَ على الله وأصبح عدوًّا لهُ. يُطلق على إبليس أيضًا اسمي ”الشيطان” و”الشرّير”.

يكره إبليس الله وكلّ ما خلقه لأنّه يريد أن يحلّ محلّه وأن يعبده الناس بدلًا من أن يعبدوا الله.
دائمًا ما يجرّب الشيطان الناس ويحاول أن يجعلهم يتمرّدون على الله.
أرسل الله ابنه يسوع لإنقاذ شعبه من سيطرة وعبوديَّة الشيطان.
إذا أردنا أن نوضّح اسم ”الشيطان” فهو يعني ”الخصم” أو ”العدوّ”.
إنّ كلمة ”إبليس” تعني ”المُشتكي”.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”إبليس” على أنّها ”المشتكي” أو ”الشرّير” أو ”ملك الأرواح الشرّيرة” أو ”أبو الشرور والأرواح الشرّيرة”.
يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”الشيطان” على أنّها ”خَصْمَنا الشرّير” أو ”العدوّ إبليس” أو أيّ اسم آخر يدُلّ على أنّه إبليس.
يجب ترجمة هذه التعابير بشكل مختلف عن الشيطان وروح شرّيرة.
فكّروا في كيفيّة ترجمة هذه التعابير بحسب لغتكم المحلّيّة أو لهجتكم العامّيّة.

(انظر: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة

(اقتراحات الترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: الشيطان، شرّ، ملكوت الله، يجرّب)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

21: 1 الحيّة التي خدعت حواء كانت الشيطان. كان الوعد أنّ المسيح الذي سيأتي هو الذي سيهزم الشيطان بشكلٍ كامل.
25: 6 وأراهُ الشيطان جميع ممالك العالم ومجدها، وقال له: ”أعطيك هذه جميعها إن خررتَ وسجدتَ لي.”
25: 8 لم يستسلم يسوع لتجارب الشيطان، لذلك تركه الشيطان.
33: 6 لذلك وضّح يسوع بأنّ ”البذرة هي كلمة الله. الطريق هو الشخص الذي يسمع كلمة الله، لكنّه لا يفهمها، فيأخذ منه إبليس تلك الكلمة.”
38: 7 بعد أن تناول يهوذا الخُبز، دخلَ فيه الشيطان.
48: 4 وعَدَ الله أنّ واحدًا من نسل حوّاء سيسحق رأس الشيطان، ويسحق الشيطان عَقِبَهُ. وهذا يعني أنّ الشيطان سيقتُل المسيح، لكنّ الله سيقيمه من بين الأموات، وبعد ذلك سيسحق المسيح قوّة الشيطان إلى الأبد.
49: 15 لقد أخرَجَنا الله من مملكة الظلمة أي مملكة إبليس ووضَعَنا في ملكوت النور أي ملكوت الله.
50: 9 ”يمثّل الزوان بني الشرّير. والعدوّ الذي زرع الزوان يمثّل إبليس.”
50: 10 ”في نهاية هذا العالم، ستجمع الملائكة جميع الأشخاص الذين يتبعون الشيطان وسيطرحونهم في النار، حيث هناك البكاء وصرير الأسنان. ”
50: 15 عندما يعود يسوع، سيَسحق الشيطان ويدمّر مملكته بالكامل. سيُطرَح الشيطان في النار حيث سيحترق إلى الأبد، هو وجميع الأشخاص الذين اختاروا أن يتبعوا الشيطان بدلًا من أن يتبعوا الله ويطيعوه.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H7700, H7854, H8163, G11390, G11400, G11410, G11420, G12280, G41900, G45660, G45670

إدانَة، يُدين، حَكَمَ، دينونة

Key Terms :: إدانَة، يُدين، حَكَمَ، دينونة

التعريف:

يشير التعبيران ”يدين” و”دينونة” إلى الحُكم على شخص ما لقيامه بشيء خاطئ.

غالبًا ما تشمل كلمة ”يُدين” معاقبة ذلك الشخص على فعله الخاطئ.
تعني أحيانًا كلمة ”يُدين” اتّهام شخص ما زورًا أو الحكم على شخص ما بقسوة.
يشير مصطلح ”الدينونة” إلى فعل إدانة أو اتّهام شخص ما.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة هذا المصطلح إلى ”الحكم القاسي” أو ”النقد الكاذب”.
يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”يُدين” إلى ”الحكم بأنّه مذنب” أو ”الإعلان عن وجوب معاقبته على خطيئته”.
يمكن ترجمة مصطلح ”الإدانة” على أنّه ”حكم قاسٍ” أو ”الإعلان بالذنب” أو ”عقاب الذنب”.

(انظر أيضًا: يُدين، يعاقِب)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

*H6064, H7034, H7561, H8199, G01760, G08430, G26070, G26130, G26310, G26320, G26330, G29170, G29190, G29200, G52720, G60480

إكرام، كرامة، يُكرم، مُكرَّم

Key Terms :: إكرام، كرامة، يُكرم، مُكرَّم

التعريف:

يُشير تعبيرا ”كرامة” و”يُكرم” إلى تقديم الاحترام والتقدير والإجلال لشخص ما.

يُقدَّم الإكرام عادةً لشخص في مكانة أعلى أو لشخص له أهمِّيَّة أكبر، مثل الملك أو الله.
يأمر الله المؤمنين المسيحيّين أن يُكرموا الآخرين.
مطلوب من الأطفال إكرام والديهم بطُرق تتضمّن احترامهم وإطاعتهم.
غالبًا ما يُستخدم تعبيرا ”الكرامة” و”المجد” معًا، خاصّةً عند الإشارة إلى يسوع. قد تُعتبر هاتان طريقتان مختلفتان للإشارة إلى الشيء ذاته.
تتضمّن طُرق إكرام الله: شُكره وتسبيحه، وإظهار الاحترام له من خلال إطاعته والعيش بطريقة تبيّن مدى عظمته.
في الوصايا العشرة، أمر الله الناس قائلًا: ”أكرم أباك وأمَّك”.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

قد تتضمّن الطُرق الأخرى لترجمة تعبير ”إكرام”، ”احترام” أو ”تقدير” أو ”الاعتبار الكبير”
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”تكريم” إلى ”إظهار احترام خاصّ لـ” أو ”أن يُقدِّم التسبيح” أو ”إظهار التقدير الكبير لـ”.

(انظر أيضًا: فساد، مجد، تسبيح)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1420, H1921, H1922, H1923, H1926, H1927, H1935, H2082, H2142, H3366, H3367, H3368, H3372, H3373, H3374, H3444, H3513, H3519, H3655, H3678, H5081, H5375, H5457, H6213, H6286, H6437, H6942, H6944, H6965, H7236, H7613, H7812, H8597, H8416, G08200, G13910, G13920, G17840, G21510, G25700, G31700, G44110, G45860, G50910, G50920, G50930, G53990

إله، إله مُزيّف، إلهة، صنم، عابد أوثان، وثنيّ، عبادة الأصنام

Key Terms :: إله، إله مُزيّف، إلهة، صنم، عابد أوثان، وثنيّ، عبادة الأصنام

التعريف:

الإله المُزيّف هو شيء يعبده الناس بدلًا من الإله الواحد الحقّ. يشير تعبير ”إلهة” على وجه التحديد إلى إله زائف أنثى.

هذه الآلهة المُزيّفة سواء أكانت ذكورًا أو إناثًا فهي غير موجودة. يهوه (الربّ) هو الإله الوحيد.
يصنع الناس أحيانًا أصنامًا ليعبدوها كرموز لآلهتهم المُزيّفة.
في الكتاب المقدّس، غالبًا ما ابتعد شعب الله عن طاعته من أجل عبادة آلهة مزيّفة.
غالبًا ما يخدع الشياطين الناس ليصدّقوا أنّ الآلهة المزيّفة والأصنام التي يعبدونها لها قوّة/ سلطان.
كان بعل وداجون ومولك ثلاثة من الآلهة المُزيّفة العديدة التي عبدها الناس في زمن الكتاب المقدّس.
كانت أشيرا وأرطَامِيسَ (ديانا) اثنتين من الآلهة التي عبدتهما الشعوب القديمة.

الصنم هو شيء يصنعه الناس لكي يتمكّنوا من عبادته. يُوصَف شيء ما بأنّه ”وثنيّ” إذا كان يتضمّن تكريم شيء آخر غير الإله الواحد الحقّ.

يصنع الناس أصنامًا لتمثيل الآلهة المُزيّفة التي يعبدونها.
لا وجود لهذه الآلهة المُزيّفة فلا يوجد إله غير يهوه (الربّ).
يعمل الشياطين أحيانًا من خلال صنم ليجعلوه يبدو وكأنّه يتمتّع بالسلطان، رغم أنّه ليس كذلك.
غالبًا ما تُصنع الأصنام من موادّ ثمينة مثل الذهب أو الفضّة أو البرونز أو الخشب الثمين.
تعني ”المملكة الوثنيّة” ”مملكة الناس الذين يعبدون الأصنام” أو ”مملكة الناس الذين يعبدون الأشياء الأرضيّة.”
تعبير ”الشكل الوثنيّ” هو كلمة أخرى لـ ”صورة منحوتة” أو ”صنم.”

اقتراحات للترجمة:

قد تكون هناك بالفعل كلمة لـ ”إله” أو ”إله مُزيّف” في اللغة أو في لغة قريبة.
يمكن استخدام تعبير ”صنم” للإشارة إلى الآلهة المُزيّفة.
خيار آخر هو استخدام كلمة مختلفة تمامًا للإشارة إلى الآلهة المزيّفة.
قد تضيف بعض اللغات كلمة لتحديد ما إذا كان الإله المزيّف موصوفًا بأنّه ذكر أم أنثى.

(انظر أيضًا: الله، عشتورَث، بعل، مولك، شيطان، منحوت، مملكة، عبادة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

10: 2 من خلال هذه الضربات، أظهر الله لفرعون أنّه أقوى من فرعون وجميع آلهة مصر.
13: 4 ثمّ أعطاهم الله العهد وقال: ”أنا يهوه (الربّ) إلهكم الذي خلّصكم من العبوديّة في مصر. لا تعبدوا آلهة أخرى. ”
14: 2 لقد عبد (الكنعانيّون) آلهة مُزيّفة وفعلوا أشياءً شرّيرة كثيرة.
16: 1 بدأ بنو إسرائيل في عبادة آلهة الكنعانيّين بدلًا من يهوه (الربّ) الإله الحقيقيّ.
18: 13 لكن معظم ملوك يهوذا كانوا أشرارًا وفاسدين وعبدوا الأصنام. حتّى إنّ بعض الملوك ضحّوا بأبنائهم لآلهة مُزيّفة.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0205، H0367، H0410، H0426، H0430، H0457، H1322، H1544، H1892، H2553، H3649، H4656، H4906، H5236، H5566، H6089، H6090، H6091، H6456، H6459، H6673، H6736، H6754، H7723، H8163، H8251، H8267، H8441، H8655، G14930، G14940، G14950، G14960، G14970، G22990، G27120

اختبار، امتحان، يمتحن، يفحص، يُمتَحن في النار

Key Terms :: اختبار، امتحان، يمتحن، يفحص، يُمتَحن في النار

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”امتحان/اختبار” إلى تجربة صعبة أو مؤلمة تكشف عن نقاط القوّة والضعف لدى الشخص.

يمتحن الله الناس، لكنّه لا يجرّبهم (أو يغريهم) بأن يخطئوا. لكنّ الشيطان يجرّب الناس ويغريهم بارتكاب الخطيئة.
يستخدم الله أحيانًا الامتحانات لكشف خطيئة الناس، فالامتحان يساعد الشخص على الابتعاد عن الخطيئة والاقتراب من الله.
يُمتَحن الذهب والمعادن الأخرى بالنار لمعرفة نقائها وصلابتها. هذه صورة لكيفيّة استخدام الله لظروف مؤلمة لامتحان شعبه.
يمكن أن تعني عبارة أن ”تجُرّب شخصًا ما”، ”أن تتحدّى شيئًا أو شخصًا ما لإثبات قيمته.”
في سياق أن تضع الله موضع تجربة، فهذا يعني محاولة دفعه إلى أن يصنع معجزة لك، مُستغلًّا رحمته.
قال يسوع للشيطان إنّه من الخطأ أن تجرّب الله. فالله هو كلّيّ القدرة، الإله القدّوس، وهو فوق الجميع وأعلى من كلّ شيء.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”أن يُجرِّب” على أنّه ”أن يتحدّى” أو ”أن يتسبّب في اختبار صعوبات” أو ”أن يُختبر ويُثبت كفاءته.”
طُرق لترجمة ”اختبار/امتحان” يمكن أن تكون ”تحدّي” أو”تجربة صعبة.”
يمكن ترجمة ”أن يُوضَع موضع اختبار” إلى ”أن يُختبر” أو ”أن يُعدّ ويُطلق تحدّيًا” أو ”أن يدفع أو يُجبر أحدهم بأن يُثبت ويبرهن نفسه”.
في سياق اختبار/امتحان الله، يمكن ترجمة ذلك على أنّه ”محاولة إجبار الله على إثبات محبّته.”
في بعض السياقات، عندما لا يكون الله هو موضوع الكلام، يمكن لتعبير ”يختبر/يمتحن” أن يعني ”يُجرّب/يُغري.”

(انظر أيضًا: يُجرّب)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5254, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H8584, G12420, G12630, G13030, G13820, G19570, G31400, G31410, G31420, G31430, G39840, G43030, G44510, G48280, G60200

الأبديّة، إلى الدهر، الأزل، أبديّ، أزليّ، سرمديّ، إلى الأبد

Key Terms :: الأبديّة، إلى الدهر، الأزل، أبديّ، أزليّ، سرمديّ، إلى الأبد

التعريف:

التعبيران ”أبديّ” و”سرمديّ” لهما معنيان متشابهان جدًّا ويشيران إلى شيء سيظلّ موجودًا على الدوام أو يستمرّ إلى الأبد.

يشير تعبير ”الأبديّة” إلى فكرة البقاء والدوام إلى ما لا نهاية، أي الخلود. تُستخدم هذه الكلمة للإشارة إلى أبديّة الله، كما تشير أيضًا إلى ملكوت الله الأبديّ الذي لا نهاية له.
كلمة أخرى تُستخدم إلى جانب كلمة أبديّ، هي كلمة أزليّ، وتشير إلى الله الأزليّ-الأبديّ، بمعنى أنّ الله لا بداية له ولا نهاية.
يمكن أن يشير تعبير الأبديّة أيضًا إلى حياة الخلود، أي الحياة التي لا تنتهي أبدًا.
بعد هذه الحياة الحاضرة على الأرض، سيقضي البشر الأبديّة إمّا في السماء مع الله وإمّا في الجحيم مُنفصلين عن الله.
يُستخدم تعبير ”الحياة الأبديّة” في العهد الجديد للإشارة إلى العيش مع الله إلى الأبد في السماء.

يُشير تعبير ”إلى الأبد” إلى وقت لا ينتهي أبدًا.

عبارة ”إلى الدهر والأبد” تتضمّن فكرة الوقت الذي لا ينتهي أبدًا، وتعبّر عن شكل الأبديّة أو الحياة الأبديّة. تؤكّد أنّ شيئًا ما سيحدث أو يوجد على الدوام، وتشير إلى وقت لا ينتهي أبدًا.
قال الله إنّ عرش داود سيكون ثابتًا ”إلى الأبد”، وهذا يشير إلى حقيقة أنّ يسوع الذي انحدر من نسل داود سيحكم كملك إلى الأبد.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

الطُرق الأخرى لترجمة ”أبديّة” يُمكن أن تتضمّن: ”لا تنتهي” أو ”لا تتوقّف أبدًا” أو ”مستمرّة على الدوام.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”الحياة الأبديّة” على أنّه ”حياة لا تنتهي أبدًا” أو ”حياة تستمرّ من دون توقّف” أو ”إقامة أجسادنا من الموت لنعيش إلى الأبد.”
بحسب السياق، طُرق مختلفة لترجمة ”الأبديّة”، يمكن أن تشمل ”كائنة أو موجودة خارج الزمن” أو ”حياة لا تنتهي” أو ”الحياة في السماء.”
يجب أن تضع بعين الاعتبار أيضًا الطريقة المُترجمة بها هذه الكلمة في ترجمة الكتاب المقدّس بلغة محلّيّة أو وطنيّة. (انظر : ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة ”إلى الأبد” بكلمة ”على الدوام” أو ”لا ينتهي أبدًا”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”سيدوم إلى الأبد” على أنّها ”سيكون موجودًا على الدوام” أو ”لن يتوقّف أبدًا” أو ”سيستمرّ على الدوام.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة العبارة المُثبتة (التوكيديّة) ”إلى الدهر والأبد” على أنّها ”دائمًا وباستمرار” أو ”لا ينتهي أبدًا” أو ”الذي لا ينتهي أبدًا.”
يمكن ترجمة جملة ”سيثبت عرش داود إلى الأبد” على أنّ ”ذُرّيّة داود ستحكم إلى الأبد” أو ”سليل الملك داود سيحكم على الدوام.”

(انظر أيضًا: داود، يحكم، حياة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

27: 1 ذات يوم، جاء ناموسيّ إلى يسوع ليجرّبه، قائلًا: ”يا معلّم، ماذا أفعل لأرث الحياة الأبديّة؟”
28: 1 ذات يوم، جاء شابّ حاكم غنيّ إلى يسوع وسأله قائلًا: ”أيّها المُعَلّم الصالح، ماذا ينبغي أن أفعل لأكسب الحياة الأبديّة؟ أجابه يسوع، لماذا تسألني عمّا هو صالح؟ هناك واحد صالح، وهو الله. ولكن إن أردت أن تكسب الحياة الأبديّة يجب أن تطيع وصايا الله.”
28: 10 فأجاب يسوع وقال: ”كلّ مَن تركَ بيتًا أو أخًا أو أختًا أو أبًا أو أمًّا أو أولادًا أو بيوتًا لأجل اسمي، سيأخذ 100 ضعف في هذه الحياة وسينال الحياة الأبديّة أيضًا.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3117, H4481, H5331, H5703, H5705, H5769, H5865, H5957, H6924, G01260, G01650, G01660, G13360

الإثم

Key Terms :: الإثم

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”الإثم” إلى معنى مشابه جدًّا لتعبير ”الخطيئة”، لكنَّه قد يشير بشكل أكثر تحديدًا إلى الأفعال الخاطئة المتعمَّدة أو الشرِّ العظيم.

يعني تعبير ”الإثم” حرفيًّا تشويه أو تحريف (الناموس). ويشير أيضًا إلى الظلم الكبير.
يمكن وصف الإثم بأنَّه أفعال مؤذية ومتعمَّدة ضدّ الآخرين.
تشمل تعريفات أخرى لكلمة الإثم: ”الشذوذ والالتواء” و”الفساد” و”الضلال”، وهذه جميعها تصف حالات من الخطيئة الفظيعة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”الإثم” إلى ”الشرِّ” أو ”الأفعال المنحرفة” أو ”الأعمال الضارَّة والمؤذيَّة”.
غالبًا ما يرد تعبير ”الإثم” في نفس النصّ مع كلمة ”الخطيئة” و”المعصية/الذنب” لذلك من المهمِّ إيجاد طرق مختلفة لترجمة هذه التعبيرات.

(انظر أيضًا: خطيئة، تعدِّي، ذنب)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G00930, G04580, G38920, G41890

التعريف:

Key Terms :: التعريف:

يُستخدم تعبير ”تقيّ” لوصف شخص ما يتصرّف بطريقة تكرّم الله وتُظهِر سماته الله. إنَّ ”التقوى” هي صفة شخصيّة لتكريم الله من خلال القيام بمشيئته.

الشخص الذي يتمتّع بشخصيّة تقيَّة سيُظهِر ثمر الروح القُدُس، مثل المحبّة والفرح والسلام واللطف وطول الأناة.
تُظهِر ميزة التقوى التي يتمتّع بها شخص ما أنّه يسكُن فيه الروح القدس وأنّهُ يطيع الروح القُدُس.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”الأتقياء” إلى ”الأشخاص الأتقياء” أو ”الأشخاص الذين يطيعون الله". (انظر: الصفات الإسميّة
يمكن ترجمة صفة ”تقيّ” إلى ”مطيع لله” أو ”بارّ” أو ”شخص يرضي الله.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”بتقوى” إلى ”بطريقة تطيع بها الله” أو ”بأفعال وأقوال تُرضي الله.”
يمكن أن تشمل طرق ترجمة ”التقوى”، ”التصرّف بطريقة تُرضي الله” أو ”طاعة الله” أو ”العيش بطريقة صالحة.”

(انظر أيضًا يُكرم، يطيع، بارّ

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0430, H1100, H2623, H5760, H7563, G05160, G07630, G07640, G07650, G21240, G21500, G21520, G21530, G23160, G23170

التعريف:

Key Terms :: التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”القيامة” إلى فعل العودة إلى الحياة بعد الموت.

إقامة شخص ما يعني إعادة ذلك الشخص إلى الحياة مرّة أخرى. وحده الله لديه القدرة على القيام بذلك.
غالبًا ما تشير كلمة ”القيامة” إلى عودة يسوع إلى الحياة بعد موته.
عندما قال يسوع، ”أنا هو القيامة والحياة”، كان يعني أنّه مصدر القيامة، والشخص الذي يجعل الناس يعودون إلى الحياة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة ”قيامة” الشخص على أنّها ”عودته إلى الحياة” أو ”عودته إلى الحياة مرّة أخرى بعد أن كان ميّتًا.”
المعنى الحرفيّ لهذه الكلمة هو ”القيامة” أو ”فعل القيامة (من بين الأموات).” ستكون هذه طرقًا أخرى ممكنة لترجمة هذا التعبير.

(انظر أيضًا: الحياة، الموت، يُقيم)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

21 :14 من خلال موت المسيح وقيامته، سيُتمّم الله خطّته لخلاص الخطاة وبدء العهد الجديد.
37 :5 أجاب يسوع، ”أنا هو القيامة والحياة. من آمن بي وإن مات فسيحيا.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G03860, G14540, G18150

الخبر السارّ، الإنجيل، بشارة الملكوت

Key Terms :: الخبر السارّ، الإنجيل، بشارة الملكوت

التعريف:

يعني تعريف ”الإنجيل” حرفيًّا ”الخبر السارّ/البشرى” ويشير إلى رسالة أو إعلان يخبر الناس بشيء يفيدهم ويُسعِدهم.

في الكتاب المقدّس، يشير هذا التعبير عادةً إلى الرسالة التي تتعلَّق بخلاص الله للناس من خلال فداء يسوع لنا على الصليب.
في معظم نسخ الكتاب المقدّس في لغات أخرى، يتمّ كتابة ”الخبر السارّ” عادةً إلى ”الإنجيل” وتُستخدم أيضًا في عبارات مثل ”إنجيل يسوع المسيح” و”إنجيل الله” و”إنجيل الملكوت.”

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أن تتضمّن الطرق المختلفة لترجمة هذا التعبير، ”رسالة صالحة” أو ”إعلان صالح” أو ”رسالة الله للخلاص” أو ”الأمور الصالحة التي يعلّمها الله عن يسوع.”
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أن تشمل طرق ترجمة عبارة ”الخبر السارّ عن“، الرسالة حول“ أو ”الرسالة السارّة من” أو ”الأمور السارّة التي يخبرنا بها الله“.

(انظر أيضًا: مملكة، ذبيحة، يخلّص)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

23: 6 قال الملاك: ”لا تخافوا، لديّ خبر سارّ لكم. المسيح، السيّد، ولد في بيت لحم!”
26: 3 قرأ يسوع: ”لقد أعطاني الله روحه حتّى أتمكّن من إعلان الخبر السارّ للفقراء، والحرّيّة للأسرى، واستعادة البصر للمكفوفين، والإفراج للمضطهدين. ”هذه هي سنة الربّ المقبولة.”
45: 10 كما استخدم فيلبّس آيات أخرى ليخبره بالخبر السارّ عن يسوع.
46: 10 ثمّ أرسلوهم للتبشير بالخبر السارّ عن يسوع في أماكن أخرى كثيرة.
47: 1 وفي أحد الأيّام، ذهب بولس وصديقه سيلا إلى مدينة فيلبّي لإعلان الخبر السارّ عن يسوع.
47: 13 واستمرّ انتشار الخبر السارّ عن يسوع، واستمرّت الكنيسة في النموّ.
50: 1 منذ ما يقارب 2000 عام، كان المزيد والمزيد من الناس في جميع أنحاء العالم يسمعون الخبر السارّ عن يسوع المسيّا.
50: 2 عندما كان يسوع يعيش على الأرض قال: ”سيكرز تلاميذي بـالخبر السارّ عن ملكوت الله للناس في كلّ مكان في العالم، ثمّ تأتي النهاية.”
50: 3 قبل أن يعود إلى السماء، أخبر يسوع المسيحيّين بأن يعلنوا الخبر السارّ للناس الذين لم يسمعوا به قطّ.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G20970, G20980, G42830

الخير، حسن، طيِّب، جيِّد، صالِحٌ، أفضل

Key Terms :: الخير، حسن، طيِّب، جيِّد، صالِحٌ، أفضل

التعريف:

يعني تعبير «الخير» في الكتاب المقدَّس عمومًا نقيض «الشَّرِّ». ويَشْمَلُ المفهوم الكِتابيُّ فروقًا دقيقةً مختلفة لكلمة «الخير»، والتي تُرجمت إلى كلماتٍ مختلفة في الكتاب المقدَّس، مثل «حسن» و«جيِّد» و«صالِحٌ» وغيرها.

إنَّ القول بأنَّ شيئًا ما أو شخصًا ما «حسنٌ» (أو «جيِّدٌ» أو «طيِّبٌ») هو تَقييمٌ إيجابيٌّ لنوعيَّة شيء ما أو شخص ما على أنَّه ممتاز أو مفيد أو مناسب أو مُمتع أو رائع.
ويُسمَّى الشخص (أو الشيء) «صالحًا» بمعنى أنَّه «مستقيم من الناحية الأخلاقيَّة» أو «طيِّب من الناحية العاطفيَّة».

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يجب استخدام الاسم العامِّ لكلمة «الخير» في اللغة الهدف حيثما كان هذا المعنى العامُّ دقيقًا وطبيعيًّا، وخاصَّةً في السياقات التي يتباين فيها مع الشَّرِّ.
بناءً على السياق، يُمكن أن تُترجم كلمة «الخير» بطرق مختلفة مثل «البركة» أو «اللطف» أو «الكمال الأخلاقيُّ» أو «البرُّ» أو «الطهارة».
ويُمكن ترجمة الصفات بطرق مختلفة، حسب السياق، مثلًا «ممتاز» أو «مرضيٌّ لله» أو «مستقيم» أو «مستقيم أخلاقيًّا» أو «مفيد».
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة «أرض جيِّدة» إلى «أرض خصبة» أو «أرض منتجة»؛ ويُمكن ترجمة عبارة «محصول جيِّد» إلى «محصول وفير» أو «محصول عظيم».
ويعني فِعل «أَحسَنَ» القيام بعمل يفيد الآخرين؛ ويُمكن ترجمته إلى «مساعدة» أو «نفع» شخص ما أو «التسبُّب في نجاح شخص ما».
عبارة «فَعَلَ الخير يوم السبت» تعني «فعل ما ينفع الآخرين يوم السبت».

(انظر أيضًا: بارٌّ، نجح، الشرُّ)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

1: 5 وَرَأَى اللهُ ما قد خَلَقه أَنَّهُ حَسَنٌ.
1: 11 زَرَعَ الله شجرة معرفة الخير والشرّ.
1: 12 ثمَّ قال الله: «لَيْسَ جَيِّدًا أَنْ يَكُونَ الرجل وَحْدَهُ».
2: 4 “فإنَّ الله يعلم تمامّا أنَّه بمجرَّد أن تأكلاها، ستكونان مثل الله، وستعرفان الخير والشرّ مثله.
8: 12 أنتم حاولتم فعل الشرّ عند بيعي كعبد، ولكن استخدم الله الشرَّ للخير!
14: 15 وكان يشوع قائدًا صالحًا لأنَّه كان يثق بالله ويطيعه.
18: 13 وكان بعض هؤلاء الملوك رجالًا صالحين حكموا بالعدل وعبدوا الله.
28: 1 «أيُّها المُعلِّم الصالِح، ماذا أعمَل لأرِث الحياة الأبديَّة؟» فقال له يسوع، «لِمَاذَا تَدْعُونِي صَالِحًا؟ لَيْسَ أَحَدٌ صَالِحًا إِلاَّ وَاحِدٌ وَهُوَ اللهُ».

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0117, H0145, H0155, H0202, H0239, H0410, H1580, H1926, H1935, H2532, H2617, H2623, H2869, H2895, H2896, H2898, H3190, H3191, H3276, H3474, H3788, H3966, H4261, H4399, H5232, H5750, H6287, H6643, H6743, H7075, H7368, H7399, H7443, H7999, H8231, H8232, H8233, H8389, H8458, G00140, G00150, G00180, G00190, G05150, G07440, G08650, G09790, G13800, G20950, G20970, G21060, G21070, G21080, G21090, G21140, G21150, G21330, G21400, G21620, G21630, G21740, G22930, G25650, G25670, G25700, G25730, G28870, G29860, G31400, G36170, G37760, G41470, G46320, G46740, G48510, G52230, G52240, G53580, G55420, G55430, G55440

الروح القدس، روح الله، روح الربّ، الروح

Key Terms :: الروح القدس، روح الله، روح الربّ، الروح

حقائق:

تُشير هذه التعبيرات جميعها إلى الروح القدس، الذي هو الله. الإله الواحد الحقّ، أبديّ الوجود بثلاثة أقانيم؛ الآب والابن والروح القدس.

يُشار إلى الروح القدس أيضًا بـ“الروح“ و“روح يهوه (الله)“ و“روح الحقِّ“.
لأنَّ الروح القدس هو الله، فهو مقدَّس بالكامل، ونقيّ وطاهر تمامًا، وكامل أخلاقيًّا في كلِّ طبيعته وفي كلِّ ما يفعله.
إلى جانب الآب والابن، كان الروح القدس نشطًا وفعّالًا عند خَلق العالم.
عندما رجع ابن الله؛ يسوع، إلى السماء، أرسل الله الروح القدس إلى شعبه ليقودهم ويعلِّمهم ويعزِّيهم ويمكَّنهم من أن يتمّموا مشيئة الله.
قاد الروح القدس يسوع، وهو يقود أولئك الذين يؤمنون بيسوع.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ببساطة ترجمة هذا التعبير باستخدام الكلمات المستخدمة لترجمة كلمتي “مقدّس“ و“روح“. يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا المصطلح إلى “روح طاهر“ أو “الروح القدُّوس“ أو “الله الروح“.

(انظر أيضًا: مقدَّس، روح، الله، الربّ، الله الآب، ابن الله، عطيَّة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

1: 1 كان روح الله يرفُّ على وجه المياه.
24: 8 فلمَّا اعتمد يسوع وصعد من الماء، ظهر روح الله على شكل حمامة ونزل عليه.
26: 1 وبعدما جرَّبه الشيطان بكلّ تجربة، رجع يسوع إلى الجليل حيث عاش ممتلئًا بقوّة الروح القدس.
26: 3 قال يسوع: “أعطاني الله روحه، لأبشِّر المساكين، لأنادي للمأسورين بالإطلاق وللعمي بالبصر، وأرسل المنسحقين في الحرِّيَّة“.
42: 10 “فاذهبوا وتلمذوا جميع الأمم، وعمّدوهم باسم الآب والابن والروح القدس، وعلّموهم كلّ ما أوصيتكم به“.
43: 3 وامتلأ الجميع من الروح القدس، وابتدأوا يتكلَّمون بألسنة أخرى.
43: 8 “وأرسل يسوع الروح القدس كما وعدَ، ويفعل الروح القدس هذا الذي أنتم الآن تبصرونه وتسمعونه.
43: 11 فقال لهم بطرس: ”توبوا وليعتمد كلُّ واحد منكم باسم يسوع المسيح ليغفر الله خطاياكم، وسيعطيكم أيضًا عطيَّة الروح القدس.
45: 1 كان مشهودًا لاستفانوس ومملوًّا بالروح القدس والحكمة.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3068, H6944, H7307, G00400, G41510

السماء، السماوات، سماويّ

Key Terms :: السماء، السماوات، سماويّ

التعريف:

إنّ المصطلح الذي يُترجم إلى ”السماء” يشير عادةً إلى مكان سُكنى الله. ويمكن أن تعني نفس الكلمة أيضًا ”سماء الكواكب والنجوم”، وذلك حسب السياق.

يشير مصطلح ”السماء” إلى كلّ ما نراه فوق الأرض، بما في ذلك الشمس والقمر والنجوم. ويشمل أيضًا الأجرام السماويّة، مثل الكواكب البعيدة، التي لا يمكننا رؤيتها مباشرة من الأرض.
يشير مصطلح ”السماء” إلى المساحة الزرقاء فوق الأرض التي تحتوي على السُحُب والهواء الذي نتنفّسه. غالبًا ما يُقال أيضًا أنّ الشمس والقمر ”في السماء”.
في بعض السياقات في الكتاب المقدّس، يمكن أن تشير كلمة ”السماوات” إمّا إلى السماء وإمّا إلى مكان سُكنى الله.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بالنسبة إلى”ملكوت السماوات” في إنجيل متّى، من الأفضل الاحتفاظ بكلمة ”السماوات” لأنّ هذا خاصّ بإنجيل متّى.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمتي ”السماوات” أو ”الأجرام السماويّة” على أنّها ”الشمس والقمر والنجوم” أو ”كلّ النجوم في الكون”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”نجوم السماء” على أنّها ”نجوم في السماء” أو ”نجوم في المجرّة” أو ”نجوم في الكون”.

(انظر أيضًا: ملكوت الله)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

4: 2 حتّى أنّهم بدأوا في بناء برج عالٍ للوصول إلى السماء.
14: 11 أعطاهم (الله) خبزًا من السماء، يُدعى ”المنّ”.
23:7 وفجأة، امتلأت السماء بالملائكة الذين يسبّحون الله، قائلين: ”المجد لله في السماء وعلى الأرض السلام وللناس المسرّة!”
29: 9 ثمّ قال يسوع: ”هذا ما يفعله أبي السماويّ بكلّ واحد منكم إن لم يغفر كلّ واحد لأخيه زلّاته”.
37: 9 ثمّ رفع يسوع نظره إلى السماء وقال: ”أشكرك أيهّا الآب، لأنّك استجبتَ لي”.
42:11 ثمّ صعد يسوع إلى السماء، وحجبته سحابة عن أعينهم.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1534, H6160, H6183, H7834, H8064, H8065, G09320, G20320, G33210, G37700, G37710, G37720

الشرُّ، شرِّير

Key Terms :: الشرُّ، شرِّير

التعريف:

تشير كلمة «الشرُّ» في الكتاب المقدَّس إمَّا إلى الخُبْث الأخلاقيِّ أو السوء المعنويِّ وإمَّا إلى السوء العاطفيِّ أو الأذى أو التجربة المؤلمة. عادةً ما يُوضِّح السياق المعنى المقصود في الحالة المعيَّنة لاستخدام الكلمة.

يشير اسم «الشرُّ» إلى الحالة التي تتكوَّن حين يقوم الناس بأفعال شرِّيرة.
تعني صفة «شرِّير» شخصًا ما أو شيئًا ما سيِّئًا من الناحية الأخلاقيَّة ومضادًّا للخير.
تَظهر نتائج الشرِّ بوضوح في إساءة معاملة الناس للآخرين مِثل القتل والسرقة والافتراء والقسوة والعنف.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بناءً على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة كلمة «شرِّير» إلى «سيِّئ» أو «خبيث» أو «خاطئ» أو «غير أخلاقيٍّ».
وقد تكون هناك طرق أخرى لترجمتها، مِثل «رديء» أو «غير صالح»
تأكَّد من أنَّ الكلمة أو العبارة المستخدَمة لترجمة هذه الكلمة تتلاءم مع السياق بشكل طبيعيٍّ في اللغة الهدف.

(انظر أيضًا: عصيان، خطيَّة، الخير، بارٌّ، روح شرّير)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

2: 4 فإنَّ الله يعلم تمامًا أنَّه بمجرَّد أن تأكلا منها، ستكونان مثل الله، وستعرفان الخير والشرّ مثله.
3: 1 وبعد سنوات عديدة، كان الكثيرون من الناس يعيشون في العالم. وأصبحوا أشرارًا وعنفاءَ جدًّا.
3: 2 وأمَّا نوحٌ فوجدَ نِعْمَةً عند الله. وكان الرجل الوحيد البارّ بين جميع الناس الأشرار.
4: 2 فرأى الله أنَّه إذا استمرُّوا جميعًا يعملون الشرّ معًا، فسيتمكَّنون من القيام بأشياء كثيرة خاطئة.
8: 12 أنتم حاولتم فعل الشرّ عند بيعي كعبد، ولكن الله استخدم الشرّ للخير!
14: 2 ولم يكن الكنعانيّون يؤمنون بالله. بل كانوا يعبدون آلهة زائفة، ويفعلون الكثير من الأمور الشرّيرة.
17: 1 ولكنّه (شاول) أصبح رجلًا شريرًا لم يطع الله، لذلك اختار الله رجلًا آخرًا ليكون ملكًا عوضًا عنه.
18: 11 وكان كلّ الملوك أشرارًا، في مملكة إسرائيل.
29: 8 وبغضب ألقى المَلِك العبد الشرير في السجن حتى يسدِّد جميع ديونه.
45: 2 قالوا: «لقد سمعناه (استفانوس) يتكلَّم أشياء شرِّيرة عن موسى والله!»
50: 17 ويمسح (يسوع) كلّ دمعة، ولن يكون هناك المزيد من الموت أو المعاناة أو الحزن أو البكاء أو الشرّ أو الألم.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0205, H0605, H1100, H1681, H1942, H2154, H2162, H2254, H2617, H3399, H3415, H4209, H4849, H5753, H5766, H5767, H5999, H6001, H6090, H7451, H7455, H7489, H7561, H7562, H7563, H7564, G00920, G01130, G04590, G09320, G09870, G09880, G14260, G25490, G25510, G25540, G25550, G25560, G25570, G25590, G25600, G26350, G26360, G41510, G41890, G41900, G41910, G53370

الشمَّاس

Key Terms :: الشمَّاس

التعريف:

الشمَّاس هو شخص يخدم في الكنيسة المحلِّيَّة، ويساعد إخوته المؤمنين في احتياجاتهم العمليَّة، كالمال والطعام.

كلمة “شمّاس“ مأخوذة مباشرة من كلمة يونانيَّة تعني “خادم “.
منذ زمن المسيحيِّين الأوَّلين، كان للشمّاس خدمة ودور محدّدان بوضوح في جسد الكنيسة.
مثلًا، في العهد الجديد، كان يحرص الشمامسة على أنَّ أيِّ طعام أو مال يقدّمه المؤمنون يتمّ توزيعه بعدل على الأرامل منهم.
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير “شمَّاس“ إلى “خادم كنيسة“ أو إلى عبارة أخرى تبيِّن أنَّ الشخص عُيِّن رسميًّا ليقوم بمهامَ معيَّنة تفيد المجتمع المسيحيِّ المحلِّيِّ.

(انظر أيضًا: خادم، عبد)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G12490

العالم، دنيويّ

Key Terms :: العالم، دنيويّ

التعريف:

عادةً ما يشير تعبير ”العالم” إلى جزء من الكون حيث يعيش الناس أي في الأرض. يصف تعبير ”دنيويّ” المبادئ والتصرّفات الشرّيرة للأشخاص الذين يعيشون في هذا العالم.

في معناه الأعمّ، يشير تعبير ”العالم” إلى السماوات والأرض، وكذلك كلّ شيء فيهما.
في العديد من السياقات، تعني كلمة ”العالم” في الواقع ”الناس الذين في العالم.”
استخدمَ الرسل أيضًا ”العالم” للإشارة إلى السلوكيّات الأنانيّة والمبادئ الفاسدة للأشخاص الذين يعيشون في هذا العالم. يمكن أن يشمل هذا الممارسات الدينيّة التي تعتمد على البرّ الذاتيّ والتي تستند إلى الجهود البشريّة.
يقال إنّ الأشخاص والأشياء الذين يمتلكون هذه القيم هم ”دنيويّون.”

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”العالم” على أنّها ”الكون” أو ”أشخاص هذا العالم” أو ”الأشياء الفاسدة في العالم” أو ”المواقف الشرّيرة لأشخاص في العالم.”
غالبًا ما تعني عبارة ”كلّ العالم” ”العديد من الناس” وتشير إلى الأشخاص الذين يعيشون في منطقة معيّنة. على سبيل المثال، يمكن ترجمة ”جاء كلّ العالم إلى مصر” على أنّها ”جاء العديد من الأشخاص من البلدان المحيطة إلى مصر” أو ”جاء أشخاص من جميع البلدان المحيطة بمصر إلى هناك.”
طريقة أخرى لترجمة ”ذهب كلّ العالم إلى مسقط رأسهم من أجل الإحصاء الرومانيّ” هي ”ذهب العديد من الأشخاص الذين يعيشون في المناطق التي تحكمها الإمبراطوريّة الرومانيّة بهدف التسجيل للإحصاء.”
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”دنيويّ” على أنّه ”شرّير” أو ”خاطئ” أو ”أنانيّ” أو ”غير تقيّ” أو ”فاسد” أو ”متأثّر بالمبادئ الفاسدة للأشخاص في هذا العالم.”
في سياقات أخرى، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة ”في العالم” إلى ”العيش بين أهل العالم” أو ”العيش بين أناس غير متديّنين.”

(انظر أيضًا: يُفسِد، السماء، رومية، تقيّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0776، H2309، H2465، H5769، H8398، G10930، G28860، G28890، G36250

الغضب، غيض، سخط

Key Terms :: الغضب، غيض، سخط

التعريف:

الغضب هو انزعاج شديد قد يبقى أحيانًا لفترة طويلة. يصف الكتاب المقدّس كلًّا من الناس والله بأنّهم يختبرون غضبًا شديدًا. عند الحديث عن ”غضب” الله، تأكّد من أنّ الكلمة أو العبارة المستخدمة لترجمة هذا التعبير لا تشير إلى نوبة غضب خاطئة بل إلى غضب الله المقدّس (ولكن قد يكون غضب الشخص البشريّ خاطئًا).

في الكتاب المقدّس، يشير ”الغضب” غالبًا إلى حكم الله الصالح على الخطيئة ومعاقبة الأشخاص الذين يتمرّدون عليه.
يمكن أن يشير ”غضب الله” أيضًا إلى حكمه وعقابه على الخطيئة.
غضب الله هو العقوبة العادلة لأولئك الذين لا يتوبون عن خطيئتهم.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير بطرق أخرى تشمل ”الغضب الشديد” أو ”الحكم الصالح” أو ”الغضب.”
غضب الله عادل ومقدّس. عندما يتمّ الحديث عن غضب الله، تأكّد من أنّ الكلمة أو العبارة المستخدمة لترجمة هذا التعبير لا تشير إلى غضب الإنسان الخاطئ.

(انظر أيضًا: حُكُم، خطيئة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0639, H2197, H2528, H2534, H2740, H3707, H3708, H5678, H7107, H7109, H7110, H7265, H7267, G23720, G37090, G39490, G39500

الكنيسة

Key Terms :: الكنيسة

التعريف:

تشير كلمة «الكنيسة» في العهد الجديد إلى جميع الناس الذين يؤمنون بيسوع المسيح. وأحيانًا تشير كلمة «الكنيسة» إلى جزءٍ من ذلك المجتمع الكبير والذي يجتمع بانتظام في مكان معيَّن، مثلًا «الكنيسة في أفسس».

تعني هذه الكلمة حرفيًّا مجمعًا أو جماعة من «المدعوِّين» من عامَّة الناس يجتمعون معًا لغرض مُعيَّن.
غالبًا ما كان المؤمنون في مدينة معيَّنة يجتمعون معًا في بيت أحدهم للصلاة والاستماع إلى الكتاب المقدَّس ومناقشته. كانت هذه الكنائس المحلِّيَّة تُسمَّى باسم المدينة، مثلًا «الكنيسة في أفسس».
لا تشير كلمة «الكنيسة» في الكتاب المقدَّس إلى مبنى.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة كلمة «الكنيسة» إلى «تجمُّع معًا» أو «الجماعة» أو «الذين يجتمعون معًا».
يجب أن يكون ممكنًا أن تشير الكلمة أو العبارة المُستخدَمة لترجمة هذه الكلمة إلى جميع المؤمنين، وليس فقط إلى مجموعة صغيرة واحدة.
تأكِّد من أنَّ الكلمة أو العبارة التي تُرجمت إليها «الكنيسة» لا تشير إلى مبنى فقط.
يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذه الكلمة بالكلمة المستَخدَمة لترجمة اسم «الجماعة» في العهد القديم.
انظر أيضًا إلى كيفيَّة ترجمتها في الكتاب المقدَّس باللغة المحلِّيَّة أو الوطنيَّة. (انظر: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة.)

(انظر أيضًا: جماعة، آمن، مسيحيٌّ)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

43: 12 فآمن حوالي 3000 شخصٍ بما قاله بطرس. وَاعتمدوا وانضموا إلى شعب الله، الذي هو الكنيسة.
47: 13 واستمرَّت الأخبار السارَّة عن يسوع بالانتشار، واستمرَّت الكنيسة في النمو.
50: 1 لما يقرب من 2000 سنة، والأخبار السارَّة عن يسوع المسيح تنتشر، والكنيسة تنمو.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G15770

الله الآب، الآب السماويّ، الآب

Key Terms :: الله الآب، الآب السماويّ، الآب

حقائق:

إنّ مصطلحي ”الله الآب” و”الآب السماويّ” يشيران إلى الله (يهوه)، الإله الواحد الحقّ. وهناك مصطلح آخر يحمل نفس المعنى وهو ”الآب”، والذي يُستخدم غالبًا عندما كان يسوع يشير إليه.

إنّ الله موجود في صورة الله الآب والله الابن والله الروح القدس. كلّ أقنوم منهم هو الله الكامل، ومع ذلك فهُم إله واحد فقط. وهذا سرّ لا يستطيع البشر العاديّون فهمه بالكامل.
أرسل الله الآب الله الابن (يسوع) إلى العالم وأرسل الروح القدس إلى شعبه.
كلّ من يؤمن بالله الابن يصبح ابنًا لله الآب، ويأتي الله الروح القدس ليعيش في هذا الشخص. وهذا سرّ آخر لا يستطيع البشر فهمه بالكامل.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

عند ترجمة عبارة ”الله الآب”، من الأفضل أن نترجمها إلى ”الأب” أي بنفس الكلمة التي تستخدمها اللغة بشكل طبيعيّ للإشارة إلى الأب البشريّ.
يمكن ترجمة مصطلح ”الآب السماويّ” إلى ”الآب الذي يعيش في السماء” أو ”الله الآب الذي يعيش في السماء” أو ”الله أبونا من السماء”.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: سَلَف، الله، السماء، الروح القُدُس، يسوع، ابن الله)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

24: 9 إنّ الربّ إلهنا إله واحد، ولكن سمع يوحنّا الله الآب يتكلّم، ورأى يسوع الابن والروح القدُس عندما عمَّد يسوع.
29: 9 فقال يسوع: هذا ما سيفعلهُ أبي السماويّ بكلّ واحد منكم إذا لم يسامح أخاه من كلّ قلبه.”
37: 9 ثمّ رفع يسوع نظره نحو السماء وقال: يا أبتاه، شكرًا لأنّك استجبت لي.”
40: 7 ثمَّ صرخ يسوع قائلًا: ”قدْ أُكمِلَ! يا أبتاه، بين يديك أستودع روحي.”
42: 10 “اذهبو وتلمذوا جميع الناس وعمّدوهم باسم الآب، والابن، والروح القُدُس وعلّموهم كلّ ما أوصيتكم به.”
43: 8 “الآن ارتفع يسوع إلى يمين الله الآب.”
50: 10 “حينئذٍ يضيء الأبرار كالشمس في ملكوت الله أبيهم.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0001, H0002, G39620

الله، إله

Key Terms :: الله، إله

التعريف:

تشير كلمة «الله» في الكتاب المقدَّس إلى الكائن الأزليّ الأبديّ الذي خلق الكون من العدم. الله موجود بثلاثة أقانيم، الآب والابن والروح القدس. اسم الله الشخصيّ هو «يهوه».

الله موجود دائمًا؛ فهو كان موجودًا قبل وجود أيِّ شيء آخر، وسيظلُّ موجودًا إلى الأبد.
هو الإله الحقيقيّ الوحيد وصاحب السلطان على كلِّ شيء في الكون.
إنّ الله صالح تمامًا، وحكيم بلا حدود، وقدُّوس، ومنزَّه عن الخطيئة، وعادل، ورحيم، ومُحِبٌّ.
هو الإله الذي يحفظ العهد، الذي يفي بوعوده دائمًا.
خُلق الناس لعبادة الله، وهو الوحيد الذي يجب أن يعبدوه.
أعلن الله اسمه «يهوه» الذي يعني «هو هو» أو «أنا هو» أو «الموجود (دائمًا)».
يعلِّم الكتاب المقدَّس أيضًا عن «الآلهة» الكاذبة والمزيَّفة، وهي أصنام غير حيَّة يعبدها الناس خطأً.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة كلمة «الله» بطرق مختلفة ومنها «الإله» أو «الخالق» أو «الكائن الأعلى» أو «الخالق العليُّ» أو «الربُّ السيِّد اللامحدود» أو «الكائن الأعلى السرمديُّ».
ابحث كيف يُسمَّى «الله» في لغةٍ مَحلِّيَّةٍ أو وطنيَّةٍ. قد توجد كلمة مرادفة لكلمة «الله» في اللغة التي تترجِم إليها. إذا كان الأمر كذلك، فيجب التأكُّد من أنَّ هذه الكلمة تناسب صفات الإله الواحد الحقيقيِّ التي ذُكرت أعلاه.
في العديد من اللغات يُكتب الحرف الأول من الكلمة التي تعني الإله الواحد الحقيقيّ كبيرًا، لتمييزها عن الكلمة التي تعني إلهًا زائفًا. والطريقة الأخرى لإجراء هذا التمييز هي استخدام كلمات مختلفة للإشارة إلى «الله» و«إله».
عبارة «فَأَكُونُ لَهُمْ إِلَهًا وَيَكُونُونَ لِي شَعْبًا» يُمكن ترجمتها أيضًا على النحو التالي «أنا الله سأحكم هذا الشعب وهم يعبدونني».

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: خلق، إله زائف، الله الآب، الروح القدس، ابن الله، يهوه)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

1: 1 إنَّ الله خلقَ الكون وكلَّ ما فيه في ستَّة أيَّام.
1: 15 فخلق الله الرجل والمرأة على صورته.
5: 3 أنا الله القدير. وسأقطع معكم عهدًا
9: 14 فقال الله، «أَهْيَهِ الَّذِي أَهْيَهْ. تقول لهم، أَهْيَهْ أَرْسَلَنِي إِلَيْكُمْ».
10: 2 فمن خلال هذه الضربات، أظهر الله لفرعون أنَّه هو أقوى من فرعون وكلِّ آلهة مصر.
16: 1 فبدأ الإسرائيليّون بعبادة الآلهة الكنعانيَّة بدلًا من الله الواحد الحقيقيّ.
22: 7 وأنت يا ابني ستُدعى نبِيَّ الله العَلِيِّ الذي سيُهَيِّئُ الشعبَ لِقَبُولِ المسيح!
24: 9 يوجدُ إله واحد فقط، ولكن سمع يوحنَّا الله الآب يتكلّم، ورأى يسوع الابن والروح القدس عندما عمّد يسوع.
25: 7 اعبد الربّ إلهك وحده، وإيِّاه اخدم.
28: 1 لَيْسَ أَحَدٌ صَالِحًا إِلاَّ وَاحِدٌ وَهُوَ اللهُ.
49: 9 ولكن الله أَحبَّ كثيرًا كلّ شخص في العالم حتَّى أنَّه بَذَل ابنه الوحيد، يسوع، فكلّ من يؤمِن به لن يُعاقب على خطاياه بل سيحيا معه إلى الأبد.
50: 16 ولكن في يوم ما سيخلق الله سماءً جديدة وأرضًا جديدة كاملتين.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0136, H0305, H0410, H0426, H0430, H0433, H2486, H2623, H3068, H3069, H3863, H4136, H6697, G01120, G05160, G09320, G09350, G10960, G11400, G20980, G21240, G21280, G21500, G21520, G21530, G22990, G23040, G23050, G23120, G23130, G23140, G23150, G23160, G23170, G23180, G23190, G23200, G33610, G37850, G41510, G52070, G53770, G54630, G55370, G55380

المسيح، المسيّا

Key Terms :: المسيح، المسيّا

حقائق:

إنّ التعبيرين “المسيّا” و“المسيح” يعنيان ”الشخص الممسوح أو المُكرّس” ويشيران إلى يسوع، ابن الله.

تُستَخدم كلّ من كلمة “المسيّا” و“المسيح” في العهد الجديد للإشارة إلى ابن الله، الذي عيّنه الله الآب ليسود ويحكم كملك على شعبه، وليخلّصه من الخطيئة والموت.
في العهد القديم، كتبَ الأنبياء نبوءات عن المسيّا قبل مئات السنين من مجيئه إلى العالم.
غالبًا ما تُستخدم كلمة بمعنى “مسيح (الربّ)/(الشخص) الممسوح” في العهد القديم للإشارة إلى المسيّا المُنتَظر.
تمّمَ يسوع العديد من هذه النبوءات وقام بالعديد من الأعمال المعجزيّة التي تثبت أنّه المسيّا؛ ستتحقّق بقيّة هذه النبوءات عندما يعود ثانية.
غالبًا ما تُستخدم كلمة “المسيح” كلقب، كما في “المسيح يسوع.”
جاء استخدام كلمة “المسيح" أيضًا كجزء من اسمه، كما هو الحال في “يسوع المسيح.”

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير باستخدام معناه، “الممسوح” أو “المُخلّص الممسوح من الله.”
تستخدم العديد من اللغات كلمة مُستنسخة أو منقولة صوتيًّا يبدو شكلها أو وقع صوتها مثل “المسيح” أو “المسيّا”."(انظر: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة
يمكن للكلمة المستنسخة أو المنقولة صوتيًّا أن يتبعها تعريف التعبير كما في “المسيح، المُعيّن والممسوح.”
كن متوافقًا ومتناغمًا في طريقة ترجمة هذا التعبير في كلّ أرجاء الكتاب المقدّس بحيث يكون من الواضح أنّ التعبير ذاته هو الذي يُشار إليه.
احرص على أنّ ترجمتي “المسيّا” و“المسيح” تعطيان معنى سليمًا في السياقات التي يردُ فيها كلا التعبيريْن معًا في الآية ذاتها، كما هو الحال في (يوحنَّا 1: 41).

(انظر ايضًا: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: ابن الله، داود، يسوع، يمسح/يدهن)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

17: 7 المسيّا هو الذي اختاره الله وعيّنه ليخلّص العالم من الخطيّة.
17: 8 المدهش بالأمر، كان على شعب الله أن ينتظروا فترة طويلة من الوقت قبل أن يأتي المسيّا أي حوالي 1000 عام.
21: 1 منذ البدء، خطّط الله أن يُرسل المسيّا.
21: 4 وعد الله الملك داود بأنّ المسيّا سيكون من نسله.
21: 5 سيبتدئ المسيّا العهد الجديد.
21: 6 وقال أنبياء الله أيضًا إنّ المسيّا سيكون نبيًّا، وكاهنًا، وملكًا.
21: 9 تنبّأ النبيّ إشعياء بأنّ المسيّا سيُولَد من عذراء.
43: 7 “لكنّ الله أقامه من بين الأموات لتتمّ النبوّة القائلة: ‘لن تدع تقيّك يرى فسادًا’”.
43: 9 “ولكن اعلموا يقينًا أنّ الله قد جعل يسوع بأن يصير ربًّا ومسيحًا!”
43:11 فأجابهم بطرس قائلًا: “توبوا وليعتمد كلّ واحد منكم باسم يسوع المسيح لغفران الخطايا”.
46: 6 وتحاجج شاول مع اليهود، مقنعًا إيّاهم بأنّ يسوع هو المسيّا.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H4899, G33230, G55470

المُخلِّص، مُخلِّص

Key Terms :: المُخلِّص، مُخلِّص

حقائق:

يُشير تعبير “مُخلِّص“ إلى الشخص الذي يُخلِّص الآخرين أو يُنقذهم من الخطر. قد يُشير أيضًا إلى شخص يمنح القوّة والقدرة للآخرين أو يُوفِّر لهم احتياجاتهم.

في العهد القديم، كان يُشار إلى الله أنّه مُخلِّص بني إسرائيل، لأنّه كثيرًا ما أنقذهم من أعدائهم، ومنحهم القوّة، ووفّر لهم كلّ ما يحتاجون إليه ليبقوا على قيد الحياة.
في العهد القديم، عيَّن الله قضاةً ليحموا بني إسرائيل من خلال قيادتهم في المعركة ضدَّ الآخرين الذين جاءوا لمهاجمتهم. كان يُدعى هؤلاء القضاة أحيانًا “بالمخلِّصين“. يُسجِّل سفر القضاة في العهد القديم وقتًا من التاريخ كان يحكم هؤلاء القضاة فيه إسرائيل.
في العهد الجديد، يُستخدم تعبير “المخلِّص“ كلقب أو وصف ليسوع المسيح، لأنَّه هو يُخلِّص الناس من العقاب الأبديّ بسبب خطاياهم، كما أنَّه يُخلِّصهم من سيطرة الخطيئة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

إن كان ممكنًا، يجب ترجمة كلمة “مُخلِّص“ باستخدام كلمة مرتبطة بكلمتي “يُخلِّص“ و“خلاص“.
طُرق ترجمة هذا التعبير يُمكن أن تتضمّن “الشخص الذي يُخلِّص“ أو “الله، الذي يُخلِّص“ أو “الذي يُنقذ من الخطر“ أو “الذي يُنجِّي من الأعداء“ أو “يسوع، الذي ينجِّي الناس من الخطيئة“.

(انظر أيضًا: يُنجِّي، يسوع، يُخلِّص)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3467, G49900

اليوم الأخير، الأيّام الأخيرة، آخر الأيّام

Key Terms :: اليوم الأخير، الأيّام الأخيرة، آخر الأيّام

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “الأيّام الأخيرة” بشكل عامّ إلى الوقت الذي يبدأ بالمجيء الأول ليسوع وينتهي بمجيئه الثاني واليوم الأخير للدينونة. يسمّي الكتاب المقدّس أيضًا اليوم الأخير للدينونة بـ“اليوم الأخير”. تُستخدم عبارة “الأيَّام الأخيرة” أحيانًا في الكتاب المقدّس بنفس معنى عبارة “آخِرِ الأيّامِ” ولكن في أحيان أخرى يمكن أن تشير فقط إلى وقت لاحق للوقت الذي يتكلّم فيه المتكلّم، ولكن قبل المجيء الثاني ليسوع. يشير تعبير “اليوم الأخير” إلى يوم الدينونة الأخيرة.

هذه الفترة الزمنيّة من “الأيّام الأخيرة” ستكون لها مُدّة زمنيّة غير معروفة.
“اليوم الأخير” هو وقت دينونة على أولئك الذين ساروا مبتعدين عن الله.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “الأيّام الأخيرة” على أنّه “المنتهى” أو “نهاية الأزمنة”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة مصطلح “اليوم الأخير” على أنّه “نهاية الزمان”.
في بعض السياقات، يمكن ترجمة ذلك على أنّه “النهاية” أو“عندما ينتهي هذا العالم”.

انظرأيضًا: يوم الربّ، يدين، عالم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0319, H3117, G20780, G22500

بارّ، برّ، تبرّر، صِدّيق، مُستقيم/استقامة

Key Terms :: بارّ، برّ، تبرّر، صِدّيق، مُستقيم/استقامة

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “بِرّ“ إلى صلاح الله المُطلَق وعدالته وإخلاصه ومحبّته. وجود هذه الصفات يجعل الله “بارًّا“. لأنّ الله بارّ، يجب عليه أن يدين الخطيئة.

غالبًا ما يُستَخدم التعبير “بارّ“ أيضًا لوصف الشخص الذي يطيع الله، وأيضًا لوصف الشخص الطاهر أخلاقيًّا. ولكن، لأنّ الجميع قد أخطأوا، فلا أحد سوى الله هو بارّ بالكامل.
مرادفات كلمة “بارّ“ هي ”صدِّيق“ و”صالح“ و”مستقيم“.
أمثلة من الكتاب المقدّس على أشخاص كانوا يُدْعون “أبرارًا“ تشمل نوح، وأيّوب، وإبراهيم، وزكريّا، وأليصابات.

يشير التعبيران ”يبرّر” و” تبرير” إلى التسبّب في جعل شخص مذنب لأن يكون بارًّا. الله وحده يمكنه حقًّا أن يبرّر الناس.

عندما يؤمن الناس بيسوع لأجل خلاصهم، فإنّ الله يبرّرهم أو يطهّرهم من خطاياهم ويعلن أنّهم “أبرار“ بسبب برّ يسوع.
عندما يبرّر الله الناس، فإنّه يغفر لهم خطاياهم ويجعل الأمر كما لو أنّهم بلا خطيئة، فالله يبرّر الخطاة الذين يتوبون ويؤمنون بيسوع من أجل أن يُخلّصهم من خطاياهم.
”التبرير” يشير إلى ما يفعله الله عندما يغفر خطايا الشخص، ويعلن أنّ هذا الشخص بارّ قدّامه.

يشير تعبيرا “مُستقيم“ و“استقامة“ إلى التصرّف بطريقة تتبع شرائع الله.

يتضمّن معنى هاتين الكلمتين فكرة الوقوف بشكل مُستقيم والنظر مباشرة إلى الأمام.
الشخص “المُستقيم“ هو الشخص الذي يطيع شرائع الله ولا يفعل أشياء تخالف إرادته.
تعابير مثل “النزاهة“ و“البرّ“ لها معانٍ متشابهة وتُستخدم أحيانًا في تراكيب متوازية، مثل “النزاهة والاستقامة“. (انظر: التوازي

اقتراحات للترجمة:

عندما يصف تعبير “بارّ“ الله، يمكن ترجمة التعبير على أنّه “صالح وعادل بالكامل“ أو “يتصرّف دائمًا بشكل صحيح.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة “برّ“ الله على أنّه “الأمانة الكاملة والخير والصلاح”.
عندما يصف التعبير الأشخاص المطيعين لله، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “بارّ“ على أنّه “صالح وطاهر أخلاقيًّا“ أو “عادل“ أو “يعيش حياة تُرضي وتُسرّ الله.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة “الأبرار“ لتصف “الناس المستقيمين والأتقياء“ أو “الناس الذين يضعون مخافة الله نُصبَ أعينهم.“
بحسب السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة “البرّ“ بكلمة أو عبارة تعني “الخير/الصلاح“ أو “كونك كاملًا أمام الله“ أو “التصرّف بطريقة صحيحة من خلال طاعة الله“ أو “فعل الصلاح بشكل كامل.”
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق أخرى لترجمة ”يبرّر” ”إعلان (شخص ما) أنّه بارّ” أو ”جعْل (شخص ما) أن يكون بارًّا.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”التبرير” على ”كون شخص ما قد أعلنَ بارًّا” أو”أن يُصبح بارًّا” أو ”جعْل الناس بأن يكونوا أبرارًا.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”فَمِنْ جَرَّى خَطَايَا كَثِيرَةٍ لِلتَّبْرِيرِ” على أنّها ”من أجل أن يبرّر الله الكثير من الناس” أو ”ممّا أدّى إلى جعل الله الناس أبرارًا.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”لتبريرنا” على أنّها ”من أجل أن يجعلنا الله أبرارًا.”
يمكن أن تشمل طُرُق ترجمة كلمة “مُستقيم“ “التصرّف بشكل صحيح وصائب“ أو “الشخص الذي يتصرّف بشكل صحيح وصائب“ أو “اتّباع شرائع الله“ أو “طائع لله“ أو “يتصرّف بطريقة صحيحة وصائبة.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “الاستقامة“ على أنّه “طهارة أخلاقيّة“ أو “سلوك أخلاقيّ صالح“ أو “صوابيّة وصدق.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “الصدّيقون“ على أنّه “أشخاص يسلكون بالاستقامة“ أو ”أشخاص صالحون ونُزهاء.”

(انظر أيضًا: شرّ، أمين، صالح، مقدّس، نزاهة، عدل، قانون، ناموس موسى، يطيع، خطيّة, شرعيّ)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

3: 2 لكنّ نوح وجدّ نعمة عند الله. فلقد كان رجلًا بارًّا يعيش وسط الأشرار.
4: 8 أعلن الله أنّ إبراهيم كان بارًّا لأنّه آمن بوعد الله.
17: 2 كان داود رجلًا متواضعًا وبارًّا وثق بالله وأطاعه.
23: 1 كان يوسف، خطيب العذراء مريم، رجلًا بارًّأ.
50: 10 في ذلك الوقت يُنير الأبرار كالشمس في ملكوت الله أبيهم.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0205, H1368, H2555, H3072, H3474, H3476, H3477, H3483, H4334, H4339, H4749, H5228, H5229, H5324, H5765, H5766, H5767, H5977, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6665, H6666, H6968, H8535, H8537, H8549, H8552, G00930, G00940, G04580, G13410, G13420, G13430, G13440, G13450, G13460, G21180, G37160, G37170

بلا لوم، كامل

Key Terms :: بلا لوم، كامل

التعريف:

تعني عبارة ”بلا لوم” حرفيًّا أن نكون ”بلا خطأ” و”بلا عيب”. يُستخدم هذا التعبير لوصف الأفراد الذين يعيشون حياة ترضي الله، وحياة خالية من العيوب الأخلاقيَّة أو الأخطاء، مع التأكيد على برِّهم وطهارتهم في عينيّ الله، فهي تشير إلى الشخص الذي يُطيع الله بشكل كامل وبحقٍّ، ولكن هذا لا يعني أنَّ الشخص بلا خطيئة بالكامل.

اعتُبر إبراهيم ونوح بلا لوم في عيني الله.
الإنسان الذي يُعتبر “بلا لوم“ يتصرّف بطريقة تكرّم الله.
استنادًا إلى آية وردت في سفر الأمثال فإنَّ الشخص الذي بلا لوم هو الذي “يخشى الله ويحيد عن الشرِّ“.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى “من دون خطأ أو عيب في شخصيَّته“ أو “مُطيع بالكامل لله“ أو “يتجنَّب الخطيئة“ أو “يبتعد عن الشرِّ“.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5352, H5355, H8535, G02730, G02740, G02980, G02990, G03380, G04100, G04230

تجديف، يجدّف، مُجدِّف

Key Terms :: تجديف، يجدّف، مُجدِّف

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “التجديف” في الكتاب المقدّس إلى التحدّث بطريقة تُظهر عدم احترام شديد لله أو للناس. أن “تُجدّف” على شخص ما أو أن تشتمه وتسبّه يعني أن تتكلّم ضدّ هذا الشخص لكي يفكّر الآخرون في شيء مغلوط أو سيّئ عنه.

في أغلب الأحيان، أن تُجدّف على الله يعني أن تذمّه وتهينه أو تسيء إليه بأن تقول أشياء غير صحيحة عنه أو بأن تتصرّف بطريقة غير أخلاقيّة تعود عليه بالخزي والإهانة.
يُجدّف الإنسان عندما يدّعي أنّه الله أو أنّ هناك إلهًا آخر غير الإله الواحد الحقّ.
تُترجم بعض النسخ العربيّة هذا التعبير على أنّه “أهان واستهزأ” عندما يشير إلى قدْح الناس وذمّهم أو شتمهم وسبّهم.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أن تُترجَم كلمة “يُجدّف” إلى “قول أشياء شرّيرة ضدّ الله” أو “إهانته” أو “ذمّه وسبّه والافتراء عليه وتشويه سمعته” ويمكن أن تُترجم على أنّها كُفر.
يمكن أن تشمل طُرُق ترجمة كلمة “تجديف” “التحدّث بشكل خاطئ أو ظالم عن الآخرين” أو “قدحهم وذمّهم” أو “نشر شائعات كاذبة” عنهم.

(انظر أيضًا: يهين، يذمّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1288, H1442, H2778, H5006, H5007, H5344, G09870, G09880, G09890

تشجيع، وعظ، تعزية

Key Terms :: تشجيع، وعظ، تعزية

التعريف:

يعني تعبير “وعظ/تشجيع” أن تحثّ شخصًا ما بقوّة وتشجّعه على فعل الصواب. يُسمّى تشجيع كهذا “بالحثّ والنصح/الوعظ”.

الغرض من الوعظ والتشجيع هو إقناع الآخرين بتجنّب الخطيئة واتّباع مشيئة الله.
يُعلّم العهد الجديد المؤمنين المسيحيّين أن يعظوا بعضهم بعضًا بمحبّة، وليس بقسوة أو بفظاظة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بحسب السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”يشجّع” على أنّها ”يحثّ بقوّة” أو ”يُقنع” أو ”ينصح.”
تأكّد من أنّ ترجمة هذا التعبير لا يعني ضمنيًّا أنّ الشخص المُشجّع أو الواعظ يشعر بالغضب. يجب أن ينقل التعبير القوّة والجدّيّة، ولكن لا ينبغي أن يشير إلى الكلام الغاضب.
عادةً ما يتمّ ترجمة هذا التعبير أيضًا بشكل مختلف عن ”لوم/عتاب”، ممّا يعني أن تحذّر أو تصحّح شخصًا ما لسلوكه الخاطئ.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G38670, G38700, G38740, G43890

تلعن، لعنة، ملعون

Key Terms :: تلعن، لعنة، ملعون

التعريف:

يعني تعبير ”لعنة” التسبّب في حدوث أشياء سلبيّة للشخص أو الشيء الذي يتمّ لَعنُه.

يمكن أن تكون اللعنة تصريحًا بأنّ الأذى سيحدث لشخص ما أو لشيء ما.
إنّ لَعن شخص ما قد يكون أيضًا تعبيرًا عن الرغبة في حدوث أشياء سيّئة له.
قد تشير كلمة لعنة أيضًا إلى العقوبة أو الأشياء السلبيّة الأخرى التي يتسبّب شخص ما بحدوثها لشخص آخر.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة هذا المصطلح على أنّه ”التسبّب في حدوث أشياء سيّئة” أو ”الإعلان عن حدوث شيء سيّئ” أو ”الشتم والتسبّب في حدوث أشياء شرّيرة”.
في سياق إرسال الله اللعنات على شعبه المتمرّد، يمكن ترجمتها على أنّها ”معاقبة بالسماح للأشياء السيّئة أن تحدُث”.
يمكن ترجمة مصطلح ”ملعون” عند استخدامه للقول بأنّ ”(هذا الشخص) سوف يواجه الكثير من المتاعب”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”ملعون” على أنّه ”ليواجهْ (هذا الشخص) صعوبات كبيرة”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”ملعونة الأرض” على أنّ ”التربة لن تكون خصبة جدًّا”.
ومع ذلك، إذا كانت اللّغة الهدف تحتوي على كلمة ”ملعون” ولها نفس المعنى، فمن الجيّد الاحتفاظ بنفس الكلمة.

(انظر أيضًا: يُبارك)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

2: 9 قال الربّ للحيَّة، “ملعونة أنتِ!”
2: 11 “الآن الأرض ملعونة، وسوف تحتاج إلى العمل الجادّ لتكثّر الغذاء.
4: 4 “سأبارك هؤلاء الذين يباركوك وألعن أولئك الذين يلعنوك”.
39: 7 ثمَّ أقسمَ بطرس، قائلًا، “ليلعنني الله إذا كنتُ أعرفُ هذا الرجل!”
50: 16 لأنّ آدم وحوّاء خالفا الله وأدخلا الخطيئة إلى هذا العالم، لعنه الله وقرّر تدميره.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0422, H0423, H0779, H1288, H2763, H2764, H3994, H5344, H6895, H7043, H7045, H7621, H8381, G03310, G03320, G06850, G19440, G25510, G26520, G26530, G26710, G26720, G60350

جهنَّم، بحيرة النار، الجحيم

Key Terms :: جهنَّم، بحيرة النار، الجحيم

التعريف:

جهنّم هو المكان الأخير للألم والعذاب الأبديّين، حيث سيُعاقب الله كلَّ مَن يتمرَّد عليه ويرفض خطَّة خلاصه لهم من خلال ذبيحة يسوع. يُشار إليها أيضًا باسم ”بحيرة النار” أو ”بحيرة النار والكبريت”.

تُوصف الجحيم/جهنّم كمكان من النار والمعاناة والعذاب الشديدين.
سيُطرح الشيطان والأرواح الشرِّيرة التي تتبعه في بحيرة النار/الجحيم لنوال العقاب الأبديّ.
الأشخاص الذين لا يؤمنون بذبيحة يسوع عن خطاياهم ولا يؤمنون ويثقون به لخلاصهم سيُعاقبون إلى الأبد في الجحيم.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يجب ترجمة هذه المصطلحات بطريقة مختلفة لأنَّها تظهر في سياقات مختلفة.
قد لا تستطيع بعض اللغات استخدام كلمة ”بحيرة” في عبارة ”بحيرة النار” لأنَّ هذه الكلمة تُشير إلى الماء.
يمكن ترجمة مصطلح ”الجحيم/جهنّم” إلى ”مكان المعاناة والوجع” أو ”المكان الأخير للظلمة والألم”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”بحيرة النار” إلى ”بحر النار” أو ”نار هائلة (من الألم)” أو ”حقل النار”.

(انظر أيضًا: سماء، موت، هاوية)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

50: 14 ويطرحهم (الله) في أتون النار. هناك يكون البكاء وصرير الأسنان، حيث دودهم الذي يأكلهم لا يموت والنار التي تحرقهم لا تُطفأ.
50: 15 وسيطرح الله الشيطان إلى جهنّم، حيث سيُحرق إلى الأبد، مع كلّ الذين اختاروا أن يتبعوه عوضًا عن أن يُطيعوا الله.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H7585, G00860, G04390, G04400, G10670, G30410, G44420, G44430, G44470, G44480, G50200, G53940, G54570

حبيب، أحبَّاء

Key Terms :: حبيب، أحبَّاء

التعريف:

كلمة «حبيب» هي تعبير عن العاطفة التي تصف شخصًا محبوبًا وعزيزًا على شخص آخر.

تعني كلمة «حبيب» شخصًا محبوبًا.
يُشير الله إلى يسوع بأنَّه «ابنه الحبيب». يخاطب الرسل في رسائلهم إلى الكنائس المسيحيَّة مرارًا وتكرارًا المؤمنين بـ«الأحبَّاء».

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة هذا الكلمة أيضًا إلى «محبوب» أو «محبوب جدًّا» أو «عزيز جدًّا».
في سياق الحديث عن صديق مقرَّب، يمكن ترجمة هذه الكلمة إلى «صديقي العزيز» أو «صديقي المقرَّب».
لاحظ أنَّ كلمة «محبوب» مشتقَّة من الكلمة التي تعني محبَّة الله غير المشروطة وغير الأنانيَّة والمضحيَّة.

(انظر أيضًا: محبَّة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0157, H1730, H2532, H3033, H3039, H4261, G00250, G00270, G52070

حجر الزاوية

Key Terms :: حجر الزاوية

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “حجر الزاوية“ إلى حجر كبير تمّ قطعه ووضعه بشكل خاصّ في زاوية أساس المبنى.

يتمّ قياس جميع الأحجار الأخرى للمبنى ووضعها بما يلائم حجر الزاوية.
حجر الزاوية هذا شيء مهمّ جدًّا لقوّة واستقرار هيكل البناء بأكمله.
في العهد الجديد، تتمّ مقارنة جماعة المؤمنين مجازيًّا بمبنى يُعتبر يسوع المسيح ”حجر الزاوية” فيه.
بالطريقة ذاتها التي يدعم بها حجر الأساس المبنى ويحدّد موقع المبنى بأكمله، فإنّ يسوع المسيح هو حجر الزاوية الذي تقوم عليه جماعة المؤمنين وتنال الدعم اللازم لها.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”حجر الزاوية” على أنّه ”حجر البناء الرئيسيّ” أو ”حجر الأساس”.
يجب الأخذ بعين الاعتبار فيما إذا كانت اللغة الهدف تملك تعبيرًا لجزء من أساس المبنى يكون فيه ذلك الجزء الدعامة الأساسيّة أو الرئيسيّة. إذا كان الأمر كذلك، يمكن استخدام هذا التعبير.
طريقة أخرى لترجمة هذا التعبير قد يكون ”حجر الأساس المُستخدم لزاوية المبنى.”
من المهمّ الحفاظ على حقيقة أنّ حجر الزاوية هذا هو حجر كبير، يُستخدم كمادّة بناء صلبة وآمنة. إذا لم يتمّ استخدام الحجارة لبناء المباني، فقد تكون هناك كلمة أخرى يمكن استخدامها والتي تعني ”الحجر الكبير” (كـ”الجُلمودِ” أو الصخرة الكبيرة)، ولكن يجب أن تتضمّن أيضًا فكرة أن تكون مُشَكّلة بطريقة جيّدة ومصنوعة بطريقة تلائم الهدف منها.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0068, H6438, H7218, G02040, G11370, G27760, G30370

حكيم، حكمة

Key Terms :: حكيم، حكمة

التعريف:

يصف تعبير ”حكيم” شخصًا ما يفهم ويعرف ما هو الشيء الصحيح والأخلاقيّ الذي يجب أن يفعله ومن ثمّ يقوم به. ”الحكمة” هي فهم وممارسة ما هو صحيح وأخلاقيّ.

تشمل الحكمة قدرة الشخص على اتّخاذ قرارات صائبة وصالحة، خصوصًا اختيار أن يفعل الشخص ما هو مُرضٍ لدى الله.
يصبح الناس حكماء من خلال الاستماع لكلمة الله وطاعة مشيئته الصالحة بتواضع.
سيُظهر الشخص الحكيم ثمار الروح القدس في حياته، مثل الفرح واللطف والمحبّة وطول الأناة (أي الصبر).

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أن تشمل الطرق الأخرى لترجمة ”حكيم”، ”مطيع لله” أو ”عاقل ومطيع” أو ”لديه مخافة الله.”
يمكن ترجمة ”الحكمة” بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”العيش بحكمة” أو ”العيش بعقلانيَّة و طاعة” أو ”الحكم الصائب.”
من الأفضل ترجمة كلمتي ”حكيم” و”حكمة” بطريقة تجعلهما تعبيرين مختلفين عن تعبيرات رئيسيّة أخرى مثل البارّ أو المطيع.

(انظر أيضًا: يطيع، ثمرة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

2: 5 أرادت أيضًا أن تكون حكيمة، لذا قطفت بعضًا من الفاكهة وأكلَتها.
18: 1 عندما طلب سليمان الحكمة، سُرَّ الله وجعله أكثر رجُل حكيم في العالم.
23: 9 في وقتٍ ما، رأى رجال حُكماء من بلدانٍ بعيدة شرقًا، نجمًا غير عاديّ في السماء.
45: 1 كان (استفانوس) حسن السمعة وممتلئًا من الروح القدس والحكمة.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

*H0998, H1350, H2445, H2449, H2450, H2451, H2452, H2454, H2942, H3820, H3823, H6195, H6493, H6912, H7535, H7919, H7922, H8454, G46780, G46790, G46800, G49200, G54280, G54290, G54300

حماسة، متحمِّس

Key Terms :: حماسة، متحمِّس

التعريف:

يُشير تعبيرا “حماسة“ و“متحمِّس“ إلى كون المرء متفانيًا ومكرّسًا ومُخلصًا بشدّة في دعم شخص أو فكرة أو في فعل شيء وإتمامه.

تتضمّن الحماسة الاندفاع مع اشتداد الرغبة للقيام بتصرّفات تدعم وتعزِّز قضيَّة نزيهة وصالحة أو عملًا ما. غالبًا ما يُستخدم هذا التعبير لوصف شخص يُطيع الله بأمانة ولديه رغبة شديدة لتعليم الآخرين لفعل ذلك.
أن يكون الشخص متحمِّسًا يتضمّن وضع جهد مكثّف في فعل شيء والاستمرار في المثابرة ببذل ذلك الجهد.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة “أن تكون متحمِّسًا“ إلى “أن تكون مثابرًا بشدّة“ أو “مندفعًا“.
يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “حماسة“ إلى “تكريس وتفاني“ أو “اندفاع شديد“ أو “حماسة بارّة ووفيَّة“.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H7065, H7068, G22050, G22060, G22070, G60410

حَمَل، حمل الله

Key Terms :: حَمَل، حمل الله

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”حَمل” إلى الخروف الصغير. الخراف هي حيوانات ذو أربعة أطراف ولديها صوف كثيف، وكانت تُستخدم كذبائح لله. يُطلق على يسوع لقب ”حمل الله” لأنَّه قدّم نفسه ذبيحة ليكفِّر عن خطايا البشر.

يُمكن أن تضلَّ هذه الحيوانات بسهولة كما أنّها تحتاج إلى الحماية. يقارن اللهُ البشرَ بالخراف.
أمر الله شعبه بأن يقدِّموا له خرافًا صحيحة وبلا عيب كذبيحة.
يُسمَّى يسوع ”حمل الله” الذي قدّم نفسه ذبيحة ليكفِّر عن خطايا البشر، فلقد كان ذبيحة كاملة وصحيحة وبلا عيب لأنَّه كان هو بلا خطيئة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

إذا كانت الخراف معروفة في لغة منطقتك، فينبغي استخدام التعبير الذي يُستخدم للإشارة إلى صغارها لترجمة تعبيري ”حمل” و”حمل الله”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”حمل الله” إلى ”حمل الله الذبائحيِّ”، أو ”الحمل المقدّم ذبيحة لله” أو ”حمل الله (الذبائحيّ)”.
إذا لم تكن الخراف معروفة، يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى ”خروف صغير” مع إضافة حاشية توضِّح ما هي الخراف. يمكن أن تقارن في الملاحظة بين الخراف والحملان وأيِّ حيوان محلِّيّ في المنطقة يعيش في قطعان، ويُعتبر جبانًا وغير قادر على الدفاع عن نفسه، وغالبًا ما يذهب بعيدًا ويضلّ.
ابحث أيضًا كيف تُرجم هذا التعبير في ترجمة الكتاب المقدَّس للغة محلِّيَّة أو وطنيَّة مجاورة.

(انظر: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة

(انظر أيضًا: خروف، راعي)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

5: 7 عندما مشى إبراهيم وإسحاق إلى مكان الذبيحة، سأل إسحاق والده قائلًا: “لدينا الحطب للمحرقة، ولكن أين الحمل؟
11: 2 ودبّر الله طريقةً لينقذ الابن البكر لكلِّ شخص يؤمن به، إذ يجب أن تختار كلّ عائلة حملًا أو كبشًا صحيحًا ويذبحونه.
24: 6 وفي اليوم التالي، جاء يسوع ليعتمد من يوحنَّا. عندما رآه يوحنَّا قال: “انظروا! هذا هو حمل الله الذي يرفع خطيئة العالم“.
45: 8 قرأ وقال: “ساقوه كحمل إلى الذبح، ومثل خروف صامت لم يقل كلمة واحدة“.
48: 8 عندما قال الله لإبراهيم بأن يُقدّم ابنه إسحاق ذبيحة، قدّم الله حملًا للذبيحة عوضًا عن إسحاق. نستحقّ جميعنا الموت على خطايانا! ولكن قدّم الله يسوع حمل الله، ذبيحة ليموت عوضًا عنَّا.
48: 9 عندما أرسل الله آخر ضربة على مصر طلب من كلِّ عائلة من بني إسرائيل أن يذبحوا حملًا صحيحًا، وأن يجعلوا دمه على العتبة العلية والقائمتين.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H7716, G07210, G23160

خدمة

Key Terms :: خدمة

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدّس، يشير تعبير ”خدمة” إلى خدمة الآخرين بتعليمهم عن الله والاهتمام باحتياجاتهم الروحيّة.

في العهد القديم، كان الكهنة ”يخدمون” الله في الهيكل بتقديم الذبائح له.
تضمّنت ”خدمتهم” أيضًا رعاية الهيكل وتقديم الصلوات لله نيابةً عن الناس.
يمكن أن تشمل وظيفة ”الخدمة” للناس خدمتهم روحيًّا بتعليمهم عن الله.
يمكن أن تشير أيضًا إلى خدمة الناس بطرق مادّيّة، مثل رعاية المرضى وتوفير الطعام للفقراء.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

في سياق خدمة الناس، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة ”الخدمة” إلى ”يخدم” أو ”يهتمّ بـ” أو ”يلبّي الاحتياجات لـ.”
عند الإشارة إلى الخدمة في الهيكل، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”خادم” إلى ”خدمة الله في الهيكل” أو ”تقديم الذبائح للّه من أجل الناس.”
في سياق خدمة الله، يمكن ترجمة هذا إلى ”الخدمة” أو ”العمل من أجل الله.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”خدمَ” إلى ”اهتمّ بـ” أو ”مقدّم لـ” أو ”ساعدَ.”

(انظر أيضًا: خادم، ذبيحة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H6399, H8120, H8334, H8335, G12470, G12480, G12490, G20230, G20380, G24180, G30080, G30090, G30100, G30110, G39300, G52560, G52570, G55240

خطيئة، خاطئ، يُخطئ، آثم، زلّة

Key Terms :: خطيئة، خاطئ، يُخطئ، آثم، زلّة

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”الخطيئة” إلى الأفعال والأفكار والكلام الذي يخالف مشيئة الله ونواميسه. كما أنّ ”الخطيئة” قد تُشير إلى عدم القيام بما يريدنا الله أن نفعله.

تتضمّن الخطيئة أيّ شيء نفعله مخالفًا للّه أو أيّ شيء لا يرضيه، حتّى الأمور التي لا يعلم بها الآخرون.
تُسمّى الأفكار أو الأفعال التي تخالف مشيئة الله وإرادته ”بالآثمة” أو ”الخاطئة”.
بسبب خطيئة آدم، وُلد الجنس البشريّ كلّه ”بطبيعة خاطئة”، وهي الطبيعة التي تسيطر عليه وتجعله يَرتكب الخطيئة.
”الخاطئ” هو الشخص الذي يُخطئ، وبهذا فإنَّ كلّ إنسان يُعتبر خاطئًا.
أحيانًا، كانت كلمة ”خُطاة” تُستخدم من قِبل قادة الدين مثل الفريسيّين، للإشارة إلى الأشخاص الذين لم يحفظوا الناموس كما كان الفريسيّون يعتقدون أنّه ينبغي عليهم.
كما كان يُستخدم تعبير ”خاطئ” للإشارة إلى الأشخاص الذين كانوا يُعتبرون خطاة أكثر من غيرهم. مثلًا، أُعطيت هذه التسميات للعشَّارين والزواني.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”الخطيئة” باستخدام كلمة أو عبارة تعني ”عصيان الله” أو ”مخالفة مشيئة الله” أو ”سلوكيَّات وأفكار شرّيرة” أو ”ارتكاب الخطأ” .
يمكن ترجمة أن ”تُخطئ” إلى ”أن تعصي الله” أو أن ”ترتكب فعلًا خاطئًا”.
بالاعتماد على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة ”آثم” أو ”خاطئ” إلى ”مليء بالأفعال الخاطئة” أو ”شرّير” أو ”غير أخلاقيّ” أو ”متمرّد على الله”.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”خاطئ” باستخدام كلمة أو عبارة تعني ”الشخص الذي يُخطئ” أو ”الشخص الذي يرتكب الخطأ” أو ”الشخص الذي يعصي الله” أو ”الشخص الذي يخالف الناموس”.
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”خطاة” باستخدام كلمة أو عبارة تعني ”أشخاص آثمين وخاطئين جدًّا” أو ”أشخاص يُعتبرون خطاة جدًّا” أو ”أشخاص غير أخلاقيّين”.
قد تتضمّن طرق ترجمة كلمة ”عشّارين وخطاة” ”الأشخاص الذين يجمعون المال للحكومة، وأشخاص خطاة جدًّأ آخرون” أو ”أشخاص خطاة جدًّا، ومنهم حتّى العشَّارين”.
احرص أن تكون ترجمة هذا التعبير تتضمّن السلوكيَّات والأفكار الخاطئة، حتّى تلك التي لا يراها أو يعرفها الآخرون.
يجب أن يكون تعبير ”خطيئة” عامًّا ومختلفًا عن تعبيرات مثل ”شرّ”.

(انظر أيضًا: عصى، شرّ، جسد، عشّار)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

3: 15 قال الله: “أعد ألّا أعود ألعن الأرض أيضًا من أجل الأشياء الشرّيرة التي يفعلها الإنسان، وألّا أميت العالم بطوفان، حتّى وإن كان الإنسان خاطئًا منذ حداثته.
13: 12 فغضب الله منهم لأجل خطيئتهم وقرّر أن يُدمّرهم.
20: 1 أخطأت مملكتا إسرائيل ويهوذا بحقّ الله، وكسرتا العهد الذي أقامه الله معهما في سيناء.
21: 13 قال الأنبياء أيضًا إنَّ المسيّا يكون كاملًا بلا خطيئة، وسيموت ليحمل عقاب خطيئة الآخرين .
35: 1 كان يسوع يُعلّم يومًا ما الكثير من العشّارين وخطاة آخرين اجتمعوا ليستمعوا إليه.
38: 5“ ورفع يسوع الكأس قائلًا: “اشربوا منها كلُّكم، لأنّ هذا هو دمي الذي للعهد الجديد، الذي يُسفك من أجل مغفرة الخطايا.
43: 11 فأجابهم بطرس قائلًا: “توبوا وليعتمد كلُّ واحد منكم باسم يسوع المسيح ليغفر الله لكم خطاياكم.
48: 8 لأنّنا نستحقّ جميعنا أن نموت لأجل خطايانا!
49: 17 حتّى وإن كنت مؤمنًا مسيحيًّا، ستُجرّب لتخطئ، ولكنّ الله أمين ويقول إنّك إن اعترفت بخطاياك، فسيغفر هو لك. سيمنحك القوّة لتحارب الخطيئة.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0817, H0819, H2398, H2399, H2400, H2401, H2402, H2403, H2408, H2409, H5771, H6588, H7683, H7686, G02640, G02650, G02660, G02680, G03610, G37810, G39000, G42580

خلاص، يخلِّص، يُنقذ

Key Terms :: خلاص، يخلِّص، يُنقذ

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”يخلِّص” إلى حماية شخص ما من تجربة شيء سيّئ أو ضارّ أو من الأذى أو الخطر.

بالمعنى الجسديّ، يمكن أن يخلُصوا أو أن يتمّ إنقاذهم من الأذى أو الخطر أو الموت.
بالمعنى الروحيّ، إذا ”خلُصَ” شخص ما، فإنّ الله قد غفر له من خلال موت يسوع على الصليب، وأنقذه من أن يُلقى في النار على خطيَّته التي فَعَلها.
يمكن للناس أن يحموا الآخرين أو ينقذوهم من الخطر، ولكنّ الله وحده يستطيع إنقاذ الناس من العقوبة الأبديّة على خطاياهم.

تشير كلمة ”الخلاص” إلى حماية الناس أو إنقاذهم من الشرّ والخطر.

تشير كلمة ”الخلاص” في الكتاب المقدّس عادةً إلى الخلاص الروحيّ والأبديّ الذي يمنحه الله لأولئك الذين يتوبون عن خطاياهم ويؤمنون بيسوع.

يتحدّث الكتاب المقدّس أيضًا عن خلاص الله أو حفظه لشعبه من أعدائهم الفعلِّيين.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أن تشمل طرق ترجمة ”يُخلّص”، ”يُنقذ” أو ”يحفظ شخصًا من الأذى” أو ”يبعِد عن طريق الأذى” أو ”يحافظ على شخص ما من الموت”.
في تعبير ”فإنّ من أراد أن يخلّص نفسهُ”، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”يخلّص” إلى ”يحفظ” أو ”يحمي”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”خلاص” باستخدام كلمات مرتبطة بـ ”حفظ/ حماية” أو ”إنقاذ”، كما في ”إنقاذ الله للناس (من معاقبتهم على خطاياهم)” أو ”إنقاذ الله لشعبه (من أعدائهم).”
يمكن ترجمة ”الله خلاصي” إلى ”الله هو الذي يخلّصني.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير”فتستقونَ مياهًا من ينابيع الخلاص” إلى ”ستنتعش كما تنعشك المياه لأنّ الله يُنقِذك.”

(انظر أيضًا: الصليب، المُحرِّر، يُعاقِب، خطيّة، المخلّص)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

9: 8 حاول موسى أن يُنقذ أخاه الذي ينتمي لشعب إسرائيل.
11: 2 قدّم الله طريقة لكي يخلُص الابن البكر لأيّ شخص يؤمن به.
12: 5 قال موسى لبني إسرائيل، ”لا تخافوا ”سيقاتل الله من أجلكم اليوم ويخلّصكم."
12: 13 رنّم بنو إسرائيل العديد من الترانيم للاحتفال بحرّيتهم الجديدة وليقدّموا الإكرام للّه لأنّه خلّصَهُم من جيش فرعون.
16: 17 تكرّر هذا النمط عدّة مرّات: كان بنو إسرائيل يخطئون، وكان الله يعاقبهم، وكانوا يتوبون، وكان الله يرسل مُنقذًا ليخلّصهم.
44: 8 ”لقد صلبتم يسوع، ولكنّ الله أقامه من جديد! لقد رفضتموه، ولكن لا توجد طريقة أخرى للخلاص إلّا من خلال قوّة يسوع! ”
47: 11 ارتجف السجّان خوفًا عندما جاء إلى بولس وسيلا وسألهما: ”ماذا يجب أن أفعل لكي أخلُص؟” أجاب بولس: ”آمن بالربّ يسوع، فتخلُص أنت وعائلتك.”
49: 12 لا تقدرالأعمال الصالحة وحدها أن تخلّصك.
49: 13 سيخلّص الله كلّ من يؤمن بيسوع ويقبله سيّدًا على حياتهِ. لكنّه لن يخلّص أيّ شخص لا يؤمن به.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0983, H2421, H2502, H3444, H3467, H3468, H4190, H4422, H4931, H5338, H6308, H6403, H7682, H7951, H7965, H8104, H8199, H8668, G08030, G08040, G08060, G12950, G15080, G49820, G49910, G49920, G51980

خوف، يرهب، خائف، مخيف، مخافة

Key Terms :: خوف، يرهب، خائف، مخيف، مخافة

التعريف:

غالبًا ما يشير تعبير ”خوف” إلى المشاعر غير السارّة التي يشعر بها الشخص عند مواجهة تهديد محتمل لسلامته أو رفاهيّته/ صحّته. ولكن، في الكتاب المقدّس، يمكن أن يعني تعبير ”خوف” موقف العبادة أو الاحترام أو الرهبة أو الطاعة تجاه شخص آخر، وعادةً ما يكون شخصًا لديه سلطان مثل الله أو الملك.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”خوف” بطرق مختلفة. تتضمّن بعض الاحتمالات: ”تعامل بخوف”، ”احترم بشدّة”، ”احترم كثيرًا” أو ربّما ”تعامل برهبة.”
يمكن ترجمة الجملة ”كانت هيبة الله عليهم جميعًا” بطرق مختلفة. تتضمّن بعض الاحتمالات: ”فجأة شعروا جميعًا برهبة واحترام عميقين لله”، أو ”على الفور، شعروا جميعًا بالدهشة الشديدة وخشعوا لله بشدّة،” أو ”في تلك اللحظة، شعر الجميع بخوف شديد من الله (بسبب قوّته العظيمة).”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”مخافة يهوه أو (الربّ)” إلى ”احترام يهوه أو (الربّ)” أو ”الاحترام الشديد ليهوه أو (للربّ).”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”لا تخف” إلى ”لا تكن خائفًا” أو ”توقّف عن الخوف.”

(انظر أيضًا: الرهبة، يهوه، الربّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0367, H0926, H1204, H1481, H1672, H1674, H1763, H2119, H2296, H2727, H2729, H2730, H2731, H2844, H2849, H2865, H3016, H3025, H3068, H3372, H3373, H3374, H4032, H4034, H4035, H4116, H4172, H6206, H6342, H6343, H6345, H6427, H7264, H7267, H7297, H7374, H7461, H7493, H8175, G08700, G11670, G11680, G11690, G16300, G17190, G21240, G21250, G29620, G53980, G53990, G54000, G54010

دعوة، دعا، يدعو

Key Terms :: دعوة، دعا، يدعو

التعريف:

تعبير “دعوة” يعني تكليف من جهة عليا لشخص ما بأن ينقل أو يوصل رسالة أو يُتمّم مأموريّة.

كلمة “يدعو” تعني أن يوجّه أحدهم دعوة إلى شخص لحضور حفلة أو مأدبة.
كلمة “دُعي” تعني سُمّيَ، كما في “الاسم الحسن الذي دُعيَ به عليكم”، وأيضًا كما ورد في نبوّة إشعياء عن الربّ يسوع: “ويدعى اسمه عجيبًا مشيرًا إلهًا قديرًا أبًا أبديًّا رئيس السلام”.
كلمة “يدعو” أيضًا لها معنى يسأل أو يطلب، كما في دعا الله أي سأله حاجته واستغاث به وتضرّع إليه.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة عبارة “أدعوك” على أنّها “أطلب منك مساعدة”.
عندما يقول الكتاب المقدّس إنّ الله قد “دعانا” لنكون خدّامًا له، يمكن أن نترجم هذا على أنّه “اختارنا خصّيصًا” أو “عيّننا” لنكون خدّامه.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة “يدعى اسمه” على أنّها “يُسمّى”.
يمكننا أيضًا ترجمة عبارة “ودُعيَ اسمه” على أنّها “واسمه هو“ أو “ودُعيَ أو سُمّيَ.”
يمكن ترجمة كلمة “دَعْوَتك” على أنّها “هدفك أو قصدك” أو “هدف وقصد الله لك” أو “عمل الله المُعيّن لك.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة “أن تدعو باسم الربّ” على أنّها “اطلب الربّ واتّكل عليه” أو “اتّكل على الربّ وأطعه.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة “أن تدعو إلى شيء ما” على أنّه “مطالبة” أو “طلبْ” أو “أمرْ”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة “أنت مدعوّ باسمي” على أنّها “لقد أعطيتك اسمي، ممّا يدلّ على أنّك مُلك لي.”
عندما يقول الله: “دعوتك باسمك”، يمكن ترجمة ذلك على أنّه “أنا أعرفك وقد اخترتك.”

(انظر أيضًا: يصلّي، يصرخ، يستدعي، يدعو اسمًا)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0559, H2199, H4744, H6817, H7121, H7123, H7769, H7773, G01540, G03630, G14580, G15280, G19410, G19510, G20280, G20460, G25640, G28210, G28220, G28400, G29190, G30040, G31060, G33330, G33430, G36030, G36860, G36870, G43160, G43410, G43770, G47790, G48670, G54550, G55370, G55810

ربّ، الربّ، سيّد، السيّد

Key Terms :: ربّ، الربّ، سيّد، السيّد

التعريف:

تشير كلمة ”ربّ” في الكتاب المقدّس بشكل عامّ إلى شخص لديه مُلكيَّة أو سُلطَة على أشخاص آخرين وتُستخدم كلمة ”سيّد“ أيضًا كمرادف لها. تُستخدم هاتان الكلمتان في الكتاب المقدّس لمخاطبة الله والعديد من الأشخاص الآخرين.

تُترجَم كلمة ”ربّ” أحيانًا إلى ”السيّد” عند مخاطبة يسوع أو عند الإشارة إلى شخص يمتلك عبيدًا.
تستخدم بعض اللغات تعبير ”سيّدي” في السياقات التي يخاطب فيها شخص ما شخصًا أعلى مكانة بأدب.

تُشير كلمة ”الربّ” إلى الله. (وعندما يتمّ استخدامها كشكل من أشكال مخاطبة شخص ما أو عندما تأتي الكلمة في بداية الجملة، فيكون لها معنى ”سيّدي” أو ”يا معلّم ”).

تُستخدم هذه الكلمة أيضًا في العهد القديم في تعبيرات مثل ”الربّ الإله القدير” أو ”يهوه ربّنا”. في العهد الجديد، استَخدَمَ الرسل هذه الكلمة في تعبيرات مثل ”الربّ يسوع ” و ”الربّ يسوع المسيح”، والتي تشير إلى أنّ يسوع هو الله.
تُستخدَم كلمة ”الربّ” في العهد الجديد أيضًا كإشارة مباشرة إلى الله، وخاصّةً في الاقتباسات من العهد القديم. على سبيل المثال، وردت عبارة ”مُباركٌ الآتي باسم يهوه (الربّ)” في العهد القديم وعبارة ”مُباركٌ الآتي باسم الربّ” في العهد الجديد.
تترجم بعض اللّغات كلمة ”ربّ” على أنّها ”سيّد ” أو ”حاكم” أو أيّ تعبير آخر يشير إلى المُلكيّة أو الحكم الأعلى.
بالنسبة إلى العهد الجديد حيث يوجد اقتباس من العهد القديم، فإنّهُ يمكن استخدام تعبير ”الربّ الإله” للتوضيح أنّ هذا اللّقب يشير إلى الله.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير بما يوازي كلمة ”سيّد” عند الإشارة إلى شخص يمتلك عبيدًا. ويمكن أيضًا استخدامه من قبل الخادم لمخاطبة الشخص الذي يعمل عنده ذلك الخادم.
عند الإشارة إلى يسوع، إذا أظهر السياق أنّ المتحدّث يراه كمعلّم دين، فيمكن ترجمته بطريقة تليق بمعلّم دين، مثل ”السيّد/ المعلّم”.
إذا كان الشخص الذي يخاطب يسوع لا يعرفه، يمكن ترجمة ”ربّ” بصيغة احترام مثل ”سيّد”. يمكن استخدام هذه الترجمة أيضًا في سياقات أخرى بصيغة تدلّ على الاحترام للمخاطَب المُذكّر.

(انظر أيضًا: الله، يسوع، الحاكم، يهوه)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0113، H0136، H1167، H1376، H4756، H7980، H8323، G02030، G06340، G09620، G12030، G29620

رحمة، رحيم

Key Terms :: رحمة، رحيم

التعريف:

تشير كلمتا ”رحمة” و”رحيم” إلى مساعدة الأشخاص المحتاجين، وخاصّة عندما يكونون في حالة متواضعة أو متدنّية.

يمكن أن تشمل كلمة ”رحمة” أيضًا معنى عدم معاقبة الأشخاص على أمر أخطأوا به.
يوصف الشخص القويّ مثل الملك بأنّه ”رحيم” عندما يعامل الناس بلطف بدلاً من إيذائهم.
تعني الرحمة أيضًا مسامحة شخص ارتكب خطأً ضدّنا.
نظهر الرحمة عندما نساعد الأشخاص المحتاجين بشِدَّة.
الله رحيم من نحونا، ويريدنا أن نكون رحماء من نحو الآخرين.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة ”رحمة” على أنّها ”لُطْف” أو ”شفقة” أو ”حنان”.
يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”رحيم” على أنّها ”شفوق” أو ”لطيف” أو ”متسامح”.
”أن ترحمه” يمكن ترجمتها إلى ”أن تعامله بلطف” أو ”أن تتعاطف معه”.

(انظر أيضًا: شفقة، تغفر)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

19: 16 لقد أخبرَ (الأنبياء) الناس جميعًا بالتوقّف عن عبادة الأصنام والبدء في إظهار العدل والرحمه تُجاه الآخرين.
19: 17 غَاصَ (إرميا) في الوحل الذي كان في قاع الجُبّ، ولكن بعد ذلك رَحِمَهُ الملك وأمر عبيده بسحب إرميا من الجُبّ قبل أن يموت.
20: 12 كانت الإمبراطوريّة الفارسيّة قويّة ولكنّها رحيمه بالناس الذين غزتهم.
27: 11 ثمّ سألَ يسوعُ الناموسيّ، ”ماذا تعتقد؟ ”فأيّ هؤلاء الثلاثة ترى صار قريبًا للذي وقع بين اللصوص؟” فأجاب: ” الذي عامله برحمة. ”
32: 11 فقال له يسوع: ”لا، بل أريد أن تذهب إلى بيتك وتخبر أصدقاءك وعائلتك بكلّ ما صنع الله لك وكيف رحمك”.
34: 9 ”وأمّا العشّار فوقف بعيداً عن الفرّيسيّ، ولم يرفع عينيه نحو السماء. بل قرع على صدره وصلّى قائلًا، ”اللهمّ ارحمني أنا الخاطئ”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

*H2551, H2603, H2604, H2616, H2617, H2623, H3722, H3727, H4627, H4819, H5503, H5504, H5505, H5506, H6014, H7349, H7355, H7356, H7359, G16530, G16550, G16560, G24330, G24360, G36280, G36290, G37410, G46980

رسول، رسوليّ

Key Terms :: رسول، رسوليّ

التعريف:

كان “الرسل” رجالًا أرسلهم يسوع للتبشير بالله وبملكوته. يشير تعبير “الرسالة” إلى مكانة وسُلطة أولئك الذين تمّ اختيارهم كرُسُلٍ.

تعني كلمة ”رسول” ”شخص يتمّ إرساله لغرض خاصّ”. الرسول له نفس السُلطان الذي يتمتّع به الشخص المُرسِل.
أصبح التلاميذ الاثنيْ عشر – الأكثر قُربًا ليسوع – أوّل الرسُل. رجال آخرون، مثل بولس ويعقوب، أصبحوا أيضًا رُسُلًا.
بقوّة الله وسلطانه، تمكّن الرسُل من أن يكرزوا ببشارة الإنجيل بجرأة وإقدام وأن يشفوا الناس، وتمكّنوا أيضًا من إخراج الأرواح الشرّيرة منهم.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”رسول” بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”شخص مدعوّ للخروج والتبشير برسالة الله للناس.”
من المهمّ ترجمة تعبيريْ ”الرسول” و”التلميذ” بطريقتين مختلفتين.
ضع في اعتبارك أيضًا كيف تُرجِمَ هذا التعبير في ترجمة الكتاب المقدّس بلغة محلّيّة أو وطنيّة. (انظر: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة

(انظر أيضًا: سلطان، تلميذ، يعقوب (ابن زبدي)، بولس، الاثنا عشر)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

26: 10 ثمّ اختار يسوع اثنيْ عشر رجلًا، وهؤلاء دُعوا رُسُله. ارتحلَ الرسُل مع يسوع وتعلّموا منه.
30: 1 أرسل يسوع رُسله إلى قرى مختلفة ليبشّروا الناس بملكوت الله ويعلّمونهم عنه.
38: 2 كان يهوذا أحد رُسُل يسوع. وكان مسؤولًا عن صندوق مال الرسُل، لكنّه أحبّ المال، وكثيرًا ما سرقَ من الصندوق.
43: 13 كرّس التلاميذ أنفسهم لتعليم الرسُل والشركة، وكسْر الخبز، والصلوات.
46: 8 ومؤمن يُدعى برنابا اصطحب شاول إلى الرُسل وأخبرهم كيف كرزَ بولس بجرأة في دمشق.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G06510, G06520, G24910, G53760, G55700

رفَع، علَّى

Key Terms :: رفَع، علَّى

التعريف:

أن ترفع شخصًا يعني أن تحمد وتكرّم ذلك الشخص إلى حدِّ كبير. ويعني أيضًا أن تضع أحدهم في مقام ومنصب رفيع.

في الكتاب المقدّس تعبير ”رفع” يُستخدم عادة للإشارة إلى رفع الله وتعظيمه.
عندما يرفع الشخص نفسه، فهذا يعني أنّه يفكر بتكبّر وعظمة بنفسه.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

طُرق ترجمة تعبير ”يرفع” قد تتضمّن ”حمد وتسبيح الله” أو ”الإكرام الكثير” أو ”التعظيم”.
في بعض السياقات، يُمكن أن يُترجم بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”أن تضع في منصب رفيع” أو ”أن تقدّم الإكرام لـ” أو ”أن تتحدّث بفخر عن…”.
قد تعني عبارة ”لا ترفع نفسك” ”لا تتفاخر بنفسك” أو لا تتباهَ بنفسك”.
عبارة ”من يرفع نفسه” قد تُترجم إلى ”من يتفاخر بنفسه” أو ”من يُعظّم نفسه”.

(انظر أيضًا: تسبيح، عبادة، مجد، تفاخر، تكبّر)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1361, H4984, H5375, H5549, H5927, H7311, H7426, H7682, G18690, G52290, G52510, G53110, G53120

روح، ريح، نسمة، نَفس

Key Terms :: روح، ريح، نسمة، نَفس

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”روح” إلى الجزء غير المادّيّ والمرئيّ من الشخص. في زمن الكتاب المقدّس، كان مفهوم روح الشخص مرتبطًا ارتباطًا وثيقًا بنَفس الشخص. يُمكن أن يُشير التعبير أيضًا إلى ريح، وهذا يعني حركة الهواء في العالم الطبيعيّ.

يُمكن أن يُشير تعبير ”روح” إلى كائن لا يملك جسدًا، مثل الروح الشرّير.
بشكل عامٍّ، تعبير ”روحيّ” يصف أشياء وأمور في العالم غير المادّيّ.
تعبير ”روح الـ” قد يعني أيضًا ”التحلّي بصفات الـ” مثل، ”روح الحكمة” أو ”بروح إيليّا”. أحيانًا، يرد هذا التعبير في الكتاب المقدّس في سياق موقف الشخص وحالته العاطفيّة. مثل، ”روح الفشل” و”روح الغيرة”.
قال يسوع بأنَّ الله روح.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، بعض طرق ترجمة تعبير ”روح” قد تتضمّن ”كائن غير مادّيّ” أو ”الجزء الداخليّ” أو ”الإنسان الباطن.”
في بعض السياقات، يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”روح” إلى ”روح شرّير” أو ”كائن روحيّ شرّير”.
يُستخدم تعبير ”روح” أحيانًا، للتعبير عن مشاعر الشخص، كما في ”فَحَزِنَتْ رُوحِي فِي وَسَطِ جِسْمِي”. يُمكن ترجمة هذه العبارة أيضًا إلى ”شعرت بحزن في روحي” أو ”شعرت بحزن عميق”.
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”روح الـ” إلى ”صفات الـ” أو ”تأثير الـ” أو ”موقف الـ” أو ”تفكير يتّسم (أو يتّصف) بـ”.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة ”روحيّ” إلى ”غير مادّيّ” أو ”من الروح القدس” أو ”لله” أو ”جزء من العالم غير المادّيّ”.
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”نضج روحيّ” إلى ”تصرّف تقيّ يُظهر طاعة للروح القدس”.
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”موهبة روحيّة” إلى ”قدرة مميّزة يمنحها الروح القدس”.
يُمكن أحيانًا ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى ”ريح” عند الإشارة إلى حركة الرياح الخفيفة أو ”نَفَس” عند الإشارة إلى حركة الهواء الذي تُحدثه الكائنات الحيّة.

(انظر أيضًا: نفْس، الروح القدس، شيطان، نَفَس)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

13: 3 بعد ثلاثة أيّام، بعدما أعدّ الناس أنفسهم روحيًّا، نزل الله على قمَّة جبل سيناء مع رعود وبروق وسحاب ثقيل على الجبل، وصوت بوق شديد جدًّا.
40: 7 ومن ثمّ صرخ يسوع قائلًا: “قد أُكْمِل! يا أبتاه، بين يديك أستودع روحي“ وحنى رأسه وأسلم روحه.
45: 5 وعندما كان استفانوس على وشك أن يموت، صرخ وقال: “يا يسوع اقبل روحي“.
48: 7 تتبارك به جميع الأمم، لأنّ كلّ من يؤمن بيسوع يخلُص من الخطيئة، ويصير نسلًا روحيًّا لإبراهيم.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0178, H1172, H5397, H7307, H7308, G41510, G41520, G41530, G53260, G54270

زِنا، فاسق/فِسق، زاني، زانية

Key Terms :: زِنا، فاسق/فِسق، زاني، زانية

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير “الزنا“ إلى خطيَّة تحدث عندما يُقيم الشخص المتزوّج علاقة جنسيَّة مع شخص آخر غير شريك حياته، ويكون كلاهما مذنبَين بخطيَّة الزنا. يصف أيضًا تعبير ”فِسق/فاسق” هذا النوع من التصرّف أو أيّ شخص يرتكب هذه الخطيّة.

تعبير ”زاني” يُشير بشكل عامٍّ إلى أيّ رجل يرتكب الزنا.
يُستخدم تعبير ”زانية” لتحديد أنّ امرأة هي التي ارتكبت الزنا.
يخرق الزنا ويكسر الوعود التي قطعها الزوج والزوجة لبعضهما بعض في عهد الزواج.
أمرَ الله بني إسرائيل ألّا يزنوا.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

إذا كانت اللغة الهدف لا تستخدم كلمة واحدة تعني ”الزنا”، فيمكن ترجمة هذا المصطلح بعبارة مثل ”إقامة علاقات جنسيّة مع زوجة شخص آخر” أو ”التقرّب من شريك حياة شخص آخر ومعاشرته”.
قد يكون في بعض اللغات طُرق غير مباشرة للتحدّث عن الزنا. مثل ”إقامة علاقة مع زوجة شخص آخر” أو ”عدم الإخلاص وخيانة الزوجة” (انظر: التلطيف

(انظر أيضًا: عهد، فِسق، معاشرة، أمين)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

13: 6 “لا تزنِ”
28: 2 لا ترتكب خطيَّة الزنا.
34: 7 “صلّى القائد المتديّن (الفريسيّ) قائلًا: أشكرك يا الله، أنّي لست خاطئًا مثل باقي الناس، الخاطفين الظالمين الزناة، ولا حتّى مثل هذا العشَّار.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5003, H5004, G34280, G34290, G34300, G34310, G34320

سُلطة، سُلطان، سلاطين

Key Terms :: سُلطة، سُلطان، سلاطين

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”السُلطة/السُلطان” عادةً إلى موقع تأثير ونفوذ أو مسؤوليّة أو سيادة وتسلّط على شخص آخر.

الملوك والحكّام الآخرون المُتَسَلّطون لهم سُلطة على الأشخاص الذين يحكمونهم.
يمكن أن تشير كلمة ”السلاطين/السُلُطات” إلى الأشخاص، أو الحكومات، أو المنظّمات التي لها سُلطة على الآخرين.
يمكن أن تشير كلمة ”سلاطين” أيضًا إلى كائنات روحيّة لها سُلطة وهيمنة على أشخاص لم يخضعوا لسلطان الله.
للسادة سُلطة على خدمهم أو عبيدهم. الآباء لديهم سُلطة على أولادهم.
للحكومات السُلطة أو الحقّ في سَنّ القوانين التي تحكم مواطنيها.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”السُلطة” على أنّه ”سيطرة” أو ”حقّ” أو ”مؤهّلات”.
في بعض الأحيان يتمّ استخدام تعبير ”السُلطة” بمعنى ”القوّة والهيمنة والنفوذ.”
عند استخدام تعبير ”السلاطين” للإشارة إلى الأشخاص أو المنظّمات التي تحكم الناس، يمكن أيضًا ترجمته على أنّه ”قادة” أو ”حُكّام” أو قوى وسُلطات.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”الأزمنة التي جعلها الآب في سلطانه” على أنّها ”الأوقات التي حدّدها الآب بسلطته” أو ”بحقّه في القيادة” أو ”بناءً على مؤهّلاته كربّ وسيّد.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”تحت سُلطان” على أنّها ”مُطالَب ومُكَلّف بأن أطيع” أو ”يجب أن أنصاع لأوامر القادة.”

(انظر أيضًا: سلطان، ملك، حاكم، قوّة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H8633, G08310, G14130, G18490, G18500, G20030, G27150, G52470

شعب الله

Key Terms :: شعب الله

التعريف:

يشير مفهوم ”شعب الله” في الكتاب المقدّس إلى الأشخاص الذين أقام الله معهم علاقة عهد.

في العهد القديم، تشير عبارة ”شعب الله” إلى شعب بني إسرائيل. تمّ اختيار بني إسرائيل من قِبَل الله وفرزهم عن شعوب العالم الأخرى من أجل أن يخدموا الله ويطيعوه.
في العهد الجديد، تشير عبارة ”شعب الله” إلى ”الكنيسة”، أيْ كلّ مَن يؤمن بيسوع. وهذا يشمل كلّ من اليهود والأمم. في العهد الجديد، تُسَمّى هذه المجموعة من الناس أحيانًا ”أبناء الله” أو ”أولاد الله”.
عندما يستخدم الله عبارة ”شعبي”، فإنّه يشير إلى الأشخاص الذين لديهم علاقة عهد معه. الله هو الذي يختار شعبه، وهو يريد منهم أن يعيشوا بطريقة ترضيه وتُسرّه.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”شعب الله” على أنّه ”شعب يخصّ الله” أو ”الشعب الذي يعبد الله” أو ”الشعب الذي يخدم الله” أو ”الشعب الذي ينتمي إلى الله.”
عندما يقول الله ”شعبي”، يمكن أن تشمل الطُرق الأخرى لترجمتها ”الشعب الذي اخترته” أو ”الشعب الذي يعبدني” أو ”الشعب الذي ينتمي إليّ ويخصّني.”
وبالمثل، يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”شعبك” على أنّها ”الشعب الذي ينتمي إليك”، أو ”الشعب الذي أنت اخترته لينتمي إليك”، أو ”خاصّتك”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”شعبه” على أنّها ”الشعب الذي ينتمي إليه” أو الشعب الذي اختاره الله لأن ينتمي لشخصه هو”، أو ”خاصّته”.

(انظر أيضًا: إسرائيل، شعب)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0430, H5971, G23160, G29920

شفقة، رأفة، شفوق، حنّان

Key Terms :: شفقة، رأفة، شفوق، حنّان

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “شفقة/رأفة” إلى شعور بالاهتمام أو الاكتراث والقلق تجاه الناس، وخاصّة أولئك الذين يعانون ويتألّمون. الشخص “الحنون/الرؤوف” يهتمّ بالآخرين ويساعدهم.

تشير كلمة “شفقة/رأفة” إلى العناية والاهتمام بالأشخاص المحتاجين، وكذلك اتّخاذ إجراء لمساعدتهم.
يقول الكتاب المقدّس إنّ الله رَؤوف، بمعنى أنّه مليء بالمحبّة والرحمة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة “شفقة/رأفة”، “الاهتمام الفائق” أو“الشفقة” أو “الرحمة المفيدة.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “شفوق/رؤوف” على أنّه شخص “يهتمّ ويأبه بـ ومُعين/مفيد” أو “مُحبّ بعمق ورحيم.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2550, H7349, H7355, H7356, G16530, G33560, G36270, 46970, G48340, G48350

شيطان، روحٌ شرِّير، روحٌ نجسٌ

Key Terms :: شيطان، روحٌ شرِّير، روحٌ نجسٌ

التعريف:

تُشير جميع هذه التعبيرات إلى الشياطين، التي هي أرواح تقاوم وتعارض مشيئة الله.

خلَقَ الله الملائكة لتخدمه. عندما تمرّد إبليس على الله، تمرّدت معه أيضًا بعض الملائكة وجرّاء هذا طُرحت من السماء. من المُعتقد أنَّ هذه الشياطين والأرواح الشرِّيرة هي تلك ”الملائكة الساقطة”.
تُدعى الشياطين أحيانًا ”بالأرواح النجسة”، ويعني تعبير ”نجس” ”غير طاهر” أو ”شرّير” أو ”دَنس”
لأنّ الشياطين تخدم إبليس فهي بالتالي تفعل أشياء شرّيرة. وقد تسكن أحيانًا في داخل الناس وتسيطر عليهم وتستحوذهم.
تُعتبر الشياطين أقوى من الإنسان، ولكنّها ليست قويّة كالله.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”شيطان” إلى ”روح شرّير”.
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”روح نجس” إلى ”روح فاسد” أو ”روح شرّير” أو “روح عرافة“.
احرص أن تكون الكلمة أو العبارة المُستخدمة لترجمة هذا التعبير مختلفة عن التعبير المُستخدم للإشارة إلى إبليس.
ابحث أيضًا عن طريقة ترجمة تعبير ”شيطان” في اللغة المحلِّيَّة أو الوطنيّة. (انظر: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة

(انظر أيضًا: سكنى الأرواح النجسة، الشيطان، الآلهة الزائفة، ملاك، شرّ، طاهر)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

26: 9 أحضروا إلى يسوع الكثير من الناس الذين فيهم شياطين، وعندما أمرَ يسوع هذه الشياطين أن تخرج، خرجت من الناس وكثيرًا ما صرخت قائلة: “أنت ابن الله!“
32: 8 فخرجت الأرواح الشرّيرة من الرجل ودخلت في الخنازير.
47: 5 وأخيرًا ذات يوم، عندما بدأت الجارية تصرخ. التفت بولس إليها وقال للروح الشرّير الذي فيها: “اخرج منها باسم يسوع“. فخرج الروح الشرّير منها في الحال.
49: 2 مشى (يسوع) على الماء، وهدَّأ العواصف، وشفى الكثير من المرضى، وأخرج الشياطين، وأقام الأموات، وكثّر 5 أرغفة من الخبز وسمكتين وأطعمَ أكثر من 5 آلاف شخص.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2932, H7307, H7451, H7700, G01690, G11390, G11400, G11410, G11420, G41900, G41510, G41520, G41890

صهيون، جبل صهيون

Key Terms :: صهيون، جبل صهيون

التعريف:

في الأصل، كان تعبير ”صهيون” أو ”جبل صهيون” يشير إلى معقل أو حصن استولى عليه الملك داود من اليبوسيّين. وأصبح كلا التعبيرين طريقتين أخريين للإشارة إلى أورشليم.

كان جبل صهيون وجبل المريّا اثنتين من التلال التي تقع عليها مدينة أورشليم. وفي وقت لاحق، أصبح ”صهيون” و”جبل صهيون” يستخدمان كتعبيرين عامّين للإشارة إلى هذين الجبلين وإلى مدينة أورشليم. وفي بعض الأحيان كانا يشيران أيضًا إلى الهيكل الذي يقع في أورشليم. (انظر: المجاز المُرسل
أطلق داود على صهيون، أو أورشليم، اسم ”مدينة داود.” وهذا يختلف عن مسقط رأس داود، بيت لحم، والتي كانت تسمّى أيضًا مدينة داود.
يُستخدم تعبير ”صهيون” بطرق مجازيّة أخرى، للإشارة إلى إسرائيل أو إلى ملكوت الله الروحيّ أو إلى أورشليم السماويّة الجديدة التي سيخلقها الله.

(انظر أيضًا: إبراهيم، داود، أورشليم، بيت لحم، اليبوسيّون)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H6726

ضمير

Key Terms :: ضمير

التعريف:

الضمير هو ذلك الجزء من تفكير الشخص الذي من خلاله يجعله الله واعيًا ومُدركًا من أنّه يفعل شيئًا خاطئًا.

وهبَ الله الناس ضميرًا لمساعدتهم على معرفة الفرق بين ما هو صائب وما هو خاطئ.
الشخص الذي يطيع الله يُقال إنّ لديه ضمير “صالح ونقيّ“ أو ضمير “حيّ“ أو ضمير “مرتاح“.
إذا كان لدى الشخص “ضميرًا مرتاحًا“ فهذا يعني أنّه لا يخفي أيّ خطيئة.
إذا تجاهل شخص ما ضميره ولم يعد يشعر بالذنب عندما يرتكب خطيئة، فهذا يعني أنّ ضميره لم يعد حسّاسًا لما هو خاطئ. يُسمّي الكتاب المقدّس هذا الضمير بالضمير “الموسوم“: ضمير كما لو كان “مُعَلّمًا“ بمكواة ساخنة. يُسمّى الشخص الذي ضميره موسوم بشخص “معدوم الضمير“ أو “فاقد الضمير”، أو شخص لم يعد ضميره “يعذّبه“ أو “يؤنّبه“ أو “يُبكّته“، لأنّ ضميره أصبح ميّتًا.
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة هذا التعبير، “الدليل الأخلاقيّ الداخليّ“ أو “التفكير الأخلاقيّ.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G48930

طاهر، نقيّ، ينقّي، تنقّوا، يغسل، ينظّف، يغتسل

Key Terms :: طاهر، نقيّ، ينقّي، تنقّوا، يغسل، ينظّف، يغتسل

التعريف:

تشير كلمة “طاهر/نقيّ/نظيف” إلى عدم وجود أيّ أوساخٍ. أمّا فعل “ينقّي/يغسل” فيشير إلى إزالة الأوساخ من شخص ما أو شيء ما.

“تطهير” هي عمليّة أو إجراء لجعل شيء “نظيف” أو “طاهر”. يمكن أيضًا ترجمة الكلمة على أنّها “يغسل” أو “ينقّي”.
في العهد القديم، حدّد الله لبني إسرائيل أيّ من الحيوانات هي “طاهرة” فيما يتعلّق بالطقوس والشعائر الدينيّة، وأيّها “نجسة”. سُمح فقط للحيوانات الطاهرة لأن تُستَخدم في الأكل أو لتُقدّم كذبيحة أو كفّارة. في هذا السياق، يعني مصطلح “طاهر” أنّ الحيوان كان مقبولًا لدى الله لاستخدامه كذبيحة.
الشخص الذي كان مصابًا بأمراض جلديّة مُعيّنة، كان يُعتَبرُ نجسًا إلى أن يُشفى الجلد لدرجة يصبح فيها غير مُعدٍ. كان يجب إطاعة تعليمات تتعلّق بتطهير الجلد لكي يتمّ إعلان ذلك الشخص “طاهرًا” مرّة أخرى.
في بعض الأحيان يتمّ استخدام كلمة “طاهر” بشكل مجازيّ للإشارة إلى النقاء والطهارة الأخلاقيّة، بمعنى أن يكون الشخص “طاهرًا/نقيًّا” من الخطيئة.
في العهد الجديد، غالبًا ما يشير التطهير إلى التنقية من الخطيئة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير بالكلمة الشائعة لـ“نظيف” أو “نقيّ/طاهر” (بمعنى أنّه ليس متّسخًا).
طُرق أخرى لترجمة هذا التعبير يمكن أن تشمل، “طقسيًّا طاهر” أو “مقبول لدى الله.”
“يُطهّر” يمكن ترجمتها بـ “يغسل أو “ينقّي”.
تأكّد من أنّ الكلمتين المستخدمتين لكلمتي “طاهر” و“يُطهّر” يمكن فهمهما أيضًا بالمعنى المجازيّ.

انظر أيضًا: (ينجّس، روح شرّير، مقدّس، ذبيحة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1249, H1252, H1305, H2134, H2135, H2141, H2398, H2548, H2834, H2889, H2890, H2891, H2893, H2930, H2931, H2932, H3001, H3722, H5079, H5352, H5355, H5356, H6172, H6565, H6663, H6945, H7137, H8552, H8562, G01670, G01690, G25110, G25120, G25130, G28390, G28400, G33940, G36890

عدل، عدالة، غير عادل، ظالم، ظُلم

Key Terms :: عدل، عدالة، غير عادل، ظالم، ظُلم

التعريف:

تشير كلمة ”عادل” و”عدالة” إلى معاملة الناس بإنصاف وفقًا لشرائع الله. الشرائع البشريّة التي تعكس معيار الله للتصرّف الصحيح تجاه الآخرين هي أيضًا شرائع عادلة.

أن تكون ”عادلًا” يعني أن تتصرّف بطريقة مُنصفة وصائبة تجاه الآخرين. كما أنّه أن تكون عادلًا يعني ضمنيًّا أن تكون صادقًا ونزيهًا لأن تفعل ما هو صحيح أخلاقيًّا في نظر الله.
أن تتصرّف ”بالحقّ والعدل” يعني أن تعامل الناس بطريقة صحيحة وجيّدة وملائمة وفقًا لشرائع الله.
أن تحصل على ”العدالة” يعني أن تُعامَل بإنصاف بموجب القانون، إمّا أن يحميك القانون وإمّا أن يُعاقبك بسبب مخالفتك وكسرك له.
في بعض الأحيان يكون لتعبير ”عادل” المعنى الأوسع لـ ”البارّ” أو ”اتّباع شرائع الله.”

يشير التعبيران ”غير عادل” و”اعتباطيًّا/ظُلمًا” إلى معاملة الناس بطريقة غير منصفة وغالبًا ما تكون بطريقة مؤذية وضارّة.

”الظلم” هو شيء سيّئ يتمّ إلحاقه بشخص لم يستحقّه ذلك الشخص، وهو يشير إلى معاملة الناس بشكل غير عادل.
الظلم يعني أيضًا أنّ بعض الناس يُعامَلون معاملة سيّئة بينما يُعامَل الآخرون معاملة حسنة.
الشخص الذي يتصرّف بطريقة غير عادلة يكون ”متحيّزًا” أو ”متحزّبًا ومحابيًا للوجوه” لأنّه لا يعامل الناس بالتساوي، من دون تفضيل أحد على غيره.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بحسب السياق، يمكن أن تشمل الطُرق الأخرى لترجمة ”عادل” ”مستقيم أخلاقيًّا” أو ”منصف” و”حقّانيّ”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”العدالة” على أنّه ”معاملة عادلة” أو ”عواقب ونتائج مُستَحَقّة.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”التصرّف بعدل” على أنّها ”تعامُل بإنصاف” أو ”تصرُّف بطريقة عادلة.”
في بعض السياقات، يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”عادل” على أنّها ”بارّ” أو ”مستقيم.”
بحسب السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”غير عادل” على أنّها ”ظالم/غير منصف” أو ”متحيّز” أو ”جائر وآثم.”
يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”الظالمين” على أنّها ”الأشخاص الأشرار وغير الصالحين” أو ”الأشخاص الطالحين” أو ”الأشخاص الذين يعاملون الآخرين بشكل غير عادل” أو ”الأشخاص الأثمة وغير الأبرار” أو ”الأشخاص الذين يعصون الله.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”بشكل ظالم” على أنّه ”بطريقة غير عادلة” أو ”بطريقة خاطئة” أو ”بشكل غير مُنصِف.”
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة ”الظلم”، ”المعاملة الخاطئة” أو ”المعاملة غير العادلة” أو ”التصرّف بشكل غير عادل/منصف”. (انظر: الأسماء المجرّدة

(انظر أيضًا: يغفر، ذنب، يدين، بارّ)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

17: 9 حكم داود بعدل وأمانة لسنوات عديدة، وباركه الله.
18: 13 بعض هؤلاء الملوك (لمملكة يهوذا) كانوا رجالًا صالحين وأخيارًا وحكموا بالعدل وعبدوا الله.
19: 16 جميعهم (الأنبياء) أخبروا الناس بأن يتوقّفوا عن عبادة الأصنام وأن يبدأوا بإظهار العدل والرحمة للآخرين.
50: 17 سيملك يسوع على ملكوته بسلام و__عدل__، وسيكون مع شعبه إلى الأبد.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0205, H2555, H3477, H4941, H5765, H5766, H5767, H6662, H6663, H6664, H6666, H8003, H8264, H8636, G00910, G00930, G00940, G13420, G13440, G13450, G13460, G13470, G17380

عمَّد، مُعمَّد، معموديَّة، اعتمدَ

Key Terms :: عمَّد، مُعمَّد، معموديَّة، اعتمدَ

التعريف:

في العهد الجديد، يشير التعبيران ”عمّد” و”معموديّة” عادةً إلى غسل المسيحيّ بالماء بشكل طقسيّ لإظهار أنّه تطهّر من الخطيئة واتّحد بالمسيح.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يوجد لدى المسيحيّين وجهات نظر مختلفة حول كيفيّة تعميد الشخص بالماء.
بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”عمّد” على أنّه ”طهّر”، أو ”سَكَب”، أو ”غطّس (أو غمس) في”، أو ”غسل.” على سبيل المثال، يمكن ترجمة ”عمّدك بالماء” على أنّها ”غمرك في الماء.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”معموديّة” على أنّه ”تطهير”، أو ”سَكْب”، أو ”تغطيس”، أو ”تنقية.”

(انظر أيضًا: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة

(انظر أيضًا: يوحنّا المعمدان، توبة، الروح القدس)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

24 :3 عندما سمع الناس رسالة يوحنّا، تاب كثيرون منهم عن خطاياهم، وعمّدهم يوحنّا. كما جاء العديد من قادة الدين لـيتعمّدوا على يد يوحنّا، لكنّهم لم يتوبوا أو يعترفوا بخطاياهم.
24: 6 في اليوم التالي، جاء يسوع ليتعمّد على يدّ يوحنّا.
24: 7 قال يوحنّا ليسوع: ”أنا لست مستحقًّا أن أعمّدك، بل يجب أن تعمّدني أنت.”
42: 10 ”اذهبوا وتلمذوا كلّ الأمم، وعمّدوهم باسم الآب والابن والروح القُدُس، وعلّموهم أن يحفظوا كلّ ما أوصيتكم به.”
43: 11 أجابهم بطرس: ”يجب على كلّ واحد منكم أن يتوب ويتعمّد باسم يسوع المسيح ليغفر الله خطاياه.”
43: 12 آمن حوالي 3000 شخص بما قاله بطرس وأصبحوا تلاميذَ يسوع. لقد تعمّدوا وأصبحوا جزءًا من الكنيسة في أورشليم.
45: 11 وبينما كان فيلبُّس والحبشيّ يسافران، وصلا إلى بعض الماء. فقال الحبشي، ”انظر! يوجد بعض الماء! هل يمكنني أن أتعمّد؟”
46: 5 تمكّن شاول على الفور من الرؤية مرّة أخرى، وعمّدهُ حنانيّا.
49: 14 يدعوك يسوع إلى الإيمان به وإلى أن تتعمّد.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G09070

غير مؤمن، عدم الإيمان، غير أمين، عدم الأمانة، خيانة

Key Terms :: غير مؤمن، عدم الإيمان، غير أمين، عدم الأمانة، خيانة

التعريف:

يعني تعبير ”غير مؤمن” ألّا تملك إيمانًا أو أن لا تؤمن.

تُستخدم هذه الكلمة لوصف الأشخاص الذين لا يؤمنون بالله، ويظهر افتقارهم إلى الإيمان من خلال الطريقة غير الأخلاقيّة التي يتصرّفون بها.
اتّهم النبيّ إرميا شعب إسرائيل بعدم الإيمان وعدم طاعة الله.
لقد عبدوا الأصنام واتّبعوا عادات غير تقيّة أخرى لمجموعات من الناس لم تعبد الله أو تطيعه.

يعني تعبير ”غير أمين” الناس الذين لا يُطيعون الله.

استخدم الله تعبير ”عدم الأمانة/خيانة” لوصف سلوك بني إسرائيل غير المطيع. لأنّهم لم يطيعوا الله أو يكرّموه.

اقتراحات للترجمة

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”غير مؤمن” إلى ”كافر” أو ”متمرّد على الله.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”عدم الإيمان” إلى ”الكُفر” أو ”التمرّد ضدّ الله.”

(انظر أيضًا: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: يؤمن، أمين، يعصي، زنا)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G05710

غيور، غيرة

Key Terms :: غيور، غيرة

التعريف:

يشير مصطلحا ”غيور” و”غيرة” بهذا المعنى إلى رغبة قويَّة في حماية نقاء العلاقة وطهارتها. يمكن أن يشيرا أيضًا إلى رغبة قويَّة في المحافظة على امتلاك شيء ما أو شخص ما (انظر سفر العدد 11: 29).

يُستخدم تعبير ”غيرة” لوصف شعور الغضب الذي يشعر به الشخص تجاه شريك حياته، عندما يشكّ أو يظنّ أنّه لم يكن مخلصًا في زواجهما (انظر سفر العدد 5: 14).
غالبًا ما يُستخدم مصطلحا ”غيور” و”غيرة” لوصف رغبة الله القويّة والشديدة في أن يحبّه شعب عهده، وأن يظلّوا أمناء روحيًّا له، وأن يُبقوه في المقام الأوَّل في عواطفهم ومحبّتهم.
عند استخدام هذين التعبيرين في الكتاب المقدَّس، غالبًا ما يشيران إلى رغبة الله القويَّة والشديدة في أن يظلّ شعبه طاهرًا وغير مدنّس من الخطيئة.
الله ”غيور” على مجده، ويرغب في أن يُعامل بإكرام ووقار.
يحمل تعبير ”الغيرة” معنى حسنًا، كالغيرة الإلهيَّة المقدّسة، ومعنى سيِّئًا كالحسد.
كما قد يعني تعبير ”غيرة” أن يكون الشخص مكرّسًا ومخلصًا بالكامل لدعم شخص أو فكرة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن أن تشمل طرق ترجمة تعبير ”غيرة” ”رغبة وقائيَّة قويَّة" أو ”رغبة تملّك”.
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”غيرة” على أنَّه ”شعور وقائيّ قويّ” أو ”شعور تملّكيّ”.
يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”غيرة” إلى ”إخلاص وتفانٍ” أو ”إصرار شديد”.
يمكن ترجمة أن تكون ”غيورًا” إلى أن تكون ”مواظبًا ومثابرًا” أو إلى ”جهد كبير وشديد”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”غيرة بيتك” إلى ”إكرام هيكلك بقوّة” أو ”رغبة وحماس للاعتناء ببيتك”.
عند الحديث عن الله، احرص أن تكون ترجمة هذه التعبيرات لا تعطي معنى سلبيًّا من الاستياء والغضب أو حسد شخص آخر.

(انظر أيضًا: حسد)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

في المسيح، في يسوع، في الربِّ، فيه

Key Terms :: في المسيح، في يسوع، في الربِّ، فيه

التعريف:

تُشير عبارة ”في المسيح” والتعبيرات المماثلة إلى حالة أو وضع يكون فيه الشخص بعلاقة مع يسوع المسيح من خلال الإيمان به.

تتضمّن التعبيرات الأخرى ذات الصلة: ”في المسيح يسوع، في يسوع المسيح، في الربّ يسوع، في الربّ يسوع المسيح”.
المعاني المحتملة لتعبير ”في المسيح” قد تتضمّن ”لأنّك تنتمي إلى المسيح” أو ”من خلال العلاقة التي لديك مع المسيح” أو ”بالاستناد إلى إيمانك بالمسيح”.
هذه التعابير المماثلة تحمل جميعها نفس المعنى لكون الشخص في حالة الإيمان بيسوع وكونه تلميذًا له. ملاحظة: لكي ندخل إلى محضر الإله القدّوس، يجب أن نستتر في برِّ المسيح. فمعنى أن نكون في ”المسيح” هو أنَّ الله لا يرى عيوبنا؛ بل يرى فينا برَّ ابنه الوحيد، إذ ”في المسيح” وحده يُلغى دَين خطايانا، ونستردّ علاقتنا مع الله ونضمن أبديِّتنا.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، قد تتضمّن الطُرق الأخرى لترجمة ”في المسيح” و”في الربّ” (والعبارات المماثلة):
- ”الذي ينتمي للمسيح”
- “لأنّك مؤمن بالمسيح”
- “لأنّ المسيح خلّصك”
- “في خدمة الربّ”
- “متّكلًا على الربّ”
- “لأجل ما فعله الربّ”
الأشخاص الذين ”يؤمنون” بالمسيح أو الذين ”لديهم إيمان” بالمسيح، يؤمنون بما علّمه ويثقون به لنوال خلاصهم لأجل ذبيحة الصليب التي دفعت ثمن خطاياهم.

(انظر أيضًا: المسيح، الربُّ، يسوع، آمن

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G15190, G29620, G55470

فَنِي، هَلك

Key Terms :: فَنِي، هَلك

التعريف:

يعني تعبير ”يفنى” أو ”يهلك” أن يموت أو أن يُدمّر، ويكون هذا عادة نتيجة عنف أو كارثة. في العهد الجديد، غالبًا ما يحمل هذا التعبير معنى روحيًّا من الضلال والضياع أو الانفصال عن شعب الله.

المعنى الروحيّ لتعبير ”هَلك” أو ”فَني”

الأشخاص ”الهالكون” هم هؤلاء الذين رفضوا الإيمان بيسوع من أجل خلاصهم.
هؤلاء الذين ”سيهلكون” أو ”يفنون” لن يعيشوا مع الله في السماء إلى الأبد، ولكنّهم سيعيشون إلى الأبد في الجحيم تحت دينونة الله.
سيموت الجميع جسديًّا، ولكن فقط هؤلاء الذين لا يثقون بيسوع لنوال خلاصهم سيهلكون إلى الأبد.
عندما يُستخدم تعبير ”فَني” أو ”هَلك” بمعنى روحيّ، احرص أن تعبّر ترجمتك عن هذا بطريقة مختلفة عن الموت الجسديّ.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير بعبارات مثل ”أن يضلّ عن شعب الله” أو ”الموت الأبديّ” أو ”العقاب في الجحيم” أو ”أن يُدمّر ويتلاشى”.
حاول استخدام تعبير أو مصطلح لا يعني فقط ”الموت الجسديّ” أو ”الزوال عن الوجود”.

(انظر أيضًا: موت، أبديّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0006, H0007, H0008, H1478, H1820, H1826, H5486, H5595, H6544, H8045, G05990, G06220, G06840, G08530, G13110, G27040, G48810, G53560

فُلك

Key Terms :: فُلك

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “فلك“ إلى السفينة العظيمة التي تعمل في البحر، والتي تنقل الناس والبضائع ولها فاعلية الطفو فوق الماء وتكون في المياه العميقة

في الكتاب المقدّس، استُخدِمَت كلمة ”الفلك” للإشارة إلى السفينة الضخمة التي بناها نوح لينجو من الطوفان الذي غمر المسكونة. كان للفُلك قاع مُسطّح وسقف وجدران.
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة هذا التعبير “قارب كبير جدًّا“ أو “بارجة“ أو “باخرة شحن“ أو “قارب كبير على شكل صندوق.”
الكلمة العبريّة المُستَخدمة للإشارة إلى هذا القارب الضخم هي نفس الكلمة المستخدمة للسلّة أو السَبَت أو السَفَط الذي حمل الطفل موسى عندما وضعته والدته في نهر النيل لتخبّئه (من المصريّين). في هذه الحالة يتمّ ترجمة التعبير عادةً على أنّه ”سلّة” أو ”سَبَت”.

(انظر أيضًا: تابوت العهد)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0727, H8392, G27870

قدّوس، قداسة، مقدَّس، قدّيس، تقديس

Key Terms :: قدّوس، قداسة، مقدَّس، قدّيس، تقديس

التعريف:

يُشير تعبيرا ”قدّوس” و”قداسة” إلى شخصيّة الله المنفصلة والمفروزة تمامًا عن أيّ شيء خاطئ وغير كامل. ”أن تقدّس”، تعني أن تفرز لتجعل الشيء مقدَّسًا، والتقديس هو عمليَّة أن يكون الشيء أو الشخص مقدَّسًا.

وحده الله كامل القداسة، وهو الذي يجعل الناس والأشياء مقدَّسة.
الشخص المقدَّس ينتمي إلى الله وقد فُرِز لخدمته وتقديم المجد له.
الشيء الذي أعلن الله بأنّه مقدّس هو الشيء الذي فَرَزه وخصّصه لمجده واستخدامه، مثل المذبح الذي هو لتقديم الذبائح له.
لا يستطيع الناس الاقتراب من الله إلّا إذا سَمح هو بذلك، لأنّه هو قدّوس وهم مجرّد بشر خطاة وغير كاملين.
في العهد القديم، فرز الله الكهنة على أنّهم مقدّسون لخدمة خاصّة له، ويجب أن يراعوا شروط الطهارة الطقسيّة من الخطيئة حتّى يقتربوا من الله. *يُعلِّم العهد الجديد أنّ الله يُقدّس الأشخاص الذين يؤمنون بيسوع، وهذا يعني بأنّه يجعلهم مقدَّسين لخدمته.
كما أنّه فَرزَ أماكن معيّنة واعتبرها مقدّسة وتنتمي إليه وفيها أظهر نفسه، مثل الهيكل.

تعبير ”مقدّس” يصف شيئًا مرتبطًا بعبادة الله أو بعبادة الوثنيّيِن للآلهة المزيَّفة.

في العهد القديم تعبير ”مقدّس” كان يُستخدم عادةً لوصف الأعمدة الحجريّة والأشياء الأخرى التي تُستخدم لعبادة الآلهة المزيَّفة. ويُمكن ترجمة هذا أيضًا إلى ”دينيَّة”.
يُشير تعبيرا ”الترانيم المقدّسة” و”الموسيقى المقدّسة” إلى الموسيقى التي كانت تُرنّم أو تُعزف لمجد الله. يُمكن ترجمة هذا إلى ”موسيقى لعبادة يهوه (الربّ)” أو ”موسيقى حمد وتسبيح الله” .
كانت عبارة ”المهامّ المقدّسة” تشير إلى ”مهامّ الدين” أو ”الطقوس” التي كان الكهنة يؤدُّونها لقيادة الناس في عبادة الله. يُمكن أيضًا أن تشير إلى الطقوس التي كان يؤدِّيها الكهنة الوثنيّون لعبادة الآلهة الكاذبة والمزيَّفة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

قد تتضمّن طُرق ترجمة كلمة ”مقدَّس”، ”مفروز لله” أو ”ينتمي لله” أو ”طاهر تمامًا” أو ”من دون خطيئة” أو ”منفصل عن الخطيئة”.
عبارة ”أن يقدّس…” تُترجم أحيانًا إلى ”أن يفرز (شخصًا) لمجد الله”. *اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”تقديس” إلى ”فَرز” أو ”جعله مقدَّسًا” أو ”طهّر”. *عندما يُقدّس الناس أنفسهم فهم بهذا يُطهّرون ويكرّسون أنفسهم لخدمة الله، وعادةً ما تُستخدم كلمة ”تكريس” في الكتاب المقدَّس بهذا المعنى. *اعتمادًا على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة كلمة ”قداستكم” إلى ”جعلكم مقدّسين” أو ”فَرَزكم (لله) ” أو ”ما يجعلكم مقدَّسين”.

(انظر أيضًا: الروح القدس، كرَّس)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

1: 16 بارك (الله) اليوم السابع، وقدّسه، لأنّه في هذا اليوم استراح من عمله.
9: 12 ”أنت واقف على أرض مقدّسة”.
13: 1 “إن أطعتموني وحفظتم عهدي، ستكونون خاصّتي، ومملكة كهنة وأمّة مقدّسة “.
13: 5 “احرص على أن تحفظ يوم السبت مقدّسًا“.
22: 5 “يكون الطفل قدّوسًا، ويُدعى ابن الله“.
50: 2 بينما ننتظر مجيء يسوع، يريدنا الله أن نعيش بقداسة ونكرّمه.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0430, H2455, H2623, H4676, H4720, H6918, H6922, H6942, H6944, H6948, G00370, G00380, G00400, G00400, G00410, G00420, G04620, G18590, G21500, G24120, G24130, G28390, G37410, G37420

قدّيس

Key Terms :: قدّيس

التعريف:

إنّ تعبير ”قدّيسين” يعني حرفيًّا ”المُقدّسين” ويشير إلى المؤمنين بيسوع.

في وقتٍ لاحق من تاريخ الكنيسة، كان يُمنَح الشخص المعروف بأعماله الصالحة لقب ”قدّيس”، لكنّ هذا التعبير لم يكن ذاته المُستخدم في زمن العهد الجديد.
إنّ المؤمنين بيسوع قدّيسون أو مقدّسون، ليس بسبب ما فعلوه، بل بسبب إيمانهم بالعمل الخلاصيّ ليسوع المسيح، فهو الذي يجعلهم مقدّسين.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أن تشمل طرُق ترجمة تعبير ”قدّيسين”، ”المُقدّسين” أو ”الأشخاص المقدّسين” أو ”المؤمنين بيسوع المقدّسين” أو ”المفروزين.”
احرص على ألّا تستخدم تعبيرًا يشير إلى أشخاص من مجموعة مسيحيّة واحدة فقط.

(انظر أيضًا: مُقدّس)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2623, H6918, H6922, G00400

كاهن، كهنوت

Key Terms :: كاهن، كهنوت

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدّس، يُعدّ الكاهن شخصًا تمّ اختياره لتقديم الذبائح لله نيابةً عن شعب الله. إنّ ”الكهنوت” هو الاسم الذي يُطلق على المنصب أو الحالة التي يكون فيها الشخص كاهنًا.

في العهد القديم، اختار الله هارون ونسلهُ ليكونوا كهنةً لبني إسرائيل.
كان ”الكهنوت” حقًّا ومسؤوليّة انتقلت من الأب إلى الابن في سبط اللّاويّين.
كان كهنة بني إسرائيل مسؤولين عن تقديم ذبائح الشعب لله، إلى جانب واجبات أخرى في الهيكل.
قدّم الكهنة أيضًا صلوات منتظمة لله نيابةً عن شعبه وأدّوا طقوسًا دينيّة أخرى.
كان الكهنة يباركون الناس ويعلّمونهم شريعة الله.
في زمن يسوع، كانت هناك مستويات مختلفة من الكهنة، بما في ذلك الكاهن الرأس ورؤساء الكهنة.
يسوع هو ”رئيس الكهنة الأعظم” الذي يشفع لنا في حضور الله. لقد قدّم نفسه ذبيحة نهائيّة والمطلقة للخطيئة. وهذا يعني الذبائح التي قدّمها الكهنة البشر لم تعد ضروريّة.
في العهد الجديد، يُطلق على كلّ مؤمن بيسوع اسم ”كاهن” ويمكنه أن يأتي مباشرةً إلى الله في الصلاة للتشفّع من أجل نفسه ومن أجل الآخرين.
في العصور القديمة، كان هناك أيضًا كهنة وثنيّون قدّموا ذبائح لآلهة مُزيّفة مثل بعل.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”كاهن” على أنّه ”شخص التضحية” أو ”وسيط الله” أو ”وسيط الذبيحة” أو ”الشخص الذي يعيّنه الله لتمثيله.”
يجب أن تكون ترجمة ”كاهن” مختلفة عن ترجمة ”وسيط.”
قد تفضّل بعض اللغات دائمًا قول شيء مثل ”كاهن بنو إسرائيل” أو ”كاهن يهوديّ" أو ”كاهن يهوه (الربّ) ” أو ”كاهن بعل” لتوضيح أنّ هذا لا يشير إلى نوع من الكهنة في العصر الحديث.
يجب أن يكون التعبير المستخدم لترجمة ”كاهن” مختلفًا عن التعبيرات الخاصّة بـ ”رئيس الكهنة” و”الكاهن الرأس” و”اللّاوي” و”النبيّ.”

(انظر أيضًا: هارون، الكاهن الرأس، وسيط، ذبيحة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

4: 7 ”مَلْكِي صادِق، كاهن الله العليّ.”
13: 9 أيّ شخص عصى شريعة الله يمكنه إحضار حيوان إلى المذبح أمام خيمة الاجتماع كذبيحة لله. كان الكاهن يقتل الحيوان ويحرقه على المذبح. كان دم الحيوان الذي يُذبح يغطّي خطيئة الشخص ويجعله طاهرًا في نظر الله. اختار الله شقيق موسى، هارون ونسله ليكونوا كهنةً له.
19: 7 لذلك أعدّ كهنة بعل ذبيحة لكنّهم لم يشعلوا النار.
21: 7 كان كاهن بني إسرائيل شخصًا يقدّم ذبائح لله نيابةً عن الناس كبديل لعقاب خطاياهم. كما كان الكهنة يتضرّعون إلى الله من أجل الناس.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3547، H3548، H3549، H3550، G07480، G07490، G24050، G24060، G24070، G24090، G24200

كلمة الله، كلمة يهوه، كلام الله، كلام الربّ، كلام الحقّ، الكُتُب، الكتاب

Key Terms :: كلمة الله، كلمة يهوه، كلام الله، كلام الربّ، كلام الحقّ، الكُتُب، الكتاب

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدّس، يشير تعبير ”كلمة الله” إلى أيّ كلمة أبلغها الله للناس. وهذا يشمل الرسائل الشفهيّة والمكتوبة. يُطلق على يسوع أيضًا لقب ”كلمة الله”.

تعبير ”الكتب المقدّسة” يعني ”كتابات الأنبياء”. يُستخدم فقط في العهد الجديد ويشير إلى الكتب المقدّسة العبريّة، والمعروفة بـالعهد القديم. كانت هذه الكتابات رسالة الله التي طَلَب من الناس أن يكتبوها لكي يتمكّن الناس بعد سنوات عديدة في المستقبل من قراءتها.
غالبًا ما يشير التعبيران ”كلمة يهوه”، و”كلمة الربّ” إلى رسالة محدّدة من الله أعطيت لنبيّ أو شخص آخر في الكتاب المقدّس.
في بعض الأحيان يَرِد هذا التعبير في الكتاب المقدّس على أنّه ”الكلمة” أو ”كَلامي” أو ”كلمتك” (عند الحديث عن كلمة الله).
في العهد الجديد، يُطلق على يسوع لقبَي ”الكلمة” و”كلمة الله”. هذان اللّقبان يعنيان أنّ يسوع يكشف عن هويّة الله بشكلٍ كامل، لأنّ يسوع هو الله.

إنّ تعبير”كلمة الحقّ” هو طريقة أخرى للإشارة إلى ”كلمة الله”، التي هي رسالته أو تعليمه. ولا يشير إلى كلمة واحدة فقط.

تشمل كلمة الله الحقّ كلّ ما علّمه الله للناس عن ذاته، وخليقته، وخطّة الخلاص بيسوع.
يؤكّد هذا التعبير على حقيقة أنّ ما كلّمنا به الله في الكتاب المقدّس هو حقّ، وصادق وحقيقيّ، وصحيح.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أن تتضمّن الطرق الأخرى لترجمة هذا التعبير ”رسالة يهوه” أو ”رسالة الله” أو ”تعاليم الله.”
قد يكون من الطبيعيّ في بعض اللغات جَعل هذا التعبير بصيغة الجمع وقول ”كلام الله” أو ”كلمات يهوه.”
غالبًا ما يستخدم تعبير ”جاءت كلمة يهوه” لتقديم شيء أخبره الله لأنبيائه أو شعبه. يمكن ترجمة هذا على أنّه ”تكلّم يهوه بهذه الرسالة” أو ”تكلّم يهوه بهذه الكلمات.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”الكتاب المقدّس” أو ”الكتب المقدّسة” على أنّه ”الكتابات” أو ”الرسالة المكتوبة من الله”. ”يجب ترجمة هذا التعبير بشكل مختلف عن ترجمة ”الكلمة.”
عندما يرِد تعبير ”الكلمة” بمفرده ويشير إلى كلمة الله، يمكن ترجمته على أنّه ”الرسالة” أو ”كلمة الله” أو ”التعاليم.” يجب الأخذ بعين الاعتبار الترجمات البديلة المقترحة أعلاه.
عندما يشير الكتاب المقدّس إلى يسوع باعتباره ”الكلمة”، يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى ”الرسالة” أو ”الحقّ.”
يمكن ترجمة ”كلمة الحقّ” إلى ”رسالة الله الحقيقيّة” أو ”كلمة الله، التي هي حقّ.”
من المهمّ أن تتضمّن ترجمة هذا التعبير معنى أنّه حقّ.

(انظر أيضًا: نبيّ، حقيقيّ، يهوه)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

25: 7 في كلمة الله يأمر الله شعبهُ قائلًا: ”اعبدوا الربّ إلهكم فقط واعبدوه وحده.”
33: 6 لذلك أوضح يسوع قائلًا: ”البذرة هي كلام الله.”
42: 3 ثُمَّ أوضح لهم يسوع ما تقوله كلمة الله عن المسيّا.
42: 7 قال يسوع، ”لقد قلت لكم إنّهُ يجب أن يتمّ كلّ ما هو مكتوب عنّي في كلمة الله.” ثُمَّ فتح أذهانهم لكي يتمكّنوا من فهم كلمة الله.
45: 10 استخدم فيلبّس أيضًا كتبًا أخرى ليُخبرهُ بالخبرالسارّ عن يسوع.
48: 12 لكنّ يسوع هو أعظم نبيّ على الإطلاق. إنّه كلمة الله.
49: 18 يطلب منك الله أن تصلّي، وأن تتعلّم كلمته، وأن تعبدهُ مع المسيحيّين الآخرين، وأن تخبر الآخرين بما فعله من أجلك.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0561, H0565, H1697, H3068, G30560, G44870

متواضع، تواضَعَ، التواضع

Key Terms :: متواضع، تواضَعَ، التواضع

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”متواضع” إلى الشخص الذي لا يعتقد أنَّه أفضل من الآخرين، فهو ليس متكبِّرًا أو متعجرفًا. التواضع هو صفة أن يكون الشخص متواضعًا، غير متكبّرٍ.

أن تكون متواضعًا أمام الله يعني أن تفهم أوجه ضعفك ونقصك مقارنة بعظمته وحكمته وكماله.
كان ميلاد يسوع متواضعًا لأنّه وُلِدَ في حظيرة حيوانات، وليس في قصر.
عندما يتواضع الشخص، فهذا يعني أنّه يضع نفسه في مكانة أقلَّ أهمِّيَّة.
التواضع هو الاهتمام باحتياجات الآخرين أكثر من احتياجات الشخص نفسه.
التواضع يعني أيضًا الخدمة ببساطة واتِّضاع عند استخدام المواهب والقدرات.
أحيانًا يستخدم نصّ فان دايك كلمة ”اتَّضع” بمعنى كلمة ”تواضع” لتعني ”لا تكن متكبِّرًا”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”تَوَاضَعُوا فِي حَضْرَةِ الرَّبِّ” (في فان دايك ”اتَّضعوا قدَّام الربِّ”) إلى ”اخضعوا لمشيئة الله معترفين بعظمته”.

(انظر أيضًا: متكبّر)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

17: 2 كان داود رجلًا متواضعًا وبارًّا، وآمن بالله وأطاعه.
34: 10 “فمن يرفع نفسه يضعه الله، ومن يضع نفسه يرفعه الله“.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1792, H3665, H6031, H6035, H6038, H6041, H6800, H6819, H7511, H7807, H7812, H8213, H8214, H8215, H8217, H8467, G08580, G42360, G42390, G42400, G50110, G50120, G50130, G53910

مجد، مُمجَّد، يُمجِّد، مجيد

Key Terms :: مجد، مُمجَّد، يُمجِّد، مجيد

التعريف:

تعبير ”المجد” هو تعبير عامّ لمجموعة من المفاهيم تشمل القيمة، والأهمّيّة، والشرف، والروعة، والجلال. تعبير ”يمجِّد” يعني إسناد المجد لشخص أو شيء ما، أو إظهار أو إخبار بمدى مجد شيء أو شخص ما.

يُستخدم تعبير ”المجد” في الكتاب المقدّس بشكل خاصّ لوصف الله، الذي هو أكثر قيمة، وأهمّيّة واستحقاق وروعة وإكرام وعَظَمَة من أيّ شخص أو أيّ شيء في الكون. كلّ شيء في شخصيّته يكشف عن مجده.
يستطيع الناس أن يمجّدوا الله بالحديث عن الأعمال الرائعة التي صنعها. كما يمكنهم أن يمجّدوا الله بالعيش وفقًا لشخصيّة الله، لأنّ القيام بذلك يُظهر للآخرين قيمته ومكانته وأهمّيّته وروعته وجلاله وعظمَته.

العهد القديم

إنّ العبارة المحدّدة ”مجد الربّ” في العهد القديم تشير عادةً إلى بعض المظاهر الملموسة لحضور الربّ في مكان مُعيّن.

العهد الجديد

سوف يمجّد الله الآب الله الابن من خلال الكشف لجميع الناس عن المدى الكامل لمجد يسوع.
كلّ من يؤمن بالمسيح سوف يتمجّد معه. هذا الاستخدام لكلمة ”يمجِّد” يحمل معنىً فريدًا. يعني أنّه عندما يقيم الناس الذين يؤمنون بالمسيح من الموت إلى الحياة، سوف يتغيّرون جسديًّا ليكونوا مثل يسوع كما ظهر بعد قيامته.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أن تشمل الطرق المختلفة لترجمة ”المجد” مثل: ”روعة” أو ”جلال” أو ”عظمة رهيبة” أو ”قيمة هائلة”.
يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”مُمجّد” إلى ”مليء بالمجد” أو ”قيّم للغاية” أو ”لامع بشكل ساطع” أو ”مهيب بشكل رهيب”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”أعطوا المجد للّه” إلى ”أكرموا عظمة الله” أو ”احمدوا الله لأجل عظمته” أو ”أخبروا الآخرين بمدى عظمة الله”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”المجد لـ” إلى ”الثناء” أو ”الاعتزاز بـ” أو ”التفاخر بـ” أو ”التمتّع بـ”.
كلمة “تمجيد” يمكن أيضًا ترجمتها إلى”إعطاء المجد لـ” أو ”إحضار المجد لـ” أو ”التسبّب في الظهور بمظهر عظيم”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”مجّدوا الله” إلى ”اشكرو وسبّحوا الله” أو ”تحدّثوا عن عظمة الله” أو ”أظهِروا مدى عظمة الله” أو ”كرِّموا الله (بطاعتكم)”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”ليتمجّد” إلى ”لتظهر عَظَمَتَهُ” أو ”ليكُن ممدوحًا” أو ”ليتعظّم”.

((انظر أيضًا: يُكرّم، عَظَمَة، يَرفَع، يُطيع، يُسبّح)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

23: 7 وفجأة امتلأت السماوات بملائكة يسبّحون الله قائلين ”المجد للّه في السماء وعلى الأرض السلام وفي الناس المسرّة!”
25: 6 ثمّ عَرَضَ الشيطان ليسوع كلّ ممالك العالم وكلّ مجدها وقال: ”أعطيك كلّ هذا إذا سجدت وعبدتَني”.
37: 1 ولمّا سمِع يسوع هذا الخبر قال: ”هذا المرض لا يؤدّي إلى الموت، بل هو” لمجد الله.”
37: 8 فأجاب يسوع: ألم أقل لكِ أنّك سترين مجد الله إذا آمنتِ بي؟”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0117, H0142, H0155, H0215, H1342, H1921, H1926, H1935, H1984, H3367, H3513, H3519, H3520, H6286, H6643, H7623, H8597, G13910, G13920, G17400, G17410, G27440, G48880

محاباة، تحيّز

Key Terms :: محاباة، تحيّز

التعريف:

The term “favoritism” means an attitude of acting favorably toward some people but not others.

It means the inclination to pick one person over another or one thing over another because the person or item is preferred. Generally, favoritism is considered unfair.
The term “favoritism” could be translated as “partiality” or “being prejudiced” or “unjust treatment.” This word is related to the word “favorite,” which means to prefer above all others.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0995, H1156, H1293, H1779, H1921, H2580, H2603, H2896, H5278, H5375, H5414, H5922, H6213, H6437, H6440, H7521, H7522, H7965, G11840, G36850, G43800, G43820, G54850, G54860

محبَّة، حُبٌّ

Key Terms :: محبَّة، حُبٌّ

التعريف:

أن تحبّ شخصًا آخر يعني الاهتمام بهذا الشخص والقيام بالأمور التي تنفعه. هناك معانٍ مختلفة لكلمة «المحبَّة»، وقد تعبِّر عنها بعض اللغات باستخدام كلمات مختلفة:

إنّ المحبَّة التي تنبع من الله تتوجَّه نحو خير الآخرين حتَّى وإن لم يكن فيها نفع للنفس. يهتمُّ هذا النوع من المحبَّة بالآخرين مهما فعلوا. الله نفسه هو محبَّة وهو مصدر المحبَّة الحقيقيَّة.

أظهر يسوع هذا النوع من المحبَّة بتضحيته من أجل خلاصنا من الخطيَّة والموت. كما علَّم أتباعه أن يحبُّوا الآخرين بشكل مضحٍّ.
حين يُحِبُّ الناس الآخرين بهذا النوع من المحبَّة، فإِنَّهم يُظهِرون بسلوكهم أَنَّهم يفكِّرون فيما سيؤدِّي إلى نجاح الآخرين. يتضمَّن هذا النوع من المحبَّة خاصَّةً مسامحة الآخرين.
في فان دايك، تعني كلمة «محبَّة» هذا النوع من المحبَّة المضحِّية، ما لم تشر ملاحظة الترجمة إلى معنى مختلف.

كلمة أخرى في العهد الجديد تشير إلى المحبَّة الأخويَّة، أو محبَّة الصديق أو أحد أفراد العائلة.

تشير هذه الكلمة إلى الحُبِّ الإنسانيِّ الطبيعيِّ بين الأصدقاء أو الأقارب.
ويمكن استخدام هذه الكلمة أيضًا في سياقات مثل: «يُحِبُّونَ أَنْ يَجْلِسُوا فِي الْمَجَالِسِ الْعَالِيَةِ فِي الْوَلِيمَةِ». وهذا يعني أنهم «يَوَدُّونَ أَنْ يفعلوا ذلك كثيرًا» أو «يَرْغَبُونَ أن يفعلوا ذلك كثيرًا».

يمكن أن تُشير كلمة «حبّ» أيضًا إلى العلاقة الرومانسيّة بين رجل وامرأة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

ما لم يُذكَر خلاف ذلك في ملاحظة الترجمة، تشير كلمة «المحبَّة» في فان دايك إلى المحبَّة المضحِّية التي تنبع من الله.
قد يكون لبعض اللغات كلمة خاصَّة لهذا النوع من المحبَّة غير الأنانيَّة والمضحِّية التي يحبُّ الله بها. بعض الأمثلة على كيفيَّة ترجمة هذه الكلمة هي: «الرعاية المُخلِصة» أو «الرعاية غير الأنانيَّة» أو «الحُبُّ من الله». احرص على أنّ الكلمة التي تُترجم بها محبَّة الله تعني التخلِّي عن مصالحنا الخاصَّة من أجل منفعة الآخرين ومحبَّتهم مهما فعلوا.
وفى السياقات التي يُستخدم فيها فعل «أحبَّ» للتعبير عن التفضيل الشديد لشيء ما، يمكن ترجمتها إلى «فضَّل بشدَّة» أو «أعجب بشدَّة» أو «رغب رغبةً شديدةً».
قد توجد في بعض اللغات أيضًا كلمة منفصلة تشير إلى الحُبِّ الرومانسيِّ أو الجنسيِّ بين الزوج والزوجة.
يجب أن تعبِّر العديد من اللغات عن «الحُبِّ» كفعل. لذلك على سبيل المثال، يمكن ترجمة عبارة «المحبَّة تتأنَّى وترفق» إلى «إذا أَحبَّ الإنسان شخصًا ما فإِنَّه يصبر عليه ويرفق به».

(انظر أيضًا: عهد، موت، ذبيحة، خلَّص، خطيَّة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

27: 2 «تُحِبُّ الرَّبَّ إِلهَكَ مِنْ كُلِّ قَلْبِكَ، وَمِنْ كُلِّ نَفْسِكَ، وَمِنْ كُلِّ قُدْرَتِكَ، وَمِنْ كُلِّ فِكْرِكَ. وَقَرِيبَكَ مِثْلَ نَفْسِكَ».
33: 8 «وأمّا البذور بين الشوك تشبه الناس الذين يسمعون كلمة الله ويصدّقونها. ولكن مع مرور الوقت، يختنق حُبَّهم لله بهموم، وغنى، وملذات الحياة».
36: 5 وفيما كان بطرس يتكلّم، جاءت سحابةٌ نيّرة وظَلَّلَتهم، وإذ صوتٌ من السحابة قائلًا، «هذَا هُوَ ابْنِي الْحَبِيبُ. به سُررتُ. لَهُ اسْتمَعُوا».
39: 10 وكلّ من يُحبُّ الحقَّ يستمع إليَّ.
47: 1 وكانت [ليديا] تُحبُّ الله وتَعبُده.
48: 1 عندما خلق الله العالم، كان كلّ شيء كاملًا. لم تكن هنالك خطيَّة. أَحَبَّ آدم وحوّاء كلّ منهما الآخر، وأَحَبَّا الله.
49: 3 فكان [يسوع] يُعَلِّم بأنّه يجب أن تُحبَّ قريبك كما تُحبُّ نفسك.
49: 4 فكان [يسوع] يُعَلِّم أيضًا بأنّه يجب أن تُحبَّ الله أكثر من أيّ شيء آخر، بما في ذلك أموالك.
49: 7 وعلَّمَ يسوع أنّ الله يُحبُّ الخطاة كثيرًا.
49: 9 ولكن الله أَحبَّ العالم كثيراً حتّى أنّه بَذَل ابنه الوحيد، يسوع، فكلّ من يؤمِن به لن يذهب إلى جهنّم بل سيحيا معه إلى الأبد.
49: 13 إنّ الله يحبّك ويريدك أن تؤمن بيسوع حتّى تكون له علاقة معك.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0157, H0158, H0159, H0160, H2245, H2617, H2836, H3039, H4261, H5689, H5690, H5691, H7355, H7356, H7453, H7474, G00250, G00260, G53600, G53610, G53620, G53630, G53650, G53670, G53680, G53690, G53770, G53810, G53820, G53830, G53880

مذبح

Key Terms :: مذبح

التعريف:

كان المذبح بناءً مرتفعًا وعليه قدّم بنو إسرائيل ذبائح ومحرقات كالحيوانات والدقيق تقدمات لله.

في زمن الكتاب المقدَّس، كانت تُقام المذابح البسيطة عن طريق تكوين كومة من التراب المتراكم أو عن طريق وضع حجارة كبيرة بعناية لتكوين كومة ثابتة.
كانت تُصنع أيضًا مذابح خاصَّة مربَّعة الشكل، مكوّنة من الخشب المغشّى بالحديد أو الذهب أو النحاس أو المعدن.
أقامت أيضًا الشعوب التي كانت تعيش بالقرب من بني إسرائيل المذابح لتقديم الذبائح لآلهتها.

(انظر أيضًا: مذبح البخور, الآلهة الزائفة، تقدمة الدقيق، ذبيحة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

3: 14 فبعدما خرج نوح من الفُلك، بنى مذبحًا وقدّم بعضًا من كلّ نوع من البهائم التي يُمكن أن تُستخدم كتقدمات.
5: 8 عندما وصلا إلى موضع التقدمة، ربط إبراهيم ابنَه إسحاق ووضعه على المذبح.
13: 9 ويذبح الكاهن الحيوان ويحرقه على المذبح.
16: 6 فبنى جدعون هناك مذبحًا للربّ بجانب مذبح البعل وقدّم ذبيحة للربِّ.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0741, H2025, H4056, H4196, G10410, G23790

مرائي، رياء، نفاق

Key Terms :: مرائي، رياء، نفاق

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”مُرائي” إلى الشخص الذي يفعل أشياء ليبدو بارًّا، ولكنّه يتصرّف سرًّا بطريقة شرّيرة. تعبير ”رياء” يُشير إلى التصرّف الذي يخدع الناس للتفكير بأنّ الشخص بارٌّ.

يريد المراؤون أن يراهم الآخرون وهم يفعلون الخير، حتّى يعتقد الناس أنّهم أشخاص صالحون.
سينتقد المرائي الآخرين لفعلهم نفس الأشياء الخاطئة التي يفعلها هو بنفسه.
دعا يسوع الفرِّيسيّين بالمرائين، لأنّهم رغم أنّهم تصرّفوا بطريقة بارّة، كارتداء ملابس معيّنة، وتناول أطعمة محدّدة، إلّا أنّهم لم يتصرّفوا بلطف وعدل مع الناس.
يُبيِّن ويُظهر المرائي أخطاء الآخرين، ولكنّه لا يعترف بأخطائه الشخصيّة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يوجد في بعض اللغات تعبير ”شخص ذو وجهين” للإشارة إلى الشخص المرائي أو إلى الرياء.
قد تتضمّن الطُرق الأخرى لترجمة تعبير ”مرائي”، ”منافق” أو ”مُخادع” أو ”متصنّع” أو ”شخص متكبّر ومخادع”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”رياء” إلى ”خِداع” أو ”تصرّفات مزيَّفة” أو ”التصنّع”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0120, H2611, H2612, G05050, G52720, G52730

مسيحيّ

Key Terms :: مسيحيّ

التعريف:

بعد مرور بعض الوقت على صعود يسوع وعودته إلى السماء، صاغ الناس لقب “مسيحيّ“، وأطلقوه على التلاميذ (أيْ المؤمنين بالمسيح)، وهذا الاسم يعني “أتباع المسيح.”

حدثَ ذلك في مدينة أنطاكية حيث دُعيَ أتباع يسوع لأوّل مرّة ”مسيحيّين”.
المسيحيّ هو الشخص الذي يؤمن بأنّ يسوع هو ابن الله، وهو الذي يثق بيسوع كمُخلّص شخصي لحياته يُخلّصه من خطاياه.
في عصرنا الحديث، غالبًا ما يُستخدم تعبير ”مسيحيّ” لشخص يرتبط بالدين المسيحيّ، لكنّه قد لا يتبع بالحقيقة يسوع، أي مسيحيّ بالاسم فقط. ليس هذا هو معنى تعبير ”مسيحيّ” في الكتاب المقدّس.
لأنّ تعبير ”مسيحيّ” في الكتاب المقدّس يشير دائمًا إلى شخص يؤمن حقًّا بيسوع، فإنّ المسيحيّ يُسمّى أيضًا ”مؤمن.”

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”أحد أتباع المسيح” أو ”تابع للمسيح” أو ربّما شيء على غرار ”شخص ملتزم بتعاليم المسيح.”
تأكّد من ترجمة هذا التعبير بطريقة مختلفة عن ترجمة التعابير المستخدمة للتلميذ أو الرسول.
احرص على ترجمة هذا التعبير بكلمة يمكن أن تشير إلى كلّ مَن يؤمن بيسوع ، وليس فقط مجموعات معيّنة.
ضع في اعتبارك أيضًا كيف تمّت ترجمة هذا التعبير في ترجمة الكتاب المقدّس بلغة محلّيّة أو وطنيّة. (انظر: [ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة] (https://preview.door43.org/u/BSOJ/ar_ta/#translate--translate-unknown)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

46: 9 ودُعيَ المؤمنون بيسوع ”مسيحيّين” في أنطاكية أوّلًا.
47: 14 جال بولس وقادة مسيحيّون آخرون مُدنًا كثيرة، مبشّرين بالخبر السارّ ومُعلّمين عن يسوع.
49: 15 إن كنت تؤمن بيسوع وما فعله لأجلك، فأنت مؤمن مسيحيّ!
49: 16 إذا كنت مؤمنًا مسيحيًّا، فإنّ الله قد غفر لك خطاياك بسبب ما فعله يسوع (لأجلك على الصليب).
49: 17 بالرغم من كونك مؤمن مسيحيّ، مع ذلك فإنّك ستُجَرّب وستُغرى لكي تُخطئ.
50: 3 قبل أن يصعد عائدًا إلى السماء، قال يسوع للمؤمنين المسيحيّين بأن يعلنوا الخبر السارّ لأناس لم يسمعوا به قطّ.
50: 11 عندما يعود يسوع، كلّ مؤمن مسيحيّ مات، سيقوم من بين الأموات وسيلتقيه في السماء.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G55460

مشيئة الله

Key Terms :: مشيئة الله

التعريف:

تُشير عبارة “مشيئة الله“ إلى رغبات الله وخططه.

ترتبط مشيئة الله بشكل خاصٍّ بتفاعلاته مع الناس وكيف يريد منهم أن يستجيبوا له.
كما أنَّها تُشير إلى خططه أو رغباته لبقيَّة خليقته.
تعبير “مشيئة“ يعني “رغبة“ أو “إرادة“

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة “مشيئة الله“ إلى “ما يرغب به الله“ أو “ما خطَّط له الله“ أو “غرض الله وهدفه الإلهيّ“ أو “ما يُرضي الله“.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H6310, H6634, H7522, G10120, G10130, G23070, G23080, G23090, G25960

ملاك، رئيس الملائكة

Key Terms :: ملاك، رئيس الملائكة

التعريف:

الملاك هو كائن روحيٌّ قويٌّ خلقه الله. الملائكة معيَّنة لخدمة الله فهي تفعل كلّ ما يطلبه منها. تعبير “رئيس الملائكة“ يُشير إلى الملاك الذي يحكم أو يقود جميع الملائكة الأخرى.

كلمة “ملاك“ تعني حرفيًّا “رسول“.
الملاك الوحيد في الكتاب المقدّس الذي سُمّي “برئيس الملائكة“ هو ميخائيل.
في الكتاب المقدّس، تُرسل الملائكة رسائل من الله إلى الناس، وتتضمّن هذه الرسائل تعليمات عمّا أراد الله أن يفعله الناس.
كما أنّ الملائكة أيضًا أخبرت الناس بأحداث كانت ستحدث في المستقبل، أو بأحداث قد حدثت بالفعل.
تملك الملائكة سلطان الله بصفتها ممثّلة له، وفي بعض الأحيان في الكتاب المقدّس، تحدّثت وكأنّ الله نفسه هو الذي كان يتحدّث.
هناك طُرق أخرى لخدمة الملائكة لله وهي من خلال حماية الناس وتقويتهم.
العبارة المميّزة “ملاك الله/الربّ“، تحمل أكثر من معنى واحد محتمل: (1) قد تعني “الملاك الذي يُمثّل يهوه“ أو “رسول يخدم يهوه (الله)“ (2) قد تُشير إلى الله (يهوه) نفسه، الذي كان يبدو كملاك وهو يكلّم شخصًا ما. قد يُشير أيُّ واحد من هذين المعنيين إلى أنّ الله نفسه هو الذي يتكلّم.
ورد أيضًا في الكتاب المقدّس، تعبير “كروبيم“ للإشارة إلى نوع ملائكة أخرى يرسلها الله.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

طُرق ترجمة كلمة “ملاك“ قد تتضمّن “رسول خادم من الله“ أو “خادم الله السماويّ“ أو “رسول الله الروحيّ“.
تعبير “رئيس الملائكة“ قد يُترجم إلى “الملاك القائد“ أو “قائد الملائكة“.
ابحث أيضًا كيف تُرجمت هذه التعابير في لغة وطنيّة أو أيّ لغة محلّيّة أخرى.
عبارة “ملاك الربّ“ أو “ملاك يهوه“ يُمكن أن تُترجم إلى “ملاك من عند الله“ أو “ملاك أرسله الله“ أو “يهوه (الله) الذي يشبه الملاك“.

(انظر أيضًا: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة

(انظر أيضًا: رئيس، رأس، رسول، ميخائيل، حاكم، خادم)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

2: 12 أقام الله ملاكين كبيرين جدًّا، ليحرسا باب جنّة عدن، حتّى لا يأكل أحد من شجرة الحياة.
22: 3 أجاب الملاك زكريا قائلًا: أرسلني الله لأبشّرك بخبر سارّ.
23: 6 وبغتةً، ظهر ملاك مُضيء لهم (الرعاة)، وخافوا خوفًا عظيمًا. قال الملاك لهم: لا تخافوا فلقد جئت لأبشّركم بخبر سارٍّ.
23: 7 وفجأةً، امتلأت السماوات بالملائكة التي سبّحت الله.
25: 8 ومن ثمّ جاءت الملائكة واعتنت بيسوع.
38: 12 واضطرب يسوع وصار عرقه كقطرات دم، فأرسل الله ملاكًا ليقوّيه.
38: 15 أستطيع أن أطلب من الآب جيشًا من الملائكة لتدافع عنِّي.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0047, H0430, H4397, H4398, H8136, G00320, G07430, G24650

ملكوت الله، ملكوت السماوات

Key Terms :: ملكوت الله، ملكوت السماوات

التعريف:

يشير مصطلحا “ملكوت الله” و“ملكوت السماوات” إلى حُكم الله وسلطانه على شعبه وعلى الخليقة كلّها.

غالبًا ما استخدم اليهود مصطلح “السماء” للإشارة إلى الله، لتجنّب قول اسمه بشكل مباشر. (انظر: الكناية
في إنجيل متّى من العهد الجديد، أشار إلى ملكوت الله بـ “ملكوت السماوات”، ربّما لأنّه كان يكتب في المقام الأوّل لجمهور يهوديّ.
يشير تعبير ملكوت الله إلى أنّ الله يحكم الناس روحيًّا بالإضافة إلى حكمه للعالم المادّيّ.
قال أنبياء العهد القديم إنّ الله سيرسل المسيّا ليحكم بالبرّ. يسوع، ابن الله، هو المسيّا الذي سيحكم ملكوت الله ويسود عليه إلى الأبد.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير “ملكوت الله” على أنّه “حُكم الله (كملك)” أو “عندما يسود الله ويحكم كملك” أو “حُكم الله على كلّ شيء”.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “ملكوت السماوات” على أنّه “حُكم الله من السماء كملك” أو “الله في السماء يحكم” أو “حُكم السماء” أو “إنّ السماء تحكم على كلّ شيء.” إذا لم يكن من الممكن ترجمة هذا ببساطة ووضوح، فيمكن ترجمة عبارة “ملكوت الله” بدلًا من ذلك.
قد يُفضّل بعض المترجمين أن يُضمّنوا في النصّ ملاحظة: “(أي ملكوت الله)” بعد ذِكر عبارة “ملكوت السماوات”.
يمكن أيضًا استخدام حاشية سفليّة لكتاب مقدّس مطبوع لشرح معنى “السماوات” في هذا التعبير.

(انظر أيضًا: الله، السماء، ملك، مملكة، ملك اليهود، يملك)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

24: 2 وكان يوحنّا يكرز لهم قائلًا: “توبوا لأنّه قد اقترب ملكوت الله”.
28: 6 فقال يسوع لتلاميذه: “يعسر أن يدخل غني إلى ملكوت السماوات! نعم، فمرور جمل من ثقب إبرة أيسر من أن يدخل غنيّ إلى ملكوت الله”.
29: 2 فقال يسوع: “لذلك يشبه ملكوت السماوات إنسانًا ملكاً أراد أن يحاسب عبيده”.
34: 1 وبأمثال أخرى كثيرة أخبرهم يسوع عن ملكوت الله. على سبيل المثال، قال يسوع: “يشبه ملكوت السماوات حبّة خردل أخذها إنسان وزرعها في حقله”.
34: 3 قال لهم يسوع مثلًا آخر: “يشبه ملكوت السماوات خميرة أخذتها امرأة وخبّأتها في ثلاثة أكيال دقيق حتى اختمر الجميع”.
34: 4 “يشبه ملكوت السماوات كنزًا مُخفى في حقل، وجده إنسان فأخفاه”.
34: 5 “أيضًا ملكوت الله يشبه لؤلؤة رائعة كثيرة الثمن”.
42: 9 “الذين أراهم أيضًا نفسه حيًّا ببراهين كثيرة، بعد ما تألّم، وهو يظهر لهم أربعين يومًا، ويتكلّم عن الأمور المختصّة بملكوت الله”.
49: 5 قال يسوع إنّ ملكوت الله أثمن من أيّ شيء آخر في العالم.
50: 2 أثناء حياة يسوع على الأرض، قال: “ويكرز تلاميذي ببشارة ملكوت الله للناس في كل أنحاء العالم وثمّ يأتي المنتهى”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G09320, G23160, G37720

مولود ثانيةً، مولود من الله، ولادة جديدة، مولود من فوق

Key Terms :: مولود ثانيةً، مولود من الله، ولادة جديدة، مولود من فوق

التعريف:

استخدم يسوع تعبير ”الولادة من فوق” لأوّل مرّة لوصف ما يعنيه أن يغيّر الله شخصًا ما من ميّت روحيًّا إلى حيّ روحيًّا. يشير التعبيران ”مولود من الله” و”مولود من الروح” أيضًا إلى منح الشخص حياة روحيّة جديدة.

يولد جميع البشر موتى روحيًّا ويحصلون على ”ولادة جديدة” عندما يقبلون يسوع المسيح مخلّصًا لحياتهم.
في لحظة الولادة الروحيّة الجديدة، يبدأ روح الله القدّوس في العيش في المؤمن المسيحيّ الجديد وتمكينه من إنتاج ثمر روحيّ صالح في حياته.
إنّه عمل الله أن يجعل الشخص يولد من جديد ويصبح ابنًا له.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أن تشمل الطرق الأخرى لترجمة ”مولود ثانيةً” ”مخلوقٌ من جديد” أو ”مولود روحيًّا”.
من الأفضل ترجمة هذا التعبير حرفيًّا واستخدام الكلمة التي تُشير إلى الولادة.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”ولادة جديدة” على أنّه ”ولادة روحيّة.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”مولود من الله” على أنّها ”أعطى الله حياة جديدة مثل طفل حديث الولادة” أو ”أعطاه الله حياة ثانية.”
وبنفس الطريقة، يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”مولود من الروح” على أنّها ”أعطى الروح القدس حياة جديدة” أو ”أعطاه الروح القدس القدرة على أن يصبح ابنًا لله” أو ”أعطاه الروح القدس القدرة على أن تكون له حياة جديدة مثل طفل حديث الولادة.”

(انظر أيضًا: الروح القدس، يخلّص)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G03130, G05090, G10800, G38240

مَسَح، ممسوح، مسحة، دَهَن

Key Terms :: مَسَح، ممسوح، مسحة، دَهَن

التعريف:

التعبير ”مسح” يعني أن تَدهن أو تسكب الزيت (الدُهْن) على شخص أو شيء ما. في زمن الكتاب المقدّس، كانت هناك عدّة أسباب لمَسح أو دهْن الشخص بالزيت. كثيرًا ما كان هذا فِعلًا رمزيًّا، يُمثّل تمكين الله للشخص بقوّة الروح القدس لخدمة خاصَّة له.

في العهد القديم، كان يُمسح الكهنة والملوك والأنبيّاء بالزيت لفرزهم لخدمة خاصّة لأجل الله.
كانت الأشياء مثل المذبح أو المَسكن تُمسح بالدهن للدلالة على أنّ هذه الأشياء ستُستخدم لعبادة الله وتمجيده.
في العهد الجديد، كان يُمسح الناس بالدُهْن أو الزيت من أجل نوال الشفاء.
غالبًا ما كان الزيت يُمزج مع الأطياب، لإضفاء رائحة طيّبة وعَطِرة عليه.
سجّل العهد الجديد حادثَتين حيث مَسحت امرأةٌ يسوعً بالزيت الممزوج بالأطياب كفعل عبادة.
يعني اسم ”المسيح” أو ”المسيّا” ”الشخص الممسوح”.
يسوع المسيح هو الذي تمّ اختياره ومَسْحه كنبيّ، ورئيس كهنة، وملك.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

حسب السياق، تعبير مَسح أو دَهن، يُمكن ترجمته إلى “سكب/وضع الزيت على…“ أو “التقديس والتكريس بسكب الزيت أو الدُهْن على…“ أو “تقديس وتكريس“ أو “تعيين وفرز“
حسب السياق، يُمكن ترجمة تعبير “أن يُمسح“ إلى “أن يتقدّس بالزيت“ أو “أن يُعيّن“ أو “أن يُكرّس“ أو “أن يُعطى الروح القدس“.
عبارة مثل “الكاهن الممسوح“، يُمكن ترجمتها إلى “الكاهن الذي قُدَّس وكُرِّس بالدُهْن“ أو “الكاهن الذي فُرز بسكب الزيت عليه“.

(انظر أيضًا: المسيح، تقديس، رئيس الكهنة، ملك اليهود، كاهن، نبيٌّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0047, H0430, H1101, H1878, H3323, H4397, H4398, H4473, H4886, H4888, H4899, H5480, H8136, G00320, G02180, G07430, G14720, G20250, G34620, G55450, G55480

مُختار، اختار، شعب مُختار، المُختار أو المُعَيّن، انتخبَ أو المُنتَخَبْ

Key Terms :: مُختار، اختار، شعب مُختار، المُختار أو المُعَيّن، انتخبَ أو المُنتَخَبْ

التعريف:

إنّ تعبير “المُنتَخَبون” يعني حرفيًّا “المختارون” أو “شعب مُختار”، وهو يشير إلى أولئك الذين عيّنهم الله أو اختارهم وانتقاهم ليكونوا شعبه. “المُختار” أو “المُختار من الله” هو لقب يشير إلى يسوع، الذي هو المسيّا المُختار.

إنّ تعبير “يختار” يعني اختيار أو انتقاء شيء ما أو شخص ما، أو تقرير شيء ما والقضاء به وحسمه. غالبًا ما يُستخدم هذا التعبير للإشارة إلى تعيين الله لأناس ليكونوا خاصّته وليخدموه.
أن تكون “مُختارًا” يعني أن تكون “مُنتقى“ أو”مُعيّنًا“ لتكون شخصًا ما أو لتفعل شيئًا ما.
اختار الله أناسًا ليكونوا مقدّسين ومفروزين منه لغرض حمل ثمار روحيّة صالحة. لهذا السبب يُدعون “المختارون” أو “المُنتَخَبون”.
يُستخدم تعبير “المُختار” أحيانًا في الكتاب المقدّس للإشارة إلى أشخاص معيّنين مثل موسى والملك داود اللذين عيّنهما الله كقادة على شعبه. كما أنّه يُستخدم للإشارة إلى بني إسرائيل كشعب الله المختار.
إنّ كلمة “المُنتَخبون” هي تعبير أكثر قِدَمًا، ويعني حرفيًّا “المختارون” أو “الشعب المختار”. هذه الكلمة في اللغة الأصليّة هي في صيغة الجمع عند الإشارة إلى المؤمنين بالمسيح.
في أحيان كثيرة تمّ استخدام تعبيرَي المُنتَخب والمختار في كلّ من العهدين القديم والجديد للإشارة إلى الأشخاص الذين خلّصهم الله. في العهد الجديد، تُستخدم كلمة منتخب للإشارة إلى الأشخاص الذين خلّصهم الله من خلال الإيمان بيسوع.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكنك أن تترجم كلمة “المختارون” على أنّه “الشعب الذي اختاره الله” أو “الأشخاص الذين عيّنهم الله ليكونوا شعبه.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة “الذين تمّ اختيارهم” على أنّها “الذين تمّ تعيينهم” أو “مَن تمّ اختيارهم”.
يمكن ترجمة “اخترتكَ” على أنّها “عيّنتك” أو “انتقيتك”.
بالإشارة إلى يسوع، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة “المُختار” على أنّه “المختار من الله” أو “المسيّا المُعَيّن خصّيصًا مِن الله” أو “الشخص الذي عيّنه الله (ليُخَلّص الناس).”

(انظر أيضًا: يُعيّن، المسيح)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0970, H0972, H0977, H1262, H1305, H4005, H6901, G01380, G01400, G15860, G15880, G15890, G19510, G37240, G44000, G44010, G47580, G48990, G55000

مُذنِب، ذنب

Key Terms :: مُذنِب، ذنب

التعريف:

يشير مصطلح ”الذنب” إلى حقيقة ارتكاب خطيئة أو جريمة.

أن تكون ”مذنبًا” يعني أنّك فعلت شيئًا خاطئًا من الناحية الأخلاقيّة، أي أنّك عصيت الله.
عكس كلمة ”مذنب” هي كلمة ”بريء”.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

قد تترجم بعض اللّغات ”الذنب” على أنّه ”عبء الخطيئة” أو ”إحصاء الخطايا”.
قد تتضمّن طرق ترجمة ”أن تكون مذنبًا” كلمة أو عبارة تعني ”أن تكون مخطئًا” أو ”أن تفعل شيئًا خاطئًا أخلاقيًّا” أو ”أن ترتكب خطيئة”.

(انظر أيضًا: بريء، إثم، عِقاب، خطيئة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

39: 2 لقد أحضروا شهودًا كثيرين ليفتروا عليه أي (يسوع). لكنّ أقوالهم لم تتّفق مع بعضها البعض، لذلك لم يتمكّن قادة اليهود من إثبات أنّه مُذنب بأيّ شيء.
39: 11 وبعد أن تكلّم بيلاطُس مع يسوع، خرج إلى الجمع وقال: ”لا أجد في هذا الإنسان علّةً”. لكنّ قادة اليهود والجمع صاحوا: ”اصلبه!” فأجاب بيلاطس: ”إنّه ليس مذنبًا”. فصرخوا بصوت أعلى. ثمّ قال بيلاطس مرّة ثالثة: ”ليس فيه علّةً!”
40: 4 لقد صُلب يسوع بين لصّين، أحدهما سخر من يسوع، أمّا الآخر فقال: ”ألا تخاف الله؟ نحن مذنبان، أمّا هذا الرجل فهو بريء”.
49: 10 بسبب خطيئتك، أنت مذنب وتستحقّ الموت.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0816, H0817, H0818, H5352, H5355, H7563, G03380, G17770, G37840, G52670

ناموس، ناموس موسى، ناموس الرّب (يهوه)، ناموس الله

Key Terms :: ناموس، ناموس موسى، ناموس الرّب (يهوه)، ناموس الله

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدّس، تشير كلمة “ناموس” إلى أيّ شيء وكلّ شيء يريد الله من شعبه أن يطيعه ويفعله. ويشير تعبير “ناموس موسى” إلى الوصايا والتعليمات التي أعطاها الله لموسى لكي يطيعها بنو إسرائيل.

بحسب السياق، يمكن أن يشير “الناموس” إلى:
الوصايا العشر التي كتبها الله على لوحي الحجر لبني إسرائيل
جميع النواميس/الشرائع المعطاة إلى موسى
الأسفار الخمسة الأولى من العهد القديم
العهد القديم بأكمله (يُشار إليه في العهد الجديد أيضًا باسم “الكُتُب المقدّسة”)
كلّ تعليمات وتوجيهات الله ومشيئته
تمّ استخدام عبارة “الناموس والأنبياء” في العهد الجديد للإشارة إلى الكتب المقدّسة العبريّة (أو “العهد القديم”)

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة هذه التعابير باستخدام صيغة الجمع، “نواميس” أو “شرائع”، بما أنّها تشير إلى العديد من التعليمات والتوجيهات.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “ناموس موسى” على أنّه “الشرائع التي طلب الله من موسى أن يعطيها لبني إسرائيل”.
بحسب السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة “ناموس موسى” على أنّه “الشريعة التي قالها الله لموسى” أو “شرائع ونواميس الله التي دوّنها موسى” أو “القوانين التي طلب الله من موسى أن يعطيها لبني إسرائيل”.
يمكن أن تتضمّن طُرق ترجمة “الناموس” أو “ناموس الله” أو “شرائع الله”، “قوانين من الله” أو “أوامر الله” أو “القوانين التي أعطاها الله” أو “كلّ ما يأمر به الله” أو “كلّ تعليمات الله وتوجيهاته”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة “شريعة الربّ (يهوه)” على أنّها “نواميس وشرائع الربّ (يهوه)” أو “قوانين قال الربّ أن نطيعها” أو “قوانين وشرائع من الربّ” أو “أشياء أمر بها الربّ”.

(انظر أيضًا: علّم، موسى، الوصايا العشر، شرعيّ، يهوه)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

13: 7 أعطى الله أيضًا الكثير من الشرائع الأخرى لاتّباعها. إذا أطاع الناس هذه الشرائع، فسيباركهم ويحميهم كما وعد، وإن عصوا هذه الشرائع فسيعاقبهم.
13: 9 يمكن لأيّ شخص عصى شريعة الله أن يُحضر حيوان إلى المذبح أمام خيمة الاجتماع ويقدّمها كذبيحة لله.
15: 13 ثمّ ذكّر يشوع الناس بالتزامهم بأن يطيعوا العهد الذي قطعه الله مع بني إسرائيل في سيناء. تعهّدَ الناس بأن يظلّوا مُخلصين لله وأن يتّبعوا شرائعه.
16: 1 بعد موت يشوع، عصى بنو إسرائيل الله ولم يطردوا بقيّة الكنعانيّين أو يطيعوا شرائع الله.
21: 5 في العهد الجديد، سيكتب الله ناموسه على قلوب الناس، وسيعرف الناس الله شخصيًّا، وسيكونون شعبه، وسيغفر لهم الله خطاياهم.
27: 1 فقال يسوع: “ما هو مكتوب في ناموس الله؟”
28: 1 قال له يسوع: “لماذا تدعوني صالحًا؟ ليس أحد صالحًا إلّا واحد وهو الله. ولكن إن أردت أن تفوز بالحياة الأبديّة، عليك أن تطيع شرائع الله”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0430, H1881, H1882, H2706, H2710, H3068, H4687, H4872, H4941, H8451, G23160, G35510, G35650

نبيّ، نبوءة ، يتنبّأ، رائي، نبيّة

Key Terms :: نبيّ، نبوءة ، يتنبّأ، رائي، نبيّة

التعريف:

”النبيّ” هو الرجل الذي يتكلّم برسائل الله للناس. المرأة التي تفعل هذا تدعى ”نبيّة”.

كثيرًا ما حذّر الأنبياء الناس بأن يسيروا مبتعدين عن خطاياهم (أي أن يتوبوا) ويطيعوا الله.
”النبوءة” هي الرسالة التي يتكلّم بها النبيّ. يعني ”التنبّؤ” التكلّم برسائل الله.
غالبًا ما كانت رسالة النبوءة تدور حول شيء سيحدث في المستقبل.
العديد من النبوءات في العهد القديم قد تحقّقت بالفعل.
في الكتاب المقدّس، يُشار أحيانًا إلى مجموعة الكتب التي دوّنها الأنبياء باسم ”الأنبياء”.
على سبيل المثال عبارة ”الناموس والأنبياء” هي طريقة للإشارة إلى جميع الكتب المقدّسة العبريّة، والتي تُعرف أيضًا باسم ”العهد القديم”.
تعبير أقدم للنبيّ هو ”الرائي” أو ”شخص يرى”.
في بعض الأحيان يشير تعبير ”الرائي” إلى نبيّ كذّاب أو إلى شخص يمارس العِرافة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”النبيّ” على أنّه ”المتحدّث باسم الله” أو ”الرجل الذي يتحدّث باسم الله” أو ”الرجل الذي يُخبر برسائل الله”.
يمكن ترجمة ”الرائي” على أنّه ”شخص يرى الرؤى” أو ”رجل منحه الله القدرة على رؤية المستقبل”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”النبيّة” على أنّه ”المتحدّثة باسم الله” أو ”المرأة التي تتكلّم باسم الله” أو ”المرأة التي تُخبر برسائل الله وتتكلّم عنها”.
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق لترجمة كلمة ”نبوءة” ”رسالة من الله” أو ”رسالة النبيّ”.
يمكن ترجمة التعبير ”تنبّأ” على أنّه ”تكلّم بكلمات من الله” أو ”خبّر برسالة الله”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة التعبير المجازيّ ”الناموس والأنبياء” على أنّه ”كُتُب الناموس والأنبياء” أو ”كلّ ما كُتبَ عن الله وشعبه، بما في ذلك شرائع الله وما بشّر به أنبياؤه”. (انظر: [المجاز المُرْسَل] (https://preview.door43.org/u/BSOJ/ar_ta/#translate--figs-synecdoche)
عند الإشارة إلى نبيّ (أو رائي) لإله زائف/وثن، قد يكون من الضروريّ ترجمة هذا على أنّه ”نبيّ كذّاب (رائي)” أو ”نبيّ (رائي) لإله زائف” أو ”نبيّ للإله بعل”، على سبيل المثال.

(انظر أيضًا: بعل، عِرافة، إله زائف، نبيّ كذّاب، يتمّم، شريعة، رؤيا)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

12: 12 عندما رأى بنو إسرائيل أنّ المصريّين قد ماتوا، آمنوا بالله وصدّقوا أنّ موسى كان نبيًّا لله.
13: 17 كان الله غاضبًا جدًّا بشأن ما فعله داود، فأرسل له ناثان النبيّ ليخبره كم كانت خطيئته شرّيرة.
19: 1 عبر تاريخ بني إسرائيل، أرسل إليهم الله أنبياء. سمع الأنبياء رسائل من الله ومن ثمّ أخبروا الناس بهذه الرسائل.
19: 6 جميع الناس من كلّ أرجاء مملكة إسرائيل، من ضمنهم الـ450 نبيًّا للإله بعل، أتوا إلى جبل الكرمل.
19: 17 معظم الوقت، لم يطع الناس الله. غالبًا ما أساءوا معاملة الأنبياء وحتّى أنّهم في بعض الأحيان قتلوهم.
21: 9 تنبّأ النبيّ إشعياء بأنّ المسيح سيولد من عذراء.
43: 5 هذا يتمّم النبوءة التي تنبّأ بها__ النبيّ __ يوئيل والتي قال فيها الله إنّه في الأيّام الأخيرة سأسكب من روحي”.
43: 7 هذا يتمّم النبوءة القائلة ‘لن تترك قدّوسك يرى فسادًا في القبر’.
48: 12 كان موسى نبيًّا عظيمًا نادى بكلمة الله. لكن يسوع هو أعظم نبيّ على الإطلاق، فيسوع هو كلمة الله.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2372, H2374, H4853, H5012, H5013, H5016, H5017, H5029, H5030, H5031, H5197, G24950, G43940, G43950, G43960, G43970, G43980, G55780

نعمة

Key Terms :: نعمة

التعريف:

تشير كلمة ”نعمة” إلى المساعدة أو البركة التي تُمنح لشخص لم يستحقّها.

نعمة الله تُجاه البشر الخُطاة هي عطيّة مجّانيَّة.
يشير مفهوم النعمة أيضًا إلى اللطف والغفران لشخص قد صَنَعَ أمرًا خاطئًا أو أشياء مُسيئة.
إنّ عبارة ”إيجاد النعمة” هي عبارة تعني تلقّي المساعدة والرحمة من الله. وغالبًا ما تتضمّن معنى أنّ الله مسرور بشخص ما ويساعده.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

من الطرق الأخرى التي يمكن أن تترجم بها كلمة ”نعمة” إلى ”اللطف الإلهيّ” أو ”رضا الله” أو ”لطف الله ومغفرته للخطاة” أو ”اللطف الرحيم”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”وجد نعمة في عينيّ الله” على أنّها ”نال رحمة من الله” أو ”ساعده الله برحمة” أو ”أظهر الله فضله عليه” أو ”سُرّ بهِ الله وأعانهُ”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2580, H2587, H2589, H2603, H8467, G21430, G54850, G55430

نفس

Key Terms :: نفس

التعريف:

يمكن أن تُشير كلمة «نفس» إمَّا بشكلٍ عامٍّ إلى الجانب غير المادِّيِّ من الشخص وإمَّا تحديدًا إلى وعي الشخص بنفسه كشخص متميِّز عن الآخرين.

في الكتاب المقدَّس، قد تكون كلمتا «نفس» و «روح» مفهومَيْن مختلفين، أو قد تكونان كلمتَيْن تشيران إلى المفهوم عينه.
حين يموت الإنسان، تترك نفسُه (أو روحُه) جسدَه.
على النقيض من الجسد، يمكن الحديث عن «النفس» على أنَّها الجزء من الإنسان الذي «يتَّصل بالله».
تُستخدم كلمة «النفس» أحيانًا بشكلٍ مجازيٍّ للإشارة إلى الشخص بأكمله. على سبيل المثال، «النفس التي تخطئ» تعني «الشخص الذي يخطئ» أو «تعبت نفسي» تعني «أنا مُتعَب».

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة «النفس» إلى «الذات الداخليَّة» أو «دواخل الشخص».
يمكن ترجمة كلمة «نفسِي» في بعض السياقات إلى «أنا».
تُترجم كلمة «النفس» أحيانًا إلى «الشخص» أو «هو» أو «هي»، وفقًا للسياق.
قد تحتوي بعض اللغات على كلمة واحدة فقط لمفهومَيْ «نفس» و«روح».
العبارة المجازيَّة «مَفْرَقُ النَّفْسِ وَالرُّوحِ» في عبرانيين 4: 12، يمكن أن تعني «تمييز أو كشف دواخل الشخص بعمق».

(أنظر أيضًا: روح)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5082, H5315, H5397, G55900

وَرَث، إرث، ميراث، وريث

Key Terms :: وَرَث، إرث، ميراث، وريث

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير “وَرَث“ إلى الحصول على شيء قيِّم من أحد الوالدين بعد وفاته. قد يُشير التعبير أيضًا إلى الحصول على شيء قيِّم من شخص آخر بسبب علاقة مميّزة مع ذلك الشخص. “الإرث“ هو الأشياء التي ينالها الشخص، و“الوارث/الوريث“ هو الشخص الذي يحصل على الإرث.

الميراث المادِّيِّ الذي قد يحصل عليه الشخص قد يكون مالًا أو أرضًا أو أيّ ممتلكات أخرى.
وعد الله إبراهيم ونسله أن يرثوا أرض كنعان وأن تكون لهم إلى الأبد.
يرتبط الميراث في العهد القديم بأرض الميعاد التي أُعطيت لبني إسرائيل، والتي ترمز إلى أمانة الله، وأمّا في العهد الجديد، يصبح الميراث أكثر روحيّة، حيث يوصف المؤمنون بأنَّهم ورثة مع المسيح، ويرثون ملكوت الله والحياة الأبديّة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

كما هو الحال دائمًا، فكّر أوّلًا ما إذا كانت هناك تعبيرات في اللغة الهدف لمبدأ الميراث أو الوارث، واستخدم هذه التعبيرات.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يُمكن أن تتضمّن طُرق ترجمة تعبير “وَرَث“، “أن يحصل على…“ أو “أن يمتلك“.
طُرق ترجمة “ميراث“ قد تتضمّن “هديَّة موعودة“ أو “حيازة مضمونة“.
تعبير “وارث“ قد يُترجَم باستخدام كلمة أو عبارة تعني “الابن المميّز الذي يحصل على ممتلكات والده“.
تعبير “إرث/ميراث“ قد يُترجَم إلى “بركات موروثة“

(انظر أيضًا: وارث، كنعان، أرض الميعاد، يمتلك)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

4: 6 عندما وصل إبراهيم إلى أرض كنعان، قال الله له: “انظر حولك، أعطيك أنت ونسلك كلّ الأرض التي تراها أمامك ميراثًا.
27: 1 يومًا ما، جاء ناموسيّ يهوديّ إلى يسوع ليختبره قائلًا: “يا معلِّم، ماذا أفعل لأرث الحياة الأبديَّة؟“
35: 3 كان لرجل ابنان، قال الابن الأصغر لوالده: “يا أبي، أريد الآن نصيبي من الميراث! فقسّم الوالد ممتلكاته بين ابنيه الاثنين.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2490, H2506, H3423, H3425, H4181, H5157, H5159, G28160, G28170, G28190, G28200

وَعد، موعد، وَعَدَ، ميثاق

Key Terms :: وَعد، موعد، وَعَدَ، ميثاق

التعريف:

عندما يُستخدم تعبير ”وَعدَ” كفعل فهو يُشير إلى فعل قول الشخص إنَّه سيفعل شيئًا بطريقة بحيث يكون مُلزمًا أن يفعل ما قاله. عندما يُستخدم كاسم، يُشير تعبير ”وَعد” إلى الشيء الذي يُلزم الشخص نفسه بفعله.

يوجد في الكتاب المقدّس الكثير من المواعيد التي قطعها الله مع شعبه.
المواعيد والوعود هي جزء مهمّ من اتفاقيّات رسميّة كالعهد.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”وَعد” إلى ”التزام أو ”ضمانة” أو ”تعهّد”.
يمكن ترجمة ”أن تعد بأن تفعل شيئًا” إلى ”أن تؤكّد لشخص بأنّك ستفعل شيئًا ما” أو ”أن تلتزم بفعل شيء”.

(انظر أيضًا: عهد، قَسم، نِذر)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

3: 15 فقال الله: “أعِد ألّا أعود ألعن الأرض أيضًا من أجل الأشياء الشرّيرة التي يفعلها الإنسان، وألّا أميت الأرض بطوفان، حتّى وإن كان الإنسان شرِّيرًا منذ حداثته.”
3: 16 وضع الله أوّل قوس في السحاب علامة ميثاق. فمتى كانت القوس في السحاب، يتذكّر الله وشعبه الميثاق.
4: 8 كلّم الله إبراهيم ووعده مرّة أخرى، بأنّ نسله يكون كعدد نجوم السماء. آمن إبراهيم بوعد الله.
5: 4 “سارة امرأتك تلد لك ابنًا، ويكون هو ابن الوعد“.
8: 15 انتقلت مواعيد العهد التي أقامها الله مع إبراهيم إلى إسحاق ومن ثمّ إلى يعقوب، ومن ثمّ إلى أبناء يعقوب الاثني عشر وعائلاتهم.
17: 14 مع أنّ داود لم يكن أمينًا لله، بقي الله أمينًا لوعوده.
50: 1 وعد يسوع أن يرجع في نهاية العالم، مع أنّه لم يرجع بعد، ولكنَّه سيفي بوعده.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0559, H0562, H1696, H8569, G18430, G18600, G18610, G18620, G36700, G42790

يتعدّى، يتطاول، تعدّي، معصية، زلّة، إثم

Key Terms :: يتعدّى، يتطاول، تعدّي، معصية، زلّة، إثم

التعريف:

إنّ تعبير ”يتعدّى” يعني أن تعبر خطًّا أو تتجاوز حدًّا. غالبًا ما يُستخدم التعبير مجازيًّا بمعنى أن تعصي أمرًا، أو تكسر قاعدة أو تنتهك ميثاق شرف.

هذا التعبير مشابه جدًّا لكلمة ”التعدّي على ممتلكات الغير”، ولكنّه يُستخدم بشكل عامّ لوصف الانتهاكات ضدّ الله أكثر من استخدامه ضدّ الآخرين.
يمكن أيضًا وصف ”التعدّي” على أنّه ”عبور خطّ”، أيْ تجاوز الحدّ أو الحدود التي تمّ وضعها لخير الشخص ولخير الآخرين.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”أن تتعدّى” إلى ”أن تُخطئ” أو ”تعصي” أو ”تتمرّد”.
إذا كانت آية أو مقطع كتابيّ يستخدم تعبيريْن يعنيان ”الخطيئة” أو ”التعدّي” أو ”الزلّة/التجاوز”، فمن المهمّ، إن أمكن، استخدام طُرق مختلفة لترجمة هذين التعبيرين. عندما يستخدم الكتاب المقدّس تعبيريْن أو أكثر لهما معانٍ متشابهة في نفس السياق، فعادةً ما يكون الغرض من الاستخدام هو التأكيد على ما يُقال أو لإظهار أهمّيّته.

(انظر: التوازي

(انظر أيضًا: يعصي، خطيئة، يتعدّى، إثم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0898, H4603, H4604, H6586, H6588, G04580, G04590, G38450, G38470, G38480, G39280

يجرّب، تجربة

Key Terms :: يجرّب، تجربة

التعريف:

أن تُجرّب شخصًا ما يعني أن تحاول دفع هذا الشخص إلى أن يرغب بفعل شيء خاطئ.

التجربة هي شيء يجعل الشخص يريد أن يفعل شيئًا خاطئًا.
يُجَرّب الناس من طبيعتهم الخاطئة ومِنَ الآخرين.
الشيطان أيضًا يُجرّب الناس (دافعًا إيّاهم) إلى أن يعصوا الله ويخطئوا بحقِّه من خلال القيام بأشياء خاطئة.
جرّب الشيطان يسوع وحاول أن يجعله يقوم بشيء خاطئ، لكنّ يسوع قاوم جميع تجارب الشيطان ولم يُخطئ قطّ.
الشخص الذي ”يُجرّب الله” لا يحاول حمله على فعل شيء خاطئ، لكنّه يستمرّ بعصيان عنيد من جهته، لدرجة أنّ الله يجب أن يردّ عليه بمعاقبته. وهذا ما يسمّى أيضًا بـ”تجربة الله.”

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير “ يُجرّب“ على أنّه “محاولة التسبّب في الخطيئة“ أو “الإغراء/الإغواء“ أو “التسبّب بالرغبة لأحد بأن يخطئ. “
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة “التجارب“، ”الأشياء التي تُجرِّب“ أو "الأشياء التي تُغري وتغوي شخصًا ما وتدفعه لأن يُخطئ“ أو “الأشياء التي تولّد الرغبة في الشخص لأن يفعل شيئًا خاطئًا”.
يمكن ترجمة “أن تُجرّب الله“ إلى “أن تضع الله موضع اختبار“ أو “تختبر الله“ أو “تُجرّب صبر الله“ أو “تجعل الله مضطرًّا إلى المعاقبة“ أو “أن تستمرّ بأن تعصي الله بعناد.”

(انظر أيضًا: يعصي، الشيطان، خطيئة، امتحان)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

25: 1 ثمّ جاء الشيطان إلى يسوع وجرّبه ليجعله يخطئ.
25: 8 لم يستسلم يسوع لتجارب الشيطان، فتركه الشيطان.
38: 11 أخبر يسوع تلاميذه بأن يُصلّوا لكيلا يدخلوا في تجربة.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0974, H4531, H5254, G05510, G15980, G39850, G39860, G39870

يحكم، يدين، يقضي، قضاء، دينونة

Key Terms :: يحكم، يدين، يقضي، قضاء، دينونة

التعريف:

في أحيان كثيرة يشير التعبيران “يدين” و“دينونة” إلى اتّخاذ قرار بشأن ما إذا كان شيء ما جيّدًا أو حكيمًا أو صحيحًا أم لا. ومع ذلك، يمكن أن تشير هذه التعابير أيضًا إلى أعمال يجريها شخص كنتيجة لقرار، عادةً في سياق تقرير إن كان شيء ما سيّئًا أو خاطئًا أو شرّيرًا.

يمكن أن يعني تعبيرا “يدين” و“دينونة” أيضًا “التسبّب في أذى لـ” (عادةً لأنّ الله قد قرّر أنّ أفعال شخص أو شعب ما شرّيرة).
غالبًا ما يشير تعبير “دينونة الله” إلى قراره بإدانة شيء ما أو شخص ما على أنّه خاطئ وشرّير.
تتضمّن دينونة الله عادةً معاقبة الناس على خطاياهم.
إنّ تعبير “يقضي” يمكن أن يعني أيضًا “يدين”. يوجّه الله شعبه ألّا يدينوا بعضهم بعضًا بهذه الطريقة.
معنى آخر هو “التحكيم بين” أو “الحُكم بين”، بمعنى تحديد أيّ شخص هو المناسب في الفصل بين شخصين أو فضّ النزاع بينهما.
في بعض السياقات، “أحكام/أقضية” الله هي ما قرّر الله أنّه حقّ وعدل، فأقضية الله وأحكامه هي أشبه بقراراته أو شرائعه أو تعاليمه ومبادئه.
يمكن أن يشير تعبير “القضاء/الدينونة” إلى القدرة الحكيمة على حساب الأمور وتقديرها ومن ثمّ اتّخاذ القرار فيها. الشخص الذي يفتقر إلى “التقدير/التمييز” في بّت هذه الأمور، لا يملك الحكمة لاتّخاذ قرارات متعقّلة ورشيدة بشأنها.

(انظر أيضًا: مرسوم، قاضي، يوم الدين، عدل، ناموس، شريعة)

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بحسب السياق، يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة أن “تحكم/تقضي” أن تقرّر أو “تدين” أو “تعاقب” أو ”تُصدر مرسومًا يقضي بأمر ما”.
يمكن ترجمة مصطلح “القضاء/الدينونة” على أنّه “عقاب/قصاص” أو “قرار” أو “حُكم” أو “مرسوم” أو “إدانة وتجريم.”
في بعض السياقات، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة “في القضاء” على أنّها “في يوم الدّين (الدينونة)” أو “خلال الوقت الذي يُدين فيه الله الناس ويحاسبهم”.

(انظر أيضًا: مرسوم، قاضي، [عادل](…/(…/kt/justice.md)، [قانون](…/(other/law.md)، ناموس موسى)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

19: 16 حذّر الأنبياء الناس من أنّهم إذا لم يتوقفوا عن فعل الشر وبدأوا في طاعة الله، فإنّ الله سيقضي بأنّهم مذنبين، وسيعاقبهم.
21: 8 الملك هو الشخص أو القائد الذي يحكم على مملكة ويقضي للشعب. سيأتي المسيح وسيكون الملك الكامل الذي سيجلس على عرش سلفه داود. سيحكم على العالم كله إلى الأبد، والذي سيقضي على الدوام بأمانة ويتّخذ القرارات الصحيحة.
39: 4 “فمزّق رئيس الكهنة حينئذ ثيابه (في غضبٍ) قائلا (لقادة الدين الآخرين): “قد جّدف! ما حاجتنا بعد إلى شهود؟ ها قد سمعتم تجديفه!” فما هو حُكمكم عليه؟
50: 14 ولكنّ الله سيدين كلّ مَن لا يؤمن بيسوع. وسيطرحهم (أيْ الأشرار وفاعلي الإثم) في أتون النار، هناك يكون البكاء وصرير الأسنان بعذاب إلى الأبد.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0148, H0430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1780, H1781, H1782, H2940, H4055, H4941, H6414, H6415, H6416, H6417, H6419, H6485, H8196, H8199, H8201, G01440, G03500, G09680, G11060, G12520, G13410, G13450, G13480, G13490, G29170, G29190, G29200, G29220, G29230, G42320

يسوع، يسوع المسيح، المسيح يسوع

Key Terms :: يسوع، يسوع المسيح، المسيح يسوع

حقائق:

يسوع هو ابن الله. اسم “يسوع“ يعني “يهوه (الله) يُخلِّص“. تعبير “المسيح“ هو لقب يعني “الشخص الممسوح“ وهو كلمة أخرى للمسيّا.

غالبًا ما يتمّ الجمع بين الاسمين ليكونا “يسوع المسيح“ أو “المسيح يسوع“. ويؤكِّد هذان الاسمان ويشدّدان على أنَّ ابن الله هو المسيح “المسيّا“، الذي جاء ليخلّص الناس من العقاب الأبديِّ على خطاياهم.
بطريقة معجزيّة، تسبّب الروح القدس في ولادة ابن الله الأبديّ كإنسان. أخبر ملاك أمَّه بأن تدعو اسمه “يسوع“ لأنَّه كان مُعيَّنًا له أن يخلّص الناس من خطاياهم.
صنع يسوع معجزات عدّة كشفت وأعلنت أنَّه هو الله وأنَّه هو المسيح أو المسيّا.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

في العديد من اللغات، تتمّ تهجئة اسم “يسوع“ و“المسيح“ بطريقة بحيث تكون الأصوات أو التهجئة أقرب ما يمكن من اللغة الأصل.
بالنسبة إلى مصطلح “المسيح“، قد يفضّل بعض المترجمين استخدام اسم واحد للإشارة إلى اسم “المسيح“ في ترجمتهم كلّها.
يُمكن ترجمة اسم “يسوع“ إلى “عيسى“ إذا كان هذا الاسم مألوفًا في اللغة الهدف أو إذا كان مستخدمًا في منطقتك.
ابحث أيضًا في كيفيَّة تهجئة هذه الأسماء بلغة محلِّيَّة أو وطنيّة قريبة.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: المسيح، الله، الله الآب، رئيس الكهنة، ملكوت الله، مريم، مُخلِّص، ابن الله)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

22: 4 وقال الملاك: “ها أنت تحبلين وتلدين ابنًا وتسمِّينه يسوع ويكون هو المسيح (المسيّا)“
23: 2 “وتدعو اسمه يسوع (الذي معناه “الله يُخلّص“). لأنَّه يُخلِّص شعبه من خطاياهم
24: 7 وعمّده يوحنَّا (يسوع)، مع أنّ يسوع لم يُخطئ قط.
24: 9 يوجد إله واحد فقط، ولكن سمع يوحنّا الله الآب يتكلّم، ورأى يسوع الابن، وشاهد الروح القدس عندما عمّد يسوع.
25: 8 لم يستسلم يسوع للتجربة، فتركه الشيطان.
**26:8**وجاء يسوع إلى الجليل، فجاءت إليه جموع كثيرة، جلبوا معهم العرج والعمي والخرس والمشلولين وآخرين كثيرين، فشفاهم يسوع.
31: 3 وعندما انتهى يسوع من صلاته ذهب إلى التلاميذ، ومشى على الماء باتِّجاه سفينتهم!
38: 2 عرف (يهوذا) أنّ القادة اليهود أنكروا أنَّ يسوع هو المسيح،، وكانوا يتشاورون لقتله.
40: 8 بموته كرّس يسوع للناس طريقًا ليأتوا من خلاله إلى الله.
42: 11 وارتفع يسوع إلى السماء، وأخذته سحابة عن أعينهم. جلس يسوع عن يمين الله ليملك على كلِّ شيء.
50: 17 __ سيسكن يسوع مع الناس في الأرض الجديدة، وسيملك إلى الأبد على كلّ شيء موجود. وسيمسح كلَّ دمعة من عيونهم، ولا يكون وجع ولا حزن ولا صراخ ولا شرّ ولا ألم والموت لا يكون في ما بعد. سيملك يسوع على مملكته بسلام وحقّ وبرّ، وسيبقى مع شعبه إلى الأبد.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G24240, G55470

يشهد، شاهِدٌ، شهادة، عاين، معاين

Key Terms :: يشهد، شاهِدٌ، شهادة، عاين، معاين

التعريف:

عندما «يشهد» الشخص، فإنَّه يُدلي ببيان عن شيء يعرفه، مدَّعيًا أنَّ بيانه صحيح.

في بعض المَواضع في العهد القديم، تشير كلمة «شهادة» على وجه التحديد إلى لَوحَيْ الحجر اللذين كتب عليهما يهوه وصاياه العشر. وانطلاقًا من هذا الاستخدام، أصبحت الكلمة تشير إلى شريعة الله بالمعنى الأوسع.
في كثير من الأحيان، «يشهد» الشخص عن شيء اختبره مباشرة.
الشاهد الذي يُدلي بـ«شهادة زور» لا يقول الحقيقة عمَّا حدث.
أحيانًا يشير اسم «الشهادة» إلى نبوَّة صرّح بها نبِيٌّ ما.
في العهد الجديد، كانت هذه الكلمة تُستخدم غالبًا للإشارة إلى الطريقة التي شهد بها أتباع يسوع عن أحداث حياته وموته وقيامته.

يشير اسم «شاهد» إلى شخص اختبر شخصيًّا أمرًا ما حدث في وقت سابق. عادةً ما يكون الشاهد هو أيضًا الشخص الذي يشهد على ما يعلم أنَّه صحيح. ويعني فعل «عاينَ» مشاهدةَ شييء ما يحدث. واسم «معاين» يعني «مشاهد لما حدث» أو «شاهد عيان»، أي الشخص الذي رأى حدثًا ما يحدث.

في المحاكمة، «يؤدِّي الشهادة» أو «يشهد» الشاهد.
يُتوقَّع من الشهود أن يقولوا الحقيقة بشأن ما رأوه أو سمعوه.
الشاهد الذي لا يقول الحقيقة بشأن ما حدث يُدعى «شاهد زور». ويُقال إنَّه «يؤدّي شهادة زور» أو «يشهد بالزور».
التعبير «يكون شاهدًا بيني وبينك» يعني كون شيء ما أو شخص ما شاهدًا على أنّ اتفاقًا قد عُقدَ أو أنّ عقدًا قد أُبرِمَ. وعلى الشاهد أن يتأكَّد من أنّ كلّ شخص سينفّذ ما وعد به.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن أن يُترجم فعل «شَهِدَ» أيضًا بمعنى «أَخْبَرَ بالوقائع» أو «أَخْبَرَ بما شُوهد أو سُمع» أو «قال شيئاً من تجربة شخصيّة» أو «أَعْطَى دليلًا» أو «أَخْبَرَ بما حدث».
يُمكن ترجمة اسم «شهادة» إلى «التقرير عمَّا حدث» أو «تصريح بما هو صحيح» أو «دليل» أو «ما قيل» أو «نبوءة».
وحين يُستخدم اسم «الشهادة» بمعنى لوحَي الحجر أو الشريعة، فيُمكنك ترجمتها إلى «لوحا الحجر اللذان كُتبت عليهما وصاياي» أو «شريعة الله» أو «أوامر الله» أو «سِجلّ الميثاق بين الربِّ وإسرائيل».
وعبارة «كشهادة لهم» يُمكن ترجمتها إلى «لِيُبَيِّنَ لَهُمْ مَا هُوَ الْحَقُّ» أو «لِيُثْبِتَ لَهُمْ مَا هُوَ الْحَقُّ».
يُمكن أن تُترجم عبارة «شَهَادَةً عَلَيْهِمْ» إلى «لِيُبَيِّنَ لَهُمْ خَطِيَّتَهُمْ» أو «لِيَفْضَحَ رِيَاءَهُمْ» أو «لِيُثْبِتَ لَهُمْ أَنَّهُمْ عَلَى خَطَأٍ».
يُمكن أن تُترجم عبارة «أدلى بشهادة زور» إلى «قال كلامًا كاذبًا» أو «حَكَى أُمُورًا غير صحيحة».
يُمكن أن يُترجم اسم «شاهِدٌ» أو «معاين» بكلمة أو عبارة معناها «من رآه» أو «من شاهده» أو «من رأى وسمع (تلك الأمور)».
وحينما تُستخدم كلمة «شاهدٌ» لشيء ما وليس لشخص، يُمكن ترجمتها إلى «ضمان» أو «إشارة إلى وعدنا» أو «شيء يشهد على أنَّ هذا صحيح».
يُمكن أن تُترجم عبارة «ستكونون لي شهودًا» أيضًا إلى «ستُخبِرون الناس عنِّي» أو «ستُعلِّمون الناس الحقَّ الذي علَّمتكم إياه» أو «ستُخبِرون الناس بما رأيتموني أفعله وسمعتموني أُعلِّمه».
ويُمكن ترجمة فِعْل «عاين» إلى «أخبر بما شوهد» أو «شهد» أو «صرَّح بما حدث».

(انظر أيضًا: تابوت العهد، ذنب، قاضٍ، نبيّ، حقٌّ)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

39: 2 وفي داخل الدار، قام القادة اليهود بمحاكمة يسوع. وأحضروا العديد من الشهود الذين تكلّموا عنه بالكذب.
39: 4 فمزّق رئيس الكهنة ثيابه من الغضب وصَرَخ، «مَا حَاجَتُنَا بَعْدُ إِلَى شُهُودٍ. هَا قَدْ سَمِعْتُوه يقول إنّه هو إبن الله. ما هو حُكمكم؟»
42: 8 ومكتوب أيضاً أنّ إعلان التوبة لمغفرة الخطايا سيتمّ لجميع فئات الناس، بدءًا من أورشليم. وأنتم شهود لذلك.
43: 7 فَيَسُوعُ هذَا أَقَامَهُ اللهُ’ وَنَحْنُ شُهُودٌ لِذلِكَ.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5707, H5713, H5715, H5749, H6030, H8584, G02670, G12630, G19570, G26490, G31400, G31410, G31420, G31430, G31440, G43030, G48280, G49010, G55750, G55760, G55770, G60200

يصلّي، صلاة

Key Terms :: يصلّي، صلاة

التعريف:

تشير كلمتا «صلَّى» و «صلاة» إلى التحدُّث مع الله. تُستخدم هاتان الكلمتان أيضًا للإشارة إلى الأشخاص الذين يحاولون مخاطبة إله مزيَّف.

يمكن للناس أن يصلُّوا بصمت، مخاطبين الله بأفكارهم، أو يمكنهم أن يصلُّوا بصوتٍ عالٍ، مخاطبين الله بصوتهم. وتُكتب الصلوات أحيانًا، كما كتب داود صلواته في سفر المزامير.
وقد تتضمَّن الصلاة طلب الرحمة من الله والمساعدة في حلِّ مشكلة ما، والحكمة في اتّخاذ قرار ما.
وكثيرًا ما يطلب الناس من الله شفاءَ المرضى أو مساعدته للمحتاجين.
كما يشكر الناس الله ويحمدونه حين يصلُّون له.
تتضمَّن الصلاة الاعتراف بخطايانا أمام الله وطلب الغفران منه.
إن التحدُّث إلى الله يُسمَّى أحيانًا «المناجاة»، إذ تناجي روحُنا روحَ الله ونشاركه مشاعرنا ونستمتع بحضوره.
يمكن ترجمة هذه الكلمة إلى «مخاطبة الله» أو «مناجاة الله». يجب أن تشمل ترجمة هذه الكلمة معنى الصلاة الصامتة.

(أنظر أيضا: إله مزيّف، غفران، تسبيح)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

6: 5 فصلّى إِسْحَاق لأجل رفقة، فسَمَحَ لها الله بأن تَحمِلَ بتوأمين.
13: 12 ولكن موسى تشفّع لأجلهم، وسمع الله صلاته، ولم يفنيهم.
19: 8 ثمّ صلّوا إلى البعل، «يَا بَعْلُ أَجِبْنَا!»
21: 7 والكهنة أيضًا يُصلّون إلى الله من أجل الشعب.
38: 11 فقال يسوع لتلاميذه أن يُصَلُّوا حتّى لا يَقعوا في تجربة.
43: 13 وكان المؤْمِنون يُواظِبُونَ عَلَى تَعْلِيمِ التلاميذ، والشركة، وتناوُل الطعام معاً، والصلاة.
49: 18 إن الله يخبرك بأن تصلِّي، وتدرس كلمته، وتعبده مع المؤمنين المسيحيّين الآخرين، وتخبر الآخرين بما فعله لأجلك.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0559, H0577, H1156, H2470, H3863, H3908, H4994, H6279, H6293, H6419, H6739, H7592, H7878, H7879, H7881, H8034, H8605, G01540, G11620, G11890, G17830, G20650, G21710, G21720, G38700, G43350, G43360

يعترف، اعتراف

Key Terms :: يعترف، اعتراف

التعريف:

أن تعترف يعني أن تقرّ أو تؤكّد أنّ شيئًا ما صحيح. ”الاعتراف” هو بيان أو إقرار بأنّ شيئًا ما صحيح.

يمكن أن يشير مصطلح ”الاعتراف” إلى التصريح بالحقيقة عن الله بجرأة. ويمكن أن يشير أيضًا إلى الاعتراف بأنّنا ارتكبنا خطيئة.
يقول الكتاب المقدّس إنّهُ إذا اعترف الناس بخطاياهم أمام الله فإنّه يَغفر لهم.
كتب يعقوب الرسول في رسالته أنّه عندما يعترف المؤمنون بخطاياهم لبعضهم البعض فإنّ ذلك يؤدّي إلى الشفاء الروحيّ.
كتب بولس الرسول إلى أهل فيلبّي أنّه في يوم من الأيّام سوف يعترف الجميع أو يعلنون أنّ يسوع هو ربّ.
قال بولس أيضًا إنّه إذا اعترف الناس أنّ يسوع هو ربّ وآمنوا أنّ الله أقامه من الأموات، فسوف يخلصون.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، قد تتضمّن طرق ترجمة ”يعترف”، ”يقرّ” أو ”يشهد” أو ”يعلن” أو ”يؤكّد”.
يمكن أن تكون الترجمة المختلفة لكلمة ”اعتراف” على النحو التالي: ”إعلان” أو ”شهادة” أو ”بيان حول ما نؤمن به” أو ”الاعتراف بالخطيئة”.

(انظر أيضًا): شهادة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3034, H8426, G18430, G36700, G36710

يعيّن، عيّن، معيّن

Key Terms :: يعيّن، عيّن، معيّن

التعريف:

يشير التعبيران ”يعيّن” و”عيّنَ” إلى اختيار شخص ما للقيام بمهمّة أو دور محدَّد.

إنّ تعبير ”معيّن” قد تشير أيضًا إلى أن تكون ”مختارًا” لأن تنال شيئاً ما، كما في ”التعيين إلى الحياة الأبديّة”. إنّ كون الناس ”معيّنين إلى الحياة الأبديّة” يعني أنّهم مختارون لينالوا الحياة الأبديّة.
تشير تعبير ”الوقت المعيّن” إلى ”الوقت المختار” أو ”الوقت المُعدّ” من قبل الله لحدوث شيء ما.
قد يعني تعبير ”يعيّن” أيضًا ”يأمُر” أو ”يكلّف” شخصًا ما للقيام بشيء ما.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، إنّ طرق ترجمة تعبير ”يعيّن” قد تتضمّن ”اختيار” أو ”تكليف” أو ”اختيارًا رسميًّا” أو ”تخصيص”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”معيّن” إلى ”مخصّص” أو ”مخطّط له” أو ”مختار على وجه التحديد”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”يتمّ تعيينه” إلى ”يتمّ اختياره”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0561, H0977, H2163, H2296, H2706, H2708, H2710, H3198, H3245, H3259, H3677, H3983, H4150, H4151, H4152, H4483, H4487, H4662, H5324, H5344, H5414, H5567, H5975, H6310, H6485, H6565, H6635, H6680, H6923, H6942, H6966, H7760, H7896, G03220, G06060, G12990, G13030, G19350, G25250, G27490, G42870, G42960, G43840, G49290, G50210, G50870

يغفر، مغفور، غفران، مغفرة، يصفح، صفْح، عفو

Key Terms :: يغفر، مغفور، غفران، مغفرة، يصفح، صفْح، عفو

التعريف:

أن تغفر لشخص ما يعني ألّا تحمل ضغينة في قلبك تجاه هذا الشخص على الرغم من أنّه فعل شيئًا مؤلمًا. “الغفران” هو فعل العفو أو الصفح عن شخص ما أو مسامحته (على خطأ ارتكبه).

غالبا ما يعني أن تغفر شخصاً ما عدم معاقبة ذلك الشخص على شيء فعله بشكل خاطئ.
يمكن استخدام هذا التعبير مجازيًّا ليعني “أن يُلغي”، كما في التعبير “يلغي/ يحذف، أو يشطب ديْنًا، أو يعفي أحدهم من وفاء دَيْنه”.
عندما يعترف الناس بخطاياهم، يغفر لهم الله خطاياهم بناءً على موت يسوع الكفّاريّ على الصليب.
علّم يسوع تلاميذه أن يغفروا للآخرين كما غفر لهم.

كلمتا “صفح” و“عفو” تعنيان أن يغفر ولا يعاقب شخصًا ما على خطيئته.

هاتان الكلمتان لهما نفس معنى “يغفر” ولكنّهما قد تتضمّنا أيضًا معنى قرار رسميّ بعدم معاقبة شخص مذنب.
في قاعة المحكمة، يمكن للقاضي أن يعفو/يصفح عن أو يبرّئ شخصًا وُجدَ مذنبًا بارتكاب جُرمٍ أو جناية.
بالرغم من أنّنا مذنبون بارتكاب الخطيئة، فقد عفا يسوع المسيح عن جزاء عقابنا في جهنّم، بناءً على موته الكفّاريّ على الصليب.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة كلمة “يغفر” على أتّها “يصفح/يعفو” أو“يلغي” أو“يعتق ويُفرج” أو “ألّا يُمسك شيئًا ضدّ (شخص ما)”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “الغفران” بكلمة أو عبارة تعني “ممارسة عدم الاستياء/عدم الامتعاض“ أو “إعلان (شخص ما) على أنّه غير مذنب” أو “عمليّة/فعل العفو.”
إذا كانت اللغة تحتوي على كلمة لقرار رسميّ بالتسامح، فيمكن استخدام هذه الكلمة لترجمة “العفو”.

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

7: 10 لكنّ عيسو كان فعلًا قد سامح يعقوب، وكانا سعيديْن لرؤية أحدهما الآخر مرّة أخرى.
13: 15 بعد ذلك صعد موسى إلى الجبل مرّة أخرى وصلّى لأن يغفر الله للشعب. فسمع الله لموسى و__غفر__لهم.
17: 13 فتاب داود عن خطيّته وغفر له الله.
21: 5 في العهد الجديد، قال الله إنّه سيكتب ناموسه على قلوب الناس، وأنّ الناس سيعرفون الله معرفة شخصيّة، وأنّهم سيكونون شعبًا خاصًّا به، وأنّ الله سيغفر لهم خطاياها.
29:1 ذات يوم سأل بطرس يسوع قائلاً: “يا ربّ، كم مرّة يخطئ إليّ أخي وأنا أغفر له؟”
29:8 كلّ ذلك الديْن تركته لك لأنّك طلبت إليّ (رجوتني).
38:5 ثُمَّ أَخَذَ (يسوع) الْكَأْسَ وَشَكَرَ وَأَعْطَاهُمْ، فَشَرِبُوا مِنْهَا كُلُّهُمْ، وَقَالَ لَهُمْ: “هذَا هُوَ دَمِي الَّذِي لِلْعَهْدِ الْجَدِيدِ، الَّذِي يُسْفَكُ مِنْ أَجْلِ كَثِيرِينَ لمغفرة الخطايا”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5546, H5547, H3722, H5375, H5545, H5547, H7521, G85900, G86300, G54830

يفدي، الفادي، فداء

Key Terms :: يفدي، الفادي، فداء

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”يفدي” إلى إعادة شراء شيء أو شخص كان مملوكًا أو أسيرًا سابقًا. ”الفادي” هو شخص يفتدي شيئًا أو شخصًا.

أعطى الله بني إسرائيل قوانين حول كيفيّة افتداء الناس أو الأشياء. على سبيل المثال، يمكن لشخص ما أن يفتدي شخصًا كان في عبوديّة بدفع الثمن حتّى يتمكّن العبد من التحرّر. تشير كلمة ”فدية” أيضًا إلى هذه الممارسة.
إذا تمّ بيع أرض شخص ما، فيمكن لأحد أقارب ذلك الشخص ”فداء” أو ”شراء” تلك الأرض حتّى تظلّ في العائلة.
تُظهِر هذه الممارسات كيف يفتدي الله الأشخاص الذين هم في عبوديّة للخطيئة. عندما مات على الصليب، دفع يسوع الثمن الكامل لخطايا الناس وفدى كلّ من يؤمنون به لأجل الخلاص. الناس الذين فداهم الله تحرّروا من الخطيئة وعقابها.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

وفقًا للسياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”فداء” إلى ”إعادة الشراء” أو ”الدفع لتحرير (شخص ما) ” أو ”فدية.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”افتداء” إلى ”فدية” أو ”دفع ثمن الحرّيّة” أو ”إعادة الشراء.”
قد يكون لدى بعض اللغات تعبير واحد فقط لترجمة هذه الكلمة. مع ذلك، يمكن أن تعني كلمة ”فدية” أيضًا الدفع اللازم ”لفداء” شيء أو شخص ما.

(انظر أيضًا: حُرّ، فدية)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1350, H1353, H6299, H6302, H6304, H6306, H6561, H7069, G00590, G06290, G18050, G30840, G30850

يهوه ربّ الجنود، إله الجنود، جند السماوات

Key Terms :: يهوه ربّ الجنود، إله الجنود، جند السماوات

التعريف:

إنّ تعبيريّ ”يهوه ربّ الجنود” و”إله الجنود” هما لقبان يعبّران عن سُلطان الله على الآلاف من الملائكة الذين يطيعونه.

يشير تعبيرا ”جنود/ أجناد” إلى عددٍ كبيرٍ من الأشياء، مثل جيش من الناس أو عدد هائل من النجوم. ويمكن أن يشيرا أيضًا إلى جميع الكائنات الروحيّة العديدة، بما في ذلك الأرواح الشرّيرة. ويوضّح السياق ما سيُشار إليه.
تشير التعبيرات المشابهة لـ ”جند السماوات” إلى جميع النجوم والكواكب والأجرام السماويّة الأخرى.
في العهد الجديد، تعني عبارة ”ربّ الجنود” المعنى ذاته لـ”يهوه ربّ الجنود” ولكن لا يمكن ترجمتها بهذه الطريقة لأنّ الكلمة العبريّة ”يهوه” غير مستخدمة في العهد الجديد.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أن تتضمّن طرق ترجمة ”يهوه ربّ الجنود” ”يهوه، الذي يحكم كلّ الملائكة” أو ”يهوه، الحاكم على جيوش الملائكة” أو ”يهوه، حاكم كلّ الخليقة.”
تُرجِمَت كلمة ”ربّ الجنود” في تعبيري ”إله الجنود” و”ربّ الجنود” بنفس الطريقة كما في تعبير ”يهوه ربّ الجنود” أعلاه.
لا تقبل بعض الكنائس استخدام كلمة ”يهوه” وتفضّل استخدام تعبير ”الربّ” بدلًا من ذلك، وفقًا لتقليد العديد من نسخ الكتاب المقدّس. بالنسبة إلى هذه الكنائس، سيتمّ استخدام ترجمة تعبير ”ربّ الجنود” في العهد القديم لـ ”يهوه ربّ الجنود.”

(انظر أيضًا: ملاك، سُلطَان، الله، الربّ، الربّ يهوه، يهوه)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0430, H3068, H6635, G29620, G45190

يَرجو، رجاء

Key Terms :: يَرجو، رجاء

التعريف:

«الرجاء» هو الرغبة الشديدة في حدوث شيء ما. قد يعني التوقُّع المؤكَّد أو غير المؤكَّد فيما يتعلَّق بحدثٍ مستقبليٍّ.

في الكتاب المقدَّس، «رجاء» يعني أيضًا «ثقةً»، كما في «رجائي في الربِّ»، ويشير ذلك إلى التوقُّع الأكيد لنيل ما وعد الله به شعبه.
تعني عبارة «لا رجاء» عدم توقُّع حدوث شيء حسن. وتعني العبارة أيضًا أنّ شيئًا ما لن يحدُث.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن أن يُترجم فِعل «رجا» في بعض السياقات إلى «تَمَنَّى» أو «رغب» أو «توقَّع».
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة «لَا رَجَاءَ لَهُمْ» إلى «لا يتوقَّعون أيَّ شيء حسن» أو «ليس لديهم اطمئنان» أو«هم متأكِّدون من عدم حدوث أيِّ شيء جيِّد».
وعبارة «رجاؤهم عليه» يُمكن ترجمتها أيضًا بـ«يثقون فيه» أو «هم واثقون فيه».
وعبارة «بِكَلَامِهِ رَجَوْتُ» يمكن ترجمتها أيضًا بـ «أنا واثق من أنّ كلمته حقٌّ» أو «كلمته تساعدني على الثقة به» أو «عندما أطيع كلمته فأنا واثق من أنَّني سأكون مباركًا».
يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارات مِثل «رجائي في الله» إلى «أثق في الله» أو «أعلم يقينًا أنَّ الله سيفعل ما وعد به» أو «أنا متأكِّد من أنَّ الله أمين».

(انظر أيضًا: بارك، ثقة، الخير، أطاع، كلمة الله)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0982, H0983, H0986, H2620, H2976, H3175, H3176, H3689, H4009, H4268, H4723, H7663, H7664, H8431, H8615, G00910, G05600, G16790, G16800, G20700

يُبارك، مُبَارَك، بَرَكة، طوبى، مغبوط

Key Terms :: يُبارك، مُبَارَك، بَرَكة، طوبى، مغبوط

التعريف:

أن “تُبارِك” شخصًا ما أو شيئًا ما يعني أن تتسبّب بحدوث أشياء صالحة ومفيدة للشخص أو الشيء الذي ينال البَركة. وتعبير برَكة يرتبط بكلمة “طوبى” والتي تعني “كم هو سعيد الشخص الذي”. كما أنّ تعبير “بَرَكة” يرتبط بكلمتي غبطة ومغبوط اللتين تعنيان سعيد ومسرور وفي حالة من السعادة والهناء.

أن تُبارك شخصًا ما يعني أيضًا التعبير عن الرغبة في حدوث أشياء إيجابيّة ومفيدة لذلك الشخص.
في أزمنة الكتاب المقدّس، غالبًا ما يُعلن الأب بَركة رسميّة على أولاده.
عندما “يبارِك” الناس الله أو يعبّرون عن رغبتهم في أن يُبَارَك الله، فهذا يعني أنّهم يسبّحونه ويحمدونه.
يُستخدم تعبير “يبارِك” أحيانًا لتقديس الطعام قبل تناوله، أو لشكر الله وحمده على الطعام.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

أن “تُبارِك” يمكن أيضًا أن تُتَرجَم إلى أن “تُوفّر بغزارة وفيض لـ” أو “أن تكون لطيفًا جدًّا وإيجابيًّا نحو”.
عبارة “لقد جلب الله بركة عظيمة لـ“ يمكن ترجمتها على أنّها “لقد أعطى الله الكثير من الأشياء الصالحة لـ” أو “لقد وفّر الله بفيض وغنى لـ” أو “لقد تسبّب الله في حدوث الكثير من الأشياء الصالحة لـ”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة “إنّه مُبَارك” على أنّها “سيستفيد كثيرًا” أو “سيختبر أمورًا صالحة” أو “سيجعله الله ينجح ويزدهر”. كما أنّ تعبير “مغبوط” تعني أنّ شخصًا في حالة ارتياح وسرور وحُسن الحال.
إنّ عبارة “طوبى للشخص الذي” يمكن ترجمتها على أنّها “كم هو حسنٌ للشخص الذي…” أو “هنيئًا للشخص الذي…” أو “كم هو سعيد ومغبوط الشخص الذي…”
يمكن ترجمة تعابير مثل “مُبارك هو الربّ” على أنّها “ليُسَبّح الربّ ويُحمَد” أو “سبّحوا الربّ واحمدوه” أو “أنا أسبّح الربّ وأحمده”.
في سياق مُبارَكة الطعام، يمكن ترجمة ذلك على أنّه “شكروا الله على الطعام” أو “سَبّحوا الله وحَمَدَوه على إعطائهم الطعام” أو "قدّسوا الطعام بأن سبّحوا الله وحمدوه عليه.”

(انظر أيضًا: تسبيح)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

1:7 ورأى الله ذلك أنّه حسن وباركها.
1:15 خلق الله آدم وحوّاء على صورته، وباركهما قائلاً لهما “انموا واكثروا واملأوا الأرض”.
1:16 فاستراح الله من جميع أعماله وبارك الله اليوم السابع وقدّسه، لأنّه في ذلك اليوم استراح من عمله.
4:4 سأجعلك عظيمًا، أبارك مُباركيك ولاعنيك ألعنهم. وبسببك تتبارك جميع شعوب الأرض.
4:7 ملكي صادق بارك أبرام قائلًا: ”ليبارك الله العليّ مالك السماوات والأرض أبرام.”
7:3 أراد إسحاق أن يعطي بركته لعيسو.
8:5 حتّى وهو في السجن، بقي يوسف أمينًا لله، فباركه الله.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0833, H0835, H1288, H1289, H1293, G17570, G21270, G21280, G21290, G31060, G31070, G31080, G60500

يُتمّ، تمّم، تمّ، يكمّل، يوفي، يملأ

Key Terms :: يُتمّ، تمّم، تمّ، يكمّل، يوفي، يملأ

التعريف:

مصطلح “يوفي/يُتمّم” يعني أن يُكمل أو ينجز أحد شيئًا كان متوقّعًا.

عندما تتحقّق النبوءة، فهذا يعني أنّ الله يتسبّب في حدوث ما تمّ توقّعه أو التكهّن به في النبوءة.
إذا أوفى شخص بوعد أو نذر، فهذا يعني أنّه يفعل ما وعد به.
الوفاء بمسؤولية يعني القيام بالمهمّة الموكَلة إلى شخص أو المطلوبة منه.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة كلمة “يوفي” على أنّها “ينجز” أو ”يُتمّم“ أو ”يكمّل” أو “يُسبّب حدوث أمر ما” أو “يطيع” أو “يؤدّي/ينجز”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة “قد تمّ هذا” على أنّها “قد تحقّق وأصبح واقعًا” أو “قد تحقّق” أو “قد حدث”.
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة “تمّم”، كما هو الحال في عبارة “تمّم خدمتك”، “أكمل” أو “أدِّ ” أو “مارس” أو “اخدم الآخرين كما دعاك الله أن تفعل.”

(انظر أيضًا: نبيّ، المسيح، دعوة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر

24:4 تمّم يوحنّا ما تكلّم به الأنبياء: “ها أنا أُرسل أمام وجهك ملاكي الذي يهيّئ طريقك قدّامك”.
3: 40 (وَلَمَّا صَلَبُوهُ أيْ الجنود) اقتسموا ثيابه مقترعين عليها، لكي يَتِمَّ مَا قِيلَ بِالنَّبِيِّ: “اقتسموا ثيابي بينهم، وعلى لباسي ألقوا قُرعة”.
42: 7 وقال لهم (يسوع) “هذا هو الكلام الذي كلّمتكم به وأنا بعد معكم أنّه لا بدّ أن يتمّ جميع ما هو مكتوب عنّي في ناموس موسى والأنبياء والمزامير”.
43: 5 لكي يتمّ ما قاله الله على فم النبيّ يوئيل: “ويكون بعد ذلك أنّي أسكب روحي على كلّ بشر…”
43: 7 لكي يتمّ ما قيل بالنبيّ القائل: “لن تدع قدّوسك يرى فسادًا”.
44: 5 مع أنّكم لم تعلموا ماذا كنتم تفعلون، إلّا أنّ الله استخدم أعمالكم لكي يتمّم النبوّات بأنّ المسيح سيتألّم ويموت.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1214, H5487, G10960, G41380

Names

Aaron

Names :: Aaron

Facts:

Aaron was Moses’ older brother. God chose Aaron to be the first high priest for the people of Israel.

Aaron helped Moses speak to Pharaoh about letting the Israelites go free.
While the Israelites were traveling through the desert, Aaron sinned by making an idol for the people to worship.
God also appointed Aaron and his descendants to be the priest priests for the people of Israel.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: priest, Moses, Israel)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

9:15 God warned Moses and Aaron that Pharaoh would be stubborn.
10:5 Pharaoh called Moses and Aaron and told them that if they stopped the plague, the Israelites could leave Egypt.
13:9 God chose Moses’ brother, Aaron, and Aaron’s descendants to be his priests.
13:11 So they (the Israelites) brought gold to Aaron and asked him to form it into an idol for them!
14:7 They (the Israelites) became angry with Moses and Aaron and said, “Oh, why did you bring us to this horrible place?”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0175, G00020

Abel

Names :: Abel

Facts:

Abel was Adam and Eve’s second son. He was Cain’s younger brother.

Abel was a shepherd.
Abel sacrificed some of his animals as an offering to God.
God was pleased with Abel and his offerings.
Adam and Eve’s firstborn son Cain murdered Abel.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Cain, sacrifice, shepherd)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1893, G00060

Abiathar

Names :: Abiathar

Definition:

Abiathar was a high priest for the nation of Israel during the time of King David.

When King Saul killed the priests, Abiathar escaped and went to David in the wilderness.
Abiathar and another high priest named Zadok served David faithfully throughout his reign.
After David’s death, Abiathar helped Adonijah try to become king instead of Solomon.
Because of this, King Solomon removed Abiathar from the priesthood.

(See also: Zadok, Saul (OT), David, Solomon, Adonijah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0054, G00080

Abijah

Names :: Abijah

Facts:

Abijah was a king of Judah who reigned from 915 to 913 B.C. He was a son of King Rehoboam. There were also several other men named Abijah in the Old Testament:

Samuel’s sons Abijah and Joel were leaders over the people of Israel at Beersheba. Because Abijah and his brother were dishonest and greedy, the people asked Samuel to appoint a king to rule them instead.
Abijah was one of the temple priests during the time of King David.
Abijah was one of King Jeroboam’s sons.
Abijah was also a chief priest who returned with Zerubbabel to Jerusalem from the Babylonian captivity.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0029, G00070

Abimelech

Names :: Abimelech

Facts:

Abimelech was a Philistine king over the region of Gerar during the time when Abraham and Isaac were living in the land of Canaan.

Abraham deceived King Abimelech by telling him that Sarah was his sister rather than his wife.
Abraham and Abimelech made an agreement regarding ownership of wells at Beersheba.
Many years later, Isaac also deceived Abimelech and the other men of Gerar by saying that Rebekah was his sister, not his wife.
King Abimelech rebuked Abraham, and later Isaac, for lying to him.
Another man by the name of Abimelech was a son of Gideon and a brother of Jotham. Some translations may use a slightly different spelling of his name to make it clear that he is a different person from King Abimelech.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Beersheba, Gerar, Gideon, Jotham, Philistines)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0040

Abner

Names :: Abner

Definition:

Abner was a cousin of King Saul in the Old Testament.

Abner was the chief commander of Saul’s army, and introduced young David to Saul after David killed Goliath the giant.
After King Saul’s death, Abner appointed Saul’s son Ishbosheth as king in Israel, while David was appointed king in Judah.
Later, Abner was treacherously killed by David’s chief commander, Joab.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0074

Absalom

Names :: Absalom

Facts:

Absalom was the third son of King David. He was known for his handsome appearance and fiery temperament.

When Absalom’s sister Tamar was raped by their half-brother, Amnon, Absalom made a plan to have Amnon killed.
After the murder of Amnon, Absalom fled to the region of Geshur (where his mother Maacah was from) and stayed there three years. Then King David sent for him to come back to Jerusalem, but did not allow Absalom to come into his presence for two years.
Absalom turned some of the people against King David and led a revolt against him.
David’s army fought against Absalom and killed him. David was very grieved when this happened.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Geshur, Amnon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0053

Adonijah

Names :: Adonijah

Definition:

Adonijah was the fourth son of King David.

Adonijah tried to take over as king of Israel after the deaths of his brothers Absalom and Amnon.
God, however, had promised that David’s son Solomon would be king, so Adonijah’s plot was overthrown and Solomon was made king.
When Adonijah tried a second time to make himself king, Solomon put him to death.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: David, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0138

Ahab

Names :: Ahab

Facts:

Ahab was a very evil king who reigned over the northern kingdom of Israel from 875 to 854 BC.

King Ahab influenced the people of Israel to worship false gods.
The prophet Elijah confronted Ahab and told him there would be a severe drought for three and a half years as punishment for the sins that Ahab caused Israel to commit.
Ahab and his wife Jezebel did many other evil things, including using their power to kill innocent people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Baal, Elijah, Jezebel, kingdom of Israel, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

19:2 Elijah was a prophet when Ahab was king over the kingdom of Israel. Ahab was an evil man who encouraged people to worship a false god named Baal.
19:3 Ahab and his army looked for Elijah, but they could not find him.
19:5 After three and a half years, God told Elijah to return to the kingdom of Israel and speak with Ahab because he was going to send rain again.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0256

Ahasuerus

Names :: Ahasuerus

Facts:

Ahasuerus was a king who ruled over the ancient kingdom of Persia for twenty years.

This was during the time the exiled Jews were living in Babylonia, which had come under Persian rule.
Another name for this king may have been Xerxes.
After sending away his queen in a fit of anger, King Ahasuerus later chose a Jewish woman named Esther to be his new wife and queen.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Esther, Ethiopia, exile, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0325

Ahaz

Names :: Ahaz

Definition:

Ahaz was a wicked king who ruled over the kingdom of Judah from 732 BC to 716 BC. This was about 140 years before the time when many people in Israel and Judah were taken as captives to Babylonia.

While he was ruling Judah, Ahaz had an altar built for worshiping the false gods of the Assyrians, which caused the people to turn away from the one true God, Yahweh.
King Ahaz was 20 years old when he started to rule over Judah, and he ruled for 16 years.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Babylon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0271

Ahaziah

Names :: Ahaziah

Facts:

Ahaziah was the name of two kings: one ruled over the kingdom of Israel, and the other ruled over the kingdom of Judah.

Judah’s King Ahaziah was the son of King Jehoram. He reigned for one year (841 B.C.) and then was killed by Jehu. Ahaziah’s young son Joash eventually took his place as king.
Israel’s King Ahaziah was the son of King Ahab. He reigned for two years (850-49 B.C.). He died from injuries suffered in a fall at his palace, and his brother Joram became king.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Jehu, Ahab, Jeroboam, Joash)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0274

Ahijah

Names :: Ahijah

Facts:

Ahijah was the name of several different men in the Old Testament. The following are some of these men:

Ahijah was the name of a priest in the time of Saul.
A man named Ahijah was a secretary during the reign of King Solomon.
Ahijah was the name of a prophet from Shiloh who predicted that the nation of Israel would be divided into two kingdoms.
The father of King Baasha of Israel was also named Ahijah.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Baasha, Shiloh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0281

Ai

Names :: Ai

Facts:

In Old Testament times, Ai was the name of a Canaanite town located just south of Bethel and about 8 km northwest of Jericho.

After defeating Jericho, Joshua led the Israelites in an attack of Ai. But they were easily defeated because God was not pleased with them.
An Israelite named Achan had stolen plunder from Jericho, and God ordered that he and his family be killed. Then God helped the Israelites defeat the people of Ai.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Bethel, Jericho)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5857

Amalek, Amalekite

Names :: Amalek, Amalekite

Facts:

The Amalekites were a nomadic people group who lived throughout the southern part of Canaan, from the Negev desert to the country of Arabia. This people group was descended from Amalek, the grandson of Esau.

The Amalekites were bitter enemies of Israel from the time when Israel first came to live in Canaan.
Sometimes the term “Amalek” is used figuratively to refer to all the Amalekites. (See: synecdoche
In one battle against the Amalekites, when Moses held up his hands, the Israelites were winning. When he got tired and his hands came down, they started losing. So Aaron and Hur helped Moses keep his hands up until the Israelite army had defeated the Amalekites.
Both King Saul and King David led military expeditions against the Amalekites.
After one victory over the Amalekites, Saul disobeyed God by keeping some of the plunder and by not killing the Amalekite king as God had commanded him to do.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Arabia, David, Esau, Negev, Saul (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6002, H6003

Amaziah

Names :: Amaziah

Facts:

Amaziah became king over the kingdom of Judah when his father, King Joash, was murdered.

King Amaziah reigned over Judah for twenty-nine years, from 796 BC to 767 BC.
He was a good king, but he did not destroy the high places where idols were worshiped.
Amaziah eventually put to death all the men who were responsible for the murder of his father.
He defeated the rebellious Edomites and brought them back under the control of the Kingdom of Judah.
He challenged King Jehoash of Israel to a battle, but lost. Part of the walls of Jerusalem were broken down and the silver and gold vessels of the temple were stolen.
Years later King Amaziah turned away from Yahweh and certain men in Jerusalem plotted together and killed him.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Joash, Edom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0558

Ammon, Ammonite

Names :: Ammon, Ammonite

Facts:

The “people of Ammon” or the “Ammonites” were a people group that lived on the east side of the Jordan River across from the Israelites.

The book of Genesis reports that the Ammonite nation was descended from Ben-ammi, who was the son of Lot by his younger daughter.
The term “Ammonitess” refers specifically to a female Ammonite. This could also be translated as “Ammonite woman.”
At one point, the Ammonites hired a prophet named Balaam to curse Israel, but God did not allow him to do it.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: curse, Jordan River, Lot)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5983, H5984, H5985

Amnon

Names :: Amnon

Facts:

Amnon was the oldest son of King David. His mother was King David’s wife Ahinoam.

Amnon raped his half-sister Tamar, who was also Absalom’s sister.
Because of this, Absalom plotted against Amnon and had him killed.

(See also: David, Absalom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0550

Amorite

Names :: Amorite

Facts:

The Amorites were a powerful group of people who inhabited the land of Canaan and lived on both sides of the Jordan River.

Their name means “high one,” which may refer to the mountainous regions where they lived or to the fact that they were known to be very tall.
The book of Genesis reports that the Amorites were descended from Canaan, the grandson of Noah.
The city of Ai was inhabited by Amorites.
God refers to the “sin of the Amorites,” which included their worship of false gods and the sinful practices associated.
Joshua led the Israelites in destroying the Amorites, as God had commanded them to do.

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

15:7 Sometime later, the kings of another people group in Canaan, the Amorites, heard that the Gibeonites had made a peace treaty with the Israelites, so they combined their armies into one large army and attacked Gibeon.
15:8 In the early morning they surprised the Amorite armies and attacked them.
15:9 God fought for Israel that day. He caused the Amorites to be confused and he sent large hailstones that killed many of the Amorites.
15:10 God also caused the sun to stay in one place in the sky so that Israel would have enough time to completely defeat the Amorites.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0567

Amos

Names :: Amos

Facts:

Amos was an Israelite prophet who lived during the time of King Uzziah of Judah.

Before being called as a prophet, Amos was originally a shepherd and fig farmer living in the kingdom of Judah.
Amos prophesied against the prosperous northern kingdom of Israel regarding their unjust treatment of people.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: fig, Judah, kingdom of Israel, shepherd, Uzziah)

Bible References:

Amos 1:1

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5986

Amoz

Names :: Amoz

Facts:

Amoz was the father of the prophet Isaiah.

The only times he is mentioned in the Bible are when Isaiah is identified as the “son of Amoz.”
This name is different from the name of the prophet Amos and should be spelled differently.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Amos, Isaiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0531

Anak, Anakites

Names :: Anak, Anakites

Facts:

Anak is the name of a man whose father was Arba and whose descendents were called “Anakites” or “the Anakim” or “the Anak.”

The Anakites were a very tall people.
The Anakites are a people group who lived in the land that Yahweh promised to give to the Israelites. The Israelites eventually conquered and dispossessed them.
Anak had three sons or descendants who were named Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai.
The name “Anak” is an English transliteration of the Hebrew word for Anak.

(See also: Hebron)

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

Andrew

Names :: Andrew

Facts:

Andrew was one of twelve men whom Jesus chose to be his closest disciples (later called apostles).

Andrew’s brother was Simon Peter. Both of them were fishermen.
Peter and Andrew were fishing in the Sea of Galilee when Jesus called them to be his disciples.
Before Peter and Andrew met Jesus, they had been disciples of John the Baptizer.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: apostle, disciple, the twelve)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G04060

Annas

Names :: Annas

Facts:

Annas was the Jewish high priest in Jerusalem for 10 years, from approximately AD 6 to AD 15. Then he was removed from the high priesthood by the Roman government, although he continued to be an influential leader among the Jews.

Annas was father-in-law to Caiaphas, the official high priest during the ministry of Jesus.
When Jesus was being arrested, Annas’s son-in-law Caiaphas was the official high priest. Annas is also mentioned as a high priest, however, because he was a former high priest who still had power and authority over the people.
During his trial before the Jewish leaders, Jesus was first brought to Annas for questioning.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: high priest, priest)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G04520

Antioch

Names :: Antioch

Facts:

Antioch was the name of two cities in the New Testament. One was in Syria, near the coast of the Mediterranean Sea. The other was in the Roman province of Pisidia, near the city of Colossae.

The local church at Antioch of Syria was the first place where believers in Jesus were called “Christians.” The church there was also active in sending out missionaries to reach the Gentiles.
The leaders of the church in Jerusalem sent a letter to the believers in the church at Antioch in Syria to help them know they didn’t have to keep the Jewish laws in order to be Christians.
Paul, Barnabas and John Mark traveled to the Antioch in Pisidia to share the gospel. Some Jews from other cities came there to stir up trouble, and they tried to kill Paul. But many other people, both Jews and Gentiles, listened to the teaching and believed in Jesus.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Barnabas, Colossae, John Mark, Paul, province, Rome, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G04910

Apollos

Names :: Apollos

Facts:

Apollos was a Jew from the city of Alexandria in Egypt who had a special ability in teaching people about Jesus.

Apollos was well educated in the Hebrew Scriptures and was a gifted speaker.
He was instructed by two Christians in Ephesus named Aquila and Priscilla.
Paul emphasized that he and Apollos, as well as other evangelists and teachers, were working toward the same goal of helping people to believe in Jesus.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Aquila, Ephesus, Priscilla, word of God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G06250

Aquila

Names :: Aquila

Facts:

Aquila was a Jewish Christian from the province of Pontus, a region along the southern coast of the Black Sea.

Aquila and Priscilla lived in Rome, Italy, for a time, but then the Roman emperor, Claudius, forced all Jews to leave Rome.
After that Aquila and Priscilla traveled to Corinth, where they met the apostle Paul.
They worked as tentmakers with Paul and also helped him with his missionary work.
Both Aquila and Priscilla taught believers the truth about Jesus; one of those believers was a gifted teacher named Apollos.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Apollos, Corinth, Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G02070

Arabah

Names :: Arabah

Facts:

The Old Testament term “Arabah” often refers to a very large desert and plains region that includes the valley surrounding the Jordan River and extends south to the northern tip of the Red Sea.

The Israelites traveled through this desert region on their journey from Egypt to the land of Canaan.
The “Sea of the Arabah” could also be translated as “sea located in the Arabah desert region.” This sea is often referred to as the “Salt Sea” or the “Dead Sea.”
The term “arabah” can also be a general reference to any desert region.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: desert, Sea of Reeds, Jordan River, Canaan, Salt Sea, Egypt)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1026, H6160

Arabia, Arabian

Names :: Arabia, Arabian

Facts:

Arabia is the largest peninsula in the world, covering nearly 3,000,000 square kilometers. It is located southeast of Israel, and is bordered by the Red Sea, the Arabian Sea, and the Persian Gulf.

The term “Arabian” is used to refer to someone who lives in Arabia or to something that is connected with Arabia.
The earliest people to live in Arabia were grandchildren of Shem. Other early inhabitants of Arabia included Abraham’s son Ishmael and his descendants, as well as descendants of Esau.
The desert region where the Israelites wandered for 40 years was located in Arabia.
After becoming a believer in Jesus, the apostle Paul spent a few years in the desert of Arabia.
In his letter to the Christians in Galatia, Paul mentioned that Mt. Sinai was located in Arabia.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Esau, Galatia, Ishmael, Shem, Sinai)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6152, H6153, H6163, G06880, G06900

Aram, Aramean, Aramaic, Aram of Damascus

Names :: Aram, Aramean, Aramaic, Aram of Damascus

Definition:

“Aram” was the name of two men in the Old Testament. It was also the name of a region northeast of Canaan, where modern-day Syria is located.

The people living in Aram became known as “Arameans” and spoke “Aramaic.” Jesus and other Jews of his time also spoke Aramaic.
One of Shem’s sons was named Aram. Another man named Aram was a cousin of Rebekah. It is probable that the region of Aram was named after one of these two men.
Aram later became known by the Greek name “Syria.”
The term “Paddan Aram” means “plain of Aram” and this plain was located in the northern part of Aram.
Some of Abraham’s relatives lived in the city of Haran, which was located in “Paddan Aram.”
In the Old Testament, sometimes the terms “Aram” and “Paddan Aram” refer to the same region.
The term “Aram Naharaim” may mean “Aram of Two Rivers.” This region was located in the northern part of Mesopotamia and was to the east of “Paddan Aram.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Mesopotamia, Paddan Aram, Rebekah, Shem, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0130, H0726, H0758, H0761, H0762, H0763, H1834, H7421

Ararat

Names :: Ararat

Facts:

In the Bible, “Ararat” is the name given to a land, a kingdom, and a mountain range.

The “land of Ararat” was probably located in what is now the northeastern part of the country of Turkey.
Ararat is best known as the name of the mountain that Noah’s ark came to rest on after the waters of the great flood began to recede.
In modern times, a mountain called “Mount Ararat” is often thought to be the location of the “mountains of Ararat” in the Bible.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: ark, Noah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0780

Artaxerxes

Names :: Artaxerxes

Facts:

Artaxerxes was a king who reigned over the Persian empire from about 464 to 424 BC.

During Artaxerxes’ reign, the Israelites from Judah were in exile in Babylon, which was under the control of Persia at that time.
Artaxerxes allowed Ezra the priest and other Jewish leaders to leave Babylon and go back to Jerusalem to teach the Israelites the Law of God.
Later during this time, Artaxerxes also allowed his cupbearer Nehemiah to return to Jerusalem to lead the Jews in rebuilding the walls surrounding the city.
Because Babylon was under the rule of Persia, Artaxerxes was sometimes called the “king of Babylon.”
Note that Artaxerxers is not the same person as Xerxes (Ahasuerus).

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahasuerus, Babylon, cupbearer, Ezra, Nehemiah, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0783

Asa

Names :: Asa

Facts:

Asa was a king who ruled over the kingdom of Judah for forty years, from 913 B.C. to 873 B.c.

King Asa was a good king who removed many idols of false gods and caused the Israelites to start worshiping Yahweh again.
Yahweh gave King Asa success in his warfare against other nations.
Later in his reign, however, King Asa stopped trusting Yahweh and became sick with a disease that eventually killed him.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0609

Asaph

Names :: Asaph

Facts:

Asaph was a Levite priest and gifted musician who composed the music for the psalms of King David. He also wrote his own psalms.

Asaph was appointed by King David to be one of three musicians who were responsible for providing songs for worship in the temple. Some of these songs were also prophecies.
Asaph trained his sons and they carried on this responsibility, playing musical instruments and prophesying in the temple.
Some of the musical instruments included the lute, harp, trumpet, and cymbals.
Psalms 50 and 73-83 are said to be from Asaph. It may be that some of these psalms were written by his family members.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: descendant, harp, lute, prophet, psalm, trumpet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0623

Ashdod, Azotus

Names :: Ashdod, Azotus

Facts:

Ashdod was one of the five most important cities of the Philistines. It was located in southwestern Canaan near the Mediterranean Sea, halfway between the cities of Gaza and Joppa.

The temple of the Philistine’s false god Dagon was located in Ashdod.
God severely punished the people of Ashdod when the Philistines stole the ark of the covenant and put it in the pagan temple at Ashdod.
The Greek name for this city was Azotus. It was one of the cities where the evangelist Philip preached the gospel.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ekron, Gath, Gaza, Joppa, Philip, Philistines)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0795, G01080

Asher

Names :: Asher

Facts:

Asher was Jacob’s eighth son. He was Zilpah’s second son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Asher” or “Asher.”
His name sounds similar to a Hebrew word meaning “blessed, happy.”
The tribe of Asher settled in the northwest corner of Canaan, on the Mediterannian Sea. When used as the name of a region of land, the term “Asher” refers to the land given to the tribe of Asher.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Zilpah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0836

Asherah, Asherah pole, Ashtoreth

Names :: Asherah, Asherah pole, Ashtoreth

Definition:

Asherah was the name of a goddess that was worshiped by Canaanite people groups during Old Testament times. “Ashtoreth” may be another name for “Asherah,” or it could be the name of a different goddess that was very similar.

The term “Asherah poles” refers to carved wooden images or carved trees that were made to represent this goddess.
Asherah poles were often set up near altars of the false god Baal, who was thought of as Asherah’s husband. Some people groups worshiped Baal as the sun god and Asherah or Ashtoreth as the moon goddess.
God commanded the Israelites to destroy all the carved images of Asherah.
Some Israelite leaders such as Gideon, King Asa, and King Josiah obeyed God and led the people in destroying these idols.
But other Israelite leaders such as King Solomon, King Manasseh, and King Ahab did not get rid of the Asherah poles and influenced the people to worship these idols.

(See also: false god, Baal, Gideon, image, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0842, H6252, H6253

Ashkelon

Names :: Ashkelon

Facts:

In Bible times, Ashkelon was a major Philistine city located on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea. It still exists in Israel today.

Ashkelon was one of the five most important Philistine cities, along with Ashdod, Ekron, Gath, and Gaza.
The Israelites did not completely conquer the people of Ashkelon, even though the kingdom of Judah occupied its hill country.
Ashkelon remained occupied by the Philistines for hundreds of years.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ashdod, Canaan, Ekron, Gath, Gaza, Philistines, Mediterranean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0831

Assyria, Assyrian, Assyrian Empire

Names :: Assyria, Assyrian, Assyrian Empire

Facts:

Assyria was a powerful nation during the time the Israelites were living in the land of Canaan. The Assyrian Empire was a group of nations ruled by an Assyrian king.

The nation of Assyria was located in a region that is now the northern part of Iraq.
The Assyrians fought against Israel at different times in their history.
In the year 722 BC, the Assyrians completely conquered the kingdom of Israel and forced many of the Israelites to move to Assyria.
The remaining Israelites intermarried with foreigners that the Assyrians had brought into Israel from Samaria. The descendants of those people who intermarried were later called the Samaritans.

(See also: Samaria)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

20:2 So God punished both kingdoms by allowing their enemies to destroy them. The kingdom of Israel was destroyed by the Assyrian Empire, a powerful, cruel nation. The Assyrians killed many people in the kingdom of Israel, took away everything of value, and burned much of the country.
20:3 The Assyrians gathered all the leaders, the rich people, and the people with skills and took them to Assyria.
20:4 Then the Assyrians brought foreigners to live in the land where the kingdom of Israel had been.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0804, H1121

Athaliah

Names :: Athaliah

Facts:

Athaliah was the evil wife of Jehoram king of Judah. She was the granddaughter of the evil King Omri of Israel.

Athaliah’s son Ahaziah became king after Jehoram died.
When her son Ahaziah died, Athaliah made a plan to kill all the rest of the king’s family.
But Athaliah’s young grandson Joash was hidden by his aunt and saved from being killed. After Athaliah had ruled the land for six years, she was killed and Joash became king.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ahaziah, Jehoram, Joash, Omri)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6271

Azariah

Names :: Azariah

Facts:

Azariah was the name of several men in the Old Testament.

One Azariah is best known by his Babylonian name, Abednego. He was one of many Israelites from Judah who were captured by Nebuchadnezzar’s army and taken to live in Babylon. Azariah and his fellow Israelites Hananiah and Mishael refused to worship the Babylonian king, so he had them thrown into a blazing furnace as punishment. But God protected them and they were not harmed at all.
Uzziah king of Judah was also known as “Azariah.”
Another Azariah was an Old Testament high priest.
In the time of the prophet Jeremiah, a man named Azariah wrongly urged the Israelites to disobey God by leaving their homeland.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, Jeremiah, Uzziah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5838

Baal

Names :: Baal

Facts:

“Baal” means “lord” or “master” and was the name of the primary false god that was worshiped by the Canaanites.

There were also local false gods that had “Baal” as part of their names, such as “Baal of Peor.” Sometimes all these gods together are referred to as “the Baals.”
Some people had names that included the word “Baal” in them.
The worship of Baal included evil practices such as sacrificing children and using prostitutes.
At different time periods throughout their history, the Israelites also became deeply involved in Baal worship, following the example of the pagan nations around them.
During the reign of King Ahab, God’s prophet Elijah set up a test to prove to the people that Baal does not exist and that Yahweh is the only true God. As a result, the prophets of Baal were destroyed and the people started worshiping Yahweh again.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ahab, Asherah, Elijah, false god, prostitute, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

19:2 Ahab was an evil man who encouraged people to worship a false god named Baal.
19:6 All the people of the entire kingdom of Israel, including the 450 prophets of Baal, came to Mount Carmel. Elijah said to the people, “How long will you keep changing your mind? If Yahweh is God, serve him! If Baal is God, serve him!”
19:7 Then Elijah said to the prophets of Baal, “Kill a bull and prepare it as a sacrifice, but do not light the fire.”
19:8 Then the prophets of Baal prayed to Baal, “Hear us, O Baal!”
19:12 So the people captured the prophets of Baal. Then Elijah took them away from there and killed them.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1120, G08960

Baasha

Names :: Baasha

Facts:

Baasha was one of Israel’s evil kings, who influenced the Israelites to worship idols.

Baasha was the third king of Israel and reigned for twenty-four years, during the time when Asa was king of Judah.
He was a military commander who became king by killing the previous king, Nadab.
During Baasha’s reign there were many wars between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah, especially with King Asa of Judah.
Baasha’s many sins caused God to eventually remove him from office by his death.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Asa, false god)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1201

Babel

Names :: Babel

Facts:

Babel was a chief city in a region called Shinar in the southern part of Mesopotamia. Shinar was later called Babylonia.

The city of Babel was founded by Ham’s great-grandson, Nimrod, who ruled the region of Shinar.
The people of Shinar became proud and decided to build a tower high enough to reach heaven. This later became known as the “Tower of Babel.”
Because the people building the tower refused to spread out as God had commanded, he confused their languages so that they could not understand one another. This forced them to move away to live in many different places across the earth.
The root meaning of the word for “Babel” is “confusion,” named for when God confused the people’s language.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Ham, Mesopotamia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0894

Balaam

Names :: Balaam

Facts:

Balaam was a pagan prophet whom King Balek hired to curse Israel while they were camped at the Jordan River in northern Moab, preparing to enter the land of Canaan.

Balaam was from the city of Pethor, which was located in the region around the Euphrates River, about 400 miles away from the land of Moab.
The Midianite king, Balek, was afraid of the strength and numbers of the Israelites, so he hired Balaam to curse them.
As Balaam was traveling toward Israel, an angel of God stood in his path so that Balaam’s donkey stopped. God also gave the donkey the ability to speak to Balaam.
God did not allow Balaam to curse the Israelites and commanded him to bless them instead.
Later however, Balaam still brought evil on the Israelites when he influenced them to worship the false god Baal-peor.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: bless, Canaan, curse, donkey, Euphrates River, Jordan River, Midian, Moab, Peor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1109, G09030

Barabbas

Names :: Barabbas

Facts:

Barabbas was a prisoner in Jerusalem at the time when Jesus was arrested.

Barabbas was a criminal who had committed crimes of murder and rebellion against the Roman government.
When Pontius Pilate offered to either release Barabbas or Jesus, the people chose Barabbas.
So Pilate allowed Barabbas to go free, but condemned Jesus to be killed.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Pilate, Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G09120

Barnabas

Names :: Barnabas

Facts:

Barnabas was one of the early Christians who lived during the time of the apostles.

Barnabas was from the Israelite tribe of Levi and was from the island of Cyprus.
When Saul (Paul) became a Christian, Barnabas urged the other believers to accept him as a fellow believer.
Barnabas and Paul traveled together to preach the good news about Jesus in different cities.
His name was Joseph, but he was called “Barnabas,” which means “son of encouragement.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Christian, Cyprus, good news, Levite, Paul)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

46:8 Then a believer named Barnabas took Saul to the apostles and told them how Saul had preached boldly in Damascus.
46:9 Barnabas and Saul went there to teach these new believers more about Jesus and to strengthen the church. I
46:10 One day, while the Christians at Antioch were fasting and praying, the Holy Spirit said to them, “Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul to do the work I have called them to do.” So the church in Antioch prayed for Barnabas and Saul and placed their hands on them.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G09210

Bartholomew

Names :: Bartholomew

Facts:

Bartholomew was one of Jesus’ twelve apostles.

Along with the other apostles, Bartholomew was sent out to preach the gospel and do miracles in Jesus’ name.
He was also one of those who saw Jesus return to heaven.
A few weeks after that, he was with the other apostles in Jerusalem at Pentecost when the Holy Spirit came upon them.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G09180

Baruch

Names :: Baruch

Facts:

Baruch is the name of several men in the Old Testament.

One Baruch (son of Zabbal) worked with Nehemiah to repair the walls of Jerusalem.
Also during the time of Nehemiah, another Baruch (son of Kol-Hozeh) was one of the leaders who settled in Jerusalem after its walls were restored.
A different Baruch (son of Neriah) was an assistant to the prophet Jeremiah, who helped him with various practical tasks such as writing down the messages God gave to Jeremiah and then reading them to the people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: disciple, Jeremiah, Jerusalem, Nehemiah, prophet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1263

Bashan

Names :: Bashan

Facts:

Bashan was a region of land east of the Sea of Galilee. It covered an area that is now part of Syria and the Golan Heights.

An Old Testament city of refuge called “Golan” was located in the region of Bashan.
Bashan was a very fertile region known for its oak trees and pasturing animals.
Genesis 14 records that Bashan was the site of a war between several kings and their nations.
During Israel’s wanderings in the desert after their escape from Egypt, they took possession of part of the region of Bashan.
Years later, King Solomon obtained supplies from that region.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Egypt, oak, Sea of Galilee, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1316

Bathsheba

Names :: Bathsheba

Facts:

Bathsheba was the wife of Uriah, a soldier in King David’s army. After Uriah’s death, she became the wife of David, and the mother of Solomon.

David committed adultery with Bathsheba while she was married to Uriah.
When Bathsheba became pregnant with David’s child, David caused Uriah to be killed in battle.
David then married Bathsheba and she gave birth to their child.
God punished David for his sin by causing the child to die several days after he was born.
Later, Bathsheba gave birth to another son, Solomon, who grew up to become king after David.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: David, Solomon. Uriah)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:10 One day, when all of David’s soldiers were away from home fighting battles, he got up from an afternoon nap and saw a beautiful woman bathing. Her name was Bathsheba.
17:11 A short time later Bathsheba sent a message to David saying that she was pregnant.
17:12 Bathsheba’s husband, a man named Uriah, was one of David’s best soldiers.
17:13 After Uriah was killed, David married Bathsheba.
17:14 Later, David and Bathsheba had another son, and they named him Solomon.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1339

Beelzebul

Names :: Beelzebul

Facts:

Beelzebul is another name for Satan, or the devil. It is also sometimes spelled, “Beelzebub.”

This name literally means “lord of flies” which means “ruler over demons.” But it is best to translate this term close to the original spelling rather than translate the meaning.
It could also be translated as “Beelzebul the devil” to make it clear who is being referred to.
This name is related to the name of the false god “Baal-zebub” of Ekron.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: demon, Ekron, Satan)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G09540

Beersheba

Names :: Beersheba

Facts:

In Old Testament times, Beersheba was a city located about 45 miles southwest of Jerusalem in a desert area that is now called the Negev.

The desert surrounding Beersheba was the wilderness area where Hagar and Ishmael wandered after Abraham sent them away from his tents.
The name of this city means “well of the oath.” It was given this name when Abraham swore an oath to not punish King Abimelech’s men for seizing control of one of Abraham’s wells.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abimelech, Abraham, Hagar, Ishmael, Jerusalem, oath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0884

Benaiah

Names :: Benaiah

Definition:

Benaiah was the name of several men in the Old Testament.

Benaiah son of Jehoiada was one of David’s mighty men. He was a skilled warrior and was put in charge of David’s bodyguards.
When Solomon was being made king, Benaiah helped him overthrow his enemies. He eventually became commander of the Israelite army.
Other men in the Old Testament named Benaiah include three Levites: a priest, a musician, and a descendant of Asaph.

(See also: Asaph, Jehoiada, Levite, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1141

Benjamin, Benjaminite

Names :: Benjamin, Benjaminite

Facts:

Benjamin was Jacob’s twelfth son. He was Rachel’s second son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Benjamin” or “Benjamin” or the “Benjaminites.”
In Hebrew, the name Benjamin means “son of my right hand.”
The tribe of Benjamin settled just northwest of the Dead Sea, north of Jerusalem.
King Saul was from the tribe of Benjamin.
The apostle Paul was from the tribe of Benjamin.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Rachel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1144, G09580

Berea

Names :: Berea

Facts:

In New Testament times, Berea (or Beroea) was a prosperous Greek city in southeast Macedonia, about 80 kilometers south of Thessalonica.

Paul and Silas fled to the city of Berea after their fellow Christians helped them escape from certain Jews who had caused trouble for them in Thessalonica.
When the people living in Berea heard Paul preach, they researched the Scriptures to confirm that what he was telling them was true.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Macedonia, Paul, Silas, Thessalonica)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G09600

Beth Shemesh

Names :: Beth Shemesh

Facts:

Beth Shemesh was the name of a Canaanite city approximately 30 kilometers west of Jerusalem.

The Israelites captured Beth Shemesh during the time of Joshua’s leadership.
Beth Shemesh was a city that was set aside as a place for the Levite priests to live.
When the Philistines were taking the captured ark of the covenant back to Jerusalem, Beth Shemesh was the first city where they stopped with it.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1053

Bethany

Names :: Bethany

Facts:

The town of Bethany was located at the base of the eastern slope of the Mount of Olives, about 2 miles east of Jerusalem.

Bethany was near the road that ran between Jerusalem and Jericho.
Jesus often visited Bethany where his close friends Lazarus, Martha, and Mary lived.
Bethany is especially known as the place where Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G09630

Bethel

Names :: Bethel

Facts:

Bethel was a city located just north of Jerusalem in the land of Canaan. It was formerly called “Luz.”

After receiving God’s promises for the first time, Abram (Abraham) built an altar to God near Bethel. The actual name of the city was not yet Bethel at that time, but it was usually referred to as “Bethel,” which was better known.
When fleeing from his brother Esau, Jacob stayed overnight near this city and slept outdoors on the ground there. While he was sleeping, he had a dream showing angels going up and down a ladder to heaven.
This city did not have the name “Bethel” until after Jacob named it that. To make this clear, some translations may translate it as “Luz (later called Bethel)” in the passages about Abraham, as well as when Jacob first arrives there (before he changed the name).
Bethel is mentioned often in the Old Testament and was a place where many important events happened.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, altar, Jacob, Jerusalem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1008

Bethlehem, Ephrathah

Names :: Bethlehem, Ephrathah

Facts:

Bethlehem was a small city in the land of Israel, near the city of Jerusalem. It was also known as “Ephrathah,” which was probably its original name.

Bethlehem has been called the “city of David,” since King David was born there.
The prophet Micah said that the Messiah would come from “Bethlehem Ephrathah.”
Fulfilling that prophecy, Jesus was born in Bethlehem, many years later.
The name “Bethlehem” means “house of bread” or “house of food.”

(See also: Caleb, David, Micah)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:2 David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem.
21:9 The prophet Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would be born from a virgin. The prophet Micah said that he would be born in the town of Bethlehem.
23:4 Joseph and Mary had to make a long journey from where they lived in Nazareth to Bethlehem because their ancestor was David whose hometown was Bethlehem.
23:6 “The Messiah, the Master, has been born in Bethlehem!”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0376, H0672, H1035, G09650

Bethuel

Names :: Bethuel

Facts:

Bethuel was the son of Abraham’s brother Nahor.

Bethuel was the father of Rebekah and Laban.
There was also a town called Bethuel, which may have been located in southern Judah, not far from the town of Beersheba.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Beersheba, Laban, Nahor, Rebekah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1328

Bilhah

Names :: Bilhah

Facts:

Bilhah was one of Jacob’s wives. She gave birth to Dan and Naphtali, two sons of Jacob whose descendants became tribes of Israel.

Laban gave Bilhah to Rachel as a servant when Rachel married Jacob.
Because Rachel was not having children, she gave Bilhah to Jacob as a wife in order to produce children for her.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Jacob, Rachel, Dan, Naphtali)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1090

Boaz

Names :: Boaz

Facts:

Boaz was an Israelite man who lived during the time when there were judges ruled Israel. He married a Moabite woman named Ruth and became both the great grandfather of King David and an ancestor of Jesus Christ.

He was a relative of an Israelite woman named Naomi who had returned to Israel after her husband and sons died in Moab.
Boaz “redeemed” Naomi’s widowed daughter-in-law Ruth by marrying her and giving her a future with a husband and children.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Moab, redeem, Ruth)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1162

Caesar

Names :: Caesar

Facts:

The term “Caesar” was the name or title used by many of the rulers of the Roman Empire. In the Bible, this name refers to three different Roman rulers.

The first Roman ruler named Caesar was “Caesar Augustus,” who was ruling during the time that Jesus was born.
About thirty years later, at the time when John the Baptist was preaching, Tiberius Caesar was the ruler of the Roman Empire.
Tiberius Caesar was still ruling Rome when Jesus told the people to pay Caesar what was due him and to give to God what is due him.
When Paul appealed to Caesar, this referred to the Roman emperor, Nero, who also had the title “Caesar.”
When “Caesar” is used by itself as a title, it can also be translated as: “the Emperor” or “the Roman Ruler.”
In names such as Caesar Augustus or Tiberius Caesar, “Caesar” can be spelled close to the way a national language spells it.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: king, Paul, Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G25410

Caesarea, Caesarea Philippi

Names :: Caesarea, Caesarea Philippi

Facts:

Caesarea was an important city on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, about 39 km south of Mount Carmel. Caesarea Philippi was a city located in the northeastern part of Israel, near Mount Hermon.

These cities were named for the Caesars who ruled the Roman empire.
The coastal Caesarea became the capital city of the Roman province of Judea around the time of the birth of Jesus.
The apostle Peter first preached to the Gentiles in Caesarea.
Paul sailed from Caesarea to Tarsus and also passed through this city on two of his missionary journeys.
Jesus and his disciples traveled in the region surrounding Caesarea Philippi in Syria. Both cities were named after Herod Philip.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Caesar, Gentile, the sea, Carmel, Mount Hermon, Rome, Tarsus)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G25420, G53760

Caiaphas

Names :: Caiaphas

Facts:

Caiaphas was the high priest of Israel during the time of John the Baptist and Jesus.

Caiaphas played a major role in the trial and condemnation of Jesus.
The high priests Annas and Caiaphas were at the trial of Peter and John when they were arrested after healing a crippled man.
Caiaphas is the one who said that it was better for one man to die for the whole nation than for the whole nation to perish. God caused him to say this as a prophecy about how Jesus would die to save his people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Annas, high priest)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G25330

Cain

Names :: Cain

Facts:

Cain and his younger brother Abel were the first sons of Adam and Eve mentioned in the Bible.

Cain was a farmer who produced food crops while Abel was a sheep herder.
Cain killed his brother Abel in a fit of jealousy because God had accepted Abel’s sacrifice but had not accepted Cain’s sacrifice.
As punishment, God sent him away from Eden and told him that the land would no longer yield crops for him.
God put a mark on Cain’s forehead as a sign that God would protect him from being killed by other people as he wandered.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Adam, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7014, G25350

Caleb

Names :: Caleb

Facts:

Caleb was one of the twelve Israelite spies whom Moses sent to explore the land of Canaan.

He and Joshua told the people to trust God to help them defeat the Canaanites.
Joshua and Caleb were the only men of their generation who were allowed to enter the Promised Land of Canaan.
Caleb requested that the land of Hebron be given to him and his family. He knew that God would help him defeat the people who lived there.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Hebron, Joshua)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

14:4 When the Israelites reached the edge of Canaan, Moses chose twelve men, one from each tribe of Israel. He gave the men instructions to go and spy on the land to see what it was like.
14:6 Immediately Caleb and Joshua, the other two spies, said, “It is true that the people of Canaan are tall and strong, but we can certainly defeat them! God will fight for us!”
14:8 “Except for Joshua and Caleb, everyone who is twenty years old or older will die there and never enter the Promised Land.”

so that they could live at peace in that land.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3612, H3614

Cana

Names :: Cana

Definition:

Cana was a village or town in the province of Galilee, located about nine miles north of Nazareth.

Cana was the hometown of Nathanael, one of the Twelve.
Jesus attended a wedding feast in Cana and performed his first miracle there when he turned water into wine.
Some time after that, Jesus came back to Cana and met an official there from Capernaum who requested healing for his son.

(See also: Capernaum, Galilee, the twelve)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G25800

Canaan, Canaanite

Names :: Canaan, Canaanite

Facts:

Canaan was the son of Ham, who was one of Noah’s sons. The Canaanites were the descendants of Canaan.

The term “Canaan” or the “land of Canaan” also referred to an area of land between the Jordan River and the Mediterranean Sea. It extended south to the border of Egypt and north to the border of Syria.
This land was inhabited by the Canaanites, as well as several other people groups.
God promised to give the land of Canaan to Abraham and his descendants, the Israelites.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ham, Promised Land)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

4:5 He (Abram) took his wife, Sarai, together with all his servants and everything he owned and went to the land God showed him, the land of Canaan.
4:6 When Abram arrived in Canaan God said, “Look all around you. I will give to you and your descendants all the land that you can see as an inheritance.”
4:9 “I give the land of Canaan to your descendants.”
5:3 “I will give you and your descendants the land of Canaan as their possession and I will be their God forever.”
7:8 After twenty years away from his home in Canaan, Jacob returned there with his family, his servants, and all his herds of animals.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3667, H3669, G54780

Capernaum

Names :: Capernaum

Facts:

Capernaum was a fishing village on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee.

Jesus lived in Capernaum whenever he was teaching in Galilee.
Several of his disciples were from Capernaum.
Jesus also did many miracles in this city, including bringing a dead girl back to life.
Capernaum was one of three cities that Jesus publicly rebuked because their people rejected him and did not believe his message. He warned them that God would punish them for their unbelief.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Galilee, Sea of Galilee)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G25840

Carmel, Mount Carmel

Names :: Carmel, Mount Carmel

Facts:

“Mount Carmel” refers to a mountain range that was located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea just north of the Plain of Sharon. Its highest peak is 546 meters high.

There was also a town called “Carmel” located in Judah, south of the Salt Sea.
The wealthy landowner Nabal and his wife Abigail lived near the town of Carmel where David and his men helped guard Nabal’s sheep shearers.
On Mount Carmel, Elijah challenged the prophets of Baal to a contest in order to prove that Yahweh is the only true God.
To make it clear that this wasn’t just a single mountain, “Mount Carmel” could be translated as “mountain on the Carmel mountain range” or “Carmel mountain range.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Baal, Elijah, Judah, Salt Sea)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3760, H3761, H3762

Chaldea, Chaldean

Names :: Chaldea, Chaldean

Facts:

Chaldea was a region in the southern part of Mesopotamia or Babylonia. The people who lived in this region were called Chaldeans.

The city of Ur, where Abraham was from, was located in Chaldea. It is often referred to as “Ur of the Chaldeans.”
King Nebuchadnezzar was one of several Chaldeans who became kings over Babylonia.
After many years, around 600 BC, the term “Chaldean” came to mean “Babylonian.”
In the book of Daniel, the term “Chaldean” also refers to a special class of men who were highly educated and studied the stars.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Babylon, Shinar, Ur)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3679, H3778, H3779, G54660

Cilicia

Names :: Cilicia

Facts:

Cilicia was a small Roman province located in the southeastern part of what is now the modern-day country of Turkey. It borders the Aegean Sea.

The apostle Paul was a citizen from the city of Tarsus located in Cilicia.
Paul spent several years in Cilicia after his encounter with Jesus on the road to Damascus.
Some of the Jews from Cilicia were among those who confronted Stephen and influenced the people to stone him to death.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Paul, Stephen, Tarsus)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G27910

Colossae, Colossians

Names :: Colossae, Colossians

Facts:

In New Testament times, Colossae was a city located in the Roman province of Phrygia, an area of land that is now southwestern Turkey. The Colossians were the people who lived in Colossae.

Located about 100 miles inland from the Mediterranean Sea, Colossae was on an important trade route between the city of Ephesus and the Euphrates River.
While in prison in Rome, Paul wrote a letter to the “Colossians” to correct false teachings among the believers at Colossae.
When he wrote this letter, Paul had not visited the church at Colossae, but had heard about the believers there from his coworker, Epaphras.
Epaphras was probably the Christian worker who started the church at Colossae.
The book of Philemon was a letter by Paul addressed to a slave owner in Colossae.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ephesus, Paul)

Bible References:

Colossians 1:3

Word Data:

Strong’s: G28570

Corinth, Corinthians

Names :: Corinth, Corinthians

Facts:

Corinth was a city in the country of Greece, about 50 miles west of Athens. The Corinthians were the people who lived at Corinth.

Corinth was the location of one of the early Christian churches.
The New Testament books, 1 Corinthians and 2 Corinthians were letters written by Paul to the Christians living in Corinth.
On his first missionary journey, Paul stayed in Corinth for approximately 18 months.
Paul met the believers Aquila and Priscilla while in Corinth.
Other early church leaders associated with Corinth include Timothy, Titus, Apollos, and Silas.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Apollos, Timothy, Titus)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G28810, G28820

Cornelius

Names :: Cornelius

Facts:

Cornelius was a Gentile, or non-Jewish man, who was a military officer in the Roman army.

He prayed regularly to God and was very generous in giving to the poor.
When Cornelius and his family heard the apostle Peter explain the gospel, they became believers in Jesus.
The people of Cornelius’ household were the first non-Jewish people to become believers.
This showed Jesus’ followers that he had come to save all people, including Gentiles.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: apostle, believe, Gentile, good news, Greek, centurion)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G28830

Crete, Cretan

Names :: Crete, Cretan

Facts:

Crete is an island that is located off the southern coast of Greece. A “Cretan” is someone who lives on this island.

The apostle Paul traveled to the island of Crete during his missionary journeys.
Paul left his co-worker Titus on Crete to teach the Christians and to help appoint leaders for the church there.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G29120, G29140

Cush

Names :: Cush

Facts:

Cush was the oldest son of Noah’s son Ham. He was also the ancestor of Nimrod. Two of his brothers were named Egypt and Canaan.

In Old Testament times, “Cush” was the name of a large region of land south of Israel. It is probable that the land was named after Ham’s son Cush.
The ancient region of Cush covered an area of land that may have, at different times, included parts of the modern-day countries of Sudan, Egypt, Ethiopia, and possibly, Saudi Arabia.
Another man named Cush is mentioned in the Psalms. He was a Benjamite.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Arabia, Canaan, Egypt, Ethiopia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3568, H3569, H3570, 3571

Cyprus

Names :: Cyprus

Facts:

Cyprus is an island in the Mediterranean Sea, about 64 kilometers south of the modern-day country of Turkey.

Barnabas was from Cyprus so it is probable that his cousin John Mark was also from there.
Paul and Barnabas preached together on the island of Cyprus at the beginning of their first missionary journey. John Mark came along to help them on that trip.
Later on, Barnabas and Mark visited Cyprus again.
In the Old Testament, Cyprus is mentioned as being a rich source of cypress trees.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Barnabas, John Mark, the sea)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G29530, G29540

Cyrene

Names :: Cyrene

Facts:

Cyrene was a Greek city on the north coast of Africa on the Mediterranean Sea, directly south of the island of Crete.

In New Testament times, both Jews and Christians lived in Cyrene.
Cyrene is probably most well-known in the Bible as the home city of a man named Simon who carried the cross of Jesus.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Crete)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G29560, G29570

Cyrus

Names :: Cyrus

Facts:

Cyrus was a Persian king who founded the Persian empire in about 550 BC, through military conquest. In history he was also known as Cyrus the Great.

King Cyrus conquered the city of Babylon, which led to the release of the Israelites who had been kept in exile there.
Cyrus was known for his tolerant attitude toward the people of the nations he conquered. His kindness toward the Jews led to the rebuilding of the Jerusalem temple after the exile.
Cyrus was reigning during the time when Daniel, Ezra, and Nehemiah were living.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Daniel, Darius, Ezra, Nehemiah, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3566

Damascus

Names :: Damascus

Facts:

Damascus is the capital city of the country of Syria. It is still in the same location as it was in Bible times.

Damascus is one of the oldest, continuously inhabited cities in the world.
During the time of Abraham, Damascus was the capital of the Aram kingdom (located in what is now Syria).
Throughout the Old Testament, there are many references to the interactions between the inhabitants of Damascus and the people of Israel.
Several biblical prophecies predict the destruction of Damascus. These prophecies may have been fulfilled when Assyria destroyed the city during Old Testament times, or there may be also be a future, more complete destruction of this city.
In the New Testament, the Pharisee Saul (later known as Paul) was on his way to arrest Christians in the city of Damascus when Jesus confronted him and caused him to become a believer.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Aram, Assyria, believe, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1834, G11540

Dan

Names :: Dan

Facts:

Dan was Jacob’s fifth son. He was Bilhah’s first son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

His name sounds similar to the Hebrew word for “judge.”
The tribe of Dan settled in the northern part of Canaan. When used as the name of a region of land, the term “Dan” refers to the land given to the tribe of Dan.
“Dan” was also the name an Israelite city located about 60 miles north of Jerusalem. In the Old Testament times, the city of Dan served as a landmark for the northern boundary of the country of Israel, opposite the city of Beersheba as a landmark for the southern boundary.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Bilhah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1835, H1839, H2051

Daniel

Names :: Daniel

Facts:

Daniel was an Israelite prophet who as a young man was taken captive by the Babylonian king Nebuchadnezzar around 600 BC.

This was during the time that many other Israelites from Judah were held captive in Babylon for 70 years.
Daniel was given the Babylonian name Belteshazzar.
Daniel was an honorable and righteous young man who obeyed God.
God enabled Daniel to interpret several dreams or visions for the Babylonian kings.
Because of this ability and because of his honorable character, Daniel was given a high leadership position in the Babylonian empire.
Many years later, Daniels enemies tricked the Babylonian king Darius into making a law forbidding the worship of anyone except the king. Daniel continued to pray to God, so he was arrested and thrown into a den of lions. But God rescued him and he was not harmed at all.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Nebuchadnezzar)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1840, H1841, G11580

Darius

Names :: Darius

Facts:

Darius was the name of several kings of Persia. It is possible that “Darius” was a title rather than a name.

“Darius the Mede” was the king who was tricked into having the prophet Daniel thrown into a lion’s den as punishment for worshiping God.
“Darius the Persian” helped facilitate the reconstruction of the temple in Jerusalem during the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Persia, Babylon, Daniel, Ezra, Nehemiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1867, H1868

David

Names :: David

Facts:

David was the second king of Israel and he loved and served God. He was the main writer of the book of Psalms.

When David was still a young boy caring for his family’s sheep, God chose him to become the next king of Israel.
David became a great fighter and led the Israelite army in battles against their enemies. His defeat of Goliath the Philistine is well known.
King Saul tried to kill David, but God protected him, and made him king after Saul’s death.
David committed a terrible sin, but he repented and God forgave him.
Jesus, the Messiah, is called the “Son of David” because he is a descendant of King David.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Goliath, Philistines, Saul (OT))

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:2 God chose a young Israelite named David to be king after Saul. David was a shepherd from the town of Bethlehem. … David was a humble and righteous man who trusted and obeyed God.
17:3 David was also a great soldier and leader. When David was still a young man, he fought against a giant named Goliath.
17:4 Saul became jealous of the people’s love for David. Saul tried many times to kill him, so David hid from Saul.
17:5 God blessed David and made him successful. David fought many battles and God helped him defeat Israel’s enemies.
17:6 David wanted to build a temple where all the Israelites could worship God and offer him sacrifices.
17:9 David ruled with justice and faithfulness for many years, and God blessed him. However, toward the end of his life he sinned terribly against God.
17:13 God was very angry about what David had done, so he sent the prophet Nathan to tell David how evil his sin was. David repented of his sin and God forgave him. For the rest of his life, David followed and obeyed God, even in difficult times.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1732, G11380

Delilah

Names :: Delilah

Facts:

Delilah was a Philistine woman who was loved by Samson, but was not his wife.

Delilah loved money more than she loved Samson.
The Philistines bribed Delilah to trick Samson into telling her how he could be made weak. When his strength was gone, the Philistines captured him.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: bribe, Philistines, Samson)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1807

Eden, garden of Eden

Names :: Eden, garden of Eden

Facts:

In ancient times, Eden was a region that had a garden where God placed the first man and woman to live.

The garden where Adam and Eve lived was only part of Eden.
The exact location of the region of Eden is not certain, but the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers were flowing through it.
The word “Eden” comes from a Hebrew word meaning to “take great delight in.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Adam, Euphrates River, Eve)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5729, H5731

Edom, Edomite, Idumea

Names :: Edom, Edomite, Idumea

Facts:

Edom was another name for Esau. The region where he lived also became known as “Edom” and later, “Idumea.” The “Edomites” were his descendants.

The region of Edom changed locations over time. It was mostly located to the south of Israel and eventually extended into southern Judah.
During New Testament times, Edom covered the southern half of the province of Judea. The Greeks called it “Idumea.”
The name “Edom” means “red,” which may refer to the fact that Esau was covered with red hair when he was born. Or it may refer to the red lentil stew that Esau traded his birthright for.
In the Old Testament, the country of Edom is often mentioned as an enemy of Israel.
The entire book of Obadiah is about the destruction of Edom. Other Old Testament prophets also spoke negative prophecies against Edom.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: adversary, birthright, Esau, Obadiah, prophet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0123, H0130, H8165, G24010

Egypt, Egyptian

Names :: Egypt, Egyptian

Facts:

Egypt is a country in the northeast part of Africa, to the southwest of the land of Canaan. An Egyptian is a person who is from the country of Egypt.

In ancient times, Egypt was a powerful and wealthy country.
Ancient Egypt was divided into two parts, Lower Egypt (northern part where the Nile River flowed downward into the sea) and Upper Egypt (southern part). In the Old Testament, these parts are referred to as “Egypt” and “Pathros” in the original language text.
Several times when there was little food in Canaan, Israel’s patriarchs traveled to Egypt to buy food for their families.
For several hundred years, the Israelites were slaves in Egypt.
Joseph and Mary went down to Egypt with the young child Jesus, to escape from Herod the Great.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:4 The slave traders took Joseph to Egypt. Egypt was a large, powerful country located along the Nile River.
8:8 Pharaoh was so impressed with Joseph that he appointed him to be the second most powerful man in all of Egypt!
8:11 So Jacob sent his older sons to __Egypt __ to buy food.
8:14 Even though Jacob was an old man, he moved to Egypt with all of his family, and they all lived there.
9:1 After Joseph died, all of his relatives stayed in Egypt.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4713, H4714, G01240, G01250

Ekron, Ekronites

Names :: Ekron, Ekronites

Facts:

Ekron was a major city of the Philistines, located nine miles inland from the Mediterranean Sea.

A temple of the false god Baal-zebub was located at Ekron.
When the Philistines captured the ark of the covenant, they took it to Ashdod and then moved it to Gath and Ekron because God kept causing people to get sick and die in whatever city the ark was taken to. Finally the Philistines sent the ark back to Israel.
When King Ahaziah fell through the roof of his house and injured himself, he sinned by trying to find out from the false god Baal-zebub of Ekron as to whether or not he would die from his injuries. Because of this sin, Yahweh said that he would die.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6138, H6139

Elam, Elamites

Names :: Elam, Elamites

Facts:

Elam was a son of Shem and a grandson of Noah.

The descendants of Elam were called “Elamites,” and they lived in a region that was also called “Elam.”
The region of Elam was located southeast of the Tigris River in what is now western Iran.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Noah, Shem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5867, H5962, G16390

Eleazar

Names :: Eleazar

Facts:

Eleazar was the name of several men in the Bible.

Eleazar was the third son of Moses’ brother Aaron. After Aaron died, Eleazar became the high priest in Israel.
Eleazar was also the name of one of David’s “mighty men.”
Another Eleazar was one of Jesus’ ancestors.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Aaron, high priest, David, mighty)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0499, G16480

Eliakim

Names :: Eliakim

Facts:

Eliakim was the name of two men in the Old Testament.

One man named Eliakim was the manager of the palace under King Hezekiah.
Another man named Eliakim was a son of King Josiah. He was made king of Judah by the Egyptian pharaoh Necho.
Necho changed Eliakim’s name to Jehoiakim.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Hezekiah, Jehoiakim, Josiah, Pharaoh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0471, G16620

Elisha

Names :: Elisha

Facts:

Elisha was a prophet in Israel during the reigns of several kings of Israel: Ahab, Ahaziah, Jehoram, Jehu, Jehoahaz, and Jehoash.

God told the prophet Elijah to anoint Elisha as prophet.
When Elijah was taken to heaven in a fiery chariot, Elisha became God’s prophet to the kings of Israel.
Elisha did many miracles, including healing a man from Syria who had leprosy and raising from the dead the son of a woman from Shunem.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Elijah, Naaman, prophet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0477

Elizabeth

Names :: Elizabeth

Facts:

Elizabeth was the mother of John the Baptist. Her husband’s name was Zechariah.

Zechariah and Elizabeth had never been able to have children, but in their old age, God promised Zechariah that Elizabeth would bear him a son.
God kept his promise, and soon Zechariah and Elizabeth were able to conceive, and she gave birth to a son. They named the baby John.
Elizabeth was also a relative of Mary, Jesus’ mother.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: John (the Baptist), Zechariah (NT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G16650

En Gedi

Names :: En Gedi

Definition:

En Gedi was the name of a city in the wilderness of Judah southeast of Jerusalem.

En Gedi was located on the western bank of the Salt Sea.
Part of its name means “fountain,” referring to a spring which watered the city.
En Gedi was known for having beautiful vineyards and other fertile land, probably due to the continual watering by the spring of water.
There were strongholds in En Gedi which David fled to when he was being chased by King Saul.

(See also: David, desert, fountain, Judah, rest, Salt Sea, Saul (OT), stronghold, vineyard)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5872

Enoch

Names :: Enoch

Facts:

Enoch was the name of two men in the Old Testament.

One man named Enoch was descended from Seth. He was the great grandfather of Noah.
This Enoch had a close relationship with God and when he was 365 years old, God took him to heaven while he was still alive.
A different man named Enoch was a son of Cain.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Cain, Seth)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2585, G18020

Ephraim, Ephraimite

Names :: Ephraim, Ephraimite

Facts:

Ephraim was the younger son of Joseph. His descendants, the Ephraimites, formed one of the tribes of Israel.

The name Ephriam sounds like the Hebrew word meaning “to make fruitful.”
The tribe of Ephraim was one of the ten tribes located in the northern part of Israel.
Sometimes the name Ephraim is used in the Bible to refer to the whole northern kingdom of Israel (similar to how the name Judah is sometimes used to refer to the whole southern kingdom of Israel).

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0669, H0673, G21870

Ephrath, Ephrathah

Names :: Ephrath, Ephrathah

Facts:

The name “Ephrathah” refers to a clan of Judah as well as to the territory that they occupied, which was centered around the town of Bethlehem. Sometimes the name is shortened to “Ephrath.”

The clan of Ephrathah was probably named after a woman named “Ephrathah,” who was a wife of Caleb and the grandmother of the founders of the towns of Kiriath-Jearim, Bethlehem, and Beth-Gader (1 Chron 2:50-51).
The towns of Bethlehem (Gen 35:19;48:7) and Kirjath-Jearim (Psalm 132:6) are both sometimes referred to as “Ephrathah.”
Rachel died on the way to a town called “Ephrathah.”
It is possible that there was a different town called “Ephrathah” further north near Ramah, and that Rachel was buried near there (1 Sam 10:2; Jer 31:15).

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Bethlehem, Boaz, Caleb, David, Israel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0672, H0673

Esau

Names :: Esau

Facts:

Esau was one of the twin sons of Isaac and Rebekah. He was the first baby born to them. His twin brother was Jacob.

Esau sold his birthright to his brother Jacob in exchange for a bowl of food.
Since Esau was born first, his father Isaac was supposed to give him a special blessing. But Jacob tricked Isaac into giving him that blessing instead. At first Esau was so angry that he wanted to kill Jacob, but later he forgave him.
Esau had many children and grandchildren, and these descendants formed a large people group living in the land of Canaan.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Edom, Isaac, Jacob, Rebekah)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

6:7 When Rebekah’s babies were born, the older son came out red and hairy, and they named him Esau.
7:2 So __Esau __ gave Jacob his rights as the oldest son.
7:4 When Isaac felt the goat hair and smelled the clothes, he thought it was Esau and blessed him.
7:5 Esau hated Jacob because Jacob had stolen his rights as oldest son and also his blessing.
7:10 But __Esau __ had already forgiven Jacob, and they were happy to see each other again.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6215, G22690

Esther, Hadasseh

Names :: Esther, Hadasseh

Facts:

Esther was a Jewish woman who became queen of the Persian kingdom after the Israelites were taken to Babylon as captives. “Esther” was her Persian name, and her Hebrew name was “Hadasseh.”

The book of Esther tells the story of how Esther became the wife of the Persian King Ahasuerus and how God used her to save her people.
Esther was an orphan who was raised by her godly older cousin, Mordecai.
Her obedience to her adoptive father helped her to be obedient to God.
Esther obeyed God and risked her life in order to save her people, the Jews.
The story of Esther illustrates God’s sovereign control over the events of history, especially how he protects his people and works through those who obey him.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahasuerus, Mordecai, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0635

Ethiopia, Ethiopian

Names :: Ethiopia, Ethiopian

Facts:

Ethiopia is a country in Africa located just south of Egypt, bordered by the Nile River to the west and by the Red Sea to the east. A person from Ethiopia is an “Ethiopian.”

Ancient Ethiopia was located south of Egypt and included land that is now part of several modern-day African countries, such as Sudan, modern Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Uganda, Central African Republic, and Chad.
In the Bible, Ethiopia is sometimes called “Cush” or “Nubia.”
The countries of Ethiopia (“Cush”) and Egypt are often mentioned together in the Bible, perhaps because they were located next to each other and their people may have had some of the same ancestors.
God sent Philip the evangelist to a desert where he shared the good news about Jesus with an Ethiopian eunuch.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Cush, Egypt, eunuch, Philip)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G01280

Euphrates River, the River

Names :: Euphrates River, the River

Facts:

The Euphrates is the name of one of the four rivers that flowed through the Garden of Eden. It is the river that is most often mentioned in the Bible.

The modern day river named Euphrates is located in the Middle East and is the longest and most important river in Asia.
Together with the Tigris River, the Euphrates borders a region of land known as Mesopotamia.
The ancient city of Ur where Abraham came from was at the mouth of the Euphrates River.
This river was one of the boundaries of the land that God promised to give to Abraham (Genesis 15:18).
Sometimes the Euphrates is simply called “the River.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5104, H6578, G21660

Ezekiel

Names :: Ezekiel

Facts:

Ezekiel was a prophet of God during the exile period when many Jews were taken to Babylon.

Ezekiel was a priest living in the kingdom of Judah when he and many other Jews were captured by the Babylonian army.
For over twenty years, he and his wife lived in Babylon near a river, and the Jews came there to hear him speak messages from God.
Among other things, Ezekiel prophesied about the destruction and restoration of Jerusalem and the temple.
He also prophesied about the future kingdom of the Messiah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Christ, exile, prophet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3168

Ezra

Names :: Ezra

Facts:

Ezra was an Israelite priest and expert in Jewish law who recorded the history of the Israelites’ return to Jerusalem from Babylon where Israel had been held captive for 70 years.

Ezra recorded this part of Israel’s history in the biblical book of Ezra. He may also have written the book of Nehemiah, since these two books had originally been one single book.
When Ezra returned to Jerusalem he re-established the Law, since the Israelites had stopped obeying the Sabbath laws and had intermarried with women who practiced pagan religions.
Ezra also helped rebuild the temple, which had been destroyed by the Babylonians when they captured Jerusalem.
There are two other men named Ezra mentioned in the Old Testament.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, exile, Jerusalem, law, Nehemiah, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0250, H5830, H5831

Gabriel

Names :: Gabriel

Facts:

Gabriel is the name of one of God’s angels. He is mentioned by name several times, in both the Old and New Testaments.

God sent Gabriel to tell the prophet Daniel the meaning of a vision he had seen.
Another time, while Daniel was praying, the angel Gabriel flew to him and prophesied about what would happen in the future. Daniel described him as a “man.”
In the New Testament it is recorded that Gabriel came to Zechariah to prophesy that his aged wife Elizabeth would have a son, John.
Sixth months after that, Gabriel was sent to Mary to tell her that God would miraculously enable her to conceive a child who would be the “Son of God.” Gabriel told Mary to name her son “Jesus.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1403, G10430

Gad

Names :: Gad

Facts:

Gad was Jacob’s seventh son. He was Zilpah’s first son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Gad” or “Gad” or “Gad.”
The name Gad is similar to the Hebrew word for “good fortune.”
The tribe of Gad settled on the eastern side of the Jordan River between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea. This was to the north of Reuben and south of half of the tribe of Manasseh. When used as the name of a region of land, the term “Gad” refers to the land given to the tribe of Gad.
Another man in the Bible named Gad was a prophet who confronted King David for his sin of taking a census of the Israelite people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Zilpah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1410, H1425, G10450

Galilee, Galilean

Names :: Galilee, Galilean

Facts:

Galilee was the most northern region of Israel, just north of Samaria. A “Galilean” was a person who lived in Galilee or who lived in Galilee.

Galilee, Samaria, and Judea were the three main provinces of Israel during New Testament times.
Galilee is bordered on the east by a large lake called the “Sea of Galilee.”
Jesus grew up and lived in the town of Nazareth in Galilee.
Most of the miracles and teachings of Jesus took place in the region of Galilee.

(See also: Nazareth, Samaria, Sea of Galilee)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

21:10 The prophet Isaiah said the Messiah would live in Galilee, comfort broken-hearted people, and proclaim freedom to captives and release to prisoners.
26:1 After overcoming Satan’s temptations, Jesus returned in the power of the Holy Spirit to the region of Galilee where he lived.
39:6 Finally, the people said, “We know that you were with Jesus because you both are from Galilee.”
41:6 Then the angel told the women, “Go and tell the disciples, ‘Jesus has risen from the dead and he will go to Galilee ahead of you.’”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1551, G10560, G10570

Gath, Gittite

Names :: Gath, Gittite

Facts:

Gath was one of the five major cities of the Philistines. It was located north of Ekron and east of Ashdod and Ashkelon.

The Philistine warrior Goliath was from the city of Gath.
During the time of Samuel, the Philistines stole the ark of the covenant from Israel and took it to their pagan temple at Ashdod. It was then moved to Gath and later to Ekron. But God punished the people of those cities with disease, so they sent it back to Israel again.
When David was escaping from King Saul, he fled to Gath and lived there awhile with his two wives and with six hundred men who were his loyal followers.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ashdod, Ashkelon, Ekron, Gaza, Goliath, Philistines)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1661, H1663

Gaza

Names :: Gaza

Facts:

During Bible times, Gaza was a prosperous Philistine city located on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, about 38 kilometers south of Ashdod. It was one of the Philistines’ five major cities.

Because of its location, Gaza was a key seaport where commercial activities took place between many different people groups and nations.
Today, the city of Gaza is still an important seaport in the Gaza Strip, which is a region of land located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea bordered by Israel on the north and east, and by Egypt on the south.
Gaza was the city that the Philistines took Samson to after they had captured him.
Philip the evangelist was walking along the desert road to Gaza when he met an Ethiopian eunuch.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ashdod, Philip, Philistines, Ethiopia, Gath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5804, H5841, G10480

Gerar

Names :: Gerar

Facts:

Gerar was a city and region in the land of Canaan, located southwest of Hebron and northwest of Beersheba.

King Abimelech was the ruler of Gerar when Abraham and Sarah settled there.
The Philistines dominated the region of Gerar during the time that the Israelites were living in Canaan.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abimelech, Beersheba, Hebron, Philistines)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1642

Geshur, Geshurites

Names :: Geshur, Geshurites

Definition:

During the time of King David, Geshur was a small kingdom located on the east side of the Sea of Galilee between the countries of Israel and Aram.

King David married Maacah, the daughter of Geshur’s king, and she bore him a son, Absalom.
After murdering his half-brother Amnon, Absalom fled northeast from Jerusalem to Geshur, a distance of about 140 kilometers. He stayed there three years.

(See also: Absalom, Amnon, Aram, Sea of Galilee)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1650

Gethsemane

Names :: Gethsemane

Facts:

Gethsemane was a garden of olive trees east of Jerusalem beyond the Kidron valley and near the Mount of Olives.

The garden of Gethsemane was a place where Jesus and his followers would go to be alone and rest, away from the crowds.
It was in Gethsemane that Jesus prayed in deep sorrow, before being arrested there by Jewish leaders.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G10680

Gibeah

Names :: Gibeah

Facts:

Gibeah was a city located north of Jerusalem and south of Bethel.

Gibeah was in the territory of the tribe of Benjamin.
It was the site of a huge battle between the Benjamites and Israel.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Benjamin, Bethel, Jerusalem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1387, H1389, H1390, H1394

Gibeon, Gibeonite

Names :: Gibeon, Gibeonite

Facts:

Gibeon was a city that was located about 13 kilometers northwest of Jerusalem. The people living in Gibeon were the Gibeonites.

When the Gibeonites heard about how the Israelites had destroyed the cities of Jericho and Ai, they were afraid.
So the Gibeonites came to the leaders of Israel at Gilgal and pretended to be people from a far-away country.
The Israelite leaders were deceived and made an agreement with the Gibeonites that they would protect them and not destroy them.

(See also: Gilgal, Jericho, Jerusalem)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

15:6 But one of the Canaanite people groups, called the Gibeonites, lied to Joshua and said they were from a place far from Canaan.
15:7 Sometime later, the kings of another people group in Canaan, the Amorites, heard that the Gibeonites had made a peace treaty with the Israelites, so they combined their armies into one large army and attacked Gibeon.
15:8 So Joshua gathered the Israelite army and they marched all night to reach the Gibeonites.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1391, H1393

Gideon

Names :: Gideon

Facts:

Gideon was an Israelite man whom God raised up to deliver the Israelites from their enemies.

During the time when Gideon lived, a people group called the Midianites kept attacking the Israelites and destroying their crops.
Even though Gideon was afraid, God used him to lead the Israelites to fight against the Midianites and defeat them.
Gideon also obeyed God by taking down altars to the false gods Baal and Asherah.
He not only led the people in defeating their enemies but also encouraged them to obey and worship Yahweh, the one true God.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Baal, Asherah, deliver, Midian, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

16:5 The angel of Yahweh came to Gideon and said, “God is with you, mighty warrior. Go and save Israel from the Midianites.”
16:6 Gideon’s father had an altar dedicated to an idol. God told Gideon to tear down that altar.
16:8 There were so many of them (Midianites) that they could not be counted. Gideon called the Israelites together to fight them.
16:8 Gideon called the Israelites together to fight them. Gideon asked God for two signs so he could be sure that God would use him to save Israel.
16:10 32,000 Israelite soldiers came to Gideon, but God told him this was too many.
16:12 Then Gideon returned to his soldiers and gave each of them a horn, a clay pot, and a torch.
16:15 The people wanted to make Gideon their king.
16:16 Then Gideon used the gold to make a special garment like the high priest used to wear. But the people started worshiping it as if it were an idol.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1439, H1441

Gilead, Gileadite

Names :: Gilead, Gileadite

Definition:

Gilead was the name of a mountainous region east of the Jordan river where the Israelite tribes of Gad, Reuben, and Manasseh lived.

This region was also referred to as the “hill country of Gilead” or “Mount Gilead.”
“Gilead” was also the name of several men in the Old Testament. One of these men was the grandson of Manasseh. Another Gilead was the father of Jephthah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1568, H1569

Gilgal

Names :: Gilgal

Facts:

Gilgal was a town north of Jericho and was the first place that the Israelites camped after crossing the Jordan River to enter Canaan.

At Gilgal, Joshua set up twelve stones taken from the dry river bed of the Jordan River that they had just crossed over.
Gilgal was the city that Elijah and Elisha were leaving as they crossed the Jordan when Elijah was taken up to heaven.
There were also several other places called “Gilgal” in the Old Testament.
The word “gilgal” means “circle of stones,” perhaps referring to a place where a circular altar was built.
In the Old Testament, this name almost always occurs as “the gilgal.” This may indicate that it was not a specific place name but rather was a description of a certain kind of place.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Elijah, Elisha, Jericho, Jordan River)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1537

Girgashites

Names :: Girgashites

Facts:

The Girgashites were a people group living near the Sea of Galilee in the land of Canaan.

They were descendants of Ham’s son Canaan and so were one of the many people groups who were also known as “Canaanites.”
God promised the Israelites that he would help them defeat the Girgashites and other Canaanite people groups.
Like all the Canaanite peoples, the Girgashites worshiped false gods and did immoral things as part of that worship.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, Ham, Noah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1622

Golgotha

Names :: Golgotha

Facts:

“Golgotha” was the name of the place where Jesus was crucified. Its name comes from an Aramaic word that means “Skull” or “Place of the Skull.”

Golgotha was located outside the city walls of Jerusalem, somewhere nearby. It was perhaps located on a slope of the Mount of Olives.
In some older English versions of the Bible, Golgotha is translated as “Calvary,” which comes from the Latin word for “skull.”
Many Bible versions use a word that looks or sounds similar to “Golgotha,” since its meaning is already explained in the Bible text.

(Translation Suggestion: How to Translate Names

(See also: Aram, Mount of Olives)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G11150

Goliath

Names :: Goliath

Facts:

Goliath was a very tall and very large soldier in the army of the Philistines who was killed by David.

Goliath was between two and three meters tall. He is often referred to as a giant because of his great size.
Although Goliath had better weapons and was much bigger than David, God gave David the strength and ability to defeat Goliath.
The Israelites were declared victorious over the Philistines as a result of David’s victory over Goliath.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: David, Philistines)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1555

Gomorrah

Names :: Gomorrah

Facts:

Gomorrah was a city located in a fertile valley near Sodom, where Abraham’s nephew Lot chose to live.

The exact location of Gomorrah and Sodom is unknown, but there are indications that they may have been located directly south of the Salt Sea, near the Valley of Siddim.
There were many kings at war in the region where Sodom and Gomorrah were located.
When Lot’s family was captured in a conflict between Sodom and other cities, Abraham and his men rescued them.
Not long after that, Sodom and Gomorrah were destroyed by God because of the wickedness of the people who lived there.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Babylon, Lot, Salt Sea, Sodom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6017

Goshen

Names :: Goshen

Definition:

Goshen was the name of a fertile region of land located along the Nile River in the northern part of Egypt.

When Joseph was a ruler in Egypt, his father and brothers and their families came to live in Goshen to escape a famine in Canaan.
They and their descendants lived well in Goshen for over 400 years, but then they were forced into slavery by the Egyptian pharaoh.
Finally God sent Moses to help the people of Israel leave the land of Goshen and escape this slavery.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Egypt, famine, Moses, Nile River)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1657

Greece, Grecian

Names :: Greece, Grecian

Facts:

During New Testament times, Greece was a province in the Roman Empire.

Like the modern-day country of Greece, it was located on a peninsula that is bordered by the Mediterranean Sea, the Aegean Sea, and the Ionian Sea.
The apostle Paul visited several cities in Greece and established churches in the cities of Corinth, Thessalonica, and Philippi and probably others.
People who are from Greece are called “Greeks” and their language is “Greek.” People from other Roman provinces also spoke Greek, including many Jews.
Sometimes the term “Greek” is used to refer to a Gentile.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Corinth, Gentile, Greek, Hebrew, Philippi, Thessalonica)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3120, G16710

Greek, Grecian, Hellenist

Names :: Greek, Grecian, Hellenist

Facts:

The term “Greek” refers to the language spoken in the country of Greece, it is also a person from the country of Greece. Greek was also spoken throughout the Roman Empire. The adjective “Grecian” means “Greek-speaking.”

Since most non-Jewish people in the Roman Empire spoke Greek, Gentiles are often referred to as “Greeks” in the New Testament, especially when contrasted with Jews.
The phrase “Grecian Jews” or “Hellenists” referred to Jews who spoke Greek in contrast to the “Hebraic Jews” who spoke only Hebrew, or perhaps Aramaic. The term “Hellenists” comes from the pronunciation of the Greek word for a Greek-speaker.
Other ways to translate “Grecian” could include, “Greek-speaking” or “culturally Greek” or “Greek.”
When referring to non-Jews, “Greek” could be translated as “Gentile.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Aram, Gentile, Greece, Hebrew, Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3125, G16720, G16730, G16740, G16750, G16760

Habakkuk

Names :: Habakkuk

Facts:

Habakkuk was an Old Testament prophet who lived around the time that King Jehoiakim was reigning over Judah. The prophet Jeremiah was also alive during some of this time.

This prophet wrote the book of Habakkuk around 600 BC when the Babylonians conquered Jerusalem and took many of the people of Judah into exile.
Yahweh gave Habakkuk the prophecy about how the “Chaldeans” (Babylonians) would come and conquer the people of Judah.
One of Habakkuk’s most well-known statements is: “the righteous person shall live by his faith.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Jehoiakim, Jeremiah)

Bible References:

Habakkuk 1:2

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2265

Hagar

Names :: Hagar

Facts:

Hagar was an Egyptian woman who was Sarai’s personal slave.

When Sarai was not able to bear children, she gave her servant Hagar to her husband Abram to have a child by him.
Hagar conceived and gave birth to Abram’s son Ishmael.
God watched over Hagar when she was in distress in the desert and promised to bless her descendants.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, descendant, Ishmael, Sarah, servant)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

5:1 So Abram’s wife, Sarai, said to him, “Since God has not allowed me to have children and now I am too old to have children, here is my servant, Hagar. Marry her also so she can have a child for me.”
5:2 Hagar had a baby boy, and Abram named him Ishmael.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1904

Haggai

Names :: Haggai

Facts:

Haggai was a prophet of Judah after the Jews returned home from being captives in Babylon.

During the period when Haggai was prophesying, King Uzziah was reigning over Judah.
The prophet Zechariah was also prophesying during this period.
Haggai and Zechariah exhorted the Jews to rebuild the temple, which had been destroyed by the Babylonians under King Nebuchadnezzar.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Judah, Nebuchadnezzar, Uzziah, Zechariah (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2292

Ham

Names :: Ham

Facts:

Ham was the second of Noah’s three sons.

During the worldwide flood that covered the whole earth, Ham and his brothers were with Noah in the ark, along with their wives.
After the flood, there was an occasion where Ham was very dishonoring to his father, Noah. As a result, Noah cursed Ham’s son Canaan and all his descendants, who eventually became known as the Canaanites.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: ark, Canaan, dishonor, Noah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2526

Hamath, Hamathites, Lebo Hamath

Names :: Hamath, Hamathites, Lebo Hamath

Facts:

Hamath was an important city in northern Syria, north of the land of Canaan. The Hamathites were descendants of Noah’s son Canaan.

The name “Lebo Hamath” probably refers to a mountain pass near the city of Hamath.
Some versions translate “Lebo Hamath” as “entrance to Hamath.”
King David defeated enemies of King Tou of Hamath, causing them to be on good terms.
Hamath was one of Solomon’s storehouse cities where provisions were kept.
The land of Hamath was where King Zedekiah was killed by King Nebuchadnezzar and where King Jehoahaz was captured by an Egyptian pharaoh.
The term “Hamathite” could also be translated as “person from Hamath.”

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Canaan, Nebuchadnezzar, Syria, Zedekiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2574, H2577

Hamor

Names :: Hamor

Facts:

Hamor was a Canaanite man living in the city of Shechem when Jacob and his family were living in nearby Succoth. He was a Hivite.

Jacob bought a family burial ground from Hamor’s sons.
While they were there, Hamor’s son Shechem raped Jacob’s daughter Dinah.
Dinah’s brothers took revenge on Hamor’s family and killed all the men in the city of Shechem.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, Hivite, Jacob, Shechem, Succoth)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2544

Hananiah

Names :: Hananiah

Facts:

Hananiah was the name of several different men in the Old Testament.

One Hananiah was an Israelite captive in Babylon whose name was changed to “Shadrach.”
He was given a position as a royal servant due to his excellent character and abilities.
Once Hanahiah (Shadrach) and two other Israelite young men were thrown into a fire in a furnace because they refused to worship the Babylonian king. God showed his power by protecting them from being harmed.
Another man named Hananiah was listed as a descendant of King Solomon.
A different Hananiah was a false prophet during the time of the prophet Jeremiah.
One man named Hananiah was a priest who helped lead a celebration during the time of Nehemiah.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Azariah, Babylon, Daniel, false prophet, Jeremiah, Mishael)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2608

Hannah

Names :: Hannah

Facts:

Hannah was the mother of the prophet Samuel. She was one of two wives of Elkanah.

Hannah was not able to conceive a child, which was a great grief to her.
At the temple, Hannah earnestly prayed for God to give her a son, promising to dedicate him to serving God.
God granted her request and when the boy Samuel was old enough, she brought him to serve at the temple.
God also gave Hannah other children after that.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: conceive, Samuel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2584

Haran

Names :: Haran

Facts:

Haran was a younger brother of Abram and the father of Lot.

Haran was also the name of the town where Abram and his family lived awhile on their journey from the city of Ur to the land of Canaan.
A different man named Haran was a son of Caleb.
A third man in the Bible named Haran was a descendant of Levi.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Caleb, Canaan, Levite, Lot, Terah, Ur)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2039

Hebron, Kiriath Arba

Names :: Hebron, Kiriath Arba

Facts:

Hebron was a city located in the high, rocky hills about 20 miles south of Jerusalem.

The city was built around 2000 BC during the time of Abram. It was mentioned many times in the historical accounts given in the Old Testament.
Hebron had a very important role in King David’s life. Several of his sons, including Absalom, were born there.
The city was destroyed around AD 70 by the Romans.
The city of Hebron was formerly called Kiriath Arba (see Joshua 14:15 and Joshua 15:54).
The city of Hebron, formerly called Kiriath Arba, was probably founded by Arba, the father of Anak and may have been originally named Kiriath Arba to honor Arba because Joshua 14:15 records that Arba “was a great man among the Anakites.”
The name “Hebron” is an English transliteration of the Hebrew word for Hebron.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Anak, Absalom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2275, H2276

Herod, Herod Antipas

Names :: Herod, Herod Antipas

Facts:

During most of Jesus’ lifetime, Herod Antipas was the ruler of the part of the Roman Empire that included Galilee province.

Like his father Herod the Great, Antipas was sometimes referred to as “King Herod” even though he was not really a king.
Herod Antipas ruled about one-fourth of the provinces of Israel, so he was also called “Herod the tetrarch.” “Tetrarch” was a title for a person who ruled one-fourth of a country.
Antipas is the “Herod” who gave the order for John the Baptist to be killed by beheading.
It was also Herod Antipas who questioned Jesus before his crucifixion.
The other Herods in the New Testament were Antipas’ son (Agrippa) and grandson (Agrippa 2) who ruled during the time of the apostles.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G22640, G22650, G22670

Herod, Herod the Great

Names :: Herod, Herod the Great

Facts:

Herod the Great was ruling over Judea at the time Jesus was born. He was the first of several Edomite rulers named Herod who ruled over parts of the Roman Empire.

His ancestors converted to Judaism and he was raised as a Jew.
Caesar Augustus named him “King Herod” even though he was not a true king. He ruled over the Jews in Judea for 33 years.
Herod the Great was known for the beautiful buildings he ordered to be built and for the rebuilding of the Jewish temple in Jerusalem.
This Herod was very cruel and had many people killed. When he heard that a “king of the Jews” had been born in Bethlehem, he had all the baby boys in that town killed.
His sons Herod Antipas and Herod Philip and his grandson Herod Agrippa also became Roman rulers. His great-grandson Herod Agrippa II (called “King Agrippa”) ruled over the entire area of Judea.

(See How to Translate Names

(See also: Herod Antipas, Judea, king, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G22640

Herodias

Names :: Herodias

Facts:

Herodias was the wife of Herod Antipas in Judea during the time of John the Baptist.

Herodias was originally the wife of Herod Antipas’s brother Philip, but later she unlawfully married Herod Antipas.
John the Baptist rebuked Herod and Herodias for their unlawful marriage. Because of this, Herod put John in prison and because of Herodias eventually was beheaded.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Herod Antipas, John (the Baptist))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G22660

Heshbon

Names :: Heshbon

Facts:

In Bible times, Heshbon was a major city of Moab. It was the capital city of king Sihon before the Israelites conquered it and began living in it.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Moab, Sihon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

Hezekiah

Names :: Hezekiah

Definition:

Hezekiah was the 13th king over the kingdom of Judah. He was a king who trusted and obeyed God.

Unlike his father Ahaz, who had been an evil king, King Hezekiah was a good king who destroyed all the places of idol worship in Judah.
One time when Hezekiah became very sick and almost died, he earnestly prayed that God would spare his life. God healed him and allowed him to live 15 more years.
As a sign to Hezekiah that this would happen, God performed a miracle and caused the sun to move backwards in the sky.
God also answered Hezekiah’s prayer to save his people from King Sennacherib of Assyria, who was attacking them.

(See also: Ahaz, Assyria, false god, Judah, Sennacherib)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2396, H3169, G14780

Hilkiah

Names :: Hilkiah

Facts:

Hilkiah was the high priest during the reign of King Josiah.

When the temple was being repaired, Hilkiah the high priest found the Book of the Law and ordered that it be brought to King Josiah.
After the Book of the Law was read to him, Josiah was grieved and caused the people of Judah to worship Yahweh again and obey his laws.
Another man named Hilkiah was the son of Eliakim and worked in the palace during the time of King Hezekiah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Eliakim, Hezekiah, high priest, Josiah, Judah, law, worship, Yahweh)

Bible References:

2 Kings 18:18

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2518

Hittite

Names :: Hittite

Definition:

The Hittites were descendants of Ham through his son Canaan. They became a large empire located in what is now Turkey and northern Palestine.

Abraham bought a piece of property from Ephron the Hittite so that he could bury his deceased wife Sarah in a cave there. Eventually Abraham and several of his descendants were also buried in that cave.
Esau’s parents were grieved when he married two Hittite women.
One of David’s mighty men was named Uriah the Hittite.
Some of the foreign women that Solomon married were Hittites. These foreign women turned Solomon’s heart away from God because of the false gods they worshiped.
The Hittites were often a threat to the Israelites, both physically and spiritually.

(See also: descendant, Esau, foreigner, Ham, mighty, Solomon, Uriah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2850

Hivite

Names :: Hivite

Facts:

The Hivites were one of seven major people groups living in the land of Canaan.

All these groups, including the Hivites, were descended from Canaan, who was Noah’s grandson.
Shechem the Hivite raped Jacob’s daughter Dinah, and her brothers killed many Hivites in revenge.
When Joshua led the Israelites to take over the land of Canaan, the Israelites were tricked into making a treaty with the Hivites instead of conquering them.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, Hamor, Noah, Shechem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2340

Hosea

Names :: Hosea

Facts:

Hosea was a prophet of Israel who lived and prophesied about 750 years before the time of Christ.

His ministry lasted for many years through the reigns of several kings, such as Jeroboam, Zechariah, Jotham, Ahaz, Hoshea, Uzziah, and Hezekiah.
Hosea was told by God to marry a prostitute named Gomer and to continue to love her, even though she was unfaithful to him.
This was a picture of God’s love for his unfaithful people, Israel.
Hosea prophesied against the people of Israel because of their sin, warning them to turn away from worshipping idols.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahaz, Hezekiah, Hoshea, Jeroboam, Jotham, Uzziah, Zechariah (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1954, G56170

Hoshea

Names :: Hoshea

Facts:

Hoshea was the name of a king of Israel and several other men in the Old Testament.

Hoshea son of Alah was a king of Israel for nine years during part of the reigns of Ahaz and Hezekiah, kings of Judah.
Joshua son of Nun was formerly named Hoshea. Moses changed Hoshea’s name to Joshua before sending him and eleven other men to spy out the land of the Canaanites.
After Moses died, Joshua led the people of Israel to take possession of the land of Canaan.
A different man named Hoshea was a son of Azaziah and was one of the leaders of the Ephraimites.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahaz, Canaan, Ephraim, Hezekiah, Joshua, Moses)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1954

Iconium

Names :: Iconium

Facts:

Iconium was a city in the south central part of what is now the country of Turkey.

On Paul’s first missionary journey, he and Barnabas went to Iconium after the Jews forced them to leave the city of Antioch.
Then the unbelieving Jews and Gentiles in Iconium also planned to stone Paul and his coworkers, but they escaped to the nearby city of Lystra.
After that the people from both Antioch and Iconium came to Lystra and stirred up the people there to stone Paul.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Barnabas, Lystra, stone)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G24300

Isaiah

Names :: Isaiah

Facts:

Isaiah was a prophet of God who prophesied during the reigns of four kings of Judah: Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah.

He lived in Jerusalem during the time when the Assyrians were attacking the city, during the reign of Hezekiah.
The Old Testament book of Isaiah is one of the major books of the Bible.
Isaiah wrote many prophecies that came true while he was still living.
Isaiah is especially known for the prophecies he wrote about the Messiah that came true 700 years later when Jesus was living on earth.
Jesus and his disciples quoted Isaiah’s prophecies to teach people about the Messiah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ahaz, Assyria, Christ, Hezekiah, Jotham, Judah, prophet, Uzziah)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

21:9 The prophet Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would be born from a virgin.
21:10 The prophet Isaiah said the Messiah would live in Galilee, comfort broken-hearted people, and proclaim freedom to captives and release to prisoners.
21:11 The prophet Isaiah also prophesied that the Messiah would be hated without reason and rejected.
21:12 Isaiah prophesied that people would spit on, mock, and beat the Messiah.
26:2 They handed him (Jesus) the scroll of the prophet Isaiah so that he would read from it. Jesus opened up the scroll and read part of it to the people.
45:8 When Philip approached the chariot, he heard the Ethiopian reading from what the prophet Isaiah wrote.
45:10 Philip explained to the Ethiopian that Isaiah was writing about Jesus.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3470, G22680

Ishmael, Ishmaelite

Names :: Ishmael, Ishmaelite

Facts:

Ishmael was the son of Abraham and the Egyptian slave Hagar. There were several other men in the Old Testament named Ishmael.

The name “Ishmael” means “God hears.”
God promised to bless Abraham’s son Ishmael, but he was not the son with whom God had promised to establish his covenant.
God protected Hagar and Ishmael when they were sent into the desert.
While Ishmael was living in the desert of Paran, he married an Egyptian woman.
Ishmael son of Nethaniah was an army officer from Judah who led a group of men to kill a governor who had been appointed by the Babylonian king, Nebuchadnezzar.
There were also four other men named Ishmael in the Old Testament.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Babylon, covenant, desert, Egypt, Hagar, Isaac, Nebuchadnezzar, Paran, Sarah)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

5:2 So Abram married Hagar. Hagar had a baby boy, and Abram named him Ishmael.
5:4 “I will make Ishmael a great nation, too, but my covenant will be with Isaac.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3458, H3459

Issachar

Names :: Issachar

Facts:

Issachar was Jacob’s ninth son. He was Leah’s fifth son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Issachar” or “Issachar.”
The meaning of the name is unknown, but it is similar to a Hebrew word meaning “reward, hire.”
The tribe of Issachar settled in central Canaan, southwest of the Sea of Galilee. Issachar’s land was bordered by the lands of Naphtali, Zebulun, Manasseh, and Gad.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Leah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3485, G24660

Jacob, Israel

Names :: Jacob, Israel

Facts:

Jacob was the younger twin son of Isaac by Rebekah. God changed his name to “Israel.” His descendants became the nation of Israel.

Jacob is the last of the three patriarchs of the Israelite nation: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. The descendants of Jacob’s twelve sons because the twelve tribes of Israel.
The name Jacob is similar to the Hebrew word meaning “heel.” As Jacob was being born, he was holding onto the heel of his twin brother Esau. In the Old Testament times, the heel was a body part associated both with attack and with the rear part of a person’s body. The Hebrew name Jacob was probably associated with the idea of attacking someone from behind.
Many years later, God changed Jacob’s name to “Israel,” which probably means “He struggles with God.”
Jacob married Laban’s two daughters, Leah and Rachel, as well as each of their servants, Zilpah and Bilhah. These four women mothered the twelve sons who became the ancestral fathers of the twelve tribes of Israel.
In the New Testament, a different man named Jacob is listed as being Joseph’s father in Matthew’s genealogy.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

7:1 As the boys grew up, Rebekah loved Jacob, but Isaac loved Esau. Jacob loved to stay at home, but Esau loved to hunt.
7:7 Jacob lived there for many years, and during that time he married and had twelve sons and a daughter. God made him very wealthy.
7:8 After twenty years away from his home in Canaan, Jacob returned there with his family, his servants, and all his herds of animals.
7:10 The covenant promises God had promised to Abraham and then to Isaac now passed on to Jacob.
8:1 Many years later, when Jacob was an old man, he sent his favorite son, Joseph, to check on his brothers who were taking care of the herds.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3290, G23840

James (son of Alphaeus)

Names :: James (son of Alphaeus)

Facts:

James, the son of Alphaeus, was one of Jesus’ twelve apostles.

His name is given in the lists of Jesus’ disciples in the gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke.
He is also mentioned in the book of Acts as one of the eleven disciples who were together praying in Jerusalem after Jesus went back up to heaven.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G23850

James (son of Zebedee)

Names :: James (son of Zebedee)

Facts:

James, a son of Zebedee, was one of Jesus’ twelve apostles. He had a younger brother named John who was also one of Jesus’ apostles.

James and his brother John worked by fishing with their father Zebedee.
James and John were nicknamed the “Sons of Thunder,” perhaps because they got angry quickly.
Peter, James, and John were Jesus’ closest disciples and were with him for amazing events such as when Jesus was on a mountaintop with Elijah and Moses and when Jesus caused a dead little girl to come back to life.
This is a different James than the one who wrote a book in the Bible. Some languages may have to write their names differently to make it clear that they were two different men.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G23850

Japheth

Names :: Japheth

Facts:

Japheth was one of Noah’s three sons.

During the worldwide flood that covered the whole earth, Japheth and his two brothers were with Noah in the ark, along with their wives.
Noah’s sons are usually listed as, “Shem, Ham, and Japheth.” This indicates that Japheth was the youngest brother.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: ark, flood, Ham, Noah, Shem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3315

Jebus, Jebusite

Names :: Jebus, Jebusite

Facts:

The Jebusites were a people group living in the land of Canaan. They were descended from Ham’s son Canaan.

The Jebusites lived in the city of Jebus, and its name was later changed to Jerusalem when King David conquered it.
Melchizedek, the king of Salem, was probably of Jebusite origin.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, Ham, Jerusalem, Melchizedek)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2982, H2983

Jehoiachin

Names :: Jehoiachin

Facts:

Jehoiachin was a king who ruled over the kingdom of Judah.

Jehoiachin became king when he was 18 years old. He only reigned three months, and after that he was captured by the Babylonian army and taken to Babylon.
During his short reign, Jehoiachin did evil things like the ones his grandfather King Manasseh and his father King Jehoiakim had done.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Jehoiakim, Judah, Manasseh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3078, H3112, H3204, H3659

Jehoiada

Names :: Jehoiada

Facts:

Jehoiada was a priest who helped hide and protect King Ahaziah’s son Joash until he was old enough to be declared king.

Jehoiada arranged for hundreds of bodyguards to protect young Joash as he was proclaimed king by the people in the temple.
Jehoiada led the people in getting rid of all the altars of the false god Baal.
For the rest of his life, Jehoiada the priest advised King Joash to help him obey God and rule the people wisely.
Another man named Jehoiada was the father of Benaiah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ahaziah, Baal, Benaiah, Joash)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3077

Jehoiakim

Names :: Jehoiakim

Facts:

Jehoiakim was an evil king who reigned over the kingdom of Judah, beginning around 608 B.C. He was King Josiah’s son. His name was originally Eliakim.

The Egyptian pharaoh Necho changed Eliakim’s name to Jehoiakim and made him king of Judah.
Necho forced Jehoiakim to pay high taxes to Egypt.
When Judah was later invaded by King Nebuchadnezzar, Jehioakim was among those who were captured and taken to Babylon.
Jehoiakim was an evil king who led Judah away from Yahweh. Jeremiah the prophet prophesied against him.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Eliakim, Jeremiah, Judah, Nebuchadnezzar)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3079

Jehoram, Joram

Names :: Jehoram, Joram

Facts:

“Jehoram” was the name of two kings in the Old Testament. Both kings were also known as “Joram.”

One King Jehoram ruled over the kingdom of Judah for eight years. He was the son of King Jehoshaphat. This is the king that is most commonly known as Jehoram.
The other King Jehoram ruled over the kingdom of Israel for twelve years. He was the son of King Ahab.
King Jehoram of Judah reigned during the time that the prophets Jeremiah, Daniel, Obadiah, and Ezekiel were prophesying in the kingdom of Judah.
The King Jehoram also reigned during some of the time that his father King Jehoshaphat was reigning over Judah.
Some translations may choose to consistently use the name “Jehoram” when this king of Israel is mentioned and the name “Joram” for the king of Judah.
Another way to clearly identify each one would be to include the name of his father.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ahab, Jehoshaphat, Joram, Judah, kingdom of Israel, Obadiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3088, H3141, G24960

Jehoshaphat

Names :: Jehoshaphat

Facts:

Jehoshaphat was the name of at least two men in the Old Testament.

The best known man by this name was King Jehoshaphat who was the fourth king to rule over the kingdom of Judah.
He restored peace between Judah and Israel and destroyed the altars of false gods.
Another Jehoshaphat was a “recorder” for David and Solomon. His job included writing documents for the king to sign and recording the history of the important events that happened in the kingdom.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: altar, David, false god, Israel, Judah, priest, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3092, G24980

Jehu

Names :: Jehu

Facts:

Jehu was the name of two men in the Old Testament.

Jehu son of Hanani was a prophet during the reigns of King Ahab of Israel and King Jehoshaphat of Judah.
Jehu son (or descendant) of Jehoshaphat was a general in the Israelite army who was anointed king by order of the prophet Elisha.
King Jehu killed two evil kings, King Joram of Israel and King Ahaziah of Judah.
King Jehu also killed all the relatives of the former King Ahab and had the evil queen Jezebel killed.
King Jehu destroyed all the places of Baal worship in Samaria and killed all the prophets of Baal.
King Jehu served the only true God, Yahweh, and was king over Israel for twenty-eight years.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahab, Ahaziah, Baal, Elisha, Jehoshaphat, Jehu, Jezebel, Joram, Judah, Samaria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3058

Jephthah

Names :: Jephthah

Facts:

Jephthah was a warrior from Gilead who served as a judge over Israel.

In Hebrews 11:32, Jephthah is praised as an important leader who delivered his people from their enemies.
He rescued the Israelites from the Ammonites and led his people to defeat the Ephraimites.
Jepthah however, made a foolish, hasty vow to God which resulted in the sacrifice of his daughter.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ammon, deliver, Ephraim, judge, vow)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3316

Jeremiah

Names :: Jeremiah

Facts:

Jeremiah was a prophet of God in the kingdom of Judah. The Old Testament book of Jeremiah contains his prophecies.

Like most of the prophets, Jeremiah often had to warn the people of Israel that God was going to punish them for their sins.
Jeremiah prophesied that the Babylonians would capture Jerusalem, making some of the people of Judah angry. So they put him in a deep, dry well and left him there to die. But the king of Judah ordered his servants to rescue Jeremiah from the well.
Jeremiah wrote that he wished his eyes could be a “fountain of tears,” to express his deep sadness over the rebellion and sufferings of his people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, Judah, prophet, rebel, suffer, well)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

19:17 Once, the prophet Jeremiah was put into a dry well and left there to die. He sank down into the mud that was in the bottom of the well, but then the king had mercy on him and ordered his servants to pull Jeremiah out of the well before he died.
21:5 Through the prophet Jeremiah, God promised that he would make a New Covenant, but not like the covenant God made with Israel at Sinai.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3414, G24080

Jericho

Names :: Jericho

Facts:

Jericho was a powerful city in the land of Canaan. It was located just west of the Jordan River and just north of the Salt Sea.

As all Canaanites did, the people of Jericho worshiped false gods.
Jericho was the first city in the land of Canaan that God told the Israelites to conquer.
When Joshua led the Israelites against Jericho, God did a great miracle to help them defeat the city.

(See also: Canaan, Jordan River, Joshua, miracle, Salt Sea)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

15:1 Joshua sent two spies to the Canaanite city of Jericho.
15:3 After the people crossed the Jordan River, God told Joshua how to attack the powerful city of Jericho.
15:5 Then the walls around Jericho fell down! The Israelites destroyed everything in the city as God had commanded.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3405, G24100

Jeroboam

Names :: Jeroboam

Facts:

Jeroboam son of Nebat was the first king of the northern kingdom of Israel around 900-910 BC. Another Jeroboam, son of King Jehoash, ruled over Israel about 120 years later.

Yahweh gave Jeroboam son of Nebat a prophecy that he would become king after Solomon and that he would rule ten tribes of Israel.
When Solomon died, the ten northern tribes of Israel rebelled against Solomon’s son Rehoboam and instead made Jeroboam their king, leaving Rehoboam as king of only the southern two tribes, Judah and Benjamin.
Jeroboam became a wicked king who led the people away from worshiping Yahweh and instead set up idols for them to worship. All the other kings of Israel followed Jeroboam’s example and were evil like he was.
Almost 120 years later, another King Jeroboam began ruling the northern kingdom of Israel. This Jeroboam was the son of King Jehoash and was wicked like all the previous kings of Israel had been.
In spite of the Israelite’s wickedness, God had mercy on them and helped this King Jeroboam to gain land and establish boundaries for their territory.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: false god, kingdom of Israel, Judah, Solomon)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

18:8 The other ten tribes of the nation of Israel that rebelled against Rehoboam appointed a man named Jeroboam to be their king.
18:9 Jeroboam rebelled against God and caused the people to sin. He built two idols for his people to worship instead of worshiping God at the Temple in the kingdom of Judah.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3379

Jerusalem

Names :: Jerusalem

Facts:

Jerusalem was originally an ancient Canaanite city that later became the most important city in Israel. It is located about 34 kilometers west of the Salt Sea and just north of Bethlehem. It is still the capital city of Israel today.

The name “Jerusalem” is first mentioned in the book of Joshua. Other Old Testament names for this city include “Salem” “city of Jebus,” and “Zion.” Both “Jerusalem” and “Salem,” have the root meaning of “peace.”
Jerusalem was originally a Jebusite fortress called “Zion” which King David captured and made into his capital city.
It was in Jerusalem that David’s son Solomon built the first temple in Jerusalem, on Mount Moriah, which was the mountain where Abraham had offered his son Isaac to God. The temple was rebuilt there after it was destroyed by the Babylonians.
Because the temple was in Jerusalem, the major Jewish festivals were celebrated there.
People normally referred to going “up” to Jerusalem since it is located in the mountains.

(See also: Babylon, Christ, David, Jebusites, Jesus, Solomon, temple, Zion)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:5 David conquered Jerusalem and made it his capital city.
18:2 In Jerusalem, Solomon built the Temple for which his father David had planned and gathered materials.
20:7 They (Babylonians) captured the city of Jerusalem, destroyed the Temple, and took away all the treasures of the city and the Temple.
20:12 So, after seventy years in exile, a small group of Jews returned to the city of Jerusalem in Judah.
38:1 About three years after Jesus first began preaching and teaching publicly, Jesus told his disciples that he wanted to celebrate this Passover with them in Jerusalem, and that he would be killed there.
38:2 After Jesus and the disciples arrived in Jerusalem, Judas went to the Jewish leaders and offered to betray Jesus to them in exchange for money.
42:8 “It was also written in the scriptures that my disciples will proclaim that everyone should repent in order to receive forgiveness for their sins. They will do this starting in Jerusalem, and then go to all people groups everywhere.”
42:11 Forty days after Jesus rose from the dead, he told his disciples, “Stay in Jerusalem until you receive power when the Holy Spirit comes on you.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3389, H3390, G24140, G24150, G24190

Jesse

Names :: Jesse

Facts:

Jesse was the father of King David and the grandson of Ruth and Boaz.

Jesse was from the tribe of Judah.
He was an “Ephrathite,” which means he was from the region of Ephrathah. The town of Bethlehem was located in the region of Ephrathah.
The prophet Isaiah prophesied about a “shoot” or “branch” that would come from the “root of Jesse” and bear fruit. This refers to Jesus, who was a descendant of Jesse.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3448, G24210

Jethro, Reuel

Names :: Jethro, Reuel

Facts:

The names “Jethro” and “Reuel” both refer to the father of Moses’ wife, Zipporah. There were also two other men named “Reuel” in the Old Testament.

When Moses was a shepherd in the land of Midian, he married the daughter of a Midianite man named Reuel.
Later on Reuel is referred to as “Jethro, the priest of Midian.” It could be that “Reuel” was his clan name.
When God spoke to Moses from a flaming bush, Moses was tending Jethro’s sheep,
Some time later, after God had rescued the Israelites from Egypt, Jethro came out to the Israelites in the wilderness and gave Moses good advice about judging the affairs of the people.
He believed in God when he heard about all the miracles God had done for the Israelites in Egypt.
One of Esau’s sons was named Reuel.
Another man named Reuel is mentioned in the genealogy of the Israelites who returned to resettle in Judah after their captivity in Babylon had ended.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: captive, clan, desert, Egypt, Esau, miracle, Moses, desert)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3503, H7467

Jezebel

Names :: Jezebel

Facts:

Jezebel was the wicked wife of King Ahab of Israel.

Jezebel influenced Ahab and the rest of Israel to worship idols.
She also killed many of God’s prophets.
Jezebel caused an innocent man named Naboth to be killed so that Ahab could steal Naboth’s vineyard.
Jezebel was finally killed due to all the evil things she had done. Elijah prophesied about how she would die and it happened exactly as he had predicted.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahab, Elijah, false god)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0348, G24030

Jezreel, Jezreelite

Names :: Jezreel, Jezreelite

Definition:

Jezreel was an important Israelite city in the territory of the Issachar tribe, located southwest of the Salt Sea.

The city of Jezreel is one of the western points in the Plain of Megiddo, which is also called the “Valley of Jezreel.”
Several kings of Israel had their palaces in the city of Jezreel.
Naboth’s vineyard was located near King Ahab’s palace in Jezreel. The prophet Elijah prophesied against Ahab there.
Ahab’s evil wife Jezebel was killed in Jezreel.
Many other significant events happened in this city, including several battles.

(See also: Ahab, Elijah, Issachar, Jezebel, palace, Salt Sea)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3157, H3158, H3159

Joab

Names :: Joab

Definition:

Joab was an important military leader for King David throughout David’s entire reign.

Before David became king, Joab had already been one of his loyal followers.
Later, during David’s reign as king over Israel, Joab became the commander of King David’s army.
Joab was also King David’s nephew, since his mother was one of David’s sisters.
When David’s son Absalom betrayed him by trying to take over his kingship, Joab killed Absalom in order to protect the king.
Joab was a very aggressive fighter and killed many people who were enemies of Israel.

(See also: Absalom, David)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3097

Joash

Names :: Joash

Facts:

Joash was the name of several men in the Old Testament.

One Joash was the father of the Israelite deliverer Gideon.
Another man named Joash was a descendant of Jacob’s youngest son, Benjamin.
The most well-known Joash became king of Judah at the age of seven. He was the son of Ahaziah, king of Judah, who had been murdered.
When Joash was a very young child, his aunt saved him from being killed by hiding him away until he was old enough to be crowned king.
King Joash was a good king who at first obeyed God. But he did not remove the high places, and the Israelites started worshiping idols again.
King Joash ruled Judah during some of the years that King Jehoash was ruling Israel. They were two distinct kings.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahaziah, altar, Benjamin, false god, Gideon, high places, false god)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3101, H3135

Joel

Names :: Joel

Facts:

Joel was a prophet who probably lived during the reign of King Joash of Judah. There were also several other men in the Old Testament named Joel.

The book of Joel is one of twelve short prophetic books in the last section of the Old Testament.
The only personal information we have about the prophet Joel is that his father’s name was Pethuel.
In his sermon at Pentecost, the apostle Peter quoted from the book of Joel.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Joash, Judah, Pentecost)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3100, G24930

John (the Baptist)

Names :: John (the Baptist)

Facts:

John was the son of Zechariah and Elizabeth. Since “John” was a common name, he is often called “John the Baptist” to distinguish him from the other people named John, such as the Apostle John.

John was the prophet whom God sent to prepare people to believe in and follow the Messiah.
John told people to confess their sins, turn to God, and stop sinning, so that they would be ready to receive the Messiah.
John baptized many people in water as a sign that they were sorry for their sins and were turning away from them.
John was called “John the Baptist” because he baptized many people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: baptize, Zechariah (NT))

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

22:2 The angel said to Zechariah, “Your wife will have a son. You will name him John. He will be filled with the Holy Spirit, and will prepare the people for Messiah!”
22:7 After Elizabeth gave birth to her baby boy, Zechariah and Elizabeth named the baby John, as the angel had commanded.
24:1 John, the son of Zechariah and Elizabeth, grew up and became a prophet. He lived in the wilderness, ate wild honey and locusts, and wore clothes made from camel hair.
24:2 Many people came out to the wilderness to listen to John. He preached to them, saying, “Repent, for the kingdom of God is near!”
24:6 The next day, Jesus came to be baptized by John. When John saw him, he said, “Look! There is the Lamb of God who will take away the sin of the world.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: G09100 G24910

John (the apostle)

Names :: John (the apostle)

Facts:

John was one of Jesus’ twelve apostles and one of Jesus’ closest friends.

John and his brother James were sons of a fisherman named Zebedee.
In the gospel that he wrote about Jesus’ life, John referred to himself as “the disciple whom Jesus loved.” This seems to indicate that John was an especially close friend of Jesus.
The Apostle John wrote five New Testament books: the gospel of John, the Revelation of Jesus Christ, and three letters written to other believers.
Note that the Apostle John was a different person than John the Baptist.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

36:1 One day, Jesus took three of his disciples, Peter, James, and John with him. (The disciple named John was not the same person who baptized Jesus.) They went up on a high mountain by themselves.
44:1 One day, Peter and John were going to the Temple. As they approached the Temple gate, they saw a crippled man who was begging for money.
44:6 The leaders of the Temple were very upset by what Peter and John were saying. So they arrested them and put them into prison.
44:7 The next day, the Jewish leaders brought Peter and John to the high priest and the other religious leaders. They asked Peter and John, “By what power did you heal this crippled man?”
44:9 The leaders were shocked that Peter and John spoke so boldly because they could see that these men were ordinary men who were uneducated. But then they remembered that these men had been with Jesus. After they threatened Peter and John, they let them go.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G24910

Jonah

Names :: Jonah

Definition:

Jonah was a Hebrew prophet in the Old Testament.

The book of Jonah tells the story of what happened when God sent Jonah to preach to the people of Nineveh.
Jonah refused to go to Nineveh and instead got on a ship headed for a Tarshish.
God caused a huge storm to overwhelm that ship.
Jonah told the men sailing the ship that he was running away from God, and he suggested that they throw him into the sea. When they did that, the storm stopped and the sailors offered a sacrifice to Yahweh.
Jonah was swallowed by a huge fish, and he was inside the belly of that fish for three days and nights.
After that, Jonah went to Nineveh and preached to the people there, and the people stopped acting so violently toward others.
Jonah became angry at God for not destroying Nineveh, and God used a plant and a worm to teach Jonah a lesson about compassion.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: disobey, Nineveh, turn)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3124, G24950

Jonathan

Names :: Jonathan

Facts:

Jonathan was the name of at least ten men in the Old Testament. The name means “Yahweh has given.”

David’s best friend, Jonathan, is the most well-known Jonathan in the Bible with this name. This Jonathan was King Saul’s oldest son.
Other Jonathans mentioned in the Old Testament include a descendant of Moses; a nephew of King David; several priests, including a son of Abiathar; and an Old Testament scribe in whose house the prophet Jeremiah was imprisoned.

(See also: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abiathar, David, Moses, Jeremiah, priest, Saul (OT), scribe)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3083, H3129

Joppa

Names :: Joppa

Facts:

In biblical times, the city of Joppa was an important commercial seaport located on the Mediterranean Sea, south of the Plain of Sharon.

The ancient site of Joppa was located in the same place as the present-day city of Jaffa, which has now become incorporated into the city of Tel Aviv.
In the Old Testament, Joppa was the city where Jonah got on a boat that was going to Tarshish.
In the New Testament, a Christian woman named Tabitha died in Joppa, and Peter raised her back to life.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: the sea, Jerusalem, Sharon, Tarshish)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3305, G24450

Joram

Names :: Joram

Facts:

Joram son of Ahab was a king of Israel. He was also sometimes referred to as “Jehoram.”

King Joram of Israel reigned at the same time as King Jehoram of Judah.
Joram was an evil king who worshiped false gods and caused Israel to sin.
King Joram of Israel also reigned during the time of the prophets Elijah and Obadiah.
Another man named Joram was the son of King Tou of Hamath when David was king.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahab, David, Elijah, Hamath, Jehoram, kingdom of Israel, Judah, Obadiah, prophet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3088, H3141, G24960

Jordan River, Jordan

Names :: Jordan River, Jordan

Facts:

The Jordan River is a river that flows from north to south, and forms the eastern boundary of the land that was called Canaan.

Today, the Jordan River separates Israel on its west from Jordan on its east.
The Jordan River flows through the Sea of Galilee and then empties into the Dead Sea.
When Joshua led the Israelites into Canaan, they had to cross the Jordan River. It was too deep to cross normally, but God miraculously stopped the river from flowing so they could walk across the river bed.
Often in the Bible the Jordan River is referred to as “the Jordan.”

(See also: Canaan, Salt Sea, Sea of Galilee)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

15:2 The Israelites had to cross the Jordan River to enter into the Promised Land.
15:3 After the people crossed the Jordan River, God told Joshua how to attack the powerful city of Jericho.
19:14 Elisha told him (Naaman) to dip himself seven times in the Jordan River.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3383, G24460

Joseph (NT)

Names :: Joseph (NT)

Facts:

Joseph was Jesus’ earthly father and raised him as his son. He was a righteous man who worked as a carpenter.

Joseph became engaged to a Jewish girl named Mary, while they were engaged God chose her to become the mother of Jesus the Messiah.
An angel told Joseph that the Holy Spirit had miraculously caused Mary to be pregnant, and that Mary’s baby was the Son of God.
After Jesus was born, an angel warned Joseph to take the baby and Mary to Egypt in order to escape from Herod.
Joseph and his family later lived in the city of Nazareth of Galilee, where he earned a living doing carpentry work.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Christ, Galilee, Jesus, Nazareth, Son of God, virgin)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

22:4 She (Mary) was a virgin and was engaged to be married to a man named Joseph.
23:1 Joseph, the man Mary was engaged to, was a righteous man. When he heard that Mary was pregnant, he knew it was not his baby. He did not want to shame her, so he planned to quietly divorce her.
23:2 The angel said, “Joseph, do not be afraid to take Mary as your wife. The baby in her body is from the Holy Spirit. She will give birth to a son. Name him Jesus (which means, ‘Yahweh saves’), because he will save the people from their sins.”
23:3 So Joseph married Mary and took her home as his wife, but he did not sleep with her until she had given birth.
23:4 Joseph and Mary had to make a long journey from where they lived in Nazareth to Bethlehem because their ancestor was David whose hometown was Bethlehem.
26:4 Jesus said, “The words I just read to you are happening right now.” All the people were amazed. “Isn’t this the son of Joseph?” they said.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G25010

Joseph (OT)

Names :: Joseph (OT)

Facts:

Joseph was Jacob’s eleventh son. He was Rachel’s first son. The descendants of his two sons Ephraim and Manasseh became two of the tribes of Israel.

The Hebrew name Joseph is similar to both the Hebrew word meaning “to add, increase” and the Hebrew word meaning “to gather, take away.”
A large portion of the book of Genesis is dedicated to the story of Joseph, how he remained faithful to God throughout his many difficulties and forgave his brothers who had sold him to be a slave in Egypt.
Eventually God raised Joseph to the second highest place of power in Egypt and used him to save the people of Egypt and the surrounding nations in a time when there was little food. Joseph helped save his own family from starving and brought them to live with him in Egypt.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:2 Joseph’s brothers hated him because their father loved him most and because Joseph had dreamed that he would be their ruler.
8:4 The slave traders took Joseph to Egypt.
8:5 Even in prison, Joseph remained faithful to God, and God blessed him.
8:7 God had given Joseph the ability to interpret dreams, so Pharaoh had Joseph brought to him from the prison.
8:9 Joseph told the people to store up large amounts of food during the seven years of good harvests.
9:2 The Egyptians no longer remembered Joseph and all he had done to help them.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3084, H3130, G25000, G25010

Joshua

Names :: Joshua

Facts:

There were several Israelite men named Joshua in the Bible. The most well-known is Joshua son of Nun who was Moses’ helper and who later became an important leader of God’s people.

Joshua was one of the twelve spies whom Moses sent to explore the Promised Land.
Along with Caleb, Joshua urged the Israelite people to obey God’s command to enter the Promised Land and defeat the Canaanites.
Many years later, after Moses died, God appointed Joshua to lead the people of Israel into the Promised Land.
In the first and most famous battle against the Canaanites, Joshua led the Israelites to defeat the city of Jericho.
The Old Testament book of Joshua tells how Joshua led the Israelites in taking control of the Promised Land and how he assigned each tribe of Israel a part of the land to live on.
Joshua son of Jozadak is mentioned in the books of Haggai and Zechariah; he was a high priest who helped rebuild the walls of Jerusalem.
There are several other men named Joshua mentioned in the genealogies and elsewhere in the Bible.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, Haggai, Jericho, Moses, Promised Land, Zechariah (OT))

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

14:4 When the Israelites reached the edge of Canaan, Moses chose twelve men, one from each tribe of Israel. He gave the men instructions to go and spy on the land to see what it was like.
14:6 Immediately Caleb and Joshua, the other two spies, said, “It is true that the people of Canaan are tall and strong, but we can certainly defeat them!”
14:8 “Except for Joshua and Caleb, everyone who is twenty years old or older will die there and never enter the Promised Land.”
14:14 Moses was now very old, so God chose Joshua to help him lead the people.
14:15 Joshua was a good leader because he trusted and obeyed God.
15:3 After the people crossed the Jordan River, God told Joshua how to attack the powerful city of Jericho.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3091, G24240

Josiah

Names :: Josiah

Facts:

Josiah was a godly king who reigned over the kingdom of Judah for thirty-one years. He led the people of Judah to repent and worship Yahweh.

After his father King Amon was killed, Josiah became king over Judah at eight years of age.
In the eighteenth year of his reign, King Josiah ordered Hilkiah the high priest to rebuild the temple of the Lord. While this was being done, the books of the Law were found.
When the books of the Law were read to Josiah, he was grieved at how his people were disobeying God. He ordered that all the places of idol worship be destroyed and that the priests of the false gods be killed.
He also ordered the people to start celebrating the Passover feast again.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: false god, Judah, law, Passover, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2977, G25020

Jotham

Names :: Jotham

Definition:

In the Old Testament, there were three men with the name Jotham.

One man named Jotham was the youngest son of Gideon. Jotham helped defeat his older brother Abimelech, who had killed all the rest of their brothers.
Another man named Jotham was a king over Judah for sixteen years following the death of his father Uzziah (Azariah).
Like his father, King Jotham obeyed God and was a good king.
However, by not removing the places of idol worship he caused the people of Judah to later turn away from God again.
Jotham is also one of the ancestors listed in the genealogy of Jesus Christ in the book of Matthew.

(See also: Abimelech, Ahaz, Gideon, Uzziah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3147

Judah

Names :: Judah

Facts:

Judah was Jacob’s fourth son. He was Leah’s fourth son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Judah” or “Judah.”
His name sounds similar to the Hebrew word meaning “praise.”
The tribe of Judah settled in the southern part of Canaan, including the mountainous area to the south of the city of Jerusalem. When used as the name of a region of land, the term “Judah” refers to the land given to the tribe of Judah.
In the Old Testament, the name Judah is sometimes used to refer to the whole southern kingdom of Israel (similar to how the name Ephraim is sometimes used to refer to the whole northern kingdom).
King David, King Solomon, and all the kings of the southern kingdom were descendants of Judah. Jesus, too, was a descendant of Judah.
The words “Jew” and “Judea” come from the name “Judah.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3063

Judah, kingdom of Judah

Names :: Judah, kingdom of Judah

Facts:

The tribe of Judah was the largest of the twelve tribes of Israel. The kingdom of Judah was made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin.

After King Solomon died, the nation of Israel was divided into two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. The kingdom of Judah was the southern kingdom, located west of the Salt Sea.
The capital city of the kingdom of Judah was Jerusalem.
Eight kings of Judah obeyed Yahweh and led the people to worship him. The other kings of Judah were evil and led the people to worship idols.
Over 120 years after Assyria defeated Israel (the northern kingdom), Judah was conquered by the nation of Babylon. The Babylonians destroyed the city and the temple, and took most of the people of Judah to Babylon as captives.

(See also: Judah, Salt Sea)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

18:7 Only two tribes remained faithful to him (Rehoboam). These two tribes became the kingdom of Judah.
18:10 The kingdoms of Judah and Israel became enemies and often fought against each other.
18:13 The kings of Judah were descendants of David. Some of these kings were good men who ruled justly and worshiped God. But most of Judah’s kings were evil, corrupt, and they worshiped idols.
20:1 The kingdoms of Israel and Judah both sinned against God.
20:5 The people in the kingdom of Judah saw how God had punished the people of the kingdom of Israel for not believing and obeying him. But they still worshiped idols, including the gods of the Canaanites.
20:6 About 100 years after the Assyrians destroyed the kingdom of Israel, God sent Nebuchadnezzar, king of the Babylonians, to attack the kingdom of Judah.
20:9 Nebuchadnezzar and his army took almost all of the people of the kingdom of Judah to Babylon, leaving only the poorest people behind to plant the fields.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4438, H3063

Judas Iscariot

Names :: Judas Iscariot

Facts:

Judas Iscariot was one of Jesus’ apostles. He was the one who betrayed Jesus to the Jewish leaders.

The name “Iscariot” may mean “from Kerioth,” perhaps indicating that Judas grew up in that city.
Judas Iscariot managed the apostles’ money and regularly stole some of it to use for himself.
Judas betrayed Jesus by telling the religious leaders where Jesus was so they could arrest him.
After the religious leaders condemned Jesus to die, Judas regretted that he had betrayed Jesus, so he gave the betrayal money back to the Jewish leaders and then killed himself.
One of the other apostles of Jesus was Judas son of James. He was not the same person as Judas Iscariot.
One of Jesus’ brothers was named Judas. He was later known as “Jude.” He was not the same person as Judas Iscariot.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

38:2 One of Jesus’ disciples was a man named Judas. … After Jesus and the disciples arrived in Jerusalem, Judas went to the Jewish leaders and offered to betray Jesus to them in exchange for money.
38:3 The Jewish leaders, led by the high priest, paid Judas thirty silver coins to betray Jesus.
38:14 Judas came with the Jewish leaders, soldiers, and a large crowd. They were all carrying swords and clubs. Judas came to Jesus and said, “Greetings, teacher,” and kissed him.
39:8 Meanwhile, Judas, the betrayer, saw that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus to die. He became full of sorrow and went away and killed himself.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G24550, G24690

Judas son of James

Names :: Judas son of James

Facts:

Judas son of James was one of Jesus’ twelve apostles. Note that he was not the same man as Judas Iscariot.

Often in the Bible, men with the same name were distinguished by mentioning whose son they were. Here, Judas was identified as the “son of James.”
Another man named Judas was Jesus’ brother. He was also known as “Jude.”
The New Testament book called “Jude” was probably written by Jesus’ brother Judas, since the author identified himself as the “brother of James.” James was another brother of Jesus.
It is also possible that the book of Jude was written by Jesus’ disciple, Judas, the son of James.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G24550

Judea, Judah

Names :: Judea, Judah

Facts:

The term “Judea” refers to an area of land in ancient Israel. It is sometimes used in a narrow sense and other times in a broad sense.

Sometimes “Judea” is used in a narrow sense to refer only to the province located in the southern part of ancient Israel just west of the Dead Sea. Some translations call this province “Judah.”
Other times “Judea” has a broad sense and refers to all the provinces of ancient Israel, including Galilee, Samaria, Perea, Idumea and Judea (Judah).
If translators want to make the distinction clear, the broad sense of Judea could be translated as “Judea Country” and the narrow sense could be translated as “Judea Province,” or “Judah Province” since this is the part of ancient Israel where the tribe of Judah had originally lived.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Galilee, Edom, Judah, Judah, Samaria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G24530

Kadesh, Kadesh-Barnea, Meribah Kadesh

Names :: Kadesh, Kadesh-Barnea, Meribah Kadesh

Facts:

The names Kadesh, Kadesh-Barnea, and Meribah Kadesh all refer to an important city in Israel’s history which was located in the southern part of Israel, near the region of Edom.

The city of Kadesh was an oasis, a place where there was water and fertile soil in the middle of a desert named Zin.
Moses sent twelve spies into the land of Canaan from Kadesh Barnea.
Israel also encamped at Kadesh during the wandering in the wilderness.
Kadesh Barnea was where Miriam died.
It was at Meribah Kadesh where Moses disobeyed God and hit a rock to get water for the Israelites, instead of speaking to it as God had told him to do.
The name “kadesh” comes from the Hebrew word meaning “holy” or “set apart.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: desert, Edom, holy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4809, H6946, H6947

Kedar

Names :: Kedar

Facts:

Kedar was Ishmael’s second son. It was also an important city, which was probably named after the man.

The city of Kedar is located in the northern part of Arabia near the southern border of Palestine. In Bible times, it was known for its greatness and beauty.
The descendants of Kedar formed a large people group that is also called “Kedar.”
The phrase “dark tents of Kedar” refers to the black goathair tents the people of Kedar lived in.
These people raised sheep and goats. They also used camels for transporting things.
In the Bible, the phrase “the glory of Kedar” refers to the greatness of that city and its people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Arabia, goat, Ishmael, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Song of Songs 1:5

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6938

Kedesh

Names :: Kedesh

Facts:

Kedesh was a Canaanite city that was taken over by the Israelites when they entered the land of Canaan.

This city was located in the northern part of Israel, in the portion of land that was given to the tribe of Naphtali.
Kedesh was one of the cities that was chosen as a place where the Levite priests could live, since they did not have any land of their own.
It was also set apart as a “city of refuge.”

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6943, H7191

Kerethites

Names :: Kerethites

Facts:

The Kerethites were a people group who were probably part of the Philistines. Some versions write this name as “Cherethites.”

The “Kerethites and Pelethites” were a special group of soldiers from King David’s army who were especially devoted to him as his bodyguards.
Benaiah, son of Jehoiada, a member of David’s administrative corps, was the leader of the Kerethites and Pelethites.
The Kerethites remained with David when he had to flee Jerusalem because of Absalom’s revolt.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Absalom, Benaiah, David, Philistines)

Bible References:

Zephaniah 2:5

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3774

Kidron Valley

Names :: Kidron Valley

Facts:

The Kidron Valley is a deep valley just outside the city of Jerusalem, between its eastern wall and the Mount of Olives.

The valley is over 1,000 meters deep and about 32 kilometers long.
When King David was fleeing from his son Absalom, he went through the Kidron Valley to get to the Mount of Olives.
King Josiah and King Asa of Judah ordered that the high places and altars of false gods be smashed and burned; the ashes were thrown into the Kidron Valley.
During the reign of King Hezekiah, the Kidron Valley was where the priests threw everything impure that they removed from the temple.
The evil queen Athaliah was killed in this valley because of the wicked things she had done.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

John 18:1

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5674, H6939, G27480, G54930

Korah, Korahite

Names :: Korah, Korahite

Definition:

Korah was the name of three men in the Old Testament.

Korah was a descendant of Levi and so served in the tabernacle as a priest. He became jealous of Moses and Aaron and led a group of men to rebel against them.
One of the sons of Esau was named Korah. He became a leader in his community.
A third man named Korah is listed as a descendant of Judah.

(See also: Aaron, authority, Caleb, descendant, Esau, Judah, priest)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7141

Laban

Names :: Laban

Facts:

In the Old Testament, Laban was the uncle and father-in-law of Jacob.

Jacob lived with Laban’s household in Padan Aram and managed his sheep and goats as a condition of marriage to Laban’s daughters.
Jacob’s preference was for Laban’s daughter Rachel to be his wife.
Laban deceived Jacob and made him marry his oldest daughter Leah first before giving Rachel to him as his wife.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Jacob, Nahor, Leah, Rachel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3837

Lamech

Names :: Lamech

Facts:

Lamech was the name of two men mentioned in the book of Genesis.

The first Lamech mentioned was a descendant of Cain. He boasted to his two wives that he had killed a man for injuring him.
The second Lamech was a descendant of Seth. He was also the father of Noah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Cain, Noah, Seth)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3929, G29840

Lazarus

Names :: Lazarus

Facts:

Lazarus and his sisters, Mary and Martha, were special friends of Jesus. Jesus often stayed with them in their home in Bethany.

Lazarus is best known for the fact that Jesus raised him from the dead after he had been buried in a tomb for several days.
The Jewish leaders were angry at Jesus and jealous that he had done this miracle, and they tried to find a way to kill both Jesus and Lazarus.
Jesus also told a parable about a poor beggar and a rich man in which the beggar was a different man named “Lazarus.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: beg, Jewish leaders, Martha, Mary, raise)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

37:1 One day, Jesus received a message that Lazarus was very sick. Lazarus and his two sisters, Mary and Martha, were close friends of Jesus.
37:2 Jesus said, “Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep, and I must wake him.”
37:3 Jesus’ disciples replied, “Master, if Lazarus is sleeping, then he will get better.” Then Jesus told them plainly, “Lazarus is dead.”
37:4 When Jesus arrived at Lazarus’ hometown, Lazarus had already been dead for four days.
37:6 Jesus asked them, “Where have you put Lazarus?”
37:9 Then Jesus shouted, “Lazarus, come out!”
37:10 So Lazarus came out! He was still wrapped in grave clothes.
37:11 But the religious leaders of the Jews were jealous, so they gathered together to plan how they could kill Jesus and Lazarus.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G29760

Leah

Names :: Leah

Facts:

Leah was one of Jacob’s wives. She was the older sister of Rachel and the mother of six of Jacob’s sons: Reuben, Simeon, Levi, Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun. She was also the mother of Jacob’s daughter Dinah.

The book of Genesis tells the story of how Leah’s father Laban tricked Jacob into marrying her before marrying Rachel.
God abundantly blessed Leah by giving her many children, even though her husband Jacob loved Rachel more than her.
Leah is the ancestral mother of both King David and Jesus.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3812

Lebanon

Names :: Lebanon

Facts:

Lebanon is a beautiful mountainous region located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel. In Bible times this region was thickly wooded with fir trees, such as cedar and cypress.

King Solomon sent workers to Lebanon to harvest cedar trees for use in building God’s temple.
Ancient Lebanon was inhabited by Phoenician people, who were skilled builders of ships that were used for a successful trading industry.
The cities of Tyre and Sidon were located in Lebanon. It was in these cities that a valuable purple dye was first used.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: cedar, cypress, fir, Phoenicia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3844

Levi, Levite

Names :: Levi, Levite

Definition:

Levi was Jacob’s third son. He was Leah’s third son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Levi” or the “Levites.”
The name Levi is similar to the Hebrew word for “join to.”
Unlike the other tribes, the tribe of Levi did not inherit a unified area of land in Canaan. Instead, they inherited various cities scattered throughout the regions belonging to the other tribes.
The tribe of Levi was responsible for taking care of the tabernacle (and later, the temple) and conducting religious rituals, including offering sacrifices and prayers for the Israelite people.
In the Old Testament, it is not always clear whether the term “Levite” refers generally to a descendant of Levi or specifically to a person who served in the temple helping the priests.
The Old Testament law prescribed that all priests were to be chosen from the tribe of Levi. The Levite priests were set apart and dedicated for the special work of serving God in the temple.
Two other men named “Levi” were ancestors of Jesus. Their names are listed in the genealogy in the gospel of Luke.
Jesus’ disciple Matthew was also called Levi.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3878, H3879, H3881, G30170, G30180, G30190, G30200

Leviathan

Names :: Leviathan

Facts:

The term “Leviathan” refers to a very large, extinct animal mentioned in the earliest writings of the Old Testament, the books of Job, Psalms, and Isaiah.

Leviathan is described as a large, snake-like creature, strong and fierce and able to make the water around it “boil.” The descriptions of it were similar to that of a dinosaur.
Isaiah the prophet refered to Leviathan as “the gliding serpent”.
Job wrote from firsthand knowledge of Leviathan, so the animal was most likely alive during his lifetime.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Isaiah, Job, serpent)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3882

Lot

Names :: Lot

Facts:

Lot was Abraham’s nephew.

He was the son of Abraham’s brother Haran.
Lot traveled with Abraham to the land of Canaan and settled in the city of Sodom.
Lot was the ancestor of the Moabites and Ammonites.
When enemy kings attacked Sodom and captured Lot, Abraham came with several hundred men to rescue Lot and recover his belongings.
The people living in the city of Sodom were very wicked, so God destroyed that city. But he first told Lot and his family to leave the city so that that they could escape.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Ammon, Haran, Moab, Sodom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3876, G30910

Luke

Names :: Luke

Facts:

Luke wrote two books of the New Testament: the gospel of Luke and the book of Acts.

In his letter to the Colossians, Paul refers to Luke as a doctor. Paul also mentions Luke in two of his other letters.
It is thought that Luke was a Greek and a Gentile who came to know Christ. In his gospel, Luke includes several accounts that highlight Jesus’ love for all peoples, both Jews and Gentiles.
Luke accompanied Paul on two of his missionary journeys and helped him in his work.
In some early church writings, it is said that Luke was born in the city of Antioch in Syria.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Antioch, Paul, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G30650

Lystra

Names :: Lystra

Facts:

Lystra was a city in ancient Asia Minor that Paul visited on one of his missionary journeys. It was located in the region of Lycaonia, which is now in the modern-day country of Turkey.

Paul and his companions escaped to Derbe and Lystra when they were threatened by the Jews in Iconium.
In Lystra, Paul met Timothy, who became a fellow evangelist and church planter.
After Paul healed a crippled man in Lystra, the people there tried to worship Paul and Barnabas as gods, but the apostles rebuked them and stopped them from doing that.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: evangelist, Iconium, Timothy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G30820

Maacah

Names :: Maacah

Facts:

Maacah (or Maakah) was one of the sons of Abraham’s brother Nahor. Other people in the Old Testament also had this name.

The city of Maacah or Beth Maacah was located in the far north of Israel, in the region occupied by the tribe of Naphtali.
It was an important city and was attacked by enemies on several occasions.
Maacah was the name of several women, including the mother of David’s son Absalom.
King Asa removed his grandmother Maacah from being queen because she had promoted Asherah worship.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Asa, Asherah, Nahor, Naphtali, twelve tribes of Israel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4601

Maker

Names :: Maker

Facts:

In general, a “maker” is someone who creates or makes things.

In the Bible, the term “Maker” is sometimes used as a name or title for Yahweh, because he created everything.
Usually this term is combined with “his” or “my” or “your.”

Translation Suggestions:

The term “Maker” can be translated as “the Creator” or “God who creates” or “the One who made everything.”
The phrase “his Maker” could also be translated as “the One who created him” or “God, who created him.”
The phrases “your Maker” and “my Maker” could be translated in a similar way.

(See also: How to Translate Names

(See also: create, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Hosea 8:13-14

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3335, H6213, H6466

Malachi

Names :: Malachi

Facts:

Malachi was one of God’s prophets to the kingdom of Judah. He lived around 500 years before Christ was on earth.

Malachi prophesied during the period when Israel’s temple was being rebuilt after returning from the Babylonian captivity.
Ezra and Nehemiah lived around the same time as Malachi.
The book of Malachi is the last book of the Old Testament.
Like all the Old Testament prophets, Malachi urged the people to repent of their sins and to turn back to worshiping Yahweh.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Babylon, captive, Ezra, Judah, Nehemiah, prophet, repent, turn)

Bible References:

Malachi 1:1

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4401

Manasseh

Names :: Manasseh

Facts:

Manasseh was the older son of Joseph. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The name Manasseh is similar to the the Hebrew word meaning “to forget.”
The tribe of Manasseh was often called the “half-tribe of Manasseh” because only part of the tribe settled in the land of Canaan, on the west side of the Jordan River. The other part of the tribe settled on the east side of the Jordan.
One of the kings of Judah was also named Manasseh. King Manasseh was an evil king who sacrificed his own children as burnt offerings to false gods.
God punished King Manasseh by allowing him to be captured by an enemy army. Manasseh turned back to God and destroyed the altars where idols were worshiped.
Three other men named Manasseh are mentioned in the Old Testament. One of them was the grandfather of some Danites who were priests for false gods. The other two were men who lived during the time of Ezra and were required to divorce their pagan wives, who had influenced them to worship false gods.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Joseph, Ephraim, twelve tribes of Israel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4519, H4520, G31280

Martha

Names :: Martha

Facts:

Martha was a woman from Bethany who followed Jesus.

Martha had a sister named Mary and a brother named Lazarus, who also followed Jesus.
One time when Jesus was visiting them in their home, Martha was distracted by meal preparation while her sister Mary sat and listened to Jesus teach.
When Lazarus died, Martha told Jesus that she believed that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Lazarus, Mary (sister of Martha))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G31360

Mary (sister of Martha)

Names :: Mary (sister of Martha)

Facts:

Mary was a women from Bethany who followed Jesus.

Mary had a sister named Martha and a brother named Lazarus who also followed Jesus.
One time Jesus said that Mary had chosen what was best when she chose to listen to him teach rather than being anxious about preparing him a meal as Martha was.
Jesus brought Mary’s brother Lazarus back to life.
Sometime after that, while Jesus was eating in someone’s home in Bethany, Mary poured expensive perfume on his feet in order to worship him.
Jesus praised her for doing this and said that she was preparing his body for burial.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Bethany, frankincense, Lazarus, Martha)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G31370

Mary Magdalene

Names :: Mary Magdalene

Facts:

Mary Magdalene was one of several women who believed in Jesus and followed him in his ministry. She was known as the one whom Jesus had healed from seven demons who had controlled her.

Mary Magdalene and some other women helped support Jesus and his apostles by giving to them.
She is also mentioned as one of the women who were the first to see Jesus after he rose from the dead.
As Mary Magdalene stood outside the empty tomb, she saw Jesus standing there and he told her to go tell the other disciples that he was alive again.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: demon, demon-possessed)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G30940, G31370

Mary, the mother of Jesus

Names :: Mary, the mother of Jesus

Facts:

Mary was a young woman living in the city of Nazareth who was pledged to be married to a man named Joseph. God chose Mary to be the mother of Jesus the Messiah, the Son of God.

The Holy Spirit miraculously caused Mary to become pregnant while she was a virgin.
An angel told Mary that the baby to be born to her was the Son of God and that she must name him Jesus.
Mary loved God and praised him for being gracious to her.
Joseph married Mary, but she remained a virgin until after the baby was born.
Mary thought deeply about the amazing things that the shepherds and wise men said about the baby Jesus.
Mary and Joseph took the baby Jesus to be dedicated at the temple. Later they took him to Egypt to escape King Herod’s plot to kill the baby. Eventually they moved back to Nazareth.
When Jesus was an adult, Mary was with him when he changed water to wine at a wedding in Cana.
The gospels also mention that Mary was at the cross when Jesus was dying. He told his disciple John to take care of her like his own mother.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

22:4 When Elizabeth was six months pregnant, the same angel appeared to Elizabeth’s relative, whose name was Mary. She was a virgin and was engaged to be married to a man named Joseph. The angel said, “You will become pregnant and give birth to a son. You are to name him Jesus and he will be the Messiah.”
22:5 The angel explained, “The Holy Spirit will come to you, and the power of God will overshadow you. So the baby will be holy, the Son of God.” Mary believed and accepted what the angel said.
22:6 Soon after the angel spoke to Mary, she went and visited Elizabeth. As soon as Elizabeth heard Mary’s greeting, Elizabeth’s baby jumped inside her.
23:2 The angel said, “Joseph, do not be afraid to take Mary as your wife. The baby in her body is from the Holy Spirit.”
23:4 Joseph and Mary had to make a long journey from where they lived in Nazareth to Bethlehem because their ancestor was David whose hometown was Bethlehem.
49:1 An angel told a virgin named Mary that she would give birth to God’s Son. So while she was still a virgin, she gave birth to a son and named him Jesus.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G31370

Matthew, Levi

Names :: Matthew, Levi

Facts:

Matthew was one of the twelve men that Jesus chose to be his apostles. He was also known as Levi, son of Alpheus.

Levi (Matthew) was a tax-collector from Capernaum before he met Jesus.
Matthew wrote the gospel that bears his name.
There are several other men named Levi in the Bible.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: apostle, Levite, tax collector)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G30170, G31560

Mede, Medes, Media

Names :: Mede, Medes, Media

Facts:

Media was an ancient empire located east of Assyria and Babylonia, and north of Elam and Persia. The people who lived in the empire of Media were called “Medes.”

The Media empire covered parts of what are present-day Turkey, Iran, Syria, Iraq and Afghanistan.
The Medes were closely associated with the Persians and the two empires joined forces to conquer the Babylonian empire.
Babylonia was invaded by Darius the Mede during the time that the prophet Daniel was living there.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Assyria, Babylon, Cyrus, Daniel, Darius, Elam, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4074, H4075, H4076, H4077, G33700

Melchizedek

Names :: Melchizedek

Facts:

During the time when Abram lived, Melchizedek was the king of the city of Salem (later “Jerusalem”)

Melchizedek’s name means “king of righteousness” and his title “king of Salem” means “king of peace.”
He was also called a “priest of God Most High.”
Melchizedek is first mentioned in the Bible when he served Abram bread and wine after Abram rescued his nephew Lot from powerful kings. Abram gave Melchizedek one-tenth of the plunder from his victory.
In the New Testament, Melchizedek is described as someone who had no father or mother. He was called a priest and king who will reign forever.
The New Testament also says that Jesus is a priest according to the priestly “order of Melchizedek.” Jesus was not descended from Levi as the Israelite priests were. His priesthood is directly from God, as Melchizedek’s was.
Based on these descriptions of him in the Bible, Melchizedek was a human priest who was also chosen by God to represent or point forward to Jesus, the eternal king of peace and righteousness and our great high priest.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4442, G31980

Memphis

Names :: Memphis

Definition:

Memphis was an ancient capital city in Egypt, along the Nile River.

Memphis was located in Lower Egypt, just south of the Nile River delta, where the soil was very fertile and crops were plentiful.
Its fertile soil and important location between Upper and Lower Egypt caused Memphis to become a major city of trade and commerce.

(Translation suggestions: Translating Names

(See also: Egypt, Nile River)

Bible References:

Hosea 9:6

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4644, H5297

Meshech

Names :: Meshech

Facts:

Meshech is the name of two men in the Old Testament.

One Meshech was a son of Japheth.
The other Meshech was a grandson of Shem.
Meshech was also the name of a region of land, which was probably named after one of these men.
The region of Meshech may have been located in part of what is now the country of Turkey.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Japheth, Noah, Shem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4851, H4902

Mesopotamia, Aram Naharaim

Names :: Mesopotamia, Aram Naharaim

Facts:

Mesopotamia is the area of land between the Tigris and Euphrates Rivers. Its location is in the region of the modern day country of Iraq.

In the Old Testament, this region was called “Aram Naharaim.”
The word “Mesopotamia” means “between rivers.” The phrase “Aram Naharaim” means “Aram of two rivers.”
Abraham lived in the Mesopotamian cities of Ur and Haran before moving on to the land of Canaan.
Babylon was another important city in Mesopotamia.
The region called “Chaldea” was also part of Mesopotamia.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Aram, Babylon, Chaldea, Euphrates River)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0763, G33180

Micah

Names :: Micah

Facts:

Micah was a prophet of Judah around 700 years before Christ, when the prophet Isaiah was also ministering to Judah. Another man named Micah lived during the time of the judges.

The book of Micah is near the end of the Old Testament.
Micah prophesied about the destruction of Samaria by the Assyrians.
Micah rebuked the people of Judah for disobeying God and warned them that their enemies would attack them.
His prophecy ends with a message of hope in God, who is faithful and saves his people.
In the book of Judges, the story is told of a man named Micah living in Ephraim who made an idol out of silver. A young Levite priest who came to live with him stole the idol and other things, and took off with a group of Danites. Eventually the Danites and the priest settled in the city of Laish and they set up that same silver idol to worship.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Assyria, Dan, Ephraim, false god, Isaiah, Judah, judge, Levite, priest, prophet, Samaria, silver)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4318

Michael

Names :: Michael

Facts:

Michael is the chief of all God’s holy, obedient angels. He is the only angel who is specifically referred to as the “archangel” of God.

The term “archangel” literally means “chief angel” or “ruling angel.”
Michael is a warrior who fights against God’s enemies and protects God’s people.
He led the Israelites in fighting against the Persian army. In the end times he will lead the armies of Israel in the final battle against the forces of evil, as foretold in Daniel.
There are also several men in the Bible with the name Michael. Several men are identified as being the “son of Michael”

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: angel, Daniel, messenger, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4317, G34130

Midian, Midianite

Names :: Midian, Midianite

Facts:

Midian was a son of Abraham and his wife Keturah. It is also the name of a people group and region located in the northern Arabian Desert to the south of the land of Canaan. The people of that group were called “Midianites.”

When Moses first left Egypt, he went to the region of Midian where he met the daughters of Jethro and helped them water their flocks. Later Moses married one of Jethro’s daughters.
Joseph was taken to Egypt by a group of Midianite slave traders.
Many years later the Midianites attacked and raided the Israelites in the land of Canaan. Gideon led the Israelites in defeating them.
Many of the modern-day Arabian tribes are descendants of this group.

(See also Arabia, Egypt, flock, Gideon, Jethro, Moses)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

16:3 But then the people forgot about God and started worshiping idols again. So God allowed the Midianites, a nearby enemy people group, to defeat them.
16:4 The Israelites were so scared, they hid in caves so the Midianites would not find them.
16:11 The man’s friend said, “This dream means that Gideon’s army will defeat the Midianite army!”
16:14 God confused the Midianites, so that they started attacking and killing each other.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4080, H4084, H4092

Miriam

Names :: Miriam

Facts:

Miriam was the older sister of Aaron and Moses.

When she was young, Miriam was instructed by her mother to watch over her baby brother Moses who was in a basket among the reeds of the Nile River. When the pharaoh’s daughter found the baby and needed someone to take care of him for her, Miriam brought her mother to do it.
Miriam led the Israelites in a dance of joy and thanksgiving after they had escaped from the Egyptians by crossing the Red Sea.
Years later as the Israelites were wandering in the desert, Miram and Aaron began speaking badly about Moses because he had married a Cushite woman.
Because of her rebellion in speaking against Moses, God caused Miriam to become sick with leprosy. But later God healed her when Moses interceded for her.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Aaron, Cush, intercede, Moses, Nile River, Pharaoh, rebel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4813

Mishael

Names :: Mishael

Facts:

Mishael is the name of three men in the Old Testament.

One man named Mishael was a cousin of Aaron. When two of Aaron’s sons were killed by God after they offered incense in a away that did not follow what God had told them to do, Mishael and his brother were given the task of carrying the dead bodies outside the Israelite camp.
Another man named Mishael stood beside Ezra when he publicly read the rediscovered law.
During the time when the people of Israel were in exile in Babylon, a young man named Mishael was also captured and forced to live in Babylon. The Babylonians gave him the name, “Meshach.” He, along with his companions, Azariah (Shadrach) and Hananiah (Abednego), refused to worship the king’s statue and were thrown into a fiery furnace.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Aaron, Azariah, Babylon, Daniel, Hananiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4332, H4333

Mizpah

Names :: Mizpah

Facts:

Mizpah is the name of several towns mentioned in the Old Testament. It means “look-out point” or “watchtower.”

When David was being pursued by Saul, he left his parents in Mizpah, under the protection of the king of Moab.
One city called Mizpah was located on the border between the kingdoms of Judah and Israel. It was a major military center.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: David, Judah, kingdom of Israel, Moab, Saul (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4708, H4709

Moab, Moabite

Names :: Moab, Moabite

Facts:

The term “Moab” refers to a people group that lived to the east of the Salt Sea. The book of Genesis describes this people group as the descendents of a man named “Moab,” who was the son of Lot’s elder daughter.

In the book of Ruth, Elimelek and his family went to live in Moab because of the famine around Bethlehem.
Ruth is called a “Moabite woman” because she was born in the country of Moab and was from that people group.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Bethlehem, Judea, Lot, Ruth, Salt Sea)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4124, H4125

Molech, Moloch

Names :: Molech, Moloch

Facts:

Molech was the name of one of the false gods that the Canaanites worshiped. Other spellings are “Moloch” and “Molek.”

People who worshiped Molech sacrificed their children to him by means of fire.
Some of the Israelites also worshiped Molech instead of the one true God, Yahweh. They followed the evil practices of Molech worshipers, including sacrificing their children.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, evil, false god, God, false god, sacrifice, true, worship, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4428, H4432, G34340

Mordecai

Names :: Mordecai

Facts:

Mordecai was a Jewish man living in the country of Persia. He was the guardian of his cousin Esther, who later became the wife of the Persian king, Ahasuerus.

While working at the royal palace, Mordecai overheard men plotting together to kill King Ahasuerus. He reported this and the king’s life was saved.
Some time later, Mordecai also found out about a plan to kill all the Jews in the kingdom of Persia. He advised Esther to appeal to the king to save her people.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahasuerus, Babylon, Esther, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4782

Moses

Names :: Moses

Facts:

Moses was a prophet and leader of the Israelite people for over 40 years. He was the leader of the Israelite people when they came out of Egypt, as described in the book of Exodus.

When Moses was a baby, Moses’ parents put him in a basket in the reeds of the Nile River to hide him from the Egyptian Pharaoh. Moses’ sister Miriam watched over him there. Moses’ life was spared when the pharaoh’s daughter found him and took him to the palace to raise him as her son.
God chose Moses to free the Israelites from slavery in Egypt and to lead them to the Promised Land.
After the Israelites’ escape from Egypt and while they were wandering in the desert, God gave Moses two stone tablets with the Ten Commandments written on them.
Near the end of his life, Moses saw the Promised Land, but didn’t get to live in it because he disobeyed God.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Miriam, Promised Land, Ten Commandments)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

9:12 One day while Moses was taking care of his sheep, he saw a bush that was on fire.
12:5 Moses told the Israelites, “Stop being afraid! God will fight for you today and save you.”
12:7 God told Moses to raise his hand over the sea and divide the waters.
12:12 When the Israelites saw that the Egyptians were dead, they trusted in God and believed that Moses was a prophet of God.
13:7 Then God wrote these Ten Commandments on two stone tablets and gave them to Moses.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4872, H4873, G34750

Mount Hermon

Names :: Mount Hermon

Facts:

Mount Hermon is the name of the tallest mountain in Israel at the southern tip of the Lebanon mountain range.

It is located north of the Sea of Galilee, at the northern border between Israel and Syria.
Other names given to Mount Hermon by other people groups were “Mount Sirion” and “Mount Senir.”
Mount Hermon has three major peaks. The tallest peak is around 2,800 meters high.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Israel, Sea of Galilee, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2022, H2768, H2769, H8149

Mount of Olives

Names :: Mount of Olives

Definition:

The Mount of Olives is a mountain or large hill located near the east side of the city of Jerusalem. It is about 787 meters high.

In the Old Testament, this mountain is sometimes referred to as “the mountain that is east of Jerusalem.”
The New Testament records several occasions when Jesus and his disciples went to the Mount of Olives to pray and rest.
Jesus was arrested in the Garden of Gethsemane, which is located on the Mount of Olives.
This could also be translated as “Olive Hill” or “Olive Tree Mountain.”

(See also: Translate Names

(See also: Gethsemane, olive)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2022, H2132, G37350, G16360

Naaman

Names :: Naaman

Facts:

In the Old Testament, Naaman was the commander of the army of the king of Aram.

Naaman had a terrible skin disease called leprosy that could not be cured.
A Jewish slave in Naaman’s household told him to go ask the prophet Elisha to heal him.
Elisha told Naaman to wash seven times in the Jordan River. When Naaman obeyed, God healed him of his disease.
As a result, Naaman came to believe in the only true God, Yahweh.
Two other men named Naaman were descendants of Jacob’s son Benjamin.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Aram, Jordan River, leprosy, prophet)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

19:14 One of the miracles happened to Naaman, an enemy commander, who had a horrible skin disease.
19:15 At first Naaman was angry and would not do it because it seemed foolish. But later he changed his mind and dipped himself seven times in the Jordan River.
26:6 “He (Elisha) only healed the skin disease of Naaman, a commander of Israel’s enemies.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5283, G34970

Nahor

Names :: Nahor

Facts:

Nahor was the name of two relatives of Abraham, his grandfather and his brother.

Abraham’s brother Nahor was the grandfather of Isaac’s wife Rebekah.
The phrase “city of Nahor” could mean “the city named Nahor” or “the city where Nahor had lived” or “Nahor’s city.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Rebekah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5152, G34930

Nahum

Names :: Nahum

Facts:

Nahum was a prophet who preached during the time when the evil King Manasseh was ruling over Judah.

Nahum was from the town of Elkosh, which was about 20 miles from Jerusalem.
The Old Testament book of Nahum records his prophecies about the destruction of the Assyrian city of Nineveh.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Assyria, Manasseh, prophet, Nineveh)

Bible References:

Nahum 1:1

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5151, G34860

Naphtali

Names :: Naphtali

Facts:

Naphtali was Jacob’s sixth son. He was Bilhah’s second son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Naphtali” or “Naphtali” or “Naphtalites.”
The name Naphtali is similar to the Hebrew word meaning “to twist, wrestle.”
The tribe of Naphtali settled in the northern part of Canaan, between the tribes of Manassah and Asher. Its eastern border was on the western shoreline of the Sea of Chinnereth. When used as the name of a region of land, the term “Naphtali” refers to the land given to the tribe of Naphtali.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Bilhah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5321, G35080

Nathan

Names :: Nathan

Facts:

Nathan was a faithful prophet of God who lived while David was king over Israel.

God sent Nathan to confront David after David sinned grievously against Uriah.
Nathan rebuked David in spite of the fact that David was the king.
David repented of his sin after Nathan confronted him.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: David, faithful, prophet, Uriah)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:7 God sent the prophet Nathan to David with this message, “Because you are a man of war, you will not build this Temple for me.”
17:13 God was very angry about what David had done, so he sent the prophet Nathan to tell David how evil his sin was.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5416, G34810

Nazareth, Nazarene

Names :: Nazareth, Nazarene

Facts:

Nazareth is a town in the region of Galilee in northern Israel. It is about 100 kilometers north of Jerusalem, and it takes about three to five days to travel there on foot.

Joseph and Mary were from Nazareth, and this is where they raised Jesus. That is why Jesus was known as “the Nazarene.”
Many of the Jews living in Nazareth did not respect Jesus’ teaching because he had grown up among them, and they thought he was just an ordinary person.
Once, when Jesus was teaching in Nazareths synagogue, the Jews there tried to kill him because he claimed to be the Messiah and had rebuked them for rejecting him.
The remark Nathaniel made when he heard that Jesus was from Nazareth indicated that this city was not thought of very highly.

(See also: Christ, Galilee, Joseph (NT), Mary)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

23:4 Joseph and Mary had to make a long journey from where they lived in Nazareth to Bethlehem because their ancestor was David whose hometown was Bethlehem.
26:2 Jesus went to the town of Nazareth where he had lived during his childhood.
26:7 The people of Nazareth dragged Jesus out of the place of worship and brought him to the edge of a cliff to throw him off of it in order to kill him.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G34780, G34790, G34800

Nebuchadnezzar

Names :: Nebuchadnezzar

Facts:

Nebuchadnezzar was a king of the Babylonian Empire whose powerful army conquered many people groups and nations.

Under Nebuchadnezzar’s leadership, the Babylonian army attacked and conquered the kingdom of Judah, and took most of the people of Judah to Babylon as captives. The captives were forced to live there for a period of 70 years known as the “Babylonian Exile.”
One of the exiles, Daniel, interpreted some of King Nebuchadnezzar’s dreams.
Three other captured Israelites, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, were thrown into a fiery furnace when they refused to bow down to a gigantic gold statue that Nebuchadnezzar had made.
King Nebuchadnezzar was very arrogant and worshiped false gods. When he conquered Judah, he stole many gold and silver objects from the temple in Jerusalem.
Because Nebuchadnezzar was proud and refused to turn away from worshiping false gods, Yahweh caused him to be destitute for seven years, living like an animal. After the seven years, God restored Nebuchadnezzar when he humbled himself and praised the one true God, Yahweh.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: arrogant, Azariah, Babylon, Hananiah, Mishael)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

20:6 About 100 years after the Assyrians destroyed the kingdom of Israel, God sent Nebuchadnezzar, king of the Babylonians, to attack the kingdom of Judah.
20:6 The king of Judah agreed to be Nebuchadnezzar’s servant and pay him a lot of money every year.
20:8 To punish the king of Judah for rebelling, Nebuchadnezzar’s soldiers killed the king’s sons in front of him and then made him blind.
20:9 Nebuchadnezzar and his army took almost all of the people of the kingdom of Judah to Babylon, leaving only the poorest people behind to plant the fields.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5019, H5020

Negev

Names :: Negev

Facts:

The Negev is a desert region in the southern part of Israel, southwest of the Salt Sea.

The original word means “the South,” and some English versions translate it this way.
It could be that the “South” is not located where the Negev Desert is today.
When Abraham lived in the city of Kadesh, he was in the Negev or southern region.
Isaac was living in the Negev when Rebekah traveled to meet him and become his wife.
The Jewish tribes of Judah and Simeon lived in this southern region.
The largest city in the Negev region was Beersheba.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Beersheba, Israel, Judah, Kadesh, Salt Sea, Simeon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5045, H6160

Nehemiah

Names :: Nehemiah

Facts:

Nehemiah was an Israelite forced to move to the Babylonian empire when the people of Israel and Judah were taken captive by the Babylonians.

While he was the cupbearer to the Persian king, Artaxerxes, Nehemiah asked the king for permission to return to Jerusalem.
Nehemiah led the Israelites in rebuilding the walls of Jerusalem which had been destroyed by the Babylonians.
For twelve years Nehemiah was the governor of Jerusalem before returning to the king’s palace.
The Old Testament book of Nehemiah tells the story of Nehemiah’s work in rebuilding the walls and his governing of the people in Jerusalem.
There were also other men named Nehemiah in the Old Testament. Usually the name of the father was added, to distinguish which Nehemiah was being talked about.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Artaxerxes, Babylon, Jerusalem, son)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5166

Nile River, River of Egypt, the Nile

Names :: Nile River, River of Egypt, the Nile

Facts:

The Nile is a very long and wide river in northeastern Africa. It is especially well known as the main river of Egypt.

The Nile River flows north through Egypt and into the Mediterranean Sea.
Crops grow well in the fertile land on either side of the Nile River.
Most Egyptians live near the Nile River since it is an important source of water for food crops.
The Israelites lived in the land of Goshen, which was very fertile because it was located along the Nile River.
When Moses was a baby, his parents placed him in a basket among the reeds of the Nile to hide him from Pharaoh’s men.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Egypt, Goshen, Moses)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:4 Egypt was a large, powerful country located along the Nile River.
9:4 Pharaoh saw that the Israelites were having many babies, so he ordered his people to kill all Israelite baby boys by throwing them into the Nile River.
9:6 When the boy’s parents could no longer hide him, they put him in a floating basket among the reeds along the edge of the Nile River in order to save him from being killed.
10:3 God turned the Nile River into blood, but Pharaoh still would not let the Israelites go.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0216, H2975, H4714, H5104

Nineveh, Ninevite

Names :: Nineveh, Ninevite

Facts:

Nineveh was the capital city of Assyrian empire. A “Ninevite” was a person who lived in Nineveh.

God sent the prophet Jonah to warn the Ninevites to turn from their wicked ways. The people stopped acting so violently and God did not destroy them at that time.
The prophets Nahum and Zephaniah both prophesied that God would destroy Nineveh as judgment for their sin.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Assyria, Jonah, repent, turn)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5210, G35350, G35360

Obadiah

Names :: Obadiah

Facts:

Obadiah was an Old Testament prophet who prophesied against the people of Edom, who were the descendants of Esau. There were also many other men named Obadiah in the Old Testament.

The book of Obadiah is the shortest book in the Old Testament and tells a prophecy that Obadiah received through a vision from God.
It is not clear when Obadiah lived and prophesied. It may have been during the paeriods that Jehoram, Ahaziah, Joash, and Athaliah, reigned in Judah. The prophets Daniel, Ezekiel, and Jeremiah would also have been prophesying during part of this time.
Obadiah may also have lived at a later time period, during the reign of King Zedekiah and the Babylonian captivity.
Other men named Obadiah included a descendant of Saul, a Gadite who became one of David’s men, a palace administrator for King Ahab, an official of King Jehoshaphat, a man who helped with repairs to the temple during the time of King Josiah, and a Levite who was also a gatekeeper during the time of Nehemiah.
It could be that the writer of the book of Obadiah was one of these men.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahab, Babylon, David, Edom, Esau, Ezekiel, Daniel, Gad, Jehoshaphat, Josiah, Levite, Saul (OT), Zedekiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5662

Og

Names :: Og

Facts:

Og is the name of a man who was an Amorite king who ruled over the land of Bashan.

The Israelites conquered Og and his people and land.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Amorite, Bashan)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

Omri

Names :: Omri

Facts:

Omri was an army commander who became the sixth king of Israel.

King Omri reigned for twelve years in the city of Tirzah.
Like all the kings of Israel before him, Omri was a very evil king who led the people of Israel into more idol worship.
Omri was also the father of King Ahab.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ahab, Israel, Jeroboam, Tirzah)

Bible References:

2 Chronicles 22:1-3

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6018

Paddan Aram

Names :: Paddan Aram

Facts:

Paddan Aram was the name of a region where Abraham’s family lived before moving to the land of Canaan. It means “plain of Aram.”

When Abraham left Haran in Paddan Aram to travel to the land of Canaan, most of the rest of his family stayed behind in Haran.
Many years later, Abraham’s servant went to Paddan Aram to find a wife for Isaac among his relatives there and found Rebekah, grand-daughter of Bethuel.
Isaac and Rebekah’s son Jacob also traveled to Paddan Aram and married two daughters of Rebekah’s brother Laban who was living in Haran.
Aram, Paddan-Aram, and Aram-Nahariam were all part of the same region that is now where the modern-day country of Syria is located.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Aram, Bethuel, Canaan, Haran, Jacob, Laban, Rebekah, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6307

Paran

Names :: Paran

Facts:

Paran was a desert or wilderness area east of Egypt and south of the land of Canaan. There was also a Mount Paran, which may have been another name for Mount Sinai.

The slave Hagar and her son Ishmael went to live in the wilderness of Paran after Sarah ordered Abraham to send them away.
When Moses led the Israelites out of Egypt, they passed through the wilderness of Paran.
It was from Kadesh-Barnea in the wilderness of Paran that Moses sent twelve men to spy out the land of Canaan and bring back a report.
The wilderness of Zin was north of Paran and the wilderness of Sin was south of Paran.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, desert, Egypt, Kadesh, Sinai)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0364, H6290

Peor, Mount Peor, Baal Peor

Names :: Peor, Mount Peor, Baal Peor

Definition:

The terms “Peor” and “Mount Peor” refer to a mountain located northeast of the Salt Sea, in the region of Moab.

The name “Beth Peor” was the name of a city, probably located on that mountain or near it. This was where Moses died after God showed him the Promised Land.
“Baal Peor” was a false god of the Moabites that they worshiped at Mount Peor. The Israelites also started worshiping this idol and God punished them for it.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Baal, false god, Moab, Salt Sea, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1047, H1187, H6465

Perizzite

Names :: Perizzite

Facts:

The Perizzites were one of several people groups in the land of Canaan. Little is known about this group as to who their ancestors were or what part of Canaan they lived in.

The Perizzites are mentioned most frequently in the Old Testament Book of Judges, where it is recorded that the Perizzites intermarried with the Israelites and influenced them to worship false gods.
Note that the clan of Perez, called the “Perezites,” was a different people group from the Perizzites. It may be necessary to spell the names very differently to make this clear.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, false god)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6522

Persia, Persians

Names :: Persia, Persians

Definition:

Persia was a country that also became a powerful empire founded by Cyrus the Great in 550 BC. The country of Persia was located southeast of Babylonia and Assyria in a region that is now the modern-day country of Iran.

The people of Persia were called “Persians.”
Under King Cyrus’ decree, the Jews were freed from their captivity in Babylon and allowed to go home, and the temple in Jerusalem was rebuilt, with funds provided by the Persian Empire.
King Artaxerxes was the ruler of the Persian Empire when Ezra and Nehemiah went back to Jerusalem to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem.
Esther became a queen of the Persian empire when she married King Ahasuerus.

(See also: Ahasuerus, Artaxerxes, Assyria, Babylon, Cyrus, Esther, Ezra, Nehemiah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6539, H6540, H6542, H6543

Pharaoh, king of Egypt

Names :: Pharaoh, king of Egypt

Facts:

In ancient times, the kings who ruled over the country of Egypt were called pharaohs.

Altogether, over 300 pharaohs ruled Egypt for more than 2,000 years.
These Egyptians kings were very powerful and wealthy.
Several of these pharaohs are mentioned in the Bible.
Often this title is used as a name rather than as a title. In these cases, it is capitalized and written as “Pharaoh.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: egypt, king)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:6 One night, the Pharaoh, which is what the Egyptians called their kings, had two dreams that disturbed him greatly.
8:8 Pharaoh was so impressed with Joseph that he appointed him to be the second most powerful man in all of Egypt!
9:2 So the Pharaoh who was ruling over Egypt at that time made the Israelites slaves to the Egyptians.
9:13 “I will send you to Pharaoh so that you can bring the Israelites out of their slavery in Egypt.”
10:2 Through these plagues, God showed __Pharaoh __ that he is more powerful than Pharaoh and all of Egypt’s gods.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4428, H4714, H6547, G53280

Philip, the apostle

Names :: Philip, the apostle

Facts:

Philip the apostle was one of the original twelve disciples of Jesus. He was from the town of Bethsaida.

Philip brought Nathanael to meet Jesus.
Jesus questioned Philip about how to provide food for a crowd of over 5,000 people.
At the last Passover supper that Jesus ate with his disciples, he talked to them about God, his Father. Philip asked Jesus to show them the Father.
Some languages may prefer to spell this Philip’s name in a different way from the other Philip (the evangelist) to avoid confusion.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Philip)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G53760

Philip, the evangelist

Names :: Philip, the evangelist

Facts:

In the early Christian church in Jerusalem, Philip was one of seven leaders chosen to care for the poor and needy Christians, especially the widows.

God used Philip to share the gospel with people in many different towns in the provinces of Judea and Galilee, including an Ethiopian man he met on the desert road to Gaza from Jerusalem.
Years later Philip was living in Caesarea when Paul and his companions stayed at his house on their way back to Jerusalem.
Most Bible scholars think that Philip the evangelist was not the same man as Jesus’ apostle by that name. Some languages may prefer to use slightly different spellings for the names of these two men to make it clear they are different men.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Philip)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G53760

Philippi, Philippians

Names :: Philippi, Philippians

Facts:

Philippi was a major city and Roman colony located in Macedonia in the northern part of ancient Greece. People in Philippi were called Philippians.

Paul and Silas traveled to Philippi to preach about Jesus to the people there.
While in Philippi, Paul and Silas were arrested, but God miraculously freed them.
The New Testament book of Philippians is a letter that the apostle Paul wrote to the Christians in the church at Philippi.
Note that this is a different city from Caesarea Philippi which was located in northeastern Israel near Mount Hermon.

(See also: Caesarea, Christian, church, Macedonia, Paul, Silas)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

47:1 One day, Paul and his friend Silas went to the town of Philippi to proclaim the good news about Jesus.
47:13 The next day the leaders of the city released Paul and Silas from prison and asked them to leave Philippi.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G53740, G53750

Philistia

Names :: Philistia

Definition:

Philistia is the name of a large region in the land of Canaan, located along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea.

The region was located along the very fertile coastal plain reaching from Joppa in the north to Gaza in the south. It was about 64 km long and 16 km wide.
Philistia was occupied by the “Philistines,” a powerful people group who were frequent enemies of the Israelites.

(See also: Philistines, Gaza, Joppa)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0776 H6429 H6430

Philistines

Names :: Philistines

Facts:

The Philistines were a people group who occupied a region known as Philistia along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea. Their name means “people of the sea.”

There were five main Philistine cities: Ashdod, Ashkelon, Ekron, Gath, and Gaza.
The city of Ashdod was in the northern part of Philistia, and the city of Gaza was in the southern part.
The Philistines are probably best known for the many years they were at war against the Israelites.
The judge Samson was a famous warrior against the Philistines, using supernatural strength from God.
King David often led battles against the Philistines, including the time as a youth when he defeated the Philistine warrior, Goliath.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ashdod, Ashkelon, David, Ekron, Gath, Gaza, Goliath, Salt Sea)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6429, H6430

Phinehas

Names :: Phinehas

Facts:

Phineas was the name of two men in the Old Testament.

One of Aaron’s grandsons was a priest named Phinehas, who strongly opposed the worship of false gods in Israel.
Phineas saved the Israelites from a plague that Yahweh had sent to punish them for marrying Midianite women and worshiping their false gods.
On several occasions Phinehas went with the Israelite army to destroy the Midianites.
The other Phinehas mentioned in the Old Testament was one of the evil sons of Eli the priest during the time of the prophet Samuel.
Phinehas and his brother Hophni were both killed when the Philistines attacked Israel and stole the Ark of the Covenant.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6372

Phoenicia, Syrophoenician

Names :: Phoenicia, Syrophoenician

Facts:

In ancient times, Phoenicia was a wealthy nation located in Canaan along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, north of Israel.

Phoenicia occupied an area of land that was in the western region of what is the present-day country of Lebanon.
In New Testament times, the capital of Phoenicia was Tyre. Another important Phoenician city was Sidon. Phoenicia was near Syria, so people from that area were called “Syrophoenician.”
Phoenicians were well-known for their woodworking skills using their country’s plentiful cedar trees, for their production of a costly purple dye, and for their ability to travel and trade by sea. They were also highly skilled boat builders.
One of the earliest alphabets was created by the Phoenician people. Their alphabet was widely used because of their contact with many people groups through trading.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: cedar, purple, Sidon, Tyre)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3667, G49490, G54030

Potiphar

Names :: Potiphar

Facts:

Potiphar was an important official for the pharaoh of Egypt during the time that Joseph was sold as a slave to some Ishmaelites.

Potiphar bought Joseph from the Ishmaelites and appointed him to be in charge of his household.
When Joseph was falsely accused of doing wrong, Potiphar had Joseph put in prison.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Egypt, Joseph (OT), Pharaoh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6318

Priscilla, Prisca

Names :: Priscilla, Prisca

Facts:

Priscilla and her husband Aquila were Jewish Christians who worked with the apostle Paul in his missionary work.

Priscilla and Aquila had left Rome because the emperor had forced the Christians to leave there.
Paul met Aquila and Priscilla in Corinth. They were tentmakers and Paul joined them in this work.
When Paul left Corinth to go to Syria, Priscilla and Aquila went with him.
From Syria, the three of them went to Ephesus. When Paul left Ephesus, Priscilla and Aquila stayed behind and continued the work of preaching the gospel there.
They especially taught a man named Apollos in Ephesus who believed in Jesus and was a gifted speaker and teacher.
Priscilla’s name is shortened to “Prisca” in Romans 16:3.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: believe, Christian, Corinth, Ephesus, Paul, Rome, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G42520, G42510

Rabbah

Names :: Rabbah

Definition:

Rabbah was the most important city of the Ammonite people.

In battles against the Ammonites, the Israelites often attacked Rabbah.
Israel’s King David captured Rabbah as one of his last conquests.
The modern-day city Amman Jordan is now where Rabbah used to be located.

(See also: Ammon, David)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7237

Rachel

Names :: Rachel

Facts:

Rachel was one of Jacob’s wives. She was the mother of Joseph and Benjamin, whose descendants became three of the twelve tribes of Israel.

Rachel and her sister Leah were the daughters of Laban, Jacob’s uncle.
For many years, Rachel was not able to have any children. Then God enabled her to give birth to Joseph.
Years later, Rachel died as she gave birth to Benjamin. Jacob buried her near Bethlehem.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7354, G44780

Ramah

Names :: Ramah

Facts:

Ramah was an ancient Israelite city located about 8 km from Jerusalem. It was in the region where the tribe of Benjamin lived.

Ramah was where Rachel died after giving birth to Benjamin.
When the Israelites were taken captive to Babylon, they were first brought to Ramah before being moved to Babylon.
Ramah was the home of Samuel’s mother and father.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Benjamin, twelve tribes of Israel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7414, G44710

Ramoth

Names :: Ramoth

Facts:

Ramoth was an important city in the mountains of Gilead near the Jordan River. It was also called Ramoth Gilead.

Ramoth belonged to the Israelite tribe of Gad and was designated as a city of refuge.
King Ahab of Israel and King Jehoshaphat of Judah waged war against the king of Aram at Ramoth. Ahab was killed in that battle.
Sometime later, King Ahaziah and King Joram tried to take the city of Ramoth from the king of Aram.
Ramoth Gilead was where Jehu was anointed king over Israel.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahab, Ahaziah, Aram, Gad, Jehoshaphat, Jehu, Joram, Jordan River, Judah, refuge)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7216, H7418, H7433

Rapha, Raphaites, the Valley of the Raphaites

Names :: Rapha, Raphaites, the Valley of the Raphaites

Facts:

The term “Rapha” is the name for a group of inhabitants who lived in a location on the eastern side of the Jordan river. It is also used to refer to dead people or their spirits. The “Rapha” are called “Raphaites” or “Rephaim.”

There was a valley named after this people group, “the valley of the Raphaites,” which is mentioned six times in the Old Testament.
“Rapha” is an English transliteration of a Hebrew word. It is difficult to determine with certainty what the word “Rapha” means and consequently what type of beings the word “Rapha” refers to, whether a group of living people, spirits, or quasi-divine beings. For this reason many English translations have chosen to transliterate the original language (Hebrew) word as “Rephaites” or “Rephaim.” You may desire to do the same thing in your translation.
In Job 26:5, Psalm 88:10, Proverbs 2:18, Proverbs 9:18, Proverbs 21:16, Isaiah 14:9, Isaiah 26:14, and Isaiah 26:19 the term “Raphaites” refers to people who are dead or to their “spirits.”
In all other occurrences in the Old Testament the term “Raphaites” refers to the people group who were human beings who were alive and made up a specific people group.
The people group the Ammonites called the Raphaites by the name “Zamzummites” (See Deuteronomy 2:20).
The term “Rapha” refers to the living people group in every occurrence in the Old Testament except in 1 Chronicles 8:2 and 8:37. In each of these two verses it refers to the name of a man (a different man in each verse).

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names, Copy or Borrow Words

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

Rapha, Rephaites, Rephaim,

Names :: Rapha, Rephaites, Rephaim,

Facts:

The term “Rapha” is the name for a group of inhabitants who lived in a location on the Eastern side of the Jordan river. The “Rapha” are called “Rephaites” or “Rephaim”

There was a valley named after this people group, “the valley of the Rephaites,” which is mentioned six times in the Old Testament.
“Rapha” is an English transliteration of a Hebrew word. It is difficult to determine with certainty what the word “Rapha” means and consequently what type of beings the word “Rapha” refers to. The term “Rapha” could refer to a group of living people, spirits, or quasi-divine beings. For this reason many English translations have chosen to transliterate the original language (Hebrew) word as “Rephaites” or “Rephaim.” You may desire to do the same thing in your translation.
The people group the Ammonites called the Rephaites by the name “Zamzummites” (See Deuteronomy 2:20).

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names, Copy or Borrow Words

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

Rebekah

Names :: Rebekah

Facts:

Rebekah was a grand-daughter of Abraham’s brother Nahor.

God chose Rebekah to be the wife of Abraham’s son Isaac.
Rebekah left the region of Aram Naharaim where she lived and went with Abraham’s servant to the region of the Negev where Isaac was living.
For a long time Rebekah did not have any children, but finally God blessed her with twin boys, Esau and Jacob.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Aram, Esau, Isaac, Jacob, Nahor, Negev)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

6:2 After a very long journey to the land where Abraham’s relatives lived, God led the servant to Rebekah. She was the granddaughter of Abraham’s brother.
6:6 God told Rebekah, “There are two nations inside of you.”
7:1 As the boys grew up, Rebekah loved Jacob, but Isaac loved Esau.
7:3 Isaac wanted to give his blessing to Esau. But before he did, Rebekah and Jacob tricked him by having Jacob pretend to be Esau.
7:6 But Rebekah heard of Esau’s plan. So she sent Jacob far away to live with her relatives.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7259

Rehoboam

Names :: Rehoboam

Facts:

Rehoboam was one of the sons of King Solomon, and he became the king of the nation of Israel after Solomon died.

At the beginning of his reign, Rehoboam was severe with his people, so ten of the tribes of Israel rebelled against him and formed the “kingdom of Israel” in the north.
Rehoboam continued as king of the southern kingdom of Judah, which consisted of the remaining two tribes, Judah and Benjamin.
Rehoboam was a wicked king who did not obey Yahweh, but worshiped false gods.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: kingdom of Israel, Judah, Solomon)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

18:5 After Solomon died, his son, Rehoboam, became king. Rehoboam was a foolish man.
18:6 Rehoboam answered foolishly and told them, “You thought my father Solomon made you work hard, but I will make you work harder than he did, and I will punish you more harshly than he did.”
18:7 Ten of the tribes of the nation of Israel rebelled against Rehoboam. Only two tribes remained faithful to him.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7346, G44970

Reuben

Names :: Reuben

Facts:

Reuben was Jacob’s first son. He was Leah’s first son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the tribe of Reuben or the Reubenites.
In Hebrew, the name Reuben means “Look, a son!”
The tribe of Reuben settled on the eastern side of the Jordan River along with the tribe of Gad and half the tribe of Manasseh.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Leah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7205, H7206, G45020

Rimmon

Names :: Rimmon

Facts:

Rimmon was the name of a man and of several places mentioned in the Bible. It was also the name of a false god.

A man named Rimmon was a Benjamite from the city of Beeroth in Zebulun. This man’s sons murdered Ishbosheth, the crippled son of Jonathan.
Rimmon was a town in the southern part of Judah, in the region occupied by the tribe of Benjamin.
The “rock of Rimmon” was a place of safety where the Benjamites went to escape from being killed in a battle.
Rimmon Perez was an unknown location in the Judean wilderness.
The Syrian commander Naaman spoke of the temple of the false god Rimmon, where the king of Syria worshiped.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Benjamin, Judea, Naaman, Syria, Zebulun)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7417

Rome, Roman

Names :: Rome, Roman

Facts:

In New Testament times, the city of Rome was the center of the Roman Empire. It is now the capital city of the modern-day country of Italy.

The Roman Empire ruled over all the regions around the Mediterranean Sea, including Israel.
The term “Roman” referred to anything relating to the regions that the government in Rome controlled, including Roman citizens and Roman officials.
The apostle Paul was taken to the city of Rome as a prisoner because he preached the good news about Jesus.
The New Testament book of “Romans” is a letter that Paul wrote to the Christians in Rome.

(See also: good news, the sea, Pilate, Paul)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

23:4 When the time was near for Mary to give birth, the Roman government told everyone to go for a census to the town where their ancestors had lived.
32:6 Then Jesus asked the demon, “What is your name?” He replied, “My name is Legion, because we are many.” (A “legion” was a group of several thousand soldiers in the Roman army.)
39:9 Early the next morning, the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to the Roman governor, Pilate, hoping to have Jesus killed.
39:12 The Roman soldiers whipped Jesus and put a royal robe and a crown made of thorns on him. Then they mocked him by saying, “Look, the King of the Jews!”

Word Data:

Strong’s: G45140, G45160

Ruth

Names :: Ruth

Facts:

Ruth was a Moabite woman who lived during the time when judges were leading Israel. In Moab, she married an Israelite man named Mahlon after his family had moved there because of a famine in Israel. Mahlon died, and some time after that she left Moab with her mother-in-law Naomi to return to the city of Bethlehem in Israel.

Ruth was loyal to Naomi and worked hard to provide food for her.
She also committed herself to serving the one true God of Israel.
Ruth married an Israelite man named Boaz and gave birth to a son named Obed. Obed became the grandfather of King David, and King David was an ancestor of Jesus.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Bethlehem, Boaz, David, judge)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7327, G45030

Salt Sea, Dead Sea

Names :: Salt Sea, Dead Sea

Facts:

The Salt Sea (also called the Dead Sea) was located between southern Israel on its west and Moab on its east.

The Jordan River flows south into the Salt Sea.
Because it is smaller than most seas, it could be called “Salt Lake.”
This sea has such a high concentration of minerals (or “salts”) that nothing can live in its waters. Its lack of plants and animals is the cause of the name “Dead Sea.”
In the Old Testament, this sea is also called the “Sea of Arabah” and the “Sea of Negev” because of its location near the regions of Arabah and Negev.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ammon, Arabah, Jordan River, Moab, Negev)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3220, H4417

Samaria, Samaritan

Names :: Samaria, Samaritan

Facts:

Samaria was the name of a city and its surrounding region in the northern part of Israel. The region was located between the Plain of Sharon on its west and the Jordan River on its east.

In the Old Testament, Samaria was the capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel. Later the region surrounding it was also called Samaria.
When the Assyrians conquered the northern kingdom of Israel, they captured the city of Samaria and forced most of the northern Israelites to leave the region, moving them far away to different cities in Assyria.
The Assyrians also brought many foreigners into the region of Samaria to replace the Israelites who had been moved.
Some of the Israelites who remained in that region married the foreigners who had moved there, and their descendants were called Samaritans.
The Jews despised the Samaritans because they were only partly Jewish and because their ancestors had worshiped pagan gods.
In New Testament times, the region of Samaria was bordered by the region of Galilee on its north and the region of Judea on its south.

(See also: Assyria, Galilee, Judea, Sharon, kingdom of Israel)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

20:4 Then the Assyrians brought foreigners to live in the land where the kingdom of Israel had been. The foreigners rebuilt the destroyed cities and married the Israelites who were left there. The descendants of the Israelites who married foreigners were called Samaritans.
27:8 “The next person to walk down that road was a Samaritan. (Samaritans were the descendants of Jews who had married people from other nations. Samaritans and Jews hated each other.)”
27:9 “The Samaritan then lifted the man onto his own donkey and took him to a roadside inn where he took care of him.”
45:7 He (Philip) went to Samaria where he preached about Jesus and many people were saved.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8111, H8115, H8118, G45400, G45410, G45420

Samson

Names :: Samson

Facts:

Samson was one of the judges, or deliverers, of Israel. He was from the tribe of Dan.

God gave Samson superhuman strength, which he used to fight against Israel’s enemies, the Philistines.
Samson was put under a vow to never cut his hair and to never drink wine or any other fermented drink. As long as he kept this vow, God continued to give him strength.
He finally broke his vow and allowed his hair to be cut, enabling the Philistines to capture him.
While Samson was in captivity, God enabled him to regain his strength and gave him the opportunity to destroy the temple of the false god Dagon, along with many Philistines.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8123, G45460

Samuel

Names :: Samuel

Facts:

Samuel was a prophet and the last judge of Israel. He anointed both Saul and David as kings over Israel.

Samuel was born to Elkanah and Hannah in the town of Ramah.
Hannah had been barren, so she had prayed earnestly that God would give her a son. Samuel was the answer to that prayer.
Hannah promised that if, in answer to her desperate prayer that God would give her a male child, her request was granted, she would dedicate her son to Yahweh.
To fulfill her promise to God, when Samuel was a young boy, Hannah sent him to live with and help Eli the priest in the temple.
God raised up Samuel to be a great prophet.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Hannah, judge, prophet, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8050, G45450

Saul (OT)

Names :: Saul (OT)

Facts:

Saul was an Israelite man whom God chose to become the first king of Israel.

Saul was tall and handsome, and a powerful soldier. He was the kind of man that the Israelites wanted to be their king.
Although he served God at first, Saul later became proud and disobeyed God. As a result, God appointed David to take Saul’s place as king and allowed Saul to be killed in battle.
In the New Testament, there was a Jew named Saul who was also known as Paul and who became an apostle of Jesus Christ.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: king)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:1 Saul was the first king of Israel. He was tall and handsome, just like the people wanted. Saul was a good king for the first few years that he ruled over Israel. But then he became a wicked man who did not obey God, so God chose a different man who would one day be king in his place.
17:4 Saul became jealous of the people’s love for David. Saul tried many times to kill him, so David hid from Saul.
17:5 Eventually, Saul died in battle, and David became king of Israel.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7586, G45490

Sea of Galilee, Sea of Kinnereth, lake of Gennesaret, Sea of Tiberias

Names :: Sea of Galilee, Sea of Kinnereth, lake of Gennesaret, Sea of Tiberias

Facts:

The “Sea of Galilee” is a lake in eastern Israel. In the Old Testament it was called the “Sea of Kinnereth.”

The water of this lake flows south through the Jordan River down to the Salt Sea.
Capernaum, Bethsaida, Gennesaret, and Tiberias were some of the towns located on the Sea of Galilee during New Testament times.
Many events of Jesus’ life took place on or near the Sea of Galilee.
The Sea of Galilee was also referred to as the “Sea of Tiberias” and the “lake of Gennesaret.”
This term could also be translated as “lake in the region of Galilee” or “Lake Galilee” or “lake near Tiberias (Gennesaret).”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Capernaum, Galilee, Jordan River, Salt Sea)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3220, H3672, G10560, G10820, G22810, G30410, G50850

Seir, sons of Seir, Mount Seir, mountains of Seir, land of Seir

Names :: Seir, sons of Seir, Mount Seir, mountains of Seir, land of Seir

Facts:

Seir is the name of a man who was a descendant of Esau. The Bible calls Seir’s descendants “the sons of Seir.”

In the Bible region where the descendants of Seir lived is sometimes called “the land of Seir” and sometimes called “Seir.”
The Bible calls a mountain range in Edom “the mountains of Seir.”
The Bible calls a mountain in the land of Judah “Mount Seir.”
The context and/or the modifying word or words will indicate whether “Seir” refers to the person, his descendants, the land of Seir, the mountain Seir, or the mountain range by that name.
The phrase “the sons of Seir” in 2 Chronicles 25:11,14, refers to the Edomites and the word “Seir” in Ezekiel 25:8 also refers to the Edomites.
In the Bible the term “Seir” is sometimes used with the same meaning as “Edom.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Edom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Sennacherib

Names :: Sennacherib

Facts:

Sennacherib was a powerful king of Assyria who caused Nineveh to become a rich, important city.

King Sennacherib is known for his wars against Babylon and the kingdom of Judah.
He was a very arrogant king and he ridiculed Yahweh.
Sennacherib attacked Jerusalem during the time of King Hezekiah.
Yahweh caused Sennacherib’s army to be destroyed.
The Old Testament books of Kings and Chronicles record some of the events of Sennacherib’s reign.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Assyria, Babylon, Hezekiah, Judah, mock, Nineveh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5576, H5623

Seth

Names :: Seth

Facts:

In the book of Genesis, Seth was the third son of Adam and Eve.

Eve said that Seth was given to her in place of her son Abel, who was murdered by his brother Cain.
Noah was one of Seth’s descendants, so everyone who has lived since the time of the Flood is also a descendant of Seth.
Seth and his family were the first people to “call on the name of the Lord.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abel, Cain, call, descendant, ancestor, flood, Noah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8352, G45890

Sharon, Plain of Sharon

Names :: Sharon, Plain of Sharon

Facts:

Sharon was the name of a flat, fertile area of land along the coast of the Mediterranean Sea, south of Mount Carmel. It is also known as the “Plain of Sharon.”

Several cities mentioned in the Bible were located on the Plain of Sharon, including Joppa, Lydda, and Caesarea.
This could be translated as “the plain called Sharon” or “Sharon Plain.”
People who lived in the region of Sharon were called “Sharonites.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Caesarea, Carmel, Joppa, the sea)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8289, H8290

Sheba

Names :: Sheba

Facts:

In ancient times, Sheba was an ancient civilization or region of land that was located somewhere in southern Arabia.

The region or country of Sheba was probably located near what are now the present-day countries of Yemen and Ethiopia.
Its inhabitants were probably descendants of Ham.
The Queen of Sheba came to visit King Solomon when she heard the fame of his riches and wisdom.
There were also several men named “Sheba” listed in genealogies in the Old Testament. It is possible that the name of the region of Sheba came from one of these men.
The city of Beersheba was shortened to Sheba one time in the Old Testament.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Arabia, Beersheba, Ethiopia, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5434, H7614

Shechem

Names :: Shechem

Facts:

Shechem was a town in Canaan located about 40 miles north of Jerusalem. Shechem was also the name of a man in the Old Testament.

The town of Shechem was where Jacob settled after being reconciled to his brother Esau.
Jacob bought land from the sons of Hamor the Hivite in Shechem. This land later became his family burial ground and the place where his sons buried him.
Hamor’s son Shechem raped Jacob’s daughter Dinah, resulting in Jacob’s sons killing all the men in the town of Shechem.

(Translation suggestions: Hamor)

(See also: Canaan, Esau, Hamor, Hivite, Jacob)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7928, H7930

Shem

Names :: Shem

Facts:

Shem was one of Noah’s three sons, all of whom went with him into the ark during the worldwide flood described in the book of Genesis.

Shem was the ancestor of Abraham and his descendants.
The descendants of Shem were known as “Semites”; they spoke “Semitic” languages such as Hebrew and Arabic.
The Bible indicates that Shem lived nearly 600 years.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Arabia, ark, flood, Noah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8035, G45900

Shiloh

Names :: Shiloh

Facts:

Shiloh was a walled Canaanite city that was conquered by the Israelites under the leadership of Joshua.

The city of Shiloh was located west of the Jordan River and northeast of the city of Bethel.
During the time that Joshua was leading Israel, the city of Shiloh was a meeting place for the people of Israel.
The twelve tribes of Israel met together at Shiloh to hear Joshua tell them which portion of the land of Canaan had been assigned to each of them.
Before any temple was built in Jerusalem, Shiloh was the place where the Israelites came to sacrifice to God.
When Samuel was a young boy, his mother Hannah took him to live in Shiloh to be trained by the priest Eli to serve Yahweh.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7886, H7887

Shimei

Names :: Shimei

Definition:

Shimei was the name of several men in the Old Testament.

Shimei son of Gera was a Benjamite who cursed King David and threw stones at him as he was fleeing Jerusalem to escape being killed by his son Absalom.
There were also several Levite priests in the Old Testament who were named Shimei.

(See also: Absalom, Benjamin, Levite, priest)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8096, H8097

Shinar

Names :: Shinar

Facts:

Shinar means “country of two rivers” and was the name of a plain or region in southern Mesopotamia.

Shinar later became known as “Chaldea” and then, “Babylonia.”
Ancient peoples living in the city of Babel in the Plain of Shinar built a tall tower to try to make themselves great.
Generations later, the Jewish patriarch Abraham lived in the city of Ur in this region, which by that time was called “Chaldea.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Babel, Babylon, Chaldea, Mesopotamia, patriarchs, Ur)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8152

Sidon, Sidonians

Names :: Sidon, Sidonians

Facts:

Sidon was the oldest son of Canaan. There is also a Canaanite city called Sidon, probably named after Canaan’s son.

The city of Sidon was located northwest of Israel on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea in a region that is part of the present-day country of Lebanon.
The “Sidonians” were a Phoenician people group who lived in ancient Sidon and the region surrounding it.
In the Bible, Sidon is closely associated with the city of Tyre, and both cities were known for their wealth and for immoral behavior of their people.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, Noah, Phoenicia, the sea, Tyre)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6721, H6722, G46050, G46060

Sihon

Names :: Sihon

Sihon is the name of a man who was an Amorite king who ruled over the land of Heshbon.

The Israelites conquered Sihon and his people and land.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Amorite, Heshbon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

Silas, Silvanus

Names :: Silas, Silvanus

Facts:

Silas was a leader among the believers in Jerusalem.

The elders of the church in Jerusalem appointed Silas to go with Paul and Barnabas to take a letter to the city of Antioch.
Silas later traveled with Paul to other cities to teach people about Jesus.
Paul and Silas were put in jail in the city of Philippi. They sang praises to God while they were there and God released them from the jail. The jailer became a Christian as a result of their testimony.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Antioch, Barnabas, Jerusalem, Paul, Philippi, prison, testimony)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

47:1 One day, Paul and his friend Silas went to the town of Philippi to proclaim the good news about Jesus.
47:2 She (Lydia) invited Paul and Silas to stay at her house, so they stayed with her and her family.
47:3 Paul and Silas often met with people at the place of prayer.
47:7 So the owners of the slave girl took Paul and Silas to the Roman authorities, who beat them and threw them into jail.
47:8 They put Paul and Silas in the most secure part of the prison and even locked up their feet.
47:11 The jailer trembled as he came to Paul and Silas and asked, “What must I do to be saved?”
47:13 The next day the leaders of the city released Paul and Silas from prison and asked them to leave Philippi. Paul and Silas visited Lydia and some other friends and then left the city.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G46090, G46100

Simeon

Names :: Simeon

Facts:

Simeon was Jacob’s second son. He was Leah’s second son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Simeon.”
The name Simeon is similar to the Hebrew word meaning “to hear.”
The tribe of Simeon occupied part of the southernmost territory in the promised land of Canaan. Its land was entirely surrounded by the land that belonged to Judah. When used as the name of a region of land, the term “Simeon” refers to the land given to the tribe of Simeon.
When Joseph and Mary brought the baby Jesus to the temple in Jerusalem to dedicate him to God, an elderly man named Simeon praised God for allowing him to see the Messiah.
Another man named Simeon is mentioned in Luke’s geneology of Jesus.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Leah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8095, H8099, G48260

Simon the Zealot

Names :: Simon the Zealot

Facts:

Simon the Zealot was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples.

Simon is mentioned three times in the listing of Jesus’ disciples, but little else is known about him.
Simon was one of the Eleven who met to pray together in Jerusalem after Jesus went back up into heaven.
The term “zealot” may mean that Simon was a member of “the Zealots,” a Jewish religious party that was very zealous in upholding the Law of Moses while strongly opposing the Roman government.
Or, “zealot” may simply mean “the zealous one,” referring to Simon’s religious zeal.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: apostle, disciple, the twelve)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G22080, G25810, G46130

Sinai, Horeb

Names :: Sinai, Horeb

Facts:

Mount Sinai, also called Mount Horeb, is a mountain that was probably located in the southern part of what is now called the Sinai Peninsula, but the exact location of this mountain is not known.

It is the place where God revealed his covenant to the Israelites and gave Moses the stone tablets on which he had written the ten commandments.
It is also called the “mountain of God.”
It was also the place where God later told Moses to strike a rock to provide water for the Israelites as they were wandering in the desert.
It was the place where Moses saw the burning bush when he was tending sheep.
It is possible that “Horeb” was the actual name of the mountain and that “Mount Sinai” simply means “mountain of Sinai,” referring to the fact that Mount Horeb was located in the desert of Sinai.

(See also: desert, Ten Commandments covenant, Israel, Moses, Sinai)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:1 After God led the Israelites through the Red Sea, he led them through the wilderness to a mountain called Sinai.
13:3 Three days later, after the people had prepared themselves spiritually, God came down on top of Mount Sinai with thunder, lightning, smoke, and a loud trumpet blast.
13:11 For many days, Moses was on top of Mount Sinai talking with God.
15:13 Then Joshua reminded the people of their obligation to obey the covenant that God had made with the Israelites at Sinai.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2722, H5514, G37350, G46140

Sodom

Names :: Sodom

Definition:

Sodom was a city in the southern part of Canaan where Abraham’s nephew Lot lived with his wife and children.

The land of the region surrounding Sodom was very well watered and fertile, so Lot chose to live there when he first settled in Canaan.
The exact location of this city is not known because Sodom and the nearby city of Gomorrah were completely destroyed by God as punishment for the evil things the people there were doing.
The most significant sin that the people of Sodom and Gomorrah were practicing was homosexuality.

(See also: Canaan, Gomorrah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5467, G46700

Solomon

Names :: Solomon

Facts:

Solomon was one of King David’s sons. His mother was Bathsheba.

When Solomon became king, God told him to ask for anything he wanted. So Solomon asked for wisdom to rule the people justly and well. God was pleased with Solomon’s request and gave him both wisdom and much wealth.
Solomon is also well known for having a magnificent temple built in Jerusalem.
Although Solomon ruled wisely in the first years of his reign, later on he foolishly married many foreign women and started worshiping their gods.
Because of Solomon’s unfaithfulness, after his death God divided the Israelites into two kingdoms, Israel and Judah. These kingdoms often fought against each other.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Bathsheba, David, Israel, Judah, kingdom of Israel, temple)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:14 Later, David and Bathsheba had another son, and they named him Solomon.
18:1 After many years, David died, and his son Solomon began to rule. God spoke to Solomon and asked him what he wanted most. When Solomon asked for wisdom, God was pleased and made him the wisest man in the world. Solomon learned many things and was a very wise judge. God also made him very wealthy.
18:2 In Jerusalem, Solomon built the Temple for which his father David had planned and gathered materials.
18:3 But Solomon loved women from other countries.…When Solomon was old, he also worshiped their gods.
18:4 God was angry with Solomon and, as a punishment for Solomon’s unfaithfulness, he promised to divide the nation of Israel into two kingdoms after Solomon’s death.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8010, G46720

Stephen

Names :: Stephen

Facts:

Stephen is most remembered as the first Christian martyr, that is, the first person to be killed because of his faith in Jesus. The facts about his life and death are recorded in the book of Acts.

Stephen was appointed by the early Church in Jerusalem to serve the Christians as a deacon by providing food for widows and other Christians in need.
Certain Jews falsely accused Stephen of speaking against God and against the laws of Moses.
Stephen boldly spoke the truth about Jesus the Messiah, beginning with the history of God’s dealings with the people of Israel.
The Jewish leaders were furious and executed Stephen by stoning him to death outside the city.
His execution was witnessed by Saul of Tarsus, who later became the apostle Paul.
Stephen is also well-known for his last words before he died, “Lord, please do not hold this sin against them,” which showed the love he had for others.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: appoint, deacon, Jerusalem, Paul, stone, true)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G47360

Succoth

Names :: Succoth

Definition:

Succoth was the name of two Old Testament cities. The word, “succoth” (or “sukkoth”) means “shelters.”

The first city called Succoth was located on the east side of the Jordan River.
Jacob stayed at Succoth with his family and flocks, building shelters for them there.
Hundreds of years later, Gideon and his exhausted men stopped at Succoth as they were chasing the Midanites, but the people there refused to give them any food.
The second Succoth was located on the northern border of Egypt and was a place where the Israelites stopped after they crossed the Red Sea as they were escaping from slavery in Egypt.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5523, H5524

Syria, Ashur

Names :: Syria, Ashur

Facts:

Syria is a country located northeast of Israel. During the time of the New Testament, it was a province under the rule of the Roman Empire.

In the Old Testament time period, the Syrians were strong military enemies of the Israelites.
Naaman was a commander of the Syrian army who was cured of leprosy by the prophet Elisha.
Many inhabitants of Syria are descendants of Aram, who was descended from Noah’s son Shem.
Damascus, the capital city of Syria, was mentioned many times in the Bible.
Saul went to the city of Damascus with plans to persecute Christians there, but Jesus stopped him.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0758, H0804, G49470, G49480

Tamar

Names :: Tamar

Facts:

Tamar is the name of several different women in the Old Testament. There are also several cities or other places that are named Tamar in the Old Testament.

Tamar was the daughter-in-law of Judah. After Tamar became a widow, Judah fathered a son with Tamar, who continued the family name of her dead husband. The son’s name was Perez, who became an ancestor of King David and of Jesus Christ.
One of King David’s daughters was named Tamar; she was the sister of Absalom. Her half-brother Amnon raped her and left her desolate.
Absalom also had a daughter named Tamar.
A city called “Hazezon Tamar” was the same as the city of Engedi on the western shore of the Salt Sea. There is also a “Baal Tamar,” and general references to a place called “Tamar” which may have been different from the cities.

(See also: Absalom, ancestor, Amnon, David, ancestor, Judah, Salt Sea)

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1193, H2688, H8412, H8559

Tarshish

Names :: Tarshish

Facts:

In biblical times, Tarshish was a port city situated on the Mediterranean Sea. The specific location of the city is unknown. Also, the Old Testament mentions two different men named Tarshish.

The city of Tarshish was a prosperous port city with ships that carried products to buy, sell, or trade. The Bible states that King Solomon kept a fleet of ships stationed at Tarshish.
The Old Testament prophet Jonah boarded a ship bound for the city of Tarshish instead of obeying God’s command to go preach to Nineveh.
One of Japheth’s grandsons was named Tarshish.
Tarshish was also the name of one of the wise men of King Ahashuerus.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Esther, Japheth, Jonah, Nineveh, Phoenicia, wise men)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8659

Tarsus

Names :: Tarsus

Facts:

Tarsus was a prosperous city in the Roman province of Cilicia, in what is now south central Turkey.

Tarsus was located along a major river and near the Mediterranean Sea, so it was part of an important trade route.
At one time it was the capital of Cilicia.
In the New Testament, Tarsus was best known as the hometown of Paul the apostle.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Cilicia, Paul, province, the sea)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G50180, G50190

Terah

Names :: Terah

Facts:

Terah was a descendant of Noah’s son Shem. He was the father of Abram, Nahor and Haran.

Terah left his home in Ur in order to go to the land of Canaan with his son Abram, his nephew Lot, and Abram’s wife Sarai.
On the way to Canaan, Terah and his family lived for years in the city of Haran in Mesopotamia. Terah died in Haran at the age of 205.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Canaan, Haran, Lot, Mesopotamia, Nahor, Sarah, Shem, Ur)

Bible References:

Genesis 11:31-32

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8646, G22910

Thessalonica, Thessalonian

Names :: Thessalonica, Thessalonian

Facts:

In New Testament times, Thessalonica was the capital city of Macedonia in the ancient Roman empire. The people living in that city were called the “Thessalonians.”

The city of Thessalonica was an important seaport and was also located along a major road that connected Rome to the eastern part of the Roman empire.
Paul, along with Silas and Timothy, visited Thessalonica on his second missionary journey and as a result, a church was established there. Later, Paul also visited this city on his third missionary journey.
Paul wrote two letters to the Christians in Thessalonica. These letters (1 Thessalonians and 2 Thessalonians) are included in the New Testament.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Macedonia, Paul, Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G23310, G23320

Thomas

Names :: Thomas

Facts:

Thomas was one of twelve men whom Jesus chose to be his disciples and later, apostles. He was also known as “Didymus,” which means “twin.”

Near the end of Jesus’ life, he told his disciples that he was going away to be with the Father and would prepare a place for them to be with him. Thomas asked Jesus how they could know the way to get there when they didn’t even know where he was going.
After Jesus died and came back to life, Thomas said he would not believe that Jesus was really alive again unless he could see and feel the scars where Jesus had been wounded.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: apostle, disciple, God the Father, the twelve)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G23810

Tirzah

Names :: Tirzah

Facts:

Tirzah was an important Canaanite city that was conquered by the Israelites. It was also the name of a daughter of Gilead, a descendant of Manasseh.

The city Tirzah was located in the region occupied by the tribe of Manasseh. It is thought that the city was about 10 miles north of the city of Shechem.
Years later, Tirzah became a temporary capital city of the northern kingdom of Israel, during the reigns of four kings of Israel.
Tirzah was also the name of one of Manasseh’s granddaughters. They asked to be given a portion of the land since their father had died and he had no sons to inherit it as would normally be the custom.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, inherit, kingdom of Israel, Manasseh, Shechem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8656

Titus

Names :: Titus

Facts:

Titus was a Gentile. He was trained by Paul to be a leader in the early churches.

A letter written to Titus by Paul is one of the books of the New Testament.
In this letter Paul instructed Titus to appoint elders for the churches on the island of Crete.
In some of his other letters to Christians, Paul mentions Titus as someone who encouraged him and brought him joy.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: appoint, believe, church, circumcise, Crete, elder, encourage, instruct, minister)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G51030

Troas

Names :: Troas

Facts:

The city of Troas was a seaport located on the northwest coast of the ancient Roman province of Asia.

Paul visited Troas at least three times during his trips to different regions to preach the gospel.
On one occasion in Troas, Paul preached long into the night and a young man named Eutychus fell asleep while he was listening. Because he had been sitting in an open window, Eutychus fell down a long way and died. Through God’s power, Paul raised this young man back to life.
When Paul was in Rome, he asked Timothy to bring him his scrolls and his cloak, which he had left behind in Troas.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Asia, preach, province, raise, Rome, scroll, Timothy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G51740

Tubal

Names :: Tubal

Facts:

There were several men in the Old Testament who had the name “Tubal.”

One man named Tubal was one of the sons of Japheth.
A man named “Tubal-Cain” was a son of Lamech and descendant of Cain.
Tubal was also the name of a people group mentioned by the prophets Isaiah and Ezekiel.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Cain, descendant, Ezekiel, Isaiah, Japheth, Lamech, people group, prophet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8422, H8423

Tychicus

Names :: Tychicus

Facts:

Tychicus was one of Paul’s fellow ministers of the gospel.

Tychicus accompanied Paul on at least one of his missionary journeys to Asia.
Paul described him as “beloved” and “faithful.”
Tychicus carried Paul’s letters to Ephesus and Colosse.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Asia, beloved, Colossae, Ephesus, faithful, good news, minister)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G51900

Tyre, Tyrians

Names :: Tyre, Tyrians

Facts:

Tyre was an ancient Canaanite city located on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea in a region that is now part of the modern-day country of Lebanon. Its people were called “Tyrians.”

Part of the city was located on an island in the sea, about one kilometer from the mainland.
Because of its location and its valuable natural resources, such as cedar trees, Tyre had a prosperous trading industry and was very wealthy.
King Hiram of Tyre sent wood from cedar trees and skilled laborers to help build a palace for King David.
Years later, Hiram also sent King Solomon wood and skilled laborers to help build the temple. Solomon paid him with large amounts of wheat and olive oil.
Tyre was often associated with the nearby ancient city of Sidon. These were the most important cities of the region of Canaan called Phoenicia.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Canaan, cedar, Israel, the sea, Phoenicia, Sidon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6865, H6876, G51830, G51840

Ur

Names :: Ur

Facts:

Ur was an important city along the Euphrates River in the ancient region of Chaldea, which was part of Mesopotamia. This region was located in what is now the modern-day country of Iraq.

Abraham was from the city of Ur and it was from there that God called him to leave to go to the land of Canaan.
Haran, the brother of Abraham and father of Lot, died in Ur. This was probably a factor that influenced Lot to leave Ur with Abraham.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Abraham, Canaan, Chaldea, Euphrates River, Haran, Lot, Mesopotamia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0218

Uriah

Names :: Uriah

Facts:

Uriah was a righteous man and one of King David’s best soldiers. He is often referred to as “Uriah the Hittite.”

Uriah had a very beautiful wife named Bathsheba.
David committed adultery with Uriah’s wife, and she became pregnant with David’s child.
To cover up this sin, David caused Uriah to be killed in battle. Then David married Bathsheba.
Another man named Uriah was a priest during the time of King Ahaz.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Ahaz, Bathsheba, David, Hittite)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

17:12 Bathsheba’s husband, a man named Uriah, was one of David’s best soldiers. David called Uriah back from the battle and told him to go be with his wife. But Uriah refused to go home while the rest of the soldiers were in battle. So David sent Uriah back to the battle and told the general to place him where the enemy was strongest so that he would be killed.
17:13 After Uriah was killed, David married Bathsheba.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0223, G37740

Uzziah, Azariah

Names :: Uzziah, Azariah

Facts:

Uzziah became king of Judah at the age of 16 and reigned 52 years, which was an unusually long reign. Uzziah was also known as “Azariah.”

King Uzziah was well-known for his organized and skilled military. He had towers built to protect the city and had specially-designed weapons of war mounted on them to hurl arrows and large stones.
As long as Uzziah served the Lord, he prospered. Toward the end of his reign, however, he became proud and he disobeyed the Lord by burning incense in the temple, which only the priest was permitted to do.
Because of this sin, Uzziah became sick with leprosy and had to live separately from other people until the end of his reign.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Judah, king, leprosy, reign, watchtower)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5818, H5838, H5839

Vashti

Names :: Vashti

Facts:

In the Old Testament book of Esther, Vashti was the wife of Ahasuerus, king of Persia.

King Ahasuerus sent Queen Vashti away when she refused to obey his order to come to his dinner party and show off her beauty to his drunken guests.
As a result, a search went out for a new queen and eventually Esther was chosen to be the king’s new wife.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Ahasuerus, Esther, Persia)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2060

Zacchaeus

Names :: Zacchaeus

Facts:

Zacchaeus was a tax collector from Jericho who climbed a tree in order to be able to see Jesus who was surrounded by a large crowd of people.

Zacchaeus was completely changed when he believed in Jesus.
He repented of his sin of cheating people and promised to give half his possessions to the poor.
He also promised that he would pay people back four times the amount that he had overcharged them for their taxes.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: believe, promise, repent, sin, tax, tax collector)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G21950

Zadok

Names :: Zadok

Facts:

Zadok was the name of an important high priest in Israel during the reign of King David.

When Absalom rebelled against King David, Zadok supported David and helped bring the ark of the covenant back into Jerusalem.
Years later, he also took part in the ceremony to anoint David’s son Solomon as king.
Two different men by the name of Zadok helped rebuild the walls of Jerusalem during Nehemiah’s time.
Zadok was also the name of King Jotham’s grandfather.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: ark of the covenant, David, Jotham, Nehemiah, reign, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6659, G45240

Zebedee

Names :: Zebedee

Facts:

Zebedee was a fisherman from Galilee who is known because of his sons, James and John, who were Jesus’ disciples. They are often identified in the New Testament as the “sons of Zebedee.”

Zebedee’s sons were also fishermen and worked with him to catch fish.
James and John quit their fishing work with their father Zebedee and left to go follow Jesus.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G21990

Zebulun

Names :: Zebulun

Facts:

Zebulun was Jacob’s tenth son. He was Leah’s sixth son. His descendants became one of the tribes of Israel.

The tribe descended from him was known as the “tribe of Zebulun” or “Zebulun.”
The meaning of the name Zebulun is unknown, but it is similar to a Hebrew word probably meaning “to honor” or “to dwell.”
The tribe of Zebulun settled in northwest Canaan, bordered by the lands of Naphtali, Issachar, Manasseh, and Asher.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: twelve tribes of Israel, Jacob, Leah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2074, H2075, G21940

Zechariah (NT)

Names :: Zechariah (NT)

Facts:

In the New Testament, Zechariah was a Jewish priest who became the father of John the Baptist.

Zechariah loved God and obeyed him.
For many years Zechariah and his wife, Elizabeth, prayed earnestly to have a child, but did not have one. Then when they were very old, God answered their prayers and gave them a son.
Zechariah prophesied that his son John would be the prophet who would announce and prepare the way for the Messiah.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Christ, Elizabeth, prophet)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

22:1 Suddenly an angel came with a message from God to an old priest named Zechariah. Zechariah and his wife, Elizabeth, were godly people, but she had not been able to have any children.
22:2 The angel said to Zechariah, “Your wife will have a son. You will name him John.”
22:3 Immediately, Zechariah was unable to speak.
22:7 Then God allowed Zechariah to speak again.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G21970

Zechariah (OT)

Names :: Zechariah (OT)

Facts:

Zechariah was a prophet who prophesied during the reign of King Darius I of Persia. The Old Testament book of Zechariah contains his prophecies, which urged the returning exiles to rebuild the temple.

The prophet Zechariah lived during the same time period as Ezra, Nehemiah, Zerrubbabel and Haggai. He was also mentioned by Jesus as the last of the prophets who were murdered during Old Testament times.
Another man named Zechariah was a gatekeeper at the tent of meeting during the time of David.
One of King Jehoshaphat’s sons who was named Zechariah was murdered by his brother Jehoram.
Zechariah was the name of a priest who was stoned by the people of Israel when he rebuked them for their idol worship.
King Zechariah was the son of Jeroboam and he reigned over Israel for only six months before being murdered.

(Translation Suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Darius, Ezra, Jehoshaphat, Jeroboam, Nehemiah, Zerubbabel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2148

Zedekiah

Names :: Zedekiah

Facts:

Zedekiah, son of Josiah, was the last king of Judah (597-587 B.C.). There are also several other men named Zedekiah in the Old Testament.

King Nebuchadnezzar made Zedekiah king of Judah after capturing King Jehoiachin and taking him away to Babylon. Zedekiah later rebelled and as a result Nebuchadnezzar captured him and destroyed all of Jerusalem.
Zedekiah, son of Kenaanah, was a false prophet during the time of King Ahab of Israel.
A man named Zedekiah was one of those who signed an agreement to the Lord during the time of Nehemiah.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6667

Zephaniah

Names :: Zephaniah

Facts:

Zephaniah, son of Cushi, was a prophet who lived in Jerusalem and prophesied during the reign of King Josiah. He lived during the same time period as Jeremiah.

He rebuked the people of Judah for worshipping false gods. His prophecies are written in the book of Zephaniah in the Old Testament.
There were several other men in the Old Testament named Zephaniah, most of whom were priests.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Jeremiah, Josiah, priest)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6846

Zerubbabel

Names :: Zerubbabel

Facts:

Zerubbabel was the name of two Israelite men in the Old Testament.

One of these was a descendant of Jehoiakim and Zedekiah.
A different Zerubbabel, son of Shealtiel, was the head of the tribe of Judah during the time of Ezra and Nehemiah, when Cyrus king of Persia released the Israelites from their captivity in Babylon.
Zerubbabel and the high priest Joshua were among those who helped rebuild the temple and altar of God.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2216, H2217, G22160

Zilpah

Names :: Zilpah

Facts:

Zilpah was one of Jacob’s wives. She was the mother of Jacob’s two sons Gad and Asher.

Laban gave Zilpah to Leah as a servant when Leah married Jacob.
When Leah stopped having children, she gave Zilpah to Jacob as a wife to bear more children for her.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Jacob, Leah, Gad, Asher)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2153

Zoar

Names :: Zoar

Facts:

Zoar was a small city where Lot fled when God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah.

It was formerly known as “Bela” but was renamed “Zoar” when Lot asked God to spare this “small” city.
Zoar is thought to have been located in the plain of the Jordan River or at the southern end of the Dead Sea.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: Lot, Sodom, Gomorrah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6820

city of David

Names :: city of David

Facts:

The term “city of David” is another name for both Jerusalem and Bethlehem.

Jerusalem is where David lived while he ruled Israel.
Bethlehem is where David was born.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: David, Bethlehem, Jerusalem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1732, H5892, G11380, G41720

house of David

Names :: house of David

Facts:

The expression “house of David” refers to the family or descendants of King David.

This could also be translated as “descendants of David” or “family of David” or “King David’s clan.”
Because Jesus was descended from David, he was part of the “house of David.”
Sometimes “house of David” or “household of David” refers to the people in David’s family who were still living.
Other times this term is more general and refers to all his descendants, including those who had already died.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: David, descendant, house, Jesus, king)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1004, H1732, G11380, G36240

kingdom of Israel

Names :: kingdom of Israel

Facts:

What had been the northern part of the nation of Israel became the kingdom of Israel when the twelve tribes of Israel were divided into two kingdoms after Solomon died.

The kingdom of Israel in the north had ten tribes, and the kingdom of Judah in the south had two tribes.
The capital city of the kingdom of Israel was Samaria. It was about 50 km from Jerusalem, the capital city of the kingdom of Judah.
All the kings of the kingdom of Israel were evil. They influenced the people to to serve idols and false gods.
God sent the Assyrians to attack the kingdom of Israel. Many Israelites were captured and taken away to live in Assyria.
The Assyrians brought foreigners to live among the remaining people of the kingdom of Israel. These foreigners intermarried with the Israelites, and their descendants became the Samaritan people.

(See also: Assyria, Israel, Judah, Jerusalem, kingdom, Samaria)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

18:8 The other ten tribes of the nation of Israel that rebelled against Rehoboam appointed a man named Jeroboam to be their king. They set up their kingdom in the northern part of the land and were called the kingdom of Israel.
18:10 The kingdoms of Judah and Israel became enemies and often fought against each other.
18:11 In the new kingdom of Israel, all the kings were evil.
20:1 The kingdoms of Israel and Judah both sinned against God.
20:2 The kingdom of Israel was destroyed by the Assyrian Empire, a powerful, cruel nation. The Assyrians killed many people in the kingdom of Israel, took away everything of value, and burned much of the country.
20:4 Then the Assyrians brought foreigners to live in the land where the kingdom of Israel had been. The foreigners rebuilt the destroyed cities and married the Israelites who were left there. The descendants of the Israelites who married foreigners were called Samaritans.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3478, H4410, H4467, H4468

sea of reeds, Sea of Reeds, Red Sea

Names :: sea of reeds, Sea of Reeds, Red Sea

Facts:

The “Sea of Reeds” was the name of a body of water located between Egypt and Arabia. It is now called the “Red Sea.”

The Red Sea is long and narrow. It is larger than a lake or river, but much smaller than an ocean.
The Israelites had to cross the Red Sea when they were fleeing from Egypt. God performed a miracle and caused the waters of the sea to divide so that the people could walk across on dry land.
The land of Canaan was north of this sea.
This could also be translated as “Reed Sea.”

(See also: Arabia. Canaan, Egypt)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

12:4 When the Israelites saw the Egyptian army coming, they realized they were trapped between Pharaoh’s army and the Red Sea.
12:5 Then God told Moses, “Tell the people to move toward the Red Sea.”
13:1 After God led the Israelites through the Red Sea, he led them through the wilderness to a mountain called Sinai.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3220, H5488, G20630, G22810

the sea, the Great Sea, the western sea, Mediterranean Sea

Names :: the sea, the Great Sea, the western sea, Mediterranean Sea

Facts:

In the Bible, the “Great Sea” or “western sea” refers to what is now called the “Mediterranean Sea,” which was the largest body of water known to the people of Bible times.

The Mediterranean Sea is bordered by: Israel (east), Europe (north and west), and Africa (south).
This sea was very important in ancient times for trade and travel since it bordered so many countries. Cities and people groups located on the coast of this sea were very prosperous because of how easy it was to access goods from other countries by boat.
Since the Great Sea was located to the west of Israel, it was sometimes referred to as the “western sea.”

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Israel, people group, prosper)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0314, H1419, H3220

آدم

Names :: آدم

حقائق:

كان آدم الإنسان الأوَّل الذي خلقه الله، فلقد خُلق هو وزوجته حوَّاء على صورة الله.

جَبَل الله آدمَ من التراب ونَفخ فيه نسمة الحياة.
اسم آدم هو اسم عبريٌّ ويعني الإنسان وله معنى آخر وهو “التراب الأحمر“.
اسم “آدم“ هو نفس الكلمة التي استُخدمت في العهد القديم للإشارة إلى “الجنس البشريّ“ أو “الإنسان“.
ينحدر جميع البشر من آدم وحوَّاء.
عصى آدم وحوَّاء الله، وهذا ما فصلهما عن الله وتسبّب في دخول الخطيئة والموت إلى العالم.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: موت، نسل، حوَّاء، صورة الله، حياة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

1: 9 ومن ثمَّ قال الله: ”لنعمل الإنسان على صورتنا ليكون على شبهنا”.
1: 10 كان اسم هذا الإنسان آدم. زرع الله جنَّة ليعيش فيها آدم، ووضعه فيها ليعتني بها.
1: 12 وقال الله: ليس جيِّدًا أن يبقى الإنسان (آدم) وحده. لن يكون الحيوان معينًا لآدم.
2: 11 وألبس الله آدم وحوَّاء أقمصة من جلد حيوان.
2: 12 وطرد الله آدم وحوَّاء من الجنَّة الجميلة.
49: 8 عندما أخطأ آدم وحوَّاء، أثَّر هذا في نسلهما كاملًا.
50: 16 لأنَّ آدم وحوَّاء عصيا الله وجلبا الخطيئة إلى هذا العالم، لعنَ الله العالم ودمَّره.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0120, G00760

أسِيّا

Names :: أسِيّا

حقائق:

في زمن الكتاب المقدّس، كانت ”أسِيّا” اسمًا لإحدى المقاطعات التابعة للإمبراطوريّة الرومانيّة، وكانت تقع في الجزء الغربيّ ممّا يُعرَف الآن بدولة تركيّا.

سافر بولس إلى أسِيّا وشارك ببشارة الإنجيل في مدن عدّة هناك، من بينها مدينتيْ أفسس وكولوسي.
لتجنّب الخلط مع آسيا العصر الحديث، قد يكون من الضروريّ ترجمة هذا الاسم إلى ”المقاطعة الرومانيّة القديمة التي كانت تُسمّى أسِيّا” أو ”مقاطعة أسِيّا.”
جميع الكنائس (الكنائس السبع) المشار إليها في سفر الرؤيا كانت في مقاطعة أسِيّا التابعة للإمبراطوريّة الرومانيّة قديمًا.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: رومية، بولس، أفسس)

#أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G07730

أفسس، أفسسيِّون

Names :: أفسس، أفسسيِّون

حقائق:

كانت أفسس مدينة يونانيَّة قديمة تقع على الساحل الغربيّ لما يُعرف الآن بدولة تركيَّا.

خلال فترة المسيحيِّين الأوَّلين، كانت أفسس عاصمة لمقاطعة أسيَّا، والتي كانت مقاطعة رومانيَّة صغيرة في ذلك الوقت.
بسبب موقعها، كانت هذه المدينة مركزًا مهمًّا للتجارة والسفر.
كان يوجد في أفسس هيكل وثنيٌّ مشهور لعبادة الإلهة أَرْطَاميس (ديانا).
عاش بولس الرسول وعمل في أفسس لأكثر من سنتين، ثمَّ عيَّن تيموثاوس لقيادة المؤمنين الجدد هناك.
الرسالة إلى أهل أفسس في العهد الجديد هي رسالة كتبها بولس إلى المؤمنين في أفسس.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: أسيَّا، بولس، تيموثاوس)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G21790, G21800, G21810

أيّوب

Names :: أيّوب

حقائق:

وصفَ الكتاب المقدّس أيّوب بأنّه رجل بلا لوم وبارّ أمام الله. من أكثر الميّزات التي اشتهرَ بها كانت المُحافظة على إيمانه بالله وصبره في أوقات الألم والمعاناة الرهيبين.

عاش أيّوب في أرض عَوْص، والتي كانت تقع في مكان ما إلى الشرق من أرض كنعان، ربّما بالقرب من منطقة الأدوميّين.
يُعتَقد أنّ أيّوب عاش في عهد عيسو ويعقوب لأنّ أحد أصدقاء أيّوب كان “تيمانيّ”، والتيمانيّون هم مجموعة أشخاص سُمّوا على اسم حفيد عيسو.
يروي سفر أيّوب، وهو أحد أسفار العهد القديم للكتاب المقدّس، كيف استجاب أيّوب وأشخاص آخرون لمعاناته. كما أنّ السِفْر يقدّم وجهة نظر الله باعتباره الخالق المتسيّد على الكون وحاكمه.
بعد كلّ الكوارث، شفى الله أيّوب في نهاية المطاف، وأعطاه المزيد من الأبناء والثروة.
يقول سِفْر أيّوب إنّه كان طاعنًا في السنّ عندما مات.

(اقتراحات للترجمة : كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: إبراهيم، عيسو، الطوفان، يعقوب، نوح، شعب)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0347, G24920

إبراهيم، أبرام

Names :: إبراهيم، أبرام

حقائق:

كان أبرام رجلًا كلدانيًّا من مدينة أور الكلدانيِّين، اختاره الله ليكون أبًا وسلفًا لبني إسرائيل، وقد غيّر الله اسمه لاحقًا إلى ”إبراهيم”.

اسم ”أبرام” يعني ”الأب الرفيع أو المُكرّم”.
اسم ”إبراهيم” يعني ”أبًا لجمهور”.
وَعد الله إبراهيم أن يكثّر نسله، وأن يجعله أمّة عظيمة.
آمن إبراهيم بالله وأطاعه، وقد قادَ الله إبراهيم ليخرج من أور الكلدانيِّين إلى أرض كنعان.
رُزق إبراهيم وزوجته سارة في شيخوختهما وهما في أرض كنعان بابن اسمه إسحاق.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: كنعان، أور الكلدانيِّين، سارة، إسحاق)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

4: 6 عندما وصل أبرام إلى أرض كنعان، قال له الله: ”انظر من حولك، أعطيك أنت ونسلك كلّ هذه الأرض التي تراها كميراث”
5: 4 ومن ثمّ غيّر الله اسم أبرام إلى إبراهيم، الذي يعني ”أبًا لجمهور”.
5: 5 بعد سنة تقريبًا، عندما كان عمر إبراهيم 100 سنة، وسارة 90 سنة، ولدت سارة ابنًا لإبراهيم.
5: 6 حدث بعد ذلك، أنّ إسحاق كان شابًّا، وامتحن الله إيمان إبراهيم قائلًا: ”خُذ ابنك وحيدك إسحاق، وقدّمه ذبيحة لي”
6: 1 عندما شاخَ إبراهيم وتقدّم في السنِّ، وصار ابنه رجلًا، أرسل إبراهيم واحدًا من عبيده إلى الأرض التي فيها أقاربه ليجد زوجة لابنه إسحاق.
6: 4 وبعد سنين كثيرة، مات إبراهيم، وانتقلت جميع الوعود التي قطعها الله له في العهد إلى إسحاق.
21: 2 وعد الله إبراهيم أنّه ستتبارك به جميع أمم الأرض.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0087, H0085, G00110

إسحاق

Names :: إسحاق

حقائق:

كان إسحاق الابن الوحيد لإبراهيم وسارة، فلقد وعدهما الله أن يُعطيهما ابنًا على الرغم من تقدّمهما في السنِّ.

اسم ”إسحاق” يعني ”يضحك”. عندما أخبر الله إبراهيم بأنَّ سارة ستلد ابنًا، ضحك إبراهيم لأنَّهما كانا متقدّمين جدًّا في السنِّ. ولاحقًا، ضحكت سارة أيضًا عندما سمعت هذا الخبر.
أوفى الله بوعده ووُلد إسحاق لإبراهيم وسارة وهما في شيخوختهما.
أخبر الله إبراهيم بأنّ العهد الذي أقامه معه سيكون أيضًا مع إسحاق ونسله إلى الأبد.
عندما كان إسحاق شابًّا، اختبر الله إيمان إبراهيم وأمره أن يُقدّم إسحاق ذبيحة له.
ولدَ ابن إسحاق؛ يعقوب اثني عشر ابنًا وصار نسلهم فيما بعد أسباط أمَّة إسرائيل الاثني عشر.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: إبراهيم، نسل، أبديَّة، أوفى، يعقوب، سارة، أسباط إسرائيل الاثني عشر)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

5: 4 “سارة امرأتك تلد لك ابنًا وتدعو اسمه إسحاق، ويكون هو ابن العهد.
5: 6 وحدث بعد أن صار إسحاق شابًّا أنَّ الله امتحن إيمان إبراهيم قائلًا: خذ ابنك وحيدك إسحاق وقدّمه ذبيحة لي.
5: 9 قدّم الله كبشًا ليكون ذبيحة عوضًا عن إسحاق.
6: 1 عندما شاخ إبراهيم وتقدّم في السنّ، وصار ابنه رجلًا، أرسل إبراهيم عبده إلى الأرض الذي فيها أقاربه ليجد زوجة لإسحاق.
6: 5 __وصلَّى إسحاق لأجل امرأته رفقة، فاستجاب له الربّ، وحبلت امرأته بطفلين.
7: 10 أسلم إسحاق روحه ومات، ودفنه عيسو ويعقوب. العهد الذي أقامه الله مع إبراهيم ومن ثمّ إسحاق، انتقل إلى يعقوب الآن.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3327, H3446, G24640

إيليّا

Names :: إيليّا

حقائق:

كان إيليَّا واحداً من أهمِّ أنبياء الله (يهوه). تنبَّأ إيليَّا خلال فترة حُكم العديد من ملوك إسرائيل ويهوذا، ومن بينهم الملك آخاب.

صنع الله الكثير من المعجزات من خلال إيليَّا النبيّ بما في ذلك إقامة شخص من الموت.
انتهر إيليّا آخاب لأنّه يعبد الإله المزيّف بعل.
تحدّى أنبياء البعل وامتحنهم وأثبت أنّ الله هو الإله الواحد الحقّ.
في نهاية حياة إيليّا، رفعه الله وهو حيّ بطريقة معجزيّة إلى السماء.
بعد مئات السنين، ظهر إيليّا وموسى مع يسوع على جبل، وتكلَّما معًا عن مجيء يسوع وتألّمه وموته في أورشليم.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: معجزة، نبيٌّ، يهوه (الله))

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

19: 2 كان إيليًّا نبيًّا في أثناء حكم الملك آخاب على مملكة إسرائيل.
19: 2 قال إيليّا لآخاب: “لا يكون طلٌّ ولا مطر على مملكة إسرائيل إلَّا عند قولي“.
19: 3 قال الله لإيليّا بأن ينطلق نحو النهر الذي في البريَّة ليختبئ من آخاب الذي أراد قتله. وكانت الطيور كلّ صباح وكلّ مساء تجلب له الخبز واللحم.
19: 4 ولكنّهم اعتنوا بإيليَّا، ودبّر الله لهم، فكوار الدقيق عندهم لم يفرغ، وكوز الزيت لم ينقص.
19: 5 بعد ثلاث سنوات ونصف، طلب الله من إيليّا أن يرجع إلى مملكة إسرائيل ليُكلّم آخاب، لأنّه سيرسل المطر من جديد.
19: 7 فقال إيليَّا لأنبياء البعل: “اختاروا لأنفسكم ثورًا واحدًا وقرّبوه، ولكن لا تضعوا نارًا”.
19: 12 فقال إيليّا: “لا يفلت منكم رجل من أنبياء البعل!“
36: 3 وإذ ظهر موسى وإيليَّا، اللذان عاشا قبل مئات السنين. تكلَّما مع يسوع عن موته المزمع أن يحدث في أورشليم.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0452, G22430

بابل، بابليّ

Names :: بابل، بابليّ

حقائق:

كانت مدينة بابل العاصمة العظيمة لمملكة بابل القديمة، وكانت أيضًا جزءًا من الإمبراطوريّة البابليّة.

كانت بابل تقع على نهر الفرات، في نفس المنطقة التي بُني فيها برج بابل قبل مئات السنين.
أحيانًا، يُشير اسم “بابل“ إلى الإمبراطوريّة البابليَّة كلّها. مثلًا، حكم “ملك بابل“ الإمبراطوريّة كاملة، وليس المدينة فقط.
كان البابليّون شعبًا قويًّا جدًّا، وقد هاجموا مملكة يهوذا، وسبوا شعبها إلى بابل لأكثر من 70 سنة.
كان يُدعى جزء من هذه المنطقة باسم “الكالديا/كلديا“ وكان شعبها يُدعى بالكلدانيِّين. نتيجة لهذا، كان تعبير “الكالديا“ يُستخدم أحيانًا للإشارة إلى بابل. (انظر أيضًا: المجاز المرسَل

(انظر أيضًا: بابل، الكالديا، يهوذا، نبوخذناصَّر)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

20: 6 بعد 100 عام من تدمير الأشوريّون لمملكة إسرائيل، أرسل الله نبوخذناصّر، ملك بابل، ليهاجم مملكة يهوذا. كانت بابل إمبراطوريَّة قويّة جدًّا.
20: 7 ولكن بعد عدّة سنوات، تمرّد ملك يهوذا على بابل، فرجع البابليّون وهاجموا مملكة يهوذا، وسبوا شعب مدينة أورشليم، وهدموا الهيكل، وأخذوا جميع كنوز المدينة والهيكل.
20: 9 أخذ نبوخذناصّر وجيشه جميع شعب مملكة يهوذا إلى بابل، وأبقوا فقط الفقراء ليزرعوا الحقول.
20: 11 بعد سبعين سنة تقريبًا، هزم كورش ملك الفرس بابل.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3778, H3779, H8152, H0894, H0895, H0896, G08970

بطرس، سمعان، صَفَا

Names :: بطرس، سمعان، صَفَا

حقائق:

كان بطرس أحد رسل يسوع الاثني عشر. وكان قائدًا مهمًّا للكنيسة الأولى.

قبل أن يدعوه يسوع ليكون تلميذه، كان اسمه سمعان.
لاحقًا، أطلق عليه يسوع أيضًا لقب ”صَفَا”، والذي يعني ”حجر” أو ”صخرة” باللغة الآراميّة، ويعني أيضًا اسم بطرس باللغة اليونانيّة ”حجر” أو ”صخرة”.
عمل الله من خلال بطرس لشفاء الناس والتبشير بالخبر السارّ عن يسوع.
هناك سفران في العهد الجديد عبارة عن رسالتين كتبهما بطرس لتشجيع وتعليم المؤمنين الآخرين.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: تلميذ، رسول)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

28: 9 قال بطرس ليسوع، ”لقد تركنا كلّ شيء وتبعناك. ماذا ستكون مكافأتنا؟”
29: 1 ذات يوم سأل بطرس يسوع: ”يا سيّد، كم مرّة يجب أن أغفر لأخي عندما يخطئ بحقّي؟ أسبع مرّات؟”
31: 5 ثمّ قال بطرس ليسوع: ”يا معلّم، إن كنت أنت هو فمرني أن آتي إليك على الماء.” قال يسوع لـ بطرس: ”تعال!”
36: 1 في أحد الأيّام، اصطحبَ يسوع معه ثلاثة من تلاميذه، بطرس ويعقوب ويوحنّا.
38: 9 أجاب بطرس: ”حتّى وإن تخلّى عنك الآخرون جميعًا، فلن أفعل!” ثمّ قال يسوع لـبطرس: ”يريد الشيطان أن يسيطر عليكم جميعًا، لكنّني صلّيت من أجلك يا بطرس لكي لا يضعف إيمانك. مع ذلك، الليلة، قبل أن يصيح الديك، ستنكر ثلاث مرَّات أنّك تعرفني.”
38: 15 وبينما كان الجنود يقبضون على يسوع، استلّ بطرس سيفه وقطع أذن خادم رئيس الكهنة.
43: 11 أجابهم بطرس، ”يجب على كلّ واحد منكم أن يتوب ويعتمد باسم يسوع المسيح حتّى يغفر الله خطاياكم.”
44: 8 أجابهم بطرس، ”هذا الرجل الذي يقف أمامكم قد شُفيَ بقوّة يسوع المسيح.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G27860, G40740, G46130

بنتُس

Names :: بنتُس

حقائق:

كانت بنتس مقاطعة رومانيّة في عهد الإمبراطوريّة الرومانيّة والكنيسة الأولى. كانت تقع على طول الساحل الجنوبيّ للبحر الأسود، في الجزء الشماليّ بما يُعرَف الآن بدولة تركيّا.

كما هو مسجَّل في سفر أعمال الرسل، كان هنالك أُناس من مقاطعة بنتس في أورشليم عندما حلّ الروح القدس لأوّل مرّة على الرسل في يوم الخمسين.
كان أحد المؤمنين اسمه أكيلا من بنتُس.
عندما كتب بطرس إلى المسيحيّين الذين تشتّتوا في مناطق مختلفة، كانت بنتس إحدى المناطق التي ذكرها.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: أكيلا، يوم الخمسين)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G41930, G41950

بولس، شاول

Names :: بولس، شاول

حقائق:

كان بولس قائدًا للكنيسة الأولى، وقد أرسله يسوع ليُبشِّر الآخرين بالخبر السارِّ.

كان بولس يهوديًّا وُولد في مدينة طرسوس الرومانيَّة، ولهذا كان أيضًا مواطنًا رومانيًّا.
كان يُدعى بولس باسمه اليهوديّ الذي هو شاول.
صار شاول قائد دين يهوديٍّ، واعتقل اليهود الذين آمنوا بالمسيحيَّة، لأنَّه اعتقد أنَّهم يهينون الله عندما يؤمنون بيسوع.
ظهر يسوع لشاول بنور ساطع وطلب منه أن يتوقَّف عن أذيَّة المسيحيِّين.
آمن شاول بيسوع، وبدأ يُعلِّم إخوته اليهود عنه.
لاحقًا، أرسل الله شاول ليُعلِّم غير اليهود عن يسوع، وأسَّس كنائس في مُدن ومُقاطعات مختلفة من الإمبراطوريَّة الرومانيَّة. في ذلك الوقت، بدأ يُدعى بالاسم الرومانيّ “بولس“.
كتب بولس أيضًا رسائل ليُشجِّع المسيحيِّين في الكنائس في تلك المدن ويُعلِّمهم. وردت بعض هذه الرسائل في العهد الجديد.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: مسيحيّ، القادة اليهود، رومية)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

45: 6 اتَّفق شابٌّ يُدعى شاول مع الأشخاص الذين قتلوا استفانوس وحفظ ثيابهم وهم يرجمونه بالحجارة.
46: 1 كان شاول شابًّا وهو الذي حفظ ثياب الرجال الذين قتلوا استفانوس. لم يؤمن بيسوع، لذا اضطهد هو المؤمنين.
46: 2 بينما كان شاول في طريقه إلى دمشق، أبرق حوله نور عظيم من السماء، فسقط على الأرض. سمع شاول أحدًا يقول: “شاول! شاول! لماذا تضطهدني؟“
46: 5 فذهب حنانيَّا إلى شاول، ووضع يديه عليه وقال: “يسوع الذي ظهر لك وأنت في طريقك إلى هنا، أرسلني إليك حتّى تبصر وتمتلئ بالروح القدس“. أبصر شاول في الحال، وعمّده حنانيَّا.
46: 6 وفي الحال، بدأ شاول يكرز لليهود في دمشق قائلًا: “يسوع هو ابن الله!“.
46: 9 ذهب برنابا وشاول إلى أنطاكية لتعليم المؤمنين الجُدد أكثر عن يسوع ولتقوية الكنيسة.
47: 1 عندما سافر شاول إلى الإمبراطوريَّة الرومانيَّة، ابتدأ يستخدم اسمه الرومانيّ بولس.
47: 14 سافر بولس ومسيحيِّون آخرون إلى مدن كثيرة، مبشِّرين ومعلّمين الناس بالخبر السارّ عن يسوع.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G39720, G45690

بيلاطُس البُنطيّ

Names :: بيلاطُس البُنطيّ

حقائق:

كان بيلاطس واليًا على ولاية اليهوديّة التابعة للإمبراطوريّة الرومانيّة، وهو الذي حكم على يسوع بالموت.

كان يملك بيلاطس السُلطَه على إعدام المجرمين؛ بسبب أنّه كان واليًا.
أراد قادة الدين اليهود من بيلاطس أن يصلِبَ يسوع، فكذبوا إذ قالوا إنّ يسوع مجرم.
أدرك بيلاطس أنّ يسوع ليس مذنبًا، لكنّه كان خائفًا من الحشود وأراد إرضاءهم، لذلك أمر جنوده بأن يصلبوا يسوع.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: يصلِب، حاكم، ذنب، اليهوديّة، رومية)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

39: 9 في الصباح الباكر، أحضر القادة اليهود يسوع إلى بيلاطس، الحاكم الرومانيّ. كانوا يأملون أن يدين بيلاطس يسوع باعتباره مذنبًا ويحكم عليه بالقتل. سأل بيلاطس يسوع، ”هل أنت ملك اليهود؟”
39: 10 قال بيلاطس: ”ما هو الحقّ؟”
39: 11 وبعد أن تحدّث مع يسوع، خرج بيلاطس إلى الجمع وقال: ”لا أجد ذنبًا في هذا الرجل.” لكنّ زعماء اليهود والجمع صاحوا: ”اصلبه!” فأجاب بيلاطس: ”ليس مذنبًا.” فصرخوا بصوتٍ أعلى. ثمّ قال بيلاطس مرّةً ثالثة: ”إنّهُ ليس مذنبًا!”
39: 12 خاف بيلاطس أن يبدأ الجمع في إثارة الشغب، لذلك أمر جنوده بصَلب يسوع.
40: 2 أمر بيلاطُس بوضع لافتةٍ فوق رأس يسوع مكتوب عليها: ”ملك اليهود.”
41: 2 قال بيلاطُس: ”خذوا بعض الجنود واجعلوا القبر آمنًا قدر الإمكان.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G40910, G41940

تيموثاوس

Names :: تيموثاوس

حقائق:

كان تيموثاوس شابًّا من لِسترة. انضمّ لاحقًا إلى بولس في عدّة رحلات تبشيريّة، وساعد في رعاية مجموعات جديدة من المؤمنين.

كان والد تيموثاوس يونانيًّا، لكن جدّته لوئيس ووالدته أفنيكي كانتا يهوديّتان ومؤمنتان بالمسيح.
بولس مع شيوخ الكنيسة، فرزوا تيموثاوس رسميًّا وعيّنوه للخدمة بوضع الأيدي عليه والصلاة من أجله.
الرسالة الأولى إلى تيموثاوس والرسالة الثانية إلى تيموثاوس هما عبارة عن رسالتين في العهد الجديد كتبهما بولس إلى تيموثاوس بهدف توفير الإرشاد والتوجيه له كقائدٍ شابّ للكنائس المحلّيّة.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: يعيّن، يؤمن, كنيسة، يونانيّ، خادم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G50950

حوّاء

Names :: حوّاء

حقائق:

حوّاء هو اسم المرأة الأولى، واسمها يعني “الحياة“.

شكّل الله حوّاء من ضلع أخذه من آدم.
خُلقَت حوّاء لتكون “مُعينة لآدم“، فكانت إلى جانبه تقدّم له يد العون في العمل الذي أعطاهما الله ليقومان به.
أغوى الشيطان (الذي كان على شكل حيّة) حوّاء، فكانت أوّل مَن أخطأ بأكل الفاكهة التي قال الله ألّا يأكلها أحد.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: آدم، حياة، الشيطان)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

1: 13 ثمّ أخذ الله واحدةً من أضلاع آدم وعملها امرأة وأحضرها إليه.
2: 2 لكن كانت هناك حيّة ماكرة في الجنّة. سألت الحيّة المرأة قائلة: ”أحقًّا قال الله لكما ألّا تأكلا من كلّ ثمر شجر الجنّة هذه؟”
2: 11 فدعى الرجل زوجته حوّاء والتي تعني ”مُعطية الحياة”، لأنّها ستصبح أمًّا لجميع الناس.
21: 1 وعدَ الله بأنّ نسل حوّاء سيُولَد ويسحق رأس الحيّة.
48: 2 تكلّم الشيطان من خلال الحيّة في الجنّة، لكي يخدع حوّاء.
49: 8 عندما أخطأ آدم و__حوّاء__ أثّرت الخطيئة في كلّ نسلهما.
50: 16 لأنّ آدم و__حوّاء__ عصيا الله وأدخلا الخطيئة إلى العالم، لعنَ الله الخليقة وقرّر أن يفنيها.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2332, G20960

راحاب

Names :: راحاب

حقائق:

كانت راحاب امرأة زانية تعيش في أريحا عندما هاجم شعب إسرائيل المدينة.

استضافت راحاب الجاسوسيْن اللذين أرسلهما يشوع ليتجسّسا مدينة أريحا قبل أن يهاجمها شعب إسرائيل. خبّأت راحاب الجاسوسين ومن ثمّ ساعدتهما على الهرب إلى مَحَلّة العبرانيّين.
أصبحت راحاب مؤمنة بالربّ الإله (يهوه).
جاءت هي وعائلتها لتعيش مع بني إسرائيل بعد أن دمّر شعب إسرائيل أريحا واستبقى راحاب وعائلتها على قيد الحياة.

اقتراحات للترجمة: ( كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: إسرائيل، أريحا، زانية)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

15: 1 في تلك المدينة (أريحا)، كانت تعيش زانية تدعى راحاب، وهي التي خبّأت الجاسوسيْن وفيما بعد ساعدتهما على الهرب (إلى محلّة العبرانيّين). فعلت هذا الأمر لأنّها آمنت بالله. وعد الجاسوسان راحاب بأن يوفّرا الحماية لها ولعائلتها عند تدمير شعب إسرائيل لمدينة أريحا.
15: 5 دمّر شعب إسرائيل كلّ ما في المدينة كما أمر الله بأن يفعلوا. أمّا راحاب وعائلتها فقد كانوا الأشخاص الوحيدين في المدينة الذين لم يقتلهم شعب إسرائيل، وأصبحوا جزءًا من شعب إسرائيل.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H7343, G44600

رجل الله، إنسان الله

Names :: رجل الله، إنسان الله

حقائق:

إنّ تعبير ”رجل الله/إنسان الله” هو عبارة عن طريقة تتّسم بالوقار والاحترام للإشارة إلى نبيّ للربّ الإله (يهوه). كما أنّ التعبير يُستَخدم للإشارة إلى ملاك الربّ (يهوه).

عند الإشارة إلى كلمة نبيّ، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذه الكلمة على أنّها ”رجل ينتمي إلى الله” أو ”رجل اختاره الله” أو ”رجل يخدم الله.”
عند الإشارة إلى ملاك، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة ذلك على أنّه ”رسول لله” أو ”ملاكك” أو ”كائن سماويّ من الله يشبه الإنسان.”

(انظر أيضًا: ملاك، كرامة، نبيّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0376, H0430, G04440, G23160

سارة، ساراي

Names :: سارة، ساراي

حقائق:

كانت سارة زوجة إبراهيم.
كان اسم سارة بالأصل ”ساراي”، ولكن غيَّره الله لاحقًا إلى سارة.
وَلَدت سارة إسحاق، وهو الابن الذي وعد الله أن يُعطيه لها ولإبراهيم.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: إبراهيم، إسحاق)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

5: 1 وقالت ساراي زوجة إبراهيم له: “بما أنَّ الله أمسكني عن الولادة، وصرت أنا الآن كبيرة في السنِّ لألد أطفالًا، إليك جاريتي هاجر تزوَّجها حتَّى تلد لي ابنًا“.
5: 4 “ستحمل زوجتك ساراي، وستلد ابنًا، ويكون هو ابن العهد“
5: 4 وغيَّر الله أيضًا اسم ساراي إلى سارة، والذي يعني الأميرة.
5: 5 بعد ما يُقارب السنة، عندما صار عُمر إبراهيم 100 عام، وسارة 90 عامًا، ولدت سارة ابنًا لإبراهيم. وأسمياه إسحاق، كما طلب منهما الله أن يفعلا.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H8283, H8297, G45640

غلاطيّة، غلاطيّون

Names :: غلاطيّة، غلاطيّون

حقائق:

في زمن العهد الجديد، كانت غلاطيّة مقاطعة رومانيّة كبيرة تقع في الجزء الأوسط ممَّا يُعرف الآن بدولة تركيّا.

كان جزء من غلاطيّة يحدّه البحر الأسود، الذي كان يقع إلى الشمال. كما كانت تحدّها مقاطعات أسيَّا وبيثينيَّة وكبدوكيَّة وكيليكيَّة وبمفيليَّة.
كتب الرسول بولس رسالة إلى المسيحيّين الذين عاشوا في مقاطعة غلاطيّة. هذه الرسالة هي من ضمن رسائل العهد الجديد وتسمّى ”رسالة بولس الرسول إلى أهل غلاطيّة. ”
أحد الأسباب التي دفعت بولس إلى كتابة رسالته إلى أهل غلاطيّة هو التأكيد مرّة أخرى على إنجيل الخلاص بالنعمة، وليس بالأعمال.
كان المسيحيّون من أصلٍ يهوديّ هناك يعلّمون المسيحيّين غير اليهود بشكل غير صحيح أنّه من الضروريّ للمؤمنين أن يلتزموا ببعض القوانين اليهوديّة.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: أسيّا، يؤمن، كيليكيَّة، الخبر السارّ، بولس، أعمال)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G10530, G10540

مكدونيّة

Names :: مكدونيّة

حقائق:

في زمن العهد الجديد، كانت مكدونيّة مقاطعة رومانيّة تقع تمامًا في الشمال من بلاد اليونان القديمة.

بعض المدن المكدونيّة المهمّة المذكورة في الكتاب المقدّس كانت بيريّة وفيلبّي وتسالونيكي.
عن طريق رؤية، أخبر الله بولس بأن يكرز ببشارة الإنجيل للناس في مكدونيّة.
ذهب بولس وشركاؤه في الخدمة إلى مكدونيّة، وعلّموا الناس هناك عن يسوع وساعدوا المؤمنين الجدد على النموّ في إيمانهم.
يوجد في الكتاب المقدّس رسائل كتبها بولس إلى المؤمنين في مدينتيّ فيلبّي وتسالونيكي المكدونيّتين.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: يؤمن، بيريّة، الخبر السارّ، اليونان، فيلبّي، تسالونيكي)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G31090, G31100

نوح

Names :: نوح

حقائق:

نوح هو اسم رجل عاش منذ أكثر من 4000 عام، في الوقت الذي أرسل فيه الله فيضانًا عالميًّا ليفني جميع الأشرار عن وجه الأرض. قال الله لنوح أن يبني فُلكًا عملاقًا يمكنه أن يعيش فيه هو وعائلته بينما تغطّي مياه الفيضان الأرض.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: ذرّيّة، فُلك)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

3: 2 لكنّ نوح وجدَ نعمة لدى الله.
3: 4 أطاع نوح الله، فبنى هو وأبناؤه الثلاثة الفُلك تمامًا كما أخبرهم الله بأن يفعلوا.
3: 13 بعد شهرين، قال الله لـ__نوح__: ”بإمكانك أنت وعائلتك وجميع الحيوانات مغادرة الفُلك الآن. وليكن لك الكثير من الأولاد والأحفاد واملأوا الأرض”، فخرج نوح وعائلته من الفُلك.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5146, G35750

يعقوب (أخو يسوع)

Names :: يعقوب (أخو يسوع)

حقائق:

كان يعقوب ابن مريم ويوسف، وهو أحد إخوة يسوع غير الأشقَّاء الأصغر سنًّا.

كان يُسمى إخوة يسوع غير الأشقّاء الآخرين يوسف ويهوذا وسمعان.
خلال حياة يسوع على الأرض، لم يؤمن يعقوب وإخوته بأنَّ يسوع هو المسيح (المسيّا).
في وقت لاحق، بعد أن قام يسوع من بين الأموات، آمن به يعقوب وأصبح قائدًا للكنيسة في أورشليم.
كتاب العهد الجديد ليعقوب هو رسالة كتبها للمسيحيِّين الذين فرّوا إلى بلدان أخرى هربًا من الاضطهاد.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: رسول، المسيح، كنيسة، يهوذا ابن يعقوب، اضطهد)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G23850

يوحنَّا مرقس

Names :: يوحنَّا مرقس

حقائق:

يوحنَّا مرقس، المعروف أيضًا باسم “مرقس“، كان أحد الرجال الذين سافروا مع بولس في إرساليَّاته. ومن المرجّح أنّه هو كاتب إنجيل مرقس.

رافق يوحنَّا مرقس قريبَه برنابا وبولس في أوّل رحلة تبشيريّة لهما.
عندما سُجن بطرس في أورشليم، كان المؤمنون هناك يُصلُّون له في بيت والدة يوحنّا مرقس.
لم يكن مرقس رسولًا، ولكنّه تعلّم على يد بولس وبطرس وعملوا ثلاثتهم معًا في الخدمة.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: كيفيَّة ترجمة الأسماء

(انظر أيضًا: برنابا، بولس)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G24910, G31380

Other

Book of Life

Other :: Book of Life

Definition:

The term “Book of Life” is used to refer to where God has written the names of all the people whom he has redeemed and given eternal life to.

Revelation refers to this book as “the Lamb’s Book of Life.” This could be translated as “the book of life belonging to Jesus, the Lamb of God.” The sacrifice of Jesus on the cross paid the penalty for people’s sins so that they can have eternal life through faith in him.
The word for “book” can also mean “scroll” or “letter” or “writing” or “legal document.” It may be literal or figurative.

(See also: everlasting, lamb, life, sacrifice, scroll)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2416, H5612, G09760, G22220

Jewish authorities, Jewish leader

Other :: Jewish authorities, Jewish leader

Facts:

The term “Jewish leader” or “Jewish authority” refers to religious leaders such as the priests and teachers of God’s laws. They also had the authority to make judgments about non-religious matters as well.

The Jewish leaders were the high priests, chief priests, and scribes (teachers of God’s laws).
Two main groups of Jewish leaders were the Pharisees and Saduccees.
Seventy Jewish leaders met together in the Jewish Council in Jerusalem to make judgments about matters of law.
Many Jewish leaders were proud and thought they were righteous. They were jealous of Jesus and wanted to harm him. They claimed to know God but did not obey him.
Often the phrase “the Jews” referred to the Jewish leaders, especially in contexts where they were angry at Jesus and were trying to trick or harm him.
These terms could also be translated as “Jewish rulers” or “men who ruled over the Jewish people” or “Jewish religious leaders.”

(See also: Jew, council, high priest, Pharisee, priest, Sadducee, scribe)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

24:3 Many religious leaders also came to be baptized by John, but they did not repent or confess their sins.
37:11 But the religious leaders of the Jews were jealous, so they gathered together to plan how they could kill Jesus and Lazarus.
38:2 He (Judas) knew that the Jewish leaders denied that Jesus was the Messiah and that they were plotting to kill him.
38:3 The Jewish leaders, led by the high priest, paid Judas thirty silver coins to betray Jesus.
39:5 The Jewish leaders all answered the high priest, “He (Jesus) deserves to die!”
39:9 Early the next morning, the Jewish leaders brought Jesus to Pilate, the Roman governor.
39:11 But the Jewish leaders and the crowd shouted, “Crucify him!”
40:9 Then Joseph and Nicodemus, two Jewish leaders who believed Jesus was the Messiah, asked Pilate for Jesus’ body.
44:7 The next day, the Jewish leaders brought Peter and John to the high priest and the other religious leaders.

Word Data:

Strong’s: G24530

Judaism, Jewish religion

Other :: Judaism, Jewish religion

Definition:

The term “Judaism” refers to the religion practiced by the Jews. It is also referred to as the “Jewish religion.”

In the Old Testament, the term “Jewish religion” is used, while in the New Testament, the term “Judaism” is used.
Judaism includes all the Old Testament laws and instructions that God gave to the Israelites to obey. It also includes the customs and traditions that have been added to the Jewish religion over time.
When translating, the term “Jewish religion” or “religion of the Jews” can be used in both the Old and New Testaments.
“Judaism,” however should only be used in the New Testament, since the term did not exist before that time.

(See also: Jew, law)

Bible References:

Galatians 1:13-14

Word Data:

Strong’s: G24540

Ten Commandments

Other :: Ten Commandments

Facts:

The “Ten Commandments” were commands that God gave to Moses on Mount Sinai while the Israelites were living in the desert on their way to the land of Canaan. God wrote these commands on two large slabs of stone.

God gave the Israelites many commands to obey, but the Ten Commandments were special commands to help the Israelites love and worship God and love other people.
These commandments were also part of God’s covenant with his people. By obeying what God had commanded them to do, the people of Israel would show that they loved God and belonged to him.
The stone slabs with the commandments written on them were kept in the Ark of the Covenant, which was located in the most holy place of the tabernacle and later, the temple.

(See also: ark of the covenant, command, covenant, desert, law, obey, Sinai, worship)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:7 Then God wrote these Ten Commandments on two stone tablets and gave them to Moses.
13:13 When Moses came down the mountain and saw the idol, he was so angry that he smashed the stones on which God had written the Ten Commandments.
13:15 Moses wrote the Ten Commandments on new stone tablets to replace the ones he had broken.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1697, H6235

abyss, bottomless pit

Other :: abyss, bottomless pit

Definition:

The term “abyss” refers to a very large, deep hole or chasm that has no bottom.

In the Bible, “the abyss” is a place of punishment.
For example, when Jesus commanded evil spirits to come out of a man, they begged him not to send them to the abyss.
The word “abyss” could also be translated as “bottomless pit” or “deep chasm.”
This term should be translated differently from “hades,” “sheol,” or “hell.”

(See Also: Hades, hell, punish)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G00120, G54210

acacia

Other :: acacia

Definition:

The term “acacia” is the name of a common shrub or tree growing in the land of Canaan in ancient times; it is still plentiful in that region today.

The orange-brown wood of the acacia tree is very hard and durable, making it a useful material for building things.
This wood is highly resistant to decay because it is so very dense that it keeps out water, and it has natural preservatives that keep insects from destroying it.
In the Bible, acacia wood was used to build the tabernacle and the ark of the covenant.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: ark of the covenant, tabernacle)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7848

acknowledge, admit, admitted

Other :: acknowledge, admit, admitted

Facts:

The term “acknowledge” means to give proper recognition to something or someone.

To acknowledge God also involves acting in a way that shows that what he says is true.
People who acknowledge God will show it by obeying him, which brings glory to his name.
To acknowledge something means to believe that it is true, with actions and words that confirm that.

Translation Suggestions:

In the context of acknowledging that something is true, “acknowledge” could be translated as “admit” or “declare” or “confess to be true” or “believe.”
When referring to acknowledging a person, this term could be translated as “accept” or “recognize the value of” or “tell others that (the person) is faithful.”
In the context of acknowledging God, this could be translated as “believe and obey God” or “declare who God is” or “tell other people about how great God is” or “confess that what God says and does is true.”

(See also: obey, glory, save)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3045, H3046, H5046, H5234, H6942, G14920, G19210, G36700

admonish, warned, aware

Other :: admonish, warned, aware

Definition:

The term “admonish” means to firmly warn or advise someone.

Usually “admonish” means to advise someone not to do something.
In the body of Christ, believers are taught to admonish each other to avoid sin and to live holy lives.
The word “admonish” could be translated as “encourage not to sin” or “urge someone to not sin.”

Bible References:

Nehemiah 9:32-34

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2094, H5749, G35600, G38670, G55370

advice, advise, advisor, counsel, counselor, counsels

Other :: advice, advise, advisor, counsel, counselor, counsels

Definition:

The terms “counsel” and “advice” have the same meaning and refer to helping someone decide wisely about what to do in a certain situation. A wise “counselor” or “advisor” is someone who gives advice or counsel that will help a person make right choices.

Kings often have official advisors or counselors to help them decide important matters that affect the people they are ruling.
Sometimes the advice or counsel that is given is not good. Evil advisors may urge a king to take action or make a decree that will harm him or his people.
Depending on the context, “advice” or “counsel” could also be translated as “help in deciding” or “warnings” or “exhortations” or “guidance.”
The action, to “counsel” could be translated as to “advise” or to “make suggestions” or to “exhort.”
Note that “counsel” is a different word than “council,” which refers to a group of people.

(See also: exhort, Holy Spirit, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1697, H1847, H1875, H1884, H1907, H3272, H3289, H3982, H4156, H4431, H5475, H5779, H6440, H6963, H6098, H7592, H8458, G10110, G10120, G11060, G48230, G48250

afflict, affliction, distress

Other :: afflict, affliction, distress

Definition:

The term “afflict” means to cause someone distress or suffering. An “affliction” is the disease, emotional grief, or other disaster that results from this.

Sometimes God afflicted his people with sickness or other hardships with the intention for them to repent of their sins and turn back to him.
God caused afflictions or plagues to come on the people of Egypt because their king refused to obey God.
To “be afflicted with” means to suffer from some kind of distress, such as a disease, persecution, or emotional grief.
In some Old Testament contexts, the idea of “afflicting oneself” or “afflicting one’s soul” means to abstain from eating food.

Translation Suggestions:

To “afflict” someone could be translated as “cause someone to experience troubles” or “cause someone to suffer” or “cause suffering to come.”
A phrase like “afflict someone with leprosy” could be translated as “cause someone to be sick with leprosy.”
When a disease or disaster is sent to “afflict” people or animals, this could be translated as “cause suffering to.”
Depending on the context, the term “affliction” could be translated as “calamity” or “sickness” or “suffering” or “great distress.”
The phrase “afflicted with” could also be translated as “suffering from” or “sick with.”

(See also: leprosy, plague, suffer)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0205, H3013, H3905, H3906, H6031, H6039, H6040, H6041, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7451, H7489, G23460, G23470, G38040

age, aged, old, old age, years old,

Other :: age, aged, old, old age, years old,

Definition:

In this sense, the term “age” refers to the number of years a person has lived. In the Bible the terms “aged” and “old” are both used to describe someone who has lived a for many years.

Translation Suggestions:

The phrase “at a very old age” could be translated as “at many years old” or “when he was very old” or “when he had lived a very long time.”
The term “aged” could also be translated as “old” or “very old” depending on context.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

age, era, time

Other :: age, era, time

Definition:

Used in this sense the term “age” refers to a time period.

Other words used to express an extended period of time include “era” and “season.”
Jesus refers to “this age” as the present time when evil, sin, and disobedience toward God fill the earth.
There will be a future age when righteousness will reign in a new heaven and a new earth.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “age” could be translated as “era” or “time period” or “time.”
The phrase “this present evil age” means “during this time right now when people are very evil.”
The phrase “end of the age” (used in Jesus’ words in Matthew 28:20) means “end of this period of history” or “end of this present age” and refers to the end of this present age at Jesus’ second coming.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

alarm, alarmed

Other :: alarm, alarmed

Facts:

An alarm is something that warns people about something that could harm them. To “be alarmed” is to be very worried and frightened about something dangerous or threatening.

King Jehoshapat was alarmed when he heard that the Moabites were planning to attack the kingdom of Judah.
Jesus told his disciples not to be alarmed when they hear about disasters happening in the last days.
The expression “sound an alarm” means to give a warning. In ancient times, a person could sound an alarm by making a noise.

Translation Suggestions

To “alarm someone” means to “cause someone to worry” or to “worry someone.”
To “be alarmed” could be translated as “be worried” or “be frightened” or “be very concerned.”
The expression “sound an alarm” could be translated by “publicly warn” or “announce that danger is coming” or “blow a trumpet to warn about danger.”

(See also: Jehoshaphat, Moab)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7321, H8643

alien, foreigner, sojourn

Other :: alien, foreigner, sojourn

Definition:

The term “foreigner” refers to a person living in a country that is not his own. Another name for a foreigner is an “alien.” To sojourn is to live temporarily as a foreigner.

In the Old Testament, this term especially refers to anyone who came from a different people group than the people he was living among.
A foreigner is also a person whose language and culture is different from those of a particular region.
For example, when Naomi and her family moved to Moab, they were foreigners there. When Naomi and her daughter-in-law Ruth later moved to Israel, Ruth was called a “foreigner” there because she was not originally from Israel.
A sojourner is another word for a temporary foreign resident.
The apostle Paul told the Ephesians that before they knew Christ, they were “foreigners” to God’s covenant.
Sometimes “foreigner” is translated as “stranger,” but it should not refer only to someone who is unfamiliar or unknown.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0312, H0628, H0776, H1471, H1481, H1616, H2114, H3937, H4033, H5236, H5237, H6154, H8453, G02410, G02450, G05260, G09150, G18540, G35810, G39270, G39410

alms

Other :: alms

Definition:

The term “alms” refers to money, food, or other things that are given to help poor people.

Often the giving of alms was seen by people as something that their religion required them to do in order to be righteous.
Jesus said that giving alms should not be done publicly for the purpose of getting other people to notice.
This term could be translated as “money” or “gifts to poor people” or “help for the poor.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G16540

altar of incense, incense altar

Other :: altar of incense, incense altar

Facts:

The altar of incense was a piece of furniture on which a priest would burn incense as an offering to God. It was also called the golden altar.

The altar of incense was made of wood, and its top and sides were covered with gold. It was about a half meter long, a half meter wide, and one meter tall.
At first it was kept in the tabernacle. Then it was kept in the temple.
Every morning and evening a priest would burn incense on it.
This can also be translated as “altar for burning incense” or “golden altar” or “incense burner” or “incense table.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: incense)

Bible References:

Luke 1:11-13

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4196, H7004, G23680, G23790

anguish

Other :: anguish

Definition:

The term “anguish” refers to severe pain or distress.

Anguish can be physical or emotional pain or distress.
Often people who are in extreme anguish will show it in their face and behaviors.
For example, a person in severe pain or anguish might grit his teeth or cry out.
The term “anguish” could also be translated as “emotional distress” or “deep sorrow” or “severe pain.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2342, H2470, H2479, H3708, H4164, H4689, H4691, H5100, H6695, H6862, H6869, H7267, H7581, G09280, G36000, G49280

archer

Other :: archer

Definition:

The term “archer” refers to a man who is skilled at using a bow and arrow as a weapon.

In the Bible, an archer is usually a soldier who uses a bow and arrow to fight in an army.
Archers were an important part of the Assyrian military force.
Some languages might have a term for this, such as “bow-man.”

(See also: Assyria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1167, H1869, H2671, H3384, H7198, H7199, H7228

armor, armory

Other :: armor, armory

Definition:

The term “armor” refers to the equipment a soldier uses to fight in a battle and protect himself from enemy attacks. It is also used in a figurative way to refer to spiritual armor.

Parts of a soldier’s armor include a helmet, a shield, a breastplate, leg coverings, and a sword.
Using the term figuratively, the apostle Paul compares physical armor to spiritual armor that God gives the believer to help him fight spiritual battles.
The spiritual armor God gives his people to fight against sin and Satan includes truth, righteousness, the gospel of peace, faith, salvation, and the Holy Spirit.
This could be translated with a term that means “soldier gear” or “protective battle clothing” or “protective covering” or “weapons.”

(See also: faith, Holy Spirit, peace, save, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2290, H2488, H3627, H4055, H5402, G36960, G38330

assign, assigned, assignment, reassign

Other :: assign, assigned, assignment, reassign

Facts:

The term “assign” or “assigned” refers to appointing someone to do a specific task or designating something to be provided to one or more people.

The prophet Samuel foretold that King Saul would “assign” the best young men of Israel to serve in the military.
Moses “assigned” to each of the twelve tribes of Israel a portion of the land of Canaan for them to live on.
Under the Old Testament law, certain tribes of Israel were assigned to serve as priests, artists, singers and builders.
Depending on the context, “assign” could be translated as “give” or “appoint” or “choose for the task of.”
The term “assigned” could be translated as “appointed” or “given the task.”

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: appoint, Samuel, Saul (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2506, H3335, H4487, H4941, H5157, H5307, H5414, H5596, H5975, H6485, H7760, G33070

avenge, avenger, revenge, vengeance

Other :: avenge, avenger, revenge, vengeance

Definition:

To “avenge” or “take revenge” or “execute vengeance” is to punish someone in order to pay him back for the harm he did. The act of avenging or taking revenge is “vengeance.”

Usually “avenge” implies an intent to see justice done or to right a wrong,
When referring to people, the expression “take revenge” or “get revenge” usually involves wanting to get back at the person who did the harm.
When God “takes vengeance” or “executes vengeance,” he is acting in righteousness because he is punishing sin and rebellion.

Translation Suggestions:

The expression to “avenge” could also be translated as to “right a wrong” or to “get justice for.”
When referring to human beings, to “take revenge” could be translated as “pay back” or “hurt in order to punish” or “get back at.”
Depending on the context, “vengeance” could be translated as “punishment” or “punishment of sin” or “payment for wrongs done.” If a word meaning “retaliation” is used, this would apply to human beings only.
When God says, “take my vengeance,” this could be translated by “punish them for wrongs done against me” or “cause bad things to happen because they have sinned against me.”
When referring to God’s vengeance, make sure it is clear that God is right in his punishment of sin.

(See also: punish, just, righteous)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1350, H3467, H5358, H5359, H5360, H8199, G15560, G15570, G15580, G37090

awe, awesome

Other :: awe, awesome

Definition:

The term “awe” refers to the sense of amazement and deep respect that comes from seeing something great, powerful, and magnificent.

The term “awesome” describes someone or something that inspires a feeling of awe.
The visions of the glory of God seen by the prophet Ezekiel were “awesome” or “awe-inspiring.”
Typical human responses showing awe of God’s presence include: fear, bowing or kneeling down, covering the face, and trembling.

(See also: fear, glory)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0366, H1481, H3372, H6206, H7227, G21240

ax

Other :: ax

Definition:

An ax is tool used for cutting or chopping trees or wood.

An ax usually has a long wooden handle with a large metal blade attached to the end.
If your culture has a tool that is similar to an ax, the name of that tool could be used to translate “ax.”
Other ways to translate this term could include “tree-cutting tool” or “wooden tool with blade” or “long-handled wood-chopping tool.”
In one Old Testament event, the blade of an ax fell into a river, so it is best if the tool that is described has a blade that can come loose from the wooden handle.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1631, H4621, H7134, G05130

banquet

Other :: banquet

Definition:

A banquet is large, formal meal that usually includes several food courses.

In ancient times, kings often served banquet meals to entertain political leaders and other important guests.
This could also be translated as “elaborate meal” or “important feast” or “multi-course meal.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4960, H4961, H8354, G11730, G14030

barley

Other :: barley

Definition:

The term “barley” refers to a kind of grain that is used to make bread.

The barley plant has a long stalk with a head at the top where the seeds or grains grow.
Barley does well in warmer weather so it is often harvested in spring or summer.
When barley is threshed, the edible seeds are separated from the worthless chaff.
Barley grain is ground up into flour, which is then mixed with water or oil to make bread.
If barley is not known, this could be translated as “grain called barley” or “barley grain.”

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: grain, thresh, wheat)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8184, G29150, G29160

barren, dry

Other :: barren, dry

Definition:

To be “barren” means to not be fertile or fruitful.

Soil or land that is barren is not able to produce any plants.
A woman who is barren is one who is physically unable to conceive or bear a child.

Translation Suggestions:

When “barren” is used to refer to land, it could be translated as “not fertile” or “unfruitful” or “without plants.”
When it is referring to a barren woman, it could be translated as “childless” or “not able to bear children” or “unable to conceive a child.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4420, H6115, H6135, H6723, H7921, G06920, G47230

bear

Other :: bear

Definition:

A bear is a large, four-legged furry animal with dark brown or black hair, with sharp teeth and claws. Bears were common in Israel during Bible times.

These animals live in forests and mountain areas; they eat fish, insects, and plants.
In the Old Testament, the bear is used as a symbol of strength.
While tending sheep, the shepherd David fought a bear and defeated it.
Two bears came out of the forest and attacked a group of youths who had mocked the prophet Elisha.

(See also: David, Elisha)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1677, G07150

bear, bear witness, bear false witness, bore witness, borne witness

Other :: bear, bear witness, bear false witness, bore witness, borne witness

Facts:

Used in this sense, the phrase “bear witness” means to testify about something or give a report about something.

The expression “bear witness” means “testify” or “report what one has seen or experienced.”
The expression “bear false witness” means “testify falsely” or “report falsely what one has seen or experienced.”
Depending on context, the phrase “bear witness” could be translated as “testify” or “report.”

(See also: report, testimony)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

bear, bears, bore, borne, bearers, bearer, bearing, carry

Other :: bear, bears, bore, borne, bearers, bearer, bearing, carry

Facts:

Used in this sense, the term “bear” literally means to “carry” something.

To “bear a burden” means to “carry something difficult” or to “experience difficult things.” These difficult things could include physical or emotional suffering.
The term “burden bearers” refers to men who carry heavy things and could be translated as “burden carriers” or “carriers.”
The term “armor bearer” could be translated as “armor carrier.”
The phrase “bearer of news” could be translated as “carrier of news.”
Depending on context, this term could be translated as “carry” or “endure.”

(See also: endure, strength)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

beg, beggar, begging

Other :: beg, beggar, begging

Definition:

Used in this sense, the term “beg” means to ask someone for money or for some material necessity such as food.

A “beggar” is someone who regularly sits or stands in a public place to ask people for money.
Beggars ask for money or food to be given them freely as a gift and do not offer to do work or some other service in exchange for the money or food. Your language may have a word for such a person or activity.
Depending on the context, this term could be translated as “publicly ask for money” or “regularly ask for money.”

(See also: plead, alms)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

44:1 One day, Peter and John were going to the Temple. As they approached the Temple gate, they saw a crippled man who was begging for money.

Word Data:

Strong’s:

beg, begging, begged

Other :: beg, begging, begged

Definition:

The term “beg” means to urgently ask someone for something.

Often people beg or plead when they strongly need something, but don’t know if the other person will give them what they ask for.
Depending on the context, this term could be translated as “plead” or “urgently ask.”

(See also: plead)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

10:4 God sent frogs all over Egypt. Pharaoh begged Moses to take away the frogs.
29:8 “The king called the servant and said, ‘You wicked servant! I forgave your debt because you begged me.’”
32:7 The demons begged Jesus, “Please do not send us out of this region!” There was a herd of pigs feeding on a nearby hill. So, the demons begged Jesus, “Please send us into the pigs instead!”
32:10 The man who used to have the demons begged to go along with Jesus.
35:11 His father came out and begged him to come and celebrate with them, but he refused.

Word Data:

Strong’s:

betray, betrayer

Other :: betray, betrayer

Definition:

The term “betray” means to act in a way that deceives and harms someone. A “betrayer” is a person who betrays a friend who was trusting him.

Judas was “the betrayer” because he told the Jewish leaders how to capture Jesus.
The betrayal by Judas was especially evil because he was an apostle of Jesus who received money in exchange for giving the Jewish leaders information that would result in Jesus’ unjust death.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “betray” could be translated as “deceive and cause harm to” or “turn over to the enemy” or “treat treacherously.”
The term “betrayer” could be translated as “person who betrays” or “double dealer” or “traitor.”

(See also: Judas Iscariot, Jewish leaders, apostle)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

21:11 Other prophets foretold that those who killed the Messiah would gamble for his clothes and he would be betrayed by a friend. The prophet Zechariah foretold that the friend would be paid thirty silver coins as payment for betraying the Messiah.
38:2 After Jesus and the disciples arrived in Jerusalem, Judas went to the Jewish leaders and offered to betray Jesus to them in exchange for money.
38:3 The Jewish leaders, led by the high priest, paid Judas thirty silver coins to betray Jesus.
38:6 Then Jesus said to the disciples, “One of you will betray me.” * * 38:6 Jesus said, “The person to whom I give this piece of bread is the betrayer.”
38:13 When he returned the third time, Jesus said, “Wake up! My betrayer is here.”
38:14 Then Jesus said, “Judas, do you betray me with a kiss?”
39:8 Meanwhile, Judas, the betrayer, saw that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus to die. He became full of sorrow and went away and killed himself.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7411, G38600, G42730

bloodshed

Other :: bloodshed

Definition:

The term “bloodshed” refers to the death of human beings due to murder, war, or some other violent act.

This term literally means “shedding of blood,” which refers to when blood comes out of a person’s body from an open wound.
The term “bloodshed” is often used to refer to widespread killing of people.
It is also used as a general reference to the sin of murder.

Translation Suggestions:

“The bloodshed” could be translated as “the killing of people” or “the many people who were killed.”
“Through bloodshed” could also be translated as “by killing people.”
“Innocent bloodshed” could be translated as “killing innocent people.”
“Bloodshed follows bloodshed” could be translated as “they keep killing people” or “the killing of people goes on and on” or “they have killed many people and continue to do that” or “people keep killing other people.”
Another figurative use, “bloodshed will pursue you,” could be translated as “your people will continue to experience bloodshed” or “your people will keep being killed” or “your people will continue to be at war with other nations and people will keep dying.”

(See also: blood; slaughter)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1818

blot out, wipe out

Other :: blot out, wipe out

Definition:

The terms “blot out” and “wipe out” are expressions that mean to completely remove or destroy something or someone.

These expressions can be used in a positive sense, as when God “blots out” sins by forgiving them and choosing not to remember them.
It is also often used in a negative sense, as when God “blots out” or “wipes out” a people group, destroying them because of their sin.
The Bible talks about a person’s name being “blotted out” or “wiped out” of God’s Book of Life, which means that the person will not receive eternal life.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, these expressions could be translated as “get rid of” or “remove” or “completely destroy” or “completely remove.”
When referring to blotting someone’s name out of the Book of Life, this could be translated as “removed from” or “erased.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4229, H8045, G18130

bow and arrow, a bow

Other :: bow and arrow, a bow

Definition:

This is a type of weapon that consists of shooting arrows from a stringed bow. In Bible times it was used for fighting against enemies and for killing animals for food.

The bow is made out of wood, bone, metal, or other hard material, such as a deer’s antler. It has a curved shape and is strung tightly with a string, cord, or vine. When not in use the bow string would not be attached to both ends of the bow so that the bow was not under the pressure of being bent all the time. When preparing to fight a warrior would bend the bow and attach the string to both ends.
An arrow is a thin shaft with a sharp, pointed head on one end. In ancient times, the arrows could be made of a variety of materials such as wood, bone, stone, or metal.
Bows and arrows are commonly used by hunters and warriors.
The term “arrow” is also sometimes used figuratively in the Bible to refer to enemy attacks or divine judgment.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2671, H7198, G51150

bow, bow down, kneel, bend, bend the knee

Other :: bow, bow down, kneel, bend, bend the knee

Definition:

To bow means to bend over to humbly express respect and honor toward someone. To “bow down” means to bend over or kneel down very low, often with face and hands toward the ground.

Other expressions include “bow the knee” (meaning to kneel) and “bow the head” (meaning to bend the head forward in humble respect or in sorrow).
Bowing down can also be a sign of distress or mourning. Someone who is “bowed down” has been brought to a low position of humility.
Often a person will bow in the presence of someone who is of higher status or greater importance, such as kings and other rulers.
Bowing down before God is an expression of worship to him.
In the Bible, people bowed down to Jesus when they realized from his miracles and teaching that he had come from God.
The Bible says that when Jesus comes back someday, everyone will bow the knee to worship him.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, this term could be translated with a word or phrase that means “bend forward” or “bend the head” or “kneel.”
The term “bow down” could be translated as “kneel down” or “prostrate oneself.”
Some languages will have more than one way of translating this term, depending on the context.

(See also: humble, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0086, H3721, H3766, H5753, H5791, H6915, H7743, H7812, H7817, G11200, G25780, G28270, G40980

bread

Other :: bread

Definition:

Bread is a food made from flour mixed with water and oil to form a dough. The dough is then shaped into a loaf and baked.

When the term “loaf” occurs by itself, it means “loaf of bread.”
Bread dough is usually made with something that makes it rise, such as yeast. However, bread can also be made without yeast so that it does not rise. This is called “unleavened bread” in the Bible. The ancient Israelites ate “unleavened bread” during the passover meal.
Since bread was the main food for many people in biblical times, this term is also used in the Bible to refer to food in general. (See: Synecdoche Many times the term “bread” can be translated more generally as “food.”
The phrase “bread of the presence” refers to twelve loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God. These loaves represented the twelve tribes of Israel and were only for the priests to eat. This could be translated as “bread showing that God lived among them.”
The term “bread from heaven” refers to the special white food called “manna” that God provided for the Israelites when they were wandering through the desert. Jesus also called himself the “bread that came down from heaven” and the “bread of life.”

(See also: Passover, tabernacle, temple, unleavened bread, yeast)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2557, H3899, H4635, H4682, G01060, G07400, G42860

breastplate, breastpiece

Other :: breastplate, breastpiece

Definition:

The term “breastplate” refers to a piece of armor covering the front of the chest to protect a soldier during battle. The term “breastpiece” refers to a special piece of clothing that the Israelite high priest wore over the front part of his chest.

A “breastplate” used by a soldier could be made of wood, metal, or animal skin. It was made to prevent arrows, spears, or swords from piercing the chest of the soldier.
The “breastpiece” worn by the Israelite high priest was made of cloth and had valuable gems attached to it. The priest wore this when he was performing his duties of service to God in the temple.
Other ways to translate the term “breastplate” could include “metal protective chest covering” or “armor piece protecting the chest.”
The term “breastpiece” could be translated with a word that means “priestly clothing covering the chest” or “priestly garment piece” or “front piece of priest’s clothing.”

(See also: armor, high priest, pierce, priest, temple, warrior)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2833, H8302, G23820

bribe, bribery, payoffs

Other :: bribe, bribery, payoffs

Definition:

To “bribe” means to give someone something of value, such as money, to influence that person to do something dishonest.

The soldiers who guarded Jesus’ empty tomb were bribed with money to lie about what happened.
Sometimes a government official will be bribed to overlook a crime or to vote a certain way.
The Bible forbids giving or taking bribes.
The term, “bribe” could be translated as “dishonest payment” or “payment for lying” or “price for breaking the rules.”
To “bribe” could be translated with a word or phrase that means, to “pay to influence (someone)” or to “pay to have a dishonest favor done” or to “pay for a favor.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3724, H4979, H7809, H7810, H7936, H7966, H8021, H8641, G52600

bride, bridal

Other :: bride, bridal

Definition:

A bride is the woman in a marriage ceremony who will marry the bridegroom (the man).

Translation Suggestions:

You could use the term that your language uses to refer to the woman who is getting married in a marriage ceremony or if you do not have a term for this in your language you could use a descriptive phrase to describe what a bride is. Depending on the context you could translate the term “bride” with descriptive phrases such as “a woman getting married” or “a woman who is being married” or “the woman getting married.”

(See also: bridegroom, marriage)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3618, G35650

bridegroom, groom

Other :: bridegroom, groom

Definition:

In a marriage ceremony, the bridegroom, also called the groom, is the man who will marry the bride (the woman).

Translation Suggestions:

You could use the term that your language uses to refer to the man who is getting married in a marriage ceremony or if you do not have a term for this in your language you could use a descriptive phrase to describe what a bridegroom is. Depending on the context you could translate the terms “bridegroom” and “groom” with descriptive phrases such as “a man getting married” or “a man who is being married” or “the man getting married.”

(See also: bride, marriage)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2860, G35660

bronze

Other :: bronze

Definition:

The term “bronze” refers to a kind of metal that is made from melting together the metals, copper and tin. It has a dark brown color, slightly red.

Bronze resists water corrosion and is a good conductor of heat.
In ancient times, bronze was used for making tools, weapons, artwork, altars, cooking pots, and soldiers’ armor, among other things.
Many building materials for the tabernacle and temple were made of bronze.
Idols of false gods were also often made of bronze metal.
Bronze objects were made by first melting the bronze metal into a liquid and then pouring it into molds. This process was called “casting.”

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: armor, tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5153, H5154, H5174, H5178, G54700, G54740, G54750

burnt offering, offering by fire

Other :: burnt offering, offering by fire

Definition:

A “burnt offering” was a type of sacrifice to God that was burnt up by fire on an altar. It was offered to make atonement for the sins of the people. This was also called an “offering by fire.”

Animals used for this offering were usually sheep or goats, but oxen and birds were also used.
Except for the skin, the entire animal was burned up in this offering. The skin or hide was given to the priest.
God commanded the Jewish people to offer burnt offerings two times every day.

(See also: altar, atonement, ox, priest, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0801, H5930, H7133, H8548, G36460

bury, buried, burial

Other :: bury, buried, burial

Definition:

The term “bury” refers to putting an object (usually a dead body) into a hole or other burial place and then covering it with dirt or stones, etc. The term “burial” is the act of burying something, or it can be used to describe a place where something has been buried.

Often people bury a dead body by placing it into a deep hole in the ground and then covering it with dirt.
Sometimes the dead body is placed in a box-like structure, such as a coffin, before burying it.
In Bible times, dead people were often buried in a cave or similar place. After Jesus died, his body was wrapped in cloths and placed in a stone tomb that was sealed with a large boulder.
The terms “burial place” or “burial room” or “burial chamber” or “burial cave” always refer to a place where a dead body is buried.
Other things can also be buried, such as when Achan buried silver and other things that he had stolen from Jericho.
The phrase “buried his face” usually means “covered his face with his hands.”
Sometimes the word “hide” can mean “bury” as when Achan hid things in the ground that he had stolen from Jericho. This meant he buried them in the ground.

(See also: Jericho, tomb)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6900, H6912, H6913, G17790, G17800, G22900, G49160, G50270

camel

Other :: camel

Definition:

A camel is a large, four legged animal with one or two humps on its back. (See also: How to Translate Unknowns

In Bible times, the camel was the largest animal found in Israel and the surrounding regions.
The camel was used mainly for carrying people and burdens.
Some people groups also used camels for food but not the Israelites because God said that camels were unclean and were not to be eaten.
Camels were valuable because they could move swiftly in the sand and could live without food and water for several weeks at a time.

(See also: burden, clean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1581, G25740

captive, captivate, captivity, catch

Other :: captive, captivate, captivity, catch

Definition:

The terms “captive” and “captivity” refer to people who have been captured and forced to live somewhere they do not want to live, such as in a foreign country.

The Israelites from the kingdom of Judah were held captive in the kingdom of Babylonia for 70 years.
Captives are often required to work for the people or nation that captured them.
Daniel and Nehemiah were Israelite captives who worked for the Babylonian king.
The expression to “take captive” is another way of talking about capturing someone.
The expression, “carry you away captive” could also be translated as “force you to live as captives” or “take you away to another country as prisoners.”
In a figurative sense, the apostle Paul tells Christians to “take captive” every thought and make it obedient to Christ.
He also talks about how a person can be “taken captive” by sin, which means he is “controlled by” sin.

Translation Suggestions

Depending on the context, to be “held captive” could also be translated by, “not allowed to be free” or “kept in prison” or “forced to live in a foreign country.”
The expression, “led captive” or “taken captive” could be translated as “captured” or “imprisoned” or “forced to go to a foreign land.”
The term “captives” could also be translated as “people who were captured” or “enslaved people.”
Depending on the context, “captivity” could also be translated as “imprisonment” or “exile” or “forced stay in a foreign country.”

(See also: Babylon, exile, prison, seize)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1123, H1473, H1540, H1546, H1547, H7617, H7622, H7628, H7633, H7686, G01610, G01620, G01630, G01640, G22210

caught up

Other :: caught up

Definition:

The term “caught up” often refers to God taking a person up to heaven in a sudden, miraculous way.

The phrase “caught up with” refers to coming up to someone after hurrying to reach him. A term with a similar meaning is “overtake.”
The apostle Paul talked about being “caught up” to the third heaven. This could also be translated as “taken up.”
Paul said that when Christ comes back, Christians will be “caught up” together to meet him in the air.
The figurative expression, “my sins have caught up with me” could be translated as “I am receiving the consequences of my sin” or “because of my sin I am suffering” or “my sin is causing me trouble.”

(see: miracle, overtake, suffer, trouble)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1692, G07260

cedar, cedarwood

Other :: cedar, cedarwood

Definition:

The term “cedar” refers to a large fir tree which normally has reddish-brown wood. Like other firs, it has cones and needle-like leaves.

The Old Testament often mentions cedar trees in connection with Lebanon, where they grew plentifully.
Cedar wood was used in the construction of the Jerusalem temple.
It was also used for sacrifices and purification offerings.

(See also: fir, pure, sacrifice, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0730

census

Other :: census

Definition:

The term “census” refers to a formal counting of the number of people in a nation or empire.

The Old Testament records different times when God ordered that the men of Israel be counted, such as when the Israelites first left Egypt and then again just before they entered Canaan.
Often the purpose of a census was in order to know how many people should be paying taxes.
For example, one time in Exodus the Israelite men were counted so that each one would pay a half shekel for taking care of the temple.
When Jesus was a baby, the Roman government did a census to count all the people who lived throughout their empire, to require them to pay taxes.

Translation Suggestions

Possible ways to translate this term could include, “name counting” or “list of names” or “enrollment.”
The phrase “take a census” could be translated as “register people’s names” or “enroll people” or “write down people’s names.”

(See also: nation, Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3789, H5674, H5921, H6485, H7218, G05820, G05830

chaff

Other :: chaff

Definition:

Chaff is a dry protective covering of a grain seed. The chaff is not good for food so people separate it from the seed and throw it away.

Often, the chaff is separated from the seed by throwing the heads of grain up into the air. The wind blows the chaff away and the seed falls on the ground. This process is called “winnowing.”
In the Bible, this term is also used figuratively to refer to evil people and evil, worthless things.

(See also: grain, wheat, winnow)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2842, H4671, H5784, H8401, G08920

chariot, charioteers

Other :: chariot, charioteers

Definition:

In ancient times, chariots were lightweight, two-wheeled carts that were pulled by horses.

People would sit or stand in chariots, using them for war or travel.
In war, an army that had chariots had a great advantage of speed and mobility over an army that did not have chariots.
The ancient Egyptians and Romans were well-known for their use of horses and chariots.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: Egypt, Rome)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

12:10 So they followed the Israelites onto the path through the sea, but God caused the Egyptians to panic and caused their chariots to get stuck.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2021, H4817, H4818, H7393, H7395, H7398, G07160, G44800

cherub

Other :: cherub

Definition:

The term “cherub,” and its plural form “cherubim,” refer to a special type of heavenly being that God created. The Bible describes cherubim as having wings and flames.

The cherubim display the glory and power of God and seem to be guardians of sacred things.
After Adam and Eve sinned, God placed cherubim with flaming swords at the east side of the Garden of Eden so that people could no longer get to the tree of life.
God commanded the Israelites to carve two cherubim facing each other, with their wings touching, over the atonement lid of the ark of the covenant.
He also told them to weave pictures of the cherubim into the curtains of the tabernacle.
In some passages, these creatures are also described as having four faces: of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle.
Cherubim are sometimes thought of as being angels, but the Bible does not clearly state that.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “cherubim” could be translated as “creatures with wings” or “guardians with wings” or “winged spiritual guardians” or “holy, winged guardians.”
A “cherub” should be translated as the singular of cherubim, as in, “creature with wings” or “winged spiritual guardian,” for example.
Make sure that the translation of this term is different from the translation of “angel.”
Also consider how this term is translated or written in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: angel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3742, G55020

chief, leader

Other :: chief, leader

Definition:

The term “chief” refers to the most powerful or most important leader of a particular group.

Examples of this include, “chief musician,” “chief priest,” and “chief tax collector.” and “chief ruler.”
It can also be used for the head of a specific family, as in Genesis 36 where certain men are named as “chiefs” of their family clans. In this context, the term “chief” could also be translated as “leader” or “head father.”
When used to describe a noun, this term could be translated as “leading” or “ruling,” as in “leading musician” or “ruling priest.”

(See also: head, chief priests, priest, tax collector)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0047, H0441, H5057, H5387, H5632, H6496, H7218, H7225, H7227, H7229, H7262, H8269, H8334, G07490, G07500, G07540, G44100, G44130, G55060

chronicles

Other :: chronicles

Definition:

The term “chronicle” refers to a written record of events over a period of time.

Two Old Testament books are called “First Book of the Chronicles” and “Second Book of the Chronicles.”
The books called “Chronicles” record part of the history of the Israelite people, beginning with a list of people in every generation since Adam.
The “First Book of the Chronicles” records the end of King Saul’s life and the events of King David’s reign.
The “Second Book of the Chronicles” records the reigns of King Solomon and several other kings, including the building of the temple and the separation of the northern kingdom of Israel from the southern kingdom of Judah.
The end of 2 Chronicles describes the beginning of the Babylonian exile.

(See also: Babylon, David, exile, kingdom of Israel, Judah, Solomon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1697

cistern, well

Other :: cistern, well

Definition:

The terms “well” and “cistern” refer to two different kinds of sources for water in Bible times.

A well is a deep hole dug into the ground so that underground water can flow into it.
A cistern is a deep hole dug into rock that was used as a holding tank for collecting rain water.
Cisterns were usually dug into rock and sealed with plaster to keep the water in. A “broken cistern” happened when the plaster became cracked so that the water leaked out.
Cisterns were often located in the courtyard area of people’s homes to catch the rainwater that would run off the roof.
Wells were often located where they could be accessed by several families or a whole community.
Because water was very important for both people and livestock, the right to use a well was often a cause of strife and conflict.
Both wells and cisterns were usually covered with a large stone to prevent anything falling in it. Often there was a rope with a bucket or pot attached to it to bring the water up to the surface.
Sometimes a dry cistern was used as a place to imprison someone, such as happened to Joseph and Jeremiah.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “well” could include “deep water hole” or “deep hole for spring water” or “deep hole for drawing water.”
The term “cistern” could be translated as “stone water pit” or “deep and narrow pit for water” or “underground tank for holding water.”
These terms are similar in meaning. The main difference is that a well continually receives water from underground springs, whereas a cistern is a holding tank for water that usually comes from rain.

(See also: Jeremiah, prison, strife)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0875, H0883, H0953, H1360, H4599, H4726, H4841, G40770, G54210

citizen, citizenship

Other :: citizen, citizenship

Definition:

A citizen is someone who lives in a specific city, country, or kingdom. It especially refers to someone who is recognized officially as being a legal resident of that place.

Depending on the context, this could also be translated as “inhabitant” or “official resident.”
A citizen could live in a region that is part of a larger kingdom or empire that is governed by a king, emperor, or other ruler. For example, Paul was a citizen of the Roman Empire, which consisted of many different provinces; Paul lived in one of those provinces.
In a figurative sense, believers in Jesus are called “citizens” of heaven in the sense that they will live there someday. Like a citizen of a country, Christians belong to God’s kingdom.

(See: kingdom, Paul, province, Rome)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6440, G41750, G41770, G48470

clan

Other :: clan

Definition:

The term “clan” refers to a group of extended family members who come from a common ancestor.

In the Old Testament, the Israelites were counted according to their clans, or family groups.
Clans were normally named after their most well-known ancestor.
Individual people were sometimes referred to by the name of their clan. An example of this is when Moses’ father-in-law Jethro is sometimes called by his clan name, Reuel.
The term “clan” might also be translated as “family group” or “extended family” or “relatives.”

(See also: family, Jethro, tribe)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0001, H0441, H1004, H4940

comfort, comforts, comforter, uncomforted

Other :: comfort, comforts, comforter, uncomforted

Definition:

The terms “comfort” and “comforter” refer to helping someone who is suffering physical or emotional pain.

A person who comforts someone is called a “comforter.”
In the Old Testament, the term “comfort” is used to describe how God is kind and loving to his people and helps them when they are suffering.
In the New Testament, it says that God will comfort his people through the Holy Spirit. Those who receive the comfort are then enabled to give the same comfort to others who are suffering.
The expression “comforter of Israel” referred to the Messiah who would come to rescue his people.
Jesus referred to the Holy Spirit as the “Comforter” who helps believers in Jesus.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, “comfort” could also be translated as “ease the pain of” or “help (someone) overcome grief” or “encourage” or “console.”
A phrase such as “our comfort” could be translated as “our encouragement” or “our consoling of (someone)” or “our help in times of grieving.”
The term “comforter” could be translated as “person who comforts” or “someone who helps ease pain” or “person who encourages.”
When the Holy Spirit is called “the Comforter” this could also be translated as “the Encourager” or “the Helper” or “the One who helps and guides.”
The phrase “comforter of Israel” could be translated as “the Messiah, who comforts Israel.”
An expression like, “they have no comforter” could also be translated as “No one has comforted them” or “There is no one to encourage or help them.”

(See also: encourage, Holy Spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2505, H5150, H5162, H5165, H5564, H8575, G03020, G38700, G38740, G38750, G38880, G38900, G39310

commander

Other :: commander

Definition:

The term “commander” refers to a leader of an army who is responsible for leading and commanding a certain group of soldiers.

A commander could be in charge of a small group of soldiers or a large group, such as a thousand men.
This term is also used to refer to Yahweh as the commander of angel armies.
Other ways to translate “commander” could include, “leader” or “captain” or “officer.”
The term to “command” an army could be translated as to “lead” or to “be in charge of.”

(See also: command, ruler, centurion)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2710, H2951, H1169, H4929, H5057, H6346, H7101, H7262, H7218, H7227, H7229, H7990, H8269, G55060

commit, committed

Other :: commit, committed

Definition:

In the Bible the terms “commit” and “committed” most often refer to doing a certain wrong action such as “commit a sin” or “commit adultery” or “commit murder.”

(See also: adultery, sin)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0539, H0817, H1361, H1497, H1500, H1540, H1556, H2181, H2388, H2398, H2399, H2403, H4560, H4603, H5003, H5753, H5766, H5771, H6213, H6466, H7683, H7760, H7847, G02640, G20380, G27160, G34290, G34310, G38600, G38720, G39080, G41020, G41600, G42030

conceive, conceived, conception

Other :: conceive, conceived, conception

Definition:

Used in this sense, the terms “conceive” and “conception” usually refer to a woman becoming pregnant with a child. It can also be used for animals that become pregnant.

The phrase “conceive a child” could be translated as “become pregnant” or some other term that is an acceptable way of referring to this.
The related term “conception” could be translated as “beginning of a pregnancy” or “moment of becoming pregnant.”
Depending on context, the term “conceived” could be translated as “became pregnant” or “became pregnant with.”

(See also: create, womb)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2029, H2030, H2032, H2232, H2254, H2803, H3179, G10800, G17220, G28450, G48150

concubine

Other :: concubine

Definition:

A concubine is a woman who is a secondary wife for a man who already has a wife. Usually a concubine is not legally married to the man.

In the Old Testament, concubines were often female slaves.
A concubine could be acquired by purchase, through military conquest, or in payment of a debt.
For a king, having many concubines was a sign of power.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3904, H6370

consume, devour

Other :: consume, devour

Definition:

The term “consume” literally means to use up something. It has several figurative meanings.

In the Bible, the word “consume” often refers to destroying things or people.
A fire is said to consume things, which means it destroys them by burning them up.
God is described as a “consuming fire,” which is a description of his anger against sin. His anger results in terrible punishment for sinners who do not repent.
To consume food means to eat or drink something.
The phrase, “consume the land” could be translated as “destroy the land.”

Translation Suggestions

In the context of consuming the land or people, this term could be translated as “destroy.”
When fire is referred to, “consume” could be translated as “burn up.”
The burning bush that Moses saw “was not consumed” which could be translated as “did not get burned up” or “did not burn up.”
When referring to eating, “consume” could be translated as “eat” or “devour.”
If someone’s strength is “consumed,” it means his strength is “used up” or “gone.”
The expression, “God is a consuming fire” could be translated as “God is like a fire that burns things up” or “God is angry against sin and will destroy sinners like a fire.”

(See also: devour, wrath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0398, H0402, H1086, H1104, H1197, H2628, H3615, H3617, H3857, H4529, H5595, H8046, H8552, G03550, G26180, G26540, G27190, G53150

contempt, contemptible, not worth listening to

Other :: contempt, contemptible, not worth listening to

Facts:

The term “contempt” refers to a deep disrespect and dishonor that is shown toward something or someone. Something that is greatly dishonorable is called “contemptible.”

A person or behavior that shows open disrespect for God is also called “contemptible” and could be translated as “greatly disrespectful” or “completely dishonorable” or “deserving scorn.”
To “hold in contempt” means to regard someone as having less value or to judge someone as less worthy than oneself.
The following expressions have a similar meaning: “have contempt for” or “show contempt for” or “be in contempt of” or “treat with contempt.” These all mean to “strongly disrespect” or “strongly dishonor” something or someone by what is said and done.
When King David sinned by committing adultery and murder, God said that David had “shown contempt for” God. It means he had greatly disrespected and dishonored God by doing that.

(See also: dishonor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0936, H0937, H0959, H0963, H1860, H7043, H7589, H5006, G18480

corrupt witness, false report, false testimony, false witness

Other :: corrupt witness, false report, false testimony, false witness

Definition:

The terms “false witness” and “corrupt witness” refer to a person who says untrue things about a person or an event, usually in a formal setting such as a court.

A “false testimony” or “false report” is the actual lie that is told.
To “bear false witness” means to lie or give a false report about something.
The Bible gives several accounts in which false witnesses were hired to lie about someone in order to have that person punished or killed.

Translation Suggestions:

To “bear false witness” or “give a false testimony” could be translated as “testify falsely” or “give a false report about someone” or “speak falsely against someone” or “lie.”
When “false witness” refers to a person, it could be translated as “person who lies” or “one who testifies falsely” or “someone who says things that are not true.”

(See also: testimony, true)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5707, H6030, H7650, H8267, G19650, G31440, G55710, G55750, G55760, G55770

council

Other :: council

Definition:

A council is a group of people who meet to discuss, give advice, and make decisions about important matters.

A council is usually organized in an official and somewhat permanent way for a specific purpose, such as making decisions about legal matters.
The “Jewish Council” in Jerusalem, also known as the “Sanhedrin,” had 70 members, which included Jewish leaders such as chief priests, elders, scribes, Pharisees, and Sadducees who met regularly to decide matters of Jewish law. It was this council of religious leaders who put Jesus on trial and decided that he should be killed.
There were also smaller Jewish councils in other cities.
The apostle Paul was brought before a Roman council when he was arrested for teaching the gospel.
Depending on the context, the word “council” could also be translated as “legal assembly” or “political assembly.”
To be “in council” means to be in a special meeting to decide something.
Note that this is a different word than “counsel,” which means “wise advice.”

(See also: assembly, counsel, Pharisee, law, priest, Sadducee, scribe)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4186, H5475, G10100, G48240, G48920

courage, courageous

Other :: courage, courageous

Facts:

The term “courage” refers to boldly facing or doing something that is difficult, frightening, or dangerous.

The term, “courageous” describes someone who shows courage, who does the right thing even when feeling afraid or pressured to give up.
A person shows courage when he faces emotional or physical pain with strength and perseverance or when he faces the threat of emotional or physical pain with emotional strength.
The expression “take courage” means “don’t be afraid” or “be assured that things will turn out well.”
When Joshua was preparing to go into the dangerous land of Canaan, Moses exhorted him to be “strong and courageous.”
The term “courageous” could also be translated as “brave” or “unafraid” or “bold.”
Depending on the context, to “have courage” could also be translated as “be emotionally strong” or “be confident” or “stand firm.”
To “speak with courage” could be translated as “speak boldly” or “speak without being afraid” or “speak confidently.”

Translation Suggestions

(See also: encourage, confidence, fear, strength)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

court

Other :: court

Definition:

The term “court” refers to a place where judges decide legal and criminal matters.

Often, when the Bible uses the term “court” (in this legal sense), it refers to human courts but it can also be used to refer to a heavenly court such as in Daniel 7:10 and Daniel 7:26.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “court” could be translated as “tribunal” or when referring to a human court it could be translated as “legal court.”

(See also: judge

Bible References:

Word Data:

court, courtyard

Other :: court, courtyard

Definition:

The terms “court” and “courtyard” refer to an enclosed area that is open to the sky and surrounded by walls.

The tabernacle was surrounded by one courtyard which was enclosed by walls made of thick, cloth curtains.
The temple complex had three inner courtyards: one for the priests, one for Jewish men, and one for Jewish women.
These inner courtyards were surrounded by a low stone wall that separated them from an outer courtyard where Gentiles were permitted to worship.
The courtyard of a house was an open area in the middle of the house.

Translation Suggestions:

The terms “court” and “courtyard” could be translated as “enclosed space” or “walled-in land” or “walled-in space” or “tabernacle grounds” or “temple grounds” or “temple enclosure” depending on the context.
If it would be natural in your language the term used for a king’s court could also be used to refer to Yahweh’s court.

(See also: Gentile,tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1004, H1508, H2691, H5835, H7339, H8651, G08330, G42590

creature, creation

Other :: creature, creation

Definition:

The term “creature” refers to all the living beings that God created, both humans and animals.

The prophet Ezekiel described seeing “living creatures” in his vision of the glory of God. He did not know what they were, so he gave them this very general label.
Note that the term “creation” has a different meaning since it includes everything God created, both living and nonliving things (such as land, water, and stars). The term “creature” only includes living things.

Translation Suggestions

Depending on the context, “creature” could be translated as “being” or “living being” or “created being.”
The plural, “creatures” could be translated as “all living things” or “people and animals” or “animals” or “human beings.”

(See also: create)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1320, H1321, H1870, H2119, H2416, H4639, H5315, H5971, H7430, H8318, G22260, G29370, G29380

cupbearer

Other :: cupbearer

Definition:

In Old Testament times, a “cupbearer” was a king’s servant who was given the task of bringing the king his cup of wine, usually tasting the wine first to make sure it had not been poisoned.

In English, the term cupbearer literally means “cup bringer” or “someone who brings the cup.”
A cupbearer was known for being very trustworthy and loyal to his king.
Because of his trusted position, a cupbearer would often have influence in the decisions the ruler made.
Nehemiah was the cupbearer for King Artaxerxes of Persia during the time when some of the Israelites were in captivity in Babylon.

(See also: Artaxerxes, Babylon, captive, Persia, Pharaoh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8248

curtain

Other :: curtain

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “curtain” refers to a very thick, heavy piece of material used in the making of the tabernacle and the temple.

The tabernacle was built using four layers of curtains for the top and sides. These curtain coverings were made of cloth or animal skins.
Cloth curtains were also used to form a wall surrounding the tabernacle courtyard. These curtains were made out of “linen” which was a kind of cloth made out of the flax plant.
In both the tabernacle and temple building, a thick cloth curtain hung between the holy place and the most holy place. It was this curtain that was miraculously torn into two parts when Jesus died.

Translation Suggestions:

Since modern-day curtains are very different from the curtains used in the Bible, it may be more clear to use a different word or to add words that describe the curtains.
Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include, “curtain covering” or “covering” or “piece of thick cloth” or “animal skin covering” or “hanging piece of cloth.”

(See also: holy place, tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1852, H3407, H4539, H6532, H7050, G26650

cut off, cut down

Other :: cut off, cut down

Definition:

The expression “be cut off” is an expression that means to be excluded, banished or isolated from the main group. It can also refer to being killed as an act of divine judgment for sin.

In the Old Testament, disobeying God’s commands resulted in being cut off, or separated, from God’s people and from his presence.
God also said he would “cut off” or destroy the non-Israelite nations, because they did not worship or obey him and were enemies of Israel.
The expression “cut off” is also used to refer to God causing a river to stop flowing.

Translation Suggestions:

The expression “be cut off” could be translated as “be banished” or “be sent away” or “be separated from” or “be killed” or “be destroyed.”
Depending on the context, to “cut off” could be translated as to “destroy” or to “send away” or to “separate from” or to “destroy.”
In the context of flowing waters being cut off, this could be translated as “were stopped” or “were caused to stop flowing” or “were divided.”
The literal meaning of cutting something with a knife should be distinguished from the figurative uses of this term.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1214, H1219, H1438, H1494, H1504, H1629, H1820, H2686, H3582, H3772, H5243, H5352, H6789, H7088, H7096, H7112, H7113, G06090, G08510, G15810

cypress

Other :: cypress

Definition:

The term “cypress” refers to a kind of fir tree that was plentiful in the regions where people lived in Bible times, especially countries bordering the Mediterranean Sea.

Cyprus and Lebanon are two places that are specifically mentioned in the Bible as having many cypress trees.
The wood that Noah used to build the ark may have been cypress.
Because cypress wood is sturdy and long-lasting, it was used by ancient peoples for building boats and other structures.

(See also: ark, Cyprus, fir, Lebanon)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8645

declare, proclaim, announce

Other :: declare, proclaim, announce

Definition:

The terms “declare” and “declaration” refer to making a formal or public statement, often to emphasize something. Other terms with similar meaning include “proclaim,” “proclamation,” “announce,” and “announcement.”

A “declaration” not only emphasizes the importance of what is being proclaimed, but it also calls attention to the one making the declaration.
For example, in the Old Testament, a message from God is often preceded by “the declaration of Yahweh” or “this is what Yahweh declares.” This expression emphasizes that it is Yahweh himself who is saying this. The fact that the message comes from Yahweh shows how important that message is.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, “declare” could also be translated as “proclaim” or “publicly state” or “strongly say” or “emphatically state.”
The term “declaration” could also be translated as “statement” or “proclamation.”
The phrase “this is Yahweh’s declaration” could be translated as “this is what Yahweh declares” or “this is what Yahweh says.”

(See also: preach, decree)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0262, H0559, H0816, H0874, H1696, H3045, H4853, H5002, H5042, H5046, H5608, H6567, H7121, H7561, H7878, H8085, G03120, G05180, G06690, G12290, G13440, G15550, G17180, G18340, G20970, G25110, G26050, G26070, G31400, G36700, G37240, G38220, G38700, G39550, G42960

decree, decreed

Other :: decree, decreed

Definition:

The term “decree” means to give an order that must be obeyed. The order itself can also be called a “decree.”

A “decree” is similar to a “law,” but is generally used more often to refer to something spoken rather than written.
The term “decree” could be translated as to “order” or to “command” or to “formally require” or to “publicly make a law.”
God’s laws are also called decrees, statutes, or commandments.
An example of a decree by a human ruler was the proclamation by Caesar Augustus that everyone living in the Roman Empire must go back to their hometown in order to be counted in a census.

(See also: command, declare, law)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0559, H0633, H1697, H5715, H1504, H1510, H1881, H1882, H1696, H2706, H2708, H2710, H2711, H2782, H2852, H2940, H2941, H2942, H3791, H3982, H4055, H4406, H4687, H4941, H5407, H5713, H6599, H6680, H7010, H8421, G13780

dedicate, dedication, established, devoted

Other :: dedicate, dedication, established, devoted

Definition:

To dedicate is to set apart or commit something for a special purpose or function.

David dedicated his gold and silver to the Lord.
Often the word “dedication” refers to a formal event or ceremony to set apart something for a special purpose.
The dedication of the altar included offering a sacrifice to God.
Nehemiah led the Israelites in a dedication of Jerusalem’s repaired walls with a renewed promise to serve only Yahweh and to take care of his city. This event included giving thanks to God with musical instruments and singing.
The term “dedicate” could also be translated as “specially assign a special purpose” or “commit something to be used for a specific use” or “commit someone to do a special task.”

(See also: commit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2596, H2597, H2598, H2764, H4394, H6942, H6944, G14560, G14570

deer, doe, does, fawns, roebuck

Other :: deer, doe, does, fawns, roebuck

Definition:

A deer is a large, graceful, four-legged animal that lives in forests or on mountains. The male animal has large horns or antlers on its head.

The term “doe” refers to a female deer and a “fawn” is the name of a baby deer.
The term “buck” refers to a male deer.
A “roebuck” is the male of the specific variety called “roedeer.”
Deer have strong, thin legs that help them jump high and run fast.
Their feet have split hooves which help them walk or climb easily on most any terrain.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0354, H0355, H0365, H3180, H3280, H6643, H6646

delight

Other :: delight

Definition:

The term “delight” means great pleasure or great joy.

To “delight in” something means to “to take pleasure in” or “take joy in” or “be happy about” it. If a person “delights in” something, it means that he enjoys it very much.
When something is very agreeable or pleasing it is called “delightful.”
The expression “my delight is in the law of Yahweh” could be translated as “the law of Yahweh gives me great joy” or “I love to obey the laws of Yahweh” or “I am happy when I obey Yahweh’s commands.”
The phrases “take no delight in” and “have no delight in” could be translated as “not at all pleased by” or “not happy about.”
The phrase “delight himself in” means “he enjoys doing” something or “he is very happy about” something or someone.
The term “delights” refers to things that a person enjoys. This could be translated as “pleasures” or “things that give joy.”
An expression such as “I delight to do your will” could also be translated as “I enjoy doing your will” or “I am very happy when I obey you.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1523, H2530, H2531, H2532, H2654, H2655, H2656, H2836, H4574, H5276, H5727, H5730, H6026, H6027, H7306, H7381, H7521, H7522, H8057, H8173, H8191, H8588, H8597

deliver, deliverer, deliverance, delivered

Other :: deliver, deliverer, deliverance, delivered

Definition:

To “deliver” someone means to rescue that person. The term “deliverer” refers to someone who rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers. The term “deliverance” refers to what happens when someone rescues or frees people from slavery, oppression, or other dangers.

In the Old Testament, God appointed deliverers to protect the Israelites by leading them in battle against other people groups who came to attack them.
These deliverers were also called “judges” and the Old Testament book of Judges records the time in history when these judges were governing Israel.
God is also called a “deliverer.” Throughout the history of Israel, he delivered or rescued his people from their enemies.

Translation Suggestions:

In the context of helping people escape from their enemies, the term “deliver” can be translated as “rescue” or “liberate” or “save.”
When the term “deliverer” refers to the judges who led Israel, it could also be translated as “judge” or “leader.”

(See also: judge, save)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

16:3 Then God provided a deliverer who rescued them from their enemies and brought peace to the land.
16:16 They (Israel) finally asked God for help again, and God sent them another deliverer.
16:17 Over many years, God sent many deliverers who saved the Israelites from their enemies.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1350, H2020, H2502, H3205, H3444, H3467, H4042, H4422, H4672, H5337, H5414, H5462, H6299, H6403, H6413, H6475, H6561, H7725, H7804, H8199, G03250, G05250, G06290, G10800, G13250, G15600, G16590, G18070, G19290, G26730, G30860, G38600, G45060, G49910, G50880, G54830

deliver, hand over, turn over, release

Other :: deliver, hand over, turn over, release

Definition:

The term “deliver” or “deliver over to” or “deliver up to” can mean to turn someone over to an enemy or adversary, such as when Judas delivered Jesus over to the Jewish leaders or when God delivered Israel over to their enemies because of their repeated sin.

Translation Suggestions:

When “deliver” means for a person or person to deliver someone over to an enemy it can be translated as “betray” or “hand over” or “give over.” When “deliver” refers to God giving people over to an adversary it can be translated as “hand over” or “give over.”

Bible References:

Examples from Bible stories:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1350, H2020, H2502, H3205, H3444, H3467, H4042, H4422, H4672, H5337, H5414, H5462, H6299, H6403, H6413, H6475, H6561, H7725, H7804, H8199, G03250, G05250, G06290, G10800, G13250, G15600, G16590, G18070, G19290, G26730, G30860, G38600, G45060, G49910, G50880, G54830

descend, descendant

Other :: descend, descendant

Definition:

A “descendant” is someone who is a direct blood relative of someone else further back in history.

For example, Abraham was a descendant of Noah.
A person’s descendants are his children, grandchildren, great-great-grandchildren, and so on. Jacob’s descendants were the twelve tribes of Israel.
The phrase “descended from” is another way of saying “a descendant of” as in “Abraham was descended from Noah.” This could also be translated as “from the family line of.”

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

2:9 “The woman’s descendant will crush your head, and you will wound his heel.”
4:9 “I give the land of Canaan to your descendants.”
5:10 “Your descendants will be more than the stars in the sky.”
17:7 “Someone from your family will always rule as king over Israel, and the Messiah will be one of your descendants!”
18:13 The kings of Judah were descendants of David.
21:4 God promised King David that the Messiah would be one of David’s own descendants.
48:13 God promised David that the Messiah would be one of his descendants. Jesus, the Messiah, was that special descendant of David.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0319, H1004, H1121, H1323, H1755, H2232, H2233, H3205, H3211, H3318, H3409, H4294, H5220, H6849, H7611, H8435, G10740, G10850, G46900

desecrate, desecrated

Other :: desecrate, desecrated

Definition:

The term “desecrate” means to damage or contaminate a sacred place or object in such a way that it is unacceptable for use in worship.

Often desecrating something involves showing great disrespect for it.
For example, pagan kings desecrated special dishes from God’s temple by using them for parties at their palace.
Bones from dead people were used by enemies to desecrate the altar in God’s temple.
This term could be translated as “cause to be unholy” or “dishonor by making impure” or “disrespectfully profane” or “cause to be impure.”

(See also: altar, defile, dishonor, profane, pure, temple, holy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2490, H2610, H2930, G09530

desert, wilderness

Other :: desert, wilderness

Definition:

A desert, or wilderness, is a dry, barren place where very few plants and trees can grow.

A desert is a land area with a dry climate and few plants or animals.
Because of the harsh conditions, very few people can live in the desert, so it is also referred to as “wilderness.”
“Wilderness” conveys the meaning of being remote, desolate and isolated from people.
This word can also be translated as “deserted place” or “remote place” or “uninhabited place.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0776, H2723, H3293, H3452, H4057, H6160, H6723, H6728, H6921, H8047, H8414, G20470, G20480

desolate, desolated, desolation, desolations, deserted, desolator

Other :: desolate, desolated, desolation, desolations, deserted, desolator

Definition:

The terms “desolate” and “desolation,” when used to refer to a place or location, refer to the state or condition of being ruined and left fully or partially uninhabited. The term “desolate,” when referring to a person or group of people, describes a state or condition of ruin, loneliness, and grief.

If a field where crops are growing is made desolate, it means that something has destroyed the crops, such as insects or an invading army.
A “desolate region” refers to an area of land that is partially deserted or abandoned and therefore has few people living there.
If a city is “made desolate” it means that its buildings and goods have been destroyed or stolen, and its people have been killed or captured. The city becomes “empty” and “ruined.” This is similar to the meaning of “devastate” or “devastated,” but with more emphasis on the emptiness.
A “desolate land” or “wilderness” was often where outcasts (such as lepers) and dangerous animals lived.
Depending on the context, this term, when referring to a city or region, could be translated as “ruined” or “destroyed” or “laid waste” or “abandoned” or “deserted.”
Depending on the context, this term, when referring to a person or people group, could be translated as “lonely and outcast” or “deserted.”
A “desolator” is one who causes desolation.

(See also: desert, devastate, ruin, waste)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0490, H0816, H0910, H1565, H2717, H2720, H2721, H2723, H3173, H3341, H3456, H3582, H4875, H4923, H5352, H5800, H7582, H7701, H7722, H8047, H8074, H8076, H8077, G20480, G20490, G20500, G34430

destroy, destruction, annihilate

Other :: destroy, destruction, annihilate

Definition:

The term “destroy” means to completely make an end to something, so that it no longer exists.

The term “destroyer” means “a person who destroys.”
This term is often used in the Old Testament as a general reference to anyone who destroys other people, such as an invading army.
When God sent the angel to kill all the firstborn males in Egypt, that angel was referred to as “the destroyer of the firstborn.” This could be translated as “the one (or angel) who killed the firstborn males.”
In the book of Revelation about the end times, Satan or some other evil spirit is called “the Destroyer.” He is the “one who destroys” because his purpose is to destroy and ruin everything God created.
Depending on context the word “destroy” can be translated as “”

(See also: angel, Egypt, firstborn, Passover)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0006, H0007, H0622, H0398, H1104, H1197, H1820, H1826, H1942, H2000, H2015, H2026, H2040, H2254, H2255, H2717, H2718, H2763, H2764, H3238, H3341, H3381, H3423, H3582, H3615, H3617, H3772, H3807, H4191, H4229, H4591, H4658, H4889, H5218, H5221, H5307, H5362, H5420, H5422, H5428, H5595, H5642, H6365, H6789, H6979, H7665, H7667, H7703, H7722, H7760, H7843, H7921, H8045, H8074, H8077, H8316, H8552, G03550, G03960, G06220, G08530, G13110, G18420, G20490, G25060, G25070, G26470, G26730, G27040, G30890, G36450, G41990, G53510, G53560

detest, detested, detestable

Other :: detest, detested, detestable

Facts:

The term “detestable” describes something that should be disliked and rejected. To “detest” something means to strongly dislike it.

Often the Bible talks about detesting evil. This means to hate evil and reject it.
God used the word “detestable” to describe the evil practices of those who worshiped false gods.
The Israelites were commanded to “detest” the sinful, immoral acts that some of the neighboring people groups practiced.
God called all wrong sexual acts “detestable.”
Divination, sorcery, and child sacrifice were all “detestable” to God.
The term “detest” could be translated as “strongly reject” or “hate” or “regard as very evil.”
The term “detestable” could also be translated as “horribly evil” or “disgusting” or “deserving rejection.”
When applied to the righteous being “detestable to” the wicked, this could be translated as “considered very undesirable to” or “distasteful to” or “rejected by.”
God told the Israelites to “detest” certain kinds of animals that God had declared to be “unclean” and not suitable for food. This could also be translated as “strongly dislike” or “reject” or “regard as unacceptable.”

(See also: divination, clean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1602, H6973, H8130, H8251, H8262, H8263, H8441, H8581, G09460, G09470, G09480, G47670, G34040

devastate, devastation

Other :: devastate, devastation

Definition:

The term “devastated” or “devastation” refers to having one’s property or land ruined or destroyed. It also often includes destroying or capturing the people living on that land.

This refers to a very severe and complete destruction.
For example, the city of Sodom was devastated by God as punishment for the sins of the people living there.
The term “devastation” can also include causing great emotional grief resulting from the punishment or destruction.

Translation Suggestions

The term “devastate” could be translated as “completely destroy” or “completely ruin.”
Depending on the context, “devastation” could be translated as “complete destruction” or “total ruin” or “disaster.”

(See also: ruin)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1110, H1238, H2721, H1826, H3615, H3772, H4875, H7701, H7703, H7722, H7843, H8074, H8077

discern, discernment, distinguish

Other :: discern, discernment, distinguish

Definition:

The term “discern” means to be able to understand something, especially being able to know whether something is right or wrong.

The term “discernment” refers to understanding and deciding wisely about a certain matter.
It means to have wisdom and good judgment.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, “discern” could also be translated as “understand” or “know the difference between” or “distinguish good and evil” or “judge rightly about” or “perceive right from wrong.”
“Discernment” could be translated as “understanding” or “ability to distinguish good and evil.”

(See also: judge, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0995, H2940, H4209, H5234, H8085, G03500, G12520, G12530, G29240

discourage, discouraged, discouragement

Other :: discourage, discouraged, discouragement

Facts:

The term “discourage” refers to saying and doing things that cause people to lose hope, confidence, and courage so that they have less desire to keep working hard to do what they know they should do. The term “discouraged” refers to causing (or being caused) to not have hope or confidence or courage regarding something.

The term “discouragement” has the opposite meaning of “encouragement.”

Translation Suggestions

Depending on the context, ways to translate “discourage” could include “demoralize” or “cause to become disheartened” or “cause to lose confidence” or “cause to lose hope” or “deprive of courage.”
Depending on the context, you could translate “discouraged” as “disheartened” or use some other equivalent word or phrase.

(See also: encourage, confidence, fear)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

dishonor

Other :: dishonor

Definition:

Used in this sense, the term “dishonor” describes something that is used for common or ordinary use instead of for a special or honorable use.

Used in this sense, the term “dishonor” refers to objects that are not useful for anything important.
Depending on the context, “dishonor” could also be translated as “common use” or “” or “ordinary ordinary use” or “mundane use.”

(See also: honor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

dishonor, dishonored, dishonorable

Other :: dishonor, dishonored, dishonorable

Definition:

The term “dishonor” means to do something that is disrespectful to someone. This can also cause that person shame or disgrace.

The term “dishonorable” describes an action that is shameful or that causes someone to be dishonored.
Children are commanded to honor and obey their parents. When children disobey, they dishonor their parents. They are treating their parents in a way that does not honor them.
The Israelites dishonored Yahweh when they worshiped false gods and practiced immoral behavior.
The Jews dishonored Jesus by saying that he was possessed by a demon.
This could be translated as to “not honor” or to “treat with no respect.”
The noun “dishonor” could be translated as “disrespect” or “loss of honor.”
Depending on the context, “dishonorable” could also be translated as “not honorable” or “shameful.”

(See also: honor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1540, H2490, H2781, H3637, H3639, H5006, H5034, H6172, H6173, H7034, H7043, G08180, G08190, G08200, G26170

divination, diviner, soothsaying, soothsayer

Other :: divination, diviner, soothsaying, soothsayer

Definition:

The terms “divination” and “soothsaying” refer to the practice of trying to get information from spirits in the supernatural world. A person who does this is sometimes called a “diviner” or “soothsayer.”

In Old Testament times, God commanded the Israelites to not practice divination or soothsaying.
God did permit his people to seek information from him using the Urim and Thummim, which were stones that he had designated to be used by the high priest for that purpose. But he did not allow his people to seek information through the help of evil spirits.
Pagan diviners used different methods of trying to find out information from the spirit world. Sometimes they would examine the inside parts of a dead animal or throw animal bones on the ground, looking for patterns that they would interpret as messages from their false gods.
In the New Testament, Jesus and the apostles also rejected divination, sorcery, witchcraft, and magic. All these practices involve using the power of evil spirits and are condemned by God.

(See also: apostle, false god, magic, sorcery)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1870, H4738, H5172, H6049, H7080, H7081, G44360

donkey, mule

Other :: donkey, mule

Definition:

A donkey is a four-legged work animal, similar to a horse, but smaller and with longer ears.

A mule is the sterile offspring of a male donkey and a female horse.
Mules are very strong animals and so they are valuable work animals.
Both donkeys and mules are used for carrying burdens and people when traveling.
In Bible times, kings would ride a donkey in times of peace, rather than a horse, which was used for times of war.
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a young donkey a week before he was crucified there.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0860, H2543, H3222, H5895, H6167, H6501, H6505, H6506, G36780, G36880, G52680

doom

Other :: doom

Definition:

The term “doom” refers to a judgment of condemnation with no possibility of appeal or escape.

As the nation of Israel was being taken captive into Babylon, the prophet Ezekiel said, “doom has come upon them.”
Depending on the context, this term could be translated as “disaster” or “punishment” or “hopeless ruin.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1820, H3117, H6256, H6843, H8045

doorpost

Other :: doorpost

Definition:

The “doorpost” is a vertical beam on either side of a door, which supports the top of the door frame.

Just before God helped the Israelites escape from Egypt, he instructed them to kill a lamb and put its blood on their doorposts.
In the Old Testament, a slave who desired to serve his master the rest of his life would place his ear on the doorpost of his master’s house to have a nail hammered through his ear into the doorpost.
This could also be translated as “wooden post on either side of a door” or “sides of a wooden doorframe” or “wood beams on the sides of a doorway.”

(See also: Egypt, Passover)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0352, H4201

dove, pigeon, turtledove

Other :: dove, pigeon, turtledove

Definition:

Doves and pigeons are two kinds of small, gray-brown birds that look similar. A dove is often thought of as being lighter in color, almost white.

Some languages have two different names for them, while others use the same name for both.
Doves and pigeons were used in sacrifices to God, especially for people who could not afford to buy a larger animal.
A dove brought the leaf of an olive tree to Noah when the flood waters were going down.
Doves sometimes symbolize purity, innocence, or peace.
If doves or pigeons are not known in the language area where the translation is being done, this term could be translated as “a small grayish brown bird called a dove” or “a small gray or brown bird, similar to a (name of local bird)”.
If both a dove and a pigeon are referred to in the same verse, it is best to use two different words for these birds, if possible.
A turtledove is a type of dove mentioned in Genesis 15:9, Song of Songs 2:12, and Leviticus 12:6.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: olive, innocent, pure)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1469, H1686, H3123, H8449, G40580

dream

Other :: dream

Definition:

A dream is something that people see or experience in their minds while they are sleeping.

Dreams often seem like they are really happening, but they are not.
Sometimes God causes people to dream about something so they can learn from it. He may also speak directly to people in their dreams.
In the Bible, God gave special dreams to certain people to give them a message, often about something that would happen in the future.
A dream is different from a vision. Dreams happen while a person is asleep, but visions usually happen when a person is awake.

(See also: vision)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:2 Joseph’s brothers hated him because their father loved him most and because Joseph had dreamed that he would be their ruler.
8:6 One night, the Pharaoh, which is what the Egyptians called their kings, had two dreams that disturbed him greatly. None of his advisors could tell him the meaning of the dreams.
8:7 God had given Joseph the ability to interpret dreams, so Pharaoh had Joseph brought to him from the prison. Joseph interpreted the dreams for him and said, “God is going to send seven years of plentiful harvests followed by seven years of famine.”
16:11 So that night, Gideon went down to the camp and heard a Midianite soldier telling his friend about something he had dreamed. The man’s friend said, “This dream means that Gideon’s army will defeat the Midianite army!”
23:1 He (Joseph) did not want to shame her (Mary), so he planned to quietly divorce her. Before he could do that, an angel came and spoke to him in a dream.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1957, H2472, H2492, H2493, G17970, G17980, G36770

drink offering

Other :: drink offering

Definition:

A drink offering was a sacrifice to God that involved pouring wine on an altar. It was often offered together with a burnt offering and a grain offering.

Paul refers to his life as being poured out like a drink offering. This means that he was totally dedicated to serving God and telling people about Jesus, even though he knew he would suffer and probably be killed because of that.
Jesus’ death on the cross was the ultimate drink offering, as his blood was poured out on the cross for our sins.

Translation Suggestions:

Another way to translate this term could be “offering of grape wine.”
When Paul says he is being “poured out like an offering” this could also be translated as “I am completely committed to teaching God’s message to people, just like an offering of wine is poured out completely on the altar.”

(See also: burnt offering, grain offering)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5257, H5261, H5262

dung, manure

Other :: dung, manure

Definition:

The term “dung” refers to human or animal solid waste, and is also called feces or excrement. When used as fertilizer for enriching the soil, it is called “manure.”

These terms can also be used figuratively to refer to something that is worthless or not important.
Dried animal dung is often used for fuel.
The expression “like dung on the ground” could be translated as “be scattered like worthless dung over the land.”
The “Dung Gate” in the South Wall of Jerusalem was probably the gate where garbage and trash were taken out of the city.

(See also: gate)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0830, H1119, H1557, H1561, H1686, H1828, H6569, H6675, G28740

eagle

Other :: eagle

Definition:

An eagle is a very large, powerful bird of prey that eats small animals such as fish, mice, snakes, and chickens.

The Bible compares the speed and strength of an army to how fast and suddenly an eagle swoops down to catch its prey.
Isaiah states that those who trust in the Lord will soar as an eagle does. This is figurative language used to describe the freedom and strength that comes from trusting and obeying God.
In the book of Daniel, King Nebuchadnezzar’s hair length was compared to the length of an eagle’s feathers, which can be more than 50 centimeters long.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: Daniel, free, Nebuchadnezzar, power)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5403, H5404, G01050

encourage, encouraged, encouraging, encouragement

Other :: encourage, encouraged, encouraging, encouragement

Facts:

The terms “encourage” and “encouragement” refer to saying and doing things to cause someone to have comfort, hope, confidence, and courage.

A similar term is “exhort,” which means to urge someone to reject an activity that is wrong and to instead do things that are good and right.
The apostle Paul and other New Testament writers taught Christians to encourage one another to love and serve others.

Translation Suggestions

Depending on the context, ways to translate “encourage” could include “urge” or “comfort” or “say kind things” or “help and support.”
The phrase “give words of encouragement” means “say things that cause other people to feel loved, accepted, and empowered.”

(See also: discourage, confidence, exhort)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

enslave, slave, bondservant, bondage, bound, bonds, young man, young women

Other :: enslave, slave, bondservant, bondage, bound, bonds, young man, young women

Definition:

To “enslave” someone means to force that person to serve a master or a ruling country. To be “enslaved” or “in bondage” means to be under the control of something or someone. A “slave” refers to a person who works for (or obeys) another person, either by choice or by force. A slave was under the direction of their master. In the Bible, “servant” and “slave” are mostly interchangable terms.

A person who is enslaved or in bondage must serve others without payment; he is not free to do what he wants. Another word for “bondage” is “slavery.”
The New Testament speaks of human beings as “enslaved” to sin until Jesus frees them from its control and power. When a person receives new life in Christ, he stops being a slave to sin and becomes a slave to righteousness.
In the Bible the words “young man” or “young woman” often mean “servant” or “slave.” This meaning will be discerned from context. One indicator of this situation is if the possessive is used, eg. “her young women” which could be translated as “her servants” or “her slaves.”

Translation Suggestions:

The term “enslave” could be translated as “cause to not be free” or “force to serve” or “put under the control of.”
The phrase “enslaved to” or “in bondage to” could be translated as “forced to be a slave of” or “forced to serve” or “put under the control of.”
A slave was a kind of servant who was the property of the person he worked for. The person who bought a slave was called his “owner” or “master.” Some masters treated their slaves cruelly. Other masters treated their slaves well, like a valued member of the household. The term “slavery” means the state of being a slave.
A person could be a slave temporarily, for instance while working to repay a debt to his owner.

(See also: free, righteous, servant)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

8:4 The slave traders sold Joseph as a slave to a wealthy government official.
9:13 “I (God) will send you (Moses) to Pharaoh so that you can bring the Israelites out of their slavery in Egypt.”
29:3 “Since the servant could not pay the debt, the king said, ‘Sell this man and his family as slaves to make payment on his debt.’”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3533, H5647, G13980, G14020, G26150

false prophet

Other :: false prophet

Definition:

A false prophet is a person who wrongly claims that his message comes from God.

The prophecies of false prophets are not usually fulfilled. That is, they do not come true.
False prophets teach messages that partially or totally contradict what the Bible says.
This term could also be translated as “person who falsely claims to be God’s spokesman” or “someone who falsely claims to speak God’s words.”
The New Testament teaches that in the end times there will be many false prophets who will try to deceive people into thinking that they come from God.

(See also: fulfill, prophet, true)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G55780

family, household

Other :: family, household

Definition:

The term “family” refers to a group of people who are related by blood and usually includes a father, mother, and their children. In the Bible, this term sometimes includes other close relatives such as grandparents, grandchildren, uncles and aunts.

In biblical times, usually the oldest man was the major authority of a family.
Family could also include servants, concubines, and even foreigners.
Some languages may have a broader word such as “clan” or “household” that would fit better in contexts where more than just parents and children are being referred to.
The New Testament often uses terms related to the concept of “family” to refer to the Church, meaning people who believe in Jesus.

(See also: clan, ancestor, house)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0001, H0251, H0272, H0504, H1004, H1121, H2233, H2859, H2945, H3187, H4138, H4940, H5387, H5712, G10850, G36140, G36240, G39650

famine

Other :: famine

Definition:

The term “famine” refers to an extreme lack of food throughout a country or region, usually due to not enough rain.

Food crops can fail from natural causes such as lack of rain, crop disease, or insects.
Food shortages can also be caused by people, such as enemies who detroy crops.
In the Bible, God sometimes caused famine as a way to punish nations when they sinned against him.
In Amos 8:11 the term “famine” is used figuratively to refer to a time when God punished his people by not speaking to them. This could be translated with the word for “famine” in your language, or with a phrase such as “extreme lack” or “severe deprivation.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3720, H7458, H7459, G30420

fast, fasting

Other :: fast, fasting

Definition:

The term to “fast” means to stop eating food for a period of time, such as for a day or more. Sometimes it also includes not drinking.

Fasting can help people to focus on God and pray without being distracted by preparing food and eating.
Jesus condemned the Jewish religious leaders for fasting for the wrong reasons. They fasted so that others would think they were righteous.
Sometimes people fast because they are very sad or grieved about something.
The verb to “fast” can also be translated as to “refrain from eating” or to “not eat.”
The noun “fast” could be translated as “time of not eating” or “time of abstaining from food.”

(See also: Jewish leaders)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

25:1 Immediately after Jesus was baptized, the Holy Spirit led him out into the wilderness, where he fasted for forty days and forty nights.
34:8 “‘For example, I fast two times every week and I give you ten percent of all the money and goods that I receive.’”
46:10 One day, while the Christians at Antioch were fasting and praying, the Holy Spirit said to them, “Set apart for me Barnabas and Saul to do the work I have called them to do.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2908, H5144, H6684, H6685, G35210, G35220

feast, feasting

Other :: feast, feasting

Definition:

The term “feast” is a very general term that refers to an event where people gather to celebrate something by eating a large meal together. In biblical times, a feast sometimes lasted for several days or more.

Often there are special kinds of food that are eaten at a certain feast.
The religious festivals that God commanded the Jews to celebrate usually included having a feast together. For this reason the festivals are often called “feasts.”
In biblical times, kings and other rich and powerful people often gave feasts to entertain their family or friends.
In the story about the lost son, the father had a special feast prepared to celebrate the return of his son.
The term to “feast” could also be translated as to “eat lavishly” or to “celebrate by eating lots of food” or to “eat a special, large meal.”
Depending on the context, “feast” could be translated as “celebrating together with a large meal” or “a meal with a lot of food” or “a celebration meal.”

(See also: festival, banquet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0398, H2077, H2282, H3899, H3900, H4150, H4797, H4960, H7646, H8057, H8354, G00260, G10620, G11730, G18590, G21650, G49100

fellowship offering

Other :: fellowship offering

Facts:

In the Old Testament, the “fellowship offering” was a kind of sacrifice that was offered for different reasons, such as to give thanks to God or to fulfill a vow.

This offering required the sacrifice of an animal that could be male or female. This was different from the burnt offering, which required a male animal.
After giving a portion of the sacrifice to God, the person who brought the fellowship offering shared the meat with the priests and other Israelites.
There was a meal associated with this offering which included unleavened bread.
This is sometimes called the “peace offering.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8002

festival, feast, celebrate

Other :: festival, feast, celebrate

Definition:

In general, a festival is a celebration held by a community of people.

The word for “festival” in the Old Testament literally means “appointed time.”
The festivals celebrated by the Israelites were specially appointed times or seasons that God had commanded them to observe.
In some English translations, the word “feast” is used instead of festival because the celebrations included having a large meal together.
There were several main festivals that the Israelites celebrated every year:
- Passover
- Festival of Unleavened Bread
- Firstfruits
- Festival of Weeks (Pentecost)
- Festival of Trumpets
- Day of Atonement
- Festival of Shelters
The purpose of these festivals was to thank God and to remember the amazing things he had done to rescue, protect, and provide for his people.

(See also: feast)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1974, H2166, H2282, H2287, H6213, H4150, G14560, G18580, G18590

fir, firs

Other :: fir, firs

Definition:

A fir tree is a kind of tree that stays green all year and has cones that contain seeds.

Fir trees are also referred to as “evergreen” trees.
In ancient times, the wood of fir trees was used for making musical instruments and for building structures such as boats, houses, and the temple.
Some examples of fir trees mentioned in the Bible are pine, cedar, cypress, and juniper.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: cedar, cypress)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0766, H1265, H1266

firstborn

Other :: firstborn

Definition:

The term “firstborn” refers to an offspring of people or animals that is born first, before the other offspring are born.

In the Bible, “firstborn” usually refers to the first male offspring that is born.
In Bible times, the firstborn son was given a place of prominence and twice as much of his family inheritance as the other sons.
Often it was the firstborn male of an animal that was sacrificed to God.
This concept can also be used figuratively. For example, the nation of Israel is called God’s firstborn son because God gave it special privileges over other nations.
Jesus, the Son of God is called God’s firstborn because of his importance and authority over everyone else.

Translation Suggestions:

When “first-born” occurs in the text alone, it could also be translated as “firstborn male” or “firstborn son,” since that is what is implied. (See: Assumed Knowledge and Implicit Information
Other ways to translate this term could include “the son who was born first” or “the eldest son” or “the number one son.”
When used figuratively to refer to Jesus, this could be translated with a word or phrase that means “the son who has authority over everything” or “the Son who is first in honor.”
Caution: Make sure the translation of this term in reference to Jesus does not imply that he was created.

(See also: inherit, sacrifice, son)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1060, H1062, H1067, H1069, G44160, G52070

fishermen, fishers

Other :: fishermen, fishers

Definition:

Fishermen are men who catch fish from the water as a means of earning money. In the New Testament, the fishermen used large nets to catch fish. The term “fishers” is another name for fishermen.

Peter and other apostles worked as fishermen before being called by Jesus.
Since the land of Israel was near water, the Bible has many references to fish and fishermen.
This term could be translated with a phrase such as “men who catch fish” or “men who earn money by catching fish.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1728, H1771, H2271, G02310

flood

Other :: flood

Definition:

The term “flood” literally refers to a large amount of water that completely covers over the land.

This term is also used figuratively to refer to an overwhelming amount of something, especially something that happens suddenly.
In Noah’s time, people had become so evil that God caused a worldwide flood to come over the entire surface of the earth, even covering the mountaintops. Everyone who was not in the boat with Noah drowned. All other floods cover a much smaller land area.
This term can also be an action, as in “the land was flooded by river water.”

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate the literal meaning of “flood” could include “an overflowing of water” or “large amounts of water.”
The figurative comparison “like a flood” could keep the literal term, or a substitute term could be used that refers to something that has a flowing aspect to it, such as a river.
For the expression “like a flood of water” where water is already mentioned, the word “flood” could be translated as “an overwhelming amount” or “an overflowing.”
This term can be used as a metaphor, as in “do not let the flood sweep over me,” which means “do not let these overwhelming disasters happen to me” or “don’t let me be devastated by disasters” or “don’t let your anger devastate me.” (See: Metaphor
The figurative expression “I flood my bed with tears” could be translated as “my tears cover my bed with water like a flood.”

(See also: ark, Noah)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3999, G26270

flute, pipe

Other :: flute, pipe

Definition:

In Bible times, pipes were musical instruments made of bone or wood with holes to allow the sound to come out. A flute was a kind of pipe.

Most pipes had reeds made out of a kind of thick grass that vibrated as air was blown over it.
A pipe without any reeds was often called a “flute.”
A shepherd played a pipe to calm his flocks of sheep.
Pipes and flutes were used for playing sad or joyful music.

(See also: flock, shepherd)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4953, H5748, H2485, H2490, G08320, G08340, G08360

forsake, forsaken, leave

Other :: forsake, forsaken, leave

Definition:

The term “forsake” means to abandon someone or to give up something. Someone who has been “forsaken” has been deserted or abandoned by someone else.

When people “forsake” God, they are being unfaithful to him by disobeying him.
When God “forsakes” people, he has stopped helping them and allowed them to experience suffering in order to cause them to turn back to him.
This term can also mean to forsake things, such as forsaking, or not following, God’s teachings.
The term “forsaken” can be used in the past tense, as in “he has forsaken you” or as in referring to someone who has “been forsaken.”

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate this term could include “abandon” or “neglect” or “give up” or “go away from” or “leave behind,” depending on the context.
To “forsake” God’s law could be translated “disobey God’s law.” This could also be translated as “abandon” or “give up on” or “stop obeying” his teachings or his laws.
The phrase “be forsaken” can be translated as “be abandoned” or “be deserted.”
It more clearer to use different words to translate this term, depending on whether the text describes forsaking a thing or a person.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0488, H2308, H5203, H5428, H5800, H5805, H7503, G06460, G06570, G08630, G14590, G26410

frankincense

Other :: frankincense

Definition:

Frankincense is a fragrant spice made from tree resin. It is used to make perfumes and incense.

In Bible times, frankincense was an important spice used to prepare dead bodies for burial.
This spice is also valuable for its healing and calming qualities.
When learned men came from an eastern country to visit baby Jesus in Bethlehem, frankincense was one of the three gifts they brought him.

(See also: Bethlehem, learned men)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3828, G30300

freewill offering

Other :: freewill offering

Definition:

A freewill offering was a type of sacrifice to God that was not required by the Law of Moses. It was a person’s own choice to give this offering.

If the freewill offering was an animal to be sacrificed, the animal was permitted to have slight defects since it was a voluntary offering.
The Israelites ate the sacrificed animal as part of a celebration feast.
When a freewill offering could be given, this was a cause of rejoicing for Israel since it showed that the harvest had been good so that the people had plenty of food.
The book of Ezra describes a different type of freewill offering that was brought for rebuilding the temple. This offering consisted of gold and silver money, as well as bowls and other objects made of gold and silver.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5068, H5071

furnace

Other :: furnace

Facts:

A furnace was a very large oven used for heating objects to a high temperature.

In ancient times, most furnaces were used for melting metals to make objects such as cooking pots, jewelry, weapons, and idols.
Furnaces were also used in the making of clay pottery.
Sometimes a furnace is referred to figuratively to explain that something is very hot.

(See also: false god, image)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0861, H3536, H3564, H5948, H8574, G25750

gate, gate bars, gatekeeper, gateposts, gateway

Other :: gate, gate bars, gatekeeper, gateposts, gateway

Definition:

The term “gate” refers to an access point in a fence, wall, or other kind of barrier that surrounds a house, property, city, etc.

A city gate could be opened to allow people, animals, and cargo to travel in and out of the city.
To protect the city, its walls and gates were thick and strong. Gates were closed and locked with a metal or wooden bar to prevent enemy soldiers from entering the city.
A “bar” for a gate refers to a wood or metal bar that can be moved into place so that the doors of the gate cannot be opened from the outside.
In Bible times, a city gate was often the social center for that town or city. It was a place where news of current events was exchanged between people, where business transactions occurred, and where civil judgments were made.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, other ways to translate “gate” could be “door” or “wall opening” or “barrier” or “entranceway.”
The phrase “bars of the gate” could be translated as “gate bolts” or “wooden beams to lock the gate” or “metal locking rods of the gate.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1817, H5592, H6607, H8179, G23740, G44390, G44400

generation

Other :: generation

Definition:

The term “generation” in this sense refers to a group of descendants who are born to a set of parents. For example, if a certain couple is counted as the first generation, then their children are the second generation, their grandchildren are the third generation, etc. in their family line.

Translation Suggestions

“Generations” could be translated as “descendants” or “descendant groups” or “children and their children.”
The phrase “throughout your generations” could be translated as “for every one of your descendants” or “to your children and to every one after them”
“A generation to come will serve him; they will tell the next generation about Yahweh” could be translated as “Many people in the future will serve Yahweh and will tell their children and grandchildren about him.”

(See also: descendant, ancestor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

generation

Other :: generation

Definition:

The term “generation” in this sense refers to people who are alive at the same time. These people generally share the same culture, experiences, and way of life.

Translation Suggestions

The phrase “the generation of his fathers” could be translated as “his ancestors” or “those who have lived before him.”
The phrase “this generation” or “people of this generation” could be translated as “the people living now” or “you people.”
The phrase “future generations” could be translated as “those living after us” or “people living at a later time.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

giant

Other :: giant

Definition:

The word “giant” usually refers to a person who is extremely tall and strong. In the Bible the terms “giant”

Goliath, a Philistine soldier who fought David, was called a giant because he was a very tall, large, and strong man.
The Israelite spies who explored the land of Canaan said that the people living there were like giants.

(See also: Canaan, Goliath, Philistines)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1368, H5303, H7497

gird, girded, wrapped around, tied up, belt, tuck in belt, put belt around

Other :: gird, girded, wrapped around, tied up, belt, tuck in belt, put belt around

Definition:

The term “gird” means to fasten something around something else. It often refers to using a belt or sash around the waist to keep a robe or tunic in place.

The common biblical phrase, “gird up the loins” refers to tucking the bottom of a garment into a belt to allow a person to move more freely, usually to do work.
This phrase can also mean “get ready to work” or to be prepared to do something difficult.
The expression “gird up the loins” could be translated using an expression in the target language that has the same meaning. Or it could be translated figuratively as “prepare yourself for action” or “get yourself ready.”
The term “girded with” could be translated as “encircled by” or “wrapped with” or “belted with.”

(See also: loins)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0640, H0247, H2290, H2296, H8151, G03280, G12410, G40240

glean, gleanings

Other :: glean, gleanings

Definition:

The term “glean” means to go through a field or orchard and pick up whatever grain or fruit the harvesters have left behind.

God commanded the Israelites to let the widows, poor people, and foreigners glean the leftover grain in order to provide food for themselves.
Sometimes the owner of the field would allow the gleaners to go directly behind the harvesters to glean, which enabled them to glean much more of the grain. A clear example of how this worked is in the story of Ruth, who was generously allowed to glean among the harvesters in the fields of her relative Boaz.
Other ways to translate “glean” can be “pick up” or “gather” or “collect.”

(See also: Boaz, grain, harvest, Ruth)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3950, H3951, H5953, H5955

goat, goatskins, scapegoat, kids

Other :: goat, goatskins, scapegoat, kids

Definition:

A goat is a medium-sized, four-legged animal which is similar to a sheep and is raised primarily for its milk and meat. A baby goat is called a “kid.”

Like sheep, goats were important animals of sacrifice, especially at Passover.
Although goats and sheep can be very similar, these are some ways that they are different:
- Goats have coarse hair; sheep have wool.
- The tail of a goat stands up; the tail of a sheep hangs down.
- Sheep usually like to stay with their herd, but goats are more independent and tend to wander away from their herd.
In Bible times, goats were often the main source of milk in Israel.
Goat skins were used for tent coverings and to make bags for holding wine.
In both the Old and New Testaments, the goat was used as a symbol for unrighteous people, perhaps because of its tendency to wander away from the one taking care of it.
The Israelites also used goats as symbolic sin bearers. When one goat was sacrificed, the priest would lay his hands on a second, live goat, and send it into the desert as a symbol that the animal was bearing the people’s sins.

(See also: flock, sacrifice, sheep, righteous, wine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0689, H1423, H1429, H3277, H3629, H5795, H5796, H6260, H6629, H6842, H7716, H8163, H8166, H8495, G01220, G20550, G20560, G51310

grain offering

Other :: grain offering

Definition:

A grain offering was a gift of wheat or barley flour offered to God, often after a burnt offering.

The grain used for the grain offering had to be finely ground up. Sometimes it was cooked before being offered, but other times it was left uncooked.
Oil and salt were added to the grain flour, but no yeast or honey was permitted.
Part of the grain offering was burned up and part of it was eaten by the priests.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4503, H8641

grain offering, meal offerings

Other :: grain offering, meal offerings

Definition:

A “meal offering” or “grain offering” was a sacrifice to God in the form of grain or bread made out of grain flour.

The term “meal” refers to grain that has been ground up into flour.
The flour was mixed with water or oil to make a flat bread. Sometimes oil was spread on top of the bread.
This kind of offering was usually offered together with a burnt offering.

(See also: burnt offering, grain, sacrifice)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4503, H8641

grain, grainfields

Other :: grain, grainfields

Definition:

The term “grain” usually refers to the seed of a food plant such as wheat, barley, corn, millet, or rice. It can also refer to the whole plant.

In the Bible, the main grains that are referred to are wheat and barley.
A head of grain is the part of the plant that holds the grain.
Note that some older Bible versions use the word “corn” to refer to grain in general. In modern English however, “corn” only refers to one type of grain.

(See also: head, wheat)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1250, H1430, H1715, H2233, H2591, H3759, H3899, H7054, H7383, H7641, H7668, G02480, G25900, G34500, G46210, G47190

grape, grapevine

Other :: grape, grapevine

Definition:

A grape is a small, round, smooth-skinned berry fruit that grows in clusters on vines. The juice of grapes is used in making wine.

There are different colors of grapes, such as light green, purple, or red.
Individiual grapes can be around one to three centimeters in size.
People grow grapes in gardens called vineyards. These normally consist of long rows of vines.
Grapes were a very important food during Bible times and having vineyards was a sign of wealth.
In order to keep grapes from rotting, people would often dry them. Dried grapes are called “raisins” and they were used to make raisin cakes.
Jesus told a parable about a grape vineyard to teach his disciples about God’s kingdom.

(See also: vine, vineyard, wine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0811, H0891, H1154, H1155, H1210, H3196, H5955, H6025, H6528, G02880, G47180

grave, gravediggers, tomb, burial place

Other :: grave, gravediggers, tomb, burial place

Definition:

The terms “tomb” and “grave” refer to a place where people put the body of a person who has died. A “burial place” is a more general term that also refers to this.

The Jews sometimes used natural caves as tombs, and sometimes they dug caves into rock in the side of a hill.
In New Testament times, it was common to roll a large, heavy stone in front of the opening of a tomb in order to close it.
If the target language the word for a tomb can only refer to a hole in which the body is placed below the ground, other ways to translate this could include “cave” or “hole in the side of a hill.”
The phrase “the grave” is often used generally and figuratively to refer to the condition of being dead or a place where the souls of dead people are.

(See also: bury, death)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

32:4 The man lived among the tombs in the area.
37:6 Jesus asked them, “Where have you put Lazarus?” They told him, “In the tomb. Come and see.”
37:7 The tomb was a cave with a stone rolled in front of its opening.
40:9 Then Joseph and Nicodemus, two Jewish leaders who believed Jesus was the Messiah, asked Pilate for Jesus’ body. They wrapped his body in cloth and placed it in a tomb cut out of rock. Then they rolled a large stone in front the tomb to block the opening.
41:4 He (the angel) rolled away the stone that was covering the entrance to the tomb and sat on it. The soldiers guarding the tomb were terrified and fell to the ground like dead men.
41:5 When the women arrived at the tomb, the angel told them, “Do not be afraid. Jesus is not here. He has risen from the dead, just like he said he would! Look in the tomb and see.” The women looked into the tomb and saw where Jesus’ body had been laid. His body was not there!

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1430, H6900, H6913, H7585, H7845, G34180, G34190, G50280

guilt offering

Other :: guilt offering

Definition:

A guilt offering was an offering or sacrifice that God required an Israelite to make if he had accidentally did something wrong such as disrespect God or damage another person’s property.

This offering involved the sacrifice of an animal and the payment of a fine, with silver or gold money.
In addition, the person at fault was responsible to pay for any damage that was done.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0817

hail, hailstone, hailstorm

Other :: hail, hailstone, hailstorm

Facts:

This term usually refers to lumps of frozen water that fall from the sky. Although spelled the same way in English, a different word, “hail” is used in greeting someone and can mean, “hello” or “greetings to you.”

Hail that comes down from the sky is in the form of balls or chunks of ice called “hailstones.”
Usually hailstones are small (only a few centimeters wide), but sometimes there are hailstones that are as big as 20 centimeters wide and that weigh over a kilogram.
The book of Revelation in the New Testament describes enormous hailstones weighing 50 kilograms that God will cause to fall on earth when he judges people for their wickedness in the end times.
The word “hail” that is a formal greeting in older English literally means “rejoice” and could be translated as “Greetings!” or “Hello!”

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0068, H0417, H1258, H1259, G54630, G54640

hang, hung

Other :: hang, hung

Definition:

The term “hang” means to suspend something or someone above the ground.

In modern times, death by hanging is usually done by tying a rope around a person’s neck and suspending him from an elevated object until he dies. This elevated object can be any number of things, such as a tree or a gallows, that is, a platform built specifically for the purpose of hanging a person in order to kill him.
In biblical times, however, ancient cultures may not have killed people by hanging in precisely the same way. For example, Jesus died while hanging on a wooden cross (sometimes called a “tree”), but there was nothing around his neck. The soldiers suspended him by nailing his hands (or wrists) and his feet to the cross.
Some ancient cultures “hung” a person by impaling him on a wooden pole in such a way that he was suspended above the ground so that he could not escape. The person would be left there until he died.
For many references to death by “hanging” in the Bible, the specific means of death is unknown.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2614, H3363, H8518, G05190

hard, harden, harder, hardness

Other :: hard, harden, harder, hardness

Definition:

The term “hard” generally refers to something that is persistent, or unyielding.

The use of “hard” (in various forms) with “heart” refers to people being stubbornly unrepentant or disobedient (usually) to God.

Translation Suggestions

The term “hard” could also be translated as “rebellious” or “stubborn” or “obstinate” or “unyielding” depending on the context.
The terms “hardness” or “hardness of heart” or “hard heart” could be translated as “stubbornness” or “persistent rebellion” or “rebellious attitude” or “stubborn disobedience” or “stubbornly not repenting.”
The phrase “hard of neck” could also be translated as “obstinate” or “rebellious”
The term “hardened” could also be translated as “stubbornly unrepentant” or “refusing to obey.”
“Do not harden your heart” could be translated as “do not refuse to repent” or “do not stubbornly keep disobeying.”
Other ways to translate “hard-headed” or “hard-hearted” could include “stubbornly disobedient” or “continuing to disobey” or “refusing to repent” or “always rebelling.”

(See also: disobey, evil, stiff-necked)

Bible References:

Word Data:

hard, harder

Other :: hard, harder

Definition:

The term “hard” generally refers to something that is difficult, challenging, or requires great diligence and persistence to be done.

When used as a modifier, its meaning is similar to “great effort.”

Translation Suggestions

The term “hard” could also be translated as “difficult” or “persistent” or “diligently” or “challenging,” depending on the context.
In expressions such as “work hard” or “try hard,” the term “hard” could be translated as “with perseverance” or “diligently.”
The expression “press hard against” could also be translated as “shove with force” or “push strongly against.”
To “oppress people with hard labor” could be translated as “force people to work so hard that they suffer” or “cause people to suffer by forcing them to do very difficult work.”
Depending on context the term “harder” could also be translated as “more difficult” or “more diligently”
In some contexts “hard” could be translated as “heavy” or “heavily.”
A different kind of “hard labor” is experienced by a woman who is about to deliver a baby.

(See also: labor pains

Bible References:

Word Data:

harp, harpist

Other :: harp, harpist

Definition:

A harp is a stringed musical instrument, that usually consists of a large open frame with vertical strings.

In Bible times, fir wood was used to make harps and other musical instruments.
Harps were often held in the hands and played while walking.
In many places in the Bible, harps are mentioned as instruments that were used to praise and worship God.
David wrote several psalms which were set to harp music.
He also played a harp for King Saul, to soothe the king’s troubled spirit.

(See also: David, fir, psalm, Saul (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3658, H5035, H5059, H7030, G27880, G27890, G27900

haughty, lofty

Other :: haughty, lofty

Definition:

The term “haughty” means to be prideful or arrogant. Someone who is “haughty” thinks too highly of himself.

Often this term describes a proud person who persists in sinning against God.
Usually a person who is haughty boasts about himself.
A haughty person is foolish, not wise.
This term could also be translated as “proud” or “arrogant” or “self-centered.”
The figurative expression “haughty eyes” could also be translated as “proud way of looking” or “looking at others as less important” or “proud person who looks down on others.”

(See also: boast, proud)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1361, H1363, H1364, H3093, H7312

high place

Other :: high place

Definition:

The term “high places” refers to the altars and shrines that were used for worshiping idols. They were usually built on higher ground, such as on a hill or mountainside.

Many of the kings of Israel sinned against God by building altars to false gods on these high places. This led the people to become deeply involved in worshiping idols.
It often happened that when a God-fearing king started ruling in Israel or Judah, often he would remove the high places or altars in order to stop the worship of these idols.
However, some of these good kings were careless and did not remove the high places, which resulted in the entire nation of Israel would continue to worship idols.

Translation Suggestions:

Other ways to translate this term could include “elevated places for idol worship” or “hilltop idol shrines” or “idol altar mounds.”
Make sure it is clear that this term refers to the idol altars, not just to the high place where those altars were located.

(See also: altar, false god, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1116, H1181, H1354, H2073, H4791, H7311, H7413

holy city

Other :: holy city

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “holy city” refers to the city of Jerusalem.

This term is used to refer to the ancient city of Jerusalem as well as the new, heavenly Jerusalem where God will live and reign among his people.
This term can be translated by combining the terms for “holy” and “city” that have been used in the rest of the translation.

(See also: heaven, holy, Jerusalem)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5892, H6944, G00400, G41720

honey, honeycomb

Other :: honey, honeycomb

Definition:

“Honey” is the sweet, sticky, edible substance that honeybees make out of flower nectar. Honeycomb is the waxy frame where the bees store honey.

Depending on the kind, honey can be yellowish or brownish in color.
Honey can be found in the wild, such as in the hollow of a tree, or wherever bees make a nest. People also raise bees in hives in order to produce honey to eat or sell, but probably the honey mentioned in the Bible was wild honey.
Three people that the Bible specifically mentions as eating wild honey were Jonathan, Samson, and John the Baptist.
This term is often used figuratively to describe something that is sweet or very pleasurable. For example, God’s words and decrees are said to be “sweeter than honey.” (See also: Simile, Metaphor
Sometimes a person’s words are described as seeming sweet like honey, but instead result in deceiving and harming others.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1706, H3293, H3295, H5317, H6688, G31920

horn, horns, horned

Other :: horn, horns, horned

Facts:

Horns are permanent, hard, pointed growths on the heads of many types of animals, including cattle, sheep, goats, and deer.

The horn of a ram (male sheep) was made into a musical instrument called a “ram’s horn” or “shofar,” which was blown for special events such as religious festivals.
This term should be translated with a word that is different from the word that refers to a trumpet.
God told the Israelites to make a horn-shaped projection on each of the four corners of the incense and brazen altars. Although these projections were called “horns,” they were not actually animal horns.
The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king, as Samuel did with David.

(See also: authority, cow, deer, goat, power royal, sheep, trumpet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3104, H7160, H7161, H7162, H7782, G27680

horror, horrible, object of horror

Other :: horror, horrible, object of horror

Definition:

The term “horror” refers to a very intense feeling of fear or terror. The person who is feeling horror is said to be “horrified.”

Horror is more dramatic and intense than ordinary fear.
Usually when someone is horrified they are also in shock or stunned.

(See also: fear, terror)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1091, H1763, H2189, H4032, H4923, H5892, H6343, H6427, H7588, H8047, H8074, H8175, H8178, H8186

horseman

Other :: horseman

Definition:

In Bible times, the term “horsemen” referred to men who rode horses into battle.

Warriors who rode in horse-pulled chariots may also have been called “horsemen,” though this term usually refers to men who were actually riding on horses.
Yahweh commanded the Israelites not to have many horsemen because having a strong army would cause them to trust their own strength rather than Yahweh in battle.
This term could also be translated as “horse riders” or “men on horses.”

(See also: chariot, horse)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6571, H7395, G24600

hour

Other :: hour

Definition:

In addition to being used to refer to when or how long something took place, the term “hour” is also used in several figurative ways:

Sometimes “hour” refers to a regular, scheduled time to do something, such as the “hour of prayer.”
When the text says that the “hour had come” for Jesus to suffer and be put to death, this means that it was the appointed time for this to happen—the time that God had selected long ago.
The term “hour” is also used to mean “at that moment” or “right then.”
When the text talks about the “hour” being late, this means that it was late in the day, when the sun would soon be setting.

Translation Suggestions:

When used figuratively, the term “hour” can be translated as “time” or “moment” or “appointed time.”
The phrase “in that very hour” or “the same hour” could be translated as “at that moment” or “at that time” or “immediately” or “right then.”
The expression “the hour was late” could be translated as “it was late in the day” or “it would soon be getting dark” or “it was late afternoon.”

(See also: hour)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G56100

hour, moment, immediately, for a while

Other :: hour, moment, immediately, for a while

Definition:

The term “hour” is often used in the Bible to tell what time of day a certain event took place. It is also used figuratively to mean “time” or “moment.”

The Jews counted daylight hours starting at sunrise (around 6 AM). For example, “the ninth hour” meant “around three in the afternoon.”
Nighttime hours were counted starting at sunset (around 6 PM). For example, “the third hour of the night” meant “around nine in the evening” in our present-day system…
Since references to time in the Bible will not correspond exactly to the present-day time system, phrases such as “around nine” or “about six o’clock” could be used.
Some translations might add phrases like “in the evening” or “in the morning” or “in the afternoon” to make it clear what time of day is being talked about.
The phrase, “in that hour” could be translated as “at that time” or “in that moment.”
Referring to Jesus, the expression “his hour had come” could be translated as “the time had come for him to” or “the appointed time for him had come.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8160, G56100

house, household, house of Israel, house of David

Other :: house, household, house of Israel, house of David

Definition:

The term “house,” in this sense, refers to “descendants.”

The term “house,” in this sense, means “family” or “descendants,” and refers to all the people related to or descended from a particular person. For example, the phrase “house of David” refers to all the descendants of King David.
The phrase “house of Israel” can refer generally to the entire nation of Israel or more specifically to the tribes of the northern kingdom of Israel.

Translation Suggestions

Depending on the context, “house” could be translated as “household” or “people” or “family” or “descendants.”
The phrase “house of David” could be translated as “clan of David” or “family of David” or “descendants of David.” Related expressions could be translated in a similar way.
Different ways to translate “house of Israel” could include “people of Israel” or “Israel’s descendants” or “Israelites.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

image, carved image, cast metal images, figure, carved figure, statue

Other :: image, carved image, cast metal images, figure, carved figure, statue

Definition:

These terms are all used to refer to idols that have been made for worshiping a false god. In the context of worshiping idols, the term “image” is a shortened form of “carved image.”

A “carved image” or “carved figure” is a wooden object that has been made to look like an animal, person, or thing.
A “cast metal figure” is an object or statue created by melting metal and pouring it into a mold that is in the shape of an object, animal, or person.
These wooden and metal objects were used in the worship of false gods.
The term “image” when referring to an idol could either refer to a wooden or metal idol.

Translation Suggestions:

When referring to an idol, the term “image” could also be translated as “statue” or “engraved idol” or “carved religious object.”
It may be more clear in some languages to always use a descriptive word with this term, such as “carved image” or “cast metal figure,” even in places where only the term “image” or “figure” is in the original text.
Make sure it is clear that this term is different than the term used to refer to being in the image of God.

(See also: false god, God, false god, image of God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0457, H1544, H2553, H4541, H4676, H4853, H4906, H5257, H5262, H5566, H6091, H6456, H6459, H6754, H6755, H6816, H8403, H8544, H8655, G15040, G51790

incense

Other :: incense

Definition:

The term “incense” refers to a mixture of fragrant spices that is burned to produce smoke that has a pleasant smell.

God told the Israelites to burn incense as an offering to him.
The incense had to be made by mixing equal amounts of five specific spices exactly as God directed. This was a sacred incense, so they were not allowed to use it for any other purpose.
The “altar of incense” was a special altar that was only used for burning incense.
The incense was offered at least four times a day, at each hour of prayer. It was also offered every time a burnt offering was made.
The burning of incense represents prayer and worship rising up to God from his people.
Other ways to translate “incense” could include “fragrant spices” or “good-smelling plants.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2553, H3828, H4196, H4289, H5208, H6988, H6999, H7002, H7004, H7381, G23680, G23690, G23700, G23790, G30310

inquire, inquiries

Other :: inquire, inquiries

Facts:

The term “inquire” means to ask someone for information. The expression “inquire of” is often used to refer to asking God for wisdom or help.

The Old Testament records several instances where people inquired of God.
The word can also be used of a king or government official making a search through official written records.
Depending on the context, “inquire” could be translated as “ask” or “ask for information.”
The expression “inquire of Yahweh” could be translated as “ask Yahweh for guidance” or “ask Yahweh what to do.”
To “inquire after” something could be translated as “ask questions about” or “ask for information about.”
When Yahweh says “I will not be inquired of by you,” this could be translated as “I will not allow you to ask me for information” or “you will not be permitted to seek help from me.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1240, H1245, H1875, G18300

integrity

Other :: integrity

Definition:

The term “integrity” refers to being honest, with strong moral principles and behavior is said to have integrity.

Having integrity also means choosing to do what is honest and right even when nobody else is watching.
Certain characters in the Bible, such as Joseph and Daniel, showed integrity when they refused to do evil and chose to obey God.
The book of Proverbs says that it is better to be poor and have integrity than to be rich and corrupt or dishonest.

Translation Suggestions

The term “integrity” could also be translated as “honesty” or “moral uprightness” or “behaving truthfully” or “acting in a trustworthy, honest manner.”

(See also: Daniel, Joseph (OT))

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3476, H6664, H6666, H8535, H8537, H8537, H8538, H8549, G45870

interpret, interpretation, interpreter

Other :: interpret, interpretation, interpreter

Facts:

The terms “interpret” and “interpretation” refer to understanding and explaining the meaning of something that is not clear.

Often in the Bible these terms are used in connection with explaining the meaning of dreams or visions.
When the king of Babylon had some confusing dreams, God helped Daniel to interpret them and to explain their meanings.
The “interpretation” of the dream is the “explanation” of the meaning of the dream.
In the Old Testament, God sometimes used dreams to reveal to people what would happen in the future. So the interpretations of those dreams were prophecies.
The term “interpret” can also refer to figuring out the meaning of other things, such as figuring out what the weather will be like based on how cold or hot it is, how windy it is, and what the sky looks like.
Ways to translate the term “interpret” could include, “figure out the meaning of” or “explain” or “give the meaning of.”
The term “interpretation” could also be translated as “explanation” or “meaning.”

(See also: Babylon, Daniel, dream, prophet, vision)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0995, H3887, H6591, H6622, H6623, H7667, H7760, H7922, G12520, G13280, G13290, G13810, G19550, G20580, G31770, G47930

iron

Other :: iron

Definition:

Iron is a hard, slightly shiny metal that is used to make many things.

In Bible times, iron was used to make coins, chains, furniture, tools, weapons, chariots, gates, nails and other things.
Iron is a very strong metal.
If your culture does not have iron you could translate this term with a general expression which describes it such as “hard metal” or “strong metal.”
If your culture does not have iron you could translate the phrase “an iron tool” as “a tool made of hard metal” or “a strong metal tool.”

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: armor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

kin, kinfolk, kindred, kinsman

Other :: kin, kinfolk, kindred, kinsman

Definition:

The term “kin” refers to a person’s blood relatives, considered as a group. The word “kinsman” refers specifically to a male relative.

“Kin” can only refer to a person’s close relatives, such as parents and siblings, or it can also include more distant relatives, such as an aunts, uncles, or cousins.
In ancient Israel, if a man died, his nearest male relative was expected to marry his widow, manage his property, and help carry on his family name. This relative was called a “kinsman-redeemer.”
This term “kin” could also be translated as “relative” or “family member.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0251, H1350, H4129, H4130, H7138, H7607, G47730

kingdom

Other :: kingdom

Definition:

A kingdom is a group of people ruled by a king. It also refers to the realm or political regions over which a king or other ruler has control and authority.

A kingdom can be of any geographical size. A king might govern a nation or country or only one city.
The term “kingdom” can also refer to a spiritual reign or authority, as in the term “kingdom of God.”
God is the ruler of all creation, but the term “kingdom of God” especially refers to his reign and authority over the people who have believed in Jesus and who have submitted to his authority.
The Bible also talks about Satan having a “kingdom” in which he temporarily rules over many things on this earth. His kingdom is evil and is referred to as “darkness.”

Translation Suggestions:

When referring to a physical region that is ruled over by a king, the term “kingdom” could be translated as “country (ruled by a king)” or “king’s territory” or “region ruled by a king.”
In a spiritual sense, “kingdom” could be translated as “ruling” or “reigning” or “controlling” or “governing.”
One way to translate “kingdom of priests” might be “spiritual priests who are ruled by God.”
The phrase “kingdom of light” could be translated as “God’s reign that is good like light” or “when God, who is light, rules people” or “the light and goodness of God’s kingdom.” It is best to keep the word “light” in this expression since that is a very important term in the Bible.
Note that the term “kingdom” is different from an empire, in which an emperor rules over several countries.

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:2 God said to Moses and the people of Israel, “If you will obey me and keep my covenant, you will be my prized possession, a kingdom of priests, and a holy nation.”
18:4 God was angry with Solomon and, as a punishment for Solomon’s unfaithfulness, he promised to divide the nation of Israel in two kingdoms after Solomon’s death.
18:7 Ten of the tribes of the nation of Israel rebelled against Rehoboam. Only two tribes remained faithful to him. These two tribes became the kingdom of Judah.
18:8 The other ten tribes of the nation of Israel that rebelled against Rehoboam appointed a man named Jeroboam to be their king. They set up their kingdom in the northern part of the land and were called the kingdom of Israel.
21:8 A king is someone who rules over a kingdom and judges the people.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4410, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H4474, H4475, G09320

know, knew, knowledge, unknown

Other :: know, knew, knowledge, unknown

Definition:

Used in this sense the term “know” and “knowledge” and “knew” mean to be in relationship with a person.

To “know” God means to have a relationship with him. This also applies to knowing people.
Jesus said in Matthew 7:23 that on judgement day he will say to some people “I never knew you”. By saying “I never knew you” he means that he was never in personal relationship with them.
The “knowledge of God” is sometimes used as a synonym for the “fear of Yahweh.”
When used of a man and a woman to “know” is often an euphemism that refers to having sexual intercourse.

Translation Suggestions

Depending on the context, ways to translate this meaning of “know” could include “be acquainted with” or “be familiar with” or “be in relationship with.”
Some languages have two different words for “know,” one for knowing facts and one for knowing a person and having a relationship with that person. The word for knowing a person and having a relationship with that person should be used when translating this sense of the word “know.”

(See also: know-information,reveal)

Bible References:

Word Data:

labor, labors

Other :: labor, labors

Definition:

Used in this sense, the term “labor” refers to the process of a woman giving birth.

The phrase “in labor” is often used to describe a woman who is in the process of giving birth.
The phrase “labor pains” refer to the pain which a woman experiences in the process of giving birth.
In English, the word “labor” is used to describe the process of giving birth. Other languages may have a completely different word for this.
Another way to translate the phrase “in labor” is “giving birth”

(See also: labor pains)

Bible References:

Word Data:

lamp

Other :: lamp

Definition:

The term “lamp” generally refers to something that produces light. The lamps used in Bible times were usually oil lamps.

The type of lamp that was used in Bible times is a small container with a fuel source, usually oil, that gives light when it burns.

An ordinary oil lamp usually consisted of a common piece of pottery filled with olive oil, with a wick placed in the oil to burn.
For some lamps, the pot or jar was oval, with one end pinched close together to hold the wick.
An oil lamp could be carried or placed on a stand so that its light could fill a room or house.
In scripture, lamps are used in several figurative ways as symbols of light and life.

(See also: lampstand, life, light)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3940, H3974, H4501, H5215, H5216, G29850, G30880

lampstand

Other :: lampstand

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “lampstand” refers to a structure on which a lamp is placed in order to provide light to a room.

The lampstand would be tall enough so that the light of the lamp could shine throughout the room.
The lampstand could be made of wood or metal and could hold one or more lamps.
Ordinary lamps were made of clay, and lamps for special purposes, such as for the temple, were made of metal (such as bronze, silver, or gold.)
The lamps were in the shape of a bowl with a raised lip on one side that held a wick. The lamps were filled with olive oil that soaked the wick and burned when the wick was lighted.
In the Jerusalem temple there was a special gold lampstand that had seven branches for holding seven lamps.

Translation Suggestions

This term could be also translated as “lamp pedestal” or “structure for holding a lamp” or “lamp holder.”
For the temple lampstand, this could be translated as “seven-lamp lampstand” or “gold pedestal with seven lamps.”
It would also be helpful in a translation to include pictures of a simple lampstand and a seven-branch lampstand in the relevant Bible passages.

(See also: bronze, gold, lamp, light, silver, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4501, G30870

learned men, astrologers

Other :: learned men, astrologers

Definition:

In Matthew’s account of the birth of Christ, the “learned” or “educated” men were the “wise men” who brought gifts to Jesus in Bethlehem sometime after his birth there. They may have been “astrologers,” people who study the stars.

These men traveled a long way from a country far to the east of Israel. It is not known exactly where they came from or who they were. But they were obviously scholars who had studied the stars.
They may have been descendants of the wise men who served the Babylonian kings in Daniel’s time and who were trained in many things, including studying the stars and interpreting dreams.
Traditionally it has been said that there were three wise men or learned men because of the three gifts they brought to Jesus. However, the Bible text does not say how many there were.

(See also: Babylon, Bethlehem, Daniel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1505, G30970

leopard

Other :: leopard

Facts:

A leopard is a large, cat-like, wild animal that is brown with black spots.

A leopard is a kind of animal which catches other animals and eats them.
In the Bible, the suddenness of disaster is compared to a leopard, which pounces suddenly on its prey.
The prophet Daniel and the apostle John tell about visions in which they saw a beast that looked like a leopard.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: beast, Daniel, prey, vision)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5245, H5246

livestock, animals

Other :: livestock, animals

Facts:

The term “livestock” refers to animals which are raised to provide food and other useful products. Some types of livestock are also trained as work animals.

Kinds of livestock include sheep, cattle, goats, horses, and donkeys.
In Biblical times, wealth was partly measured by how much livestock a person had.
Livestock are used to produce items such as wool, milk, cheese, housing materials, and clothing.
This term could also be translated as “farm animals.”

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: cow, ox, donkey, goat, horse, sheep)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0929, H4399, H4735

locust

Other :: locust

Facts:

The term “locust” refers to a type of large, flying grasshopper that sometimes flies with many other of its kind in a very destructive swarm that eats all vegetation.

Locusts and other grasshoppers are large, straight-winged insects with long, jointed back legs that give them the ability to jump a long distance way.
In the Old Testament, swarming locusts were referred to figuratively as a symbol or picture of the overwhelming devastation that would come as a result of Israel’s disobedience.
God sent locusts as one of the ten plagues against the Egyptians.
The New Testament says that locusts were a main source of food for John the Baptist while he was living in the desert.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: captive, Egypt, Israel, John (the Baptist), plague)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0697, H1357, H1462, H1501, H2284, H3218, H5556, H6767, G02000

lots, casting lots

Other :: lots, casting lots

Definition:

In the Bible, a “lot” is a marked object(s) used as a way of making a fair and/or random decision, usually for the purpose of selecting a specific person within a group. “Casting lots” refers to the process of using “lots” to make a fair and/or random decision.

In modern times, some cultures “draw” or “pull out” lots using a bunch of straws. Someone holds the straws so that no one can see how long they are. Each person pulls out a straw and the one who picks the longest (or shortest) straw is the one who is chosen.
In biblical times, the objects cast (the “lots”) were probably small marked stones. It is unknown how the “lots” actually indicated a decision, but it probably involved dropping or throwing marked stones on the ground.
The phrase “casting lots” can be translated as “tossing lots” or “throwing lots” or “rolling lots.” The translation of “cast” should not sound like the lots were being thrown a long distance.
If a decision is made “by lot,” this could be translated as “by casting lots” or “by throwing lots,” etc.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1486, H5307, G28190, G29750

lover

Other :: lover

Definition:

The term “lover” literally means “person who loves.” Usually this refers to people who are in a sexual relationship with each other.

When the term “lover” is used in the Bible, it usually refers to a person who is involved in a sexual relationship with someone he or she is not married to.
This wrong sexual relationship is often used in the Bible to refer to Israel’s disobedience to God in worshiping idols. So the term “lovers” is also used in a figurative way to refer to the idols that the people of Israel worshiped. In these contexts, this term could possibly be translated by “immoral partners” or “partners in adultery” or “idols.” [See Metaphor]
A “lover” of money is someone who puts too much importance on getting money and being rich.
In the Old Testament book Song of Songs, the term “lover” is used in a positive way.

(See also: adultery, false god, false god, love)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0157, H0158, H0868, H5689, H7453, H8566, G08650, G08660, G53660, G53670, G53690, G53770

lute, lyre

Other :: lute, lyre

Definition:

A lute and a lyre are small, stringed, musical instruments that were used by the Israelites to worship God.

A lyre looks like a small harp, having strings strung across an open frame.
A lute is very similar to a modernday acoustic guitar, having a wooden sound box and an extended neck on which strings are strung.
In playing a lute or a lyre, certain strings are held down with the fingers of one hand while these and other strings are plucked or strummed with the other hand.
The lute, lyre, and harp are all played by strumming or plucking the strings.
The number of strings varied, but the Old Testament specifically mentions instruments that had ten strings.

(See also: harp)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3658, H5035, H5443

magic, magical, magician, who talk with spirits

Other :: magic, magical, magician, who talk with spirits

Definition:

The term “magic” refers to the practice of using supernatural power that does not come from God. A “magician” is someone who practices magic.

In Egypt, when God did miraculous things through Moses, the Egyptian pharaoh’s magicians were able to do some of the same things, but their power did not come from God.
Magic often involves casting spells or repeating certain words in order to make something supernatural happen.
God commands his people to not do any of these practices of magic or divination.
A sorcerer is a type of magician, usually one who uses magic to do harm to others.

(See also: divination, Egypt, Pharaoh, power, sorcery)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2748, H2749, H3049, G30970

magistrate

Other :: magistrate

Definition:

A magistrate is an appointed official who acts as a judge and decides matters of law.

In Bible times, a magistrate also settled disputes between people.
Depending on the context, ways to translate this term could include “ruling judge” or “legal officer” or “city leader.”

(See also: judge, law)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8200, H8614, G07580, G47550

marriage, marry, married, wedding

Other :: marriage, marry, married, wedding

Definition:

The term “marriage” refers to the formal union between a man and a woman in which they are joined together in a publicly recognized, and often legally recognized, relationship.

The marriage relationship originated with God. God instituted the marriage relationship and he initiated the first marriage between Adam and Eve.
God instituted marriage for several reasons. Some of the reasons that God instituted marriage are so that children would have a healthy and secure environment in which to be raised, so that people would have a visual earthly demonstration of his relationship with his covenant people and so that men and women who are married to each other can help each other and complement the others strengths and weaknesses.
In a marriage ceremony (called a “wedding”) the bridegroom is the man who will marry the bride (the woman).
The Bible teaches that marriage should not be prohibited.
God strictly prohibits adultery in both the Old and the New Testament.
The New Testament teaches that people who believe in Jesus should not marry unbelievers.
Jesus taught that there will be no marriage in heaven.

Translation Suggestions:

Use the term that your language uses to refer to the marriage relationship between a man and a woman.

(See also: bridegroom, bride, adultery, Eve, Adam)

Bible References:

Word Data:

meditate, meditation

Other :: meditate, meditation

Definition:

“The term meditate” means to spend time thinking about something carefully and deeply.

This term is often used in the Bible to refer to thinking about God and his teachings.
Psalm 1 says that the person who meditates on the law of the Lord “day and night” will be greatly blessed.

Translation Suggestions:

To “meditate on” could be translated as to “think about carefully and deeply” or to “consider thoughtfully” or to “think about often.”
The noun form is “meditation” and could be translated as “deep thoughts.” A phrase like “meditation of my heart” could be translated as “what I think deeply about” or “what I often think about.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1897, H1900, H1902, H7742, H7878, H7879, H7881

memorial, memorial offering

Other :: memorial, memorial offering

Definition:

The term “memorial” refers to an action or object that causes someone or something to be remembered.

This word is also used as an adjective to describe something that is to remind them of something, as in a “memorial offering,” a “memorial portion” of a sacrifice or “memorial stones.”
In the Old Testament memorial offerings were made so the Israelites would remember what God had done for them.
God told the Israelite priests to wear special clothing that had memorial stones. These stones had the names of the twelve tribes of Israel engraved on them. These were perhaps to remind them of God’s faithfulness to them.
In the New Testament, God honored a man named Cornelius because of his charitable deeds for the poor. These deeds were said to be a “memorial” before God.

Translation Suggestions:

This could also be translated as “lasting reminder.”
A “memorial stone” could be translated as a “stone to remind them (of something).”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2142, H2146, G34220

mock, mocker, mockery, ridicule, scoff at, laughingstock

Other :: mock, mocker, mockery, ridicule, scoff at, laughingstock

Definition:

The terms “mock,” “ridicule,” and “scoff at” all refer to making fun of someone, especially in a cruel way.

Mocking often involves imitating people’s words or actions with the intent to embarrass them or show contempt for them.
The Roman soldiers mocked or ridiculed Jesus when they put a robe on him and pretended to honor him as king.
A group of young people ridiculed or scoffed at Elisha when they called him a name, making fun of his bald head.
The term “scoff at” can also refer to ridiculing an idea that is not considered believable or important.
A “mocker” is someone who mocks and ridicules consistently.

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

21:12 Isaiah prophesied that people would spit on, mock, and beat the Messiah.
39:5 The Jewish leaders all answered the high priest, “He deserves to die!” Then they blindfolded Jesus, spit on him, hit him, and mocked him.
39:12 The soldiers whipped Jesus, and put a royal robe and a crown made of thorns on him. Then they mocked him by saying, “Look, the King of the Jews!”
40:4 Jesus was crucified between two robbers. One of them mocked Jesus, but the other said, “Do you have no fear of God?”
40:5 The Jewish leaders and the other people in the crowd mocked Jesus. They said to him, “If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross and save yourself! Then we will believe you.”

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1422, H2048, H2049, H2778, H2781, H3213, H3887, H3931, H3932, H3933, H3934, H3944, H3945, H4167, H4485, H4912, H5058, H5607, H6026, H6711, H7046, H7048, H7814, H7832, H8103, H8148, H8437, H8595, G15920, G17010, G17020, G17030, G23010, G26060, G34560, G55120

mold, molded, molds, molder

Other :: mold, molded, molds, molder

Definition:

A mold is a hollowed-out piece of wood, metal, or clay that is used to form objects out of gold, silver, or other materials that can be softened and then shaped by the mold.

Molds were used to make jewelry, dishes, and utensils for eating, among other things.
In the Bible, molds are mentioned mainly in connection with molding statues to be used as idols.
Metals have to be heated to a very high temperature so that they can be poured into the mold.
To mold something means to form an object into a certain shape or likeness by using a mold or the hands to form a certain shape.
A “molder” is someone who shapes or fashions something.

Translation Suggestions

This term could also be translated as, to “form” or to “shape” or to “make.”
The word “molded” could be translated as “shaped” or “formed.”
The object “mold” could possibly be translated with a phrase or word that means “shaped container” or “sculpted dish.”

(See also: false god, gold, false god, silver)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4541, H4165, G41100, G41110

new moon

Other :: new moon

Definition:

The term “new moon” refers to the moon when it looks like a small, crescent-shaped sliver of light. This is the beginning phase of the moon as it moves in its orbit around the planet Earth at sunset. It also refers to the first day a new moon should be visible after the moon has been dark for a few days.

In ancient times, new moons marked the beginnings of certain time periods, such as months.
The Israelites celebrated a new moon festival that was marked by the blowing of a ram’s horn.
The Bible also refers to this time as the “beginning of the month.”

(See also: month, earth, festival, horn, sheep)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2320, G33760, G35610

noble, nobleman, royal official

Other :: noble, nobleman, royal official

Definition:

The term “noble” refers to something that is excellent and of high quality. A “nobleman” is a person who belongs to a high political or social class. A man “of noble birth” is one who was born a nobleman.

A nobleman was often an officer of the state, a close servant to the king.
The term “nobleman” could also be translated by, “king’s official” or “government officer.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0117, H1419, H2715, H3358, H3513, H5057, H5081, H6440, H6579, H7261, H8282, H8269, G09370, G21040

oak

Other :: oak

Definition:

An oak, or oak tree, is a tall shade tree with a large trunk and wide spreading branches.

Oak trees have strong, hard wood that was used to build ships and to make farming plows, oxen yokes and walking sticks.
The seed of an oak tree is called an acorn.
The trunks of certain oak trees could bemeasured up to 6 meters around.
Oak trees were symbolic of long life and had other spiritual meanings. In the Bible, they were often associated with holy places.

Translation Suggestions:

Many translations will find it important to use the term “oak tree” rather than just the word “oak.”
If oak trees are not known in the receptor area, “an oak” could be translated as “an oak, which is a large shade tree like…,” then give the name of a local tree that has similar characteristics.

(See: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: holy)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0352, H0424, H0427, H0436, H0437, H0438

on high, in the highest

Other :: on high, in the highest

Definition:

The terms “on high” and “in the highest” are expressions that usually mean “in heaven.”

Another meaning for the expression “in the highest” could be “the most honored.”
This expression could also be used literally, as in the expression “in the highest tree,” which means “in the tallest tree.”
The expression “on high” could also refer to being high in the sky, such as a bird’s nest that is on high. In that context it could be translated as “high in the sky” or “at the top of a tall tree.”
The word “high” could also indicate the elevated location or importance of a person or thing.
The expression “from on high” could be translated as “from heaven.”

(See also: heaven, honor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1361, H4605, H4791, H7682, G17220, G53080, G53100, G53110

ordain, ordained, ordination, planned long ago, set up, prepared

Other :: ordain, ordained, ordination, planned long ago, set up, prepared

Definition:

To ordain means to formally appoint a person for a special task or role. It also means to formally make a rule or decree.

The term “ordain” often refers to formally appointing somebody as a priest, minister, or rabbi.
For example, God ordained Aaron and his descendants to be priests.
It can also mean to institute or establish something, such as a religious feast or covenant.
Depending on the context, to “ordain” could be translated as to “assign” or to “appoint” or to “command” or to “make a rule” or to “institute.”

(See also: command, covenant, decree, law, law, priest)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3245, H4390, H6186, H6213, H6680, H7760, H8239, G12990, G25250, G42700, G42820

ordinance, regulations, requirements, strict law, customs

Other :: ordinance, regulations, requirements, strict law, customs

Definition:

An ordinance is a public regulation or law that gives rules or instructions for people to follow. This term is related to the term “ordain.”

Sometimes an ordinance is a custom that has become well established through years of practice.
In the Bible, an ordinance was something that God commanded the Israelites to do. Sometimes he commanded them to do it forever.
The term “ordinance” could be translated as “public decree” or “regulation” or “law,” depending on the context.

(See also: command, decree, law, ordain, statute)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2706, H4687, H4931, H4941

overtake

Other :: overtake

Definition:

The term “overtake” and “overtook” refer to gaining control over someone or something. It usually includes the idea of catching up to something after pursuing it.

When military troops “overtake” an enemy, it means they defeat that enemy in battle.
When a predator overtakes its prey, it means that it pursues and catches its prey.
If a curse “overtakes” someone, it means that whatever was said in that curse happens to the person
If blessings “overtake” people, it means that those people experience those blessings.
Depending on the context, “overtake” could be translated as “conquer” or “capture” or “defeat” or “catch up to” or “completely affect.”
The past action “overtook” can be translated as “caught up to” or “came alongside of” or “conquered” or “defeated” or “caused harm to.”
When used in a warning that darkness or punishment or terrors will overtake people because of their sin, it means that those people will experience these negative things if they don’t repent.
The phrase “My words have overtaken your fathers” means that the teachings that Yahweh gave to their ancestors will now cause the ancestors to receive punishment because they failed to obey those teachings.

(See also: bless, curse, prey, punish)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0579, H0935, H1692, H4672, H5066, H5381, G26380, G29830

pagan

Other :: pagan

Definition:

In Bible times, the term “pagan” was used to describe people who worshiped false gods instead of Yahweh.

Anything associated with these people, such as the altars where they worshiped, the religious rituals they performed, and their beliefs, were also called “pagan.”
Pagan belief systems often included the worship of false gods and the worship of nature.
Some pagan religions included sexually immoral rituals or the killing of human beings as part of their worship.

(See also: altar, false god, sacrifice, worship, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1471, G14840

palace, house

Other :: palace, house

Definition:

The term “palace” refers to the building or house where a king lived, along with his family members and servants.

The high priest also lived in a palace complex, as mentioned in the New Testament.
Palaces were very ornate, with beautiful architecture and furnishings.
The buildings and furnishings of a palace were constructed of stone or wood, and often were overlaid with expensive wood, gold, or ivory.
Many other people also lived and worked in the palace complex, which usually included several buildings and courtyards.

(See also: courtyard, high priest, king)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0759, H1002, H1004, H1055, H1406, H1964, H1965, G08330, G09330, G42320

palm

Other :: palm

Definition:

The term “palm” refers to a type of tall tree with long, flexible, leafy branches extending from the top in a fan-like pattern.

The palm tree in the Bible usually refers to a type of palm tree that produces a fruit called a “date.” The leaves have a feather-like pattern.
Palm trees typically grow in places that have a hot, humid climate. Their leaves stay green all year long.
As Jesus was entering Jerusalem riding on a donkey, the people laid palm branches on the ground in front of him.
Palm branches signified peace and the celebration of a victory.

(See also: donkey, Jerusalem, peace)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3712, H8558, H8560, H8561, G54040

patriarch

Other :: patriarch

Definition:

The term “patriarch” in the Bible refers to someone who was a founding ancestor of the Jewish people, particularly Abraham, Isaac, or Jacob.

It also can refer to the twelve sons of Jacob who became the twelve patriarchs of the twelve tribes of Israel.
The term “patriarch” has a similar meaning to “forefather,” but more specifically refers to the most well-known male ancestral leaders of a people group.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0001, H7218, G39660

peace offering

Other :: peace offering

Facts:

A “peace offering” was one of several sacrificial offerings that God commanded the Israelites to make. It is sometimes called the “thanksgiving offering” or “fellowship offering.”

This offering involved sacrificing an animal that had no defects, sprinkling the animal’s blood on the altar, and burning the animal’s fat, as well as the rest of the animal separately.
Added to this sacrifice was an offering of both unleavened and leavened bread, which was burned on top of the burnt offering.
The priest and one who offered the sacrifice were permitted to share in eating the food that was offered.
This offering symbolizes the fellowship of God with his people.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8002

persevere, perseverance

Other :: persevere, perseverance

Definition:

The terms “persevere” and “perseverance” refer to continuing to do something even though it may be very difficult or take a long time.

To persevere can also mean to keep acting in a Christ-like way even while going through difficult trials or circumstances.
If a person has “perseverance” it means he is able to keep doing what he should do, even when it is painful or difficult.
Continuing to believe what God teaches requires perseverance, especially when faced with false teachings.
Be careful not to use a word like “stubborn” which usually has a negative meaning.

(See also: patient, trial)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G31150, G43430, G52810

pig, pork, swine

Other :: pig, pork, swine

Definition:

A pig is a type of four-legged, hoofed animal that is raised for meat. Its meat is called “pork.” The general term for pigs and related animals is “swine.”

God told the Israelites not to eat pig meat and to consider it unclean. Jews today still view pigs as unclean and do not eat pork.
Pigs are raised on farms to be sold to other people for their meat.
There is a kind of swine that is not raised on farms but rather lives out in the wild; it is called a “wild boar.” Wild boars have tusks and are considered to be very dangerous animals.
Sometimes large pigs are referred to as “hogs.”

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: clean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2386, G55190

pit, pitfall, trenches, cistern

Other :: pit, pitfall, trenches, cistern

Definition:

A pit is a deep hole that has been dug in the ground.

A “cistern” was a hole dug in order to hold water.
People dig pits for the purpose of trapping animals or finding water.
A pit can also be used as a temporary place to hold a prisoner.
Sometimes the phrase “the pit” refers to the grave or to hell. Other times it may refer to “the abyss.”
The term “pit” is also used figuratively in phrases such as, “pit of destruction” which describes being trapped in a disastrous situation or being deeply involved in sinful, destructive practices.

(See also: abyss, hell, prison)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0875, H0953, H1356, H1475, H2352, H4087, H4113, H4379, H6354, H7585, H7745, H7816, H7825, H7845, H7882, G00120, G09990, G54210

plague

Other :: plague

Definition:

Plagues are events which cause suffering or death to a large number of people. Often a plague is a disease that spreads quickly and causes many people to die before it can be stopped.

Many plagues have natural causes, but some were sent by God to punish people for sin.
In the time of Moses, God sent ten plagues against Egypt to force Pharaoh to let Israel leave Egypt. These plagues included water turning into blood, physical diseases, destruction of crops by insects and hail, three days of complete darkness, and death of the firstborn sons.
This could also be translated as “widespread disasters” or “widespread disease,” depending on the context.

(See also: hail, Israel, Moses, Pharaoh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1698, H4046, H4194, H4347, H5061, H5062, H5063, G30610, G41270

pledge, pledged, pledging, pledges

Other :: pledge, pledged, pledging, pledges

Definition:

The term “pledge” refers to formally and solemnly promising to do something or give something.

In the Old Testament the officials of Israel pledged to be loyal to King David.
To “pledge” could be translate as to “formally commit to” or to “strongly promise.”
The term “pledge” can also refer to an object given as a guarantee or promise that a debt will be paid.
The object given as a pledge would be returned to its owner when the promise was fulfilled.
Ways to translate “a pledge” could include “a solemn promise” or “a formal commitment” or “a guarantee” or “a formal assurance,” depending on the context.

(See also: promise, oath, vow)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0781, H2254, H2258, H5667, H5671, H6148, H6161, H6162

plow, plowed, plowers, plowman, plowshares, unplowed

Other :: plow, plowed, plowers, plowman, plowshares, unplowed

Definition:

A “plow” is a farm tool that is used for breaking up soil to prepare a field for planting.

Plows have sharp, pointed prongs that dig into the soil. They usually have handles that the farmer uses to guide the plow.
In Bible times, plows were usually pulled by a pair of oxen or other work animals.
Most plows were made of hard wood, except for the sharp points which were made of a metal, such as bronze or iron.

(See also: bronze, ox)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0406, H0855, H2758, H2790, H5215, H5647, H5656, H5674, H6213, H6398, G07220, G07230

plunder, plundered, spoil, spoils

Other :: plunder, plundered, spoil, spoils

Facts:

The terms “spoil” and “plunder,” when used as a noun, refer to things that are taken by force from a person or place, normally during a time of war. The verb “plunder” means to take things from a person or place, normally by force and during a time of war.

When translating the verb “plunder” in the context of war you should use a different word than “steal” as “to steal” normally implies wrong doing and to “plunder”” something in war is not necessarily sinful.
You could translate the verb “plunder” with a word such as “pillage” or with a descriptive phrase “take the goods of.”
You could translate the term “spoil” with a descriptive phrase such as “plundered goods” or “plundered things.”
Depending on context, you could translate the term “plunder” with a descriptive phrase such as “captured goods” or with some other descriptive phrase or with a term such as “spoil” or “spoils.”
Your language may have a word for things that are taken by force and/or in a time of war.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

pomegranate

Other :: pomegranate

Facts:

A pomegranate is a kind of fruit that has a thick, tough skin filled with many seeds that are covered with edible red pulp.

The outer rind is reddish in color and the pulp surrounding the seeds is shiny and red.
Pomegranates are very commonly grown in countries with a hot, dry climate, such as Egypt and Israel.
Yahweh promised the Israelites that Canaan was a land with abundant water and fertile soil so that food was plentiful there, including pomegranates.
The construction of Solomon’s temple included bronze decorations in the shape of pomegranates.

(See also: bronze, Canaan, Egypt, Solomon, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7416

prey, prey on

Other :: prey, prey on

Definition:

The term “prey” refers to something that is hunted, usually an animal that is used for food.

In a figurative sense, “prey” can refer to a person who is taken advantage of, abused, or oppressed by a more powerful person.
To “prey on” people means to take advantage of them by oppressing them or stealing something from them.
The term “prey” could also be translated as “hunted animal” or “hunted one” or “victim.”

(See also: oppress)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0400, H0957, H0962, H2963, H2964, H5706, H5861, H7997, H7998

pride, boastful

Other :: pride, boastful

Definition:

The term “pride,” in this sense, refers to having a feeling of great satisfaction or delight in someone or something. The term “boast,” when used with this sense, means to greatly praise something or someone and talk about the things about it or them that are praiseworthy.

The term “pride,” when used with a positive meaning, refers to having great delight in something or to having a feeling of great delight or satisfaction in what someone has achieved or in their admirable qualities or abilities.
The expression “take pride in your work” means to find joy in doing your work well.
Someone can be proud of what he has done without being prideful about it. Some languages have different words for the positive meaning of “pride” and the negative meaning of “pride.”
A humble person does not boast about themself or take pride in themself but rather boasts about God and what God has done and is doing.
God urged the Israelites not to boast about their wealth, their strength, their fruitful fields, or their laws but to instead “boast” or be proud about the fact that they know him.

Translation Suggestions:

The positive meaning of “pride” could be translated as “joy” or “satisfaction” or “pleasure.”
To be “proud of” could also be translated as “happy with” or “satisfied with” or “joyful about (the accomplishments of).”
The phrase “take pride in your work” could be translated as “find satisfaction in doing your work well.”
The expression “take pride in Yahweh” could also be translated as “be delighted about all the wonderful things Yahweh has done” or “be happy about how amazing Yahweh is.”
The positive meaning of “boasting in” could be translated as “glorying in” or “rejoicing in.”

(See also:humble, joy, proud negative sense)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

4:2 They were very proud, and they did not care about what God said.
34:10 Then Jesus said, “I tell you the truth, God heard the tax collector’s prayer and declared him to be righteous. But he did not like the prayer of the religious leader. God will humble everyone who is proud, and he will lift up whoever humbles himself.”

Word Data:

Strong’s:

prince, princess, governors, provincial governors, officials, noblemen, nobility

Other :: prince, princess, governors, provincial governors, officials, noblemen, nobility

Definition:

A “prince” is the son of a king. A “princess” is a daughter of a king.

The term “prince” is often used figuratively to refer to a leader, ruler, or other powerful person.
Because of Abraham’s wealth and importance, he was referred to as a “prince” by the Hittites he was living among.
In the book of Daniel, the term “prince” is used in the expressions “prince of Persia” and “prince of Greece,” which in those contexts probably refer to powerful evil spirits who had authority over those regions.
The archangel Michael is also referred to as a “prince” in the book of Daniel.
Sometimes in the Bible Satan is referred to as “the prince of this world.”
Jesus is called the “Prince of Peace” and the “Prince of Life.”
In Acts 2:36, Jesus is referred to as “Lord and Christ” and in Acts 5:31 he is referred to as “Prince and Savior,” showing the parallel meaning of “Lord” and “Prince.”

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “prince” could include, “king’s son” or “ruler” or “leader” or “chieftain” or “captain.”
When referring to angels, this could also be translated as “spirit ruler” or “leading angel.”
When referring to Satan or other evil spirits, this term could also be translated as “evil spirit ruler” or “powerful spirit leader” or “ruling spirit,” depending on the context.

(See also: angel, authority, Christ, demon, lord, power, ruler, Satan, Savior, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0001, H0117, H0324, H2831, H3548, H4502, H5057, H5081, H5139, H5257, H5387, H5633, H5993, H6579, H7261, H7333, H7786, H8269, H8282, H8323, G07470, G07580, G14130, G31750

profane, profaned

Other :: profane, profaned

Definition:

To profane something means to act in a way that defiles, pollutes, or disrespects something that is holy.

A profane person is one who acts in a way that is unholy and dishonoring of God.
The verb to “profane” could be translated as to “treat as unholy” or to “be irreverent toward” or to “dishonor.”
God told the Israelites that they “profaned” themselves with idols, meaning that the people were making themselves “unclean” or “dishonored” by this sin. They were also dishonoring God.
Depending on the context, the adjective “profane” could be translated as “dishonoring” or “godless” or “unholy.”

(See also: defile, holy, clean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2455, H2490, H2491, H5234, H8610, G09520, G09530

profit, profits, profited, profitable, unprofitable

Other :: profit, profits, profited, profitable, unprofitable

Definition:

When used in the spiritual sense, the terms “profit” and “profitable” refer to gaining something spiritually beneficial through doing (or someone else doing) certain actions or behaviors.

Something is spiritually “profitable” to someone if it brings them spiritual benefits.

Actions are spiritually profitable if they please God and cause that person and/or others to receive spiritual benefit.
2 Timothy 3:16 says that all Scripture is “profitable” for correcting and training people in righteousness. This means that the Bible’s teachings are helpful and useful for teaching people to live according to God’s will.

The term “unprofitable” in this sense means to not be beneficial or helpful.

It literally means to not profit anything or to not help someone gain anything beneficial.
Something that is spiritually unprofitable is not worth doing because it does not please God and does not give any spiritual benefit or reward.
This could be translated as “unbeneficial” or “not beneficial” or “worthless” or “not useful” or “giving no benefit.”

(See also: worthy,profit-earthly)

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “profit” could also be translated as “benefit” or “help.”
Depending on the context, the term “profitable” could be translated as “useful” or “beneficial” or “helpful.”
To “profit from” something could be translated as “benefit from” or “receive help from.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

prostrate

Other :: prostrate

Definition:

The term “prostrate” means to be lying face down, stretched out on the ground.

To “fall prostrate” or to “prostrate oneself” before someone means to suddenly bow down very low or in front of that person.
Usually this position of being prostrate is a response that shows shock, amazement, and awe because of something miraculous that happened. It also shows honor and respect for the person being bowed to.
Being prostrate also was a way to worship God. People often responded this way to Jesus in thanksgiving and worship when he did a miracle or to honor him as a great teacher.
Depending on the context, ways to translate “prostrated” could include “bowed down low with the face to the ground” or “worshiped him by lying face down in front of him” or “bowed down low to the ground in amazement” or “worshiped.”
The phrase “will not prostrate ourselves” could be translated as “will not worship” or “will not lie face down in worship” or “will not bow down and worship.”
“Prostrate himself to” could also be translated as “worship” or “bow down in front of.”

(See also: awe, bow)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5307, H5457, H6440, H6915, H7812

proverb

Other :: proverb

Definition:

A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth.

Proverbs are powerful because they are easy to remember and repeat.
Often a proverb will include practical examples from everyday life.
Some proverbs are very clear and direct, while others are more difficult to understand.
King Solomon was known for his wisdom and wrote over 1,000 proverbs.
Jesus often used proverbs or parables when he taught people.
Ways to translate “proverb” could include “wise saying” or “true word.”

(See also: Solomon, true, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2420, H4911, H4912, G38500, G39420

province, provincial

Other :: province, provincial

Definition:

The term “province” refers to a large area into which a nation or empire might be divided for the purposes of government. The term “provincial” describes something that is related to a province, such as a provincial governor.

For example, the ancient Persian Empire was divided up into provinces such as Media, Persia, Syria, and Egypt.
During the time of the New Testament, the Roman Empire was divided up into provinces such as Macedonia, Asia, Syria, Judea, Samaria, Galilee, and Galatia.
Each province had its own ruling authority, who was subject to the king or ruler of the empire. This ruler was sometimes called a “provincial official” or “provincial governor.”
The terms “province” and “provincial” could also be translated as “region” and “regional.”

(See also: Asia, Egypt, Esther, Galatia, Galilee, Judea, Macedonia, Medes, Rome, Samaria, Syria)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4082, H4083, H5675, H5676, G18850

provoke, provoked, provocation

Other :: provoke, provoked, provocation

Facts:

The term “provoke” means to cause someone to experience a negative reaction or feeling.

To provoke someone to anger means to do something that causes that person to be angry. This could also be translated as to “cause to become angry” or to “anger.”
When used in a phrase such as, “do not provoke him,” this could be translated as “do not anger him” or “do not cause him to be angry” or “do not make him angry with you.”

Bible References:

Ezekiel 20:27-29

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3707, H3708, H4784, H4843, H5006, H7065, H7069, H7107, H7264, G20420, G38630, G39470, G39490, G42920

prudence, prudent

Other :: prudence, prudent

Facts:

The term “prudent” describes a person who thinks carefully about his actions and makes wise decisions.

Often “prudence” refers to the ability to make wise decisions about practical, physical matters, such as in managing money or property.
Although “prudence” and “wisdom” are similar in meaning, often “wisdom” is more general and focuses on spiritual or moral matters.
Depending on the context, “prudent” could also be translated as “shrewd” or “careful” or “wise.”

(See also: shrewd, spirit, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0995, H5843, H6175, H6191, H6195, H7919, H7922

punish, punished, punishment, unpunished

Other :: punish, punished, punishment, unpunished

Definition:

The term “punish” means to cause someone to suffer a negative consequence for doing something wrong. The term “punishment” refers to the negative consequence that is given as a result of that wrong behavior.

Often punishment is intended to motivate a person to stop sinning.
God punished the Israelites when they disobeyed him, especially when they worshiped false gods. Because of their sin, God allowed their enemies to attack and capture them.
God is righteous and just, so he has to punish sin. Every human being has sinned against God and deserves punishment.
Jesus was punished for all the evil things that every person has ever done. He received each person’s punishment on himself even though he did nothing wrong and did not deserve that punishment.
The expressions “go unpunished” and “leave unpunished” mean to decide not to punish people for their wrongdoing. God often allows sin to go unpunished as he waits for people to repent.

(See also: just, repent, righteous, sin)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:7 God also gave many other laws and rules to follow. If the people obeyed these laws, God promised that he would bless and protect them. If they disobeyed them, God would punish them.
16:2 Because the Israelites kept disobeying God, he punished them by allowing their enemies to defeat them.
19:16 The prophets warned the people that if they did not stop doing evil and start obeying God, then God would judge them as guilty, and he would punish them.
48:6 Jesus was the perfect high priest because he took the punishment for every sin that anyone has ever committed.
48:10 When anyone believes in Jesus, the blood of Jesus takes away that person’s sin, and God’s punishment passes over him.
49:9 But God loved everyone in the world so much that he gave his only Son so that whoever believes in Jesus will not be punished for his sins, but will live with God forever.
49:11 Jesus never sinned, but he chose to be punished and die as the perfect sacrifice to take away your sins and the sins of every person in the world.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3027, H3256, H4148, H4941, H5221, H5414, H6031, H6064, H6213, H6485, H7999, H8011, H8199, G13490, G15560, G15570, G28490, G38110, G50970

purple

Other :: purple

Facts:

The term “purple” is the name of a color that is a mixture of blue and red.

In ancient times, purple was a rare and highly valuable color of dye that was used to dye the clothing of kings and other high officials.
Because it was costly and time-consuming to produce this dye, purple clothing was considered a sign of wealth, distinction, and royalty.
Purple was also one of the colors used for the curtains in the tabernacle and temple, and for the ephod worn by the priests.
Purple dye was extracted from a kind of sea snail by either crushing or boiling the snails or by causing them to release the dye while still alive. This was an expensive process.
Roman soldiers put a purple royal robe on Jesus before his crucifixion, to mock him for his claim to be King of the Jews.
Lydia from the town of Philippi was a woman who made her living by selling purple cloth.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: ephod, Philippi, royal, tabernacle, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0710, H0711, H0713, G42090, G42100, G42110

qualify, qualified, disqualified

Other :: qualify, qualified, disqualified

Definition:

The term “qualify” refers to earning the right to receive certain benefits or to be recognized as having certain skills.

A person who is “qualified” for a particular job has the necessary skills and training to do that job.
In his letter to the Colossian church, the apostle Paul wrote that God the Father has made believers “qualified” to participate in his kingdom of light. This means that God has given them everything they need to live godly lives.
The believer cannot earn the right to be part of God’s kingdom. He is only qualified because God has redeemed him with the blood of Christ.

Translation Suggestions

Depending on the context, “qualified” could be translated as “equipped” or “skilled” or “enabled.”
To “qualify” someone could be translated as to “equip” or to “enable” or to “empower.”

(See also: Colossae, godly, kingdom, light, Paul, redeem)

Bible References:

Daniel 1:3-5

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3581

queen

Other :: queen

Definition:

A queen is either the female ruler of a country or the wife of a king.

Esther became the queen of the Persian empire when she married King Ahasuerus.
Queen Jezebel was the evil wife of King Ahab.
The Queen of Sheba was a famous ruler who came to visit King Solomon.
A term such as “queen mother” usually referred to the mother or grandmother of a ruling king or the widow of the previous king. A queen mother had much influence; Athaliah, for example, influenced the people to worship idols.

(See also: Ahasuerus, Athaliah, Esther, king. Persia ruler, Sheba)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1404, H1377, H4410, H4427, H4433, H4436, H4438, H4446, H7694, H8282, G09380

quench, quenched, unquenchable

Other :: quench, quenched, unquenchable

Definition:

The term “quench” means to put out or stop something that is demanding to be satisfied.

This term is usually used in the context of quenching thirst and means to stop being thirsty by drinking something.
It can also be used to refer to putting out a fire.
Both thirst and fire are quenched with water.
Paul uses the term “quench” in a figurative way when he instructs believers to not “quench the Holy Spirit.” This means to not discourage people from allowing the Holy Spirit from produce his fruits and gifts in them. Quenching the Holy Spirit means preventing the Holy Spirit from freely manifesting his power and work in people…

(See also: fruit, gift, Holy Spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1846, H3518, H7665, G07620, G45700

rage

Other :: rage

Facts:

The term “rage” refers to intense anger. Often, the term is used to describe an angry person who is out of control in some way.

When used as a verb, the term “rage” can mean to move powerfully, such as in descriptions of a “raging” storm or ocean waves that “rage.”
To be “filled with rage” means to have an overwhelming feeling of extreme anger.

(See also: self-control)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0398, H1348, H1984, H1993, H2121, H2195, H2196, H2197, H2534, H2734, H2740, H3491, H3820, H5590, H5678, H7264, H7265, H7266, H7267, H7283, H7857, G16930, G28300, G37100, G54330

reed

Other :: reed

Facts:

The term “reed” refers to a plant with a long stalk that grows in the water, usually along the edge of a river or stream.

The reeds in the Nile River where Moses was hidden as a baby were also called “bulrushes.” They were tall, hollow stalks growing in dense clumps in the river water.
These fibrous plants were used in ancient Egypt for making paper, baskets, and boats.
The stalk of the reed plant is flexible and is easily bent over by the wind.

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Egypt, Moses, Nile River)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0098, H0100, H0260, H5488, H6169, H7070, G25630

refuge, refugee, shelter, sheltered

Other :: refuge, refugee, shelter, sheltered

Definition:

The term “refuge” refers to a place or condition of safety and protection. A “refugee” is someone who is seeking a safe place. A “shelter” refers to a place that can protect from weather or danger.

In the Bible, God is often referred to as a refuge where his people can be safe, protected, and cared for.
The term “city of refuge” in the Old Testament referred to one of several cities where a person who accidentally killed someone could go for protection from people who would attack them in revenge.
A “shelter” is often a physical structure such as a building or roof that can provide protection to people or animals.
Sometimes “shelter” means “protection,” as when Lot said that his guests were “under the shelter” of his roof. He was saying that they should be safe because he was taking responsibility to protect them as members of his household.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “refuge” could be translated as “safe place” or “place of protection.”
“Refugees” are people leaving their home to escape from a dangerous situation, and could be translated as “aliens,” “homeless people,” or “exiles.”
Depending on the context, the term “shelter” could be translated as “something that protects” or “protection” or “protected place.”
If it refers to a physical structure, “shelter” could also be translated as “protective building” or “house of safety.”
The phrase “into safe shelter” could be translated as “into a safe place” or “into a place that will protect.”
To “find shelter” or to “take shelter” or to “take refuge” could be translated as to “find a place of safety” or to “put oneself in a protected place.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2620, H4268, H4498, H4585, H4733, H4869

reign, rule

Other :: reign, rule

Definition:

The term to “reign” means to rule over the people of a particular country or kingdom. The reign of a king is the time period during which he is ruling.

The term “reign” is also used to refer to God reigning as king over the entire world.
God allowed human kings to reign over Israel after the people rejected him as their king.
When Jesus Christ returns, he will openly reign as king over the whole world, and Christians will reign with Him.
This term could also be translated as “absolute rule” or “rule as king.”

(See also: kingdom)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3427, H4427, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H4475, H4791, H4910, H6113, H7287, H7786, G07570, G09360, G22310, G48210

renown, renowned, famous

Other :: renown, renowned, famous

Definition:

The term “renown” refers to the greatness associated with being well known and having a praiseworthy reputation. Something or someone is “renowned” if it has renown.

A “renowned” person is someone who is well known and highly esteemed.
“Renown” especially refers to a good reputation that is widely known over a long period of time.
A city that is “renowned” is often well known for its wealth and prosperity.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “renown” could also be translated as “fame” or “esteemed reputation” or “greatness that is well-known by many people.”
The term “renowned” could also be translated as “well known and highly esteemed” or “having an excellent reputation.”
The expression “May the Lord’s name be renowned in Israel” could be translated as “May the Lord’s name be well known and honored by the people of Israel.”
The phrase “men of renown” could be translated as “men well known for their courage” or “famous warriors” or “highly esteemed men.”
The expression “your renown endures through all generations” could be translated as “throughout the years people will hear about how great you are” or “your greatness is seen and heard by people in every generation.”

(See also: honor)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1984, H7121, H8034

report, reported, tell, reputation

Other :: report, reported, tell, reputation

Definition:

The term to “report” means to tell people about something that happened, often giving details about that event. A “report” is what is told, and can be spoken or written.

“Report” could also be translated as “tell” or “explain” or “tell the details of.”
The expression “Report this to no one” could be translated as “Don’t talk about this with anyone” or “Don’t tell anyone about this.”
Ways to translate “a report” could include “an explanation” or “a story” or “a detailed account,” depending on the context.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1681, H1696, H1697, H5046, H7725, H8034, H8052, H8085, H8088, H8089, G01890, G01910, G03120, G05180, G09870, G12250, G13100, G18340, G20360, G21630, G30040, G30560, G31400, G33770

reward, prize, deserve

Other :: reward, prize, deserve

Definition:

The term “reward” refers to what a person receives because of something he has done, either good or bad. To “reward” someone is to give someone something he deserves. However, this is different than the concept of “wages,” which refers to payment (often money) given in exchange for work performed.

A reward can be a good or positive thing that a person receives because he has done something well or because he has obeyed God.
Sometimes a reward can refer to negative things that may result from bad behavior, such as the statement “the reward of the wicked.” In this context “reward” refers to the punishment or negative consequences they receive because of their sinful actions.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “reward” could be translated as “payment” or “something that is deserved” or “punishment.”
To “reward” someone could be translated by to “repay” or to “punish” or to “give what is deserved.”
Make sure the translation of this term does not refer to wages. A reward is not specifically about earning money as part of a job.

(See also: punish)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0319, H0866, H0868, H1576, H1578, H1580, H4909, H4991, H5023, H6118, H6468, H6529, H7938, H7939, H7999, G04690, G05140, G05910, G26030, G34050, G34060, G34080

robe, robed

Other :: robe, robed

Definition:

A robe is an outer garment with long sleeves that can be worn by a man or a woman. It is similar to a coat.

Robes are open in the front and are tied shut with a sash or belt.
They can be long or short.
Purple robes were worn by kings as a sign of royalty, wealth, and prestige.

(See also: royal, tunic)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0145, H0155, H0899, H1545, H2436, H2684, H3671, H3801, H3830, H3847, H4060, H4254, H4598, H5497, H5622, H6614, H7640, H7757, H7897, H8071, G17460, G20670, G24400, G47490, G40160, G55110

rod

Other :: rod

Definition:

The term “rod” refers to a narrow, solid, stick-like tool that was used in several different ways. It was probably at least a meter in length.

A wooden rod was used by a shepherd to defend the sheep from other animals. It was also thrown toward a wandering sheep to bring it back to the the flock.
In Psalm 23, King David used the terms “rod” and “staff” as metaphors to refer to God’s guidance and discipline for his people.
A shepherd’s rod was also used to count the sheep as they passed under it.
Another metaphorical expression, “rod of iron,” refers to God’s punishment for people who rebel against him and do evil things.
In ancient times, measuring rods made of metal, wood, or stone were used to measure the length of a building or object.
In the Bible, a wooden rod was also referred to as an instrument to discipline children.

(See also: staff, sheep, shepherd)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2415, H4294, H4731, H7626, G25630, G44630, G44640

sackcloth

Other :: sackcloth

Definition:

Sackcloth was a coarse, scratchy type of cloth that was made from goat hair or camel hair.

A person who wore clothing made from it would be uncomfortable. Sackcloth was worn to show mourning, grief, or humble repentance.
The phrase “sackcloth and ashes” was a common term referring to a traditional expression of grief and repentance.

Translation Suggestions:

This term could also be translated as “coarse cloth from animal hair” or “clothes made of goat hair” or “rough, scratchy clothing.”
Another way to translate this term could be “rough, scratchy mourning clothes.”
The phrase “sit in sackcloth and ashes” could be translated as “show mourning and humility by wearing scratchy cloth and sitting in ashes.”

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: ash, camel, goat, humble, mourn, repent, sign)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H8242, G45260

sandal

Other :: sandal

Definition:

A sandal is a simple shoe with a flat sole that is held onto the foot by straps that go around the foot or ankle. Sandals are worn by both men and women.

In ancient Israel, a sandal was sometimes used to confirm a legal transaction, such as the selling of property. One person would take off a sandal and give it to the other person to show that the transaction was legal and binding.
John said that he was not worthy to even untie Jesus’ sandals, which was a normal task for the servant or slave with the lowest status in a Jewish household.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5274, H5275, H8288, G45470, G52660

scepter

Other :: scepter

Definition:

The term “scepter” refers to an ornamental rod or staff held by a ruler, such as a king.

Scepters were originally a branch of wood with carved decorations. Later scepters were also made of precious metals such as gold.
The scepter was a symbol of royalty and authority and also symbolized the honor and dignity associated with a king.
In the Old Testament, God was described as having a scepter of righteousness because God rules as king over his people.
An Old Testament prophecy referred to the Messiah as a symbolic scepter that would come from Israel to rule over all nations.
This could also be translated as “ruling rod” or “ruler’s rod” or “king’s rod.”

(See also: authority, Christ, king, righteous)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2710, H4294, H7626, H8275, G44640

scroll

Other :: scroll

Definition:

In ancient times, a scroll was a type of book made of one long, rolled-up sheet of papyrus or leather.

After writing on a scroll or reading from it, people rolled it up by using the rods attached to its ends.
Scrolls were used for legal documents and scripture.
Sometimes scrolls that were delivered by a messenger were sealed with wax. If the wax was still present when the scroll was received, then the receiver knew that no one had opened the scroll to read it or write on it since it had been sealed.
Scrolls containing the Hebrew Scriptures were read aloud in the synagogues.

(See also: seal, synagogue, word of God)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4039, H4040, H5612, G09740, G09750

seal, sealed, unsealed

Other :: seal, sealed, unsealed

Definition:

When referring to an action, the term “seal” means to close an object with something (usually called a “seal”) that makes the object impossible to open without breaking the seal. When referring to an object, the term “seal” refers to something that was made of wood or metal or stone that was formed into a design so that it could be used to stamp something (make an imprint on it).

A seal was marked with a design to show who it belonged to.
Seals were used to mark different objects for the purpose of showing that the thing belonged to the owner or had come from the owner or was approved by the owner.
Seals were used to indicate the authenticity of something as deriving from the owner or being approved by the owner or belonging to the owner in some way.
Sometimes a seal was put on the top of a ring so that the owner of the ring could press the seal down into something and make an imprint on it.
Sometimes seals were attached to a string or cord and worn around the neck.
Melted wax was used to seal letters or other documents that needed to be protected. When the wax cooled and hardened, the letter could not be opened without breaking the wax seal. The person who received the letter would see the unbroken seal and know that no one had opened it.
A seal was put on the stone in front of Jesus’ grave in order to keep anyone from moving the stone.

(See also: Holy Spirit, tomb)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2368, H2560, H2856, H2857, H2858, H5640, G26960, G49720, G49730

seize, seizure, capture

Other :: seize, seizure, capture

Definition:

The term “seize” means to take or capture someone or something by force. It can also mean to overpower and control someone.

When a city was taken by means of military force, the soldiers would seize the valuable property of the people they had conquered.
When used figuratively, a person can be described as being “seized with fear.” This means that the person was suddenly “overcome by fear.” If a person was “seized with fear” it could also be stated that the person “suddenly became very afraid.”
In the context of labor pains that “seize” a woman, the meaning is that the pains are sudden and overpowering. This could be translated by saying that the pains “overcome” or “suddenly come upon” the woman.
This term could also be translated as “take control of” or “suddenly take” or “grab.”
The expression “seized and slept with her” could be translated as “forced himself on her” or “violated her” or “raped her.” Make sure the translation of this concept is acceptable.

(See: euphemism

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0270, H1497, H2388, H3027, H3920, H3947, H4672, H5377, H5860, H6031, H7760, H8610, G07240, G19490, G26380, G29020, G29830, G48150, G48840

selah

Other :: selah

Definition:

The term “selah” is a Hebrew word that occurs mostly in the book of Psalms. It has several possible meanings.

It could mean “pause and praise,” which would invite the audience to think carefully about what was just said.
Since many of the Psalms were written as songs, it is thought that “selah” may have been a musical term to instruct the singer to pause in his singing to allow for the musical instruments to play alone or to encourage listeners to think about the words of the song.

(See also: psalm)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5542

seraphim, seraphs

Other :: seraphim, seraphs

The term “seraphim,” and “seraphs,” are plural forms of the word “seraph.” The term “seraphim” means “burning ones” or “fiery ones.” The Bible describes seraphim as being heavenly creatures that can fly and have six wings each and can talk.

The seraphim display the glory and power of God and praise him.
Seraphim might be thought of as being angels, but the Bible does not clearly state that.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “seraphim” could be translated as “winged creatures” or “winged heavenly creatures” or “holy, winged creatures.”
Make sure that the translation of this term is different from the translation of “angel.”
Also consider how this term is translated or written in a Bible translation in a local or national language. (See: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: angel)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

serpent, snake, viper

Other :: serpent, snake, viper

Facts:

These terms all refer to a kind of reptile that has a long, thin body and large, fanged jaws, and that moves by slithering back and forth across the ground. The term “serpent” usually refers to a large snake and “viper” refers to a type of snake that has venom which it uses to poison its prey.

This animal is also used figuratively to refer to a person who is evil, especially someone who is deceitful.
Jesus called the religious leaders “offspring of vipers” because they pretended to be righteous but deceived people and treated them unfairly.
In the garden of Eden, Satan took the form of a serpent when he talked to Eve and tempted her to disobey God.
After the serpent tempted Eve to sin, and both Eve and her husband Adam did sin, God cursed the snake, saying that from then on, all snakes would slither along the ground, implying that before then they had had legs.

(Translation suggestions: How to Translate Names

(See also: curse, deceive, disobey, Eden, evil, prey, Satan, sin, tempt)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0660, H2119, H5175, H6620, H6848, H8314, H8577, G21910, G20620, G37890

shield

Other :: shield

Definition:

A shield was an object held by a soldier in battle to protect himself from being injured by the enemy’s weapons. To “shield” someone means to protect that person from harm.

Shields were often circular or oval, were made of materials such as leather, wood, or metal, andt were sturdy and thick enough to keep a sword or arrow from piercing them.
Using this term as a metaphor, the Bible refers to God as a protective shield for his people. (See: Metaphor)
Paul talked about the “shield of faith,” which is a figurative way of saying that having faith in Jesus and living out that faith in obedience to God will protect believers from the spiritual attacks of Satan.

(See also: faith, obey, Satan, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2653, H3591, H4043, H5437, H5526, H6793, H7982, G23750

shrewd, cunning

Other :: shrewd, cunning

Definition:

The term “shrewd” describes a person who is intelligent and clever, especially in practical matters.

Often the term “shrewd” has a meaning that is partly negative since it usually also involves being selfish.
A shrewd person is usually focused on helping himself, not others.
Other ways to translate this term could include “cunning” or “crafty” or “smart” or “clever,” depending on the context.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2450, H6175, G54290

siege, besiege, besieged, siegeworks

Other :: siege, besiege, besieged, siegeworks

Definition:

A “siege” occurs when an attacking army surrounds a city and keeps it from receiving any supplies of food and water. To “besiege” a city or to put it “under siege” means to attack it by means of a siege.

When the Babylonians came to attack Israel, they used the tactic of a siege against Jerusalem to weaken the people inside the city.
Often during a siege, ramps of dirt are gradually constructed to enable the attacking army to cross over the city walls and invade the city.
To “besiege” a city can also be expressed as to “lay siege” to it or to “perform a siege” on it.
The term “besieged” has the same meaning as the expression “under siege.” Both these expressions describe a city that an enemy army is surrounding and besieging.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4692, H4693, H5341, H5437, H5564, H6693, H6696, H6887

sin offering, purification offering

Other :: sin offering, purification offering

Definition:

The “sin offering” was one of several sacrifices that God required the Israelites to offer.

This offering involved sacrificing a bull, burning its blood and fat on the altar, and taking the rest of the animal’s body and burning it on the ground outside the Israelite camp.
The complete burning up of this animal sacrifice shows how holy God is and how terrible sin is.
The Bible teaches that in order for there to be a cleansing from sin, blood must be shed to pay the cost for the sin that was committed.
Animal sacrifices could not permanently bring about forgiveness of sin.
Jesus’ death on the cross paid the penalty for sin, for all time. He was the perfect sin offering.

(See also: altar, cow, forgive, sacrifice, sin)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2401, H2402, H2398, H2403

skin disease, leper, leprosy

Other :: skin disease, leper, leprosy

Definition:

The term “leprosy” is used in the Bible to refer to several different skin diseases. A “leper” is a person who has leprosy. The term “leprous” describes a person or body part that is infected with leprosy.

Certain kinds of leprosy cause the skin to become discolored with white patches, as when Miriam and Naaman had leprosy.
In modern times, leprosy often causes hands, feet, and other body parts to become damaged and deformed.
According to the instructions that God gave to the Israelites, when a person had leprosy, he was considered “unclean” and had to stay away from other people so that they would not become infected with the disease.
A leper would often call out “unclean” so that others would be warned not to come near him.
Jesus healed many lepers, and also people who had other kinds of diseases.

Translation Suggestions:

The term “leprosy” in the Bible can be translated as “skin disease” or “dreaded skin disease.”
Ways to translate “leprous” could include “full of leprosy” or “infected with skin disease” or “covered with skin sores.”

(See also: Miriam, Naaman, clean)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H6879, H6883, G30140, G30150

slay, slain, slaughter, kill, murder

Other :: slay, slain, slaughter, kill, murder

Definition:

To “slay” a person or animal means to kill it. Often it means to kill it in a forceful or violent way. If a man has killed an animal he has “slain” it.

When referring to an animal or to a large number of people, the term “slaughter” is another term that is often used.
An act of slaughtering is also called a “slaughter.”
The phrase “the slain” could also be translated as “the slain people” or “the people who were killed.”

(See also: slaughter)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2026, H2076, H2491, H2717, H2763, H2873, H2874, H4191, H4194, H5221, H6991, H6992, H7523, H7819, G03370, G06150, G13150, G23800, G26950, G49680, G49690, G54070

snow

Other :: snow

Facts:

The term “snow” refers to white flakes of frozen water that can fall from clouds in places where the air temperature is cold.

Snow falls in places of higher elevation in Israel, but does not always stay on the ground very long before melting. The peaks of mountains tend to have snow that lasts longer. One example of a place mentioned in the Bible as having snow is Mount Lebanon.
Something that is very white often has its color compared to the color of snow. For example, in the book of Revelation Jesus’ clothing and hair were described as being “white as snow.”
The whiteness of snow also symbolizes purity and cleanliness. For example, the statement that our “sins will be as white as snow” means that God will completely cleanse his people from their sins.
Some languages might refer to snow as “frozen rain” or “flakes of ice” or “frozen flakes.”
“Snow water” refers to the water that comes from melted snow.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(Translation suggestions: Translate Names

(See also: Lebanon, pure)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7949, H7950, H8517, G55100

sorcerer, sorceress, sorcery, sorceries, witchcraft, magician

Other :: sorcerer, sorceress, sorcery, sorceries, witchcraft, magician

Definition:

“Sorcery” or “witchcraft” refers to using magic, which involves doing powerful things through the help of evil spirits. A “sorcerer” is someone who does these powerful, magical things.

The use of magic and sorcery can involve both beneficial things (such as healing someone) and harmful things (such as putting a curse on someone). But all kinds of sorcery are wrong, because they use the power of evil spirits.
In the Bible, God says that the use of sorcery is as evil as other terrible sins (such as adultery, worshiping idols, and child sacrifice).
The terms “sorcery” and “witchcraft” could also be translated as “evil spirit power” or “casting spells.”
Possible ways to translated “sorcerer” could include “worker of magic” or “person who casts spells” or “person who does miracles using evil spirit power.”
Note that “sorcery” has a different meaning than the term “divination,” which refers to attempting to contact the spirit world.

(See also: adultery, demon, divination, false god, magic, sacrifice, worship)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3784, H3785, H3786, H6049, G30950, G30960, G30970, G53310, G53320, G53330

spear, spearmen

Other :: spear, spearmen

Definition:

A spear is a weapon with a long wooden handle and sharp metal blade on one end that is thrown a long distance.

Spears were commonly used for war in biblical times. They are sometimes still used in present-day conflicts between certain people groups.
A spear was used by a Roman soldier to pierce the side of Jesus while he hung on the cross.
Sometimes people throw spears to catch fish or other prey to eat.
Similar weapons are the “javelin” or “lance.”
Make sure that the translation of “spear” is different from the translation of “sword,” which is a weapon that is used for thrusting or stabbing, not throwing. Also, a sword has a long blade with a handle, while a spear has a small blade on the end of a long shaft.

(See also: prey, Rome, sword, warrior)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1265, H2595, H3591, H6767, H7013, H7420, G30570

splendor

Other :: splendor

Definition:

The term “splendor” refers to the extreme beauty and elegance that is often associated with wealth and a magnificent appearance.

Often splendor is used to describe the wealth that a king has, or how he looks in his expensive, beautiful finery.
The word “splendor” can also be used to describe the beauty of trees, mountains, and other things that God has created.
Certain cities are said to have splendor because of o their natural resources, elaborate buildings and roads, and the wealth of their people, which includes rich clothing, gold, and silver.
Depending on the context, this word could be translated as “magnificent beauty” or “amazing majesty” or “kingly greatness.”

(See also: glory, king, majesty)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1925, H1926, H1927, H1935, H2091, H2122, H2892, H3314, H3519, H6643, H7613, H8597

staff, clubs

Other :: staff, clubs

Definition:

A staff is a long wooden stick or rod, often used as a walking stick.

When Jacob was old, he used a staff to help him walk.
God turned Moses’ staff into a snake to show his power to Pharaoh.
Shepherds also used a staff to help guide their sheep, or to rescue the sheep when they fell or wandered.
The shepherd’s staff had a hook on the end, so it differed from the shepherd’s rod, which was straight and was used to kill wild animals that were trying to attack the sheep.

(See also: Pharaoh, power, sheep, shepherd)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4132, H4294, H4731, H4938, H6086, H6418, H7626, G25630, G35860, G44640

statute

Other :: statute

Definition:

A statute is a specific written law that provides guidance for people to live by.

The term “statute” is similar in meaning to “ordinance” and “command” and “law” and “decree.” All these terms involve instructions and requirements that God gives to his people or rulers give to their people.
King David said that he delighted himself in Yahweh’s statutes.
The term “statute” could also be translated as “specific command” or “special decree.”

(See also: command, decree, law, ordinance, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2706, H2708, H7010, G13450

storehouse

Other :: storehouse

Definition:

A “storehouse” is a large building that is used for keeping food or other things, often for a long time.

In the Bible a “storehouse” was usually used to store extra grain and other food to be used later when there was a famine.
This term was also used figuratively to refer to all the good things that God wants to give to his people.
The storehouses of the temple contained valuable things that had been dedicated to Yahweh, such as gold and silver. Some of these things used to repair and maintain the temple were also kept there.
Other ways to translate “storehouse” could include “a building for storing grain” or “place for keeping food” or “room for keeping valuable things safe.”

(See also: consecrate, dedicate, famine, gold, grain, silver, temple)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0214, H0618, H0624, H4035, H4200, H4543, G05960

strong drink

Other :: strong drink

Definition:

The term “strong drink” refers to drinks that have been fermented and have alcohol in them.

Alcoholic drinks are made from either grain or fruit and have undergone fermentation.
Kinds of “strong drink” include grape wine, palm wine, beer, and apple cider. In the Bible, grape wine was the most frequently mentioned strong drink.
Priests and anyone who took a special vow such as the “Nazirite vow” were not permitted to drink fermented drinks.
This term could also be translated as “fermented drink” or “alcoholic drink.”

(See also: grape, Nazirite, vow, wine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H5435, H7941, G46080

stronghold, fortifications, fortress, citadel

Other :: stronghold, fortifications, fortress, citadel

Definition:

The terms “stronghold” and “fortress” both refer to places that are well protected against an attack by enemy soldiers. A “citadel” is a fortress inside a city. The term “fortified” describes a city or other place that has been made safe from attack.

Often, strongholds and fortresses were manmade structures with defensive walls. They could also have been places with natural protective barriers such as rocky cliffs or high mountains.
People fortified strongholds by building thick walls or other structures that made it difficult for an enemy to break through.
“Stronghold” or “fortress” could be translated as “securely strong place” or “strongly protected place.”
The term “fortified city” could be translated as “securely protected city” or “strongly built city.”
Another figurative meaning for the term “stronghold” referred to something that someone wrongly trusted in for security, such as a false god or other thing that was worshiped instead of Yahweh. This could be translated as “false strongholds.”
This term should be translated differently from “refuge,” which emphasizes safety more than the concept of being fortified.

(See also: false god, false god, refuge, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0490, H0553, H0759, H1001, H1002, H1003, H1219, H1225, H2388, H4013, H4026, H4581, H4526, H4679, H4685, H4686, H4692, H4694, H4869, H5794, H5797, H5800, H6438, H6877, H7682, G37940, G39250

subject

Other :: subject

Facts:

Used in this sense, the term “subject” refers to being the topic or focus of something, such as in, “you will be the subject of ridicule.”

Depending on context, this sense of the word “subject” can be translated as “topic” or “topic of conversation” or “focus of conversation” or “theme.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

sulfur, sulfurous

Other :: sulfur, sulfurous

Definition:

Sulfur is a yellow substance that becomes a burning liquid when it is set on fire.

Sulfur also has a very strong smell that is like the odor of rotten eggs.
In the Bible, burning sulfur is a symbol of God’s judgment on ungodly and rebellious people.
During the time of Lot, God rained down fire and sulfur on the evil cities of Sodom and Gomorrah.
In some English Bible versions, sulfur is referred to as “brimstone,” which literally means “burning stone.”

Translation Suggestions:

Possible translations of this term could include “yellow stone that burns” or “burning yellowish rock.”

(See also: Gomorrah, judge, Lot, rebel, Sodom, godly)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1614, G23030

sweep

Other :: sweep

Facts:

To “sweep” usually means to remove dirt by making broad, quick movements with a broom or brush. “Swept” is the past tense of “sweep.” These words are also used figuratively.

The term “sweep” is used figuratively to describe how an army attacks with swift, decisive, wide-reaching movements.
For example, Isaiah prophesied that the Assyrians would “sweep through” the Kingdom of Judah. This means they would destroy Judah and capture its people.
The term “sweep” can also be used to describe the manner in which rapidly flowing water pushes things and forces them away.
When overwhelming, difficult things are happening to a person, it can be said that they are “sweeping over” him.

(See also: Assyria, Isaiah, Judah, prophet)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0622, H0857, H1640, H2498, H2894, H3261, H5500, H5595, H7857, G42160, G45630, G49510

sword, swordsmen

Other :: sword, swordsmen

Definition:

A sword is a flat-bladed metal weapon used to cut or stab. It has a handle and a long, pointed blade with a very sharp cutting edge.

In ancient times the length of a sword’s blade was about 60 to 91 centimeters.
Some swords have two sharp edges and are called “double-edged” or “two-edged” swords.
Jesus’ disciples had swords for self defense. With his sword, Peter cut off the ear of the high priest’s servant.
Both John the Baptist and the apostle James were beheaded with swords.

Translation Suggestions

A sword is used as a metaphor for God’s word. God’s teachings in the Bible exposed people’s innermost thoughts and convicted them of their sin. In a similar way, a sword cuts deeply, causing pain. (See: Metaphor
One way to translate this figurative use would be, “God’s word is like a sword, which cuts deeply and exposes sin.”
Another figurative use of this term occurred in the book of Psalms, where the tongue or speech of a person was compared to a sword, which can injure people. This could be translated as “the tongue is like a sword that can badly injure someone.”
If swords are not known in your culture, this word could be translated with the name of another long-bladed weapon that is used to cut or stab.
A sword could also be described as a “sharp weapon” or “long knife.” Some translations could include a picture of a sword.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0019, H1300, H2719, H4380, H6609, H7524, H7973, G31620, G45010

tax, tribute, taxation, taxpayers, tax collector,

Other :: tax, tribute, taxation, taxpayers, tax collector,

Definition:

The terms “tax” and “taxes” refer to money or goods that people pay to a government that is in authority over them. A “tax collector” was a government worker whose job was to receive money that people were required to pay the government in taxes.

The amount of money that is paid as a tax is usually based on the value of an item or on how much a person’s property is worth.
In the time of Jesus and and the apostles, the Roman government required taxes from everyone living in the Roman empire, including the Jews.
If taxes are not paid, the government can take legal action against a person to get the money that is owed.
Joseph and Mary traveled to Bethlehem to be counted in the census held to tax everyone living in the Roman empire.
The term “tax” could also be translated as “required payment” or “government money” or “temple money,” depending on the context.
To “pay taxes” could also be translated as to “pay money to the government” or “receive money for the government” or “make the required payment.” To “collect taxes” could be translated as to “receive money for the government.”
A “tax collector” is someone who works for the government and receives the money that people are required to pay it.
The people who collected taxes for the Roman government would often demand more money from the people than the government required. The tax collectors would keep the extra amount for themselves.
Because tax collectors cheated people in this way, the Jews considered them to be among the worst of sinners.
The Jews also considered Jewish tax collectors to be traitors to their own people because they worked for the Roman government which was oppressing the Jewish people.
The phrase, “tax collectors and sinners” was a common expression in the New Testament, showing how much the Jews despised tax collectors.

(See also: Jew, Rome, sin)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

34:6 He said, “Two men went to the Temple to pray. One of them was a tax collector, and the other was a religious leader.” 34:7 “The religious leader prayed like this, ‘Thank you, God, that I am not a sinner like other men—such as robbers, unjust men, adulterers, or even like that tax collector.’” 34:9 “But the tax collector stood far away from the religious ruler, did not even look up to heaven. Instead, he pounded on his chest and prayed, ‘God, please be merciful to me because I am a sinner.’” 34:10 Then Jesus said, “I tell you the truth, God heard the tax collector’s prayer and declared him to be righteous.” 35:1 One day, Jesus was teaching many tax collectors and other sinners who had gathered to hear him.

Word Data:

Tax: Strong’s: H2670, H4060, H4371, H4522, H4864, H6186, G13230, G27780, G50550, G54110
Tax Collector: Strong’s: H5065, H5674, G50570, G50580

tent of meeting

Other :: tent of meeting

Facts:

The term “tent of meeting” refers to a tent which was a temporary place where God met with Moses before the tabernacle was built.

The tent of meeting was set up outside the camp of the Israelites.
When Moses went into the tent of meeting to meet with God, a pillar of cloud would stand at the entrance to the tent as a sign of God’s presence there.
After the Israelites built the tabernacle, the temporary tent was no longer needed and the term “tent of meeting” was sometimes used to refer to the tabernacle.

(See also: Israel, Moses, pillar, tabernacle, tent)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

13:8 God gave the Israelites a detailed description of a tent he wanted them to make. It was called the Tent of Meeting, and it had two rooms, separated by a large curtain.
13:9 Anyone who disobeyed God’s law could bring an animal to the altar in front of the Tent of Meeting as a sacrifice to God.
14:8 God was very angry and came to the Tent of Meeting.
18:2 Instead of at the Tent of Meeting, people now worshiped God and offered sacrifices to him at the Temple.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0168, H4150

tent, tentmakers

Other :: tent, tentmakers

Definition:

A tent is a portable shelter made of sturdy fabric that is draped over a structure of poles and attached to them.

Tents can be small, with just enough space for a few people to sleep in, or they can be very large, with space for an entire family to sleep, cook, and live in.
For many people, tents are used as permanent dwelling places. For example, during most of the time that Abraham’s family lived in the land of Canaan, they dwelled in large tents constucted from sturdy cloth made of goat hair.
The Israelites also lived in tents during their forty-year wanderings through the desert of Sinai.
The tabernacle building was a kind of very large tent, with thick walls made of cloth curtains.
When the apostle Paul traveled to different cities to share the gospel, he supported himself by making tents.
The term “tents” is sometimes used figuratively to refer generally to where people live. This could also be translated as “homes” or “dwellings” or “houses” or even “bodies.” (See: synecdoche

(See also: Abraham, Canaan, curtain, Paul, Sinai, tabernacle, tent of meeting)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0167, H0168, H2583, H3407, H6898

tenth, tithe

Other :: tenth, tithe

Definition:

The terms “tenth” and “tithe” refer to “ten percent” or “one-out-of-ten portion” of one’s money, crops, livestock, or other possessions, which is given to God.

In the Old Testament, God instructed the Israelites to set aside a tenth of their belongings to give as an offering of thanksgiving to him.
This offering was used to support the Levite tribe of Israel who served the Israelites as priests and caretakers of the tabernacle and later, the temple.
In the New Testament, God does not require giving a tithe, but instead he instructs believers to generously and cheerfully help people in need and support the work of Christian ministry.
This could also be translated as “one-tenth” or “one out of ten.”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4643, H6237, H6241, G05860, G11810, G11830

terror, terrorize, terrify, dread, panic

Other :: terror, terrorize, terrify, dread, panic

Definition:

The term “terror” refers to a feeling of extreme or intense fear. To “terrify” someone means to cause that person to feel very afraid.

A “terror” is something or someone that causes great fear or dread. An example of a terror could be an attacking enemy army or a plague or disease that is widespread, killing many people.
These terrors can be described as “terrifying.” This term could be translated as “fear-causing” or “terror-producing.”
The judgment of God will someday cause terror in unrepentant people who reject his grace.
The “terror of Yahweh” could be translated as “the terrifying presence of Yahweh” or “the dreaded judgment of Yahweh” or “when Yahweh causes great fear.”
Ways to translate “terror” could also include “extreme fear” or “deep dread.”

(See also: adversary, fear, judge, plague, Yahweh)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0367, H0926, H0928, H1091, H1161, H1204, H1205, H1763, H2111, H2113, H2189, H2731, H2847, H2851, H2865, H3372, H3707, H4032, H4172, H4288, H4637, H6184, H6206, H6343, H6973, G16290, G16300, G22580, G44220, G44260, G54010

thorn, thorn bush, thistle

Other :: thorn, thorn bush, thistle

Facts:

Thorn bushes and thistles are plants that have prickly branches or flowers. These plants do not produce fruit or anything else that is useful.

A “thorn” is a hard, sharp growth on the branch or stem of a plant. A “thornbush” is a type of small tree or shrub that has many thorns on its branches.
A “thistle” is a plant with prickly stems and leaves. Often the flowers are purple.
Thorn and thistle plants multiply quickly and can cause nearby plants or crops to not be able to grow. This is a picture of how sin keeps a person from producing good spiritual fruit.
A crown made of twisted thorn branches was placed on Jesus’ head before he was crucified.
If possible, these terms should be translated by the names of two different plants or bushes that are known in the language area.

(See also: crown, fruit, spirit)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0329, H1863, H2312, H2336, H4534, H5285, H5518, H5544, H6791, H6796, H6975, H7063, H7898, G01730, G01740, G46470, G51460

threshold, doorway

Other :: threshold, doorway

Definition:

The term “threshold” refers to the bottom part of a doorway or the part of a building that is just inside the door.

Sometimes a threshold is a strip of wood or stone that must be stepped over in order to enter a room or building.
Both a gate and the opening to a tent can also have a threshold.
This term should be translated with a term in the project language that refers to the place at the very entrance to a home that a person steps across.
If there is no term for this, “threshold” could also be translated as “doorway” or “opening” or “entranceway,” depending on the context.

(See also: gate, tent)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4670, H5592

throne, enthroned

Other :: throne, enthroned

Definition:

A throne is a specially-designed chair where a ruler sits when he decides important matters and listens to requests from his people.

A throne is also a symbol of the authority and power that a ruler has.
The word “throne” can also be used to refer to the ruler, his reign, or his power.
In the Bible, God was often portrayed as a king who sits on his throne. Jesus was described as sitting on a throne at the right hand of God the Father.
Jesus said that heaven is God’s throne. One way to translate this could be, “where God reigns as king.”

(See also: authority, power, king, reign)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H3427, H3676, H3678, H3764, H7675, G09680, G23620

tradition

Other :: tradition

Definition:

The term “tradition” refers to a custom or practice that has been kept over time and which is passed down to people in later generations.

Often in the Bible the word “traditions” referred to teachings and practices that people made, not God’s laws. The expression “tradition of men” or “human tradition” makes this clear.
Phrases such as “traditions of the elders” or “traditions of my fathers” referred specifically to Jewish customs and practices that Jewish leaders over time had added to the laws God gave to the Israelites through Moses. Even though these added traditions had not come from God, people thought they had to obey them in order to be righteous.
The apostle Paul used the term “tradition” in a different way to refer to teachings about Christian practice that came from God and that he and other apostles had taught new believers.
In modern times, there are many Christian traditions that are not taught in the Bible, but rather are the result of historically accepted customs and practices. These traditions should always be evaluated in light of what God teaches us in the Bible.

(See also: apostle, believe, Christian, ancestor, generation, Jew, law, Moses)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: G38620

trample

Other :: trample

Definition:

To “trample” means to step on something and smash it with the feet. This term is also used figuratively in the Bible to mean “destroy” or “defeat” or “humiliate.”

An example of “trampling” would be the smashing down of grass by the feet of people running in a field…
In ancient times, wine was sometimes made by trampling grapes to remove the juice from them.
Sometimes the term to “trample” has a figurative meaning of to “punish by humiliating,” comparing it to trampling mud for a threshing floor.
The term “trample” was used figuratively to express how Yahweh would punish his people Israel for their pride and rebellion.
Other ways that “trample” could be translated include “crush with the feet” or “smash down with the feet” or “stomp on and crush” or “smash into the ground.”
Depending on the context, this term could also be translated

(See also: grape, shame, punish, rebel, thresh, wine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0947, H1758, H1869, H4001, H4823, H7429, H7512, G26620, G39610

tribute, contribution, fined

Other :: tribute, contribution, fined

Definition:

The term “tribute” refers to a gift from one ruler to another ruler, for the purpose of protection and for good relations between their nations. A tribute can also be a payment that a ruler or government requires from the people, such as a toll or tax.

In Bible times, traveling kings or rulers sometimes paid a tribute to the king of the region they were traveling through to make sure they would be protected and safe.
Often the tribute would include things besides money, such as foods, spices, rich clothing, and expensive metals such as gold.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, “tribute” could be translated as “official gifts” or “special tax” or “required payment.”

(See also: gold, king, ruler, tax)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1093, H4061, H4503, H4530, H4853, H6066, H7862, G54110

trumpet, trumpeters

Other :: trumpet, trumpeters

Definition:

The term “trumpet” refers to an instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting.

A trumpet was commonly made from either metal, seashell, or an animal horn.
Trumpets were most commonly blown to call people to come together for battle, and for Israel’s public assemblies.
The book of Revelation describes a scene in the end times in which angels blow their trumpets to signal the outpouring of the wrath of God on the earth.

(See also: angel, assembly, earth, horn, Israel, wrath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2689, H2690, H3104, H7782, H8619, H8643, G45360, G45370, G45380

tunic

Other :: tunic

Definition:

In the Bible, the term “tunic” referred to a garment that was worn next to the skin, under other clothing.

A tunic reached from the shoulders down to the waist or knees and was usually worn with a belt. Tunics worn by wealthy people sometimes had sleeves and reached down to the ankles.
Tunics were made of leather, haircloth, wool, or linen, and were worn by both men and women.
A tunic was normally worn under a longer over-garment, such as a toga or outer robe. In warmer weather a tunic was sometimes worn with no outer garment.
This term could be translated as “long shirt” or “long undergarment” or “shirt-like garment.” It could also be written in a similar way to “tunic,” with a note to explain what kind of clothing it was.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See Also: robe)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2243, H3801, H6361, G55090

veil, veiled, unveiled

Other :: veil, veiled, unveiled

Definition:

The term “veil” usually refers to a thin piece of cloth that is used as a head covering, to fully or partially cover the head or face.

Moses covered his face with a veil after he had been in the presence of Yahweh, so that the brightness of his face would be hidden from the people.
In the Bible, women wore a veil to cover their head, and often their face as well, when they were in public or in the presence of men.
The veils that women in the Bible wore over their face may have been made of thin material which could be partly seen through and may have only covered part of the face so that the women’s eyes were not covered.
The verb to “veil” means to cover something with a veil.
In some English versions, the word “veil” is used to refer to the thick curtain that covered the entrance into the most holy place. But “curtain” is a better term in that context, since it refers to a heavy, thick piece of cloth.

Translation Suggestions

The term “veil” could also be translated as “thin cloth covering” or “cloth covering” or “head covering” or “head covering.”
In some cultures, there may already be a term for a veil for women. It may be necessary to find a different word when it is used for Moses.

(See also: Moses)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H4304, H4533, H4555, H6777, H6809, H7196, H7479, G03430, G25710, G25720

vineyard, vineyards

Other :: vineyard, vineyards

Definition:

A vineyard is a large garden area where grapevines are grown and grapes are cultivated.

A vineyard often has a wall around it to protect the fruit from thieves and animals.
God compared the people of Israel to a vineyard that did not bear good fruit. (See: Metaphor
Vineyard could be also translated as “grapevine garden” or “grape plantation.”

(See also: grape, Israel, vine)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1612, H3754, H3755, H8284, G02900

virgin, virginity

Other :: virgin, virginity

Definition:

A virgin is a woman who has never had sexual relations.

The prophet Isaiah said that the Messiah would be born from a virgin.
Mary was a virgin when she was pregnant with Jesus. He did not have a human father.
Some languages may have a term that is a polite way of referring to a virgin. (See: Euphemism

(See also: Christ, Isaiah, Jesus, Mary)

Bible References:

Examples from the Bible stories:

21:9 The prophet Isaiah prophesied that the Messiah would be born from a virgin.
22:4 She (Mary) was a virgin and was engaged to be married to a man named Joseph.
22:5 Mary replied, “How can this be, since I am a virgin?”
49:1 An angel told a virgin named Mary that she would give birth to God’s Son. So while she was still a virgin, she gave birth to a son and named him Jesus.

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1330, H1331, G39320, G39330

vision, envision

Other :: vision, envision

Facts:

The term “vision” refers to something that a person sees. It especially refers to something unusual or supernatural that God shows people in order to give them a message.

Usually, visions are seen while the person is awake. However, sometimes a vision is something a person sees in a dream while asleep.
God sends visions to tell people something that is very important. For example, Peter was shown a vision to tell him that God wanted him to welcome Gentiles.

Translation Suggestion

The phrase “saw a vision” could be translated as “saw something unusual from God” or “God showed him something special.”
Some languages may not have separate words for “vision” and “dream.” So a sentence such as “Daniel had dreams and visions in his mind” could be translated as something like “Daniel was dreaming while asleep and God caused him to see unusual things.”

(See also: dream)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2376, H2377, H2378, H2380, H2384, H4236, H4758, H4759, H7203, H7723, H8602, G37010, G37050, G37060

wadi

Other :: wadi

Definition:

The term “wadi” refers to a seasonal stream, seasonal river, or a valley that is a stream bed during part of the year.

A “wadi” has water in it part of the year and is dry for part of the year.
When a “wadi” has water in it, the amount of water that it has in it depends on what time of year it is and how much rain the area has received as well as how big the wadi is.

Translation Suggestions:

Ways to translate “wadi” could include “seasonal stream” or “seasonal stream bed” or “river basin” or “river bed”

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s:

waste, wasted, wasteland, becomes weak

Other :: waste, wasted, wasteland, becomes weak

Definition:

To waste something means to carelessly throw it away or to use it unwisely. Something that is a “wasteland” or a “waste” refers to land or a city that has been destroyed so that nothing lives in it anymore.

The term “waste away” is an expression that means to become more and more sick or ruined. A person who is wasting away usually becomes very thin due to illness or lack of food.
To “lay waste” to a city or land means to destroy it.
Another word for a “wasteland” could be “desert” or “wilderness.” But a wasteland also implies that people used to live there and the land used to have trees and plants that produced food.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0535, H1086, H1104, H1326, H2100, H2490, H2522, H2717, H2721, H2723, H3615, H3856, H4127, H4198, H4592, H4743, H5307, H5327, H7334, H7582, H7703, H7736, H7843, H8047, H8074, H8077, H8414, G06840, G12870, G20490, G26730

watch (biblical time)

Other :: watch (biblical time)

Definition:

In biblical times, a “watch” was a period of time at night during which a watchman or guard for a city would be on duty looking out for any danger from an enemy.

In the Old Testament, the Israelites had three watches which were called “beginning” (sunset to 10 PM), “middle” (10 PM to 2 AM), and “morning” (2 AM to sunrise) watches.
In the New Testament, the Jews followed the Roman system and had four watches, named simply “first” (sunset to 9 PM), “second” (9 PM to 12 midnight), “third” (12 midnight to 3 AM), and “fourth” (3 AM to sunrise) watches.
These could also be translated with more general expressions such as “late evening” or “middle of the night” or “very early in the morning,” depending on which watch is being referred to.

(See also: watch)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0821, G54380

watchtower, tower

Other :: watchtower, tower

Definition:

The term “watchtower” refers to a tall structure built as a place from which guards could look out for any danger. These towers were often made of stone.

Landowners sometimes built watchtowers from which they could guard their crops and protect them from being stolen.
The towers often included rooms where the watchmen or family lived, so that they could guard the crops day and night.
Watchtowers for cities were built higher than the city walls so that watchmen could see if any enemies were coming to attack the city.
The term “watchtower” is also used as a symbol of protection from enemies. (See: Metaphor

(See also: adversary, watch)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0803, H0971, H0975, H1785, H2918, H4026, H4029, H4692, H4707, H4869, H6076, H6438, H6836, G44440

week

Other :: week

Definition:

The term “week” literally refers to a period of time lasting seven days.

In the Jewish system of counting time, a week begins at sunset on Saturday and ends at sunset the following Saturday.
In the Bible, the term “week” is sometimes used figuratively to refer to a group of seven units of time, such as seven years.
The “Festival of Weeks” is a celebration of harvest that takes place seven weeks after Passover. It is also called “Pentecost.”

(See also: Pentecost)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H7620, G45210

wheat

Other :: wheat

Definition:

Wheat is a type of grain that people grow for food. When the Bible mentions “grain” or “seeds,” it is often talking about wheat grain or seeds.

The wheat seeds or grains grow at the top of the wheat plant.
After harvesting the wheat, the grain is separated from the stalk of the plant by threshing it. The stalk of the wheat plant is also called “straw” and is often placed on the ground for animals to sleep on.
After threshing, the chaff surrounding the grain seed is separated from the grain by winnowing and is thrown away.
People grind the wheat grain into flour, and use this for making bread.

(See also: barley, chaff, grain, seed, thresh, winnow)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1250, H2406, G46210

winepress

Other :: winepress

Definition:

During Bible times, a “winepress” was a large container or open place where the juice of grapes was extracted in order to make wine.

In Israel, winepresses were usually large, wide basins that were dug out of solid rock. Clusters of grapes were put on the flat bottom of the hole and people trampled the grapes with their feet to get the grape juice to flow out.
Usually a winepress had two levels, with the grapes being trampled in the top level so that the juice would run down into the lower level where it could be collected.
The term “winepress” is also used figuratively in the Bible as a picture of God’s wrath being poured out on wicked people. (See: Metaphor

(See also: grape, wrath)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H1660, H3342, H6333, G30250, G52760

winnow, sift

Other :: winnow, sift

Definition:

The terms “winnow” and “sift” mean to separate grain from unwanted materials. In the Bible, both words can also be used to refer to separating or dividing people.

To “winnow” means to separate grain from the unwanted parts of the plant by tossing both the grain and chaff into the air, allowing the wind to blow the chaff away.
The word “sift” refers to shaking the winnowed grain in a sieve to get rid of any remaining unwanted materials, such as dirt or stones.
In the Old Testament, “winnow” and “sift” are used figuratively to describe hardship that separates the righteous people from the unrighteous people.
Jesus also used the term “sift” in this figurative way when he was telling Simon Peter about how he and the other disciples would be tested in their faith.
To translate these terms, use the words or phrases in the project language that refer to these activities; possible translations might be “shaking” or “fanning.” If winnowing or sifting are not known, then these terms could be translated by a term that refers to a different method of separating grain from chaff or dirt, or by describing this process.

(See also: How to Translate Unknowns

(See also: chaff, grain)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2219, H5128, H5130, G44250, G46170

wise men, advisor

Other :: wise men, advisor

Definition:

The term “wise men” simply means people who are wise. In the Bible, however, the term “wise men” often refers to men with unusual knowledge and abilities who served in a king’s royal court as advisors to the king or other high officials.

Old Testament

Sometimes the term “wise men” is explained in the text as “prudent men” or “men with understanding.” This refers to men who act wisely and righteously because they obey God.
The “wise men” who served pharaohs or other kings were often scholars who studied the stars, especially looking for special meanings for the patterns that the stars made in their positions in the sky. Sometimes “wise men” also practiced divination of performed acts of magic, probably by the power of evil spirits.
Often wise men were expected to explain the meanings of dreams. For example, King Nebuchadnezzar demanded that his wise men describe his dreams and tell him what they meant, but none of them was able to do this, except Daniel who had received this knowledge from God.

New Testament

The group of men who came from eastern regions to worship Jesus were called “magi,” which is often translated as “wise men,” since this probably refers to scholars who served a ruler of an eastern country.

Translation Suggestions:

Depending on the context, the term “wise men” could be translated using the term “wise” or with a phrase such as “gifted men” or “educated men” or some other term that refers to men who have an important job working for a ruler.
When the term “wise men” simply means people who are wise, the word “wise” should be translated in the same or similar way to how it is translated elsewhere in the Bible.

(See also: Babylon, Daniel, divination, magic, Nebuchadnezzar, ruler, wise)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2445, H2450, H3778, H3779, G46800

wolf, wild dogs

Other :: wolf, wild dogs

Definition:

A wolf is a fierce, meat-eating animal that is similar to a wild dog.

Wolves usually hunt in groups and stalk their prey in a clever and stealthy manner.
In the Bible, the term “wolves” is used figuratively to refer to false teachers or false prophets who destroy believers, who are compared to sheep. False teaching causes people to believe wrong things that bring harm to them.
This comparison is based on the fact that sheep are especially vulnerable to being attacked and eaten by wolves, because they are weak and cannot defend themselves.

Translation Suggestion

This term could be translated as “wild dog” or “wild animal.”
Other names for wild dogs could be “jackal” or “coyote.”
When used figuratively to refer to people, this could be translated as “evil people who harm people like animals that attack sheep.”

(See also: evil, false prophet, sheep, teach)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2061, H3611, G30740

womb

Other :: womb

Definition:

The term “womb” refers to where a baby grows inside its mother.

This is an older term that is sometimes used in order to be polite and less direct. (See: euphemism
A more modern term for womb is “uterus.”
Some languages use a word like “belly” to refer to a woman’s womb or uterus.
Use a word for this in the project language that is well-known, natural, and acceptable.

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H0990, H4578, H7356, H7358, G10640, G28360, G33880

yeast, leaven, unleavened

Other :: yeast, leaven, unleavened

Definition:

“Leaven” is a general term for a substance that causes bread dough to expand and rise. “Yeast” is a specific kind of leaven.

In some English translations, the word for leaven is translated as “yeast,” which is a modern leavening agent that fills the bread dough with gas bubbles, making the dough expand before baking it. The yeast is kneaded into the dough so that it spreads throughout the entire lump of dough.
In Old Testament times, the leavening or rising agent was produced by allowing the dough to sit for awhile. Small amounts of dough from a previous batch of dough were saved as leavening for the next batch.
When the Israelites escaped from Egypt, they didn’t have time to wait for bread dough to rise, so they made bread without leaven to take with them on their journey. As a reminder of this, every year the Jewish people celebrate Passover by eating bread that has no leaven in it.
The term “leaven” or “yeast” is used figuratively in the Bible as a picture of how sin spreads through a person’s life or how sin can influence other people.
It can also refer to false teaching which often spreads to many people and influences them.
The term “leaven” is also used in a positive way to explain how the influence of God’s kingdom spreads from person to person.

Translation Suggestions

This could be translated as “leaven” or “substance that causes dough to rise” or “expanding agent.” The word “rise” could be expressed as “expand” or “get bigger” or “puff up.”
If a local leavening agent is used for making bread dough rise, that term can be used. If the language has a well-known, general term that means “leavening,” this would be the best term to use.

(See also: Egypt, Passover, unleavened bread)

Bible References:

Word Data:

Strong’s: H2556, H2557, H4682, H7603, G01060, G22190, G22200

أرض

Other :: أرض

التعريف:

تعبير “أرض“ يُشير إلى العالم الذي يعيش فيه الإنسان والكائنات الحيّة الأخرى. في الكتاب المقدّس، يُمكن أن يُشير هذا التعبير عندما يُستخدم بطريقة عامّة إلى اليابسة والتربة، أو يُمكن أن يُشير عندما يُستخدم بطريقة محدّدة، إلى منطقة جغرافيّة معيّنة، وعادة ما تكون دولة أو بلدًا.

غالبًا ما يقترن تعبير “أرض“ بتعبير “سماء“، كطريقة للإشارة إلى مسكن الجنس البشريّ على الأرض مقارنة بمسكن الله في السماء.
عادة ما يُشير تعبير “أرض“ إلى وطن أو بلاد عندما يُقترن باسم شعب ما للدلالة على دولة أو إقليم ذلك الشعب، مثل “أرض كنعان“
يُستخدم تعبير “أرضيّ“ أحيانًا للإشارة إلى أشياء ملموسة و/أو ظاهرة على نقيض الأشياء غير الملموسة و/أو غير الظاهرة والمرئيّة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير بالكلمة أو العبارة التي تستخدمها اللغة المحلّيّة أو اللغات الوطنيّة المجاورة للإشارة إلى كوكب الأرض الذي نعيش عليه.
بالاعتماد على السياق، يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “أرض“ إلى “عالم“ أو “دولة“ أو “تربة“.
قد تتضمّن طُرق ترجمة كلمة “أرضيّ“ معنى “جسديّ“ أو “أشياء من هذه الأرض“ أو “مرئيّ وظاهر“.

أسّس، أساس، تأسيس

Other :: أسّس، أساس، تأسيس

التعريف:

عند استخدام الفعل ”يؤسّس” بهذا المعنى، يعني البناء أو الإنشاء أو وضع الأساس. وتعني عبارة ”أُسِّسَ على” مدعومٌ أو مُرتكِز على. ”الأساس” هو قاعدة الدعم التي يُبنى أو يُنشأ عليها شيء ما.

يجب أن يكون أساس المنزل أو المبنى قويًّا وموثوقًا به لدعم البناء بأكمله.
يمكن أن يشير تعبير ”الأساس” أيضًا إلى بداية شيء ما أو إلى الوقت الذي تمّ فيه إنشاء شيء ما لأوّل مرّة.
كان ”حجر الأساس” حجرًا تمّ وضعه كجزء من الأساس. تمّ اختبار هذه الأحجار للتأكّد من أنّها قويّة بما يكفي لدعم مبنىً كاملًا.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”قبل تأسيس العالم” على أنّها ”قبل إنشاء العالم” أو ”قبل الوقت الذي وُجِد فيه العالم” أو ”قبل إنشاء كلّ شيء.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”أسّس على” على أنّه ”مبنيّ بشكل آمن” أو ”يعتمد بقوّة على.”
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”أساس” على أنّها ”قاعدة قويّة” أو ”دعم متين” أو ”بداية” أو ”إنشاء.”

(انظر أيضًا: حجر الزاوية، خليقة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0134، H0787، H2713، H3245، H3247، H3248، H4143، H4144، H4146، H4328، H4349، H4527، H8356، G23100، G23110، G26020

ألم، تألّم، مشقّة، ضيق

Other :: ألم، تألّم، مشقّة، ضيق

التعريف:

يُشير تعبيرا ”ألم” و”مشقّة” إلى اختبار شيء بغيض جدًّا، مثل المرض أو الوجع أو المصاعب الأخرى.

عندما يتعرّض الناس للاضطهاد أو عندما يمرضون فإنّهم يعانون ويتألّمون.
يتألّم الناس أحيانًا بسبب الأشياء الخاطئة التي ارتكبوها، وفي أحيانٍ أخرى يتألّمون بسبب الخطيئة والمرض اللذين في العالم.
يُمكن أن يكون التألّم جسديًّا، مثل الشعور بالوجع أو المرض، ويُمكن أن يكون أيضًا عاطفيًّا، مثل الشعور بالخوف أو الحزن أو الوحدة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”تألُّم” إلى ”الشعور بالوجع” أو ”تحمّل المشقّة” أو ”اختبار الصعاب” أو ”مواجهة اختبارات صعبة وموجعة”.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”مشقّة” إلى ”ظروف صعبة للغاية” أو ”مصاعب شديدة” أو ”اختبار الصعوبات” أو ”وقت اختبارات مؤلمة”.

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

9: 13 قال الله: “إنّي قد رأيت مشقّات شعبي“.
38: 12 صلّى يسوع ثلاث مرّات قائلًا: “يا أبتاه، إن كان ممكنًا لا تدعني أشرب كأس الألم هذا“.
42: 3 “ذكّرهم (يسوع) بأنّ الأنبياء قالوا إنّ المسيّا سيتألّم ويموت ويقوم من بين الأموات في اليوم الثالث“.
42: 7 قال يسوع: “مكتوب منذ زمان طويل أنّه لا بدّ أن يتألّم المسيّا ويموت ويقوم من بين الأموات في اليوم الثالث“.
44: 5 مع أنّكم لم تعرفوا ماذا كنتم تفعلون، إلّا أنّ الله استخدم أعمالكم ليتمّم النبوَّات التي تقول إنّ المسيح سيتألّم ويموت.
46: 4 قال الله: “اخترت (شاول) ليُعلن اسمي لغير المخلّصين، وسأريه كم يجب أن يتألّم من أجلي.
50: 17 وسيمسح (يسوع) كلّ دمعة، ولن يكون هناك ألم أو حزن أو بكاء أو شرّ أو وجع أو موت فيما بعد.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0943, H1741, H1934, H4531, H5142, H5375, H5999, H6031, H6040, H6041, H6064, H6090, H6770, H6869, H6887, H7661, G00910, G09410, G09710, G22100, G23460, G23470, G25520, G25530, G25610, G38040, G39580, G43100, G47780, G47770, G48410, G50040

أمّة، شعب، أمم، شعوب

Other :: أمّة، شعب، أمم، شعوب

التعريف:

الأمّة هي مجموعة كبيرة من الناس يحكمها شكل من أشكال السُلطة أو الحكومة. في أحيان كثيرة يتشارك شعب أمّة الأسلاف ذاتهم ويكون لهم عِرق مشترك.

عادةً ما يكون لدى “الأمّة“ ثقافة وحدود إقليميّة محدّدة بوضوح.
في الكتاب المقدّس، يمكن أن تكون “الأمّة“ دولة (مثل مصر أو إثيوبيا)، ولكنّها غالبًا ما تكون أكثر عموميّة وتشير إلى مجموعة من الناس، خاصّة عند استخدامها بصيغة الجمع، وهنا يصبح أمرًا مهمًّا التحقّق من السياق.
الأمم في الكتاب المقدّس تشمل بني إسرائيل، والفلسطينيّين، والآشوريّين، والبابليّين، والكنعانيّين، والرومان، واليونانيّين، وغيرهم الكثير من الأمم الأخرى.
في بعض الأحيان كانت كلمة “أمّة“ تُستخدم مجازيًّا للإشارة إلى سَلَف أو جدّ مجموعة معيّنة من الناس، كما هو الحال عندما أخبر الله رفقة بأنّ ابنيها اللذان لم يولدا بعد سيكونان ”أمّتين” وسيقاتل أحدهما الآخر. يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”مؤسِّسا أمّتين أو شعبين” أو ”جدّا مجموعتين من الناس.”
الكلمة المُتَرجمة على أنّها ”أمّة”، كانت تُستَخدم أحيانًا للإشارة إلى ”الأمم” أو إلى الأشخاص الذين لا يعبدون الربّ. السياق هو عادةً ما يجعل المعنى واضحًا.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بحسب السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”أمّة” على أنّها ”مجموعة أو عِرق” أو ”شعب” أو ”بلد/دولة”.
إذا كان تعبير كلمة ”أمّة” في لغة ما يختلف عن هذه التعابير الأخرى، فيمكن استخدام هذا التعبير حيثما يوجَد أو يظهر في نصّ الكتاب المقدّس، طالما أنّه طبيعيّ ودقيق في كلّ سياق.
غالبًا ما يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”الأمم” (وهو الجمع لكلمة أمّة) على أنّه شعوب أو أعراق معيّنة”.
في سياقات محدّدة، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”الأمم الوثنيّة” أو ”غير اليهود”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0523, H0524, H0776, H1471, H3816, H4940, H5971, G02460, G10740, G10850, G14840

أهل البيت، بيت

Other :: أهل البيت، بيت

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”أهل البيت” إلى جميع الأشخاص الذين يعيشون معًا في بيت واحد، بمن فيهم أفراد العائلة وجميع الخُدَّام.

عند استخدام تعبير ”بيت” بهذا السياق، فيمكن أن يعني ”أهل البيت”، ويُشير إلى جميع الأشخاص الذين يعيشون معًا في بيت واحد، أو في مجمّع متعدّد الأبنية (إن كانت أبنية أو خيم)، بما في ذلك أفراد العائلة وخُدّامهم.
تدبير أهل البيت قد يشمل توجيه الخُدَّام والاعتناء بالبناء أيضًا.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، قد تُترجم كلمة ”بيت” إلى ”أهل البيت” أو ”العائلة”.
اعتمادًا على السياق، عبارة ”أهل بيتك” قد تُترجم إلى ”هؤلاء الذين يعيشون في منزلك” أو ”عائلتك”.

(انظر أيضًا: بناء سكنيّ، نسل العائلة_أمّة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

إكليل، تاج، مُكلّل

Other :: إكليل، تاج، مُكلّل

التعريف:

التاج/الإكليل هو قطعة دائريّة مزخرفة توضع على رأس الحُكّام مثل الملوك والملكات. وتعني كلمة ”يتوّج” وضع التاج على رأس شخص ما؛ ويعني ذلك مجازيًّا ”التكريم”.

عادةً ما تكون التيجان مصنوعة من الذهب أو الفضّة، ومرصّعة بالأحجار الكريمة مثل الزمرّد والياقوت.
كان المقصود من التاج أن يكون رمزًا لقوّة الملك وثروته.
وعلى النقيض من ذلك، فإنّ التاج أو الإكليل المصنوع من أغصان الشوك الذي وضعه الجنود الرومان على رأس يسوع كان يهدف إلى السخرية منه وإيذائه.
في العصور القديمة، كان الفائزون في المسابقات الرياضيّة يحصلون على إكليل مصنوع من أغصان الزيتون. ويذكر بولس الرسول هذا الإكليل في رسالته الثانية إلى تيموثاوس.
إنّ كلمة ”تتويج” تعني مجازيًّا تكريم شخص ما. فنحن نكرّم الله بطاعته وتمجيده أمام الآخرين. وهذا يشبه وضع التاج له والاعتراف بأنّه ملك.
يدعو بولس المؤمنين الآخرين ”سروره وإكليله”. وفي هذا التعبير، يُستخدم ”الإكليل” مجازيًّا ليعني أنّ بولس قد نال بركة عظيمة وشرفًا عظيمًا بسبب بقاء هؤلاء المؤمنين مخلصين في خدمة الله.
عندما يكون السياق مجازيًّا، يمكن ترجمة ”تاج/إكليل” إلى ”جائزة” أو ”شرف” أو ”مكافأة”.
يمكن ترجمة الاستخدام المجازيّ لكلمة ”تاج/إكليل” إلى ”تكريم” أو ”تزيين”.
إذا تمّ ”تتويج” شخص ما، فيمكن ترجمة ذلك على أنّه ”تمّ وضع تاج على رأسه”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”مكلّلًا بالمجد والكرامة” إلى ”مُنِحَ المجد والكرامة” أو ”أُعطِيَ المجد والكرامة” أو ”لقد وُهِبَ المجد والكرامة”.

(انظر أيضًا: المجد، ملك، زيتون)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3803, H3804, H5145, H5849, H5850, H6936, G12380, G47350, G47370

ابتهجَ، مُبتهج، ابتهاج، طروب

Other :: ابتهجَ، مُبتهج، ابتهاج، طروب

التعريف:

يشير التعبيران “ابتهجَ“ و“مُبتهج“ إلى كون الشخص سعيدًا للغاية بسبب تحقيقه نجاح ما أو نيله برَكة خاصّة.

يتضمّن “الابتهاج“ شعورًا بالاحتفال بشيء رائع.
يمكن للإنسان أن يفرح ويبتهج بصلاح الله.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”يبتهج” على أنّه ”يحتفل بفرح” أو ”يسبّح ويحمد بفرح عظيم.”
بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”مُبهج” على أنّه ”حمد وتسبيح بانتصار”.

(انظر أيضًا: فرح، يسبّح ويحمد، يفرح)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5539, H5947, H5970

استرحم، يسأل، يتضرّع، يتوسّل، طِلبة، يطلب إلى

Other :: استرحم، يسأل، يتضرّع، يتوسّل، طِلبة، يطلب إلى

حقائق:

يشير التعبيران ”يتوسّل” و”يسأل/يتضرّع” إلى السعي وراء شخص ما ومطالبته على وجه السرعة بفعل شيء ما، فالطِلبة أو المناشدة هي سؤال وتضرّع عاجلين.

غالبًا ما تتضمّن الطِلبة أو التوسّل معنى أنّ الشخص يشعر باحتياج شديد أو يرغب بشدّة في الحصول على المساعدة.
يمكن للناس أن يتوسّلوا أو يوجّهوا نداءً عاجلًا إلى الله طلبًا للرحمة أو ليسألوه أن يمنحهم شيئًا ما، سواء كان لأنفسهم أو لشخص آخر.
يُمكن أن تشمل طُرق أخرى لترجمة هذا التعبير ”التوسّل/الترجّي” أو ”التضرّع” أو ”السؤال على وجه السرعة.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”يتوسّل” على أنّه ”طلب عاجل” أو ”حثّ قويّ”.
احرص على أن يكون سياق هذا التعبير لا يشير إلى التوسّل من أجل المال.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1777, H2603, H3198, H4941, H4994, H6279, H6293, H6664, H6419, H7378, H7379, H7775, H8199, H8467, H8469, G11890, G17930, G20650, G38700

اضطراب، قَلَق، أزعجَ، تحريض، ضيق، مشقَّة، بليَّة

Other :: اضطراب، قَلَق، أزعجَ، تحريض، ضيق، مشقَّة، بليَّة

التعريف:

”الضيق/المشقَّة” هو تجربة في الحياة تكون صعبة جدًّا ومؤلمة. أن ”تُقلق” شخصًا ما يعني ”مضايقته” أو التسبَّب له في كرب نفسيّ. الشعور ”بالاضطراب” يعني أن تكون قلقًا أو متألِّمًا بسبب شيء ما.

البليَّة يمكن أن تكون أمورًا جسديَّة أو عاطفيَّة أو روحيَّة تؤذي الشخص.
في الكتاب المقدَّس، غالبًا ما تكون الضيقات أوقاتًا من الاختبار التي يستخدمها الله لمساعدة المؤمنين على النضوج والنموِّ في إيمانهم.
في العهد القديم، كانت كلمة ”البليَّة” تشير أيضًا إلى الدينونة التي كانت تحلّ على جماعات الناس غير الأخلاقيَّة والتي رفضت الله.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير “ضيقة“ أو “مشقَّات“ إلى “خطر“ أو “أشياء مؤلمة تحدث“ أو “اضطهاد“ أو “تجارب صعبة“.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “مضطرب“ أو “منزعج“ بكلمة أو عبارة تعني “المرور بضيق“ أو “الشعور بضيق شديد“ أو “قَلِق“ أو “مهموم“ أو “مذعور“ أو “متضايق“.
عبارة “لا تقلقها“ يمكن أيضًا أن تترجم إلى “لا تضايقها“ أو “لا تنتقدها“.
عبارة “يَوْمِ الضِّيقِ“ أو “وقت الضيق“ يُمكن أن تُترجم إلى “عندما تختبر البليَّة“ أو “عندما تحدث لك أشياء صعبة“ أو “عندما يُسبِّب الله أشياء مقلقة“.
قد تتضمَّن طُرق ترجمة “يسبِّب الاضطراب“: “يتسبَّب في حدوث أشياء مقلقة“ أو “التسبّب بالصعاب“ أو “يجعلهم يختبرون أشياء صعبة جدًّا“.
أوصى يسوع تلاميذه قائلًا: “لاَ تَضْطَرِبْ قُلُوبُكُمْ“، وقد أراد بهذه العبارة طمأنتهم.

(انظر أيضًا: ابتلى، اضطهد)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0205, H0926, H0927, H1204, H1607, H1644, H1804, H2000, H4103, H5916, H5999, H6031, H6040, H6470, H6696, H6862, H6869, H6887, H7264, H7267, H7451, H7489, H8513, G03870, G16130, G17760, G23460, G23470, G23500, G23600, G28730, G36360, G39260, G39300, G39860, G44230, G46600, G50150, G51820

التعقُّل، عاقل، التعفّف، ضبط النفس

Other :: التعقُّل، عاقل، التعفّف، ضبط النفس

التعريف:

التعقُّل هو القدرة على التحكّم في سلوكنا الشخصيّ من أجل تجنّب الوقوع في الخطيئة.

يشير التعقُّل إلى السلوك الجيّد، أي تجنّب الأفكار والأقوال والأفعال الخاطئة.
التعقّل/التعفّف هو ثمرة أو سمة يمنحها الروح القدس للمسيحيّين.
يُعتَبَر الشخص المتعقُّل شخصًا قادرًا على منع ذاته من أن يفعل شيئًا خاطئًا مع أنّهُ يرغب في أن يفعلهُ. إنّ الله هو الذي يمكّن الشخص من التعقّل.

(انظر أيضًا: ثمر، الروح القدس)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H4623, H7307, G01920, G01930, G14660, G14670, G14680, G49970

الخيل، الفرس

Other :: الخيل، الفرس

التعريف:

الخيل هو حيوان كبير ذو أربعة أطراف كان يُستخدم في زمن الكتاب المقدَّس بشكل رئيسيٍّ في الحروب ونقل الأشخاص.

كانت بعض الخيول تُستخدم لجرِّ العربات أو المركبات، بينما كانت خيول أخرى تُستخدم لركوب الفرسان الفرديِّين.
في الكتاب المقدَّس، كانت تُعتبر الخيل من الممتلكات الثمينة ومقياسًا للثروة والغِنى، خاصَّة بسبب استخدامها في الحروب. على سبيل المثال، كان جزء من ثروة الملك سليمان العظيمة الآلاف من الخيول والمركبات التي امتلكها.
من الحيوانات التي تشبه الخيل هي الحمار والبغل.
غالبًا ما يوضع للخيل لجام وحزام على رأسها حتَّى يكون من السهل توجيهها وقيادتها.

(انظر أيضًا: مركبة، الأتان، سليمان)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0047, H5483, H5484, H6571, H7409, G24620

السبي، مسبيّون، المنفى، منفيّ

Other :: السبي، مسبيّون، المنفى، منفيّ

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”السبي/المنفى” إلى إجبار الناس على العيش في مكان ما بعيدًا عن وطنهم.

عادةً ما يتمّ إرسال الأشخاص إلى المنفى للعقاب أو لأسباب سياسيّة.
يمكن أن يؤخَذ شعب مهزوم ومقهور من قبل المُحتلّ إلى المنفى إلى بلد الجيش المُحتَلّ من أجل أن يعمل ذلك الشعب لصالح المُحتلّ.
”السبي البابليّ” (أو ”السبي”) هي فترة زمنيّة في تاريخ الكتاب المقدّس عندما تمّ أخذْ العديد من المواطنين اليهود الموجودين في مملكة يهوذا من منازلهم وإجبارهم على العيش في بابل، وقد استمرّ السبي البابليّ مدّة 70 عامًا.
تشير كلمة “المسبيّون“ إلى الأشخاص الذين يعيشون في السبي أو المنفى، بعيدًا عن وطنهم.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”أن يسبي” على أنّه ”يُبعد” أو ”يُقصي ويَطرُد” أو ”ينفي ويُرحّل”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”السبي” بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”الفترة الزمنيّة للإبعاد أو الترحيل” أو ”المدّة الزمنيّة للنفي” أو ”الوقت الذي انقضى على الغياب القسريّ” أو ”عدد سنوات النفي والتغريب”.
طُرُق ترجمة ”المسبيّين” يمكن أن تشمل ”الأشخاص المنفيّين” أو ”الأشخاص الذين تمّ إبعادهم وترحيلهم” أو ”الأشخاص المسبيّين إلى بابل”.

(انظر أيضًا: بابل، يهوذا)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1123, H1473, H1540, H1541, H1546, H1547, H3212, H3318, H5080, H6808, H7617, H7622, H8689, G39270

الضيق

Other :: الضيق

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”الضيق” إلى وقت من المشقّة والمعاناة والشِدّة.

تمّ تفسير ذلك في العهد الجديد بأنّ المسيحيّين سوف يتحمّلون أوقات الاضطهاد وأنواعًا أخرى من الضيقات لأنّ العديد من الناس في هذا العالم يعارضون تعاليم يسوع.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”الضيق” على أنّه ”وقت من المعاناة الشديدة” أو ”الضيق العميق” أو ”الصعوبات الشديدة.”

(انظر أيضًا: الأرض، تعليم، غضب)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H6869, G23470, G44230

العهارة، فسق

Other :: العهارة، فسق

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”العهارة” إلى النشاط الجنسيّ الذي يحدث خارج علاقة الزواج بين رجل وامرأة، ويعتبر ذلك ضدّ خطّة الله، وتسمّيه نسخ الكتاب المقدّس القديمة ”الفسق.”

يمكن أن يشير هذا التعبير إلى أيّ نوع من النشاط الجنسيّ الذي يتعارض مع إرادة الله، بما في ذلك الأفعال المثليّة الجنسيّة والموادّ الإباحيّة.
هنالك نوع من أنواع العهارة/الفسق وهو الزنا، ويُعتبَر بأنّهُ النشاط الجنسيّ بين شخص متزوّج/متزوّجة وشخصًا آخر ليس زوجًا/زوجة لذلك الشخص.
كما ويوجد نوع آخر من العهارة وهي ”الدعارة”، والتي تنطوي على الحصول على أجر لممارسة الجنس مع شخص ما.
يستخدم هذا التعبير مجازيًّا للإشارة إلى خيانة بني إسرائيل لله عندما عبدوا آلهة مُزيّفة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”العهارة” إلى ”الفجور” طالما أنّه تمّ فهم المعنى الصحيح للتعبير.
يمكن أن تشمل الطرق الأخرى لترجمة هذا التعبير ”الأفعال الجنسيّة الخاطئة” أو ”الجنس خارج إطار الزواج.”
يجب ترجمة هذا التعبير بطريقة مختلفة عن تعبير ”الزنا.”
يجب أن تحتفظ ترجمة الاستخدامات المجازيّة لهذا التعبير بالتعبير الحرفيّ إذا أمكن ذلك نظرًا لوجود مقارنة شائعة في الكتاب المقدّس بين الخيانة لله والخيانة في العلاقة الجنسيّة.

(انظر أيضًا: زنا، إله مُزيّف، زانية، أمين)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2181, H8457, G16080, G42020, G42030

باطل، عبث

Other :: باطل، عبث

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”باطل” إلى شيء فارغ لا قيمة له ولا نفع فيه، وقد يحمل أيضًا معنى الشيء السيّئ أو الكاذب.

في العهد القديم، وُصفت التماثيل أحيانًا بأنّها أشياء ”باطلة” لا قيمة لها ولا تستطيع فعل شيء.
إن تمّ القيام بشيء ”عبثًا” فهذا يعني أنّ الجهد أو العمل لم يحقّق ما كان مقصودًا أن يحقّقه. يُمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير بطرق عدّة مثل: ”من دون نتيجة” أو ”من دون سبب” أو ”بلا جدوى” أو ”من دون هدف”.
اعتمادًا على السياق، تعبير ”باطل” يُمكن أن يُترجم إلى ”فارغ” أو ”عديم الفائدة” أو ”عديم القيمة” أو ”بلا معنى”…

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”أفكارك الباطلة” إلى ”أفكارك الشرّيرة”.
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”لا تنطق باسم الربّ إلهك باطلًا” إلى ”لا تنطق باسم الربّ إلهك بالسوء”
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”رؤيا باطلة” إلى ”رؤيا كاذبة”.

(انظر أيضًا: إله زائف، مُستحقٌّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1891, H1892, H2600, H7307, H7385, H7387, H7723, H8193, H8267, H8414, G09450, G15000, G27560, G27580, G27610, G31510, G31520, G31530, G31550

باكورة

Other :: باكورة

التعريف:

تشير كلمة “باكورة” إلى حصّة من المحصول الأوّل من الفواكه والخضروات التي تمّ جنيها خلال كلّ موسم حصاد.

قدّم بنو إسرائيل باكورة الغلّات هذه إلى الله كرمز للذبيحة الكفّاريّة.
تُستخدم هذه الكلمة أيضًا مجازيًّا في الكتاب المقدّس للإشارة إلى الابن البكر باعتباره باكورة ثمر العائلة، بمعنى أنّه كان أوّل ابن يولدُ في تلك العائلة، والابن البكر هو مَن حملَ اسم العائلة وكرامتها.
لأنّ يسوع قام من بين الأموات، فهو يُدعى “باكورة” جميع المؤمنين به، أي المؤمنين الذين رقدوا على رجاء القيامة وذات يوم سيقيمهم الله من الموت إلى الحياة.
يُطلَق على المؤمنين بيسوع أيضًا لقب “باكورة من خلائقه”، ممّا يشير إلى الامتياز والمكانة الخاصّة لأولئك الذين افتداهم يسوع ودعاهم ليكونوا شعبه.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة الاستخدام الحرفيّ لهذا المصطلح على أنّه “الحصّة أو القسم الأوّل (من المحاصيل)” أو “الجزء الأوّل من الحصاد”.
إذا أمكن، يجب ترجمة الاستخدامات المجازيّة بشكل حرفيّ، للسماح بمعانٍ مختلفة في سياقات مختلفة. سيُظهر هذا أيضًا العلاقة بين المعنى الحرفيّ والاستخدامات التصويريّة.

(انظر أيضًا: البكر)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1061, H6529, H7225, G05360

بذرة، بذار، بزر، زرع، اضْطِجَاعُ زَرْعٍ

Other :: بذرة، بذار، بزر، زرع، اضْطِجَاعُ زَرْعٍ

التعريف:

”البذرة” هي جزء من النبات يُزرع في الأرض لإعادة إنتاج المزيد من نفس النوع من النبات. ومع ذلك، يُستخدم تعبير ”بذرة” في الكتاب المقدّس مجازيًّا ليعني عدّة أشياء مختلفة.

يستخدم تعبير ”بذرة” مجازيًّا وبطريقة لغويّة مُلَطّفة للإشارة إلى الخلايا الصغيرة داخل الرجل والتي تتّحد مع خلايا المرأة لتسبّب نموّ الطفل في داخل أحشائها. مجموعة من هذه الخلايا تسمى ”السائل المنويّ.”
في الإطار ذاته، تُستخدم ”البذرة” أيضًا للإشارة إلى نسل الشخص أو أحفاده.
غالبًا ما يكون لهذه الكلمة معنى الجمع، في إشارة إلى أكثر من بذرة واحدة أو أكثر من سليل واحد.
في مَثَل الزارع الذي خرج لينثر البذور، قارنَ يسوع البذور بكلمة الله، التي تُزرع في قلوب الناس من أجل إنتاج ثمار روحيّة جيّدة.
يستخدم الرسول بولس أيضًا تعبير ”بذرة” للإشارة إلى كلمة الله.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بالنسبة إلى البذرة الحرفيّة، من الأفضل استخدام التعبير الحرفيّ لكلمة ”بذرة” المستخدم في اللغة الهدف لما يزرعه الزارع في حقله.
يجب أيضًا استخدام التعبير الحرفيّ في السياقات التي يشير فيها مجازيًّا إلى كلمة الله.
بالنسبة إلى الاستخدام المجازيّ الذي يشير إلى الأشخاص الذين ينتمون إلى السلالة العائليّة ذاتها، قد يكون من الواضح أكثر استخدام كلمة ”سليل” أو ”حفيد” بدلًا من ”بذرة”. قد تحتوي بعض اللغات على كلمة تعني ”الأطفال والأحفاد”.
بالنسبة إلى ”بذرة” الرجل أو المرأة، فكّر في كيفيّة تعبير اللغة الهدف عن ذلك بطريقة لا تهين الناس أو تحرجهم. (انظر: التلطيف

(انظر أيضًا: أولاد, ذرّيّة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2232, H2233, H3610, H6507, G46150, G46870, G46900, G47010, G47030

بقرة، ثور، عِجل، بهائم، ماشية

Other :: بقرة، ثور، عِجل، بهائم، ماشية

التعريف:

تشير تعبيرات “بقرة“ و“ثور“ و“عجل“ و“بهائم (ماشية)“ إلى نوع حيوان بقريِّ ذي أربعة أطراف وآكل للأعشاب.

أنثى هذا النوع من الحيوان تُدعى “بقرة“، ويُدعى الذكر “ثور“ ويُدعى صغيرها “عجل“.
في الكتاب المقدَّس، كانت “البهائم“ (الماشية) من بين الحيوانات “الطاهرة“ التي يستطيع الناس أكلها واستخدامها كذبائح. عادةً ما يتمُّ تدجينها وتربيتها للاستفادة من لحمها وحليبها.

“البقرة الحمراء“ هي البقرة الصحيحة التي لا عيب فيها ولم يعلُ عليها نير.

“الثور“ هو أحد أنواع المواشي المُدرَّبة خصِّيصًا للقيام بالأعمال الزراعيَّة كالحراثة، وجرّ العربات الصغيرة ودرس الحبوب. جمع اسم ”ثور” هو ”ثيران”. الثور هو ذكر يتمّ إخصاءه.

في الكتاب المقدَّس، تمَّ تصوير الثيران على أنَّها حيوانات مرتبطة معًا بواسطة نير لجرِّ عربة أو محراث.
كان عمل الثيران معًا تحت نير حدثًا شائعًا جدًّا في الكتاب المقدَّس لدرجة أنَّ عبارة ”تحت نير” أصبحت مجازًا للعمل الشاقِّ والجهد.

(انظر أيضًا: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة

(انظر أيضًا: نير)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0047, H0441, H0504, H0929, H1165, H1241, H4399, H4735, H4806, H5695, H5697, H6499, H6510, H6629, H7214, H7716, H7794, H7921, H8377, H8450, G10160, G11510, G23530, G29340, G34470, G34480, G41650, G50220

بيت

Other :: بيت

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير “بيت“ إلى بناء صغير أو مأوى أو خيمة، وعادةً ما يكون المكان الذي تنام فيه العائلة.

عند الإشارة إلى بناية يعيش فيها الناس وينامون، يُمكن ترجمة تعبير “بيت“ إلى “مسكن“ أو “بناء سكنيّ“.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

تامٌّ، كاملٌ

Other :: تامٌّ، كاملٌ

التعريف:

في العهد الجديد، يعني تعبير ”تامّ” أن نكون ناضجين في حياتنا المسيحيّة. أن تتمّم شيئًا يعني أن تعمل عليه حتّى يكون كاملًا ومن دون أيّ عيوب. كان ينبغي أن تكون ذبائح العهد القديم ”كاملة” أو “صحيحة“ وهذا يعني، أن تكون بلا عيب.

أن يكون الشخص تامًّا وناضجًا يعني أنّه مسيحيّ مُطيع ولكن ليس بلا خطيّة.
تعبير ”تامّ” يحمل أيضًا معنى أن يكون الشخص ”كاملًا” أو ”صحيحًا”.
يقول العهد الجديد في رسالة يعقوب بأنّ الصبر في التجارب والصعاب ستكون نتيجته تمام المؤمن وكماله ونضجه.
عندما يدرس المسيحيّون الكتاب المقدّس ويُطيعونه، سيصيرون كاملين روحيًّا وناضجين لأنّهم سيشبهون المسيح أكثر في شخصيّاتهم وطِباعهم.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى “بلا عيب“ أو “بدون خطأ“ أو “بلا عيوب وكامل“ أو “خالٍ من الأخطاء“.

H1346, H1347, H2102, H2103, H6277, G02120, G54500

تعليم، تعاليم، معتقدات، تعليمات، معرفة

Other :: تعليم، تعاليم، معتقدات، تعليمات، معرفة

التعريف:

تُشير كلمة ”تعليم” إلى تعليم دينيِّ، وهو العمليَّة المستمرَّة لتطبيق المعرفة بفكر المسيح. إنَّ التعليم الكتابيّ يؤهِّل المؤمنين المولودين ثانية ًحتَّى يستطيع الله أن يتمِّم بهم العمل الذي رسمه.

في سياق التعليم المسيحيِّ، كلمة ”تعليم” تشير إلى جميع التعاليم عن الله الآب والابن والروح القدس- بما في ذلك جميع صفاته وسماته وكلّ شيء فعله.
كما أنَّه يُشير إلى كلِّ شيء يُعلِّمه الله للمسيحيِّين عن كيفيَّة عيش حياة مقدَّسة تجلب له المجد.
كلمة ”تعليم” تُستخدم أحيانًا للإشارة إلى تعليم ديانة مزيَّفة وأرضيَّة تأتي من الإنسان. يوضِّح السياق معنى الكلمة.

(انظر أيضًا: علَّمَ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3948, G13190, G13220, G20850

تينٌ

Other :: تينٌ

التعريف:

التين هو فاكهة صغيرة طريّة وحلوة المذاق تنمو على الأشجار. عندما تنضج هذه الفاكهة تكون بألوان متنوِّعة، بما في ذلك البنّيّ أو الأصفر أو الأرجوانيّ.

من الممكن أن يصل ارتفاع شجرة التين إلى 6 أمتار، كما أنّ أوراقها توفّر ظلًا رائعًا. يبلغ طول هذه الفاكهة 3-5 سم.
استخدم آدم وحواء أوراق شجر التين لصنع ملابس لهما بعدما أخطآ.
يُمكن أن يؤكل التين نيئًا أو مطبوخًا أو مجفّفًا، وقد يُقطِّعه الناس إلى قطع صغيرة ويُضيفونه إلى قوالب الحلوى لأكله لاحقًا.
في زمن الكتاب المقدَّس، كان التين مصدرًا مهمًّا للطعام والدخل.
وجود شجر التين المثمر ذُكِر كثيرًا في الكتاب المقدّس على أنّه إشارة إلى الازدهار.
استخدم يسوع عدّة مرّات شجر التين كأمثلة ليُعلِّم تلاميذه الحقّ الروحيّ.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1061, H1690, H6291, H8384, G36530, G48080, G48100

ثمر، ثمار، أثمار، ثمرة، يُثمر، مُثمر، غير مثمر

Other :: ثمر، ثمار، أثمار، ثمرة، يُثمر، مُثمر، غير مثمر

التعريف:

يشير مصطلح “ثمر(ة)/أثمار/ثمار” إلى ذلك الجزء من النبات الذي يمكن أن يؤكل. شيء “مثمر” ينتج الكثير من الثمر، أمّا الشيء “غير المثمر” فلا ينتج ثمرًا.

بشكل عامّ، يشير تعبير “ثمرة الـ” إلى أيّ شيء يأتي مِن أو ينتج بواسطة شيء آخر. على سبيل المثال، تشير عبارة “ثمرة كلّ شجرة” إلى الفاكهة التي تأتي من هذه الأشجار.
يشير تعبير “أثمار الأرض” بشكل عامّ إلى كلّ ما تنتجه الأرض ليأكله الناس. لا يقتصر ذلك على الفاكهة مثل العنب أو التمر فحسب، لكنّه يشمل أيضًا الخضار والمكسّرات والحبوب.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

من الأفضل ترجمة مصطلح “ثمر” باستخدام الكلمة العامّة لكلمة “فاكهة” والتي يشيع استخدامها في لغة العوامّ للإشارة إلى الفاكهة التي يتمّ التقاطها وأكلها من شجر الفاكهة. في العديد من اللغات، قد يكون من الطبيعيّ استخدام صيغة الجمع “ثمار/أثمار/فواكه” عندما تشير إلى أكثر من فاكهة واحدة.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “ثمرة الأرض” على أنّه “غذاء تنتجه الأرض” أو “محاصيل غذائيّة تنمو في منطقة ما”.
الكتاب المقدّس أيضًا يقول إنّ البنين هم ثمرة البطن.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “ليأتي بثمر أكثر” على أنّه “سينتج المزيد من الثمار”.

(انظر أيضًا: نسل، حنطة، عنب، الروح القدس، كرمة، رحم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0004, H1061, H1063, H1069, H2233, H2981, H3581, H3759, H3899, H3978, H4022, H5108, H6509, H6529, H7019, H8393, H8570, G10810, G25900, G25920, G25930, G37030, G50520, G53520

جنديّ، محارب

Other :: جنديّ، محارب

حقائق:

يمكن أن تشير كِلا الكَلِمَتَين ”محارب” و”جنديّ” إلى شخص يقاتل في جيش. ولكن هناك أيضًا بعض الاختلافات.

عادةً ما يكون تعبير ”المحارب” تعبيرًا عامًّا وواسع النطاق للإشارة إلى رجل موهوب وشجاع في المعركة.
يوصِف يهوه (الربّ) مجازيًّا بأنّه ”محارب. ”
تشير كلمة ”جنديّ” بشكل أكثر تحديدًا إلى شخص ينتمي إلى جيش مُعيّن أو يقاتل في معركة معيّنة.
كان الجنود الرومان يمكثون في أورشليم للحفاظ على النظام ولتنفيذ أوامرَ منها إعدام السجناء. لقد حرس الجنود يسوع قبل صلبه وأُمِرَ بعضهم أن يقفوا للحراسة عند قبره.
يجب على المترجم أن يأخُذ بعين الاعتبار فيما إذا كانت هناك كلمتان في لغة العوامّ لـ ”المحارب” و”الجنديّ” تختلفان أيضًا في المعنى والاستخدام.

(انظر أيضًا: شجاعة، يصلِب، رومية، قبر)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0352، H0510، H1368، H1416، H1995، H2389، H2428، H2502، H3715، H4421، H5971، H6518، H6635، H7273، H7916، G46860، G47530، G47540، G47570، G47580، G49610

جيل، أجيال، دور فدور، دهر

Other :: جيل، أجيال، دور فدور، دهر

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “دهر“ بهذا المعنى إلى فترة زمنيّة تساوي تقريبًا عُمْر الشخص. هذا ويمكن أن تكون الفترة الزمنيّة بطول 100 عام. تمّ قياس هذه الفترة الزمنيّة أيضًا بالوقت بين سنّ البلوغ لشخص واحد وبلوغ نسل ذلك الشخص، أو فترة زمنيّة تتراوح بين 30 و40 عامًا، وهذا ما يُسمّى بالجيل.

اقتراحات للترجمة

عند الإشارة إلى الماضي، يمكن ترجمة “الأجيال“ على أنّها “خلال أوقات وأزمنة أسلافنا“ أو “عندما عاش الناس قبلنا“.
عند الإشارة إلى المستقبل، يمكن ترجمة “الأجيال“ على أنّها “فترة الحياة“ أو “أزمنة الأشخاص الذين سيأتون بعد ذلك“ أو “الوقت الذي يعيش فيه أحفادنا“.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة “في جيله“ على أنّها “بينما كان حيًّا“ أو “خلال عصره/زمنه“.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “من جيل إلى جيل“ أو “دور فَدور“ على أنّه “من زمن الأشخاص الذين يعيشون الآن ودومًا“ أو “طالما يعيش الناس على الأرض“ أو “من الآن إلى جميع الفترات الزمنيّة المستقبليّة“ أو “طوال الوقت“.

(انظر أيضًا: نسل, سَلَف)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

حاكم، نائب، والي، التِّرشَاثا

Other :: حاكم، نائب، والي، التِّرشَاثا

التعريف:

”الحاكم” هو الشخص الذي يحكم مساحة كبيرة من الأرض (مثل إقليم أو منطقة أو مقاطعة) داخل دولة أو إمبراطوريّة.

في العهد القديم، تعتبَر كلمة ”تيرشاثا” لقب أكثر تحديدًا للحاكم الذي حكم مقاطعة فارسيّة.
في العهد الجديد، تعبير ”الوالي” هو لقب أكثر تحديدًا للحاكم الذي حكم مقاطعة رومانيّة.
في زمن الكتاب المقدّس، كان يتمّ تعيين الحكّام من قِبَل الملك أو الإمبراطور وكانوا تحت سلطته.
تتكوّن ”الحكومة” من جميع الحكّام الذين يحكمون بلدًا أو إمبراطوريّة معيّنة. يضع هؤلاء الحكّام قوانين توجِّه سلوك مواطنيهم بحيث يكون هناك سلام وأمان وازدهار لجميع شعب ذلك البلد.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”حاكم” على أنّها ”رئيس” أو ”مُشرِف” أو ”زعيم إقليميّ” أو ”شخص يحكم منطقة صغيرة.”
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”الحكم” على أنّه ”الحكم على” أو ”القيادة” أو ”الإدارة” أو ”الإشراف.”
يجب ترجمة تعبير ”الحاكم” بشكل مختلف عن تعبيري ”الملك” أو ”الإمبراطور”، لأنّ الحاكم كان حاكمًا أقلّ قوّة وكان تحت سلطتهما.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”والي” على أنّه ”الحاكم الرومانيّ” أو ”الحاكم الإقليميّ الرومانيّ.”

(انظر أيضًا: سُلطة، ملك، سلطان، مقاطعة، رومية، حاكم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0324, H1777, H2280, H4951, H5148, H5460, H6346, H6347, H6486, H7989, H8269, H8660, G04450, G04460, G07460, G14810, G22320, G22330, G22300, G42320

حَسد، حسود، غيرة

Other :: حَسد، حسود، غيرة

التعريف:

يُشير تعبيرا ”حسد” و”حسود” إلى الشعور بالغيرة من شخص بسبب ما يمتلكه ذلك الشخص أو بسبب الصفات أو القدرات الرائعة والمثيرة للإعجاب التي يتمتَّع بها. أمّا تعبير ”اشتهى” فيعني الرغبة الشديدة في الحصول على شيء ما.

يكون الحسد عادة شعورًا سلبيًّا من الاستياء والحقد بسبب نجاح شخص آخر أو حسن حظِّه أو ممتلكاته أو قدراته.
في بعض السياقات، تعبير ”غيرة” قد يعني ”حسد”.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

عندما يُشير التعبيران ”غيرة” و”غيور” إلى كون الشخص حاسدًا، فيمكن استخدام تعبير ”حَسَد” إذا كان السياق يسمح بذلك.

(انظر أيضًا: غيور)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0183, H1214, H1215, H2530, H3415, H5869, H7065, H7068, G08660, G19370, G22050, G22060, G37130, G37880, G41230, G41240, G41900, G53540, G53550, G53660

حُرّ، أحرار، حرّيّة، يُطلِق، عِتق، انعتاق

Other :: حُرّ، أحرار، حرّيّة، يُطلِق، عِتق، انعتاق

التعريف:

يشير المصطلحان “حُرّ” أو “حُرّيّة” إلى عدم كون المرء في عبوديّة أو أيّ نوع آخر من الرقّ والاستعباد. معنى آخر لكلمة “الحرّيّة” هو “العِتْق”.

أن “تعتق شخصًا ما” أو “تحرّر شخصًا ما” يعني أن تتيح لشخص ما أو توفّر له طريقة ليخرج من سجن العبوديّة أو الأسر، فلا يعود مأسورًا أو مسجونًا بل حرًّا طليقًا.
في الكتاب المقدّس، غالبًا ما يُستخدم هذان التعبيران بصورة مجازيّة للإشارة إلى كيف أنّ المؤمن بيسوع لم يعد تحت سلطان الخطيئة.
يمكن أن يشير امتلاك “الحرّيّة” أو “العِتْق” أيضًا إلى أنّه لم يعد مطلوبًا من شخص ما أن يطيع ناموس موسى، ولكن بدلًا من ذلك أن يكون حُرًّا في أن يعيش وفقًا لتعاليم وإرشادات الروح القدس.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير “حُرّ” بكلمة مثل “مُنعتِق” أو بعبارة مثل “غير مُقيّد” أو “غير مُستعبَد” أو “ليس في عبوديّة” أو “ليس في رقّ أو استعباد”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “الحرّيّة” بكلمة مثل “العِتق” أو عبارة مثل “الحالة التي يكون فيها المرء حُرًّا” أو “الوضع الذي يكون فيه المرء ليس عبدًا” أو “غير مقيّد أو مُكبّل”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “يُطلِقُ حُرًّا” على أنّه “يُسبّب أو يدفع إلى أن يكون حُرًّا” أو “يُنقِذ ويُخلّص من العبوديّة” أو “يعتق ويُطلق أو يُحرّر من العبودية.”
الشخص الذي “تمّ تحريره أو إطلاق سراحه” تمّ “الإفراج عنه وفكّ أسره” أو “عتقه من الرقّ أو العبوديّة”.

(انظر أيضًا: يقيّد، عبد)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1865, H2600, H2666, H2668, H2670, H3318, H4800, H5068, H5069, H5071, H5337, H5352, H5355, H5425, H5674, H5800, H6299, H6362, H7342, H7971, G04250, G05250, G05580, G06290, G06300, G08590, G13440, G14320, G16570, G16580, G16590, G18490, G30890, G39550, G45060, G54830

خادم، جارية، فتيان، فتيات، استعباد، عبد، عبوديَّة، مستعبد

Other :: خادم، جارية، فتيان، فتيات، استعباد، عبد، عبوديَّة، مستعبد

التعريف:

يشير تعبيرا ”خادِم” أو ”عبد” إلى شخص يعمل لصالح شخص آخر (أو يطيعه)، إمّا باختياره، وإمّا بالقوّة. لطالما كان الخادم يعمل تحتَ إشراف سيّده. أن تكون ”مستعبدًا” أو في ”عبوديَّة” يعني أن تكون تحت سيطرة شخص أو شيء. في الكتاب المقدّس، تعبيرا ”خادم” و”عبد” يُستخدمان بشكل متبادل في الغالب.

يعني تعبير ”خدمة” بشكل عامّ القيام بعمل معيّن لشخص ما، ويمكن تطبيق المفهوم في مجموعة متنوّعة من السياقات.

في الكتاب المقدّس، غالبًا ما تعني كلمتا ”فتى/غلام” أو ”فتاة/أمة”: ”خادم أو خادمة”، ”عبد أو جاريه”. سيتبيّن هذا المعنى من خلال السياق. أحد المؤشّرات على هذا الاستخدام للكلمة هو ما إذا تمّ استخدام صيغة المُلكيّة، على سبيل المثال ”فتياتها الشابّات” والتي يمكن ترجمتها إلى ”خادماتها” أو ”جارياتها”.
يخدم الشخص المُستعبد أو في عبوديَّة الآخرين من دون أجرٍ، ولا يكون العبد حرًّا لفعل ما يريده.
يقول العهد الجديد إنَّ الجنس البشريّ “مُستعبد“ للخطيئة حتّى يحرِّرهم يسوع من قبضتها وقوّتها. عندما ينال الشخص حياةً جديدة بالمسيح، لن يعود عبدًا للخطيئة بل يصير عبدًا للبرِّ والتقوى.

اقتراحات للترجمة

بحسب السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”يخدم”، إلى ”يُساعِد” ”يعمل لدى…” أو ”يعتني بـ…” أو ”يطيع…”.
يمكن ترجمة ”خدمة الله” إلى ”عبادة وطاعة الله” أو ”القيام بالعمل الذي أمر به الله.”
في العهد القديم، كان أنبياء الله وغيرهم من الناس الذين يعبدون الله يُطلق عليهم غالبًا لقَب ”خُدّام.”
في العهد الجديد، كان الناس الذين يطيعون الله من خلال الإيمان بالمسيح يُطلق عليهم غالبًا لقَب ”خُدّام.”
”خدمة الموائد” تعني إحضار الطعام للأشخاص الجالسين على الموائد، أو بشكل عامّ، ”توزيع الطعام.”
في سياق الشخص الذي يخدم الضيوف، يعني هذا المصطلح ”الاهتمام بـ” أو ”تقديم الطعام لـ” أو ”توفير الطعام لـ.” عندما قال يسوع للتلاميذ ”ليُقدّموا” السمك للجميع، يمكن ترجمة هذا على أنّه ”تقسيم” أو ”توزيع” أو ”إعطاء.”
يقال إنّ الأشخاص الذين يعلّمون الآخرين عن الله يخدمون كلّ من الله وأولئك الذين يعلّمونهم.
كتب الرسول بولس إلى مسيحيّي كورنثوس عن كيف كانوا ”يخدمون” العهد العتيق. يشير هذا إلى طاعة شريعة موسى. إنّهُم ”يخدمون” الآن العهد الجديد، أي أنّه بسبب ذبيحة/ فداء يسوع على الصليب، أصبح المؤمنون بيسوع قادرين من خلال الروح القدس على أن يرضوا الله وأن يعيشوا حياةً مقدّسة.
يتحدّث بولس عن أفعالهم من حيث ”خدمتهم” للعهد العتيق أو الجديد. يمكن ترجمة هذا على أنّه ”خدمة” أو ”طاعة” أو ”تفاني.”
في كثير من الأحيان، عندما يشير شخص إلى نفسه بقوله ”خادمكم” فإنّه يُظهر الاحترام للشخص المخاطَب. قد يكون هذا الشخص يتمتّع بمكانة اجتماعيّة أعلى، أو قد يُظهر المتحدّث تواضعًا. لا يعني هذا أنّ الشخص المتكلّم كان خادمًا فعليًّا.
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”مستعبد لـ” أو ”في عبوديَّة لـ” إلى ”الإجبار ليكون عبدًا لـ” أو ”الإجبار على خدمة…” أو ”وضع تحت سيطرة”.
كان العبد نوعًا من الخدم وكان يُعتبر مُلكًا للشخص الذي يعمل لديه. الشخص الذي يشتري العبد يُسمَّى ”المالك” أو ”السيِّد”. كان بعض السادة يعاملون عبيدهم بوحشيَّة، بينما كان آخرون يعاملونهم بلطف، وكعضو قيِّم في الأسرة. تعبير ”العبوديَّة” يعني حالة أن يكون الشخص عبدًا.
يمكن أن يكون الشخص عبدًا بشكل مؤقَّت، على سبيل المثال في أثناء العمل لسداد دين لمالكه.

(انظر أيضًا: أعمال، يُطيع، بيت، الربّ)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

6: 1 عندما أصبح إبراهيم متقدّمًا في السنّ وأصبح ابنه إسحاق رجلاً، أرسل إبراهيم أحد غلمانه إلى الأرض التي عاش فيها أقاربه للبحث عن زوجة لابنه إسحاق.
19: 10 ثمّ صلّى إيليّا وقال: ” يا يهوه (ربّ الجنود) إله إبراهيم وإسحاق ويعقوب، أرنا اليوم أنّك أنت إله إسرائيل وأنّي عبدك.”
35: 6 ”كلّ عبيد أبي لديهم ما يكفي من الطعام، ولكنّي أنا هنا جائع.”
47: 4 ظلّت الجارية تصرخ في أثناء سيرهما، ”هذان الرجُلان هما خادما الإله العليّ.”
50: 4 قال يسوع أيضًا: ”لا يوجد عبد أعظم من سيّده.”
8: 4 باع باعة العبيد يوسفَ كعبد لمسؤول حكوميّ غنيّ.
9: 13 أنا (الله) أرسلك (موسى) إلى فرعون حتّى تُخرج بني إسرائيل من عبوديَّتهم في مِصر.
29: 3 عندما لم يستطع الخادم أن يدفع دينه، قال الملك: ”بيعوا هذا الرجل وعائلته عبيدًا لسداد دَيْنه”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

(خادم) H0519, H5288, H5647, H5649, H5650, H5657, H7916, H8198, H8334, G12490, G14010, G14020, G23240, G34070, G34110, G36100, G38160, G49830, G52570
(خدم) H3547, H4929, H4931, H5647, H5656, H5673, H5975, H6213, H6399, H6402, H6440, H6633, H6635, H7272, H8104, H8120, H8199, H8278, H8334, G12470, G12480, G13980, G14020, G14380, G19830, G20640, G22120, G23230, G29990, G30000, G30090, G43370, G43420, G47540, G50870, G52560

خصم، عدوّ

Other :: خصم، عدوّ

التعريف:

”الخصم” هو شخص (أو مجموعة أشخاص) يقاوم أو يُعارض شخصًا آخر. تعبير ”عدوّ” يحمل معنى مشابهًا.

قد يكون خصمك شخصًا يحاول مقاومة أو أذيّة شخص آخر.
عندما تتحارب دولتان، تُدعى كلّ واحدة منهما ”خصمًا” للأخرى.
في الكتاب المقدّس، يُشار إلى إبليس ”بالخصم” أو ”العدوّ”.
تعبير ”خصم” قد يُترجم إلى ”المقاوم” أو المعارِض” أو ”العدوّ”، ولكنّها تحمل شكلًا أقوى من المعارضة.

(انظر أيضًا: الشيطان)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0341, H6146, H6887, H6862, H6965, H7790, H7854, H8130, H8324, G04760, G04800, G21890, G21900, G52270

خمر (نبيذ)، زقّ الخمر (زقاق الخمر)، الخمر الجديدة

Other :: خمر (نبيذ)، زقّ الخمر (زقاق الخمر)، الخمر الجديدة

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدّس، يُشير تعبير ”خمر” إلى نوع من المشروبات المُخمّرة المصنوعة من عصير فاكهة تسمّى العنب. كان يتمّ تخزين الخمر في ”زِقاقٍ للخمر”، والتي كانت عبارة عن أوعية أو أكياس مصنوعة من جلد الحيوانات.

يشير تعبير ”الخمر الجديدة” إلى عصير العنب الذي تمّ أخذه للتوّ من العنب ولم يتمّ تخميره بعد. في بعض الأحيان يشير تعبير ”الخمر” أيضًا إلى عصير العنب غير المخمّر.
لصنع الخمر، يتمّ عصْر العنب في معصرة للخمر لكي يخرج العصير. يتخمّر العصير في النهاية ويتشكّل الكحول فيه.
في أزمنة الكتاب المقدّس، كان الخمر (النبيذ) هو المشروب الاعتياديّ والطبيعيّ مع الوجبات، ولم يكن فيه الكمّيّة ذاتها من الكحول كما هو حال النبيذ في وقتنا الحاليّ.
قبل تقديم الخمر لتناول وجبة، كان غالبًا ما يُخلَط بالماء.
الزقّ (الوعاء المصنوع من الجلد) الذي كان قديمًا وهشًّا، كان يحدث فيه تشقّقات ممّا يسمح بتسرّب الخمر. كانت زقاق الخمر الجديدة ناعمة وطريّة، ممّا يعني أنّها لم تكن تتمزّق بسهولة ويمكن أن يُحفظ الخمر فيها بأمان.
إذا كان النبيذ غير معروف في ثقافتك، فيمكنك ترجمته على أنّه ”عصير عنب مُخَمّر” أو ”مشروب مخمّر مصنوع من فاكهة تسمّى العنب” أو ”عصير فاكهة مُخمّر”. (انظر: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة ”زقّ الخمر” ”وعاء للخمر” أو ”وعاء نبيذ مصنوع من جلد الحيوانات” أو ”مستوعب للنبيذ مصنوع من جلد الحيوانات.”

(انظر أيضًا: عنب، كرمة، معصرة نبيذ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2561, H2562, H3196, H4469, H4997, H5435, H6025, H6071, H8492, G10980, G36310, G38200, G39430

خَزِيَ، خِزِي، خزى، خاب، خجل، عار، عيَّر

Other :: خَزِيَ، خِزِي، خزى، خاب، خجل، عار، عيَّر

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”خِزي” إلى شعور مؤلم بالذلِّ والعار يشعر به الشخص عندما يفعل شيئًا يعتبره الآخرون شائنًا ومعيبًا.

الشيء ”المخزي” هو الشيء ”الشائن” أو ”غير اللائق”.
يصف تعبير ”يخزى” شعور الشخص عندما يفعل شيئًا غير لائق وشائنًا.
تعبير ”عيَّر” يعني أن تجعل شخصًا يشعر بالخزي والخجل، وعادةً ما يكون هذا علانية. فعل أن ”تخزي” شخصًا يُسمَّى ”تعيير”.
”أن تُعيِّر” شخصًا يعني أن تنتقده وترفض شخصيَّته أو تصرُّفاته.
عبارة ”أن تخزي” تعني أن تُخجل الناس وتفضح تصرُّفاتهم حتَّى يشعرون بالخجل من أنفسهم. قال النبيُّ إشعياء إنَّ هؤلاء الذين يصنعون الأصنام ويعبدونها سيُخزون.
يُمكن استخدام تعبير ”مخجل” لوصف تصرُّف خاطئ أو لوصف الشخص الذي ارتكب هذا الفعل. عندما يفعل الشخص شيئًا خاطئًا، سيجعله هذا يكون في حالة من الخزي والعار.
أحيانًا، يُعامَل الشخص الذي يفعل أشياء صالحة بطريقة مخزية وشائنة. مثلًا، عندما صُلب يسوع ومات على الصليب، فلقد كانت تلك ميتة مخزية، إذ لم يفعل يسوع شيئًا ليستحقَّ هذا العار.
عندما يضع الله شخصًا، فهذا يعني أنَّه جعل شخصًا متكبِّرًا يختبر الفشل ليساعده على أن يتخلَّص من كبريائه. هذا يختلف عن تعيير الشخص، والذي يحدث عادةً لإحداث الأذى له.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

قد تتضمّن طُرق ترجمة “خزي“: “خجل“ أو “عار“.
قد تتضمّن طُرق ترجمة “عار“: “مخزي“ أو “شائن“.
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة “أن تُخجل“ إلى “أن تُخزي“ أو “أن تجعل شخصًا يشعر بالخزي“ أو “أن تحرج“.
اعتمادًا على السياق، قد تتضمَّن طُرق ترجمة “عار“: “الخزي“ أو “المذلَّة“.
كلمة “يُعيِّر“ يُمكن أن تترجم أيضًا إلى “اتِّهام“ أو “خزي“ أو “مذلَّة“.
يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة “تعيير“ إلى “انتهار“ أو “اتِّهام“ أو “انتقاد“، اعتمادًا على السياق.

(انظر أيضًا: عدم الاحترام، اتَّهم، انتهر، آلهة مزيَّفة، تواضع، إشعياء، عبادة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0937, H0954, H0955, H1317, H1322, H1421, H1442, H1984, H2490, H2616, H2617, H2659, H2778, H2781, H2865, H3001, H3637, H3639, H3640, H3971, H5007, H5034, H5039, H6030, H6031, H6172, H6256, H7022, H7034, H7036, H7043, H7511, H7817, H8103, H8213, H8216, H8217, H8589, G01520, G01530, G04100, G04220, G04230, G08080, G08180, G08190, G08210, G17880, G17910, G18700, G26170, G30590, G36790, G36800, G36810, G38560, G50140, G51950, G51960, G54840

خَضع، خضوع، في خضوع

Other :: خَضع، خضوع، في خضوع

التعريف:

عادةً ما يعني “الخضوع“ وضع النفس طواعية تحت سلطة شخص أو حكومة.

يقول الكتاب المقدّس للمؤمنين بيسوع بأن يخضعوا للّه والسُّلطات الأخرى التي في حياتهم.
الوصيّة التي تقول “خَاضِعِينَ بَعْضُكُمْ لِبَعْضٍ“ تعني قبول التصحيح بتواضع والتركيز على احتياجات الآخرين بدلًا من التركيز على احتياجاتنا الخاصّة.
أن تعيش “بخضوع لـ“ يعني وضع الشخص لنفسه تحت سلطة شيء أو شخص ما.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة أمر “اخضع لـ“ إلى “ضع نفسك تحت سلطة…“ أو “اتّبع قيادة…“ أو “أكرم واحترم بتواضع“
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير “خضوع“ إلى “طاعة“ أو “اتّباع السلطة“.
عبارة “أن تعيش بخضوع لـ“ يُمكن أن تُترجم إلى “كُن مطيعًا لـ“ أو “أن تضع النفس تحت سلطة…“
عبارة “في خضوع“ يُمكن أن تُترجم إلى “اقبل سلطة أحدهم بتواضع“.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

درس (الحبوب أو الحنطة)

Other :: درس (الحبوب أو الحنطة)

التعريف:

يشير التعبيران ”درس الحبوب” و”دراسة الحبوب” إلى الجزء الأوّل من عمليّة فصل الحبوب عن ساق النبات.

دراسة المحصول يعني تفكيك وتحرير الحبوب عن الساق. بعد ذلك يتمّ ”تذرية” الحبوب لفصلها تمامًا عن جميع الموادّ غير المرغوب فيها، مع ترك الجزء الذي يمكن تناوله فقط من الحبوب.
في أزمنة الكتاب المقدّس، كان ”البيدر” عبارة عن صخرة مسطّحة كبيرة أو منطقة من التراب المُكدّس والمرصوص بطريقة مُحكمة ومتينة، ممّا يُعطي سطحًا صلبًا ومستويًا لسحق سيقان الحبوب وبالتالي فصل الحبوب عن الساق.
كانت أحيانًا تُستخدم ”عربة الدرس” أو ”عجلة الدرس” لسحق الحبوب والمساعدة في فصلها عن القشّ والتبن.
كما كانت تُستخدم ”مزلجة الدرس” أو ”لوح الدرس” لفصل الحبوب. كانت هذه مصنوعة من ألواح خشبيّة مثبّت في نهايتها مسامير معدنيّة حادّة.

(انظر أيضًا: قشّ، حبوب، يُذرّي)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0212, H4173, H1637, H1758, H1786, H1869, H2251, G02480

ذبح، مذبوح

Other :: ذبح، مذبوح

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”ذَبْح” إلى قتل عدد كبير جدًّا من الحيوانات أو الناس، أو إلى القتل بطريقة عنيفة. قد يُشير أيضًا إلى قتل حيوان لغرض الأكل.

عندما جاء ثلاثة رجال لزيارة إبراهيم في خيمته، طلب من عبيده أن يذبحوا عجلًا ويقدِّموه لضيوفه.
تنبّأ النبيّ حزقيال أنّ الله سيرسل ملاكًا ويذبح جميع الذين لا يطيعون كلمته ويتبعونها.
يُسجّل 1 صموئيل مذبحة كبيرة، حيث ذُبح فيها 30 ألف شخص من بني إسرائيل مِن قِبل أعدائهم لأنّهم عصوا الله.
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة “عدّة الساحقة“ إلى “عدّة/أسلحة الذبح والقتل“
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير “الضربة عظيمة جدًّا“ إلى “ذُبح عدد كبير جدًّا“ أو “عدد القتلى كان عظيمًا جدًّا“ أو “مات عدد هائل جدًّا من الناس“
طرق أخرى لترجمة تعبير “ذَبْح“ قد تتضمّن “قَتل“ أو “نَحر“.

(انظر أيضًا: ملاك، بقرة، عصى، حزقيال، خادم، ذَبَح)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2026, H2027, H2028, H2076, H2491, H2873, H2874, H2878, H4046, H4293, H4347, H4660, H5221, H6993, H7524, H7819, H7821, G28710, G49670, G49690

ذبيحة، ذبائح، تقدمة

Other :: ذبيحة، ذبائح، تقدمة

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدَّس، يُشير تعبيرا “ذبيحة“ و“تقدمة“ إلى عطيَّة خاصّةٍ تُقدَّم لله كفِعل عبادة. قدّم الناس أيضًا الذبائح للآلهة المزيَّفة.

ذبيحة

غالبًا ما تضمّنت الذبائح المقدَّمة لله ذبح الحيوانات.
وحدها ذبيحة يسوع، ابن الله الكامل والبلا خطيئة، هي التي تستطيع أن تطهِّر الناس بالكامل من الخطيئة؛ لا تستطيع ذبائح الحيوانات أن تفعل ذلك.

تقدمة

تشير كلمة “تقدمة“ بشكل عامٍّ إلى أيِّ شيء يُقدَّم أو يُعطى. يُشير تعبير “ذبيحة“ إلى شيء يُعطى أو يتمُّ مقابل ثمن باهظ بالنسبة إلى الشخص الذي يقدّمها.
كانت التقدمات لله أشياء معيَّنة أمر بني إسرائيل أن يقدّموها تعبيرًا عن وفائهم وطاعتهم له.
هناك أسماء تشير إلى التقدمات المختلفة، ومنها “المُحْرقة“ و“ذبائح السلامة“ وهذه أشارت إلى نوع التقدمة التي يجري تقديمها.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “تقدمة“ إلى “عطيَّة لله“ أو “شيء يُقدّم لله“ أو “شيء قيِّم مُقدَّم لله“.
اعتمادّا على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة تعبير “ذبيحة“ إلى “شيء قيِّم يُقدّم في العبادة“ أو “حيوان خاصٍّ ذُبح وقُدِّم لله“.
يُمكن ترجمة فعل تقديم الذبيحة إلى “التخلِّي عن شيء قيِّم“ أو “أن تذبح حيوانًا وتقدِّمه لله“.
هناك طريقة أخرى لترجمة عبارة “أَن تُقَدِّمُوا أَجْسَادَكُمْ ذَبِيحَةً حَيَّةً“ وقد تكون “وأنتم تعيشون حياتكم، قدِّموا أنفسكم لله بالكامل كما يُقدَّم الحيوان على المذبح“.

(انظر أيضًا: مذبح، مُحرقة، سكيب، إله مزيَّف، ذبيحة سلامة، نافلة، ذبيحة سلامة، كاهن، ذبيحة الخطيَّة، عبادة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

3: 14 عندما خرج نوح من الفُلك، بنى مذبحًا وقدَّم ذبيحة من كلِّ نوع حيوان يُمكن تقدمته كذبيحة. ورضي الله بتلك الذبيحة وبارك نوح وعائلته.
5: 6 “خُذ ابنك وحيدك إسحاق، وقدِّمه ذبيحة لي“. أطاع إبراهيم الله مرَّة أخرى واستعدَّ حتَّى يُقدِّم ابنه ذبيحةً.
5: 9 ولكن قدَّم الله كبشًا للذبيحة عوضًا عن إسحاق.
13: 9 يستطيع أيُّ شخص عصى ناموس الله أن يأتي بحيوان إلى خيمة الاجتماع ويقدِّمه ذبيحةً لله. يذبح الكاهن الحيوان ويحرقه على المذبح، ويُغطِّي دم الحيوان الذي قُدِّم ذبيحةً خطايا الشخص، ويجعله طاهرًا في عيني الربِّ.
17: 6 أراد داود أن يبني هيكلًا، ليعبد جميع بني إسرائيل الله ويقدِّموا له الذبائح.
48: 6 يسوع هو رئيس الكهنة، خلاف الكهنة الآخرين، فلقد قدَّم نفسه ذبيحةً ترفع خطايا العالم.
48: 8 وقدَّم الله يسوع، حمل الله، ذبيحة ليموت عوضًا عنَّا.
49: 11 وقدَّم يسوع نفسه ذبيحةً، ويستطيع الله الآن أن يغفر أيَّ خطيئة، وحتَّى الفظيعة منها.

راعٍ، قسٌّ

Other :: راعٍ، قسٌّ

التعريف:

”الراعي” هو الشخص الذي يرعى الخراف ويعتني بها. في العهد القديم، يمكن أن يشير هذا التعبير أيضًا إلى ”الراعي” الذي يعتني ويرعى أنواعًا أخرى من الماشية مثل الماعز أو البقر.

كفعل، يعني تعبير ”يرعى” قيادة الخراف (أو الماشية الأخرى) إلى أماكن يتوافر فيها الغذاء والماء الكافي، وحمايتها من الحيوانات البرِّيَّة والمتوحِّشة، والحفاظ عليها من الضياع، والقيام بالواجبات الأخرى اللازمة للحفاظ على الماشية على قيد الحياة وبصحَّة جيِّدة.
في الكتاب المقدَّس، غالبًا ما يُستخدم هذا التعبير بصورة مجازيَّة للإشارة إلى رعاية احتياجات الناس (وليس فقط الحيوانات)، سواء كانت تلك الاحتياجات مادِّيَّة أو روحيَّة.
في العهد القديم، كان يُطلق على الله لقب ”الراعي” لشعبه لأنَّه كان يعتني بهم. في العهد الجديد، أطلق يسوع على نفسه لقب ”الراعي الصالح”، وفي مواضع أخرى سمِّيَ يسوع ”براعي الخراف العظيم” للكنيسة.
يُستخدم تعبير ”الراعي” أيضًا في العهد الجديد للإشارة إلى قائد المؤمنين الروحيِّ. يُمكن استخدام هذه الكلمة أيضًا لتعني القساوسة أو الشيوخ أو الأساقفة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة الاسم ”راعي” إلى ”شخص يعتني بالخراف ويرعاها” أو "مُربِّي الخراف” أو "مقدِّم الرعاية للخراف”.
عند الإشارة إلى الشخص الذي يرعى ماشية أخرى غير الخراف، يُمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى ”مربِّي الماشية” أو ”الشخص الذي يرعى الماشية”.
عندما يُستخدم كفعل، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”يرعى” إلى ”يعتني بالخراف” أو ”يراقب الخراف”.
في بعض السياقات، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”راعي” إلى ”قائد” أو ”مرشد” أو ”مقدِّم الرعاية”.
عندما يُستخدم مجازيًّا، يمكن ترجمة الاسم ”راعي” بطُرُق مختلفةٍ، بما في ذلك ”راعٍ روحيٍّ” أو ”قائد روحيٌّ” أو ”الشخص الذي هو بمثابة راعٍ” أو ”الشخص الذي يهتمّ بشعبه مثلما يهتمّ الراعي بخرافه” أو ”الشخص الذي يقود شعبه كما يقود الراعي خرافه” أو ”الذي يعتني بخراف الله”.
عندما يُستخدم الفعل ”يرعى” مجازيًّا، يمكن ترجمته إلى ”يعتني بـ” أو ”يغذِّي روحيًّا” أو ”يرشد ويعلِّم” أو ”يقود ويعتني بـ (كما يعتني الراعي بالخراف)”.

(انظر أيضًا: خروف، ماشية، قسٌّ)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

9: 11 صار موسى راعيًا في البرِّيَّة بعيدًا عن مصر.
17: 2 كان داود راعيًا من مدينة بيت لحم. في وقت ما، عندما كان يرعى خراف أبيه، قتل داود أسدًا ودبًّا هاجما الخراف.
23: 6 في تلك الليلة، كان هناك رُعاة في حقل قريب يرعون خرافهم.
23: 8 وصل الرعاة سريعًا إلى الموضع الذي كان فيه يسوع، ووجدوه هناك مستلقيًا في مذود، تمامًا كما قال لهم الملاك.
30: 3 بالنسبة إلى يسوع، كان هؤلاء الناس كخراف لا راعي لها.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H6629, H7462, H7469, H7473, G07500, G41650, G41660

رسول (شخص مبعوث)

Other :: رسول (شخص مبعوث)

حقائق:

يشير تعبير ”رسول” إلى شخص أُعطيَ رسالة ليخبر بها الناس.

كان الرسول في العصور القديمة يُرسَل من ساحة المعركة ليخبر الناس في المدينة بما يحدث في المعركة.
كان يوحنّا المعمدان يُدعى رسولًا جاء قبل يسوع ليُعلن مجيء المسيح ويُعِدّ الناس لاستقباله.
كان تلاميذ يسوع هُم رسُلُه أيضًا وكانوا يذهبون ليُعلِنوا للآخرين الخبر السارّ عن ملكوت الله.

(انظر أيضًا: رسول، يوحنّا (المعمدان))

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1319، H4397، H4398، H5046، H5894، H6735، H6737، H7323، H7971، G00320، G06520

رعدة، مرتعد، يهوي، زلزلَ، يتزلزل، اهتزّ، ارتجّ

Other :: رعدة، مرتعد، يهوي، زلزلَ، يتزلزل، اهتزّ، ارتجّ

التعريف:

تعبير ”ترتعد” يعني أن ترتجف أو ترتعش وتقشعرّ بعض الشيء وبشكل متكرّر ، عادة من خوف أو ضيق. يمكن أيضًا استخدام التعبير مجازيًّا، بمعنى ”أن تكون خائفًا جدًّا.”

في بعض الأحيان عندما تهتزّ الأرض يُقال إنها ”ترتجّ”. تهتزّ الأرض أثناء هزّة أرضيّة أو بسبب صوت عالٍ جدًّا.
يقول الكتاب المقدّس إنّه في حضرة الربّ ستتزلزل الأرض. قد يعني هذا الشيء أنّ شعب الأرض سيرتجفون خوفًا من الله أو أنّ الأرض نفسها ستهتزّ.
بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”كونوا خائفين” أو ”اخشوا الله” أو”ارتعدوا”.

(انظر أيضًا: الأرض، خوف، الربّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1674, H2111, H2112, H2151, H2342, H2648, H2729, H2730, H2731, H5128, H5568, H6342, H6426, H6427, H7264, H7268, H7269, H7322, H7460, H7461, H7481, H7493, H7578, H8078, H8653, G17900, G51410, G51560, G54250

زانية، عاهرة

Other :: زانية، عاهرة

التعريف:

يشير التعبيران ”زانية” و”عاهرة” إلى المرأة التي تقوم بأفعال جنسيّة مقابل المال أو لطقوس وشعائر دينيّة (وثنيّة). كانت الزانيات أو العاهرات عادةً من الإناث، لكن بعض الذكور كانوا يمتهنون الزنا والعُهر ويمارسونه.

في الكتاب المقدّس، تُستخدم كلمة ”زاني/زانية” أحيانًا بشكل مجازيّ للإشارة إلى شخص يعبد آلهة زائفة أو يمارس السحر.
إنّ تعبير ”قد زَنَتْ” أو مارست الدعارة يعني تصرّفت كالعاهرة بكونها فاجرة وغير أخلاقيّة جنسيًّا. يُستخدم هذا التعبير أيضًا في الكتاب المقدّس للإشارة إلى الشخص الذي يعبد الأصنام.
أن “تُعَهّر نفسك“ أو “تُتاجر بعرضك وشرفك بثمن بخس“ لشيء ما يعني أن تكون غير أخلاقيّ جنسيًّا، أو تعني عند استخدامها مجازيًّا، أن تكون غير مُخلِص لله من خلال عبادة آلهة زائفة (أوثان).
في الأزمنة القديمة، استخدمت بعض الهياكل الوثنيّة الزناة والزانيات (أي رجال ونساء) كجزء من طقوسهم وشعائرهم الوثنيّة.
يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير بالكلمة أو العبارة المستخدمة في لغة العوامّ للإشارة إلى زانية/عاهرة. قد تحتوي بعض اللغات على تعبير مُلطّف أو مُخفّف يُستخدم لهذا الغرض (كما هو الحال في كلمة غانية أو بائعة هوى). (انظر: التلطيف

(انظر أيضًا: زنا، إله زائف، أمور جنسيّة لاأخلاقيّة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2154, H2181, H2183, H2185, H6945, H6948, H8457, G42040

زيت، دُهن

Other :: زيت، دُهن

التعريف:

الزيت هو سائل كثيف وشفَّاف يمكن استخلاصه من بعض النباتات. في زمن الكتاب المقدَّس، كان الزيت عادةً يُستخرج من الزيتون.

كان زيت الزيتون يُستخدم في الطهي، ولمسح الأشخاص، وفي الذبائح، ولإنارة المصابيح، وللعلاج.
في العصور القديمة، كان زيت الزيتون يُعتبر ثمينًا جدًّا وذا قيمة كبيرة، وكانت حيازة الزيت تُعدّ مقياسًا للثروة.
احرص أن تكون ترجمة هذا التعبير تُشير إلى نوع الزيت الذي قد يُستخدم في الطهي، وليس زيت المحرِّكات. توجد في بعض اللغات كلمات مختلفة لأنواع الزيت المختلفة.

(انظر أيضًا: زيتون، ذبيحة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2091, H3323, H4887, H6671, H7246, H8081, G16370, G34640

زيتون

Other :: زيتون

التعريف:

الزيتون هو ثمر صغير وبيضاويُّ الشكل يأتي من أشجار الزيتون التي تنمو غالبًا في المناطق المحيطة بالبحر الأبيض المتوسِّط.

أشجار الزيتون هي نوع من الشجيرات الكبيرة دائمة الخضرة ذات أزهار بيضاء صغيرة. تنمو بشكل أفضل في الطقس الحارّ ويمكنها أن تعيش بالقليل من الماء.
تنمو ثمار شجرة الزيتون بلون أخضر في البداية ومن ثمّ تتحوَّل إلى اللون الأسود عندما تنضج. يُعتبر الزيتون مفيدًا للاستخدام في الطعام وكذلك لاستخراج الزيت منه.
كان زيت الزيتون قديمًا يُستخدم في الطهي وفي إنارة المصابيح وفي الطقوس الدينيّة.
في الكتاب المقدّس، تُستخدم أشجار الزيتون وأغصانها أحيانًا بشكل مجازيٍّ للإشارة إلى الناس.

(انظر أيضًا: مصباح، البحر، جبل الزيتون)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2132, H3323, H8081, G00650, G16360, G16370, G25650

زَرَع، زارع، زرْع، غرس، مغروس

Other :: زَرَع، زارع، زرْع، غرس، مغروس

التعريف:

”زَرْع” يعني وضع البذور على سطح الأرض أو بداخلها حتّى تنمو النباتات. ”الزارع” هو الشخص الذي يزرع أو يغرس البذور. “الغرس“ (النبتة) هو عمومًا الشيء الذي ينمو ويكون متّصلًا بالأرض.

كانت إحدى أساليب الزراعة (الزرع) خلال زمن الكتاب المقدّس بأخذ حفنة من البذور ونثرها على الأرض.
غالبًا ما يحرث المزارعون الأرض التي نثروا عليها البذور، وسبب هذا لتغطيها بالتربة.
في بعض الأحيان، كان المزارعون يحرثون الأرض قبل وبعد نثر البذور عليها.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير “زرع“ إلى “غرس“. احرص من أن تكون الكلمة أو العبارة التي استخدمتها لترجمة هذا التعبير تتضمّن أو تشير إلى نثر البذور، لأنّ هذا هو أسلوب الزراعة الذي أشار إليه يسوع في المثَل الذي ورد في إنجيل متّى 13: 3-23، وإنجيل مرقس 4: 2-20، وإنجيل لوقا 8: 4-8، حيث وصف الزارع الذي يزرع البذور.
قد تتضمّن الطرق الأخرى لترجمة كلمة “زارع“، “غارس“ أو “مزارع“ أو “الشخص الذي يزرع البذور“.
يُمكن أن تُستخدم كلمة “زرع“ لزراعة البذور وكلمة “غرس“ لغرس البذور وأشياء أكبر حجمًا كالأشّجار، ويُمكن أيضًا استخدام كلمات أخرى مختلفة بالاعتماد على الشيء الذي يُزرع.

(انظر أيضًا: حصاد)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2221, H2232, H2233, H2236, H4218, H4302, H5193, H7971, H8362, G46870, G47030, G54520

سارق، سَرَق، سِرقة، لصوص

Other :: سارق، سَرَق، سِرقة، لصوص

حقائق:

يُشير تعبير “سارق/لصٌّ“ إلى شخص يسرق المال أو الممتلكات من الآخرين. جمع كلمة “لصّ“ هو “لُصوص“. تعبير “سارق“ غالبًا ما يُشير إلى سارق أو لصٍّ يقوم أيضًا بإيذاء أو تهديد الأشخاص الذين يسرق منهم.

روى يسوع مثل الرجل السامريِّ الذي اعتنى برجل يهوديٍّ تعرَّض للهجوم من قِبَل لصوص، حيث قاموا بضربه وإيذائه قبل أن يسرقوا ماله وملابسه.
كلٌّ من اللُّصوص والسارقين يأتون فجأة للسرقة، في الوقت الذي لا يتوقَّع الناس فيه ذلك، وغالبًا ما يستخدمون ظلام الليل لإخفاء ما يقومون به.
بمعنى مَجازيٍّ، يصف العهد الجديد الشيطان بأنَّه سارق يأتي ليسرق ويذبح ويهلك. هذا يعني أنَّ خطَّة الشيطان هي محاولة جعل شعب الله يتوقَّف عن طاعة الله. إذا نجح في فعل ذلك، فإنَّه سيكون قد سرق منهم الأشياء الجيّدة والصالحة التي خصَّصها الله لهم.
قارن يسوع بين مباغتة مجيئه وبين مباغتة اللصّ الذي يأتي لسرقة الناس. تمامًا كما يأتي اللصُّ في وقت لا يتوقَّعه الناس، فإنَّ يسوع سيعود في وقتٍ لا يتوقَّعونه.

(انظر أيضًا: بارك، جريمة، صَلَب، ظلمة، المُهلك، سلطان، السامرة، الشيطان)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1214, H1215, H1416, H1589, H1590, H1980, H6530, H7703, G07270, G24170, G28120, G30270

سبق فعرف، علمٌ سابق

Other :: سبق فعرف، علمٌ سابق

التعريف:

إنّ التعبيرين ”سبق فعرف” و ”علمِ سابق” يعنيان معرفة شيء ما قبل حدوثه.

الله ليس محدودًا بالوقت. فهو يعرف كلّ ما حدث في الماضي وما يحدث في الحاضر والذي سيحدُث في المستقبل.
غالبًا ما تُستخدم هاتان الكلمتان في سياق معرفة الله مسبقًا بمن سيخلُص من خلال قبول يسوع كمخلّص.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”سبق فعرف” على أنّه ”عرف منذ وقت” أو ”عرف مسبقًا” أو ”عرف سلفًا” أو ”عرف بالفعل.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”علم سابق” على أنّه ”معرفة من قبل” أو ”معرفة مسبقة” أو ”معرفة منذ وقت” أو ”معرفة بشكل سابق.”

(انظر أيضًا: عَرَفَ، سبقَ فعيّن)

##أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

G42670, G42680

سرّ، أسرار

Other :: سرّ، أسرار

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدّس، يشير تعبير ”سرّ” إلى شيء لا يمكننا معرفته أو فهمه ما لم يكشفه الله أو يشرحه لنا.

ينصّ العهد الجديد على أنّ إنجيل المسيح كان سرًّا لم يكن معروفًا في العصور الماضية.
إحدى النقاط المحدّدة التي تُوصَف بأنّها سرّ هي أنّ اليهود والأمم سيكونون واحدًا ومتساوين في المسيح.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”حقيقة خفيّة” أو ”شيء لم يكن معروفًا من قبل”.

(انظر أيضًا: المسيح، أمميّ، الخبر السارّ، يهوديّ، حقيقيّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1219, H7328, G34660

سكران، سِكّير، شِرّيب خمر

Other :: سكران، سِكّير، شِرّيب خمر

حقائق:

إنّ تعبير ”سكران” يعني أن يكون أحدهم مخمورًا وفي حالة سُكر وثمالة من جرّاء شُرب الكثير من المشروبات الكحوليّة.

”السِكّير” هو الشخص الذي غالبًا ما يكون في حالة سُكر وثمالة. يمكن أيضًا الإشارة إلى هذا النوع من الأشخاص على أنّه ”مدمن على الخمر/المشروبات الكحوليّة.”
يُخبر الكتاب المقدّس المؤمنين بألّا يسكروا بالخمر، بل أن يمتلئوا بروح الله القدّوس.
يُعلّمنا الكتاب المقدّس أنّ السُكر أمر غير حكيم ويؤثّر في الشخص بأن يخطئ بطُرقٍ أخرى.
طُرق أخرى لترجمة شخص ”سكران” يمكن أن تشمل ”ثَمِل” أو ”مخمور” أو ”تناولَ الكثير من المشروبات الكحوليّة” أو ”تشبّع بالمشروبات المُخمّرة.”

(انظر أيضًا: خمر)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5433, H7301, H7910, H7937, H7941, H7943, H8354, H8358, G31780, G31820, G31830, G31840, G36300, G36320

سلام، سَالَمَ، صَالَحَ

Other :: سلام، سَالَمَ، صَالَحَ

التعريف:

يشير اسم «سلام» إلى حالة نفسيَّة أو شعور بعدم الصراع أو القلق أو الخوف. فالشخص الذي يتمتَّع بالسلام يشعر بالهدوء والاطمئنان. ويشير الفعلان «سَالَمَ» و«صَالَحَ» إلى التعايش بسلام مع شخص ما.

يعني اسم «سلام» في العهد القديم، في معظم الأحيان، رفاهية الشخص أو عافيته أو سلامته.
يمكن أن تشير كلمة «سلام» أيضًا إلى الوقت الذي لا يحارب فيه الناس أو البلدان بعضهم بعضًا. ويُقال إنَّ هؤلاء الناس لديهم «علاقات سلام» أو «علاقات سلميَّة».
«صنع السلام» مع شخص أو مجموعة من الناس يعني القيام بعمل ما لإيقاف القتال.
«صانع السلام» هو الشخص الذي يفعل ويقول أمورًا كي يؤثِّر في الناس ليعيشوا في سلام مع بعضهم بعض.
يُقصد بقول «سَالَم (أو صَالَحَ) مع الناس» أن يكون الشخص في حالة عدم القتال وعدم الشجار معهم.
تُقام العلاقة الصالحة أو المستقيمة بين الله والناس عندما يخلِّص الله الناس من خطاياهم. وهذا ما يُسمَّى «السلام مع الله».
تحيَّة «النعمة والسلام» استخدمها الرسل في رسائلهم إلى إخوتهم المؤمنين كبركة.
يُمكن أن تشير كلمة «سلام» أيضًا إلى العلاقة الحسنة مع الآخرين أو مع الله.

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

15: 6 وكان الله قد أمرَ بني إسرائيل ألّا يتصالحوا مع أيّ أحد من الكنعانيّين.
15: 12 وبعد ذلك أعطى الله سلامًا لإسرائيل على طول كلّ حدودها.
16: 3 ثمَّ أقام الله مخلِّصًا الذي أنقذهم من أعدائهم وأتى بالسلام إلى الأرض.
21: 13 وسيَموتُ (المسيّا) لينال عِقابَ خطيّة الناس الآخرين. وسيَجلبُ عِقابَهُ السلام بين الله والناس.
48: 14 مِثل داود، إنَّ يسوع ملك، ولكن يسوع هو مَلِك الكون! سوف يأتي مرَّة أخرى ويَحكم مملكته بالعدل والسلام.
50: 17 وسيحكم (يسوع) بالسلام والعدل في مملكته، وسيكون مع شعبه إلى الأبد.

شريك، رفيق، عامل مع

Other :: شريك، رفيق، عامل مع

الوقائع:

تشير كلمتا «شريك» و«رفيق» إلى الشخص الذي يذهب مع شخص آخر أو الذي يرتبط مع شخص آخر في علاقة مثل الصداقة أو الزواج. وتشير عبارة «عامل مع» إلى الشخص الذي يعمل مع شخص آخر.

يمرُّ الرفاق بتجارب معًا ويتشاركون الطعام معًا ويدعمون ويشجِّعون بعضهم البعض.
بناءً على السياق، يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذه الكلمة إلى كلمة أو عبارة تعني «صديق» أو «صاحب» أو «الشخص المؤازر المرافق» أو«الشخص الذي يعمل مع».

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0251, H0441, H2269, H2270, H2273, H2278, H3674, H3675, H4828, H7453, H7462, H7464, G28440, G33530, G48980, G49040

شعب، مجموعة عِرقيّة

Other :: شعب، مجموعة عِرقيّة

التعريف:

يشير التعبيران ”شعب” و”مجموعة عِرقيّة” إلى مجموعة من الأشخاص تجمعهم لغة وثقافة مشتركة. غالبًا ما يشير تعبير ”الشعب” إلى تجمّع من الناس في مكان معيّن أو في حدث محدّد.

في أزمنة الكتاب المقدّس، عادةً ما كان لأعضاء مجموعة عِرقيّة ما نفس الأسلاف وكانوا يعيشون معًا في بلد معيّن أو منطقة جغرافيّة محدّدة.
بحسب السياق، يمكن أن يشير تعبير ”شعب” إلى ”مجموعة أشخاص” أو ”مجموعة متجانسة” أو ”أقرباء” أو ”جمع غفير من الناس”.
في صيغة الجمع، غالبًا ما يشير تعبير ”الأمم” إلى جميع مجموعات الناس على الأرض. في بعض الأحيان يشير بشكل أكثر تحديدًا إلى الأشخاص الذين ليسوا من بني إسرائيل أو الذين لا يخدمون الربّ. في بعض ترجمات الكتاب المقدّس، يُستخدم تعبير ”الأمم” أيضًا بهذه الطريقة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”شعب” بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”مجموعة عائليّة كبيرة تعود لسلف أو جدّ واحد”، والشعب أوسع من ”القبيلة” أو ”العشيرة” ويمكن أن يعني التعبير أيضًا ”مجموعة عِرقيّة.”
يمكن ترجمة كلمة مِثل ”شعبي” على أنّها ”أقاربي” أو ”إخوتي من بني إسرائيل” أو ”سلالتي” أو”مجموعتي العِرقيّة”، وذلك بحسب السياق.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”ويشتّتكم الربّ فيما بين الأمم” على أنّها ”يجعلكم تعيشون مع العديد من الشعوب المختلفة” أو ”يجعلكم تنفصلون عن بعضكم بعضًا وأن تذهبوا وتعيشوا في مناطق مختلفة كثيرة من العالم”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”الشعوب” أو ”الشعب” على أنّه ”الناس في العالم” أو ”الشعوب والأعراق”، وذلك بحسب السياق.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”شعب الـ” على أنّها ”الشعب الذي يعيش في” أو ”الأشخاص الذين انحدروا من” أو ”سلالة الـ”، ويعتمد ذلك على ما إذا كان متبوعًا باسم مكان أو شخص.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”جميع شعوب الأرض” على أنّها ”كلّ شخص يعيش على الأرض” أو ”كلّ شخص في العالم” أو ”كلّ الناس”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”شعب” على أنّها ”مجموعة من الناس” أو ”أشخاص معيّنون” أو ”مجتمع من الناس” أو ”سلالة من الناس”.

(انظر أيضًا ذرّيّة، أمّة، سبط، عالم)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

14: 2 كان الله قد وعدَ إبراهيم وإسحاق ويعقوب بأنّه سيعطي أرض الميعاد لنسلهم، لكن كانت شعوب كثيرة تعيش هناك.
21: 2 وعد الله إبراهيم بأنّه فيه ستتبارك جميع شعوب الأرض. وهذه البركة هي أنّ المسيح سيأتي في وقت ما في المستقبل ويوفّر طريق الخلاص للناس من جميع شعوب الأرض.
42: 8 ”كما كُتب في النصوص الكتابيّة المقدّسة أنّ تلاميذي سينادون بالتوبة للجميع ليحصلوا على غفران خطاياهم. سيفعلون ذلك بدءًا من أورشليم، ثمّ يذهبون إلى كلّ الشعوب في كلّ مكان”.
42: 10 فاذهبوا وتلمذوا جميع الشعوب وعمّدوهم باسم الآب والابن والروح القدس، وعلّموهم أن يطيعوا كلّ ما أمرتكم به”.
48: 11 بسبب هذا العهد الجديد، يمكن لأيّ شخص من أيّ شعب أن يصبح جزءًا من شعب الله بالإيمان بيسوع.
50: 3 قال يسوع: ”اذهبوا واصنعوا تلاميذ من جميع الشعوب!” وقال أيضًا: ”الحقول قد أصبحت ناضجة للحصاد!”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0249, H0523, H0524, H0776, H1121, H1471, H3816, H5712, H5971, H5972, H6153, G10740, G10850, G12180, G14840, G25600, G29920, G37930

شهر، أشهُر، شُهور

Other :: شهر، أشهُر، شُهور

التعريف:

تشير كلمة ”شهر” إلى فترة زمنيّة تستمرّ حوالي أربعة أسابيع. يختلف عدد الأيّام في كلّ شهر حسب ما إذا كان التقويم القمريّ أو الشمسيّ هو المُستخدَم.

في التقويم القمريّ، يعتمد طول كلّ شهر على مقدار الوقت الذي يستغرقه القمر للدوران حول الأرض، حوالي تسعة وعشرين يومًا. في هذا النظام، يوجد اثنا عشر أو ثلاثة عشر شهرًا في السنة. وعلى الرغم من أنّ السنة تتكوّن من اثنيّ عشر أو ثلاثة عشر شهرًا، فإنّ الشهر الأوّل يُطلَق عليه دائمًا نفس الاسم حتّى لو كان موسمًا مختلفًا.
”رأس الشهر”، أو مرحلة بداية القمر بضوئه الخفيف، يشير إلى بداية كلّ شهر في التقويم القمريّ.
جميع أسماء الأشهر المشار إليها في الكتاب المقدّس هي أسماء التقويم القمريّ لأنّ هذا هو النظام الذي استخدمه بنو إسرائيل. لا يزال اليهود المعاصرون يستخدمون هذا التقويم لأغراض دينيّة.
يعتمد التقويم الشمسيّ الحديث على المدّة التي تستغرقها الأرض للدوران حول الشمس (حوالي 365 يومًا). في هذا النظام، تنقسم السنة دائمًا إلى اثني عشر شهرًا، ويتراوح طول كلّ شهر من ثمانية وعشرين إلى واحد وثلاثين يومًا.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2320, H33 91, H3393, G33760

شهوة، اشتهى، لذّة

Other :: شهوة، اشتهى، لذّة

التعريف:

الشهوة هي رغبة قويّة جدًّا، وعادةً ما تكون في سياق الرغبة في شيء خاطئ أو غير أخلاقيّ.

في الكتاب المقدّس، تشير كلمة ”شهوة” عادةً إلى الرغبة الجنسيّة في شخص آخر غير شريك الحياة.
في بعض الأحيان، كان هذا التعبير يُستخدَم بمعنى مجازيّ للإشارة إلى عبادة الأصنام.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”شهوة” على أنّها ”رغبة خاطئة” أو ”رغبة قويّة” أو ”رغبة جنسيّة خاطئة” أو ”رغبة غير أخلاقيّة قويّة” أو ”رغبة قويّة في الخطيئة”.
الاشتهاء هو رغبة قويّة في امتلاك ممتلكات الآخرين أو حتّى شريك حياة شخص آخر.
يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”يشتهي” إلى ”يرغب في شيءٍ خاطئ” أو ”يفكّر بطريقة غير أخلاقيّة” أو ”يمتلك رغبة غير أخلاقيّة”.

(انظر أيضًا: الزنا، الآلهه الزائفة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0183, H0185, H0310, H1730, H2181, H2183, H2530, H5178, H5375, H5689, H5691, H5869, H7843, G07660, G19370, G19390, G22370, G37150, G38060

شيخ، شيوخ، أشياخ

Other :: شيخ، شيوخ، أشياخ

التعريف:

تشير كلمة «شيخ» إلى شخص (في الكتاب المقدَّس، عادةً ما يكون رجلًا) في سِنِّ النضج قادرًا على أن يكون قائدًا في المجتمع ويحظى الشيخ بالاحترام لحكمته وخبرته.

يرجع استخدام كلمة «شيخ» بمعنى القائد إلى كون الشيوخ رجالًا أكبر سنًّا يمتلكون حكمة أكبر بسبب سنِّهم وخبرتهم.
في العهد القديم، ساعد الشيوخ في قيادة بني إسرائيل في أمور القضاء وشريعة موسى.
في العهد الجديد، استمرَّ «الشيوخ» اليهود بدورهم كقادة في مجتمعاتهم وكانوا أيضًا قضاة للشعب.
في الكنائس المسيحيَّة الأولى، قام «الشيوخ» المسيحيُّون بالقيادة الروحيَّة لجماعات المؤمنين المحلِّيَّة. وأحيانًا كان بين الشيوخ في هذه الكنائس شباب ناضجون روحيًّا.
يمكن ترجمة هذه الكلمة بـ«القادة المحترمين» أو «الرجال الناضجين روحيًّا الذين يقودون الكنيسة».

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1419, H2205, H7868, G10870, G31870, G42440, G42450, G48500

صبرَ، صبْر، تحمُّل

Other :: صبرَ، صبْر، تحمُّل

التعريف:

يعني تعبير ”صَبْر” الاستمرار لفترة طويلة أو تحمُّل شيء بصبْر وأناة.

يعني أيضًا أن تقف بثبات من دون استسلام في وقت التجربة والاختبار.
قد يعني تعبير ”صبر”، التحمّل تحت التجربة أو “الاستمرار والمواظبة في الاضطهاد والإساءة“.
التشجيع الموجّه للمسيحيِّين ”بأن يحتملوا إلى المنتهى”، يعني أن يُطيعوا يسوع، حتّى وإن كان هذا يُسبِّب لهم الألم والمعاناة.
قد يعني ”احتمال الألم والحزن” أيضًا ”اختبار الألم”.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

طُرق ترجمة تعبير ”صبر” قد تتضمّن ”المواظبة والاستمرار” أو ”مواصلة الإيمان” أو ”الاستمرار بفعل ما يريدك الله أن تفعله” أو ”الوقوف بثبات”.
في بعض السياقات، قد يُترجم تعبير ”أن تصبر” إلى ”أن تختبر” أو ”تمرّ بـ”.
إن كانت هناك دلالة إلى دوام الشيء لفترة طويلة، يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”صبر/تحمّل” إلى ”يدوم” أو ”يستمرّ”. يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”لن يدوم” إلى ”لن يبقى”.
قد تتضمّن طُرق ترجمة تعبير ”صَبْر” ”المثابرة” أو ”الاستمرار في الإيمان” أو البقاء أمينًا” أو ”طول الأناة”.

(انظر أيضًا: مواظبة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0386, H3201, H3557, H5331, H5375, H5975, G04300, G09070, G15260, G20050, G20760, G25940, G33060, G47220, G52780, G52810, G52970, G53420

صَبر، طول أناة، تحمّل، غير صبور

Other :: صَبر، طول أناة، تحمّل، غير صبور

التعريف:

يُشير تعبيرا “صبور“ و“طويل أناة“ إلى الصمود والثبات في مواجهة الظروف الصعبة. غالبًا ما يتضمّن الصبرُ الانتظار.

عندما يكون الشخص صبورًا مع الآخرين، فهذا يعني أنّه يُحبّهم ويسامحهم على أخطائهم.
يُعلّم الكتاب المقدَّس شعب الله أن يكونوا صبورين عند مواجهة الصعاب وأن يكونوا صبورين بعضهم مع بعض.
لأجل رحمته فإنّ الله صبور مع شعبه، على الرغم من أنَّهم خطاة ويستحقّون العِقاب.

(انظر أيضًا: تحمّل، غفران، المواظبة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0750, H0753, H2342, H3811, H6960, H7114, G04200, G04630, G19330, G31140, G31150, G31160, G52780, G52810

صُلب، الأحقاء، الحقوين

Other :: صُلب، الأحقاء، الحقوين

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “الأحقاء/الحقوين“ إلى الجزء من جسم الحيوان أو الشخص الذي يقع بين الضلوع السفليّة وعظام الوِرك، والمعروف أيضًا باسم أسفل البطن.

يشير تعبير “منطقوا الأحقاء“ إلى الاستعداد للعمل الجادّ. تأتي هذه العبارة من عادة توضيب الجزء السفليّ من رداء أحدهم في منطقة أو حزام حول الخصر من أجل التحرّك بكلّ سهولة.
غالبًا ما يُستخدم تعبير ”حقويه” في الكتاب المقدّس للإشارة إلى المنطقة السفليّة لظهر حيوان تمّ تقديمه كذبيحة.
في الكتاب المقدّس، غالبًا ما يشير تعبير ”حقويه” بصورة مجازيّة ومُلطّفة لغويًّا إلى الأعضاء التناسليّة للرجل كمصدر لذرّيته. (انظر: التلطيف
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”(أمم) تكون منك… و(ملوك) سيخرجون من صُلبك” على أنّها ”ستكون ذرّيّتك” أو ”ستُولدُ من نسلك” أو ”سوف يجعل الله تلك الأمم والملوك تأتي من صُلبك وتنحدر من نسلك.” (انظر: التلطيف
عند الإشارة إلى جزء من الجسم، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة ذلك إلى “البطن“ أو “الوِرْكَيْن“ أو “الخاصرة“، بحسب السياق.

(انظر أيضًا: ذرّيّة، يُمنطِق، أولاد)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2504, H3409, H3689, H4975, G37510

طرد، أخرج

Other :: طرد، أخرج

التعريف:

«طرد» أو «إخراج» شخص ما أو شيء ما يعني إبعاده بالقوَّة.

ويمكن أن يعني «طردُ» شخص ما رفضَ ذلك الشخص وإبعاده.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بناءً على السياق، يمكن أن يُترجم هذا الفعل أيضًا بمعنى «إجبار على الخروج» أو «تخلُّص من».
يمكن ترجمة عبارة «أخرج الشياطين» إلى «جعل الشياطين تخرج» أو «طرد الأرواح الشريرة» أو «أبعد الشياطين» أو «أمر الشياطين بالخروج».
يمكن ترجمة «طرد» شخص ما من المجمع أو الكنيسة إلى «إبعاده» أو «إخراجه».

(أنْظُرْ أيضًا: إبليس, مجنون)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1272, H1644, H1920, H3423, H7971, H7993, G15440

عذَّب، مُعذَّب، مُعذِّب، مُضطَهِد، أذلَّ

Other :: عذَّب، مُعذَّب، مُعذِّب، مُضطَهِد، أذلَّ

حقائق:

يُشير تعبير ”تعذيب” إلى المعاناة الشديدة. تعذيب شخص يعني التسبُّب في معاناة ذلك الشخص، غالبًا بطريقة قاسية.

أحيانًا يشير تعبير ”تعذيب” إلى الألم والمعاناة الجسديَّة. على سبيل المثال، يصف سِفر الرؤيا العذاب الجسديِّ الذي سيعاني منه الذين يسجدون ”للوحش” في الأزمنة الأخيرة.
قد تأخذ المعاناة أو العذاب شكل الألم الروحيِّ والعاطفيِّ، كما حدث مع أيُّوب.
كتب يوحنَّا الرسول في سِفر الرؤيا أنَّ الأشخاص الذين لا يؤمنون بيسوع كمخلِّص لهم سيختبرون عذابًا أبديًّا في بحيرة النّار.
يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى ”معاناة شديدة” أو ”التسبُّب في معاناة شخص بشدِّة” أو ”وجع شديد”. قد يضيف بعض المترجمين كلمة ”جسديّ” أو ”روحيّ” لتوضيح المعنى.

(انظر أيضًا: الوحش، الأبديَّة، أيُّوب، مُخلِّص، روح، أَلَم، عبادة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3013, G09280, G09290, G09300, G09310, G25580, G28510, G36000

عضو، أعضاء

Other :: عضو، أعضاء

التعريف:

تُشير كلمة ”عضو” إلى جزء واحد من جسد أو من مجموعة مُركّبة.

يصف العهد الجديد المسيحيّين بأنّهم ”أعضاء” في جسد المسيح. ينتمي المؤمنون بالمسيح إلى مجموعة مكوّنة من العديد من الأعضاء.
يسوع المسيح هو ”رأس” الجسد ويعمل المؤمنون الأفراد كأعضاء في هذا الجسد. يعطي الروح القدس لكلّ عضو في الجسد دورًا خاصًّا لمساعدة الجسد بأكمله على العمل بشكل جيّد.
يُطلَق على الأفراد الذين يشاركون في مجموعات مثل مجلس الشيوخ والفريسيّين أيضًا ”أعضاءً” في هذه المجموعات.

(انظر أيضًا: جَسَد، الفرّيسيّون، مَجلس شيوخ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1004, H1121, H3338, H5315, H8212, G10100, G31960, G36090

عمود

Other :: عمود

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير “عمود“ عادةً إلى بُنية أو تركيب عموديّ كبير يُستخدم لحمل ودعم سقف أو جزء آخر من المبنى. كلمة أخرى لعمود هي ”ركيزة” أو ”دعامة”.

في زمن الكتاب المقدَّس، كانت الأعمدة المستخدمة في المباني كدعامة، عادةً ما تُنحت من قطعة حجر واحدة.
في العهد القديم، عندما أمسك الفلسطينيُّون بشمشون، دمّر هيكل الأوثان خاصّتهم عن طريق الانحناء بقوَّة على الأعمدة الداعمة ودفعها، ممَّا تسبَّب في انهيار الهيكل.
قد تُشير كلمة ”عمود” أحيانًا إلى حجر كبير أو صخرة تُقام كنصب تذكاريٍّ لتحديد قبر أو مكان حدثت فيه واقعة مهمَّة.
يُمكن أن تشير أيضًا إلى صنم منحوت لعبادة إله زائف. إنّ هذا التعبير أيضًا اسم آخر ”للتماثيل أو الصور المنحوتة” ويُمكن أن يُترجم إلى ”تمثال”.
يُستخدم تعبير ”عمود” للإشارة إلى شيء يكون على شكل عمود، مثل ”عمود النار” الذي قاد بني إسرائيل ليلًا في البرِّيَّة، أو ”عمود الملح” الذي تحوّلت إليه زوجة لوط بعدما نظرت إلى الوراء إلى المدينة.
تُستخدم كلمة ”عمود” مجازيًّا للدلالة على العلوّ والارتفاع أو الثبات والوضوح كما في عمود السحاب الذي ظهر لبني إسرائيل.
كهيكل يدعم البناء ويسنده، تعبير ”عمود” يُمكن أن يُترجم إلى ”حجر دعم رأسيّ” أو ”ركيزة” أو ”حجر داعم وساند”.
الاستخدامات الأخرى لكلمة ”عمود” يُمكن ترجمتها إلى ”تمثال” أو ”نُصب تذكاريّ” أو ”كتلة عموديَّة”، اعتمادًا على السياق.

(انظر أيضًا: أساس، إله مزيَّف، تمثال منحوت)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0352, H0547, H2106, H2553, H3730, H4552, H4676, H4678, H4690, H5324, H5333, H5982, H8490, G47690

عوّجَ، يُعوّج، مُتَعوّج، معْوَجّ، اعوجاج، متقلّب، يُفسِد، فسادِ، ملتوي، بلا أمانة، تحريف

Other :: عوّجَ، يُعوّج، مُتَعوّج، معْوَجّ، اعوجاج، متقلّب، يُفسِد، فسادِ، ملتوي، بلا أمانة، تحريف

التعريف:

يًستخدم تعبير ”مُعوَجّ/ملتوٍ” لوصف شخص أو فعل أعوج أو ملتوٍ أخلاقيًّا. تعبير ”ملتوي” يعني ”بطريقة منحرفة”. إنّ ”تعويج” شيء ما يعني تحريفه أو إبعاده عمّا هو صواب أو جيّد.

شخص ما أو شيء معوجّ وملتوٍ يعني أنّه قد انحرف عمّا هو صالح وصحيح.
في الكتاب المقدّس، تصرّف بنو إسرائيل بشكل معوجّ عندما عصوا الله. غالبًا ما فعلوا ذلك من خلال عبادة الآلهة المزيّفة.
أيّ عمل مخالف لمعايير الله أو سلوكه يعتبر ضارًّا.
يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة كلمة ”معوجّ” ”ملتوٍ أخلاقيًّا” أو ”غير أخلاقيّ” أو ”بعيد عن طريق الله المستقيم”، وذلك بحسب السياق.
يمكن ترجمة ”الكلام المعوجّ والمنحرف” على أنّه ”التكلّم بطريقة شرّيرة” أو ”حديث مُخادع” أو ”طريقة غير أخلاقيّة للتكلّم.”
يمكن وصف ”الأشخاص المعوجّين/المنحرفين” بأنّهم ”أشخاص غير أخلاقيّين” أو ”أشخاص منحرفين أخلاقيًّا” أو ”أشخاص يعصون الله باستمرار.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”التصرّف بشكل معوجّ ومنحرف” على أنّها ”التصرّف بطريقة شرّيرة” أو ”القيام بأشياء ضدّ أوامر الله” أو ”العيش بطريقة ترفض تعاليم الله.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”المعْوَجّ/المنحرف” على أنّه ”سبب الفساد” أو ”التحوّل إلى شيء شرّير.”

(انظر أيضًا: فاسد، يخدع، يعصي، شرّير، يحوّل)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1942, H2015, H3868, H4297, H5186, H5557, H5558, H5753, H5766, H5773, H5791, H6140, H6141, H8138, H8397, H8419, G12940

عيب، بلا عيب

Other :: عيب، بلا عيب

حقائق:

يشير تعبير ”عيب” إلى عيب جسديّ أو نقص في حيوان أو شخص. ويمكن أن يشير أيضًا إلى عيوب روحيّة وعيوب في الناس.

بالنسبة إلى بعض الذبائح، أمر الله بني إسرائيل بتقديم حيوان بلا عيب.
هذه صورة لكيفيّة كون يسوع المسيح هو الذبيحة الكاملة، وبلا أيّ خطيئة.
تمّ تطهير المؤمنين بالمسيح من خطيئتهم بدمه ويعتبرون بلا عيب.
حسب السياق، يمكن أن تشمل طرق ترجمة هذا التعبير ”شائبة” أو ”نقص” أو ”خطيئة.”

(انظر أيضًا: يؤمن، يُنقّي، ذبيحة، خطيئة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3971, H8400, H8549, G34700

غنم، قطيع/ قطعان

Other :: غنم، قطيع/ قطعان

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدّس، تشير كلمة ”غنم” إلى مجموعة من الأغنام أو الماعز وتشير كلمة ”قطيع/قطعان” إلى مجموعة من الأبقار أو الخنازير.

قد تختلف طُرُق تسمية مجموعات الحيوانات أو الطيور في اللغات المختلفة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

فكّر في الكلمات المستخدمة في لغتك للإشارة إلى مجموعات مختلفة من الحيوانات، واستخدم الكلمة المناسبة لكلّ نوع من الحيوانات.
إذا كانت لغتك تستخدم نفس الكلمة للإشارة إلى مجموعتي الأغنام والماشية، فقد تحتاج إلى قول ”مجموعة الأغنام” حيث يقول الكتاب المقدّس”غنم/ خراف”، و”مجموعة الماشية” حيث يقول الكتاب المقدّس فقط ”قطيع. ”

(انظر أيضًا: ماعز، بقرة، خنزير، خروف)

أرقم قاموس سترونغ:

H0951, H1241, H2835, H4029, H4735, H4830, H5349, H5739, H6251, H6629, H7399, H7462, G00340, G41670, G41680

فتَّش، طلب، بحثَ، التمس، سعى

Other :: فتَّش، طلب، بحثَ، التمس، سعى

التعريف:

يعني تعبير ”فتَّش” البحث عن شيء أو شخص. قد يعني هذا التعبير أيضًا ”السعي إلى” أو ”بذل الجهد” في فعل أو طلب شيء.

”أن تفتِّش” أو ”أن تبحث” عن فرصة لتفعل شيئًا، قد يعني ”أن تحاول إيجاد الوقت” لتفعله.
”أن تطلب يهوه (الربَّ)” يعني أن تمضي الوقت وتبذل الجهد والطاقة وأنت تتعرَّف على يهوه وتتعلَّم إطاعته.
”أن تطلب الحماية ” يعني ” أن تحاول إيجاد شخص أو مكان يحميك من الخطر”.
”أن تسعى في طلب العدالة” يعني أن تبذل الجهد لترى الناس يُعامَلون بطريقة عادلة ومنصفة.
”أن تطلب الحقَّ” يعني أن تبذل الجهد لتجد الحقيقة.
”أن تلتمس الرضا” يعني ”أن تطلب الرضا بإلحاح” أو ”أن تفعل أشياء تجعل شخصًا ما يُساعدك”.

(انظر أيضًا: عدل، حقٌّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0579, H1156, H1239, H1243, H1245, H1556, H1875, H2470, H2603, H2658, H2664, H3289, H7125, H7592, H7836, H8446, G03270, G15670, G19340, G20520, G22120

فخّ، شَرَك، مصيدة

Other :: فخّ، شَرَك، مصيدة

التعريف:

يشير تعبيرا ”فخّ” و”مصيدة” إلى الأجهزة المستخدمة في اصطياد الحيوانات ومنعها من الهروب. أن ”تنصب فخًّا” أو ”أن تَضع فخًّا” يعني أن تُحاول الإمساك بشيء بواسطة الفخّ، وأن ”تصطاد” أو ”أن تضع مصيدة” هو أن تمسك بشيء بواسطة المصيدة. استُخدِم هذان التعبيران في الكتاب المقدّس مجازيًّا أيضًا للحديث عن كيف أنّ الخطيئة والإغراء يشبهان الفِخاخ الخفيّة التي تصطاد الناس وتؤذيهم.

إنّ ”الفخّ” عبارة عن حلَقَة من الحبل أو السلك تُسحَب فجأة عندما يخطو عليها حيوان، فتقع ساقه في الفخّ.
عادةً ما تكون ”المصيدة” مصنوعة من المعدن أو الخشب وتتكوّن من جزأين ينغلقان فجأة وبقوّة، فتصطاد الحيوان حتّى لا يتمكّن من الهروب. في بعض الأحيان يمكن أن تكون المصيدة حفرة عميقة صُنِعَت من أجل أن تجعل شيئًا يسقط فيها.
عادةً ما يتمّ إخفاء الفخّ أو الشرك حتّى يتمّ اصطياد الفريسة بشكلٍ مُفاجئ.
تعني عبارة ”أن تنصب شركًا” هي أن تُعِدّ فخًّا لالتقاط شيءٍ ما.
يشير تعبير ”الوقوع في المصيدة” إلى الوقوع في حفرة عميقة أو حفرة تمّ حفرها وإخفاؤها من أجل اصطياد حيوانٍ ما.
يمكن وصف الشخص الذي يرتكب الخطيئة ولا يستطيع التوقّف بأنّه ”مُحاصر بالخطيئة” في إشارة مجازيّة إلى الطريقة التي يمكن بها أن يقع الحيوان في الفخّ ولا يستطيع الهروب.
كما يتعرّض الحيوان للخطر والأذى بسبب الوقوع في مصيدة، فإنّ الشخص الذي يقع في فخّ الخطيئة يتعرّض للأذى بسبب تلك الخطيئة ويحتاج إلى التحرّر.

(انظر أيضًا: حُرّيّة، فريسة، الشيطان، يُجرّب)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2256, H3353, H3369, H3920، H3921، H4170، H4204، H4434، H4685، H4686، H4889، H5367، H5914، H6341، H6351، H6354، H6679، H6983، H7639، H7845، H8610، G00640، G23390، G 23400، G38020، G38030، G39850، G46250

فرح، ابتهاج، سرور، مسرور

Other :: فرح، ابتهاج، سرور، مسرور

التعريف:

يشير تعبير «فرح» (ومُرادفه «ابتهاج») إلى الشعور بالبهجة أو السعادة.

تُستخدم صفة «فَرِحٌ» لوصف شخصٍ سعيد وممتلئ بالغبطة.
يشعر الشخص بالفرح حين يكون لديه إحساس عميق بأنَّ ما يختبره هو أمرٌ جيِّدٌ جدًّا.
إنَّ الله هو الذي يمنح الفرح الحقيقيّ للناس.
لا يعتمد الفرح على الظروف السارّة. والله يستطيع أن يمنح الناس فرحًا حتَّى عندما تحدُث أمورٌ صعبة للغاية في حياتهم.
أحيانًا تُوصف الأماكن، مِثل المَنازل أو المُدن، بأنَّها فَرِحَة. ويعني هذا أنَّ الناس الذين يعيشون فيها فَرِحُون.
إنَّ فعل «فرح» ومُرادفه «ابتهج» يعني الامتلاءَ بالفرح والسرور.
كثيرًا ما يشير هذا الفعل إلى الشعور بالسعادة جرّاء الأمور الصالحة التي صنعها الله لنا. يُمكن ترجمة هذا الفعل إلى «كان سعيدًا جدًّا» أو «كان مسرورًا جدًّا» أو «امتلأ فرحًا».
عندما قالت مريم «تبتهج روحي بالله مُخلِّصي»، كانت تعني: «الله مُخلِّصي جعلني سعيدةً للغاية» أو «إنِّي أشعر بفرحٍ شديدٍ بسبب ما فعله الله مُخلِّصي من أجلي».

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة اسم «فرحٌ» أيضًا إلى «سرور» أو «بهجة» أو «سعادة عظيمة».
يُمكن ترجمة فعل «فرحَ» إلى «كان مسرورًا جدًّا» أو «كان سعيدًا جدًّا بصلاح الله وخيره».
يُمكن وصف الشخص الفرح بأَنَّه «سعيدٌ جدًّا» أو «مغتبط» أو «مسرورٌ جدًّا».
يُمكن ترجمة عبارةٍ مِثل «اهتفوا بفرح» إلى «اهتفوا بطريقة تُظهر أنَّكم سعداء للغاية».
ويُمكن ترجمة عبارةٍ مِثل «المدينة الفرحة» أو «المنزل الفرح» إلى «المدينة التي يعيش فيها أناس فرحون» أو «المنزل المليء بأناسٍ فرحين» أو «المدينة التي يكون أهلها سعداء للغاية». (انظر: الكناية

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

33: 7 وأمّا البذور على التربة الصخريّة تشبه الناس الذين يسمعون كلمة الله ويقبلونها بفرح.
34: 4 أَيْضًا يُشْبِهُ مَلَكُوتُ السَّمَاوَاتِ كَنْزًا مُخْفىً فِي حَقْل، وَجَدَهُ إِنْسَانٌ فَأَخْفَاهُ. وَمِنْ فَرَحِهِ مَضَى وَبَاعَ كُلَّ مَا كَانَ لَهُ وَاشْتَرَى ذلِكَ الْحَقْلَ.
41: 7 فامتلأَت النساء بخوف وفرح عظيم. وركضن ليخبرن التلاميذ بالخبر السارّ.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1523, H1524, H1525, H2302, H2304, H2305, H2654, H2898, H4885, H5937, H5947, H5965, H5970, H6342, H6670, H7440, H7442, H7444, H7445, H7797, H7832, H8055, H8056, H8057, H8342, H8643, G00200, G00210, G21650, G21670, G27440, G46400, G47960, G49130, G54630, G54790

فضّة

Other :: فضّة

التعريف:

الفضّة معدن ثمين لامع رماديّ اللون يُستَخدَم في صناعة العملات المعدنيّة والمجوهرات والأوعية والزينة.

تشمل الأوعية المختلفة المصنوعة من الفضّة أكوابًا وأواني فضّيّة وأشياء أخرى تُستَخدَم للطهي أو الأكل أو التقديم.
استُخدِمَ الفضّة والذهب في بناء المسكن والهيكل. كان الهيكل في أورشليم يحتوي على أوانٍ مصنوعة من الفضّة.
في زمن الكتاب المقدّس، كان الشاقل وحدة وزن، وكان سعر الشراء غالبًا ما يكون عددًا معيّنًا من الشواقل الفضّيّة. في زمن العهد الجديد، كانت هناك عملات فضّيّة بأوزان مختلفة، وكانت تُقاس بالشاقل.
باع إخوة يوسف أخاهم يوسف كعبد مقابل عشرين شاقل من الفضّة.
حصل يهوذا على ثلاثين من الفضَّة مقابل خيانتهِ ليسوع.
إذا لم تكن ثقافة بلدك تحتوي على الفضّة، فيمكنك ترجمة هذا المصطلح إلى ”معدن ثمين.”

(انظر أيضًا: المسكن، الهيكل)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3701, H3702, H7192, G06930, G06940, G06950, G06960, G14060

فَسَد، فاسد، فساد

Other :: فَسَد، فاسد، فساد

التعريف:

يُشير تعبيرا ”فَسَد” و”فساد” إلى حالة من العلاقات يصير فيها الناس فاسدين أو غير أخلاقيِّين أو غير صادقين.

يعني تعبير ”فَسَد” حرفيًّا ”الانحراف” و”الانحلال” الأخلاقيّ.
الشخص الفاسد هو ذلك الذي ابتعد عن الحقِّ ويفعل أشياء غير صادقة وغير أخلاقيَّة.
أن تُفسد شخصًا يعني أن تؤثِّر فيه ليفعل أشياء غير أخلاقيَّة وغير صادقة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”فَسَد” إلى ”التأثير لفعل الشرِّ” أو ”جعل أحدهم يصير غير أخلاقيِّ”.
يُمكن أن يوصف الشخص الفاسد أنَّه شخص ”صار غير أخلاقيٍّ” أو ”يمارس الشرَّ”.
يُمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى ”سيِّئ” أو ”غير أخلاقيّ” أو شرّير”.
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”فساد” إلى ”ممارسة الشرّ” أو ”الشرّ” أو ”الفسق”.

(انظر أيضًا: شرٌّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2610, H3891, H4889, H7843, H7844, G08610, G13110, G27040, G53510, G53560

فِكْر، رأي، ذهن

Other :: فِكْر، رأي، ذهن

التعريف:

تشير كلمة ”فكر/ ذهن” إلى الجزء من الشخص الذي يفكّر ويتّخذ القرارات.

يُعَدّ ذهن كلّ شخص مجموع أفكاره ومَنطِقُه.
أن يكون لديك فكر المسيح يعني أن تفكّر وتتصرّف كما قد يُفكّر يسوع المسيح ويتصرّف، وهذا يعني أن تطيع الله الآب، وتطيع تعاليم المسيح، وأن تكون قادرًا على القيام بذلك بقوّة الروح القُدُس.
أن ”يغيّر رأيه” يعني أنّ شخصًا ما قد اتّخذ قرارًا مختلفًا أو أصبحَ لديهِ رأي مختلف عمّا كان لديه سابقًا.

اقتراحات للترجمة

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”فِكْر” على أنّها ”تفكير” أو ”فهم”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”من كلّ قلبك ومن كلّ نفسك ومن كلّ فكرك” أيضًا على أنّها ”ما تشعر به وما تؤمن به وما تفكّر فيه”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”ذوي الرأيين” على أنّها "شكّ” أو ”غير قادر على اتّخاذ قرار” أو ”بأفكار متضاربة”.

(انظر أيضًا: يؤمن، القلب، نفس)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3629, H3820, H3824, H5162، H7725، G12710، G13740، G33280، G35250، G35400، G35630، G49930، G55900

قاضي

Other :: قاضي

التعريف:

القاضي هو شخص يقرّر ما هو صحيح وما هو خاطئ عندما تكون هناك خلافات بين الناس، عادة في أمور لها علاقة بالقانون.

في الكتاب المقدّس، غالبًا ما يشار إلى الله على أنّه قاضٍ لأنّه القاضي الكامل الوحيد الذي يتّخذ القرارات النهائيّة بشأن ما هو صحيح وما هو خاطئ.
بعد أن دخل شعب إسرائيل أرض كنعان وقبل أن يكون لديهم ملوك يحكمونهم، عيّن الله قادة لُقّبوا بـ“القُضاة” ليقودوا الشعب في أوقات الشِدّة. غالبًا ما كان هؤلاء القضاة قادة عسكريّين أنقذوا الشعب عن طريق هزيمة أعدائهم.
بحسب السياق، يمكن أيضًا تسمية “القاضي” بـ“صانع القرار” أو “القائد” أو “المُحرّر والمنقذ” أو “الحاكم”.

(انظر أيضًأ: حاكم، يدين، ناموس موسى)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0148, H0430, H1777, H1778, H1779, H1781, H1782, H6414, H6416, H6419, H8199, G03500, G12520, G13480, G29190, G29220, G29230

قانون، ناموس، قاعدة

Other :: قانون، ناموس، قاعدة

التعريف:

“قانون/ناموس” هو قاعدة قانونيّة يتمّ تدوينها وتطبيقها عادة بواسطة شخص في منصب سُلطويّ. “القاعدة” هي خطّ السلوك التوجيهيّ والهادي لصنع القرار والتصرّف، وعادة لا تكون مدوّنةً أو معمولًا بها. إلّا أنّه في بعض الأحيان يُستخدم تعبير “الناموس/القانون” ليعني “القاعدة.”

“القانون” يشبه “المرسوم”، لكن مصطلح “القانون” يُستخدم بشكل عامّ للإشارة إلى شيء مكتوب بدلًا من منطوق.
يمكن أن يشير كلّ من “القانون” و“الناموس” إلى قاعدة عامّة أو اعتقاد يوجّه ويُرشد سلوك وتصرّف شخص ما.
يختلف “القانون” بهذا المعنى عن معناه في تعبير “ناموس موسى” والذي يشير إلى أوامر وتعليمات أعطاها الله لبني إسرائيل.
عند الإشارة إلى قانون عامّ، يمكن ترجمة “القانون” على أنّه “مبدأ” أو “مقياس/ قاعدة عامّة.”

(انظر أيضًا: ناموس موسى، مرسوم، أمر، يصرّح)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1285, H1881, H1882, H2706, H2708, H2710, H4687, H4941, H6310, H7560, H8451, G17850, G35480, G35510, G47470

قانونيّ، ناموسيّ، يحلّ، مُحرّم، ما لا يحلّ، أثيم، إثم

Other :: قانونيّ، ناموسيّ، يحلّ، مُحرّم، ما لا يحلّ، أثيم، إثم

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “يحلّ“ إلى شيء يُسمح القيام به وفقًا لقانون أو متطلّبات أخرى. عكس تعبير يحلّ هو “لا يحلّ/مُحَرّم“، وهو ما يعني ببساطة “غير جائز.”

في الكتاب المقدّس، “يحلّ“ الشيء إذا كان مسموحًا به بموجب شريعة الله الأخلاقيّة، أو بموجب ناموس موسى والشرائع اليهوديّة الأخرى. أمّا الشيء الذي “لا يحلّ/مُحرّم“ فهو “غير مسموح به“ و“غير جائز“ بموجب تلك القوانين والشرائع.
أن تفعل شيئًا “بطريقة قانونيّة/ناموسيًّا“ يعني أن تفعل ذلك “بشكل لائق ومناسب“ أو “بالطريقة الصحيحة” التي تتوافق مع الناموس.
لم تكن العديد من الأشياء التي اعتبرتها الشرائع اليهوديّة بأنّها محرّمة وجائزة متوافقة مع شرائع الله وقوانينه فيما يتعلّق بمحبّة الآخرين.
بحسب السياق، يمكن أن تشمل طُرق ترجمة كلمة ”يحلّ/ناموسيًّا”، على أنّها ”مسموح به” أو ”وفقًا لشريعة الله” أو ”التمسّك بالتعاليم التي تعلّمتموها (منّا) واتّباعها” أو ”صحيح وملائم/مناسب”.
عبارة ”هل يحلّ؟” يمكن أن تُترجم أيضًا على أنّها ”هل تسمح شرائعنا؟” أو ”هل هذا شيء تسمح به قوانيننا؟”

يُستخدم التعبيران ”لا يحلّ” و”مُحرّم/غير قانونيّ” لوصف أعمال تخالف القانون.

في العهد الجديد، لا يُستخدم تعبير ”لا يحلّ” للإشارة إلى مخالفة شرائع الله فحسب، بل يشير أيضًا في كثير من الأحيان إلى مخالفة الشرائع والقوانين اليهوديّة الوضعيّة (أيْ القوانين التي وضعها البشر).
على مرّ السنين، أضاف اليهود إلى الشرائع التي أعطاها الله لهم. كان القادة اليهود يصفون شيئًا بأنّه ”لا يحلّ” إذا لم يتوافق مع شرائعهم وقوانينهم الوضعيّة.
عندما كان يسوع وتلاميذه يقطفون سنابل ويأكلونها في يوم السبت، اتّهمهم الفرّيسيّون بفعل شيء ”لا يحلّ” فعله، لأنّه كان يخالف الشرائع والقوانين اليهوديّة فيما يتعلّق بعدم جواز العمل في ذلك اليوم.
عندما صرّح بطرس بأنّ تناول الأطعمة النجسة كان مُحرّمًا بالنسبة إليه، كان يعني أنّه إذا أكل تلك الأطعمة كان سينتهك الشرائع التي أعطاها الله لبني إسرائيل فيما يتعلّق بعدم تناول أطعمة معيّنة.

يصف تعبير “آثم“ الشخص الذي لا يطيع الشرائع أو القواعد والقوانين. عندما تكون دولة أو مجموعة من الناس “خارجة عن القانون“ وفي حالة من “الفوضى“، يكون هناك عصيان أو تمرّد أو فجور منتشر على نطاق واسع.

الشخص الخارج عن القانون هو شخص متمرّد ولا يطيع قوانين الله وشرائعه.
كتب الرسول بولس أنّه في الأيّام الأخيرة سيكون هناك “إنسان الخطيّة“، أو “الأثيم“، الذي سيتأثّر بالشيطان لفعل أشياء شرّيرة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

هذا التعبير “لا يحلّ“ يجب ترجمته باستخدام كلمة أو تعبير يعني ”محرّم” و”غير قانونيّ” أو ”يخالف/ينتهك القانون”.
طُرق أخرى لترجمة ”لا يحلّ” يمكن أن تكون ”غير مسموح به“ أو ”ليس بحسب شريعة الله” أو ”لا يتوافق مع قوانيننا وشرائعنا”.
إنّ تعبير ”ضدّ القانون” لها نفس معنى ”مُحرّم/لا يحلّ” أو ”غير قانونيّ”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”فوضى/خروج عن القانون” على أنّه ”تمرّد” أو ”عدم طاعة” أو ”تحدّي للقانون”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”الفوضى/الخروج عن القانون” على أنّه ”عدم إطاعة أيّة قوانين” أو ”تمرّد (على قوانين الله)”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”إنسان الخطيّة” على أنّه ”إنسان لا يطيع أيّة قوانين أو شرائع” أو ”رجل مُتمرّد على قوانين الله وشرائعه.”
لاحظ أنّ تعبير ”مُحَرّم/لا يحلّ” له معنى مختلف عن هذا التعبير.

(انظر أيضًا: ناموس، شريعة، موسى، سبت)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H6530, G01110, G01130, G02660, G04580, G04590, G18320, G35450

قبيلة، سبط، قَبليّ، قوم، أسباط

Other :: قبيلة، سبط، قَبليّ، قوم، أسباط

التعريف:

القبيلة هي مجموعة من الناس ينحدرون من سَلَف مشترك.

عادةً ما يشترك الأشخاص من القبيلة ذاتها بلغة وثقافة مشتركة.
في العهد القديم، قسّم الله شعب إسرائيل إلى اثنيْ عشر سبطًا. كان كلّ سبط ينحدر من ابن أو حفيد ليعقوب.
السبط أصغر من شعب، لكنّه أكبر من العشيرة. (انظر أيضًا: عشيرة، أمّة، شعب، أسباط إسرائيل الاثني عشر)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0523, H4294, H7625, H7626, G14290, G54430

قريب، أقرباء

Other :: قريب، أقرباء

التعريف:

عادةً ما تشير كلمة ”قريب” إلى الشخص الذي يعيش في مكانٍ قريب. ويمكن أن تشير أيضًا بشكل عامّ إلى شخص يعيش في نفس المجتمع أو المجموعة.

في مَثَل السامريّ الصالح في العهد الجديد، استخدم يسوع تعبير ”قريب” مجازيًّا، ووسّع معناه ليشمل جميع البشر، حتّى الشخص الذي قد يُعتبَر عدوًّا.
إذا أمكن، فمن الأفضل ترجمة هذا التعبير بشكلٍ حرفيّ بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”الشخص الذي يعيش في مكانٍ قريب ”.

(انظر أيضًا: العدوّ، المثل، مجموعة الناس، السامرة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5997, H7138, H7453, H7468, H7934, G10690, G20870, G40400, G41390

قوّة، قدرة، قدير، شديد، جبّار، قويّ، أعمال شديدة، قوّات

Other :: قوّة، قدرة، قدير، شديد، جبّار، قويّ، أعمال شديدة، قوّات

التعريف:

يشير التعبيران “قدير“ و “قدرة“ إلى امتلاك قوّة هائلة أو سلطان عظيم.

في كثير من الأحيان كلمة ”قدرة” هي كلمة أخرى لـ”قوّة”. عندما نتكلّم عن الله، فيمكنها أن تعني ”العظمة“ و“السلطان” و“الجبروت“.
غالبًا ما تشير كلمة ”الأبطال” أو عبارة ”الرجال الأشدّاء والأقوياء” إلى الرجال الشجعان والمنتصرين في المعركة. غالبًا ما كانت تسمّى زمرة داود من الرجال المؤمنين الذين ساعدوا على حمايته والدفاع عنه بـ”الأبطال”.
يشار إلى الله أيضًا باسم ”القدير” و”الجبّار”.
تشير عبارة ”القوّات” عادةً إلى الأشياء المدهشة التي يقوم بها الله، وبشكل خاصّ المعجزات.
يرتبط تعبير “الجبّار” بتعبير ”القدير” و”القادر على كلّ شيء”، وهو وصف شائع للّه، ممّا يعني أنّه كلّيّ القدرة ويملك قوّة وقدرة كاملتين وغير محدودتين.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”قدير/جبّار” على أنّه ”عظيم” أو ”مذهل ومدهش” أو ”قويّ جدًّا.”
يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”قوّتهِ” على أنّها ”شدّته” أو ”قدرته”.
في سفر أعمال الرسل الأصحاح السابع، يصف الكتاب المقدّس موسى بأنّه كان رجلًا ”مقتدرًا في الأقوال والأعمال”. يمكن ترجمة هذا على أنّ موسى ”تكلّم بكلمات قويّة وفعّالة من الله وفعل أشياءً معجزيّة” أو ”تكلّم موسى بكلمة الله بقوّة وسلطان، وقام بالعديد من الأشياء المدهشة والمذهلة.”
بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة ”القوّات” على أنّها ”أشياء مدهشة ومذهلة يصنعها الله” أو ”معجزات” أو ”يفعل الله أشياء بقوّة وقدرة.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “قدرة“ على أنّه “شِدّة“ أو ”قوّة عظيمة.”
لا تخلط بين تعبير ”شدّة” بمعنى ”قوّة وقدرة” وتعبير ”شدّة” والذي يعني أيضًا ”صعوبة” أو”ضيق/مِحنة”.

(انظر أيضًا: القادر على كلّ شيء، معجزة، سلطان، قدرة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0046, H0047, H0117, H0202, H0386, H0410, H0430, H0533, H0650, H1219, H1368, H1369, H1396, H1397, H1419, H2220, H2389, H2428, H3201, H3524, H3581, H3966, H4101, H5794, H5797, H6099, H6105, H6108, H6184, H7227, H7580, H8623, H8624, G14110, G14150, G14980, G24780, G24790, G29000, G29040, G31670, G31730

قَبِلَ، نال، أخذ

Other :: قَبِلَ، نال، أخذ

التعريف:

تعني الأفعال «قَبِلَ» و«نَالَ» و«أَخَذَ» بشكلٍ عَامٍّ استلام أو الحصول على شيء يُعطى أو يُعرض أو يُقدَّم. وتُستخدم أيضًا بمعنى معاناة أو اختبار شيء ما، كما في «نالَ عِقابَ ما فعل».

وثمَّة أيضًا معنى خَاصٌّ لعبارة «قَبِلَ شخصًا ما». على سبيل المثال، «قبول» الضيوف أو الزائرين يعني استقبالهم والترحيب بهم ومعاملتهم بإكرام من أجل بناء علاقة معهم.
يعني «قبول عطيَّة الروح القدس» أن نُعطى الروح القدس ونرحِّب به ليعمل في حياتنا ومن خلالها.
يعني «قبول يسوع» أن ننال الخلاص من الله بواسطة يسوع المسيح.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بناءً على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة فعل «قَبِلَ» إلى «أخذ» أو «نال» أو «رحَّب» أو «اختبر» أو «أُعطِيَ».
ويمكن ترجمة عبارة «ستنالون قوَّةً» إلى «سيعطيكم الله قوَّةً» أو «ستُعطى لكم قوَّةٌ (من قِبل الله)» أو «سيجعل الله الروح القدس يعمل بقوَّةٍ فيكم».

(انظر أيضًا: الروح القدس، يسوع، ربّ، خلص)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

21: 13 فالمسيّا سيكون كاملاً، وبلا خطيّة. وسيَموتُ لينال عِقابَ خطيّة الناس الآخرين. وسيَجلبُ عِقابَهُ السلام بين الله والناس.
45: 5 وبينما كان يحتضر صرخ استفانوس، «أَيُّهَا الرَّبُّ يَسُوعُ اقْبَلْ رُوحِي».
49: 6 وعلّمَ أنّ ليس كلّ الناس سيقبلونه ويخلُصون.
49: 10 فعندما مات يسوع على الصليب، أخذَ عقابك.
49: 13 سيخلّص الله كُلَّ من يؤمن بيسوع ويقبله سيّدًا له.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3557, H3947, H6901, H6902, H8254, G03080, G03240, G03530, G03540, G05680, G05880, G06180, G11830, G12090, G15230, G16530, G19260, G28650, G29830, G30280, G33350, G33360, G35490, G38580, G38800, G43270, G43550, G43560, G46870, G52640, G55620

قَسَم، حلفان، نذر

Other :: قَسَم، حلفان، نذر

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”القسم” في الكتاب المقدّس إلى وعد رسميّ، يُقطع عادةً في سياق قانونيّ أو دينيّ، وفيه يقبل الشخص الذي يقسم نوع مساءلة أو عقاب إذا لم يفِ بوعده. في الكتاب المقدَّس، يعني تعبير ”حَلَف” أن يقوم الشخص بالقَسم، وأمّا تعبير ”نِذر” فهو وعد أو قَسَم جادٌّ ومقدّس يقدِّمه الشخص لله.

في المحكمة، غالبًا ما يُقسم الشاهد ويتعهَّد بأنَّ كلّ ما سيقوله سيكون صحيحًا وحقيقيًّا.
تعبير ”حَلف بـ” يعني استخدم اسمَ شيء أو شخص كأساس أو قوَّة يقوم عليها القَسم.
حلف إبراهيم وأبيمالك عندما قطعا ميثاقًا معًا بشأن استخدام بئر.
طلب إبراهيم من عبده أن يحلف (بشكل جادٍّ ورسميّ) بأن يجد لإسحاق زوجة من أقارب إبراهيم.
أقسم الله أيضًا في الكتاب المقدّس وقطع وعودًا مع شعبه.
إذا نذر شخص من بني إسرائيل نذرًا لله، كان ذلك الشخص ملزمًا بالوفاء به. كان بنو إسرائيل قديمًا يعتقدون أنَّ الله قد يعاقب الشخص الذي لا يفي بنذوره.
في إسرائيل قديمًا، كان الشخص أحيانًا يطلب من الله حمايته أو توفير احتياجاته مقابل تقديم نذر. ومع ذلك، لم يكن بنو إسرائيل القدماء يعتقدون أنَّ الله كان ملزمًا بتحقيق هذه الطلبات.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

حسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة ”القَسم” إلى ”تعهّد” أو ”وعد جادّ ومقدّس”.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”يحلف” إلى ”يتعهَّد رسميًّا” أو ”يَعِدُ” أو ”يلتزم بفعل شيء”.
طرق أخرى لترجمة ”يحلف باسمي” يمكن أن تشمل ”يَعدُ ويستخدم اسمي لتأكيد الوعد”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”يحلف بالسماء والأرض” إلى ”يَعد بفعل شيء، مؤكِّدًا أنَّ السماء والأرض ستشهد عليه”.
حسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة ”النذر” إلى ”وعد جادّ ومقدّس” أو ”قَسم جادّ أو مقدّس” أو ”وَعد لله”.

(انظر أيضًا: أبيمالك، عهد، وعد)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0422, H0423, H3027, H5375, H7621, H7650, G03320, G36600, G37270, G37280, H5087, H5088, G21710

قُبْلة

Other :: قُبْلة

التعريف:

القُبلة هي فعل يقوم فيه الشخص بوضع شفتيه على شفتي أو وجه شخص آخر. يُمكن أيضًا استخدام هذا التعبير بطريقة مجازيَّة.

في بعض الثقافات، يُقبِّل الناس بعضهم بعضًا على الخدِّ كنوع من التحيَّة أو التوديع.
قد تعبِّر القُبلة عن حبٍّ عميق بين شخصين، مثل الزوج والزوجة.
تعبير ”قبلة الوداع” يعني أن تودِّع أحدهم وتقبّله.
أحيانًا، تُستخدم كلمة ”قبلة” لتعني ”وداع شخص”. عندما قال أليشع لإيليَّا: ”دَعْنِي أُقَبِّلْ أَبِي وَأُمِّي” أراد أن يودِّع والديه قبل أن يتركهما ليتبع إيليَّا.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5390, H5401, G27050, G53680, G53700

كرمة، كروم

Other :: كرمة، كروم

التعريف:

يُشير تعبير ”الكرمة” إلى شجرة من فصيلة الكرميّات تعطي عناقيد العنب.

تتّصل أغصان الكرمة بالساق الرئيسيّ الذي يمدّها بالماء والموادّ الغذائيّة الأخرى حتّى تنمو.
دعا يسوع نفسه بالـ”كرمة”، وشعبه والمؤمنين به بالـ”أغصان”. في هذا السياق، يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”كرمة” إلى ”جذع الكرمة” أو ”جذع نبات العنب”.
وردت أيضًا في الكتاب المقدّس كلمة ”جفنة” للإشارة إلى الكرمة. (انظر: الاستعارة

(انظر أيضًا: عنب، كَرم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5139, H1612, H8321, G02880, G02900, G10090, G10920

كــ، كما، مثل، شبه

Other :: كــ، كما، مثل، شبه

التعريف:

تشير كلمات «مثل»، «شبه»، «كما» و «كاف التشبيه (كــ)» إلى كون الشيء مماثلًا أو مشابهًا لشيء آخر.

وغالبًا ما تُستخدم هذه الكلمة في تعبير مجازيٍّ يُسمَّى «التشبيه» وهو مقارنة شيء ما بشيء آخر، وعادةً ما يُبرز صفة مشتركة. على سبيل المثال: «كانت ثيابه تلمع كالشمس» و «كان صوته يدوِّي مثل الرعد». (انظر: التشبيه
خُلق الناس على «شبه الله»، أي على «صورته». وهذا يعني أنَّ لديهم صفات أو خصائص «تشبه» صفات الله مثل القدرة على التفكير والشعور والتواصل.
أن تكون «شبه» شيء ما أو شخص ما يعني أن تكون لديك خصائص تشبه ذلك الشيء أو الشخص.

اقتراحات للترجمة

في بعض السياقات، يمكن أن يُترجم تعبير «شبه» إلى «ما يشبه» أو «ما يبدو أَنَّه».
يمكن ترجمة التعبير «بشبه موته» إلى «بالاشتراك في تجربة موته» أو «كما لو كُنَّا نختبر موته معه».
يمكن أن يُترجم تعبير «في شبه جسد الخطيَّة» إلى «مثل إنسان خاطئ» أو «ليكون إنسانًا». تأكَّدْ من أنَّ ترجمة هذا التعبير لا تعني أنَّ يسوع كان خاطئًا.
«بشبهه» يمكن أن تُترجم إلى «أن يكون مثله» أو «أن يكون له العديد من الصفات التي لديه».
يمكن أن يُترجم تعبير «بشبه صورة الإنسان الذي يفنى، والطيور، والدوابِّ، والزحَّافات» إلى «الأصنام المصنوعة على شكل إنسان أو حيوان مثل الطيور والوحوش والحيوانات الصغيرة الزاحفة».

(أنظر أيضًا: وحش، جسد، صورة الله، صورة، هلاك)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1823, H8403, H8544, G15030, G15040, G25090, G25310, G25960, G36640, G36650, G36660, G36670, G36680, G36690, G36970, G48330, G51080, G56130, G56150, G56160, G56180, G56190

لسان، لغة

Other :: لسان، لغة

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”اللسان” إلى العضو الموجود داخل فم الشخص والذي يُستخدم للتكلّم. غالبًا ما يُستخدم التعبير مجازيًّا ليعني ”اللغة” أو ”التكلّم”. هناك أيضًا العديد من المعاني التصويريّة الأخرى أيضًا.

في الكتاب المقدّس، المعنى المجازيّ الأكثر شيوعًا لهذا التعبير هو ”اللغة” أو ”الكلام”.
في بعض الأحيان قد يشير ”اللسان” إلى لغة بشريّة تتكلّم بها مجموعة معيّنة من الناس.
في أحيانٍ أخرى يشير إلى لغة خارقة للطبيعة يعطيها الروح القدس للمؤمنين بالمسيح كواحدة من ”مواهب الروح.”
في سفر أعمال الرسل، تشير عبارة ”ألسنة من نار” إلى ”لهب” النار الذي يُفترض بأنّه على شكل ألسنة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”اللسان” على أنّه ”لغة” أو ”لغة معجزيّة”. إذا لم يكن من الواضح أيّ معنى يشير إليه، فمن الأفضل ترجمته على أنّه ”لغة.”
عند الإشارة إلى النار، يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”ألسنة اللهب.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”تهلّل لساني” على أنّها ”أفرح وأسبّح الله” أو ”أنا أسبّح الله وأحمده بفرح.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”اللسان الذي يكذب” على أنّها ”الشخص الذي يكذب” أو ”الأشخاص الذين يكذبون”.
يمكن ترجمة عبارة مثل ”بألسنتهم” على أنّها ”بما يقولون” أو ”بكلماتهم”.

(انظر أيضًا: موهبة، الروح القدس، فرح، تسبيح، روح)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3956, G11000, G12580, G20840

متَّضع، اتّضاع

Other :: متَّضع، اتّضاع

التعريف:

تشير كلمة ”متّضع” إلى الفقر أو المكانة المتدنّية. يمكن أيضًا لكلمة متَّضع أن تحمل معنىً بأن تكون متواضعًا.

وضع يسوع ذاته متّخذًا صورة عبدٍ وصار على مثال البشر وظهر في هيئة إنسان ليخدم الآخرين.
التعامل باتّضاع هو عكس التعامل بكبرياء.

(انظر أيضًا: متواضع، مُستكبِّر)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H6041, H6819, H8217, G50110, G50120, G50140

مجلس، جماعة، يجتمع، اجتماع، مجتمع، مَجمع

Other :: مجلس، جماعة، يجتمع، اجتماع، مجتمع، مَجمع

التعريف:

إنَّ تعبير “جماعة”، يُشير عادةً إلى مجموعة من الناس يجتمعون معًا لسبب ما، وغالبًا ما يكون هذا لمناقشة المشكلات أو إعطاء النصيحة أو اتِّخاذ القرارات. يُمكن أن تكون الجماعة مجموعة منظّمة بطريقة رسميّة ومعتمدة ودائمة، أو قد تكون مجموعة من الناس يجتمعون معًا بشكل مؤقَّت لغرض أو مناسبة معيّنة.

العهد القديم

في العهد القديم، كانت هناك جماعة معيَّنة تُدعى “المحفل المقدّس“ حيث كان شعب إسرائيل يجتمعون معًا ويعبدون الله .
أحيانًا، كان تعبير “جماعة“ يُشير بشكل عامٍّ إلى الشعب الإسرائيليّ كجماعة.

العهد الجديد

في العهد الجديد، كان يجتمع مجلس مكوّن من 70 قائدًا يهوديًّا في مُدن كبرى كأورشليم للحُكم في مسائل قضائيَّة ولحلِّ الخلافات بين الناس. وكانت تُدعى هذه الجماعة ”بالسنهدريم” أو ”المجلس”.

اقتراحات للترجمة

حسب السياق، يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”جماعة” إلى ”تجمُّع خاصٍّ” أو ”مجلس” أو ”جيش ” أو ”مجموعة كبيرة”.
عندما يُشير تعبير ”جماعة” بشكل عامٍّ إلى بني إسرائيل ككلّ، فيمكن أن يُترجم إلى ”مجتمع” أو ”شعب إسرائيل”.
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”كلّ الجماعة” إلى ”الشعب كلّه” أو ”مجموعة بني إسرائيل كلّها” أو ”الجميع” (انظر: المبالغة
كان يُشار أحيانًا إلى حشد جنود العدوّ الكبير بكلمة “جَمع“. ويُمكن ترجمة هذه الكلمة إلى “جيش“.

يشير تعبيرا “مستكبر“ و“كبرياء“ إلى شخص يفكّر كثيرًا في نفسه، وبشكل خاصّ التفكير في أنّه أفضل من الآخرين. تعبير “التباهي/التفاخر“ يعني التكلّم بفخر عن شيء ما أو شخص ما، وغالبًا ما يعني التباهي والتفاخر بالنفس.

الشخص المتكبّر في كثير من الأحيان لا يعترف بأخطائه، فهو ليس متواضعًا.
يمكن أن يؤدّي الكبرياء إلى معصية الله بطُرق أخرى.
تعبير “متباهِ/متفاخر” هو دائمًا تعبير سلبيّ، إذ يتضمّن معنى أن تكون “متعجرفًا“ أو “مغرورًا“ أو “متكبّرًا ومتغطرسًا.”
تعبير “متصلّف/متبجّح“ هو دائمًا تعبير سلبيّ، ويشير إلى الشخص الذي يتفاخر بنفسه أو بما يمتلكه أو ما فَعَلهُ أو ما يمكنه أن يفعله.
الشخص “المتصلّف“ كثيرًا ما يتكلّم عن نفسه بطريقة مستعلية وبتكبّر.
وبّخ الله بني إسرائيل على “التفاخر“ بأصنامهم. فلقد عبدوا آلهة زائفة بطريقة متغطرسة بدلًا من أن يعبدوا الإله الحقّ.
يتكلّم الكتاب المقدّس أيضًا عن أناس يتباهون ويتفاخرون في أشياء مثل ثرواتهم، وقوّتهم، وحقولهم المثمرة، وشرائعهم. هذا يعني أنّهم كانوا متباهين بهذه الأشياء ولم يعترفوا بأنّ الله هو الذي وفّر لهم هذه الأشياء.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة الاسم “كبرياء“ على أنّه “غطرسة“ أو “غرور“ أو “إيلاء أهمّيّة للذات.”
يمكن أن تشمل طُرُق أخرى لترجمة تعبير “متعظّم/مُستعلي“ “مُتباهي/مغرور“ أو “التكلّم بعجرفة“ أو أن “تكون متفاخرًا“.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”متفاخر” بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”مليء بالكلام الفخور والمُستعلي” أو”مُتباهي” أو ”يتكلّم بتعاظم وتفاخر عن نفسه.”

(انظر أيضًا: متواضع، فخور)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

4: 2 كانوا مُستكبرين جدًّا، ولم يهمّهم ما قاله الله.
34: 10 ثمّ قال يسوع، ”الحقّ أقول لكم: سمع الله لصلاة العشّار (جابي الضرائب) وأعلنه بارًّا. لكنّ الله لم تعجبه صلاة الفرّيسيّ (أحد قادة الدين). سيضع الله ويذلّ كلّ شخص متكبّر ومُتعالٍ، وسيرفع كلّ مَن هو متّضع ومتواضع.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

ملك، ملوكيَّة، مَلكيَّة

Other :: ملك، ملوكيَّة، مَلكيَّة

التعريف:

في الكتاب المقدَّس، يُشير تعبير “ملك“ إلى شخص يُعتبر الحاكم الأعلى لمجموعة معيّنة من الناس أو إقليم معيَّن (أو كلاهما معًا).

في زمن الكتاب المقدَّس، كان يجري اختيار الملك عادةً ليحكم، على أساس علاقته العائليَّة بالملك أو الملوك السابقين. عندما يتوفَّى الملك، عادةً ما يصير ابنه الأكبر الملك التالي.
غالبًا ما يُشير الكتاب المقدَّس إلى الله كملك يملك على الكون بأكمله (بمعنى عامٍّ)، وعلى شعبه (بمعنى خاصٍّ).
يُشير العهد الجديد إلى يسوع بالملك بطُرق عدّة، بما في ذلك “ملك اليهود“ و“ملك إسرائيل“ و“ملك الملوك“.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة تعبير “ملك“ إلى “القائد الأعلى“ أو “الحاكم المتسيِّد/صاحب السيادة. “
يُمكن أن تُترجم عبارة “ملك الملوك“ إلى “الملك الذي يملك على جميع الملوك الآخرين“ أو “الحاكم الأعلى الذي لديه السلطان على جميع الحُكَّام الآخرين“.

(انظر أيضًا: سلطان، هيرودس أنتيباس، مملكة، ملكوت الله)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدَّس المفتوحة المصدر:

8: 6 ذات ليلة، رأى فرعون الذي يدعوه المصريّون بملكهم حلمين أزعجاه بشدّة.
16: 1 لم يكن لدى بنو إسرائيل ملكًا، لذا فعل كلّ واحد ما بدا صحيحًا في نظره.
16: 18 وفي النهاية، طلب الشعب من الله ملكًا كما كان لدى جميع الأمم الأخرى.
17: 5 ومات شاول في معركة، وصار داود ملك إسرائيل، وكان هو ملكًا صالحًا أحبَّه الشعب.
21: 6 قال أنبياء الله أيضًا إنَّ المسيَّا سيكون نبيًّا وكاهنًا وملكًا.
48: 14 كان داود ملك إسرائيل، ولكن يسوع هو ملك الكون بأكمله!

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H4427, H4428, H4430, G09350, G09360

ملوكيّ، ملكيّ

Other :: ملوكيّ، ملكيّ

التعريف:

يصف تعبير ”ملكيّ” الأشخاص والأشياء المرتبطة بالملك أو الملكة.

تشمل الأشياء التي تُسمّى بـ”ملكيّ” منصب الملك (أو الملكة) والملابس والقصر والعرش والتاج.
إنّ الملك أو الملكة يعيشان عادةً في قصر ملكيّ.
يرتدي الملك أحيانًا ملابس خاصّة، تسمّى”الثياب الملكيّة”. غالبًا ما كانت ثياب الملك أرجوانيّة، ولا يمكن إنتاج هذا اللّون إلّا من خلال نوع نادر ومُكلِف من الصبغة.
في العهد الجديد، كان المؤمنون بيسوع يُطلَق عليهم تعبير ”كهنوت ملوكيّ”. يمكن أن تشمل الطرق الأخرى لترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”كهنة يخدمون الله الملك” أو ”المدعوّون ليكونوا كهنةً في حقل الله الملك”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”ملكيّ” على أنّها ”مُلوكيّ” أو ”لملك”.

(انظر أيضًا: ملك، قصر، كاهن، أرجوانيّ، ملكة، رداء)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0643, H1921, H1935, H4410, H4428, H4430, H4437, H4438, H4467, H4468, H7985, G09330, G09340, G09370

منفعة، نافع، رَبح

Other :: منفعة، نافع، رَبح

التعريف:

في هذا السياق، يُشير تعبيرا ”ربح” و”منفعة” إلى اكتساب شيء مادِّيّ من خلال القيام بأعمال أو سلوكيّات معيّنة. يُعتبر الشيء ”نافعًا” لشخص ما إذا مكّنه من كسب أو الحصول على أشياء مادِّيَّة جيِّدة.

على وجه الخصوص، غالبًا ما يُشير تعبيرا ”منفعة” أو ”ربح” إلى مال مكتسب من خلال ممارسة الأعمال التجاريّة. يكون العمل التجاريّ ”مربحًا” إذا عاد بمردود ماليّ أكثر من ذلك الذي يُنفق.
تكون الأفعال نافعة ومربحة إذا عادت بمردود مادّيّ للناس.

(انظر أيضًا: مستحقٌّ، منفعة-روحيّة)

اقتراحات للترجمة:

اعتمادًا على السياق، يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “منفعة“ إلى “فائدة“ أو “مساعدة“ أو “مكَسب“.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير “منافع“ إلى “مكاسب“ عندما يُشير إلى أجور العمل.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “نافع“ إلى “مفيد“ أو “مُجدٍ“.
يُمكن ترجمة تعبير “رَبح“ إلى “كَسب“.
أن “تنتفع“ من شيء يُمكن أن تُترجم إلى أن “تستفيد مِن“ أو “أن تكسب المال مِن“.
في سياق الأعمال، يُمكن ترجمة كلمة “رِبح“ باستخدام كلمة أو عبارة تعني “المال المُكتسب“ أو “فائض المال“ أو “مال إضافيّ“.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

موطئ القدمين

Other :: موطئ القدمين

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “موطئ القدمين” إلى مسند يضع الشخص قدميه عليه، عادة لإراحتهما أثناء الجلوس. هذا التعبير له أيضًا معاني مجازيّة للخضوع والمكانة الأدنى.

اعتبر الناس في أزمنة الكتاب المقدّس القدمين من بين الأعضاء الأقلّ كرامة من بقيّة أعضاء الجسم. لذلك كان “موطئ القدمين” أقلّ أو حتّى أدنى كرامة لأنّ القدمين كانتا تستقرّان عليه.
عندما يقول الله “أَضَعَ أَعْدَاءَكَ مَوْطِئًا لِقَدَمَيْكَ” فهو يُعلن القوّة والقدرة والسُلطة والغلبة على الناس الذين يتمرّدون عليه، وسيُذلّون ويُهانون ويتجرّعون مرارة الهزيمة، لدرجة أنّهم سيخضعون لمشيئة الله.
“العبادة عند موطئ قدميّ الله” تعني أن تسجد بتعبّد وخشوع أمام الله بينما يجلس على عرشه. مرّة أخرى، ينقل لنا هذا صورة عن التواضع والخضوع لله.
يشير داود إلى الهيكل على أنّه “موطئ قدميّ” الله. يمكن لهذا أن يشير إلى سلطته المُطلقة على شعبه. يمكن أن يكون هذا أيضًا تصويرًا أو وصفًا للّه الملك على عرشه، وقدميه مستندتين إلى موطئ قدميه، وهو ما يُمثّل كلّ ما يخضع له.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1916, H3534, H7272, G42280, G52860

مُدَبّر، وكيل، وكالة

Other :: مُدَبّر، وكيل، وكالة

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “مُدبّر“ أو “وكيل“ في الكتاب المقدّس إلى خادم عُهدَ إليه برعاية ممتلكات سيّده وتعاملاته التجاريّة.

تمّ منح الوكيل الكثير من المسؤوليّة، والتي تضمّنت إدارة عمل الخدم الآخرين والإشراف عليهم.
تعبير “مُدَبّر/مُدير“ هو تعبير أكثر حداثة للوكيل. يشير كلا التعبيرين إلى شخص يدير الشؤون العمليّة لشخص آخر.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه “مُشرف“ أو “مدبّر منزليّ“ أو “خادم يدير“ أو “شخص يُنظّم”.

(انظر أيضًا: خادم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0376, H4453, H5057, H6485, G20120, G36210, G36230

مُعَلّم، المُعَلّم

Other :: مُعَلّم، المُعَلّم

التعريف:

المُعلّم هو الشخص الذي يعطي الآخرين معلومات جديدة. يساعد المعلّمون الأشخاص الآخرين على الحصول على المعرفة والمهارات واستخدامها.

في الكتاب المقدّس، تُستخدم كلمة ”مُعلّم” بمعنى خاصّ للإشارة إلى شخص يعلّم عن الله.
يُطلَق على الأشخاص الذين يتعلّمون من المعلّم اسم ”الطلّاب” أو ”التلاميذ.”
عند استخدام لقب ”مُعلّم” للإشارة إلى يسوع، فإنّه يُضاف إلى كلمة معلّم أل التعريف لتمييزه عن أيّ مُعلّم آخر.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن استخدام الكلمة المعتادة للمعلّم لترجمة هذا التعبير، ما لم يتمّ استخدام هذه الكلمة فقط لمعلّم المدرسة.
قد يكون لبعض الثقافات لقب خاصّ يُستخدم لمعلّمي الدين، مثل ”أبونا” أو ”ألانبا” أو ”القمّص” أو ”الحاخام” أو ”الواعظ” أو ”القسّ”.

(انظر أيضًا: تلميذ، يعظ)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

27: 1 ذات يوم، جاء ناموسيّ (شخص خبير بالشريعة اليهوديّة) إلى يسوع ليختبره، قائلًا: ”يا معلّم، ماذا أفعل لأرث الحياة الأبديّة؟”
28: 1 في أحد الأيّام جاء حاكم شابّ غنيّ إلى يسوع وسأله قائلًا: ”أيّها المعلّم الصالح، ماذا يجب أن أفعل لأحظى بالحياة الأبديّة؟”
37: 2 بعد انقضاء يومين، قال يسوع لتلاميذه: ”لنعد إلى اليهوديّة”. فأجاب التلاميذ: ”لكن يا معلّم، منذ وقت قصير فقط كان الناس هناك يريدون أن يرجموك!”
38: 14 جاء يهوذا إلى يسوع وقال له: ”سلام يا __ معلّم __”، ثمّ قبّله.
49: 3 كان يسوع أيضًا معلّمًا عظيمًا، وتكلّم بسلطان لأنّه ابن الله.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3384, H3925, G13200, G25670, G35470, G55720

نجح، نجاح، ناجح

Other :: نجح، نجاح، ناجح

التعريف:

تشير كلمة «النجاح» عمومًا إلى العيش الجيِّد، سواء كان ذلك جسديًّا أو معنويًّا أو عاطفيًّا أو غير ذلك. وتعبِّر هذه الكلمة في كثير من الأحيان عن فكرة الغنى أو التوفيق في الحياة.

وكثيرًا ما يُقصد بكلمة «ناجح» الفلاح في امتلاك المال والثروة أو في إنتاج كل ما يحتاجه الناس للعيش الرغيد.
يُعلِّم الكتاب المقدَّس أنَّ الإنسان ينجح رُوحيًّا حينما يُطيع تعاليم الله. ويتمتَّع أيضًا ببركات الفرح والسلام. إنَّ الله لا يعطي الناس دائمًا وفرة الثروة المادِّيَّة، لكنَّه يمنحهم دائمًا النجاح الروحيَّ إذا اتَّبعوا سُبله.
وفقًا للسياق، يمكن ترجمة كلمة «نجاح» أيضًا بمعنى «بركة من قِبَل الله» أو «إختبار الأمور الجيِّدة» أو «العيش الرغيد».
ويمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة «ناجح» بمعنى «غنيّ» أو «مُثْمِر روحيًّا». ويمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة «نجاح» بمعنى «الرفاهيَّة» أو «الغنى» أو «التوفيق» أو «البركات الوفيرة».

(انظر أيضًا: بركة, خير, ثمر, روح)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1129, H1767, H1878, H1879, H2428, H2896, H2898, H3027, H3190, H3444, H3498, H3787, H4195, H5381, H6500, H6509, H6555, H6743, H6744, H7230, H7487, H7919, H7951, H7961, H7963, H7965

نزاع، مماحكات، خصام، خصومة، مخاصمة، خصومات، مجادلة، يحاجج

Other :: نزاع، مماحكات، خصام، خصومة، مخاصمة، خصومات، مجادلة، يحاجج

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”نزاع” إلى الصراع الجسديّ أو العاطفيّ بين الناس.

الشخص الذي يسبّب النزاع يفعل أشياء تؤدّي إلى خلافات قويّة بين الناس، وهذا يؤذي المشاعر.
في بعض الأحيان، يشير استخدام كلمة ”نزاع” إلى تورّط مشاعر قويّة، مثل الغضب أو المرارة.
طُرق أخرى لترجمة هذا التعبير يمكن أن تشمل ”الخلاف” أو ”الجدال” أو ”الخصام”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1777, H1779, H4066, H4090, H4683, H4808, H7379, H7701, G04850, G20520, G20540, G30550, G31630, G53790

نعجة/شاة، كبش، خروف/خراف، حظيرة الخراف، جزّازون، جزّة صوف

Other :: نعجة/شاة، كبش، خروف/خراف، حظيرة الخراف، جزّازون، جزّة صوف

التعريف:

“الخراف“ هي حيوانات متوسّطة الحجم لها أربعة أطراف وصوف يغطّي كلّ جسمها. يُطلَق على الذَكَر منها اسم ”الكبش”، أمّا الأنثى فتسمّى ”شاة” أو ”نعجة”. وقطيع الخراف يُسمّى الغنم والأغنام.

يُطلَق على صغير الخروف اسم ”الحَمَل.”
كثيرًا ما استخدمَ بنو إسرائيل الخراف لتقديم ذبائح، وخاصّة الكباش والحملان.
يأكل الناس لحم الخراف ويستخدمون صوفها في صناعة الملابس وأشياء أخرى.
الخراف حيوانات اتّكالية وتثق بالناس، وهي ضعيفة وفزِعة. تتأثّر بسهولة فتتجوّل مبتعدة. تحتاج هذه الحيوانات إلى راعٍ لقيادتها وحمايتها وتزويدها بالطعام والماء والمأوى.
في الكتاب المقدّس، يُقَارَنُ الناس بالخراف التي يرعاها الله.

(اقتراحات للترجمة: ترجمة الأشياء المجهولة

(انظر أيضًا: إسرائيل، خروف، ذبيحة، راعي)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

9: 12 في يوم من الأيّام بينما كان موسى يرعى خرافه، رأى عُلّيقة مشتعلة.
17: 2 كان داود راعيًا للغنم من مدينة بيت لحم. في وقتين مختلفين بينما كان يرعى أغنام أبيه، قتل داود أسدًا ودبًّا هاجما القطيع.
30: 3 بالنسبة إلى يسوع، كانوا هؤلاء الناس كخراف لا راعي لها.
38: 8 قال يسوع: ”جميعكم ستتخلّون عنّي في هذه الليلة، لأنّه مكتوب أضرب الراعي فتتشتّت خراف الرعيّة كلّها”.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0352, H1494, H1798, H2169, H3104, H3532, H3535, H3733, H3775, H5739, H5763, H6260, H6629, H6792, H7353, H7462, H7716, G41650, G42620, G42630

نميمة، نميمات، مهذار، ساعي بالوشاية

Other :: نميمة، نميمات، مهذار، ساعي بالوشاية

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “النميمة“ إلى التكلّم مع الناس حول الشؤون الشخصيّة لشخص آخر، عادةً بطريقة سلبيّة وعقيمة. في أحيان كثيرة لم يتمّ تأكيد موضوع الحديث على أنّه صحيح.

يقول الكتاب المقدّس إنّ نشر معلومات سلبيّة عن الناس أمر خاطئ، فالنميمة وإشاعة المذمّة مثالان على هذا النوع من الكلام السلبيّ.
النميمة ضارّة بالشخص الذي يتمّ التحدّث عنه لأنّها غالبًا ما تضرّ بعلاقات شخص ما مع أشخاص آخرين.

(انظر أيضًا: ذمّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5372, G26360, G53970

نير، رُبط

Other :: نير، رُبط

التعريف:

النير هو قطعة من خشب أو حديد توضع فوق عنق حيوانين أو أكثر لربطهما معًا من أجل جرِّ محراث أو عربة. يوجد هناك أيضًا عدَّة معانٍ مجازيَّة لهذا التعبير.

يُستخدم تعبير ”نير” مجازيًّا للإشارة إلى شيء يربط الناس من أجل العمل معًا، كما في خدمة يسوع.
غالبًا ما يُستخدم تعبير ”نير” بطريقة مجازيَّة للإشارة إلى حِمل ثقيل يحمله شخص، كما عندما يكون الشخص مقموعًا تحت أثقال مختلفة مثل العبوديَّة أو الضرائب أو الاضطهاد. التحرُّر من مثل هذه القيود كان يُعبَّر عنه بـ”كَسْر النير”.
في أغلب السياقات، من الأفضل ترجمة هذا التعبير حرفيًّا وباستخدام التعبير المُتعارف عليه محلِّيًّا للإشارة إلى النير المُستخدم في الزراعة.
من الطرق الأخرى لترجمة الاستخدام المجازيّ لهذا التعبير يُمكن أن تكون ”عِبء مُرهق” أو ”حِمل ثقيل” أو ”قَيد”، اعتمادًا على السياق.

(انظر أيضًا: قيَّد، حِمل، ظلم، اضطهد، خادم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3627, H4132, H4133, H5674, H5923, H6776, G20860, G22180

نَوْح، نائح، بكاء، حزن

Other :: نَوْح، نائح، بكاء، حزن

حقائق:

يُشير التعبيران ”نوْح” و”بكاء” إلى التعبير عن حزن عميق، وعادةً ما يكون هذا استجابةً لوفاة شخص ما.

في العديد من الثقافات، يشمل ”النوْح” سلوكيّات محدّدة ظاهرة تُبيّن هذا الحزن والأسى.
كان بنو إسرائيل وشعوب أخرى في العصور القديمة يعبّرون عن النواح من خلال الصراخ والرثاء بصوت مرتفع. كانوا أيضًا يرتدون ملابس خشنة مصنوعة من المسوح والخيش ويضعون الرماد على أنفسهم.
كانت هناك أيضًا نساء نائحات مستأجرات، وكنَّ يبكين ويصرخن بصوت عالٍ منذ لحظة الوفاة وحتَّى بعد وضع جسد الشخص الميّت في القبر.
عادةً ما كانت فترة النوْح والحزن تستمرّ مدَّة سبعة أيَّام، وقد كانت أيضًا تمتدّ إلى ثلاثين يومًا (كما حدث مع موسى وهارون) أو سبعين يومًا (كما حدث مع يعقوب).
يستخدم الكتاب المقدَّس أيضًا هذا التعبير بشكل مجازيّ للتحدّث عن ”النوْح” بسبب الخطيئة. وهذا يشير إلى الشعور بالحزن العميق لأنَّ الخطيئة تؤلم الله والناس.

(انظر أيضًا: المِسْح، الخطيئة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0056, H0057, H0060, H0205, H0578, H0584, H0585, H1058, H1065, H1068, H1671, H1897, H1899, H4553, H4798, H5092, H5098, H5110, H5594, H6937, H6941, H8386, G23540, G28750, G36020, G39960, G39970

وارث، ورَثَة

Other :: وارث، ورَثَة

التعريف:

“الوارث” هو الشخص الذي يتلقّى بشكل قانونيّ ممتلكات أو أموال تخصّ شخصًا قد توفّي.

في أزمنة الكتاب المقدّس، كان الوارث الرئيسيّ هو الابن البكر، الذي كان يحصل على معظم ممتلكات وأموال والده.
يستخدم الكتاب المقدّس أيضًا كلمة “الوارث” بالمعنى المجازيّ للإشارة إلى الشخص الذي يستقبل كمؤمن مسيحيّ فوائد روحيّة من الله، أبيه الروحيّ.
كأبناء الله، يُقال إنّ المسيحيّين “وارثون” مع يسوع المسيح. يمكن أيضًا ترجمة ذلك على أنّنا “شركاء المسيح في الميراث” أو “ورثة شركاء” أو “ورثة معًا مع (المسيح)”.
يمكن ترجمة مصطلح “وارث” على أنّه “شخص يتلقّى مزايا أو فوائد” أو أيّ تعبير يُستخدم في اللغة لإيصال معنى شخص يتلقّى ممتلكات وأشياء أخرى عند وفاة أحد الوالدين أو قريب آخر.

(انظر أيضًا: البكر، يرث)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1121, H3423, G28160, G28180, G28200, G47890

وحش

Other :: وحش

حقائق:

في الكتاب المقدّس، غالبًا ما يكون تعبير “وحش“ طريقة أخرى للإشارة إلى “حيوان“.

وحش البرِّيَّة هو نوع حيوان يعيش بحرِّيَّة في الغابة أو الحقول، ولم يتلقَّ أيّ تدريب من الناس.
الوحش الأليف (المستأنس)، هو الحيوان الذي يعيش مع الإنسان، ويُحتفظ به من أجل الطعام أو من أجل القيام بالأعمال، مثل حرث الحقول، وكثيرًا ما يُستخدم تعبير ”الماشية” للإشارة إلى هذا النوع من الحيوانات.
وَصَف العهد القديم في سفر دانيال والعهد الجديد في سفر الرؤيا رؤى كانت فيها الوحوش، وهذه مثّلت القوى الشرّيرة والرياسات التي تقاوم الله (انظر: الاستعارة.
وُصفت بعض هذه الوحوش بأنّ لها ملامح وسمات غريبة. مثل، عدّة وجوه والكثير من القرون. غالبًا ما يكون لديها قوَّة وسُلطة، ممّا يُشير بأنّها من الممكن أن تمثِّل الدول والأمم أو قوى سياسيّة أخرى.
طُرق ترجمة هذا التعبير تعتمد على السياق وتتضمّن: ”مخلوق” أو ”حيوان” أو ”حيوان متوحّش”.

(انظر أيضًا: سلطان، دانيال، ماشية، أمَّة، قوّة، أعلن، بعلزبول)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0338, H0929, H1165, H2123, H2416, H2423, H2874, H3753, H4806, H7409, G22260, G23410, G23420, G29340, G49680, G50740

وديع، وداعة

Other :: وديع، وداعة

التعريف:

تَصِف كلمة ”وداعة” شخصًا لطيفًا ومطيعًا ومستعدًّا لتحمّل الظلم. الوداعة هي القدرة على التحلّي باللّطف حتّى وإن بدا التصرّف بقسوة أو عنف أمرًا مناسبًا.

غالبًا ما ترتبط الوداعة بالتواضع.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذه الكلمة على أنّها ”لطيف” أو ”هادئ” أو ”لطيف الطباع.”
يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”وداعة” على أنّها ”لُطْف” أو ”تواضُع.”

(انظر أيضًا: متواضع)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H6035, H6037, G42350, G42360, G42390, G42400

وسيط

Other :: وسيط

التعريف:

الوسيط هو شخص يساعد شخصين أو أكثر على حلّ خلافاتهم أو فضّ نزاعاتهم مع بعضهم البعض، فهو يساعدهم على أن يتصالحوا.

لأنّ الناس قد أخطأوا، فلقد أصبحوا أعداءً لله، ممّا استوجب استحقاقهم لغضبه وعقابه. بسبب الخطيئة، صارت العلاقة بين الله وشعبه مكسورة ومعطوبة.
يسوع هو الوسيط بين الله الآب وشعبه، فهو مَن استعاد تلك العلاقة المكسورة من خلال موته (على الصليب) كأجرة لثمن خطاياهم.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أن تكون طُرق لترجمة ”وسيط” هي ”الشخص الذي يتوسّط لحلّ خلاف أو فضّ نزاع”، أو ”المُصَالح” أو ”الشخص الذي يجلب السلام.”
قارن هذا التعبير بكيفيّة ترجمة تعبير ”كاهن”. من الأفضل أن يتمّ ترجمة تعبير ”الوسيط” بشكل مختلف.

(انظر أيضًا: كاهن، يصالح)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3887, G33120, G33160

وقار، خشوع، هيبة

Other :: وقار، خشوع، هيبة

التعريف:

يُشير تعبيرا “خشوع“ و“هيبة“ إلى شعور عميق وشديد بالاحترام لشخص أو لشيء. “أن توقّر“ شخصًا أو شيئًا يعني أن تُظهر الاحترام لذلك الشخص أو الشيء.

يُمكن أن تظهر مشاعر الوقار والخشوع في تصرّفات تُكرم الشخص الذي يُقدَّم له الوقار.
مخافة الربّ، هو شعور هيبة داخليّ يتجلّى في طاعة الربّ ووصاياه.
يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى “مخافة وإكرام“ أو “احترام صادق“.

(انظر أيضًا: خوف، إكرام، يُطيع)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3372, H3373, H3374, H4172, H6342, H7812, G01270, G17880, G21250, G24120, G53990, G54010

وقت، زمن، أزمنة

Other :: وقت، زمن، أزمنة

حقائق:

في الكتاب المقدّس، غالبًا ما كان تعبير ”الوقت” يستخدم مجازيًّا للإشارة إلى موسم أو فترة زمنيّة محدّدة حدثت فيها أحداث معيّنة. يوجد لتعبير ”الوقت” معنى مشابه لـ ”زمن” أو ”فترة من الزمن” أو ”موسم.”

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”الوقت” على أنّه ”موسم” أو ”فترة زمنيّة” أو ”لحظة” أو ”حدَث” أو ”حادثة.”
عبارة ” الأوقات والأزمنة” هي تعبير مجازيّ يوضّح نفس الفكرة مرّتين. يمكن أيضًا ترجمتها على أنّها ”أحداث معيّنة تحدث في فترات زمنيّة معيّنة.” (انظر: معنيان بديلان

(انظر أيضًا: زمن، الضيق)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0116, H0227, H0310, H1697, H1755, H2165, H2166, H2233, H2465, H3027, H3117, H3118, H3119, H3259, H3427, H3967, H4150, H4279, H4489, H4557, H5331, H5703, H5732, H5750, H5769, H6235, H6256, H6440, H6471, H6635, H6924, H7105, H7138, H7223, H7272، H7281، H7637، H7651، H7655، H7659، H7674، H7992، H8027، H8032، H8138، H8145، H8462، H8543، G07440، G05300، G10740، G12080، G14410، G15970، G16260، G19090، G20340، G21190، G21210، G22350، G22500، G25400، G34610، G35680، G37640، G38190، G39560، G39990، G41780، G41810، G41830، G42180، G42870، G43400، G44550، G51190، G51510، G53050، G55500، G55510، G56100

يؤكّد، تأكيد، يفي (بقَسَم)، يُقيم (العهد)، يُثبت، تثبيت

Other :: يؤكّد، تأكيد، يفي (بقَسَم)، يُقيم (العهد)، يُثبت، تثبيت

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “يؤكّد/يُثبت“ إلى التحقّق من صحّة شيء ما أو التصديق بشكل قانونيّ أنّ معاملة تجاريّة أو صفقة ماليّة قد حدثت.

عندما يتمّ “تثبيت“ المَلك، فهذا يعني أنّ قرار جعله ملكًا قد تمّ الاتّفاق عليه ودعمه مِن الشعب.
تأكيد ما كتبه شخص ما يعني التحقّق من صحّة ما كتبه ذلك الشخص.
إنّ “تثبيت/تأكيد“ بشارة الإنجيل يعني تعليم الناس عن الخبر السارّ ليسوع بطريقة تُظهر أنّ البشارة صحيحة.
إنّ “تثبيت/تأكيد“ عهدًا تمّ قطعه يعني أن تُصرّح أو تُقسم رسميًّا أنّ شيئًا ما صحيح أو جدير بالثقة.
طُرق ترجمة “تأكيد/تثبيت“ يمكن أن تشمل “التصريح بأنّ الأمر صحيح“ أو “إثبات أنّ الأمر جدير بالثقة“ أو “يوافق أحدهم/يتّفق معه“ أو “يؤكّد ويضمن“ أو “يعد“، وذلك بحسب السياق.

(انظر أيضًا: عهد، قَسَم، يثق)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0559, H1396, H3045, H3559, H4390, H4672, H5414, H5975, H6213, H6965, G09500, G09510, G33150, G49720

يبتلع، يأكل، يفترس، يلتهم، يحرق

Other :: يبتلع، يأكل، يفترس، يلتهم، يحرق

التعريف:

إنّ تعبير ”يلتهم/يبتلع” يعني أن يأكل أو يستهلك بطريقة عدائيّة وشرسة.

مستخدمًا تعبير ”يلتهم/يبتلع” بالمعنى المجازيّ، حذّر الرسول بولس المؤمنين من ألّا ينهشوا ويأكلوا بعضهم بعضًا، وبالتالي يفنوا أحدهم الآخر. بمعنى ألّا يهاجموا أو يدمّروا بعضهم بعضًا بالكلمات أو بالأفعال (غلاطية 5: 15).
أيضًا بالمعنى المجازيّ، كثيرًا ما يُستخدم تعبير ”يلتهم/يفترس” بمعنى ”يُدمّر بالكامل” أو ”يفني” كما هو الحال عند الحديث عن الدول التي تدمّر وتفني بعضها بعضًا، أو عند الحديث عن حريق يلتهم مباني ويفني أو يهلك أشخاصًا.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”يستهلك ويفني بالتمام” أو ”يُدمّر بالكامل.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0398, H0399, H0400, H0402, H1104, H1105, H3216, H3615, H3857, H3898, H7462, H7602, G20680, G26660, G27190, G53150

يتعب، تَعَبْ، عمل، يشتغل، الفاعل، العامل

Other :: يتعب، تَعَبْ، عمل، يشتغل، الفاعل، العامل

التعريف:

يشير تعبير “يتعب” إلى القيام بعمل شاقّ من أيّ نوع.

بشكل عامّ، العمل هو أيّ مهمّة أو مأموريّة تستنفد طاقة. غالبًا هذه المهمّة أو المأموريّة تعني ضمنيًّا أنّها تنطوي على صعوبة.
العامل هو الشخص الذي يقوم بأيّ نوع من العمل.
طُرق لترجمة كلمة “العمل” يمكن أن تشمل “الشغْل والإنجاز” أو “الاجتهاد” أو “الكدّ والكدح” أو ”العمل الشاقّ” أو “العمل الجادّ”.

انظر أيضًا: شاقّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

يتمرّد، تمرُّد، متمرّد

Other :: يتمرّد، تمرُّد، متمرّد

التعريف:

إنّ تعبير ”يتمرّد” يعني رفض الخضوع لسلطة شخص ما. غالبًا ما يعصي الشخص ”المتمرّد” ويفعل أشياء شرّيرة. يُطلق على هذا النوع من الأشخاص لقب ”المتمرّد.”

يكون الشخص متمرّدًا عندما يفعل شيئًا أخبرته السلطات الحاكمة ألّا يفعله.
يمكن للشخص أيضًا أن يتمرّد برفضه القيام بما أمرته السلطات بفعله.
في بعض الأحيان يتمرّد الناس ضدّ حكوماتهم أو زعمائهم الذين يحكمونهم.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير أن ”يتمرّد” على أنّه ”يعصي” أو ”يثور.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة ”متمرّد” على أنّه ”عاصٍ مستمرّ” أو ”رافض للطاعة.”
يعني تعبير ”تمرُّد”، ”رفضٌ للطاعة” أو ”عصيان” أو ”انتهاك للقانون.”
يمكن أن يُشير تعبير ”التمرّد” أو ”المتمرّدون” أيضًا إلى مجموعة منظّمة من الأشخاص الذين يتمرّدون علنًا على السلطات الحاكمة من خلال انتهاك القانون ومهاجمة القادة وغيرهم من الأشخاص. وغالبًا ما تحاولون تلك المجموعة من الأشخاص إقناع أشخاص آخرين بالانضمام إليهم في التمرّد.

(انظر أيضًا: سلطة، حاكم)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

14: 14 بعد أن تاه بنو إسرائيل في البرّيّة مدّة أربعين عامًا، مات كلّ الذين تمرّدوا على الله.
18: 7 تمرّد عشرة من أسباط بني إسرائيل على رَحُبعام.
18: 9 تمرّد يَرُبعام على الله وتسبّب جعل الناس يخطئون.
18: 13 تمرّد أيضًا معظم شعب يهوذا على الله وعبدوا آلهة أخرى.
20: 7 ولكن بعد بضع سنوات، تمرّد ملك يهوذا على بابل.
45: 3 ثمّ قال (استفانوس): ”أنتم أيُّها العنيدون والمتمرّدون ترفضون الروح القدس دائمًا، كما رفض آباؤكم الله دائمًا وقتلوا أنبياءه.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H4775، H4776، H4777، H4779، H4780، H4784، H4805، H5327، H5627، H5637، H6586، H6588، H7846، G38930، G49550

يحصد، يجني، حصاد

Other :: يحصد، يجني، حصاد

التعريف:

يشير مصطلح ”الحصاد” إلى جميع الفاكهة أو الخضروات أو البذور أو الحبوب الناضجة من النباتات التي كانت تنمو عليها. وتعني كلمة ”يجني” أن تحصد المحاصيل.

يأتي وقت الحصاد عادةً في نهاية موسم الزراعة.
أقام بنو إسرائيل ”عيد الحصاد” أو ”عيد الجمع” للاحتفال بحصاد المحاصيل الغذائيّة. وأمرهم الله بتقديم باكورة هذه المحاصيل كتقدمة له.
في زمن الكتاب المقدّس، كان الحصّادون يجنون المحاصيل عادةً بأيديهم، إمّا بسحب النباتات وإمّا قطعها بأداة قطع حادّة.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

من الأفضل ترجمة المفهوم بالكلمة المستخدمة عادة في اللغة للإشارة إلى حصاد المحاصيل.
يمكن ترجمة مناسبة الحصاد على أنّه ”وقت الجمع” أو ”وقت جمع المحاصيل” أو ”وقت قطف الفاكهة”.
يمكن ترجمة الفعل ”حصَدَ” على أنَّه ”جَمِع” أو ”التقاط” أو ”جني”

.(انظر أيضًا: باكورة، عيد، الخبر السارّ)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H2758, H4395, H4672 H7105, H7114, H7938, G02700, G23250, G23260, G23270

يحمل

Other :: يحمل

حقائق:

عند استخدام تعبير ”يحمل” في الكتاب المقدّس، فإنّه يعني ”يُنتِج” أو ”يلد.”

التعبير الشائع في الكتاب المقدّس هو ”يثمر”، والذي يعني ”ينتج ثمارًا.”
عند الحديث عن امرأة تحمل طفلاً، فهذا يعني أنّها ”ستلد” طفلًا.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير إلى ”ينتج” أو ”يلد.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

يحمل (مسؤوليّة)

Other :: يحمل (مسؤوليّة)

حقائق:

عند استخدام تعبير ”يحمل مسؤوليّة” بهذا المعنى، يعني ”أن يكون مسؤولًا عن” شيء ما.

تعني عبارة ”لا يحمل الابن إثم أبيه” تعني أنّه ”لن يكون مسؤولًا عن” أو ”لن يُعاقب على” خطايا أبيه.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”يكون مسؤولاً عن” أو ”يتحمّل المسؤوليّة عن.”

(انظر أيضًا: الإثم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

يخدع، يكذب، خداع، ضلال

Other :: يخدع، يكذب، خداع، ضلال

التعريف:

إنّ تعبير ”الخداع” يعني جعل شخص ما يصدّق شيئًا غير صحيح، وغالبًا ما يتمّ ذلك عن طريق ”الكذب”. ويُطلق على فعل خداع شخص ما ”بالكذب” أو ”التضليل والغشّ”.

إنّ الشخص الذي يجعل الآخرين يصدّقون شيئًا خاطئًا هو ”مخادع”. على سبيل المثال، يُطلق على الشيطان اسم ”مخادع”. والأرواح الشرّيرة التي يسيطر عليها هي أيضًا مُخادِعَة.
”الكذب” هو قول شيء غير صحيح.
يمكن وصف الشخص أو الفعل أو الرسالة غير الصادقة على أنّه ”مخادع”.
إنّ كلمتي ” خداع” و”تضليل” لهما نفس المعنى، ولكن هناك بعض الاختلافات الصغيرة في كيفيّة استخدامهما.
إنّ الوصفين ”مُخادع” و”مُضلّ” لهما نفس المعنى ويتمّ استخدامهما في نفس السياقات.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أن تشمل الطرق الأخرى لترجمة ”الخداع” ”الكذب على” أو ”التسبّب في اعتقاد خاطئ” أو ”جعل شخص ما يعتقد شيئًا غير صحيح”.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”مخدوع” على أنّه ”شخص جُعل يفكّر في شيء زائف” أو ”الشخص الذي كُذب عليه” أو ”خُدع” أو ”ضُلِّل”.
يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”مخادع” إلى ”كذّاب” أو ”شخص يضلّل” أو ”شخص يخدع”.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”الخداع” بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”الزيف” أو ”الكذب” أو ”الخديعة” أو ”عدم الأمانة”.
يمكن ترجمة كلمتي ”مخادع” أو ”خدّاع” إلى ”غير صادق” أو ”مضلّل” أو ”كاذب” لوصف الشخص الذي يتحدّث أو يتصرّف بطريقة تجعل الآخرين يصدّقون أشياء غير صحيحة.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0898, H2048, H3577, H3584, H3868, H4123, H4820, H4860, H5230, H5377, H5558, H6121, H6231, H6601, H7411, H7423, H7683, H7686, H7952, H8267, H8496, H8582, H8591, H8649, G05380, G05390, G13860, G13870, G13880, G18180, G38840, G41050, G41060, G41080, G54220, G54230

يخلِق، خَلَقَ، خليقة، خالق

Other :: يخلِق، خَلَقَ، خليقة، خالق

التعريف:

إنَّ تعبير ”يخلِق” يعني يصنع شيئًا ما أو يتسبّب في وجود شيء ما. فكلّ ما يتمّ خلقه يُسمّى ”خليقة”. ويُطلق على الله اسم ”الخالق” لأنّه هو الذي جعل كلّ شيء في الكون بأكمله يظهر إلى الوجود.

عندما يُستخدم هذا المصطلح للإشارة إلى خلق الله للعالم، فهذا يعني أنّه خلقه من العدم.
عندما ”يَخلق” البشر شيئًا ما، فهذا يعني أنّهم صنعوه من أشياء كانت موجودة بالفعل.
يتمّ استخدام كلمة ”يخلق” أحيانًا بطريقة مجازيّة لوصف شيء مجرّد، مثل خلق السلام، أو خلق قلب نقيّ في شخص ما.
يمكن أن يشير مصطلح ”الخليقة” إلى بداية العالم عندما خلق الله كلّ شيء. ويمكن استخدامه أيضًا للإشارة بشكل عامّ إلى كلّ ما خلقه الله. تشير أحيانًا كلمة ”الخليقة” بشكل أكثر تحديدًا إلى الناس في العالم فقط.

مقترحات للترجمة:

قد يتوجّب على بعض اللّغات أن تقول بشكل مباشر إنّ الله خَلَقَ العالم ”من العدم” للتأكّد من وضوح هذا المعنى.
عبارة ”منذ خَلْق العالم” تعني ”منذ أن خَلَقَ الله العالم”.
عبارة ”في بداية الخلق” يمكن ترجمتها إلى ”عندما خلق الله العالم في بداية الزمن”، أو ”في بداية الأمر عندما تمّ خلق العالم”.
التبشير بالخبر السارّ ”للخليقة كلّها” يعني التبشير بالخبر السارّ ”لجميع الناس في كلّ مكان على الأرض”.
عبارة ”لتفرح الخليقة كلّها” تعني ”ليفرح كلّ ما خلقهُ الله”.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة ”يخلق” إلى ”يصنع” أو ”يتسبّب في وجود” أو ”يصنع من لا شيء”.
يمكن ترجمة مصطلح ”الخالق” إلى ”الذي خلق كلّ شيء” أو ”الله الذي خلق العالم كلّه”.
يمكن ترجمة كلمة مثل “خالقك” إلى ”الله، الذي خلقك”.

(انظر أيضًا: الله, الخبر السارّ, العالم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3335, H4639, H6213, H6385, H7069, G20410, G26020, G26750, G29360, G29370, G29390, G41600, G54800

يراقب، يحرس، يلاحظ، يسهر، حارس، يحفظ، انظروا، احترزوا

Other :: يراقب، يحرس، يلاحظ، يسهر، حارس، يحفظ، انظروا، احترزوا

التعريف:

إنّ تعبير ”يراقب” يعني أن ينظر شخص إلى شيء عن كثب وباهتمام. كما أنّ للتعبير العديد من المعاني المجازيّة. كان ”الحارس/الرقيب” شخصًا وظيفته حراسة المدينة من خلال النظر بعناية واهتمام في كلّ مكان حوله بحثًا عن أيّ خطر أو تهديد للناس في المدينة.

إنّ الأمر (الذي أصدره بولس إلى تيموثاوس) بأن: ”لاَحِظْ نَفْسَكَ وَالتَّعْلِيمَ وَدَاوِمْ عَلَى ذلِكَ” يعني أن تكون حريصًا على العيش بحكمة وعدم تصديق التعاليم المزيّفة والكاذبة.
”أن تحذر وتنتبه” هو تحذير لتوخّي الحذر لتجنّب خطر أو تأثير ضارّ.
أن ”تسهر وتراقب” يعني أن تكون دائمًا في حالة من الصحو واليقظة وعلى أهبة الاستعداد ضدّ الخطيئة والشرّ. يمكن أن يعني ذلك أيضًا أن يكون المرء مستعدًّا.”
أن ”تسهر على” أو ”تحرس شيئًا” أو ”تراقب شيئًا ما عن كثب” يمكن أن يعني أن تحرس أو تحمي أو ترعى شخصًا ما أو شيئًا ما.
طُرق أخرى لترجمة ”يراقب/يحرس” يمكن أن تشمل ”انتبه بعناية لـ” أو ”كن مجتهدًا” أو ”كن حريصًا ومنتبهًا جدًّا” أو ”كن على أهبة الاستعداد.”
كلمات أخرى لكلمة ”ساهر” هي ”رقيب” أو ”حارس.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0821, H2370, H4929, H4931, H5027, H5341, H6486, H6822, H6836, H6974, H7462, H7789, H7919, H8104, H8108, H8245, G00690, G09910, G11270, G14920, G23340, G28920, G35250, G37080, G39060, G43370, G46480, G50830, G54380

يرفُض، رَفَضَ، رَفْض

Other :: يرفُض، رَفَضَ، رَفْض

التعريف:

أن ”ترفض” شخصًا أو شيئًا ما يعني ألّا تقبل ذلك الشخص أو الشيء.

يمكن أن يعني تعبير ”يرفض” أيضًا أن ”لا تقبل الإيمان” بشيء ما.
إنّ رفض الله يعني أيضًا رفض طاعته.
عندما رفض بنو إسرائيل قيادة موسى، فهذا يعني أنّهم كانوا يتمرّدون على سلطته. لم يريدوا أن يطيعوه.
أظهر بني إسرائيل أنّهم كانوا يرفضون الله عندما عبدوا آلهة مُزيّفة.
إنّ تعبير ”يُبعِد” هو المعنى الحرفيّ لهذه الكلمة. قد يكون للغات أخرى تعبير مماثل يعني رفض شيء ما أو رفض تصديق شخص ما.

اقتراحات للترجمة

اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”رَفضْ” إلى ”عدم القبول” أو ”التوقّف عن المساعدة” أو ”رفض الطاعة” أو ”التوقّف عن الطاعة.”
في عبارة ”الحجر الذي رفضه البنّاؤون” يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”رَفض” إلى ”رفض الاستخدام” أو ”لم يقبل” أو ”طرح” أو ”تخلّص منه باعتباره بلا قيمة.”
في سياق الأشخاص الذين رفضوا وصايا الله، يمكن ترجمة كلمة ”رفض” إلى ”رفض طاعة” وصاياه أو ”اختار بعناد عدم قبول” شريعة الله.

(انظر أيضًا: وصيّة، يعصي، يطيع، صُلْب الرقبة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0947, H0959, H2186, H2310, H3988, H5006, H5034, H5186, H5203, H5307, H5541, H5800, G01140, G04830, G05500, G05790, G05800, G05930, G06830, G07200, G16090, G38680

يزجُر، يوبّخ، ينتهر

Other :: يزجُر، يوبّخ، ينتهر

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”يزجُر/يوبّخ” إلى تصحيح شخص ما لفظيًّا، وعادةً ما يكون ذلك بصرامة أو بقوّة.

يوصي العهد الجديد المسيحيّين بزجر/بتوبيخ المؤمنين الآخرين عندما يعصون الله بشكلٍ واضح.
يُعلّم سفر الأمثال الآباء أن يزجروا/يوبّخوا أبناءهم عندما يعصون الله.
يُوجَّه عادةً التوبيخ لمنع الأشخاص الذين ارتكبوا خطأً من زيادة انخراطهم في الخطيئة.
يمكن ترجمة ذلك على أنّه ”يصحّح بشكلٍ صارم” أو ”يُعاتب.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”زَجِر/توبيخ” على أنّهُ ”تصحيح صارم” أو ”نقد قويّ.”
يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”بدون زجر/توبيخ” على أنّه ”بدون عتاب” أو ”بدون انتقاد.”

(انظر أيضًا يُنذِر، يعصي)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1605, H1606, H2778, H2781, H3198, H4045, H4148, H8156, H8433, G16490, G16510, G19690, G20080, G36790

يزيد، يَكثر، يُكثّر، اكثروا، تكثير

Other :: يزيد، يَكثر، يُكثّر، اكثروا، تكثير

التعريف:

إنّ تعبير ”يَكثُر” يعني أن يزداد زيادة كبيرة في العدد. يمكن أن يعني أيضًا أن يتسبّب في زيادة كمّيّة شيء ما، مثل التسبّب في مضاعفة الألم وتكثيره.

قال الله للبشر والحيوانات أن “يَكثروا“ ويملأوا الأرض. كان هذا أمرًا بإنجاب المزيد من الأنواع الخاصّة بهم.
كثّر يسوع أرغفة الخبز والسمكتين من أجل إطعام الـ5000 شخص. استمرّت كمّيّة الطعام في الازدياد بحيث كان هناك طعام أكثر من كفاية، وفاض عن حاجة الجميع.
بحسب السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا التعبير على أنّه ”زيادة” أو ”يجعله يزداد” أو ”زيادة كبيرة في العدد” أو ”يتعاظم أكثر في العدد” أو ”يُصبح أكثر عددًا.”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة عبارة ”تكثيرًا أكثّر أتعاب حبلك” على أنّها ”سأجعل ألم حبلك وولادتك بأن يصبحا أكثر حدّة” أو ”أجعلك تختبرين ألمًّا أكثر جدًّا”.
عبارة ”يُكثّر له الخيل” تعني ”الاستمرار بطمع وشراهة في اكتساب المزيد من الخيل” أو ”الحصول على أعداد كبيرة من الخيل.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H3254, H3527, H6280, H7231, H7233, H7235, H7680, G40520, G41290

يسبّح، يحمد، يمدح، مستحقٌّ للمدح

Other :: يسبّح، يحمد، يمدح، مستحقٌّ للمدح

التعريف:

إنّ تسبيح/ حمد شخص ما هو التعبير عن الإعجاب والتكريم لهذا الشخص.

يسبّح/ يمدح الناس الله بسبب عظمته وبسبب كلّ الأشياء المذهلة التي قام بها باعتباره الخالق والمخلّص للعالم.
غالبًا ما يشمل تسبيح الله الشكر على ما فعله.
غالبًا ما تُستخدم الموسيقى والغناء كوسيلة لتسبيح الله.
إنّ مدح الله هو جزء ممّا تعنيه عبادته.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”يسبّح” على أنّه ”التحدّث بشكل جيّد عن” أو ”التكريم الشديد بالكلمات” أو ”التحدّث بأشياء جيّدة عنه.”
يمكن ترجمة الاسم ”التسبيح” على أنّه ”تكريم شفهيّ” أو ”خطاب تكريم” أو ”التحدّث بأشياء جيّدة عنه.”

(انظر أيضًا: العبادة)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

12: 13 رنّم بنو إسرائيل العديد من الترانيم للاحتفال بحرّيّتهم الجديدة ولتمجيد الله لأنّه أنقذهم من الجيش المصريّ.
17: 8 عندما سمع داود هذه الكلمات، شكر الله على الفور وحمَده لأنّه وعد داود بهذا الشرف العظيم والعديد من البركات.
22: 7 قال زكريّا، ”احمدوا الله، لأنّه تذكّر شعبه!”
43: 13 لقد استمتع (التلاميذ) بتسبيح الله معًأ وتقاسموا كلّ ما لديهم مع بعضهم البعض.
47 :8 وضع بولس وسيلا في الجزء الأكثر أمانًا من السجن، بل وقيّدت أرجلهما. ومع ذلك، في منتصف الليل، رنّما أغاني التسبيح لله.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1319, H7121, H8416, G29800, G38530

يضطهد، اضطهاد

Other :: يضطهد، اضطهاد

التعريف:

يشير تعبيرا ”يضطهد” و”اضطهاد” إلى معاملة شخص أو مجموعة معيّنة من الأشخاص بشكلٍ قاسٍ باستمرار ممّا يسبّب لهم الأذى.

يمكن للاضطهاد أن يكون ضدّ شخص واحد أو العديد من الأشخاص، وعادةً ما ينطوي على هجمات متكرّرة ومستمرّة.
تعرّض بنو إسرائيل للاضطهاد من قِبَل العديد من الشعوب الذين هاجموهم وأسروهم وسرقوا منهم ممتلكاتهم.
غالبًا ما يضطهد الناس أشخاصًا آخرين أضعف منهم أو لديهم معتقدات دينيّة مختلفة.
اضطهد قادة الدين اليهود يسوع لأنّه لم يعجبهم ما كان يعلّمه.
بعد أن عاد يسوع إلى السماء، اضطهد قادة الدين اليهود والحكومة الرومانيّة أتباعه.
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”يضطهد” على أنّه ”يستمرّ في التسلّط” أو ”يتعامل بقسوة” أو ”يسيء باستمرار.”
يمكن أن تشمل طرق ترجمة ”الاضطهاد” ”المعاملة القاسية” أو ”التسلّط” أو ”المعاملة المؤذية المستمرّة.”

(انظر أيضًا: مسيحيّ، كنيسة، يتسلّط، رومية)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

33: 7 ”الأرض الصخريّة هي الشخص الذي يسمع كلمة الله ويقبلها بفرح. ولكن عندما يواجه صعوبة أو اضطهادًا، فإنّه يتراجع.”
45: 6 في ذلك اليوم بدأ العديد من الناس في أورشليم باضطهاد أتباع يسوع، لذلك هربَ المؤمنون إلى أماكن أخرى.
46: 2 سمع شاول شخصًا يقول، ”شاول! شاول! لماذا تضطهدني؟” سأل شاول، ”من أنت يا سيّد؟” أجابه يسوع، ”أنا يسوع. أنت تضطهدني!”
46: 4 فقال حنانيَّا: ”يا معلّم، لقد سمعتَ كيف أنّ هذا الرجل اضطهد المؤمنين.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1814, H7291, H7852, G13750, G13760, G13770, G15590, G23470

يظلم، يسيء، يؤذي، مؤذٍ

Other :: يظلم، يسيء، يؤذي، مؤذٍ

التعريف:

أن ”تظلم” أحدًا ما يعني أن تتعامل معه بشكل غير عادل وغير نزيه.

إنَّ تعبير ”يسيء” يعني التصرّف بشكل سيّئ أو قاسٍ تجاه شخص ما، ممّا يتسبّب في ضرر جسديّ أو نفسيّ لذلك الشخص.
إنّ تعبير ”إيذاء” أكثر عموميّة ويعني ”إلحاق الضرر بشخص ما بطريقة ما.” وغالبًا ما يكون له معنى ”الإيذاء الجسديّ”.
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذه التعبيرات على أنّها ”إزعاج” أو ”معاملة غير عادلة” أو ”إلحاق الأذى” أو ”معاملة بطريقة مؤذية” أو ”إيذاء جسديّ.”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0205, H0816, H2248, H2250, H2255, H2257، H2398، H2554، H2555، H3238، H3637، H4834، H5062، H5142، H5230، H5627، H5753، H5766، H5791، H5792، H5916، H6031، H6087، H6127، H6231، 85، H6565، H6586، H7451، H7489، H7563، H7665، H7667، H7686، H8133، H8267، H8295، G00910، G00920، G00930، G00950، G02640، G08240، G09830، G09840، G15360، G16260، G16510، G17270، G19080، G25560، G25580، G25590، G26070، G30760، G30770، G37620، G41220، G51950، G51960

يعثر، عَثَرة، ترنُّح

Other :: يعثر، عَثَرة، ترنُّح

التعريف:

يعني تعبير ”يعثر” أن يوشك على السقوط عند المشي أو الركض. عادةً ما يشير هذا التعبير إلى التعثّر بشيء أو زلّة القدم.

مجازيًّا، يُمكن أن يعني تعبير أن ”يعثر” أن ”يُخطئ” أو أن ”يتعثّر أو يتزعزع” في الإيمان.
يُمكن أن يُشير هذا التعبير أيضًا إلى الترنّح أو إظهار الضعف في أثناء خَوض معركة أو عند التعرّض للاضطهاد أو العقاب.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

في السياقات التي يعني فيها تعبير ”يعثر” التعثّر جسديًّا بشيء، يجب ترجمته بتعبير يعني ”كاد أن يسقط” أو تعثّر بشيء” أو ”زلّت قدمه”.
يُمكن أيضًا استخدام المعنى الحرفيّ في سياق مجازيّ، إن كان التعبير ينقل المعنى الحرفيّ ذاته في ذلك السياق.
بالنسبة إلى الاستخدامات المجازيّة حيث لا يكون المعنى الحرفيّ منطقيًّا في اللغة الهدف، يُمكن ترجمة تعبير ”يعثر” إلى ”يرتكب الخطيئة” أو ”يتزعزع في الإيمان” أو ”يتوقّف عن الإيمان” أو ”يضعف”، اعتمادًا على السياق.
هناك طريقة أخرى لترجمة هذا التعبير ويمكن أن تكون ”التعثّر بسبب ارتكاب الخطيئة” أو ”التعثّر بعدم الإيمان”.
يُمكن ترجمة عبارة ”أن يُعثِر” أو ”أعثَرَ” إلى ”جَعَله يضعف” أو ”جعله يتزعزع ويترنّح”.

(انظر أيضًا: آمن، اضطهاد، خطيئة، معثرة)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1762, H3782, H4383, H5062, H5063, H5307, H6328, H6761, H8058, G06790, G43480, G43500, G44170, G46240, G46250

يعرف، يعلم، معرفة، عِلم

Other :: يعرف، يعلم، معرفة، عِلم

التعريف:

تعني كلمات «عَرَفَ» و«عَلِمَ» و«معرفة» و«عِلم» بشكلٍ عَامٍّ فهم شيء ما أو إدراك حقيقة ما. ويعني تعبير «يُعرِّف» بأمر ما أنّ شخصًا يخبر بمعلومات معيّنة.

يشير اسم «معرفة» إلى معلومات يعرفها الناس. ويُمكن أن تُستخدم في معنى العلم بأشياء مادّيَّة أو مفاهيم مُجرَّدة.
وتعني «معرفة الله» إدراك حقائق عن الله بفضل ما أوحى به إلينا.
«معرفة الناموس» تعني إدراك ما أمر الله به أو فهم ما أمر الله به في الشرائع التي أعطاها لموسى.
تُستخدم كلمة «المعرفة» أحيانًا كمرادف لـ«الحكمة» التي تعني العيش بطريقة مُرْضِية لله.
وتُستخدم «معرفة الله» أحيانًا كمرادف لـ«مخافة الربِّ».

اقتراحات للترجمة

بناءً على السياق، يُمكن ترجمة «عَرَفَ»/«عَلِمَ» إلى «فهم» أو «كان على دراية» أو «كان على علم».
يُمكن أن يُترجم فِعل «عَرَّفَ» بمعنى «جعل الناس يعرفون» أو «كشف» أو «أخبر عن» أو «شرح».
يُمكن أن يُترجم «عَرَفَ»/«عَلِمَ» إلى «كان على علم» أو «كان على دراية».
يُمكن أيضًا ترجمة اسم «المعرفة» إلى «ما هو معروف» أو «الحكمة» أو «الفهم»، حسب السياق.
تحتوي بعض اللغات على كلمتَيْن مختلفتَيْن للتعبير عن المعنيَيْن لفعل «عَرَفَ»، إحداهما لمعنى معرفة الحقائق والأخرى لمعنى معرفة شخص ما وأن تكون في علاقة مع ذلك الشخص. يجب استخدام الكلمة التي تعني معرفة الحقائق عند ترجمة هذا المعنى لكلمة «عَرَفَ».

(انظر أيضًا: عرف-علاقة، ناموس موسى، أوحى، فهم، حكيم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

يفهم، فِهمْ، تفكير

Other :: يفهم، فِهمْ، تفكير

التعريف:

تعبير ”أن يفهم” يعني أن يسمع أو يتلقّى معلومات ويعرف ما تعنيه تلك المعلومات.

يمكن أن يشير تعبير ”الفهم” إلى ”المعرفة” أو ”الحكمة” أو إدراك كيفيّة القيام بشيء ما.
أن تفهم شخصًا ما يمكن أن يعني أيضًا أن تعرف ما يشعر به ذلك الشخص.
أثناء السير على الطريق المؤدّي إلى عمواس، جعل يسوع التلميذين يفهمان معنى ما كُتب في النصوص الكتابيّة المقدّسة عن المسيّا.
بحسب السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”يفهم” على أنّه ”يعرف” أو ”يصدّق” أو ”يستوعب ويدرك ويعي” أو ”يعْلَم ويعرف ما يعنيه (شيء ما).”
غالبًا ما يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”فهْم” على أنّه ”معرفة” أو ”حكمة” أو ”بصيرة.”

(انظر أيضًا: يؤمن، يعلم، حكيم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0995, H0998, H0999, H1847, H2940, H3045, H3820, H3824, H4486, H7200, H7919, H7922, H7924, H8085, H8394, G00500, G01450, G01910, G08010, G10970, G11080, G12710, G19210, G19220, G19870, G19900, G26570, G35390, G35630, G49070, G49080, G49200, G54240, G54280, G54290

يكرز، كرازة، كارز، يُنادي، مناداة، يُخبر، إخبار

Other :: يكرز، كرازة، كارز، يُنادي، مناداة، يُخبر، إخبار

التعريف:

تعني ”الكرازة” التحدّث إلى مجموعة من الناس، وتعليمهم عن الله وحثّهم على طاعته. تعني ”المُناداة/ الإخبار” الإعلان أو التصريح بشيء ما علنًا وبجرأة.

غالبًا ما يتمّ الوعظ من قبل شخص واحد لمجموعة كبيرة من الناس. وعادةً ما يكون الوعظ شفهيًّا وليس كتابيًّا.
”الكرازة” و”التعليم” متشابهان، ولكن ليس بالكامل.
تشير ”الكرازة” بشكل أساسيّ إلى الإعلان للعامّه عن الحقيقة الروحيّة أو الأخلاقيّة، وحثّ الجمهور على الاستجابة. ”التعليم” هو تعبير يركّز على التوجيهات، أي إعطاء الناس المعلومات أو تعليمهم كيفيّة القيام بشيء ما.
يستخدم تعبير ”الكرازة” عادةً مع كلمة ”الإنجيل. ”
يمكن أيضًا الإشارة إلى ما بشّر به شخص ما للآخرين بشكل عامّ باسم ”تعاليمه. ”
غالبًا ما يعني تعبير ”ينادي/ يخبر” في الكتاب المقدّس الإعلان للعامّة عن شيء أوصانا الله أن نفعلهُ، أو إخبار الآخرين عن الله ومدى عظمته.
في العهد الجديد، أعلن الرسُل الخبر السارّ عن يسوع لكثير من الناس في مدن ومناطق مختلفة.
يمكن أيضًا استخدام تعبير ”ينادي/ يخبر” للمراسيم التي أصدرها الملوك أو للتنديد بالشرّ بطريقة علنيّة.
يمكن أن تشمل الطرق الأخرى لترجمة تعبير ”ينادي/ يخبر”، ”إعلان” أو ”الوعظ علانية” أو ”الإعلان للعامّه. ”
يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير ”مناداة/ إخبار” على أنّه ”إعلان” أو ”كرازة علنيّة. ”

(انظر أيضًا: يُعلن، الخبر السارّ، يسوع، ملكوت الله)

أمثلة من قصص الكتاب المقدّس المفتوحة المصدر:

24: 2 كرزَ لهم (يوحنّا) قائلاً: ”توبوا، لأنّ ملكوت الله قريب! ”
30: 1 أرسل يسوع رسله ليكرزوا ويعلّموا الناس في العديد من القرى المختلفة.
38: 1 بعد حوالي ثلاث سنوات من بدء يسوع في الكرازة والتعليم علنًا، أخبر يسوع تلاميذه بأنّه يريد الاحتفال بعيد الفصح معهم في أورشليم، وأنّه سيُقتَل هناك.
45: 6 ولكن على الرغم من هذا، فقد كرزوا بيسوع في كلّ مكان ذهبوا إليه.
45: 7 ذهب (فيلبُّس) إلى السامرة حيث كَرزَ بيسوع وخلُص كثير من الناس.
46: 6 فبدأ شاول على الفور في أن يكرِز لليهود في دمشق، قائلًا: ”يسوع هو ابن الله!”
46: 10 ثمّ أرسلوهم ليكرزوا بالخبر السارّ عن يسوع في أماكن أخرى كثيرة.
47: 14 سافر بولس وغيره من القادة المسيحيّين إلى مدن عديدة، يكرزون ويعلّمون الناس بالخبر السارّ عن يسوع.
50: 2 عندما كان يسوع يعيش على الأرض قال: ”سوف يكرز تلاميذي بالخبر السارّ عن ملكوت الله للنّاس في كلّ مكان في العالم، وبعد ذلك تأتي النهاية. ”

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

يَكرز: H1319, H7121, H7150, G12290, G20970, G26050, G27820, G27830, G27840, G29800, G42830
يُعلن: H1319, H1696, H1697, H2199, H3045, H3745, H4161, H5046, H5608, H6963, H7121, H7440, H8085, G51800, G59100, G12290, G18610, G20970, G26050, G27820, G27840, G29800, G31420, G41350

يمتلك، امتلك، امتلاك، أملاك، اقتنى

Other :: يمتلك، امتلك، امتلاك، أملاك، اقتنى

الحقائق:

عادةً ما يشير التعبيران ”يمتلك” و”امتلاك” إلى امتلاك شيء ما. ويمكن أن تعني أيضًا اكتساب السيطرة على شيء ما أو احتلال منطقة من الأرض.

في العهد القديم، غالبًا ما يُستخدم هذا التعبير في سياق ”الامتلاك” أو ”الاستيلاء على” مساحة من الأرض.
عندما أمر الربّ بني إسرائيل بـ ”أن يمتلكوا” أرض كنعان، كان هذا يعني أنّه يجب عليهم الدخول إلى الأرض وأن يعيشوا فيها. وهذا يتضمّن أوّلًا غزو الشعوب الكنعانيّة التي كانت تعيش على تلك الأرض.
أخبر الربّ بني إسرائيل بأنّه أعطاهم أرض كنعان ”ملكًا لهم.” يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا على أنّه ”مكانهم المشروع للعيش.”
كما أُطلِقَ على بني إسرائيل ”ملكيّة خاصّة” ليهوه (الربّ). وهذا يعني أنّهم ينتمون إليه باعتبارهم شعبه الذين دعاهم خصّيصًا لعبادته وخدمته.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”يمتلك” أيضًا إلى ”ينال” أو ”يحصل” أو ”يسيطر على.”
اعتمادًا على السياق، يمكن ترجمة تعبير ”الاستحواذ على” إلى ”السيطرة على” أو ”الاحتلال” أو ”العيش على.”
عند الإشارة إلى الأشياء التي يمتلكها الناس، يمكن ترجمة ”الممتلكات” إلى ”الأملاك” أو ”المُلكيّة” أو ”الأشياء المملوكة” أو ”الأشياء التي يمتلكونها.”
عندما يدعو يهوه (الربّ) بني إسرائيل، ”شعب اقتناء”، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة هذا إلى ”شعبي الخاصّ” أو ”الشعب الذي ينتمي إليّ” أو ”شعبي الذي أحبّه وأحكمه.”
عبارة، ”ستصبح ملكهم” عند الإشارة إلى الأرض، تعني ”سيحتلّون الأرض” أو ”ستكون الأرض ملكًا لهم.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ” مُلكًا لك” أيضًا إلى ”كشيء ينتمي إليك” أو ”كمكان يعيش فيه شعبك.”
يمكن ترجمة عبارة ”اقتنى” إلى ”ما يملكه” أو ”الذي ينتمي إليه.”

(انظر أيضًا: كنعان، عبادة، يرث)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0270, H0272, H0834, H2505, H2631, H3027, H3423, H3424, H3425, H3426, H4180, H4181, H4672, H4735, H4736, H5157, H5159, H5459, H7069, G11390, G21920, G26970, G27220, G29320, G29330, G29350, G40470, G52240, G55640

ينبوع، نبع، عين ماء

Other :: ينبوع، نبع، عين ماء

التعريف:

عادة ما يشير التعبيران “عين ماء” و“نبع/ينبوع” إلى كمّيّة وفيرة من المياه التي تتدفّق بشكل طبيعيّ من الأرض.

تُستخدم هاتان الكلمتان أيضًا بطريقة مجازيّة في الكتاب المقدّس للإشارة إلى البركات المُتدفّقة من الله أو للإشارة إلى شيء يُطهّر وينقّي.

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0953, H1530, H1543, H3222, H4002, H4161, H4456, H4599, H4726, H5033, H5869, H5927, H6524, H6779, H8444, H8666, G02420, G40770

يَوم، الأيّام، نهار

Other :: يَوم، الأيّام، نهار

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”اليوم” عمومًا إلى الوقت الذي تستغرقه فترات الضوء والظلام المتناوبة في السماء لإكمال دورة واحدة (أي 24 ساعة). ولكن، في الكتاب المقدّس، غالبًا ما يُستخدم نفس التعبير للإشارة إلى فترة زمنيّة أقصر (مثل الوقت بين شروق الشمس وغروبها) أو فترة زمنيّة أطول غالبًا لا يتمّ تحديدها.

يُستخدم تعبير ”النهار” أحيانًا في مقابل مصطلح ”الليل”. وفي هذه الحالات، يشير إلى الفترة الزمنيّة التي تكون فيها السماء مضيئة.
قد يشير التعبير أيضًا إلى زمن محدّد، مثل ”اليوم”.
يُستخدم أحيانًا تعبير ”يوم” مجازيًا للإشارة إلى فترة زمنيّة أطول، مثل ”يوم الربّ” أو ”الأيّام الأخيرة”. تَستخدم بعض اللّغات تعبيرًا مختلفًا لترجمة هذه الاستخدامات المجازيّة أو تُترجم ”يوم” بشكل غير مجازيّ.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

من الأفضل ترجمة هذا التعبير حرفيًّا إلى ”يوم” أو ”نهار” باستخدام الكلمة التي تشير في لغتك إلى الجزء من اليوم عندما يكون هنالك ضوء.
الترجمات الأخرى لكلمة ”يوم” يمكن أن تشمل ”النهار”، أو ”الوقت”، أو ”الموسم”، أو ”المناسبة”، أو ”الحدث”، اعتمادًا على السياق.

يُدنّس، يُنجّس، مُدنّس

Other :: يُدنّس، يُنجّس، مُدنّس

التعريف:

يشير كلّ من ”يدنّس” و”مُدنّس” إلى التلوّث أو القذارة. يمكن تدنيس شيء ما على المستوى المادّيّ أو الأخلاقيّ أو الطقسيّ.

حذّر الله بني إسرائيل من تدنيس أنفسهم بأكل أو لمس الأشياء التي أعلن أنّها ”نجسة” و”غير مقدّسة”.
لقد أعلن الله أنّ بعض الأشياء مثل الجثث والأمراض المُعديَة نجسة ومن شأنها أن تنجّس الإنسان إذا لمَسها.
أمر الله بني إسرائيل بتجنّب الخطايا الجنسيَّة، لأنّ من شأنها أن تنجّسهم وتجعلهم غير مقبولين لدى الله.
وكانت هناك أيضًا أنواع معيّنة من الأفعال الجسديّة التي تدنّس الشخص مؤقّتًا إلى أن يتمكّن من أن يصبح طاهرًا طقسيًّا مرّة أخرى.
علّم يسوع في العهد الجديد أنّ الأفكار والأفعال الخاطئة هي التي تُنجّس الإنسان حقًّا.

اقتراحات للترجمة:

يمكن أيضًا ترجمة كلمة ”تدنيس” على أنّها ”التسبّب في النجاسة” أو ”التسبّب في الإثم” أو ”التسبّب في عدم القبول طقسيًّا”.
يمكن ترجمة ”تدنيس” إلى ”أن يصبح نجسًا” أو ”أن يصبح غير مقبول أخلاقيًّا (لدى الله)” أو ”أن يصبح غير مقبول طقسيًّا”.

(انظر أيضًا: طاهر)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H1351, H1352, H1602, H2490, H2491, H2610, H2930, H2931, G28390, G28400, G33920, G34350

يُرشد، يعلّم، يوصي، إرشاد، تعليمات

Other :: يُرشد، يعلّم، يوصي، إرشاد، تعليمات

حقائق:

يشير التعبيران “إرشاد“ و“تعليم“ إلى إعطاء توجيهات محدّدة حيال ما يجب القيام به.

أن تعطي “تعليمات“ يعني إخبار شخص بشكل مُحَدّد بما يجب أن يفعله.
عندما أعطى يسوع التلاميذ الخبز والسمك ليوزّعوه على الناس، أعطاهم تعليمات محدّدة حول كيفيّة القيام بذلك.
بحسب السياق، يمكن أيضًا ترجمة تعبير “أرشدَ“ على أنّه “أخبَر“ أو “وجّه“ أو “علّم“ أو “أعطى تعليمات إلى“.
يمكن ترجمة تعبير “تعليمات“ على أنّه “توجيهات“ أو “تفسيرات“ أو “ما طلبَ أحدٌ منكَ القيام به“.
عندما يعطي الله تعليمات، فإنّ هذا التعبير يُتَرجم أحيانًا على أنّه “أوامر“.

(انظر أيضًا: أمر، مرسوم، يعلّم)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H0241, H0376, H0559, H0631, H1004, H1696, H1697, H3256, H3289, H3384, H4148, H4156, H4687, H4931, H4941, H6098, H6310, H6490, H6680, H7919, H8451, G12560, G12990, G13190, G13210, G13780, G17810, G17850, G27270, G27530, G35590, G35600, G38110, G38520, G38530, G42640, G43670, G48220

يُوكِل، يُناظر، نُظّار، أسقف، حارس، حافِظْ، وكيل على، مؤتَمَن على…

Other :: يُوكِل، يُناظر، نُظّار، أسقف، حارس، حافِظْ، وكيل على، مؤتَمَن على…

التعريف:

يشير تعبير ”الناظر/الوكيل على” إلى الشخص المسؤول عن عمل ورفاهيّة الآخرين. في الكتاب المقدّس، تعبير ”حارس” غالبًا ما يعني ”الناظر” أو ”الحافظ” أو ”الوكيل والمؤتمن (على شيء أو مكان)”.

في العهد القديم، كان على الناظر أن يتأكّد من أنّ العمّال الذين تحت قيادته وإشرافه يقومون بعملهم بشكل جيّد.
في العهد الجديد، يُستخدم هذا التعبير لوصف قادة الكنيسة المسيحيّة الأولى. كان عملهم هو الاهتمام بالاحتياجات الروحيّة للكنيسة، مع الحرص على أنّ المؤمنين قد تلقّوا تعاليم دقيقة مستندة إلى الكتاب المقدّس.
يشير بولس إلى الأسقف على أنّه مثل الراعي الذي يعتني بالمؤمنين في كنيسة محلّيّة، وهؤلاء المؤمنون هم ”قطيعه.”
الأسقف، كما الراعي، يراقب القطيع. إنّه يحرس المؤمنين ويحميهم من التعاليم الروحيّة الزائفة، ومن تأثيرات شرّيرة أخرى.
إنّ ألقاب ”الأسقف” و”الشيوخ” و”الرعاة/القسس” في العهد الجديد، هي طُرق مختلفة للإشارة إلى نفس القادة الروحيّين.

اقتراحات للترجمة

طُرق أخرى لترجمة هذا التعبير قد تكون: ”مُشرف/ناظر” أو ”قائم بالأعمال/وكيل” أو ”مدبّر/مدير”.
عند الإشارة إلى قائد مجموعة محلّيّة من شعب الله، يمكن ترجمة هذا التعبير بكلمة أو عبارة تعني ”المُشرف الروحيّ” أو ”الشخص الذي يعتني بالاحتياجات الروحيّة لمجموعة من المؤمنين” أو ”الشخص الذي يُشرف على الاحتياجات الروحيّة للكنيسة.”

(انظر أيضًا: كنيسة، شيخ، قسّ، راعي)

أرقام قاموس سترونغ:

H5329, H6485, H6496, H7860, H8104, G19830, G19840, G19850